S. H
RG
. 112–697
Senate Hearings
Before the Committee on Appropriations
Commerce, Justice, Science,
and Related Agencies
Appropriations
Fiscal Year
2013
th CONGRESS, SECOND SESSION
112
H.R. 5326/S. 2323
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION
NONDEPARTMENTAL WITNESSES
Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related Agencies Appropriations, 2013 (H.R. 5326/S. 2323)
U
.
S
.
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON
:
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office
Internet: bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512–1800; DC area (202) 512–1800
Fax: (202) 512–2104 Mail: Stop IDCC, Washington, DC 20402–0001
72–305 PDF
2013
S. H
RG
. 112–697
COMMERCE, JUSTICE, SCIENCE, AND RELATED
AGENCIES APPROPRIATIONS FOR FISCAL YEAR
2013
HEARINGS
BEFORE A
SUBCOMMITTEE OF THE
COMMITTEE ON APPROPRIATIONS
UNITED STATES SENATE
ONE HUNDRED TWELFTH CONGRESS
SECOND SESSION
ON
H.R. 5326/S. 2323
AN ACT MAKING APPROPRIATIONS FOR THE DEPARTMENTS OF COM-
MERCE AND JUSTICE, AND SCIENCE, AND RELATED AGENCIES FOR
THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 2013, AND FOR OTHER
PURPOSES
Department of Commerce
Department of Justice
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Nondepartmental Witnesses
Printed for the use of the Committee on Appropriations
(
Available via the World Wide Web: http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/browse/
committee.action?chamber=senate&committee=appropriations
(II)
COMMITTEE ON APPROPRIATIONS
DANIEL K. INOUYE, Hawaii, Chairman
PATRICK J. LEAHY, Vermont
TOM HARKIN, Iowa
BARBARA A. MIKULSKI, Maryland
HERB KOHL, Wisconsin
PATTY MURRAY, Washington
DIANNE FEINSTEIN, California
RICHARD J. DURBIN, Illinois
TIM JOHNSON, South Dakota
MARY L. LANDRIEU, Louisiana
JACK REED, Rhode Island
FRANK R. LAUTENBERG, New Jersey
BEN NELSON, Nebraska
MARK PRYOR, Arkansas
JON TESTER, Montana
SHERROD BROWN, Ohio
THAD COCHRAN, Mississippi, Ranking
MITCH M
C
CONNELL, Kentucky
RICHARD C. SHELBY, Alabama
KAY BAILEY HUTCHISON, Texas
LAMAR ALEXANDER, Tennessee
SUSAN COLLINS, Maine
LISA MURKOWSKI, Alaska
LINDSEY GRAHAM, South Carolina
MARK KIRK, Illinois
DANIEL COATS, Indiana
ROY BLUNT, Missouri
JERRY MORAN, Kansas
JOHN HOEVEN, North Dakota
RON JOHNSON, Wisconsin
C
HARLES
J. H
OUY
, Staff Director
B
RUCE
E
VANS
, Minority Staff Director
S
UBCOMMITTEE ON
C
OMMERCE
, J
USTICE
, S
CIENCE
,
AND
R
ELATED
A
GENCIES
BARBARA A. MIKULSKI, Maryland, Chairman
DANIEL K. INOUYE, Hawaii
PATRICK J. LEAHY, Vermont
HERB KOHL, Wisconsin
DIANNE FEINSTEIN, California
JACK REED, Rhode Island
FRANK R. LAUTENBERG, New Jersey
BEN NELSON, Nebraska
MARK PRYOR, Arkansas
SHERROD BROWN, Ohio
KAY BAILEY HUTCHISON, Texas
RICHARD C. SHELBY, Alabama
MITCH M
C
CONNELL, Kentucky
LAMAR ALEXANDER, Tennessee
LISA MURKOWSKI, Alaska
RON JOHNSON, Wisconsin
SUSAN COLLINS, Maine
LINDSEY GRAHAM, South Carolina
THAD COCHRAN, Mississippi (ex officio)
Professional Staff
G
ABRIELLE
B
ATKIN
J
ESSICA
M. B
ERRY
J
EREMY
W
EIRICH
J
EAN
T
OAL
E
ISEN
A
RT
C
AMERON
(Minority)
A
LLEN
C
UTLER
(Minority)
G
OODLOE
S
UTTON
(Minority)
Administrative Support
M
ICHAEL
B
AIN
K
ATIE
B
ATTE
(Minority)
(III)
CONTENTS
T
HURSDAY
, M
ARCH
8, 2012
Page
Department of Justice: Attorney General .............................................................. 1
T
HURSDAY
, M
ARCH
15, 2012
Department of Justice: Federal Bureau of Investigation ..................................... 111
T
HURSDAY
, M
ARCH
22, 2012
Department of Commerce: Office of the Secretary ............................................... 143
W
EDNESDAY
, M
ARCH
28, 2012
National Aeronautics and Space Administration .................................................. 205
Nondepartmental Witnesses ................................................................................... 247
(1)
COMMERCE, JUSTICE, SCIENCE, AND RE-
LATED AGENCIES APPROPRIATIONS FOR
FISCAL YEAR 2013
THURSDAY, MARCH 8, 2012
U.S. S
ENATE
,
S
UBCOMMITTEE OF THE
C
OMMITTEE ON
A
PPROPRIATIONS
,
Washington, DC.
The subcommittee met at 10:01 a.m., in room SD–124, Dirksen
Senate Office Building, Hon. Barbara Mikulski (chairman) pre-
siding.
Present: Senators Mikulski, Leahy, Feinstein, Lautenberg, Pryor,
Brown, Hutchison, Shelby, Alexander, Murkowski, and Graham.
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
A
TTORNEY
G
ENERAL
STATEMENT OF HON. ERIC H. HOLDER, JR., ATTORNEY GENERAL
OPENING STATEMENT OF SENATOR BARBARA A
.
MIKULSKI
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Good morning, everybody. The Commerce,
Justice, Science, and Related Agencies Appropriations Sub-
committee (CJS) will come to order. This morning, we welcome the
Attorney General of the United States, and as is the usual and cus-
tomary way, Senator Hutchison and I will make opening state-
ments. We’ll go to you, Mr. Attorney General, for yours, and you
may summarize. With unanimous consent, all statements will be
included in the record.
Senator Shelby, our colleague and former ranking member on
this subcommittee, has a banking hearing. With Senator
Hutchison’s concurrence, we’ll go right to Senator Shelby for the
first question.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Okay.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Does that sound okay?
Senator S
HELBY
. Thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. And then we will observe Senators in their
order of arrival, and we expect robust participation. We’re going to
strictly adhere to the 5-minute rule.
So, having laid the groundwork, I just want to say good morning
and welcome to our first CJS subcommittee hearing, the Attorney
General of the United States, in which we will hear his presen-
tation on the Department of Justice (DOJ) budget.
We have a very positive relationship with the Attorney General.
He’s brought to the Justice Department the experience of a career
2
prosecutor. He’s been dedicated to fighting violent crime and ter-
rorism. He knows that he is pioneering work now, working with
our administration, on how to deal with the new and emerging
threat of cybersecurity, which is, how do we protect our citizens,
and his views and recommendations on protecting our civil lib-
erties.
Well, Mr. Attorney General, before we get into the numbers and
the money, I would just like to thank you, and in thanking you, I
want to thank all the hardworking men and women who do work
at DOJ. There are 116,000 employees who work there; 25,000 are
Federal agents, and people work at the Federal Bureau of Inves-
tigation (FBI), Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), the U.S.
Marshals Service (USMS), and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco,
Firearms and Explosives (ATF). We have 20,000 prison guards and
correctional staff, and 10,000 prosecutors and investigators.
They’ve had some amazing accomplishments, which I’ll talk about
when I get to my question period.
But we want to thank them, because every day and every way,
they stand sentry, either to do prevention and intervention, to
make sure they are out on the street, doing traditional violent
crime work, to really being all over the world, and then fighting
issues related to white collar crime.
As the chair of the CJS Subcommittee, I have three priorities
when examining the budget: communities security, how does the
budget support the mission of keeping our communities safe; na-
tional security, what resources are needed to keep America safe;
and then, oversight and accountability. No boondoggles on the
watch of this subcommittee. And I want to make sure the Justice
Department has what it needs to do its mission.
As I looked at the President’s budget, I noted that there was only
one new initiative, and that’s the expansion of mortgage and finan-
cial fraud. That request is $611 million. It is a modest $5 million
targeted increase, and we are going to want to hear more about
that. Because we, in our own State of Maryland, have seen such
a rising number of scams, and schemes, and predatory lending
practices, and we need to know what you want to do with the
money.
We can’t have a strong, economically vibrant community unless
they’re safe, whether it’s in our neighborhoods, whether it’s pro-
tecting small business on Main Street. So, I want to know how the
budget will keep America safe at home on Main Street.
The request for $2 billion for grants to State and local law en-
forcement, I wonder if it’s sufficient. This is $32 million less than
the 2012, and we might have to consider, you know, reorganizing
priorities. The State and local funding seems to have borne the
brunt of budget cuts. Since 2010, grants have been cut by $1 billion
in local funding. Now, part of this was the axe and acts of the Con-
gress itself.
Many of my colleagues don’t realize that cuts have consequences
in discretionary spending. So, we need to hear your view on what
we can do. We know the Government Accountability Office (GAO)
has recommended that you should conduct a review and eliminate
unnecessary duplication. We support that.
3
We also want to work in community security at the protecting of
our children. One of the areas of bipartisan support is in the money
to catch predators who use the Internet to stalk children, break up
children’s pornography rings, and track down and arrest these
child molesters. We understand you are requesting $328 million,
and we’ll look forward to seeing how you will allocate that, and
what to do.
The Southwest Border—my colleague, Senator Hutchison, has
worked assiduously in that area. I want to know that this is not
only bipartisan support—we think it ought to be nonpartisan to
support our border, and I’ll let her raise those questions in there.
In the area of cyberthreats, our Nation faces a growing and per-
vasive threat overseas, from hackers, cyberspies, and
cyberterrorists. We need safe and resilient networks. We worry
about online banking and commerce, the safety of our power grids,
air traffic control systems, digitized records.
Yesterday, with the administration, the Senate held a cyber exer-
cise. The majority of the Senators were there to listen to an exer-
cise on an attack on a major city’s power grid. It was chilling. It
was terrifying to know what happened there, and what we could
do to protect it. So, we need to know about cyber.
PREPARED STATEMENT
Finally, I want to know how the Justice Department is improving
its accountability to taxpayers. You know, you’ve gotten a bad
rap—some of them, about lavish banquets, cost overruns, the In-
spector General doing its audits—and it should. So, we want to
know how we stand sentry over the money we do spend.
We have very specific questions, but with the number of people
here, I’m shortening my statement.
[The statement follows:]
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
S
ENATOR
B
ARBARA
A. M
IKULSKI
Good morning and welcome to our first Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related
Agencies (CJS) Subcommittee hearing. We begin our examination of the President’s
fiscal year 2013 budget by welcoming Attorney General Eric H. Holder, Jr.
Today, we’ll discuss how the Justice Department’s fiscal year 2013 budget request
strengthens national security and counter terrorism; protects the safety, security,
and rights of U.S. citizens; and ensures taxpayer dollars are used wisely.
We have a very positive relationship with Attorney General Holder. He has
brought to the Justice Department the experience of a career prosecutor dedicated
to protecting the American people from terrorism and violent crime. Welcome back,
Attorney General Holder, and thank you for joining us today.
I want to begin today’s hearing by thanking all of the hardworking men and
women of the Justice Department’s 119,000 civil servants:
—the 25,000 Federal agents of the Federal Bureau of investigation (FBI);
—Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF);
—the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA);
—the U.S. Marshals Service (USMS)—and the people who support those agents;
—the 20,000 prison guards and correctional staff; and
—the 10,000 prosecutors, investigators, and legal experts.
They’ve had some amazing accomplishments during the last year. USMS arrested
more than 12,000 fugitive sex offenders. DEA agents put more than 3,000 drug traf-
fickers out of business. FBI dismantled 366 criminal enterprises involved in white
collar crimes. U.S. Attorneys collected $6.5 billion in criminal and civil penalties.
They are the guardians of our justice system, but they are often overlooked and
undervalued. I want them to know that the CJS Subcommittee knows and appre-
ciates what they do every day.
4
The President’s fiscal year 2013 budget request for the Department of Justice
(DOJ) totals $27.1 billion, which is $110 million less than the fiscal year 2012 level.
The budget request also includes $368 million in cuts to prior year funding for core
Federal law enforcement functions and grants. This year’s budget also relies more
heavily than ever on payments into the Crime Victims Fund, which will finance 30
percent of the Department’s operating budget in fiscal year 2013. The request re-
flects the stringent reality of our times.
As chairwoman of the CJS Subcommittee, I have three priorities when examining
the budget for the Justice Department. The first is community security. How does
the budget support the mission of keeping our communities safe? The second is na-
tional security. What resources are needed to keep America safe from terrorism?
And finally, oversight and accountability. Are tax dollars being spent wisely?
I want to make sure that the DOJ has what it needs to uphold the rule of law
and to protect this country from predatory attacks.
There is only one new initiative in the Department’s budget request this year—
an expansion of mortgage and financial fraud task forces. Our economy depends on
the integrity of our financial markets. Our neighborhoods and communities have
been rattled by mortgage fraud schemes and scams.
The budget request includes $611 million to fight mortgage and financial fraud,
including a modest $55 million targeted increase to hire new FBI agents, new attor-
neys, new specialized support staff, and new forensic accountants and in-house in-
vestigators. This will also be used to combat financial and mortgage fraud, going
after the schemers and scammers who prey on hardworking families and destabilize
neighborhoods.
We can’t have strong, economically vibrant communities unless they are safe. So
I want to know how the budget request keeps Americans safe here at home. The
request is $2 billion for grants to State and local law enforcement. This is $32 mil-
lion less than fiscal year 2012.
State and local funding has borne the brunt of budget cuts. Since 2010, grants
have been cut by $1.5 billion, or 43 percent. This is a time when we must be frugal.
Tough choices have to be made. The CJS Subcommittee is committed to making
sure our police are not walking a thin blue line. We need to know which grants are
truly most effective and which programs we need to take a closer look at before rein-
vesting American taxpayers’ dollars in them.
A recent Government Accountability Office report recommended that the Attorney
General should conduct an assessment to better understand which grant programs
overlap with one another to prevent unnecessary duplication. I think that is an ex-
cellent recommendation, and I encourage the Attorney General to complete this
analysis.
I know how committed the Attorney General is to keeping children safe from
abuse, sexual predators, and cyber stalkers. The budget request includes $328 mil-
lion to catch predators who use the Internet to stalk children, break up child por-
nography and prostitution rings, and track down, arrest, and prosecute child molest-
ers.
The FBI and USMS have crucial roles. FBI’s Innocent Images initiative targets
sexual predators who use the Internet to distribute child pornography. USMS are
charged with tracking down and arresting an estimated 100,000 unregistered sex
offenders.
The Adam Walsh Act called for 500 new Deputy U.S. Marshals to carry out this
mission. But since 2010, we’ve been able to prevent furloughs and layoffs, but we’ve
been in a holding pattern of 160 new Marshals. I want to make sure we’re putting
the right resources in the right places to protect children from these despicable
predators.
The Department’s budget request includes more than $1.8 billion for Federal law
enforcement efforts, including the DEA, ATF, FBI, and USMS, to dismantle drug
cartels that smuggle illegal drugs, guns, and humans along the border, and terrorize
citizens and neighborhoods with fear and intimidation.
Drug trafficking-related homicides in Mexico continue climbing. There were a
sickening 12,100 murders in Mexico last year, up 86 percent since 2009. We are
very concerned about spillover violence. I want to know if the funds requested are
sufficient to shut down the flow of firearms into Mexico, and to stop drugs and vio-
lence from coming into the United States from Mexico.
Our Nation faces a growing and pervasive threat overseas from hackers, cyber
spies, and cyber terrorists. We need safe and resilient networks to protect our online
banking and commerce, electrical and power grids, air traffic control systems, and
digitalized records.
5
At the Justice Department, more than 1,500 personnel are working to prevent a
broad range of cyber threats, such as computer intrusions, Internet fraud, intellec-
tual property theft, and online child pornography; and to identify the perpetrators.
The FBI is tasked with the most urgent cyber security responsibilities. They are
on the front lines collecting intelligence and investigating computer intrusions that
threaten our critical technology infrastructure. We will hear more details about this
next week, when FBI Director Robert S. Mueller, III testifies before this sub-
committee. But I want to know what you see as the Justice Department’s role as
a key guardian of our Nation’s cyber security.
Finally, I want to know how the Justice Department is improving accountability
of taxpayer dollars so that every $1 spent to secure our communities is $1 well-
spent. The subcommittee has taken steps to prevent waste, fraud, and abuse; pro-
hibit funds for lavish banquets; control cost overruns; and require the Inspector
General to do random audits of grantees. I want to know what concrete steps you
have taken to put these guidelines into practice and give teeth to make sure they
are followed.
Given all of the Justice Department’s important roles and responsibilities, we
must ensure that it has the resources it needs to protect the lives of 330 million
Americans. But we also want to make sure the Justice Department is a good stew-
ard of taxpayer dollars and makes sure every $1 we spend to keep our Nation safe
is $1 well spent.
I thank Attorney General Holder for his leadership, and I look forward to con-
tinuing our work together making a safer, stronger America.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. I’m going to turn now to Senator Hutchison,
and then to you.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR KAY BAILEY HUTCHISON
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Well, thank you, Madam Chairman, very
much, not only for the deference on border security, where I live,
but also on the way you run this subcommittee, which is for us to
do what’s right for America.
Mr. Attorney General, I do want to address some of the areas of
border security. First of all, State Criminal Alien Assistance Pro-
gram (SCAAP) funding is something that continues to be short-
changed by your budgets, and SCAAP, of course, is the reimburse-
ment for local counties that incarcerate illegal alien prisoners. And
along the border, our counties are generally very poor and don’t
have those kinds of resources, and each year, you continue to not
fund.
We did put the money back in last year, $240 million, but I
would hope that you would support increasing that, as we go
through this process, because we must incarcerate these illegal
alien criminals, who are mostly in the drug cartel and operations,
so that this will not be borne by the counties on the border.
In response to Operation Fast and Furious, language was in-
cluded in last year’s bill that would prohibit Federal law enforce-
ment agencies from selling operable weapons to cartels. This re-
quest that you’re giving us removes that language, saying it’s un-
necessary. Mr. Attorney General, we just want to make positively
sure that what happened does not happen again, and I would hope
that you would support our insertion of that language again.
Last year, our Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related Agencies
bill provided $10 million to expand the capacity at the overcrowded
El Paso Intelligence Center (EPIC). And this is critical for our
Southwest Border information sharing, and is the border’s focal
point to help stop the flow of narcotics, combat illegal immigration,
and end human trafficking and firearms smuggling.
6
It is imperative that EPIC and the DEA take full advantage of
the resources available from DOJ agencies like the FBI, USMS,
and ATF. And I hope that you can give us an update on the status
of this funding and the project.
There have been reports that cartels across the border are at-
tempting to recruit college students to smuggle drugs into the
country, and it says that minors are more appealing, because crimi-
nal penalties are lighter for them. One of the good parts of your
budget request is $312 million for juvenile justice prevention pro-
grams. I will be interested in hearing if you are aware of these bor-
der threats to our youth, and if some of that money that you are
requesting could be put on the border to try to make sure that we
try to help our youth overcome the cartel overtures.
The VALOR program, the Violence Against Law Enforcement
and Ensuring Officer Resilience and Survivability, is one that I ap-
plaud your efforts to put in place. And unfortunately, the number
of Federal, State, and local officers who died in the line of duty in
America last year increased, from 153 to 173.
The feedback from the training and research being conducted
through VALOR is very positive, including the alert center at
Texas State University, which was credited by the two officers who
came into Fort Hood when Major Nidal Hasan started shooting un-
armed military people. Both of those officers survived, even though
Sergeant Munley was shot several times. But they both credited
their swift response that day to the alert active shooter training
program that they had received. So, that’s something that’s very
good that I applaud in your budget.
I want to state a concern that I have about the National Park
Service pushing for construction, which is in progress, on an un-
manned border crossing at the Big Bend National Park, in south
Texas. This is not a DOJ decision, but it is going to affect some of
the personnel, and I’m concerned that this is an area where illegal
immigrants can walk across. The water is knee deep, and you can
walk right across the river, and into Big Bend, and having an un-
manned border crossing, I think, is insufficient. So, we’re going to
talk about that at some point to see if we can get FBI, DEA, ATF,
Border Patrol, somebody to man a place like that, where it is so
vulnerable.
And last, but not least, Attorney General Holder, I’m going to
ask you some questions about your public integrity unit. I’m going
to give you full credit for dismissing the case against the late Sen-
ator Ted Stevens when you learned of the corruption within that
division of your Department. I’m going to ask you questions, be-
cause the report will be public within days, and if there’s anything
that you should take as your major responsibility, it is that the
public corruption unit and DOJ is fair and evenhanded, and, clear-
ly, that was not the case in the prosecution of a great friend to
many of us, and a great patriot for our country, who, unfortunately,
was very badly abused by the DOJ.
But, I will say, you did dismiss the case when you learned of the
misbehavior, and I gave you credit on the Senate floor for doing
that, and will again, but I do want to ask you about the report
when we have time to ask questions.
Thank you.
7
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Mr. Attorney General.
SUMMARY STATEMENT OF ERIC H
.
HOLDER
,
JR
.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Thank you. Chairwoman Mikulski,
Ranking Member Hutchison, other distinguished members of the
subcommittee. I want to thank you very much for the opportunity
to appear before you today and for your continued support of the
Justice Department’s critical work.
I look forward to discussing the President’s fiscal year 2013
budget for the Department and how these investments would be
used to build on what I think is our extraordinary record of suc-
cess.
The President’s budget proposal demonstrates a clear commit-
ment to advancing the Department’s core missions and augmenting
our ability to fulfill our most important obligation, and that is pro-
tecting the American people. Despite the significant fiscal con-
straints the Federal Government has faced in recent years, the
116,000 dedicated employees who serve in the Department offices
around the world have made significant, and in many cases, his-
toric progress in safeguarding our citizens from terrorism, from vio-
lent crime, from financial fraud, and from a range of threats that
often disproportionately threaten the most vulnerable members of
our society.
We’ve also proven our commitment to acting as sound stewards
of precious taxpayer dollars. As you can see in the most recent
budget request, proposed spending increases have been exceeded by
proposed cuts. In fact, as a result of numerous steps taken to
streamline operations, almost $700 million worth of savings have
been developed and reinvested in critical mission areas. I believe
that the Department is perhaps more efficient and more effective
than ever before.
Our recent achievements underscore this point, especially when
you consider our national security efforts. By continuing to work
collaboratively alongside U.S. and international partners, we have
identified and disrupted numerous alleged terrorist plots, including
one by two Iranian nationals to assassinate the Saudi Ambassador
to the United States. We have thwarted multiple plots devised by
homegrown extremists, and we have secured convictions and robust
sentences against a number of dangerous terrorists.
In October, the Department obtained a guilty plea from Umar
Farouk Abdulmutallab for his role in the attempted bombing of an
airplane on Christmas Day in 2009. Just last month,
Abdulmutallab was sentenced to four life terms in prison. In No-
vember, we secured the conviction of Viktor Bout, a notorious arms
dealer who sold millions of dollars in weapons for use in killing
Americans. In December, Waad Ramadan Alwan pleaded guilty to
23 charges, including conspiracy to use a weapon of mass destruc-
tion against U.S. nationals abroad, attempting to provide material
support to al Qaeda in Iraq, and conspiracy to transfer, possess,
and export explosive devices against United States troops in Iraq.
The list goes on and on. With the sustained and increased invest-
ments included in the President’s budget for the comprehensive na-
tional cybersecurity initiative, the high-value detainee interroga-
tion group, the joint terrorism task forces, the Render Safe pro-
8
gram, and other key national security efforts, the Department will
be able to strengthen our critical surveillance and intelligence gath-
ering capabilities.
It will also allow us to bring our fight against financial fraud to
a new level. On Monday, as many of you know, President Obama
issued a proclamation to mark the beginning of this year’s Con-
sumer Fraud Protection Week, and I’m proud to note that the Jus-
tice Department’s Consumer Protection Branch has established a
record of success in defending the interests of American consumers
that is worth celebrating and will be expanded upon.
In 2011 alone, our Consumer Protection Branch attained a 95-
percent conviction rate, recovered more than $900 million in crimi-
nal and civil fines, restitution, and penalties, and obtained sen-
tences totaling more than 125 years of imprisonment against more
than 30 individuals. This represents remarkable and unprece-
dented progress, but it really is only the beginning. In fact, since
the start of the administration, the Justice Department has sig-
naled an unwavering commitment to combating and preventing a
wide range of financial and healthcare fraud crimes, and we’ve
taken bold steps to address the causes and the consequences of the
recent economic crisis.
Through the efforts of the President’s financial fraud enforce-
ment task force, which was launched in 2009, and which I’m proud
to chair, charges have been brought against numerous CEOs,
CFOs, corporate owners, board members, presidents, general coun-
sels, and other executives of Wall Street firms, hedge funds, and
banks who have engaged in fraudulent activity.
In recent months, we have obtained prison sentences of up to 60
years in a variety of fraud cases, including multi-million-dollar
Ponzi schemes, and the largest hedge fund insider trading case in
U.S. history.
Just this week, we secured a conviction against the former board
of directors’ chairman for an international bank for orchestrating
a $7 billion investment fraud scheme. The task force has estab-
lished two new working groups: the Consumer Protection Working
Group, which will enhance civil and criminal enforcement of con-
sumer fraud, and the Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities
(RMBS) Working Group, which bring Federal and State partners
together to investigate and to prosecute abuses in our housing mar-
kets. Both will help to amplify existing efforts, and to foster co-
operation and collaboration in the Department’s response to these
problems.
Just a few weeks ago, a similar collaborative approach led the
Departments of Justice and Housing and Urban Development, as
well as other agencies, and 49 State attorneys general to achieve
a landmark $25 billion settlement with the Nation’s top five mort-
gage servicers, the largest joint Federal and State settlement in
our Nation’s history.
Although this will not, on its own, cure all that ails our housing
market, this agreement builds on the record fair lending settlement
obtained by the Civil Rights Division’s fair lending unit last year,
and will provide substantial relief to homeowners. It also provides
a blueprint for future collaboration across levels of government,
State borders, and party lines.
9
There is perhaps no better illustration of our recent progress
than the Department’s groundbreaking work to combat healthcare
fraud. Over the last fiscal year alone, in cooperation with the De-
partment of Health and Human Services, as well as other partners,
by utilizing authorities provided under the False Claims Act and
other essential statutes, we were able to recover nearly $4.1 billion
in funds that were stolen or taken improperly from Federal
healthcare programs. That is the highest amount ever recorded in
a single year.
Over the same period, we opened more than 1,100 new criminal
healthcare fraud investigations, secured more than 700 convictions,
and initiated nearly 1,000 new civil healthcare fraud investiga-
tions. For every $1 that we have spent combating healthcare fraud,
we have returned, on average, about $7 to the United States Treas-
ury, the Medicare Trust Fund, and others.
These numbers are stunning, but my colleagues and I recognize
that we cannot be satisfied, and this is no time to become compla-
cent. That’s why in addition to helping us build on this record of
success, the President’s budget request also would bolster our fight
against drug trafficking, international crime networks, gangs, and
cyber criminals. It would increase our efforts to protect the law en-
forcement officers who keep us safe, and expand upon the work
being done by our Civil Rights Division to guarantee that the
rights of all Americans are protected in border areas, workplaces,
housing markets, and voting booths.
PREPARED STATEMENT
I am committed to building on these and our other many achieve-
ments, and I know that you understand that in this time of uncom-
mon threats and complex challenges, we simply cannot afford to
cut back on the amount and the quality of justice that we are obli-
gated to deliver. The Department must remain vigilant in pro-
tecting this Nation and in enforcing the law, and these efforts must
be appropriately and adequately funded.
I look forward to continuing to work with the members of this
subcommittee and your colleagues throughout the Congress to ac-
complish this, and I would be happy to answer any questions that
you might have.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Thank you, Mr. Attorney General. And your
full statement will be entered into the record.
[The statement follows:]
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
E
RIC
H. H
OLDER
, J
R
.
Good morning Chairwoman Mikulski, Ranking Member Hutchison, and members
of the subcommittee. Thank you for the opportunity to meet with you today to dis-
cuss the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget for the Department of Justice (DOJ)
and the Department’s key priorities.
I also appreciate the opportunity to tell you more about the good work that is
being done by DOJ employees across the United States and overseas to protect all
of our citizens from harm and to ensure equal protection under the law, in order
to promote ‘‘liberty and justice for all.’’
The President has emphasized his goal to stabilize the economy by creating new
jobs and reducing our national debt through greater revenue generation and spend-
ing cuts. To assist in the economic recovery, we continue to ask even more from our
talented DOJ personnel. This is as true in DOJ as it is in the rest of the Federal
Government.
10
The President has asked DOJ to do more with less, recognizing that many across
the country are still suffering; I am committed to presenting the Congress with a
serious and thoughtful budget, which clearly reflects this awareness, and allows us
the resources to faithfully carry out DOJ’s mission and fulfill our obligation to the
American people.
Upon careful examination of our mission and the range of the priorities I will
present here we cannot simply ‘‘cut back’’ on the extent or quality of justice that
we are obliged to deliver; we cannot cease to enforce the law. We cannot ignore an
indictment, or choose at the end of the process not to imprison a criminal, if sen-
tenced. We are responsible for enforcing the law, and these efforts must be funded.
What we can and must do, however, is examine the way we do our work, and find
better ways to continue to do it well. In response to my call for savings across DOJ,
my staff developed almost $700 million worth of budget offsets, so that we can rein-
vest that money and protect DOJ’s core mission and priorities. In presenting DOJ’s
fiscal year 2013 budget, we have aligned the entire amount to pay for high-priority,
mission-related needs. Specifically, we have proposed $228 million in program in-
creases. Our overall discretionary budget authority is reduced from $27.2 billion in
fiscal year 2012 to $27.1 billion in our fiscal year 2013 request.
In this fiscal year 2013 budget, we have proposed changes in operational accounts,
as well as leadership offices. We have used balances from prior years that were left
on the books to offset this year’s costs, and we tried to find less expensive ways to
accomplish the same outcome.
Each of our proposed reorganizations and realignments has been developed with
one goal in mind, to save taxpayers money, while remaining dedicated to our mis-
sion to protect our citizens. I can assure you that none of our reorganizations or re-
alignments will compromise this fundamental mission; personnel and resources will
be shifted to achieve the same end, to remake DOJ in ways that make us more re-
sponsive to the American people whom we proudly serve.
To be clear, then, we at DOJ recognize that we are accountable to the American
people, to identify and eliminate areas of waste, fraud and duplication, and also to
marshal limited resources for the greatest return on investment. I have carefully re-
viewed with my staff DOJ’s fiscal year 2013 budget request, and have directed them
to focus resources on programs that have a measurable impact and demonstrate suc-
cess in keeping our citizens safe.
In his fiscal year 2013 budget, President Obama proposes that the Congress fund
the work of DOJ in the amount of $27.1 billion. In this hearing, I would like to focus
on DOJ’s work in six critical areas, namely,
—To sustain our Nation’s security interests;
—To uphold DOJ’s traditional mission programs;
—To combat financial, mortgage, and healthcare fraud;
—To support our State, local, and tribal law enforcement partners;
—To invest in Federal prisons and enhance detention capacity; and
—To streamline programs and operations across DOJ.
NATIONAL SECURITY
The fiscal year 2013 budget includes a total of $4 billion to sustain our first pri-
ority—DOJ’s national security mission. As with our law enforcement mission, the
Department continues to work to build strong ties with intelligence and security
partners around the world, to protect the American people. At the same time, we
are diligent in protecting U.S. technologies, goods, services, and national security in-
terests from illegal tampering, malicious manipulation and acquisition by other
countries, in order to maintain our Nation’s competitive edge.
The funding previously enacted, which the fiscal year 2013 budget maintains, for
our national security programs ensures the continuation of critical investments
made to improve intelligence coordination; expands information sharing efforts with
trusted counterparts; secures our cyber infrastructure; widens investigations of drug
trafficking organizations with ties to terrorist groups; and continues to extend anti-
terrorism training to our law enforcement partners.
In the past year, we were successful in several key national security investiga-
tions. In October, DOJ obtained the conviction against Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab
for his role in the attempted bombing of an airplane full of holiday travelers on
Christmas Day in 2009. He was sentenced to life in prison earlier this month. Work-
ing closely with our United States and international partners, we thwarted a plot
by two Iranian nationals to assassinate the Saudi Ambassador to the United States,
as well as numerous other suspected plots by homegrown violent extremists. We
also secured the conviction of notorious arms dealer Viktor Bout for his efforts to
sell millions of dollars of weapons for use in killing Americans. In May of last year,
11
a grand jury indicted Waad Ramadan Alwan on 23 charges, including conspiracy to
use a weapon of mass destruction against United States nationals abroad; attempt-
ing to provide material support to al Qaeda in Iraq; and conspiracy to transfer, pos-
sess, and export explosive devices against United States troops in Iraq. In Decem-
ber, Alwan pleaded guilty to all 23 charges.
In the fiscal year 2013 budget, DOJ seeks to maintain critical counterterrorism
and counterintelligence programs, and sustain significant, recent increases related
to intelligence gathering and surveillance capabilities; detecting and deterring cyber
intrusions and fully supporting cybersecurity through the Comprehensive National
Cybersecurity Initiative. We also look to maintain our investments supporting the
High Value Detainee Interrogation Group; the Joint Terrorism Task Forces; and the
Render Safe Program.
TRADITIONAL MISSION PROGRAMS
In the fiscal year 2013 budget, DOJ seeks increases of $31.8 million in support
of programs in DOJ’s traditional core mission of combating violent crime,
cybercrime, crimes against children, and criminal trafficking in persons; and enforc-
ing the Nation’s civil rights and environmental laws.
Criminal Law
In combating organized crime, I announced in January 2011 the single largest op-
eration against the mafia ever undertaken by the Federal Bureau of Investigation
(FBI), the result of unprecedented cooperation among Federal, State, local, and for-
eign law enforcement personnel. The operation resulted in the arrest of more than
100 suspected mobsters—all without a hitch. In July, we announced the results of
Project Delirium, a Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) operation targeting La
Familia Michoacana (Mee-shoa-CA-na), a violent drug cartel and supplier of most
of the methamphetamines smuggled into the United States. Working with other
Federal, State, local, and foreign law enforcement partners, including the Bureau
of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), DEA oversaw more than 1,900
arrests and the seizure of more than $63 million in U.S. currency; more than 2,700
pounds of methamphetamine; more than 2,700 kilograms of cocaine; 900 pounds of
heroin; nearly 15,000 pounds of marijuana; and $3.8 million in other assets. An ATF
investigation targeting a gang in Philadelphia known as the Young Hit Men or Har-
lem Gang resulted in an 89-count superseding indictment charging 23 members
with an array of Federal violations, including multiple firearms violations. The trial
of these gang members is scheduled for May. And finally, in 2011, the U.S. Mar-
shals Service (USMS) captured nearly 125,000 fugitives, including 7 from their ‘‘Fif-
teen Most Wanted’’ list in 2011. This was the fourth consecutive year that the
USMS captured more than 100,000 fugitives. These are only highlights, but, as you
can see, it’s been a busy year for DOJ.
Investigating cyber crime and protecting our Nation’s critical network infrastruc-
ture is another of DOJ’s top priorities. Successful cyber attacks can have dev-
astating effects on our national security, infrastructure, and economy; and hackers
have been relentless in their efforts to attack U.S. Government agency Web sites,
including ours. In combating these efforts, we continue to build and strengthen our
capabilities to counter and prevent these attacks. Here again, DOJ works on a glob-
al scale to achieve success, in cooperation with our law enforcement partners
abroad. FBI estimates that Americans lose hundreds of millions of dollars to cyber
criminals based in Eastern Europe alone. Working closely with the FBI Cyber Divi-
sion and with our legal attache
´
personnel in Bucharest, our Romanian counterparts
have arrested more than 300 cyber criminals in the last 3 years. Our efforts to build
relationships with foreign counterparts continue to produce real dividends. FBI, the
DOJ Office of International Affairs, and the Southern District of New York cooper-
ated closely with the Israeli National Police and the Israeli Ministry of Justice. To-
gether, we took down two boiler rooms in Israel that had targeted elderly persons
in the United States in a lottery telemarketing scam, and had swindled them out
of more than $10 million of their hard-earned savings. Thanks to this cooperation,
24 members of the ring were arrested in Israel and the United States; and 19 of
the 21 have been extradited to the United States. Most pleaded guilty, and have
been sentenced.
In fiscal year 2013, DOJ is requesting an increase of $15.2 million within the Jus-
tice Information Sharing Technology program to transform, strengthen, and protect
DOJ internal networks. This will counter newly emerging cyber security threats, in-
cluding insider threats, provide advanced intrusion detection and response capabili-
ties, and implement cost-efficient scalable enterprise architecture.
The fiscal year 2013 budget also includes $3 million in new investments to combat
transnational criminal organizations, and a total of nearly $2 billion to maintain the
12
security of our Nation’s Southwest Border. The budget also increases funding for
international investigation and deterrence of intellectual property crime by $5 mil-
lion, which brings our investment to nearly $40 million annually to combat online
piracy and otherwise protect our Nation’s intellectual capital and maintain our com-
petitive edge in developing American ideas and technologies to better compete in the
global marketplace.
DOJ’s budget request also supports our continuing work to prevent, investigate,
and prosecute child exploitation crimes. Sadly, our caseload in this area continues
to increase. Our budget request will fund ongoing efforts to investigate and pros-
ecute offenders such as those who participated in the so-called Dreamboard, an
international, members-only, online bulletin board that was dedicated to the sexual
abuse of children. Just as Dreamboard’s members operated across international
boundaries in committing their crimes, so too did law enforcement personnel work
across boundaries to take down this nefarious ring. To date, 72 Dreamboard mem-
bers have been indicted; 53 have been arrested in the United States and abroad.
DOJ has successfully investigated and prosecuted public corruption, not only in
the several high-profile cases that made the news, but across the United States. The
American electorate trusts that their public servants will obey the law; they expect
DOJ to bring to full justice those who abuse that trust.
Civil Rights
A fundamental highlight of DOJ’s budget request for traditional mission programs
is $5 million in new resources for the Civil Rights Division to prevent and combat
human trafficking; hate crimes; and misconduct by law enforcement and public offi-
cials. These issues warrant our greater investment and vigilance as we advocate for
every American—without exception. Safeguarding the civil rights of every American
is at the heart of what we do, and represents our core mission. In this good work,
DOJ continues to achieve success and helps our Nation to create ‘‘a more perfect
union’’.
In seeking redress for the host of inequities uncovered by the mortgage morass,
DOJ has fought especially hard to protect the civil rights of Americans. Recently,
I announced that DOJ had reached a $335 million settlement with a lender to re-
solve allegations of lending discrimination against African-American and Hispanic
borrowers who qualified for mortgage loans, but were charged higher interest fees
or were steered into sub-prime loans, solely because of their race and/or national
origin. More than 200,000 Americans will be entitled to compensation. We have also
acted to protect the civil rights of our servicemembers who have been targeted by
these unconscionable, predatory lending practices. In May 2011, we announced set-
tlements with two lenders to resolve allegations that they had wrongfully foreclosed
upon active-duty servicemembers without first obtaining court orders, in clear viola-
tion of the Service Members Civil Relief Act. The settlements provided more than
$22 million in compensation to our men and women in uniform who were forced to
worry about their families and losing their homes through unlawful foreclosures,
while also having to endure the horrors of war. We fought hard for them because
we believe that, as Americans, we are much better than that, and that our fellow
citizens, who place their lives on the line for all of us, deserve far better than that.
Our other civil rights priorities in fiscal year 2013 include a greater focus upon
combating human trafficking; in uncovering and prosecuting hate crimes that target
Americans for who they are and what they believe; in upholding and enforcing the
constitutional right of every eligible American to participate in our Nation’s political
process and vote freely; and fully implementing provisions of the Civil Rights for
Institutionalized Persons Act.
Environment and Natural Resources
Since 2011, a team of our agents and prosecutors continues to lead the Deepwater
Horizon Task Force, which has investigated the conduct of those involved in the
tragic explosion and oil spill that claimed the lives of 11 people; despoiled the coast-
al waters of the Gulf of Mexico; killed scores of wildlife; and damaged the vibrant
economy of a beautiful region, which our citizens have struggled mightily to restore.
Financial, Mortgage, and Health Fraud
In our fiscal year 2013 budget, DOJ seeks an increase of $55 million, for a total
investment of more than $700 million, to investigate and prosecute financial and
mortgage crimes that have sorely hurt the American people and damaged their trust
in the financial markets they expect to engage in fair play. The abuses by many
in the financial sector have had a devastating effect on the U.S. economy, and have
contributed significantly to the economic suffering of so many Americans. It is es-
sential that DOJ address these abuses forcefully, to hold fully accountable those
who are responsible for these abuses and ensure that they are not repeated. In this
13
budget, we propose an increase in specialized staffing and technologies to combat
and root out fraud in the area of securities and commodities; investment scams;
mortgage foreclosure schemes; and increasingly, in healthcare fraud.
The program increase of $55 million would provide funding for additional FBI spe-
cial agents, criminal prosecutors, civil litigators, in-house investigators, forensic ac-
countants, and paralegals to hone DOJ’s capacity to investigate and prosecute the
full spectrum of financial fraud. Bringing aboard specialized and dedicated per-
sonnel, especially investigators and forensic accountants, is key to our successful de-
tection and prosecution of complex financial schemes, and helps us to stay well
ahead of the criminals who devise them. Of the $55 million program increase, $37.4
million is to increase criminal enforcement efforts and $17.6 million would increase
civil enforcement efforts. Our total request also includes $9.8 million for technology
tools and automated litigation support.
We have already been actively engaged in these efforts. Since fiscal year 2010,
the Financial Fraud Enforcement Task Force has spurred investigation and prosecu-
tion of financial fraud that has been uncovered by the 2008 financial crisis and eco-
nomic recovery efforts. The task force has charged and sentenced a great number
of defendants involved in securities fraud, investment fraud, Ponzi schemes, and
other financial fraud. In October 2011, the managing member of Galleon Manage-
ment LLC was sentenced to 11 years in prison, based on DOJ’s investigation of the
largest hedge fund insider trading scheme in history. We also continue to aggres-
sively prosecute those who commit mortgage fraud. Mortgage fraud victims include
distressed homeowners preyed upon by fraudsters posing as foreclosure rescue ex-
perts; the elderly who are victimized in Home Equity Conversion Mortgage or ‘‘re-
verse mortgage’’ schemes; U.S. servicemembers; and entire neighborhoods blighted
by blocks of abandoned homes. In fiscal year 2011, the U.S. Attorneys’ offices filed
513 cases against 947 defendants, an increase of 92 percent in just 2 years.
Earlier this month, I joined Housing and Urban Development Secretary Shaun
Donovan and the Attorneys General of Colorado, Indiana, North Carolina, Illinois,
and Iowa to announce the unprecedented agreement reached by the Federal Govern-
ment and State attorneys general with the Nation’s five largest mortgage servicers
to address mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure abuses. This agreement—the
largest joint Federal-State settlement ever obtained—provides substantial financial
relief to homeowners and establishes significant, new homeowner protections. It
holds mortgage servicers accountable for abusive practices and requires them to
commit more than $20 billion toward financial relief for consumers. As a result,
struggling homeowners throughout the country will benefit from reduced principal
amounts and the refinancing of their loans. The agreement also requires substantial
changes in how servicers do business, which will help to ensure the abuses of the
past are not repeated.
Moreover, on January 27, I announced the formation of the Residential Mortgage-
Backed Securities Working Group, supported by current manpower and funds, to le-
verage State and local resources in a nationwide effort to investigate and prosecute
crimes in the residential mortgage-backed securities market. DOJ will join the Secu-
rities and Exchange Commission and the New York State Attorney General under
authority of the Financial Fraud Enforcement Task Force in leading the working
group, which will be staffed by at least 55 DOJ agents, analysts, investigators, and
attorneys from around the United States.
Finally, DOJ remains fully engaged with the Department of Health and Human
Services (HHS) to prevent and combat healthcare fraud. Earlier this month, HHS
Secretary Kathleen Sebelius and I reported the success of our joint efforts, having
recovered nearly $4.1 billion for U.S. taxpayers in fiscal year 2011. The 3-year aver-
age return on investment for healthcare fraud funding in fiscal year 2011 was more
than $7 for every $1 invested—the highest ever for this program.
In fiscal year 2013, we plan to redouble our efforts and ask the Congress for
$294.5 million through the HHS budget for healthcare fraud funding to support
DOJ initiatives to combat civil and criminal healthcare fraud. Increased funding will
permit DOJ to expand Medicare Fraud Strike Force operations and to more effec-
tively target locations where healthcare fraud activities are rampant. We also pro-
pose additional support to bolster civil enforcement efforts, including False Claims
Act matters, to investigate and prosecute fraud by medical and pharmaceutical pro-
viders.
STATE
,
LOCAL
,
AND TRIBAL LAW ENFORCEMENT
In our fiscal year 2013 budget, DOJ seeks a total of $2 billion to assist State,
local, and tribal law enforcement personnel, especially in combating violent crime
14
and violence against women and all other victims of crime, and in supporting victim
programs.
DOJ’s budget request is strong on law enforcement; it’s strong on solid program
research and development; it’s strong on juvenile justice; and it’s strong on innova-
tion. In presenting this budget request, we’ve taken a long, hard look at what has
worked best in these areas, in order to extend these best practices across the broad
range of our work.
The key to DOJ’s success in protecting the American people continues to be in
developing effective partnerships with law enforcement counterparts throughout the
United States and abroad to leverage a more focused and effective law enforcement
response. To put this in perspective, there are 65,000 U.S. Federal agents dedicated
to criminal investigations; by comparison, there are 700,000 State and local law en-
forcement officers in the United States, not to mention scores of others who work
for agencies from other nations. Crime is increasingly transnational and global in
scope, and criminals respect no boundaries. We owe it to the American people to
work closely with our partners—at home and abroad—to prevent these criminals
from harming our citizens, and to ensure that those who do so are brought to jus-
tice.
Here at home, one of our most important partnering programs is the Community
Oriented Policing Service (COPS) grant program. These grants assist State and local
police in hiring officers for targeted patrol and other proven strategies to reduce and
prevent crime. From fiscal year 2009 through fiscal year 2011, the COPS office fund-
ed more than 7,100 positions. More than 5,000 of these positions have been filled
so far; nearly 4,000 of them as new hires. The budget requests an additional $91
million for the COPS hiring program in fiscal year 2013, for a total of $257.1 mil-
lion. Of this amount, $15 million will be dedicated to community policing develop-
ment initiatives and $15 million will be directed to tribal jurisdictions.
It is worth noting that COPS will be giving preference in any fiscal year 2012 hir-
ing grant award to communities that hire post-9/11 veterans of our armed forces.
Put simply, this is the right thing to do, and I assure you that this policy will con-
tinue in grants funded by the fiscal year 2013 appropriation.
To give you an idea of the impact that COPS funding has had within local com-
munities, let me tell you about Fresno, California. Given budgetary constraints, the
Fresno Police Department had lost 100 sworn police officer positions and 265 civil-
ian positions over a 3-year period. COPS funding added 41 front-line officers who
helped Fresno reduce violent crime by targeted removal of dangerous criminals from
the community’s streets. The results are impressive. In 2011, Fresno experienced de-
creases in violent crimes across the board and had its lowest murder rate in a dec-
ade. Without COPS funding, the Fresno Police Department would have been forced
to disband its violent crime impact team and redeploy officers into patrol, and mere-
ly react to crime. Instead, COPS funding helped the people of Fresno become more
active in safeguarding their community.
In this area, too, DOJ seeks funding for grant programs proven to be effective in
preventing crime. Increased funding is requested for the Byrne Criminal Justice In-
novation Program; for residential substance abuse treatment; for Second Chance Act
implementation; for Part B Juvenile Justice Formula Grants; and for a new, evi-
dence-based juvenile justice competitive demonstration grant program.
The Adam Walsh Act significantly enhances DOJ’s ability to respond to crimes
against children and vulnerable adults, and to prevent sex offenders who have been
released back into the community from victimizing others. The fiscal year 2013
budget also includes $20 million for States and local jurisdictions, and an additional
$1 million to develop the National Sex Offender Public Web site.
Finally, a significant outlay under the fiscal year 2013 budget includes increased
funding to squarely address domestic violence and child abuse in rural areas
through support of projects specifically designed to prevent these crimes in rural ju-
risdictions. A significant portion of these funds will be dedicated to implementing
public safety programs in Indian country, to assist tribal law enforcement partners
in reducing the disproportionately high levels of violent crime there.
PRISONS AND DETENTION
In DOJ’s fiscal year 2013 budget, we are seeking $8.6 billion to ensure that pris-
oners and detainees are held in secure Federal facilities and to improve Federal
prisoner re-entry.
Last year, DOJ made strategic investments to enhance the Nation’s security and
make communities safer. There are more than 2 million people incarcerated in the
United States; estimates project the Federal inmate population in the United States
to increase by 6,500, in addition to the estimated 5,000 inmates who will be proc-
15
essed in fiscal year 2012. The fiscal year 2012 enacted appropriation included par-
tial funding for activation of new prisons in Alabama and New Hampshire. In the
fiscal year 2013 budget, DOJ requests funding to fully activate these facilities and
initiate two others, in Mississippi and West Virginia. In all, DOJ plans to add 2,500
prison beds and 1,000 new, low-security contract confinement beds in fiscal year
2013. DOJ will also direct increased funding to hire additional corrections workers
and cover increased costs to transfer, accommodate, and secure the larger prisoner
population.
While opening the secure facilities we need to confine criminals, DOJ’s budget re-
quest also addresses the parallel need to free up prison space and reduce long-term
detention and incarceration costs. This budget recognizes the need to work with you
in the Congress to make simple changes to the calculation of good conduct time, and
to explore ways to further reduce recidivism. These proposals provide proven incen-
tives for good behavior among certain eligible, nonviolent inmates, and their partici-
pation in programs designed to keep them from returning to prison, and will have
a direct impact in relieving overcrowding in Federal prisons. Beyond the steps pro-
posed in this budget, the Federal Government has an opportunity to build on the
work of States like Texas and Indiana to modernize criminal sentencing, ensuring
that violent and career criminals remain behind bars and off the streets, while
strengthening programs to help eligible, nonviolent offenders to safely and produc-
tively re-enter their communities.
The programs we propose to fund aim to reduce recidivism by expanding partici-
pation in these re-entry programs. DOJ’s fiscal year 2013 budget request includes
expansion of the Bureau of Prison’s residential drug abuse program, which supports
Second Chance objectives. This expansion will enable greater use of the sentencing
credits available to eligible, nonviolent inmates who complete drug treatment pro-
grams. Thus, as this program contributes to reducing crime, it will also result in
fewer taxpayer resources directed at incarcerating inmates.
SAVINGS AND EFFICIENCIES
DOJ’s fiscal year 2013 budget presents a highly streamlined array of programs,
which will help us to achieve our mission more efficiently while protecting the
American people more effectively.
DOJ proposes almost $700 million in efficiencies, offsets, and rescissions. We at
DOJ recognize that we must do our part to help our Nation maintain its sound fis-
cal footing. In our fiscal year 2013 budget request, we seek to balance fiscal respon-
sibility demanded by the American people with DOJ’s national security and law en-
forcement mission to prevent, prosecute, and bring to justice all who would do us
harm.
In leading this effort, I directed DOJ staff to identify areas where we would
achieve significant savings for the American taxpayers by implementing changes in
the way we execute our mission. These changes include improving the way we tar-
get funding, seeking support for programs that work; redirecting funding from the
Department level to component agencies to reduce overhead and increase oper-
ational efficiency; and consolidating offices and redirecting or reducing personnel
and resources.
In all, we identified $646.6 million in administrative efficiencies, nongrant pro-
gram reductions, and rescissions of prior-year balances, which will reduce our bot-
tom line without impairing our mission or capabilities.
In submitting DOJ’s fiscal year 2013 budget request, I emphasize that we con-
tinue to hold the line on expenses, seek to eliminate waste, and promote efficiencies.
In this request, we propose to reorganize DOJ by consolidating offices. In doing so,
we will become a leaner, more agile, and more responsive organization. Our goal is
to enhance our service to the American people, without sacrificing the essential mis-
sion. Instead, we intend to realign our staff and resources to meet the greatest
needs.
In proposing these realignments, we add our efforts to the President’s Campaign
to Cut Waste. In July 2010, I launched DOJ’s Advisory Council for Savings and Effi-
ciencies, or the SAVE Council, to focus these efforts within DOJ. In just the last
2 years, the SAVE Council has helped DOJ realize nearly $60 million in savings
and cost avoidance.
The fiscal year 2013 budget includes savings expected from merging detention
functions currently performed by the Office of the Federal Detention Trustee into
USMS, merging core functions of the National Drug Intelligence Center into DEA,
and transfer management of the Law Enforcement Wireless Communication pro-
gram to FBI, returning funding and the concomitant responsibility for radio oper-
ations and maintenance to DOJ’s law enforcement components.
16
Additional savings and efficiencies were identified in the areas of information
technology, space requirements, overhead, administration, and operations. For ex-
ample, the IT offset represents savings that will be developed through greater inter-
component collaboration in IT contracting; funds will be redirected to support DOJ’s
cyber security and IT transformation efforts and other high-priority initiatives.
CONCLUSION
In conclusion, I am keenly aware that the President and I have asked DOJ’s dedi-
cated employees to do much more with fewer resources during this period of eco-
nomic recovery. That they have done so with continued dedication to our mission
to protect the American people is truly exemplary and inspiring.
I appreciate this opportunity to tell you about our good work at the Department
of Justice, to thank you for your support to date, and to ask you to fund the impor-
tant work that lies ahead.
At this time, I would be pleased to take your questions.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. As a matter of senatorial courtesy, we’re
going to turn to Senator Shelby, who has a Banking Committee
hearing that he must join, then I’ll pick up, followed by Senator
Hutchison. We will recognize the members in order of arrival, and
we’ll follow the 5-minute rule.
Senator Shelby.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR RICHARD C
.
SHELBY
Senator S
HELBY
. Thank you. Thank you, Madam Chairman.
Good morning, Mr. Attorney General.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Good morning.
TERRORIST EXPLOSIVE DEVICE ANALYTICAL CENTER AND NATIONAL
CENTER FOR EXPLOSIVES TRAINING RESEARCH
Senator S
HELBY
. Two key DOJ facilities will soon be operating
on Redstone Arsenal: The FBI’s Terrorist Explosive Device Analyt-
ical Center (TEDAC), and the ATF’s National Center for Explosives
Training Research (NCETR). These two national assets will help
law enforcement officials deal with the growing threat posed by ter-
rorists and criminal use of powerful explosives.
You and I have discussed these facilities previously, and I believe
you agreed then with me that the missions of NCETR and TEDAC
are distinct, but complementary, and that it made sense to colocate
them at Redstone, where there’s a lot of property, a lot of land.
For the benefit of the subcommittee, Mr. Attorney General, can
you describe how DOJ will utilize NCETR and TEDAC?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. TEDAC, run chiefly by the FBI, deals
with the examination of improvised explosive devices (IEDs), that
we see coming out of Afghanistan and other places. NCETR, by
contrast, run by the ATF, deals with other, more common explosive
devices.
Senator S
HELBY
. More prevalent maybe?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. More prevalent explosive devices that
we see. I think that you’re right, they have fundamentally different
responsibilities, but they complement one another, and the location
of them in that place makes a great deal of sense.
Senator S
HELBY
. Could you describe the value of colocating these
facilities on a large Federal arsenal, with lots of range of space?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Yes. I think there’s a great deal of
cross-pollination, the ability to talk to one another. Although the
purposes are distinct, there are going to certainly be scientific
17
things, breakthroughs, perhaps, that you can exchange information
about by having people who are relatively close by. Having the two
agencies that are primarily responsible for explosives determina-
tion and prevention close by each other, even though they have dis-
tinct roles that have been pretty well delineated—it is good to have
them there and talking to one another.
Senator S
HELBY
. Also, you’re aware that the community there,
near Redstone, Huntsville, has the highest per capita Ph.D. com-
munities in science and engineering.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. There are a lot of smart people there.
That’s true.
Senator S
HELBY
. You plan to utilize that then.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Yes. We’ll use smart people wherever
we can find them. There are a lot there. That is fair.
ACTIVATION OF ALICEVILLE FEDERAL CORRECTIONS INSTITUTE
Senator S
HELBY
. Well, I want to go to another question. People
make mistakes and pay for it, I guess.
Attorney General Holder, the Justice Department is seeking
funds this year to activate a new women’s prison in Aliceville, Ala-
bama. This prison was designated as a female-only facility, based
on input from your Department, and it cost nearly $250 million
when it was finished. Does the Department plan to activate this
soon? I know you’ve got a lot in it. The Bureau of Prisons (BOP)
said that was one of their top priorities.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. We want to activate it. It was spe-
cially designed to deal with the unique needs that female prisoners
have. We need to expand our capacity to handle female prisoners
in the Federal system. Given the fact that the facility was specially
configured for female prisoners, it would be our hope to activate it
as quickly as we can, and for the use for which it was designated.
Senator S
HELBY
. Well, you’ve got a lot in it, and it’s finished.
And I’d hope you would do that soon, because to activate it, it costs
hardly anything, compared to what it cost to build.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. No. I don’t disagree with that. The
need is clearly there for the expanding female population, unfortu-
nately, that we see in the Federal prison system.
Senator S
HELBY
. It would be a priority for you?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Yes.
Senator S
HELBY
. In that area.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. We want to bring online as many of
these facilities we can, and this is one that, as I understand it, is
extremely close, where we’re just about ready to open it.
Senator S
HELBY
. Good. Madam Chairman, thank you very much
for taking me out of order, and I appreciate it very much.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Mr. Attorney General, I have two questions.
I had many, but we’ll submit them for the record.
FEDERAL PRISON FUNDING
First of all, Federal prisons. As I look at the Department’s budg-
et, almost one-third of the Justice Department money is going into
Federal prisons. That amount is now at $6 billion, and it is rapidly
approaching almost what the FBI budget is, which is $8 billion.
18
Now, my question is: What’s going on with Federal prisons? First
of all, we want the bad guys and gals off the street. So we want
you to prosecute and incarcerate, particularly where there are peo-
ple who constitute a danger to our country or to our communities.
I don’t know if we can sustain this growth, and then I’m concerned
about once we put them in, it’s a revolving door, and we keep ex-
panding their prisons with the same people. They keep coming
back.
Could you elaborate on your Department’s needs? Are there any
recommendations you’d have to begin to contain the prison popu-
lation? Are we federalizing too many crimes? Is recidivism the
problem? Again, safe streets—but this is really an ever-increasing
part of our appropriations.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. There are a whole variety of reasons
why we see the prison population expanding. We now have about
215,000 people in the Federal system. That number goes up every
year, and it is for that reason that we consistently come back to
this subcommittee asking for additional funds for BOP.
There are a variety of reasons why you see people coming into
the system. We are good partners with our State and local counter-
parts, and we try to help them, to the extent that we can. And so,
some cases violate both Federal and State law, and if they are very
serious criminals, we bring them to the Federal system if there are
evidentiary rules or more harsh sentences that we can give to
them.
I think the point that you hit on, that we really need to focus
on, is how can we rehabilitate people so that we cut down on recidi-
vism rates? One of the things that we have talked about is the Sec-
ond Chance Act, coming up with ways in which we make available
to people re-entry possibilities, so that they have the chance of not
being recidivists, coming up with educational, vocational, drug
treatment programs while we have them in prison.
We’ve actually seen pretty good success being made by some
State systems that has been shared with me by the Pew Research
Foundation. I think we can learn a lot from them in that regard.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Well, Mr. Attorney General, we would really
look forward to specific recommendations. We want our local and
our Federal law enforcement to prosecute and get bad people off
the street, whether they’re terrorists or whether they’re terrorizing
a neighborhood, like some of the drug dealers in some of my own
communities in Maryland.
At the same time, we don’t want our Federal prisons to be an in-
cubator for more crime, where the lessons that they learn when
they go to prison is not to commit crimes again, but how to be bet-
ter crooks. We want our prisons to teach them how to be better citi-
zens, and then to come back to a community support system where
they don’t fall back into the behavior that got them.
So, I’m concerned that our Federal prisons are such that we need
to really look and evaluate, and learn some of these lessons. So, we
want to work with you. I know you feel that way. You’re very expe-
rienced in street crime, which takes me to the other point.
19
COMMUNITY ORIENTED POLICING SERVICE GRANTS
Ultimately, you’ve done this fantastic job of fighting terrorism,
keeping America safe. It’s been stunning what our national secu-
rity services have accomplished, both military and civilian. Again,
I’ll come back to streets and neighborhoods. You know, we have
communities that face crime every single day. And we talk to our
local law enforcement, our local prosecutors’ offices, and so on.
They feel they’re under the gun. They need Byrne grants, they
need Cops on the Beat, and so on.
Do you feel that this is sufficient funding? In fiscal year 2010,
we had $3.7 billion that went into State and local grants. Due to
acts of the Congress and so on, now, we’re down to $2 billion. Yet,
everywhere I go in Maryland, from our local police commissioners
to local district attorneys, or States’ attorneys, as they’re called in
my State, people say we need those Justice Department grants.
They give us better technology. They give us tools to deal with vio-
lence against women. They express gratitude for the lethal index.
They need you. They love having you as a partner.
Do we have enough money in the right places to do the job to
protect our communities?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. We have in the budget request $2.04
billion for State and local assistance programs; $1.4 billion for Of-
fice of Justice Programs (OJP); about $290 million for COPS; and
$412 million for the Office on Violence Against Women (OVW).
This is the level that’s about equal to the level we requested last
year. It is lower than numbers that you had said. But, I think that
given the budget realities that we face, the amount that we have
requested is strong on law enforcement. It’s strong for science. It’s
strong for victims.
Would I like to have more money? Yes, but the budget realities
that we confront, and the need to stay within a budget in the exec-
utive branch have gotten us to this point. I think that through the
provision of this money, through the technical assistance that we
can also provide to our State and local partners, we can do the job.
I met with the National Association of Attorneys General just
this week, and I think the partnership that we have is an unprece-
dented one. I think that the combination of that partnership, the
sensitivity that we have to their needs, and the $2 billion that we
are seeking here will allow us to be good partners.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Well, we have many questions. So, I’m going
to turn to Senator Hutchison.
What I would find very helpful is two things. One, if you look at
your Byrne grants, Cops on the Beat, and so on, what was the
amount of money requested by State and local people to apply for
those grants, and what could you fund?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Yes. I mean the request—oh. Sorry.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. No. My time’s up. So I’d like that for the
record.
20
[The information follows:]
F
UNDS
R
EQUESTED BY
S
TATE AND
L
OCAL
O
RGANIZATIONS FOR
B
YRNE
G
RANTS
COMMUNITY ORIENTED POLICING SERVICE OFFICE
In 2011, the Community Oriented Policing Service (COPS) office made 238 awards
to fund 1,021 law enforcement officer positions, totaling $243,398,709. The total
amount requested was $2,067,924,397 from 2,712 law enforcement agencies.
OFFICE OF JUSTICE PROGRAMS
Because individual Byrne Justice Assistance Grant (JAG) program awards are de-
termined and limited by a specific, statutorily driven crime and population formula,
States, local governments, and tribes cannot request more than the total amount
available in any fiscal year. Because of this, it is not possible to determine what
the unmet need was in fiscal year 2011 under the JAG program. In fiscal year 2011,
there were a total of 56 States and territories and 1,348 local jurisdictions eligible
for JAG funds, with a total of $365.9 million available in prescribed amounts. Of
the local governments eligible for a direct JAG award, all but 127 applied for their
funding allocation. Of the 127 that did not apply for their eligible funding, 120 of
these jurisdictions would have received an award of between $10,000 and $25,000.
As a result of these failures to apply, $1,949,103 in Byrne JAG funding was not
awarded in fiscal year 2011.
However, in fiscal year 2011, Office of Justice Programs’ (OJP) Bureau of Justice
Assistance (BJA) released 63 funding solicitations and received 4,295 funding appli-
cations requesting a total of $3,793,937,608 in Federal funding from BJA. BJA had
sufficient appropriations to meet 19.32 percent of this requested total, funding 51.66
percent of all applications submitted. These figures do not include unmet demand
from programs such as the State Criminal Alien Apprehension Program and the
Bulletproof Vest Partnership, which had additional unmet funding requests.
DUPLICATION OF SERVICES
Improving the effectiveness and efficiency of Federal programs is a critical pri-
ority of the administration and the Department. The Department is committed to
continuing efforts to prevent unnecessary duplication, streamline through ap-
proaches such as the consolidation of grant programs, and identify effective pro-
grams using evidence-based methods.
Department of Justice (DOJ) grantmaking agencies closely collaborate on the de-
velopment and implementation of grant programs to avoid the types of potential
problems cited by the Government Accountability Office (GAO). Managers from OJP
and its bureaus, COPS office, and the Office of Violence Against Women (OVW)
often meet to coordinate programs and objectives. The following selected examples
are illustrative of the Department’s commitment to work collaboratively among its
own components as well as Federal Government-wide to improve government per-
formance and effectively target the public safety needs of our communities.
—In January 2011, I convened the first meeting of the Federal Interagency Re-
entry Council. The council is addressing short-term and long-term goals on pris-
oner re-entry through enhanced communication, coordination, and collaboration
across Federal agencies. OJP is leading a parallel staff-level effort, which in-
cludes 35 people from 17 different Federal agencies—including the Departments
of Health and Human Services (HHS), Housing and Urban Development (HUD),
Labor, Education (ED), Veterans Affairs, Agriculture, and the Social Security
Administration, and others.
—OJP is also spearheading the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention,
which is an effort launched—at the direction of the White House—by DOJ and
ED, to directly and locally address the needs of communities that continue to
experience high levels of youth violence. Using comprehensive technical assist-
ance, the Forum enables Federal agencies to serve as catalysts for broad-based
positive change at the local level in a very efficient, cost-effective manner.
—All of DOJ’s components and leaders are working together to provide the most
efficient and timely information to tribal communities. As cited in the GAO re-
port, beginning in fiscal year 2010, the Department created the Coordinated
Tribal Assistance Solicitation (CTAS), which consolidates most of the Depart-
ment’s tribal government-specific criminal justice assistance programs adminis-
tered by OJP, OVW, and COPS under one solicitation. Through CTAS, tribes
can apply for funding for many of their criminal justice needs with one applica-
tion.
21
—The Tribal Law and Order Act enacted in July, 2010, contained amendments
to multiple laws with an impact across DOJ activities in Indian country, in-
cluding a number of OJP programs. The CTAS collaborative experience read-
ied us for statutorily mandated coordination required for law enforcement,
training, increased grants authority, and crime data analysis and reporting.
—We are also partnering with other Federal agencies to conduct inventories of
Federal resources, develop interagency memorandums of agreement, and
long-term comprehensive plans to improve our performance, eliminate dupli-
cation, and identify gaps to better serve tribal governments and their commu-
nities, in consultation with tribes.
—The Defending Childhood Initiative is being coordinated across OJP, COPS,
OVW, the U.S. Attorneys offices, as well as other components within the De-
partment and the Federal Government.
The Neighborhood Revitalization Initiative—which is a White House-led inter-
agency collaboration—is executing place-based strategies to engage and support
local communities in developing and obtaining the tools they need to revitalize their
own neighborhoods of concentrated poverty.
The Federal Government already directs significant resources to these neighbor-
hoods, but we can always look for additional ways to continue to support them. Bet-
ter alignment of Federal programs will help local leaders to use Federal funds more
effectively, making our taxpayer dollars go further.
Additionally, the Department is working as a whole to coordinate and improve our
grants management efforts. There is a DOJ-wide Grants Management Challenges
Workgroup, comprised of grants officials from COPS office, OJP, and OVW, that
meets to share information and develop consistent practices and procedures in a
wide variety of grant administration and management areas. In fiscal year 2011, the
working group successfully implemented the DOJ-wide high-risk grantee designa-
tion program and a DOJ-wide, on-line financial training tool for DOJ grantees.
Through our Byrne Criminal Justice Innovation program, OJP and the Depart-
ment will strengthen partnerships with HUD, ED, HHS, and the Department of the
Treasury in distressed neighborhoods to implement effective strategies to address
persistently high violent crime, gang activity, and illegal drugs.
As mentioned, the Department is equally committed to consolidating grant pro-
grams as appropriate. The fiscal year 2013 budget re-proposes a consolidation that
was also included in the fiscal year 2012 budget but not adopted, the consolidation
(Problem Solving Justice) and expansion of funding for Drug Courts and the Men-
tally Ill Offender Act Program. The fiscal year 2013 budget also proposes the cre-
ation of a 7-percent tribal grant set aside to address the needs of Indian country,
rather than several separate programs.
As resources have become tighter, we are working smarter by promoting evidence-
based approaches and developing and spreading knowledge about what works and
what causes crime and delinquency. Evidence-based knowledge is critical to help
policymakers at the Federal, States, and local levels know what to fund, but per-
haps more importantly right now, what not to fund. For example, OJP has devel-
oped tools such as CrimeSolutions.gov and the Diagnostic Center, which help juris-
dictions focus on evidence-based ‘‘smart on crime’’ approaches to maximize resources
and improve public safety results.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. The second thing is: The GAO report raises
issues related to duplication of services, and I’d like to have your
reaction to the GAO report on how we can streamline, get more ef-
ficiencies. I think you’re already on that road.
But let me turn to Senator Hutchison.
STEVENS
CASE
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Thank you, Madam Chairman. Mr. Attor-
ney General, we will have questions for the record, but I wanted
to pursue this public integrity unit’s misconduct against Senator
Stevens.
After you moved to dismiss the case, the court appointed counsel
to investigate the botched prosecution of Senator Stevens, and
found that the prosecutors engaged in systematic concealment of
evidence, but they were not guilty of criminal contempt. And ac-
cording to the summary that was put out in the public, the full re-
22
port coming later, the court said, ‘‘Despite findings of widespread,
and at times, intentional misconduct, the special counsel, Mr.
Schuelke, recommended against contempt charges, because pros-
ecutors did not disobey a clear and equivocal order by the judge,
as required under law.’’
Now, Judge Sullivan said, ‘‘Upon review of the docket and pro-
ceedings in the Stevens case, Mr. Schuelke concludes no such order
existed in this case. Rather, the court accepted the repeated rep-
resentations of the subject prosecutors that they were familiar with
their discovery obligations, were complying with those obligations,
and were proceeding in good faith.’’
My question to you is: Does it concern you that the only reason
these prosecutors escaped criminal charges is that the judge in the
Stevens case didn’t file an order specifically telling the prosecutors
that they should follow the law?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. We have to take into account a vari-
ety of things. When I was made aware of the issues that led to the
inquiry that Judge Sullivan ordered, I made sure I ordered that the
case be dismissed.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Dismissed.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. I also ordered that an Office of Profes-
sional Responsibility (OPR) report be done as an internal DOJ re-
port, which has now been completed. It is now in its final stages
of being worked through.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Will it be made public, Mr. Attorney Gen-
eral?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. I’m hoping that we can. There are pri-
vacy interests that we have to deal with, but my hope is to get that
report, or as much of the report, made public as we possibly can.
It is an exhaustive study. It is hundreds of pages long. I think the
people at OPR have done a good job, and there are recommenda-
tions with regard to sanctions that ought to be made. I’m hoping
that we will make that available.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. I’m going to request that you do.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Okay. I’m not really at liberty to dis-
cuss the report that Mr. Schuelke did. We’ve gotten a limited num-
ber of those reports in the Justice Department, 10 or 15 of them,
and we’re under orders by the judge not to discuss those. I’ve had
a chance to review, certainly, the summary and portions of it, and
some of the findings that are made there are disturbing. They were
disturbing when I made the decision to dismiss the case.
We have done a lot since that time to come up with ways in
which we try to prevent those kinds of mistakes from happening
again. We have an extensive training program. We have hired
somebody who is responsible as a coordinator to make sure that
discovery is handled properly in criminal cases and civil cases that
the Justice Department is involved in, so we don’t fall back into
those same kinds of errors. I have spoken to members of the judici-
ary. All to make sure that what happened in the case involving
Senator Stevens is not replicated. I would urge everybody to under-
stand that this Justice Department, this Attorney General, when
we made that determination that mistakes occurred, took the ex-
traordinary step of dismissing that case.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Which I give you full credit for.
23
PROSECUTORS IN
STEVENS
CASE
Now, let me ask you: Four of the six prosecutors, according to re-
ports, who were investigated, opposed releasing the report, and
their names have been redacted. I want to ask you if any of these
prosecutors are still in the Justice Department system.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. I have to check that, just to make
sure, but I believe all of the prosecutors who were involved in that
case are still in the Department. I believe that’s true. I’m not to-
tally sure of that.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Does that trouble you, that there would be
findings of misconduct in such a sensitive area that you would not
let them go outside of our justice system?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. It depends on the nature of the mis-
conduct, what it is that they did, the mistakes that were made. I
think one has to look at the Schuelke report that is about to be re-
leased, combined with the OPR report and the recommendations
for sanctions that are contained in that OPR report, to look at what
exactly should happen to these people. Was the incident an isolated
one? How serious was it? What is the nature of their contribution?
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Are you going to do that, Mr. Attorney Gen-
eral? Are you going to make a decision regarding people who have
clearly exhibited that they do not have the integrity to prosecute
in this sensitive area? Will you tell the subcommittee what your ac-
tions are when you have made that determination?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. I don’t think there was any Privacy
Act interest that prevents us from sharing with this subcommittee
what actions we have ultimately decided to take against those peo-
ple who are found to have been culpable.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Well, I ask that you report that to the sub-
committee. Thank you, Madam Chairman.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Brown.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR SHERROD BROWN
Senator B
ROWN
. Thank you, Madam Chair, and thank you, At-
torney General Holder, for your service.
RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE
-
BACKED SECURITIES WORKING GROUP
You established the new RMBS Working Group. Thank you for
that. I want to talk a moment about that. But, last week, Phil
Angelides, from Senator Feinstein’s State, former chair of the Fi-
nancial Crisis Inquiry Commission, observed that the number of
lawyers, some 55 lawyers, investigators, and other staff of the
working group I just mentioned, that is far fewer than the 100 law
enforcement professionals dedicated to the Dallas bank fraud task
force during the savings and loan era.
Mr. Angelides also suggested the Congress should extend the
statute of limitations for financial institutions fraud from 5 years
to 10 years, as the Congress did in 1989, when it passed the Fed-
eral Institutions Reform Recovery Enforcement Act after the sav-
ings and loan crisis. And you, of course, are aware of the public
sentiment of anxiety, frustration, outrage—pick your noun—toward
the fact that so few people have been prosecuted.
24
Talk to me about the working group, the dollars you’re dedi-
cating of the $55 million increase you’re asking for. Is it going to
go into the RMBS Working Group? And comment, if you would, on
Mr. Angelides’ recommendation that the statute of limitations,
similarly 20 years ago on a, if not a similar scandal, surely a scan-
dal, when it was lengthened to 10 years by the Congress then, if
that’s something we should do.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. I would say, first off, that this whole
mortgage fraud scandal that we are dealing with is something that
we have taken extremely seriously. We brought charges against
about 2,100 people last year, all over the course of the last few
years, in connection with the mortgage problem. You mentioned
there are 55 Federal personnel to go to the RMBS task force—
that’s the Federal component. One of the things that I think is
unique about that is that we’re working with our State and local
partners, and, in particular, State attorneys general. So, the num-
ber of people who will be ultimately devoted to that task force will
be substantially greater than that.
I suspect we will also be adding people from various U.S. Attor-
neys’ offices around the country. I think we’re looking at four or
five that will be intimately involved in this, so that number will ul-
timately go up. We’re going to have adequate resources, in terms
of the numbers of people, to do the job that we need to do with re-
gard to the RMBS Working Group.
With regard to the extension of the statute of limitations, that
is something that I’d be more than glad to discuss with the mem-
bers of this subcommittee after I’ve had a chance to speak with the
prosecutors on the ground, to see if, in fact, that is something that
we need. We want to use all the tools that we have, and also con-
sider any possibilities that we might want to acquire, so that we
can hold accountable the people and institutions who really had a
devastating impact on our Nation’s economy, and continue to have
a lingering effect on our Nation’s economy and, in particular, the
housing market, which drags down the recovery.
Senator B
ROWN
. Okay. Thank you for that. And we will be fol-
lowing up with your office on the wisdom, hearing from your pros-
ecutors that might be in the middle of initiating these cases or in
the middle of these cases, about the importance of that extra 5
years of the statute of limitations.
OIL AND GAS PRICE FRAUD WORKING GROUP
Let me talk for a moment about gas prices. You know, oil prices
are more than $100 per barrel. The Department of Energy and the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission have told us inventories
of oil are sufficient. Domestic production is up. We hear that. The
number of rigs has grown. The consumption is down. All reasons
that gas prices should not be going up, understanding that the tur-
moil in the Middle East and the discussion of Iran.
Some analysts have estimated speculation may be adding 50
cents to the price per gallon of gas. It’s my understanding over the
last year, DOJ organized the Oil and Gas Price Fraud Working
Group to determine the role speculators and potential price manip-
ulation are having on the price of gasoline.
25
What have you found? What are your next steps? What can we
expect?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. That working group continues to be
in effect. In fact, they’re having a call today to discuss the situation
in which we find ourselves with regard to these rising gas prices.
That working group, itself, will be meeting before the end of this
week. The work of that group has been ongoing and looking to see
if there are inappropriate manipulations of the market.
The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) is also working in this
area. I don’t want to speak for them, but I understand they’re
working on a report of some sort that we should be seeing rel-
atively soon. That is, again, the FTC working independently of us.
But within the Department, that Oil and Gas Price Fraud Working
Group has been active, and as I said, has a call today and a meet-
ing that will happen, I think, by tomorrow.
Senator B
ROWN
. Okay. I would like to request that after the
phone call, and after the meeting today or tomorrow, that task
force brief me and other members of the subcommittee who have
expressed interest.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. All right. To the extent we can, we
will certainly do that.
Senator B
ROWN
. Thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. All right. Mr. Attorney General, we really
would like to see that. This is very, very, very important.
We would now like to turn to Senator Murkowski.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR LISA MURKOWSKI
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. Thank you, Madam Chairman, and Mr. At-
torney General. Welcome this morning.
STEVENS
CASE
I want to follow onto Senator Hutchison’s questions regarding
the prosecution of Senator Ted Stevens. I think so many of us were
absolutely shocked. I was horrified, as a friend, and as an Alaskan,
to read Judge Sullivan’s comments that this ill-gotten verdict not
only resulted in the loss of Senator Stevens losing his seat, but in
his words, tipped the balance of power in the U.S. Senate. Pretty
powerful, in terms of what DOJ did to a great man.
I appreciate, and I recognize, and I thank you for your actions
in dismissing that case, and in your decision to not attempt to
retry, and I join Senator Hutchison with that. But, there are ques-
tions that still remain. You know that. I have a long series of them,
and what I would like to do is submit them to you today, and ask
that you respond to them prior to the release of the report, which
is due to come out next Wednesday, the 15th of March. So, I would
appreciate your attention to that.
ATTORNEY
S FEES FOR PROSECUTORS IN
STEVENS
CASE
I have a question regarding what is happening now with the re-
lease of this report. The USA Today reported that DOJ has spent
$1.8 million in defending prosecutors from allegations that they
broke the law in the Stevens prosecution. And Senator Grassley
was one who mentioned that it seems like this is an unseemingly
26
high amount of money being spent by the taxpayers to defend what
appears to be egregious misconduct. And, again, Senator Hutchison
has noted the words that Judge Sullivan used in his order, saying
that the report demonstrated significant widespread, and at times,
intentional misconduct by the prosecutors.
Now, I understand that the $1.8 million went for attorney’s fees
to defend the actions of the Justice Department prosecutors who
were under investigation for contempt by the counsel appointed by
Judge Sullivan. The report of that counsel, again, is due to be re-
leased on the 15th. In addition to spending taxpayer money to de-
fend your attorneys, did the taxpayers also pay for the attorneys
to argue that the contents of this report should not be publicly re-
leased? You have stated that this is a matter that has risen to a
level of public attention. So, if you can answer that question for
me, and also whether the Justice Department supports the merits
of the appeal that has been raised by Mr. Edward Sullivan, who
is one of the prosecutors who has asked the U.S. Court of Appeals
for an emergency stay to prevent the release of this report next
week.
So, the question is whether you support the merits of that ap-
peal, and, again, whether or not the taxpayers are on the hook to
pay for his attorneys to argue that this report should be kept from
the public.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. I don’t think we take any position
with regard to what he has said about his desire to keep the report
sealed. The Justice Department has indicated that we do not object
to the release of the report. I think that given the issues that we
found there, the magnitude of the case, and, frankly, the mag-
nitude of the errors that led me to decide to dismiss the case, that
there is a legitimate public interest in knowing as much as we can
about what happened, why it happened, what steps the Justice De-
partment has taken in connection with these findings of mis-
conduct.
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. So is the Justice Department paying for his
attorneys’ fees in this matter, to keep this from being made public?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. I don’t know about him, specifically,
but I do know that as a result of the charges that were brought
against them, the determination was made that there would be a
conflict of interest for the Justice Department to defend them,
which would be typically how we would do it, and they were, there-
fore, allowed to get outside counsel. Under the regulations, the Jus-
tice Department then pays for those legal representations, which
has happened in a variety of cases, a variety of circumstances,
former attorneys general and lawyers who have been reimbursed
by the Government. I’m hoping I won’t have to do that, but other
attorneys general have done that.
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. So, even now that the independent counsel
that Judge Sullivan had appointed, even though that counsel has
found that members of the Stevens prosecution had engaged in sig-
nificant, widespread and, at times, intentional, and again, inten-
tional misconduct, does the Government have any recourse to re-
cover the funds that have been paid for their attorneys’ fees, when
they have engaged in intentional misconduct?
27
Now, you mentioned in your comments to Senator Hutchison
that after the OPR report, that there may be sanctions that we will
see, but is there recourse? Are you pursuing any recourse? It seems
to me that in an instance like this, where it has been made clear
that the conduct was intentional, that it was substantial, and it
was widespread, that we should not be defending and paying for
the attorneys’ fees to again allow these individuals to conduct such
acts, and then to learn that they’re still within DOJ doesn’t give
me much confidence.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Certainly, one of the things that hap-
pens is that because the Justice Department can’t represent these
people, and they have their own views of what happened, they
want to be able to explain, with counsel, defend themselves. That
is why the expenditure of money actually occurred. That is why
they are allowed to get outside counsel. As I said, that has hap-
pened, not frequently, but it certainly happened in the past, and
we acted with regard to them as we have done in the past with re-
gard to the retention of outside counsel.
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. I would think that $1.8 million to go to de-
fend these attorneys, who have engaged in intentional misconduct,
is just stunning to me. I’d like to think that there could be some
recourse.
Madam Chairman, I’m well over my time. I thank you for your
indulgence.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. It was important that you had the oppor-
tunity to completely pursue your line of questioning. The situation
that has been presented by you and Senator Hutchison, reminding
the subcommittee, is deeply troubling. We must have public integ-
rity. We also must have an independent judiciary. We have to
have, regardless of which party is in the White House, a Justice
Department that we believe in, and that the American people be-
lieve in. So, I know the Attorney General will be responsive, and
then we’ll take it from there.
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. Madam Chairman, I just want to thank
you for those comments, and agree wholeheartedly. And I do think
the Attorney General took a major first step, when he dismissed
the case. That was huge. But, now we must followup, so that there
is no question that the people who did this, and the report will
show whatever it shows, that they’re not able to prosecute ever
again. Ever.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Thank you.
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. Thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Pryor.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR MARK PRYOR
Senator P
RYOR
. Thank you, Madam Chair, and Attorney General,
welcome to the subcommittee. Thank you for being here.
PRISON OVERCROWDING
I want to add my voice to something that was said earlier about
prison overcrowding. And I could go through the facts and figures
on that, but you know those better than any of us do. It is just a
real concern.
28
One of the prisons that’s on the short list is actually in Arkansas,
and back in fiscal year 2010, it was scheduled to be funded in fiscal
year 2014. Well, now, it keeps getting pushed back. Now, it’s fiscal
year 2018. So, it’s an example of us not being able to fund some
of the real needs that we have. I know I’m not alone in that. So,
I want to voice my concern there.
SEQUESTRATION
Let me ask about sequestration. I don’t believe anyone’s had a
chance to ask about sequestration. And I’m curious about what the
Justice Department perceives will happen to DOJ funding if se-
questration does, in fact, take place, and what steps you’re taking
to address that.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. I certainly hope that’s something that
we don’t have to face. As I look at it, we’d be looking at an across-
the-board cut of about 7.8 percent, which would mean a cut of
about $2.1 billion. No Justice component would be exempt from
those cuts. And from an operational perspective, we would have to
cut personnel funding and nonpersonnel funding.
We are estimating that we’d have to furlough all position types,
including agents, Federal agents, FBI agents, DEA agents, ATF
agents, and attorneys, who try cases, investigate cases, for an aver-
age of about 25 days. We would have to lose permanently a pretty
substantial number of jobs. This across-the-board cut would have
a devastating impact on the Justice Department’s ability to protect
the American people, to do investigations. It would be something
that would just simply be devastating. My hope would be that the
Congress will find a way to avoid this sequestration, which, just
from my own parochial interests, which I think actually are the
Nation’s as well, to really avoid the very negative consequences
that could have a permanent impact on our well-being.
Senator P
RYOR
. And so, you’ve mentioned these furloughs, but I
assume, also, you’d have to suspend the funding of many of your
programs that help local and State law enforcement agencies.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. That’s an excellent point. The con-
sequences are not restricted to simply what happens to the Justice
Department here in Washington and in our field offices. Our ability
to be good State and local partners would certainly be impacted by
the reduced amounts of money that we’d be able to share with our
State and local partners, in terms of grants, Cops on the Beat. It
would be a devastating thing for this to happen.
THE JOHN R
.
JUSTICE PROGRAM
Senator P
RYOR
. And let me ask about personnel in a little dif-
ferent context. The John R. Justice Program has about 1,600 pros-
ecutors and about 1,200 public defenders in the last fiscal year that
received assistance under that program, to help them pay off their
student loans, et cetera. But, this budget, as I understand it, does
not have funding for that program this year. So, my concern there
would be that we want the best and the brightest out there trying
cases on both sides. Again, this is public defenders and prosecutors.
And in our criminal justice system, it’s critical that we have good
representation on both sides. And I’m afraid that we’re going to
lose a lot of talent if we don’t have a program like this. Do you
29
share that concern, and what steps you think we can take to keep
the best and the brightest coming on board?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. I do share that concern. We want the
best and the brightest to come and take what are low-paying jobs
on the prosecution side, on the defense side. These kids come out
of law school with enormous amounts of debt. And I don’t want
them to make career choices based on how they’re going to repay
those loans, as opposed to following their passions, and taking their
great skills to become members of the Justice Department, State
and local prosecutors offices, or on the other side, to be good de-
fense attorneys. And that is one of the things that I’m concerned
about.
We have a tough budget, and you’re right, the money is not
there, to the extent that it was in the past. To the extent that we
can work on ways in which we come up with creative things to do
to make sure that those career decisions, especially those first job
career decisions, by people coming out of law school, are not a func-
tion of their financial concerns, but really is a function of how they
want to help build a better society.
Senator P
RYOR
. Thank you.
CYBERSECURITY
And Madam Chair, I don’t really have time to ask another ques-
tion, but I would like to just make an observation. The chair of the
subcommittee here yesterday took a leadership role in a cybersecu-
rity exercise in a classified setting, and we appreciate her leader-
ship in getting all of us to go and participate. It was very inform-
ative, very interesting. And I know that DOJ has been very in-
volved in what’s going on with Federal Government cybersecurity
issues, and all the task forces and everything you’re working on.
But, I also hope that you will not neglect the private sector, as well
as the State and local governments, because they have a role to
play in this as well.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. That’s exactly right. This is not some-
thing that the Federal Government can handle by itself. This is a
national security issue, certainly, but it’s also an infrastructure
issue which involves our State and local partners. Then one looks
at just the amount of theft that occurs, intellectual property theft,
in particular, so that the private sector has to be involved as well.
We have to come up with mechanisms, means by which all of
those various components talk to one another, if we ultimately
want to be successful in what I think is the most pressing thing
that we’re going to be facing in the coming years.
Senator P
RYOR
. Thank you. Thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Thank you, Mr. Attorney General. I want to
go back to the excellent question Senator Pryor raised about the
impact of sequester. Could we have that answer in more detail, in
writing, so that everybody would have a chance to study it, and go
over it in programs and so we can really grasp the full con-
sequences?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Yes.
30
[The information follows:]
I
MPACT OF
S
EQUESTRATION
The Department of Justice’s (DOJ) supports the fiscal year 2013 President’s budg-
et request, which would avoid a sequestration, if enacted as proposed. Therefore, I
am not describing the impact of a potential sequester, which the administration is
committed to avoiding. However, I can describe the impact of an across-the-board
cut of 7.8 percent, or more than $2.1 billion, to DOJ’s budget authority. To imple-
ment this cut, DOJ would have to cut both personnel and operational funding. Per-
sonnel cuts would require DOJ to implement a hard hiring freeze, which would
mean losing 4,800 positions, and furloughing all DOJ employees for 25 days. These
personnel cuts, along with significant operational cuts, would mean reductions in
the apprehension of violent fugitives, fewer Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI)
national security investigations, fewer affirmative litigation efforts, and more crowd-
ed prisons. For context, a 7.8-percent cut would mean that the Bureau of Prisons
would be cut by $510 million, FBI by $730 million, the Drug Enforcement Adminis-
tration by $175 million, the U.S. Marshals Service by $90 million, and the U.S. at-
torneys office by $150 million.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. I’d now like to turn to Senator Graham.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR LINDSEY GRAHAM
Senator G
RAHAM
. Thank you, Madam Chairman. I’d like to add
my voice to what you just echoed, and Senator Pryor, that seques-
tration, as it’s set up, would devastate DOJ, our ability to defend
ourselves, and destroy the military, and surely we can find a better
way to do it than that. So, I think you’re dead on. This is just an
ill-conceived idea of cutting money blindly, in my view.
Now, you were in South Carolina couple days ago, is that right,
Mr. Attorney General?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. It was yesterday.
Senator G
RAHAM
. Yesterday. Well, we’re glad to have you. Hope
you spent money while you were there.
Mr. H
OLDER
. I did.
NATIONAL ADVOCACY CENTER
Senator G
RAHAM
. But, the National Advocacy Center (NAC), in
Columbia, that you visited, what would you tell the subcommittee
about the NAC, in terms of being a value to the Nation?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. It is an invaluable resource for us.
Senator G
RAHAM
. Did you all hear that?
Okay. I’m sorry. Go ahead.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. No. I mean it is. It is an invaluable
resource for the training that goes on in the Justice Department.
It is one that I think could actually be expanded. I’m concerned
that we’re not interacting with our State and local partners to the
extent that we once did in doing training with them. We’re trying
to bring into the NAC people from the defense side as well. It’s
where people learn to be good trial lawyers, learn a variety of
skills, learn their ethical obligations. It’s an invaluable resource.
Senator G
RAHAM
. Well, we appreciate your visit, and it will be
a place where, you know, cybersecurity is probably the issue of the
21st century, and whether it’s a crime, an act of war, it depends,
I guess, who’s involved, but a lot of local law enforcement folks
probably have no idea how to handle this, and it would be a good
way to kind of educate the country as a whole. And the collabora-
31
tion between the University of South Carolina and the NAC, I ap-
preciate.
And I want the subcommittee to know that we took about 200
or 300 DOJ jobs out of Washington, because after 9/11, we were
worried about having every part of our Government in one city.
And we moved those folks down to South Carolina, in Columbia,
and you leased a building from the university. It saved about $35
million. So, I just want to applaud you for trying to be creative to
decentralize DOJ, so that in case we’re ever attacked here, we don’t
lose all of our national assets, and it was a way to save money.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. And we also have that relationship
with the university about the rule-of-law component as well. And
I think that’s been a good synergy.
Senator G
RAHAM
. To my colleagues, and I’ve been to Afghanistan
and Iraq, like many of you, and we’re trying to develop a rule-of-
law program in Iraq, Afghanistan, Africa—you name it. Without
some basic rule of law, no country can develop. And all the lessons
we’ve learned the hard way, from making mistakes, but finally get-
ting it right in many ways, we’re trying to create a center at the
University of South Carolina, where those who have been overseas
can share their thoughts about what worked, what didn’t. You
could train before you went. DOJ, Department of Agriculture, and
the Department of Defense, this is a team.
This war requires a team concept. And we’re trying to reach out
to the Islamic world and create partnerships with lawyers, and at-
torneys general, and judges in the Islamic world, so we can under-
stand them better, and they can understand us. And I’m excited
about it, and I appreciate your support.
REVAMPING THE FEDERAL CRIMINAL CODE
Now, Justice Scalia came out yesterday, or the day before, talk-
ing about, he thought it would be wise if we looked at our Federal
criminal code, particularly in the drug area, to see if we could re-
form it. And I think he’s right. I think we’ve Federalized way too
many crimes, creating work for our judiciary that could probably
be handled better at the State level. What do you think about the
idea of revamping the Federal criminal code, and looking at maybe
undoing some of the over-Federalization?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. When I came into office, I set in place
a number of working groups to look at that issue. Are we bringing
the right people into the Federal system? Are the sentences that
we have for the crimes that are Federal ones appropriate?
Senator G
RAHAM
. Like crack cocaine. We finally fixed that, but
that was just sort of an indefensible sentencing disparity.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Right. I think the bipartisan effort
that resulted in the lowering of that ratio from 100 to about 16 to
1 was something that was long overdue, and was a great example.
People don’t focus on it, but it was an example of Republicans and
Democrats getting together and doing the right thing, not only for
the system, but it was something that I think was morally right
as well.
32
RECESS APPOINTMENTS
Senator G
RAHAM
. And an area where we may disagree, we’ll talk
about the law of war later, we don’t have time here, but the recess
appointments made by President Obama a while back to the Na-
tional Labor Relations Board, is there a situation similar to that
in the history of the Senate, or by a previous President, of appoint-
ing someone to a Federal agency under those circumstances, that
you’re aware of?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. If you look at the 23-page report by
the Office of Legal Counsel (OLC), they go through a variety of
precedents. They look at the laws that exist, tradition, and the con-
clusion that they reached was that given the length of the recess,
20 days, or so, that the appointments were, in fact, appropriate.
This is obviously something that the courts are going to ultimately
decide, but I think that the OLC opinion was accurately described.
Senator G
RAHAM
. I think Senator Alexander will have a discus-
sion with you about that, but I take a different view. But, I’ll let
him discuss that with you.
MILITARY COMMISSIONS
And finally, just to note, I think, maybe it was last week, we had
a plea bargain with a military commission detainee who was one
of the Khalid Sheikh Mohammed close confidantes. And I know
Mark Martins is the chief prosecutor, and you’ve got a good defense
team down there. I do support Article III courts for terrorism
trials, when appropriate. But, I just want to acknowledge your sup-
port for military commissions in appropriate circumstances, and
with your help, I think we’ve got these things up and running, and
I look forward to more action coming out of Guanta
´
namo Bay to get
some of these people through the legal system. So, thank you for
that support. And to all those at Guanta
´
namo Bay doing your job,
you’re doing the country a great service, particularly the defense
counsels.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. I think that’s right. I think that peo-
ple should understand that the revised commissions that exist, as
I said in my speech at Northwestern, have many of the elements
of due process that we consider vital to the American system. I
think we have great defense lawyers down there.
The military system doesn’t get the credit that it deserves for the
fair way in which it deals with people, and under the direction of
Mark Martins, who’s a person I’ve known for some time, I think
we’ll be proud of the work they do.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Thank you very much, Mr. Attorney General.
We’re now going to turn to Senator Feinstein. Before Senator
Pryor leaves, I thank you and others for mentioning the cyber exer-
cise yesterday, and all who participated. Next week, we’re going to
hear from the FBI, and we’re going to do an open hearing, and
then we’re going to do a classified hearing. This will be an oppor-
tunity to ask many of your cyber questions and go into the level
of detail I think the subcommittee would like. So, thank you.
Senator Feinstein.
33
STATEMENT OF SENATOR DIANNE FEINSTEIN
Senator F
EINSTEIN
. Thanks very much, Madam Chairman, and
welcome, General.
I want to associate myself with the comments of Senator Mur-
kowski and Senator Hutchison. To me, the tragedy is that Senator
Ted Stevens died before he knew this was a faulty prosecution. And
that, to me, elevates this to a new height. And so, I think this in-
vestigation is really important. And I think that actions have to be
taken. And I just wanted to express that.
OIL SPECULATION
I wanted to followup on Senator Brown’s comment. It’s my un-
derstanding that there’s more oil available in the United States
than demand calls for. And as a matter of fact, surplus is being
sold outside. This, I think, would bring to special attention the
issue of speculation. And I hope the study that you’re doing is
going to take a good look at the financial marketplace, with regard
to its ability to impact price in this way.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. The Oil and Gas Price Fraud Working
Group that we formed last year as part of the President’s Financial
Fraud Enforcement Taskforce has been meeting. It just happens
that they are having a call today, and a meeting, I think either to-
morrow or on Monday. The full committee will be getting together
to look at the issues that you’ve raised and the issues that Senator
Pryor raised.
Senator F
EINSTEIN
. Good. Thank you.
FOREIGN INTELLIGENCE SURVEILLANCE ACT
As you know, title 7 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act
(FISA) expires at the end of the year. This allows for electronic sur-
veillance of targets outside the United States. Senator Mikulski
and I both serve on the Senate Intelligence Committee, and we’ve
done extensive oversight of the Government’s use of these surveil-
lance authorities, and look forward to working with you to make
sure Congress can reauthorize title 7 well before the end of 2012.
We need to maintain the collection of critical foreign intelligence
and provide certainty to intelligence professionals in that regard.
For members of this subcommittee that don’t follow this issue
closely, could you explain the need to reauthorize title 7 of FISA
and the efforts taken to protect the civil liberties and privacy of
Americans, as this title is carried out.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. The surveillance authorities that are
in the FISA Amendments Act are absolutely critical to our national
security. On a day-to-day basis, I authorize FISAs, the head of the
National Security Division does, sometimes the Deputy Attorney
General. It is a critical tool that we have in keeping the American
people safe. The administration strongly supports the reauthoriza-
tion, and as you indicated, hopes that it occurs well before the end
of the year, so that the certainty that is needed by the men and
women who are in our intelligence community will have some de-
gree of assuredness that those tools will remain there, and that our
fight against those who would do harm to the United States can
continue.
34
NATIONAL SECURITY
Senator F
EINSTEIN
. Thank you. I also want to thank you for your
enormous help and the help of FBI with respect to national secu-
rity. FBI now has thousands of agents and analysts located around
the United States, essentially doing intelligence work. So, that
transition has been effectively made.
Director Mueller, at a worldwide threat hearing, indicated to us
that in the past year there have been 20 arrests in the United
States of people in this country planning or participating in at-
tempted terrorist attacks. And as you mentioned in your recent tes-
timony, Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab was recently sentenced to life
in prison.
Now, I also want to say that even though its specific activities
are classified, in your written testimony, you mention the High-
Value Detainee Interrogation Group, or the HIG, as we call it. I
can say that we’ve seen the excellent intelligence the HIG is pro-
ducing. And earlier this week, also, four principle members of hack-
ing groups, Anonymous and LulzSec, were charged with computer
hacking, and a fifth member pled guilty.
NATIONAL SECURITY FUNDING
Now, to my question. It’s two-fold. I think we have to begin to
look for redundancy and duplication of effort. We now have a
counterterrorism center. We now have Homeland Security with in-
telligence, and we also now have FBI. And so I hope you will take
a look at that, because the dollars are precious, and we’re already
experiencing cuts in the intelligence budget.
So, here’s my question. What are, in the national security area,
your budget reductions? What will that mean for counterterrorism,
and are there any gaps in our efforts?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. We have adequate amounts of money
contained in the budget that we have requested. If you look at the
amount of money that has gone to FBI in the national security
sphere, since 2001 we’ve had about a 300-percent increase for the
Justice Department. For FBI, it might have been about 400 per-
cent. So, it’s a very substantial increase over the course of the last
10 years or so. Even with the flat budget that we essentially have
for the Justice Department and its components, including FBI, we
have adequate amounts of money to keep the American people safe.
I will tell you that to the extent that I feel that it is not the case,
my voice will be heard. We have no greater responsibility than
keeping the American people safe.
Senator F
EINSTEIN
. Good. Thank you very much. Thank you,
Madam Chairman.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Feinstein, we look forward to work-
ing with you on that part of it.
Senator Alexander.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR LAMAR ALEXANDER
Senator A
LEXANDER
. Thanks, Madam Chairman, and General
Holder, welcome. It’s good to see you. I was thinking about a con-
versation we had during your confirmation about Griffin Bell, for
whom you worked, and I know you admired him, and I certainly
35
admired him. I was a law clerk on a court when he was judge. And
one of the things he used to say and which I’ve heard you say, I
think, too, is that the attorney general is the lawyer for the United
States, not just the lawyer for the President.
RECESS APPOINTMENTS
So, in following up with Senator Graham’s comment on the so-
called recess appointments, I wanted to ask you a question. As the
lawyer for the United States, if the President calls you up and said,
‘‘General Holder, I notice that the Senate’s gone into recess for
lunch. I’ve got a Supreme Court nominee I want to appoint. Can
we put him on the court without their advice and consent?’’ what
would your answer be?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Going to lunch? That would not be a
sufficient recess.
Senator A
LEXANDER
. Well, what if he said they’re going to recess
for lunch and for dinner, and they won’t be back until tomorrow?
Would that be a sufficient recess?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. What we’re getting at, if you look at
that OLC opinion, they would——
Senator A
LEXANDER
. I’m asking your opinion, Mr. Attorney Gen-
eral.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Well, I associate myself with that
OLC opinion.
Senator A
LEXANDER
. Does that mean you agree with it?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. With the OLC opinion?
Senator A
LEXANDER
. Yes.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Yes.
Senator A
LEXANDER
. You do agree with it.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Yes.
Senator A
LEXANDER
. Then that means that the President, not
the Senate, can decide when it’s in session for purposes of advice
and consent.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Well, one has to look at the reality,
the totality of the circumstances, in determining whether or not the
Senate is actually in session, as that term has historically been
used, and the determination made by OLC was that given the——
Senator A
LEXANDER
. Well, if we look at that, Mr. President, was
your deputy solicitor wrong when he told the Supreme Court in a
letter 2 years ago that the Senate may act to foreclose recess ap-
pointments by declining to recess for more than 2 or 3 days at a
time? And was Senator Reid wrong in 2007 when he really devised
the plan for pro forma 3-day sessions, because he said he heard
that President Bush was about to make recess appointments. And
Senator Reid said on November 16, 2007, ‘‘With the Thanksgiving
break looming, the administration has informed me they want to
make several recess appointments. As a result, I’m keeping the
Senate in pro forma to prevent recess appointments until we get
back on track.’’ And the next year he said, ‘‘We don’t need to vote
on recess. We’ll just be in pro forma session. We’ll tell the House
to do the same thing.’’ President Bush didn’t like it, but he re-
spected it.
So, are you saying that the President, not the Senate, can decide
when it’s in session for purposes of a recess appointment?
36
Attorney General H
OLDER
. What we have to do and what we
have done in this OLC opinion is look at history, look at precedent,
look at the law, use some common sense when it comes to the ap-
proach of whether or not the Senate is actually in session.
Senator A
LEXANDER
. Well, was Senator Reid wrong?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. The determination that we made here
was that with regard to that 20 days in which those pro forma ses-
sions were occurring, that those were, in fact——
Senator A
LEXANDER
. But the Senate had decided it was in a 3-
day session, according to the Reid formula. So, was Reid wrong
about that?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. I’d have to look at exactly what oc-
curred during that 3-day period, but given the facts that were pre-
sented to OLC in this instance, I think the determination that they
made was correct.
Senator A
LEXANDER
. So, I don’t see why the President couldn’t
look at the Senate and say, ‘‘I’m going to send up a Supreme Court
justice, and I’m going to skip advice and consent.’’ I’m astonished
by this, really. And I would think Democratic as well as Republican
Senators would honor the Reid formula that President Bush hon-
ored. The Senate did the very same thing in January, and the
President, nevertheless, made four appointments during the time
when constitutionally he shouldn’t have, according to all the prece-
dent that I’ve seen.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. The only thing I’d correct is that the
determination was not made by the President. The determination
was made by OLC, we then shared that opinion with the President,
and the President made the decision as to what he wanted to do.
Senator A
LEXANDER
. He made the decision not to respect the
Senate’s decision about when it’s in session or when it’s not, which,
to me, is a blatant lack of regard for the constitutional checks and
balances, and something that we ought to avoid.
METHAMPHETAMINE LABS
May I ask quickly a question? Last year, the Department found
money to support the work against methamphetamine, and I com-
pliment the Department for that. I know it’s getting increasingly
harder. In our State, we had the highest number of meth lab sei-
zures in the Nation. The money’s running down. The State’s in-
creasing its funding. Will the Department again be able to try to
help States that are working on this, as you were able to do last
year?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. We are certainly going to try to, as
best we can. I know one of the things that we have seen with re-
gard to the cleanup of meth sites is that there have been a number
of these container activities. I think this is right, that Tennessee
is actually a leader in that effort.
Senator A
LEXANDER
. Yes.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. There have been a number of States
that have come up with things, and instead of it costing, I don’t
know, $3,000, $4,000, $5,000 to do that, it actually comes down to
$200 or $300. The experience that we have seen there is something
that we have to extrapolate and use in other parts of the country
as well.
37
Senator A
LEXANDER
. Thank you, General Holder. Thank you,
Madam Chairman.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Lautenberg.
Senator L
AUTENBERG
. No. I think——
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Oh. I’m sorry. Wait. Wait. It’s a little rock-
and-roll in here today. First of all, Senator Leahy, the chair of the
Judiciary Committee, excuse me, and then Senator Lautenberg.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR PATRICK J
.
LEAHY
Senator L
EAHY
. Thank you, Madam Chair.
RECESS APPOINTMENT
Attorney General Holder, good to have you here. If I could just
follow-up a little bit on what my good friend from Tennessee, Sen-
ator Alexander, said on the recess appointments. There is an easy
way out of all of this. It requires a little cooperation on both sides.
And I suggested this in the Judiciary Committee, that the Presi-
dent resubmit the nominations, and the Republicans agree to have
an up or down vote, say, within 1 week or 2 weeks. The President
did this, because even though everyone knew there were more than
50 votes, which is normally what it takes to confirm somebody,
available, my friends on the other side of the aisle were blocking
having a vote.
I understand the President’s frustration, but I think the easy
way out of this is simply if the Republican leadership would agree
to an up or down vote, say, within 1 week or 2 weeks, whatever
amount of time needed for it to be, and resubmit them and have
the up or down vote. That takes care of all the problem. I just
would suggest that as an easy way out. It’s not as much fun on the
talk shows, but it helps the Government.
GRANT PROGRAM DUPLICATION
Mr. Attorney General, your Department administers many cru-
cial grant programs that help victims and law enforcement, includ-
ing ones that I’ve been very heavily involved with, the Violence
Against Women Act programs. And as you know, Senator Crapo
and I have a reauthorization bill on the COPS grants and the bul-
letproof vest partnership program. GAO has said there’s duplica-
tions and inefficiencies in some of the grant programs.
Will your Department work to make sure if there are any dupli-
cations that they be removed? Because these are good programs,
but there’s only so much money to go around.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. That’s exactly the problem that we
have. There’s limited amounts of money to go around, and we have
to make sure that there’s not duplication. Managers from OJP,
from COPS, OVW regularly meet to coordinate their programs,
their activities. I think that one thing that people should not as-
sume is that because, for example, you see the word ‘‘victim’’ in a
number of the things that we do in the Department, that nec-
essarily means that we’re duplicating efforts there. They have very
distinct responsibilities. We are working to make sure that the
money that we have is being used in an efficient and appropriate
way.
38
BULLETPROOF VESTS
Senator L
EAHY
. One of the things I’m very proud of for my time
here in the Senate is a bill that I wrote with then-Senator Ben
Nighthorse Campbell on bulletproof vests, so much so, that I
walked down the street in Denver, Colorado, 1 year or so ago, a po-
lice officer came up, asked if I am who I am. And I said, ‘‘Yes, I
am Senator Leahy.’’ He just tapped his chest and said, ‘‘Thank
you.’’
But, we’ve been told by GAO that there’s some funds that have
not been obligated on the bulletproof vest partnership grant pro-
gram. Law enforcement—especially in the smaller communities,
where they do not have the budget to buy the bulletproof vests,
which are $500, $600—need these funds. Can you check to make
sure these funds are obligated as quickly as possible?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Yes. To the extent that funds were
not drawn down, we are taking steps to allow jurisdictions to use
that unused funding, and have the time period with which they
could drawdown extended, so that we can get these bulletproof
vests out to these officers.
Senator L
EAHY
. And I would reiterate what I had told you when
we chatted earlier this week, when I was in Vermont, about your
speech earlier this week in guiding drones and targeting of U.S.
citizens, I still want to see the OLC memorandum, and I would
urge you to keep working on that. I realize it’s a matter of some
debate within the administration.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. That would be true.
Senator L
EAHY
. And please keep my staff and me updated on the
progress of the review of the NYPD surveillance of Muslim Ameri-
cans.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. We will.
SAME
-
SEX IMMIGRATION PETITIONS
Senator L
EAHY
. And last, I wrote to you and the Secretary of
Homeland Security, Janet Napolitano, to encourage you to hold
marriage-based immigration petitions for same-sex spouses in
abeyance, in light of the administration’s decision to no longer de-
fend the constitutionality of the Defense of Marriage Act. I heard
it may be granting individual cases. I hope you will reconsider the
administration’s position.
We have a case I’ve written to you about, Frances Herbert and
Takako Uedo, who are married in Vermont lawfully. We have a
number of States where same sex marriages are legal, but then
they run up against the immigration problem. So, please review
that.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Okay. I will look at that case, and
we’ll get back to you, Senator.
Senator L
EAHY
. Thank you. Thank you, Madam Chair.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Those were excellent points, Senator Leahy,
and thank you very much.
Senator Lautenberg.
39
STATEMENT OF SENATOR FRANK R
.
LAUTENBERG
Senator L
AUTENBERG
. Thanks very much, Madam Chairman,
and welcome, Attorney General Holder. The job doesn’t seem to be
getting easier, and I’m not blaming you. I’m just sympathizing in
some ways.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. It’s a good observation.
VIOLENT CRIME
Senator L
AUTENBERG
. Not so much that I won’t ask for more, be-
cause we’re doing with less, and we see it in my State of New Jer-
sey, 246 gun murders in 2010; 12 percent more than the previous
year. We’ve had layoffs galore from cities that can’t afford to main-
tain their police force structure. So, when I look at the things that
we’re doing, I worry about what it is that we can do from your De-
partment and from others. What can we do to help these commu-
nities? State budget cuts have caused Newark, Camden, and other
cities in New Jersey to cut their police forces at alarming rates;
one-third of the police force in Camden, more than 100 termi-
nations of police officers in Newark.
In December, I wrote asking if you could provide Federal re-
sources to assist our ailing cities, and I am pleased, Mr. Attorney
General, to see an increase in the budget for COPS grants. Is DOJ
planning other steps that we can use to help protect New
Jerseyans from violent crime?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. We’re certainly making sure that in
terms of COPS grants we do the best that we can there. We have
a substantial amount of money in the budget. I spoke to the mayor
of Camden. I was at a reception and I saw her. We have certainly,
with regard to Camden, in 2011 made available monies to hire 14
officers, $3.79 million; 2010, 19 officers, $4.2 million. We’ll be look-
ing at that kind of unique situation again this year. We certainly
are putting into New Jersey, and in other places, task forces, so
that the DEA, the ATF, the FBI are helping to the extent that we
can, as well.
There are a variety of ways in which the Federal Government
can help, given the economic situation that many cities around the
country are facing. We want to be good partners in that way. Cam-
den is a place that deserves special attention, given the unique
problem that we see there.
Senator L
AUTENBERG
. Can I ask your view on whether or not you
think we’re doing enough between your Department, the FBI, our
State and local police people? Are we doing enough, based on what
we see with the statistics? Do you think that we’re doing enough
to say honestly that we’re protecting our people appropriately?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. We have crime rates that are at his-
toric lows, 40- and 50-year lows, and yet, I’m still troubled by the
number of police officers, for instance, who have been killed in the
line of duty in the last 2 years, where we’ve seen a 16-, 20-percent
increase there. That is something that we have to work on.
I’m concerned about the fact that although the numbers of mur-
ders are down, 67 percent of them occur by people who are using
firearms. That’s an issue that we have to deal with. Too many of
the wrong people have access to guns, and they use them in inap-
40
propriate ways. The targets of many of those people are law en-
forcement officers, who are sworn to protect us, and we have to do
everything that we can to try to protect them.
HIGH
-
CAPACITY AMMUNITION
Senator L
AUTENBERG
. Well, the wrong people or wrong laws? The
man who shot Congresswoman Giffords last year used a gun with
a high-capacity ammunition clip to kill 6 people, wound 13. It was
only when he fired all 31 rounds in his clip that people were able
to subdue him. And these high-capacity magazines were banned by
the Congress until 2004. Last year, you said that you thought that
reinstating this ban should be examined. What’s the result of that
examination?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. We’re still in the process of working
our way through that. I think there are measures that we need to
take. We need to be reasonable, understanding that there is a sec-
ond amendment right with regard to firearms, but even the dissent
in the Heller case indicated that reasonable restrictions can be
placed on the use of weapons. What this administration has tried
to do is to come up with ways in which we are respecters of the
second amendment, and yet come up with reasonable, appropriate
firearms laws that will ultimately protect the American people.
Senator L
AUTENBERG
. Madam Chairman, your indulgence for one
more question, please.
NEW YORK POLICE DEPARTMENT SURVEILLANCE
Over the past several years, the NYPD has been engaged in sur-
veillance of New Jersey’s communities and universities searching
for those who might be accused of terror; Governor Christie and
Newark Mayor Cory Booker both were apparently unaware of this
large-scale investigation. How can the law enforcement agencies
spy on another State’s residents without notifying the authorities,
the Governor, the mayor even knowing about it?
Attorney General H
OLDER
. I don’t know. We are in the process
of reviewing the letters that have come in expressing concerns
about those matters. There are various components within the Jus-
tice Department that are actively looking at these matters. I talked
to Governor Christie. Actually, I saw him at a reception a couple
days or so ago, and he expressed to me the concerns that he had.
He has now publicly expressed his concerns, as only he can. I
think, at least what I’ve read publicly, again, just what I’ve read
in the newspapers, is disturbing, and these are things that are
under review at the Justice Department.
Senator L
AUTENBERG
. Thank you, General Holder. Thank you,
Madam Chairman. I assume the record will be kept open.
ADDITIONAL COMMITTEE QUESTIONS
Senator M
IKULSKI
. The record will be kept open for questions,
and we then ask the Department to respond within 30 days. Sen-
ators may submit additional questions. We ask the Department to
respond within 30 days.
41
[The following questions were not asked at the hearing, but were
submitted to the Department for response subsequent to the hear-
ing:]
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
B
ARBARA
A. M
IKULSKI
Question. The Department’s request for State and local grants is $2 billion. This
is down from roughly $3.7 billion funded for grants in fiscal year 2010.
What is the total amount of money applied for in these competitive grant pro-
grams versus the amount actually awarded to States and localities?
Answer. In fiscal year 2011, Office of Justice Programs (OJP) received a total re-
quest of more than $7.1 billion in discretionary applications; OJP awarded more
than $850 million in discretionary funding.
In fiscal year 2011, the Office on Violence Against Women (OVW) OVW had appli-
cations totaling $1,150,510,742; OVW awarded $457,900,491 in grants. OVW’s year-
ly budget requests seek funding to support four core priorities of OVW:
—preventing violence against women;
—addressing sexual assault;
—extending our programming to underserved communities; and
—restoring and protecting economic security to victims of violence.
For fiscal year 2012, $412,500,000 was appropriated to OVW to further the De-
partment’s efforts to improve the Nation’s response to domestic violence, dating vio-
lence, sexual assault, and stalking. The fiscal year 2013 overall request for the OVW
totals $412,500,000, making the fiscal year 2013 total resource request for OVW
equal to the fiscal year 2012 enacted appropriation.
In fiscal year 2011, the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS)
received applications totaling $2,067,924,397. COPS awarded more than $313 mil-
lion in grants funding. The COPS office received $243,439,595 for the COPS Hiring
Program in appropriated funds for fiscal year 2011 and awarded $243,398,709. All
agencies were asked to cap their request at no more than 5 percent of their current
actual sworn force strength, up to a maximum of 50 officers. However, in order to
provide funding assistance to the largest number of eligible agencies, the COPS of-
fice decided to further reduce the cap from a maximum of 50 officers to 25 officers.
Had this methodology not been adopted as part of the hiring program solicitation,
the total amount that would have been requested would have been $5,354,837,329.
For fiscal year 2012, $166,000,000 was appropriated for the COPS Hiring Program.
The COPS office will make 2012 hiring awards later this summer. The fiscal year
2013 budget request includes $257,087,000 for the COPS Hiring Program.
DUPLICATION IN GOVERNMENT PROGRAMS
Question. The Government Accountability Office (GAO) recently released an up-
dated version of its 2011 report on duplicative Government programs, ‘‘Opportuni-
ties to Reduce Potential Duplication in Government Programs, Save Tax Dollars,
and Enhance Revenue’’, as well as a new 2012 version of the report. In 2011 and
2012, GAO counted Department of Justice (DOJ) programs among those that are
potentially duplicative.
Has the Attorney General conducted an assessment to better understand which
State and local grant programs overlap with one another to prevent unnecessary du-
plication, as the GAO report recommended?
Answer. Improving the effectiveness and efficiency of Federal programs is a crit-
ical priority of the administration and the Department. The Department is com-
mitted to continuing efforts to prevent unnecessary duplication, identifying overlaps
in programs, and streamlining where it would ensure more effective grant assist-
ance. The Department will initiate an assessment to better understand the extent
to which Department grant programs may overlap and identify ways to mitigate the
risks for unnecessary duplication. This assessment will be conducted by OJP’s Office
of Audit, Assessment, and Management.
Question. Has Department staff reviewed the report and conducted the analysis
of grants recommended by GAO?
Answer. The Department appreciates the work of GAO and has carefully consid-
ered the findings and recommendations presented in GAO’s report. The Department
agrees that preventing unnecessary duplication in Government programs is a crit-
ical priority. The Department’s grant agencies have significantly improved collabora-
tion and information-sharing to mitigate the risk of duplicative Federal spending.
The DOJ grantmaking agencies closely collaborate on the development and imple-
mentation of grant programs and share information with each other to improve co-
ordination prior to making awards. The Department components will continue to co-
42
ordinate with one another to ensure sound stewardship and management of its
grants.
Question. What independent steps have the Justice Department taken—prior to
the release of the GAO report—to identify potentially duplicative grant programs?
Answer. DOJ grantmaking agencies closely collaborate on the development and
implementation of grant programs to avoid the types of potential problems cited by
GAO. Managers from OJP and its bureaus, COPS, and OVW meet regularly to co-
ordinate their programs and objectives, and they pay particular attention to those
areas where they have complementary joint programs. Additionally, the executive
branch annual budget process provides a multi-level review of all component budg-
ets and requires programs to be modified or deleted if overlap or duplication is iden-
tified. It is important to note, however, that overlapping activities do not necessarily
signify duplication. For example, the following selected examples demonstrate the
Department’s commitment to work collaboratively among its own components as
well as Federal Governmentwide to improve performance and effectively target the
public safety needs of our communities.
—In January 2011, the first meeting of the Federal Interagency Reentry Council
convened. The council addressed short-term and long-term goals on prisoner re-
entry through enhanced communication, coordination, and collaboration across
Federal agencies.
—OJP is leading a parallel staff level effort, which includes 35 people from 17
different Federal agencies including the Departments of Health and Human
Services (HHS), Housing and Urban Development (HUD), Labor (DOL), Edu-
cation (ED), Veterans Affairs, Agriculture, and the Social Security Adminis-
tration, and others.
—OJP is also spearheading the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention,
which is an effort launched, at the direction of the White House, by DOJ and
ED, to directly and locally address the needs of communities that continue to
experience high levels of youth violence. Using comprehensive technical assist-
ance, the Forum enables Federal agencies to serve as a catalyst for broad-based
positive change at the local level in a very efficient, cost-effective manner.
—For the first time, all of DOJ’s components and leaders are working together
to provide the most efficient and timely information to tribal communities. As
cited in the GAO report, beginning in fiscal year 2010, the Department created
the Coordinated Tribal Assistance Solicitation (CTAS), which coordinates the
applications of most of the Department’s tribal government-specific criminal jus-
tice assistance programs administered by OJP, OVW, and COPS under one so-
licitation. Through CTAS, tribes can apply for funding for many of their crimi-
nal justice needs with one application.
—The Tribal Law and Order Act enacted in July 2010, contained amendments to
multiple laws with an impact across DOJ activities in Indian country, including
a number of OJP programs. The CTAS collaborative experience readied us for
statutorily mandated coordination required for law enforcement, training, in-
creased grants authority, and crime data analysis and reporting.
—We are partnering with other Federal agencies to conduct inventories of Fed-
eral resources, develop interagency memorandums of agreement, and long-
term comprehensive plans to improve our performance, eliminate duplication,
and identify gaps to better serve tribal governments and their communities,
in consultation with tribes.
—DOJ is an active participant in the Senior Policy Operating Group (SPOG),
which coordinates Federal strategies and programs to combat human traf-
ficking. National Institute of Justice and the State Department co-chair the
SPOG Committee on Data and Research.
—The Attorney General’s Defending Childhood Initiative is being coordinated
across OJP, COPS, OVW, the U.S. Attorneys offices, as well as other compo-
nents within the Department and the Federal Government.
—The Neighborhood Revitalization Initiative, which is a White House-led inter-
agency collaboration, is executing place-based strategies to engage and support
local communities in developing and obtaining the tools they need to revitalize
their own neighborhoods of concentrated poverty.
—The Federal Government already directs significant resources to these neigh-
borhoods, but we can always look for additional ways to continue to support
them. Better alignment of Federal programs will help local leaders to use
Federal funds more effectively, making our taxpayer dollars go further.
—Through our Byrne Criminal Justice Innovation program, OJP and the Depart-
ment will strengthen partnerships with HUD, ED, HHS and the Treasury in
distressed neighborhoods to implement effective strategies to address persist-
ently high violent crime, gang activity, and illegal drugs.
43
—The COPS office is heavily invested in the White House initiative, Strong Cities
Strong Communities, where it provides technical assistance to the Chester,
Pennsylvania police department on issues such as crime analysis, faith-based
partners, and community-based government problem-solving.
—To further advance national discussion regarding these important topics, the
COPS office and OJP’s Bureau of Justice Assistance have convened an Officer
Safety and Wellness Group that brings together law enforcement leaders, crimi-
nal justice practitioners, Federal agencies, professional organizations, and aca-
demics to share perspectives on improving officer safety and wellness.
Additionally, the Department is working as a whole to coordinate and improve our
grants management efforts. The Associate Attorney General’s Office leads the DOJ-
wide Grants Management Challenges Workgroup. The Workgroup is comprised of
grants officials from COPS, OJP, and OVW, to share information and develop con-
sistent practices and procedures in a wide variety of grant administration and man-
agement areas. In fiscal year 2011, the working group successfully implemented the
DOJ-wide high-risk grantee designation program and a DOJ-wide, online financial
training tool for DOJ grantees.
Question. Have you met with any roadblocks in the Department’s attempts to
eliminate or consolidate potentially duplicative programs?
Answer. The Department is committed to continuing efforts to consolidate grant
programs as appropriate and use ‘‘evidence-based’’ approaches to identify programs
that work, as well as those that do not. An example of this effort is the fiscal year
2013 President’s budget proposal for the consolidation and expansion of funding for
Drug Courts and the Mentally Ill Offender Act Program. A similar proposal also was
included in the fiscal year 2012 President’s budget, but not adopted.
In fiscal year 2012, the Congress supported the Department’s budget proposal to
merge several youth-oriented programs under OVW into one single program.
We are working smarter by promoting evidence-based approaches and developing
and spreading knowledge about what works and what causes crime and delinquency
because of limited resources. Evidence-based knowledge is critical to help policy-
makers at the Federal, State, and local levels know what to fund, what not to fund.
For example, OJP has developed tools such as CrimeSolutions.gov and the Diag-
nostic Center, which help jurisdictions focus on evidence-based ‘‘smart on crime’’ ap-
proaches to maximize resources and improve public safety results.
Question. Does the Department think that the programs listed in the report are
duplicative? Why or why not? What grant programs do the Department view as du-
plicative?
Answer. In its comments to the GAO on the report, the Department expressed sig-
nificant concerns with GAO’s methodology and identified flaws in its analysis. This
flawed methodology resulted in a substantial overstatement of the number of pro-
grams that might potentially be operating in the same policy area. GAO categorized
253 solicitations into broad justice areas to identify ‘‘evidence of overlap’’ in justice
areas. This approach is oversimplified and imprecise, resulting in a large number
of solicitations in each broad category. Narrowing the justice areas would have pro-
vided for a more informative analysis of where DOJ funding is being applied. For
example, the ‘‘technology and forensics’’ category is extraordinarily and unneces-
sarily expansive. Refining this justice area—such as information sharing standards
development, criminal intelligence sharing, DNA backlog reduction, equipment and
materials testing—would have been more informative, accurate, and less mis-
leading.
Additionally, the GAO report identified 56 solicitations providing victim assist-
ance, citing these as overlapping. While some might look at DOJ and see overlap-
ping programs related to crime victims, what we actually have are programs di-
rected at providing direct assistance and counseling to victims and their families;
programs directed at training community law enforcement entities to better address
the needs of victims; academic and forensic programs directed at research on victim
issues; and statistical collections providing national data on the incidence of victim-
ization and the consequences to crime victims.
GAO did not identify actual duplication; rather it cited examples of potential du-
plication. DOJ examined the award information of these grants and found no in-
stance of grantees receiving funding to carry out the same activities. Although GAO
acknowledges DOJ’s review, the examples remain in the report to support its ‘‘find-
ings.’’ One example cited in the report as potential duplication involves the Office
of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention and COPS grants to the Georgia
Bureau of Investigation. DOJ determined that each of three grants is being used
to target different issues:
—child prostitution and potential sexual slavery issues in Georgia;
—Internet crimes against children; and
44
—identification of sex offenders.
A second example reports that one applicant received funding under two awards
from OVC and OVW to support child victim services through its child advocacy cen-
ter. DOJ reviewed these grants, to the Tuilpe Tribes of Washington, and determined
that the tribe sought multiple funding sources because one source did not ade-
quately cover the costs to establish the center and then carry out its activities in
subsequent years.
Further, the Department was concerned with the lack of understanding that GAO
showed related to the Department’s ‘‘leveraging’’ and sustainability funding strat-
egy. GAO concluded that DOJ’s granting agencies have awarded multiple grants to
the same communities for the same or similar purposes. Although GAO acknowl-
edges, ‘‘there may be times when Justice’s decision to fund grantees in this manner
may be warranted’’, the content and tone of the report wrongly infers that recipients
receiving related grant funding from more than one agency is wasteful or unneces-
sary. Due to limited funding, DOJ encourages grantees to use multiple funding
streams in a complementary manner to support local needs and implement com-
prehensive programs. DOJ and other agencies encourage this as a ‘‘leveraging’’ and
sustainability strategy.
Question. What steps are the Department and the administration taking—both
independently and together—to eliminate duplication, abuse, and waste in the De-
partment’s grantmaking process in response to the GAO report?
Answer. The Department has been proactive in identifying and addressing unnec-
essary duplication. During the program design and the annual budget formulation
process, the Department carries out the following actions to avoid duplication and
overlap:
—Components regularly collaborate during the budget formulation process.
—DOJ’s Justice Management Division Budget Division and senior officials review
all component budgets prior to their submission to the Office of Management
and Budget and require programs to be modified or deleted if overlap or dupli-
cation exists.
In addition, there are systems and tools in place that can be used to ascertain
if duplication of awarded funds exists. Such as:
—All three DOJ major grantmaking components (OJP, COPS, and OVW) use the
same accounting system and OJP and OVW both use the Grants Management
System (GMS). All GMS users can access detailed program information.
—OJP’s Office of the Chief Financial Officer conducts financial monitoring of
grants of all three DOJ grantmaking components (OJP, COPS, and OVW) and
identifies potential areas of overlap between programs and related funding.
—DOJ grantee audits (both single audits and Office of Inspector General grant
audits) represent an independent examination of funding at the grantee level.
Single audits, which are mandatory for grant recipients who expend more than
$500,000 in Federal funds during a fiscal year, provide the auditors with an op-
portunity to examine funding and related expenditures for all grant programs.
As it relates to existing program areas that cross components:
—OJP, COPS, and OVW regularly collaborate with other DOJ components in
areas where programs overlap to ensure that efforts are efficient and effective.
For example, the Attorney General has convened the Federal Interagency Re-
entry Council in which 18 Federal agencies participate.
—DOJ coordinates intra-agency working groups to develop and improve programs
and reduce the possibility of duplication and overlap. For example, CTAS in-
volves DOJ, OJP, COPS, and OVW in development of a single solicitation for
all DOJ grants for tribal governments.
—OJP also leads interagency coordination groups to strategically utilize each com-
ponent’s strengths and minimize duplication. For example, OJP leads the Na-
tional Forum on Youth Violence Prevention with strong participation from
COPS, OVW, and other Federal agencies such as DOL, HUD, and ED.
For grants management activities, DOJ grant components participate in the
Grants Management Challenges Working group as previously described in another
section.
The Department has tackled the challenges of grants management aggressively,
establishing policies, procedures, and internal controls to ensure sound stewardship,
strong programmatic and financial management, and effective monitoring and over-
sight of its grants and grant programs. These policies and internal control frame-
work position the Department to carry out statutory mandates and requirements
and to detect and prevent potential waste, fraud, and abuse of the billions of tax-
payer dollars the Department awards in grants each fiscal year.
The Department is dedicated to continuously improving its oversight and moni-
toring of grantees and grant programs. The Department reduces risks for fraud and
45
abuse by identifying high-risk and at-risk grantees and ensuring compensating con-
trols are implemented. The DOJ high-risk grantee program requires appropriate
controls to be in place to ensure that grantees with outstanding noncompliance
issues implement timely corrective actions to address the issues; a grantee’s risk
status is addressed during the grant award process; enhanced oversight and moni-
toring is provided to the grantee. The Department ensures grantees have access to
financial and grant fraud training. The OJP Office of the Chief Financial Officer
provides training to grantee participants through its Regional Financial Manage-
ment Training Seminars. These seminars cover critical topics such as subrecipient
monitoring, cost principles for allowable and unallowable costs, reporting require-
ments, grant fraud, waste, and abuse, audit requirements, and prohibition of excess
cash on hand. In December 2011, DOJ launched an on-line financial management
training tool for all DOJ grantees and grant management staff.
The Department’s Office of Inspector General works closely with the grant compo-
nents to provide training on detecting and preventing grant fraud to its grantees
and staff. For example, since fiscal year 2009, more than 600 OJP employees have
participated in grant fraud training.
FEDERAL PROGRAMS FACING CUTS
Question. Under the terms of the Budget Control Act of 2011 (Public Law 112–
25), funding for virtually all Federal programs will face an across-the-board cut in
January 2013 if the Congress fails to reduce the national debt by $1.2 trillion. Ac-
cording to CBO estimates, this would result in a cut of roughly 8 percent to pro-
grams across DOJ.
How would these cuts affect the Department?
Answer. Under the terms of the Budget Control Act of 2011 (Public Law 112–25),
virtually all Federal programs will face an across-the-board cut in January 2013 if
the Congress fails to enact legislation that would reduce the national debt by an
additional $1.2 trillion. According to CBO estimates, such an across-the-board cut
would result in a reduction of at least 7.8 percent to programs across DOJ. A 7.8-
percent reduction equates to a loss in funding of approximately $2.1 billion.
Question. Please provide a list of expected workforce furloughs, cuts to grant pro-
grams, and other reductions at DOJ if sequestration is implemented.
Answer. The Department supports the fiscal year 2013 President’s budget request,
which would avoid a sequestration, if enacted as proposed. However, the impact of
an across-the-board cut of 7.8 percent would mean a reduction of approximately $2.1
billion to the Department’s budget authority. To implement this cut, the Depart-
ment would have to cut both personnel and operational funding. While the specific
implementation of a 7.8-percent across-the-board cut cannot yet be determined, such
a cut to DOJ’s budget could result in the loss of more than 15,000 personnel, includ-
ing furloughing all DOJ employees for 25 days. These personnel cuts, along with sig-
nificant operational cuts, would mean reductions in the apprehension of violent fugi-
tives, fewer Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) national security investigations,
fewer affirmative litigation efforts, and more crowded prisons. For context, a 7.8-per-
cent cut would mean 5,400 fewer Federal agents and nearly 1,250 fewer attorneys
available to investigate and prosecute violent criminals, perpetrators of fraud, fugi-
tives from justice, transnational criminal organizations, and cartels and terrorists.
In addition, the Bureau of Prisons would have 2,500 fewer correctional officers to
operate prison facilities in a manner consistent with officer and inmate safety and
the Department’s grant programs would be reduced by $110 million compromising
relationships with State and local law enforcement organizations and programs crit-
ical to advancing public safety.
Question. How would these cuts affect the Department’s ability to carry out its
mission?
Answer. An across-the-board cut of 7.8 percent would jeopardize the Department’s
ability to fulfill its missions to prevent terrorism, enforce Federal law, and ensure
the fair administration of justice.
While the specific implementation of a 7.8-percent across-the-board cut cannot yet
be determined, such a cut to DOJ’s budget could mean:
—49,654 fewer immigration matters completed by immigration judges;
—5,430 fewer matters opened by the National Security Division;
—7,713 fewer cases filed by U.S. Attorneys;
—9,705 fewer investigations conducted by the FBI;
—$335 million more revenue in the pockets of drug trafficking organizations;
—79 fewer local police hires;
—300 fewer Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act applications filed by the Na-
tional Security Division;
46
—$1.6 million decrease in restitutions, recoveries, and fines related to FBI white
collar crime investigations; and
—6,495 fewer bulletproof vests for State and local law enforcement personnel.
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
P
ATRICK
J. L
EAHY
OFFICE OF LEGAL COUNSEL MEMORANDUM
COUNTERTERRORISM OPERATIONS
Question. Earlier this week, you gave a speech outlining some of the legal ration-
ale for the use of lethal force against American citizens overseas in terrorism cases.
In your speech, you stated that ‘‘the executive branch regularly informs the appro-
priate Members of Congress about our counterterrorism activities, including the
legal framework, and would of course follow the same practice where lethal force
is used against United States citizens.’’ While your speech was a welcome step to-
ward more transparency about the legal rationale for these actions, it is no sub-
stitute for an independent review by the Congress of the actual legal opinion under-
pinning such actions. As Chairman of the Judiciary Committee, I have made re-
peated requests for the legal opinions upon which the administration has relied in
taking such extraordinary actions against American citizens.
Can you tell me when you will be sending me a copy of the Office of Legal Counsel
(OLC) memorandum authorizing the use of lethal force against American citizens
in counterterrorism operations, including the operation that killed Anwar al-Awlaki?
Answer. OLC regularly publishes opinions that the office determines are appro-
priate for publication. The opinion in question is currently covered by executive
privilege and therefore will not be released beyond the Department. Moreover, the
Department does not comment on any specific case or individual. However, as noted
before, the conduct and management of national security operations are core func-
tions of the executive branch, as courts have recognized throughout our history. In
order to ensure proper oversight, and in keeping with the law and our constitutional
system of checks and balances, the executive branch regularly informs the appro-
priate Members of Congress about our counterterrorism activities, including the
legal framework, and would of course follow the same practice where lethal force
is used against United States citizens.
NEW YORK CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM
Question. In recent months, we have heard troubling information about the sur-
veillance operations of New York City Police Department (NYPD)—particularly tar-
geting the Muslim-American community. According to press accounts, the NYPD
has been compiling databases of information concerning Muslim Americans residing
throughout the northeast, and has used informants called ‘‘rakers’’ and ‘‘mosque
crawlers’’ to infiltrate mosques and Muslim student groups. There have also been
reports of CIA involvement in NYPD’s surveillance program. Last week, you told a
House Appropriations subcommittee that the Department of Justice (DOJ) was re-
viewing complaints it had received concerning the NYPD’s surveillance program, in
order to determine what actions should be taken by DOJ.
I would request that you keep me and my staff updated as to the progress of this
review. Can you tell me the current status of the Department’s review into these
allegations of civil rights violations by the NYPD?
Answer. At this time, the Civil Rights Division is continuing its review into alle-
gations of civil rights violations by the NYPD Surveillance Program. The Attorney
General has authority to bring litigation to address patterns or practices by law en-
forcement agencies that deprive persons of rights, privileges, or immunities secured
or protected by the Constitution or laws of the United States (42 U.S.C. 14141). This
authority has been delegated to the Civil Rights Division of DOJ and the Division
often works with the local U.S. Attorney’s office. Each allegation of misconduct is
reviewed and in a portion of cases, a formal investigation or another response is au-
thorized. Investigations typically involve site visits, hundreds of interviews, and the
review of tens of thousands of pages of documents. In addition to Division attorneys
and investigators, the Division engages experts, typically well-respected law enforce-
ment executives, to assist in the investigation. There is no way for us to provide
a general timeframe for a preliminary inquiry or a formal investigation. Timelines
for inquiries and investigations are controlled by the facts found.
Question. As the Department conducts its review of these complaints, I also ask
that you evaluate the extent of coordination between the NYPD and the Federal Bu-
reau of Investigation (FBI). I am particularly interested in whether data obtained
through NYPD surveillance methods is shared with and used by FBI in accordance
with DOJ guidelines. Will you do that?
47
Answer. FBI and NYPD work together on the Joint Terrorism Task Force, share
investigative information, and exchange queries for operational and tactical de-con-
fliction purposes in accordance with DOJ and FBI policies. However, FBI does not
receive NYPD surveillance information.
SAME
-
SEX IMMIGRATION PETITIONS
Question. On April 6, 2011, I wrote to you and the Secretary of Homeland Secu-
rity, Janet Napolitano, to encourage you to hold marriage-based immigration peti-
tions for same-sex spouses in abeyance in light of the administration’s decision to
no longer defend the constitutionality of the Defense Against Marriage Act (DOMA).
The response I received on May 17, 2011, suggested that discretion may be granted
in individual cases, but that the agencies would not exercise discretion in a categor-
ical manner. Subsequently, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) denied the
spousal-based petition of a Vermont couple, Frances Herbert and Takako Ueda who
are lawfully married under Vermont statute. Particularly in States such as
Vermont, where same-sex marriages are legally recognized, we believe that DHS
has the legal authority to hold such cases in abeyance, and to exercise prosecutorial
discretion for those in removal proceedings. I ask that you reconsider the adminis-
tration position articulated in the May 17, 2011 letter. Will you do so?
Answer. While we cannot comment on the specific example cited, DOJ and DHS
are continuing to follow the President’s direction to enforce DOMA. Both DHS,
through U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services and Immigration and Customs
Enforcement (ICE), and DOJ, through the Executive Office for Immigration Review,
have discretion to make individual case determinations, and have used that discre-
tion in a number of recent cases. The agencies have not, however, granted any form
of blanket relief to the entire category of cases affected by DOMA. As ICE Director
Morton described in a June 17, 2011 memorandum, ‘‘Providing Guidance on the Ex-
ercise of Prosecutorial Discretion Consistent With the Department’s Civil Immigra-
tion Priorities’’, ICE’s current enforcement priorities are aliens who pose a clear risk
to national security or to public safety and those with an egregious record of immi-
gration violations.
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
F
RANK
R. L
AUTENBERG
PAN AM 103 BOMBING
Question. Only one person has ever been convicted in connection with the Pan Am
103 bombing, and that person has since been released from prison. On February 28,
2012, Secretary Clinton testified that the United States ongoing investigation into
the bombing is primarily a Department of Justice (DOJ) responsibility. What
progress has been made on the investigation of the Pan Am 103 bombing?
Answer. We remain committed to pursuing justice on behalf of the victims of this
terrorist attack that took the lives of 189 Americans and many others.
We continue to seek more information, as well as access to those who might have
been involved in the planning or execution of the bombing. We have made clear—
and will continue to make clear—to the Government of Libya the great importance
of this case to the United States and our determination to bring all of those respon-
sible to justice.
The investigation into the Pan Am 103 bombing remains open, and we will con-
tinue to follow any leads that could result in evidence to support a criminal prosecu-
tion.
As this is an ongoing investigative matter, we cannot comment on specific inves-
tigative steps that are being taken.
ILLEGAL TRAFFICKING OF TOBACCO
Question. Reports from the Government Accountability Office have identified an
estimated tax loss of $5 billion a year due to the illegal trafficking of tobacco. The
tremendous profits and low criminal penalties have attracted the involvement of or-
ganized criminal and terrorist groups. The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI)
has primary jurisdiction on terrorism and organized crime, while the Bureau of Al-
cohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) holds primary jurisdiction on ciga-
rette trafficking. How does DOJ ensure that the FBI and ATF work together to pre-
vent illegal tobacco proceeds from financing organized crime and terrorists?
Answer. DOJ’s agencies have strong and effective working relationships with their
DOJ partners as well as other Federal, State, and local agencies and a history of
highly successful joint investigations. Supervisors in the field regularly review in-
vestigations on a case-by-case basis and involve other agencies as appropriate. For
48
example, recently the ATF and the FBI worked together on ‘‘Operation Secondhand
Smoke’’, an undercover investigation into a nationwide network of retailers, whole-
salers, distributors, importers, and manufacturers who were avoiding cigarette taxes
to make millions of dollars in profits.
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
K
AY
B
AILEY
H
UTCHISON
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
S PREVENTING VIOLENCE AGAINST LAW ENFORCEMENT AND
ENSURING OFFICER RESILIENCE AND SURVIVABILITY INITIATIVE TRAINING
Question. Violence against law enforcement officers is at an all-time high. Accord-
ing to National Law Enforcement Officers Memorial Fund statistics, Texas leads the
Nation with most police officers killed the in the line of duty—1,594. Ensuring the
safety of law enforcement is a top priority for all of us in this subcommittee’s bill.
During the Fort Hood shooting rampage in 2009, Department of the Army civilian
Police Sergeants Kim Munley and Mark Todd were two of the first officers to arrive
on the scene. Sergeant Munley was shot multiple times. Sergeant Todd was able to
wound and incapacitate the shooter before he could shoot Sergeant Munley again.
Both officers credited their swift and heroic actions to the active shooter training
they received through the Advanced Law Enforcement Rapid Response Training
(ALERRT) Center at Texas State University, which is a partner of the Department
of Justice’s (DOJ) Preventing Violence Against Law Enforcement and Ensuring Offi-
cer Resilience and Survivability (VALOR) Initiative. Their heroic actions show how
a small investment in training can have an impact on the safety of our Nation’s law
enforcement officers.
Can you tell us about the successes of the VALOR Initiative and DOJ’s plans to
expand this training?
Answer. More than 3,100 law enforcement professionals have received the VALOR
Initiative training, in 17 sessions across the country. We have heard from sheriffs
and police chiefs that this curriculum has been successfully used in the field. There-
fore, we plan to continue promoting, refining, and expanding its availability along
with the VALOR Initiative officer toolkit. There have been 8,100 toolkits placed in
the field and the Web site has received 2.5 million hits.
The feedback from the training has been positive from the field. Some of the feed-
back includes:
‘‘It was truly some of the best training I’ve attended in 12 years as a peace officer
here in Georgia. I truly hope and urge you to bring this training back to Georgia
for more officers to attend, I would definitely push this training for as many as my
colleagues as I could through the chain of command.’’——Cartersville, Georgia
‘‘This training was excellent, and every officer needs to take it. It’s an eye-opening
experience! Excellent training!’’——Arlington, Texas
‘‘Most relevant training ever to help prepare and heighten awareness.’’——Arling-
ton, Texas
‘‘I was involved in an incident where the training in pre-attack indicators really
helped prevent a violent struggle with a suspect.’’——San Diego, California
‘‘The training has helped me with being more vigilant and looking for pre-incident
indicators of violent attacks and armed persons. Cops become complacent as time
goes on. This type of training helps rid the complacency and reopens the eyes of
a patrol cop.’’——San Diego, California
Texas State University and its ALERRT active shooter training has been, and is,
an extremely important component of the VALOR Initiative training.
In fiscal year 2011, the Institute for Intergovernmental Research (IIR) received
an award as the Bureau of Justice Assistance’s (BJA) VALOR Initiative grantee.
IIR, through its internal awarding processes, provided a sub-award of $200,000 to
Texas State University for the delivery of 11 ALERRT Active Shooter hands-on
training sessions. In fiscal year 2012, IIR will receive its second supplemental award
for the VALOR Initiative. IIR has discussed with BJA how it intends to use the fis-
cal year 2012 funding, including awarding a second subcontract to Texas State Uni-
versity for an anticipated additional $200,000 to continue delivery of ALERRT
trainings across the country. BJA has discussed and is in agreement with the over-
all proposed work plan. IIR follows its internal subcontracting guidelines as well as
Office of Justice Programs’ (OJP) guidelines with regard to the expenditure of Fed-
eral funds and subcontracting.
Question. Is the Department able to keep up with the requests for this training?
Answer. Given existing resource constraints, it is a challenge to satisfy the high
demand of requests for this training. However, BJA is working closely with our
49
grantees to ensure that we are maximizing attendees at each event. To better meet
the demand, we are requesting $5 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $3 mil-
lion more than the fiscal year 2012 enacted level of $2 million.
Question. Last year there were 31 cases of violence against U.S. Marshal Task
Forces. Seven of these instances resulted in fatalities of Deputy U.S. Marshals or
State and local officers working on the task forces.
Is there any type of training being conducted with our Federal law enforcement
agencies? (Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives [ATF] and U.S.
Marshals Services [USMS] conduct training)
Answer. DOJ, through BJA, reached out to Federal law enforcement agencies as
the VALOR Initiative was being developed. Specifically, leadership levels of USMS
have been briefed on the VALOR Initiative, and coordination and joint efforts, in-
cluding exchanges of curricula to ensure consistent messaging, are in progress. A
team from USMS was invited to and participated in the first VALOR Intiative class
held in Tampa, Florida. BJA recently met with USMS staff to further develop co-
ordination and information sharing between both the BJA and the USMS trainings.
Leadership of ATF was also briefed on the VALOR Initiative, and collaborative dis-
cussions are planned. Staff from the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) was sig-
nificantly involved in the development of the VALOR Initiative, in particular, the
research that supports the program. Coordination with Department of Homeland
Security (DHS) law enforcement agencies is also expected. BJA has also coordinated
VALOR Initiative trainings through U.S. Attorney’s offices, pursuant to the Attor-
ney General’s direction that the U.S. Attorneys be engaged in assessing and re-
sponding to the officer safety issues in their districts.
Question. Is there any type of coordination with DOJ and our Federal law enforce-
ment agencies to ensure that best safety practices are being shared?
Answer. BJA has made specific outreach to Federal law enforcement agencies to
create best safety practices. BJA’s VALOR Initiative representatives will attend the
current USMS training. USMS representatives will attend a VALOR Initiative
training to ensure that best safety practices are shared. Additionally, leadership of
the ATF was also briefed on the VALOR Initiative and further discussions are
planned.
DOJ law enforcement components participate in DOJ-wide working groups related
to agent safety issues, such as body armor standards and requirements. DOJ law
enforcement components also compare, collaborate, and share training techniques
and methodologies, both formally and informally.
The ATF, Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), and USMS purchase software
licenses for three of the same online courses. Through cross-component discussion
and collaboration, these courses have been established as important elements of
safety training for agents of all three components.
Components utilize co-located training facilities at Quantico and Federal Law En-
forcement Training Center (FLETC) and agents train using driving and firearms
ranges as well as simulators. FBI has traveled to other law enforcement component
training sites to establish liaison contacts and share best practices.
Furthermore, BJA and Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) have estab-
lished the National Officer Safety and Wellness Group. This group brings together
law enforcement thought leaders, criminal justice practitioners, and colleagues to
share their knowledge and perspectives on improving officer safety and wellness.
The group’s mission is to contribute to the improvement of officer safety and
wellness in the United States by convening a forum for thoughtful, proactive discus-
sion and debate around relevant programs and policies within the law enforcement
field. Information and insight gained and shared will help enhance programs, poli-
cies, and initiatives related to officer safety and wellness.
NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FORENSICS STUDY
Question. Prior to becoming ranking member, this subcommittee commissioned
the National Academy of Science (NAS) Forensics Study. The intent was to show
where DOJ lacked in supporting crime labs and how it could provide more support
to the forensics community. Unfortunately, it evolved from a narrowly focused non-
binding study into a more far-reaching study than what the Congress intended.
While the NAS study did produce some positive results, there are questionable
and unrealistic ones, such as creating an independent bureaucracy responsible for
oversight of forensics, excluding DOJ from oversight.
Some special interest groups have even used a few of the individual bad cases in
the NAS study to attack the credibility of all crime labs and law enforcement, re-
sulting in impulsive and knee-jerk legislative proposals.
50
I would also note that some of these same organizations were also at the forefront
of support for the Webb Crime Commission, which is an example of another ‘‘non-
binding’’ study to go bad and result in overreaching and unnecessary legislative pro-
posals.
Does the Department have a position on the NAS forensics study?
Answer. DOJ believes the report from the National Research Council, ‘‘Strength-
ening Forensic Science in the United States: A Path Forward’’, is a helpful addition
to the public discourse on the state of the forensic science community. The report
recommends many useful steps to strengthen the community and enables it to con-
tinue to contribute to an effective criminal justice system. The report did conclude,
‘‘that forensic science, as a whole, produces valuable evidence contributing to the
successful prosecution and conviction of criminals, as well as to the exoneration of
the innocent.’’ However, the report does not, and was never intended to:
—comprehensively assess the forensic science disciplines;
—undermine the use of forensic science in the courtroom;
—offer any judgments on any cases currently in the judicial system; or
—recommend any rule or law changes in the area of evidentiary admissibility.
Question. Does DOJ support creating an independent agency responsible for hav-
ing jurisdiction over forensics?
Answer. The Department concurs with the need for a concerted national invest-
ment to advance forensic science and its utility, which underlies all recommenda-
tions cited in the NAS report. However, the Department does not believe that a new
forensics agency is necessarily needed to serve the interests of the criminal justice
community at the Federal, State, and local levels.
DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE AND PRESIDENT
S REQUESTS
Question. Attorney General Holder, there are a number of discrepancies between
your fiscal year 2013 budget request and the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget re-
quest in the Office of Management and Budget’s (OMB) appendix. This can only
mean that OMB littered DOJ’s request with programs and funding proposals up
until the last minute before releasing the budget.
This is evidence of part of the budget process that is not transparent and should
be made public. OMB and the White House are able to adjust program funding lev-
els and direct agencies through ‘‘passback’’ communications that they refuse to pub-
licly disclose, hiding behind the veil of ‘‘executive privilege’’.
The White House and OMB insert unrequested programs into an agency’s budget
request, forcing the agency to cut their own priorities to make room for it. A perfect
example of this is the White House inserting $600 million for COPS Hiring into
DOJ’s budget last year. We know you did not request that funding level and it
forced you to cut other programs to make room for it.
OMB has authored numerous memos promoting transparency. Since agencies are
already required to postcongressional communications online, I hope that the chair-
woman and my other colleagues will work with me in helping OMB close the circle
of transparency by requiring all Federal agencies to post their OMB passback com-
munications online.
During these tough fiscal times, taxpayers, the media and watchdog groups de-
serve to have full transparency and understand how the White House and OMB in-
fluence the budget process and sometimes override what agencies request.
Would you be supportive of being transparent and all OMB budget-related com-
munications being available for the taxpayers to see?
Answer. While DOJ supports transparency, the process involved in the formula-
tion of the President’s budget request requires unimpeded, back-and-forth dialog
within the executive branch. These discussions are considered ‘‘pre-decisional’’ and
allow the frank and open consultation and discussion that is necessary to reach the
most cost-effective and efficient resourcing decisions for the American taxpayer.
These internal confidential discussions are not intended to shield dialog, but rather
allow the consideration of a wide range of possible options and alternatives. This
is based on section 22 of the OMB Circular No. A–11 (2011) ‘‘Communications with
the Congress and the Public and Clearance Requirements’’. The executive branch’s
internal deliberations regarding the various issues and options that were considered
in the process leading to the President’s decisions, we believe, should remain a mat-
ter of internal record. This deliberative process is intended to promote free discus-
sion between agencies and the President and is supported by the doctrine of the sep-
aration of powers. It also ensures policy consistency between the President’s budget
and budget-related materials given to the Congress.
Question. What are the discrepancies between the DOJ request and the Presi-
dent’s budget in the appendix?
51
Answer. There are several small discrepancies between the Department’s budget
materials, including the fiscal year 2013 budget and performance summary and the
individual congressional justifications, and the President’s budget appendix; these
discrepancies have been footnoted where appropriate in the DOJ’s budget materials.
The cancellation language proposed for USMS, FBI, DEA, and ATF included in
DOJ’s budget materials differs from the language included in the budget appendix
regarding the types of balances proposed for cancellation. DOJ’s budget materials
reflect the correct language.
The language included in DOJ’s budget materials for OJP, State and Local Law
Enforcement Assistance, differs slightly from the language included in the Budget
Appendix regarding funding levels for certain programs (i.e., National Criminal His-
tory Improvement Program, National Instant Criminal Background Check System
Improvement Act Grants, and Prison Rape Prevention and Response). The Depart-
ment’s budget materials reflect the correct language.
The number of full-time equivalent (FTE) reported in the DOJ budget summary
varies slightly from the numbers reported in the President’s budget appendix due
to a difference in the methodology used to calculate the base FTE levels.
While the DOJ chapter of the President’s budget states that a task force offset
is proposed in fiscal year 2013, DOJ is just now finalizing its review of task force
operations and an offset is instead anticipated for fiscal year 2014.
Question. What do you attribute these discrepancies to?
Answer. The majority of these discrepancies can be attributed to timing con-
straints during production of these separate documents, as it is the intent of both
the language proposed in the Budget Appendix and the language proposed in the
Department’s budget materials to accurately report the same information.
The difference in FTE between the DOJ congressional budget submission and the
President’s Budget Appendix can be attributed to a difference in the methodology
used to calculate the base FTE levels. The DOJ congressional budget submission
used the authorized FTE level to calculate the base for the enacted FTE in fiscal
year 2011 and fiscal year 2012 and the request in fiscal year 2013. The President’s
Budget Appendix used the actual fiscal year 2011 FTE level as a baseline for devel-
oping the fiscal year 2012 and fiscal year 2013 FTE levels, as opposed to using the
authorized FTE levels. This leads to a slight discrepancy in the reported FTE level,
as footnoted in the Department’s budget and performance summary.
DANGER PAY FOR MEXICO
Question. DOJ has given the subcommittee its word that it would be advocating
danger pay for USMS and ATF. What is the status of DOJ’s negotiations on this?
Why is OMB opposed to supporting law enforcement in Mexico receiving danger
pay?
Answer. DOJ is continuing to monitor the issue of differential rates of pay for
DOJ agents and employees working in danger posts. We are actively engaged in dis-
cussions with the Department of State, which has jurisdiction over danger post de-
terminations. The Department of State is acutely aware of our concern and has as-
sured us that it is closely monitoring the situation in Mexico and will add additional
danger posts as necessary.
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE TASK FORCES
Question. Task forces play a major role in the DEA, USMS, FBI, and ATF mis-
sions. I support the consolidation of duplicative efforts, but I am concerned that
there may be confusion on the part of the administration in past proposals to con-
solidate task forces.
Specifically, the USMS Fugitive Task Forces come to mind. USMS have made
three times the arrests of all other Federal law enforcement agencies combined.
Can you tell us about the uniqueness of USMS’s fugitive task forces and other
task forces?
Answer. USMS plays a unique role in implementing DOJ’s violent crime reduction
strategy as USMS is the Federal Government’s primary agency for conducting fugi-
tive investigations, and it apprehends more Federal fugitives than all other law en-
forcement agencies combined. USMS has also been named the lead DOJ component
to investigate and prosecute crimes involving the noncompliance of sex offenders.
While USMS is responsible for investigating and apprehending individuals wanted
for escaping from Federal prison and for Federal parole and probation violations,
it has a long and distinguished history of providing assistance and expertise to other
Federal, State, and local law enforcement agencies in support of fugitive investiga-
tions. This support is coordinated though the USMS’s Domestic Investigations and
Sex Offender Investigations Branches, 75 district-based task forces, and 7 regional
52
fugitive task forces, supplemented by three foreign field offices and a wide range of
technical surveillance and criminal intelligence capabilities. USMS also participates
on Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task Forces (OCDETF); the OCDETF pro-
gram has reported that its operations are substantially more effective when sup-
ported by USMS.
The 75 district fugitive task forces operate areas not covered by the regional fugi-
tive task forces. The seven regional fugitive task forces operate in the National Cap-
ital region, gulf coast region, Great Lakes region, New York-New Jersey region, Pa-
cific-Southwest region, Southeastern U.S. region, and Florida. The combined re-
gional fugitive task force has proven to be a vital tool in ensuring the safety of com-
munities by arresting violent fugitives who prey on society.
USMS’s task forces combine the efforts of Federal, State, and local law enforce-
ment agencies to locate and arrest the most dangerous fugitives. All USMS task
forces are designed and managed to ensure the highest levels of cooperation, coordi-
nation, and deconfliction among participating agencies. While some of this coordina-
tion is informal in nature, in other cases, task forces use formal national and local
information sharing and deconfliction systems to coordinate investigations and pro-
tect officer safety.
USMS locates and apprehends Federal, State, and local fugitives both within and
outside the United States. The warrants include but are not limited to:
—homicide;
—rape;
—aggravated assault; and
—robbery; or
—if there was an arrest or conviction in the fugitive’s record for any of these of-
fenses; or
—for any sex offense as defined in the Adam Walsh Child Protection and Safety
Act.
In fiscal year 2011, USMS task forces:
—arrested 36,268 Federal fugitives;
—arrested 86,449 State and local fugitives;
—cleared 39,398 Federal warrants;
—cleared 113,287 State and local warrants;
—arrested 3,867 homicide suspects;
—arrested 5,005 gang members;
—arrested 12,144 sex offenders;
—arrested 299 fugitives in Mexico; and
—the seven regional fugitive task forces made 41,654 arrests and cleared 52,078
warrants.
DOJ’s other primary task forces include DEA’s regional task forces, ATF’s violent
crime impact teams, and FBI’s Safe Streets task forces. As these task forces act as
the primary investigative and operational arm for their respective agencies, they
each leverage unique expertise in fulfilling their missions. For example, DEA’s re-
gional task forces have unparalleled knowledge and experience related to identi-
fying, investigating, and ultimately dismantling drug trafficking organizations,
which DEA brings to bear in cases throughout the country.
Question. Are there any task forces that you feel may be considered for consolida-
tion or elimination?
Answer. The fiscal year 2013 President’s budget does not contain plans to consoli-
date or eliminate additional task forces. Currently, DOJ is finalizing its comprehen-
sive assessment of task force performance in coordination with ATF, DEA, FBI,
USMS, the National Institute of Justice and the Executive Office for U.S. Attorneys.
The review will also take into account the extent to which there is overlap or dupli-
cation between DOJ-led task forces and those led by other departments and agen-
cies or State, local, or tribal led task forces. This assessment will review all violent
crime, drug, gang, and fugitive task forces to determine their effectiveness and will
culminate in recommendations to maximize performance and reduce duplication and
overlap. The Department anticipates that the assessment will result in the elimi-
nation or consolidation of some task force operations.
FAST AND FURIOUS LANGUAGE REMOVED FROM THE REQUEST
Question. As I mentioned in my opening statement regarding Fast and Furious,
language was included on the floor in last year’s bill that would prohibit Federal
law enforcement agencies from selling operable weapons to cartels. The fiscal year
2013 request removes that language saying it’s unnecessary. The amendment
passed 99–0.
53
This budget proposes to eliminate a provision that prohibits facilitating the trans-
fer of operable firearms to agents of drug cartels unless those firearms are continu-
ously monitored. The budget request’s justification for removing this language only
says this ‘‘is not necessary.’’ That’s hard to explain to the families of the Federal
agents killed by those weapons.
Can you elaborate on why the administration doesn’t think it’s necessary?
Answer. In the fiscal year 2013 President’s budget, consistent with past practice
of removing prohibitive language that limits executive branch discretion, we pro-
posed not to continue the Fast and Furious provision, which was enacted in fiscal
year 2012 with the intention of preventing future ‘‘gun walking’’ operations. The
Fast and Furious provision does not need to be continued because, as stated on sev-
eral occasions, the Department does not intend to engage in any such operations in
the future.
Question. Doesn’t the fact that it happened in the past suggest that legislation
to block it in the future may well be necessary?
Answer. The Attorney General has stated on several occasions that the Depart-
ment has no intention of engaging in such operations in the future. Indeed, appro-
priate steps have been implemented to ensure that this type of operation does not
occur again. However, given the sensitive nature of this issue, and in recognition
of congressional intent to ensure appropriate oversight, DOJ would not object to this
language being reinstated in the fiscal year 2013 bill.
CARTELS RECRUITING COLLEGE STUDENTS AND MINORS
Question. There have been reports that cartels are attempting to recruit college
students to smuggle drugs into the country, and college campuses could serve as an
easy recruiting ground. It’s understandable how young students could be enticed by
large sums of cash. The reports say that minors are more appealing because crimi-
nal penalties are lighter for them. One of the bright spots in your budget request
is $312 million for Juvenile Justice Prevention programs. It’s imperative that we
educate our children and students on the potential dangers of being involved in car-
tels.
Are you aware of these threats to college students and Southwest Border youth?
Answer. DOJ has become aware of the threats posed by drug cartels to both col-
lege students and students in elementary and high schools along the Southwest bor-
der through those who attend and conduct AMBER Alert Southern Border Initiative
trainings.
Question. Are any Juvenile Justice Prevention dollars being focused toward edu-
cation and awareness programs for the Southwest Border youth to understand the
dangers of cartels and the drug trade?
Answer. The Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) has
not focused Juvenile Justice Prevention dollars toward education and awareness
programs for the Southwest Border youth. However, OJJDP’s AMBER Alert Train-
ing and Technical Assistance program has developed a partnership with the Boys
& Girls Clubs of America, a national nonprofit organization which provides expan-
sion and development of sustainable Boys & Girls Clubs within tribal communities
and other communities across the Nation. While OJP does not fund Boys & Girls
Clubs activities directly through the AMBER Alert Training and TA program, we
have awarded funding to a training and technical assistance provider that has a for-
mal, established partnership with Boys & Girls Clubs of America. Through that
partnership, Boys & Girls Clubs have been the conduit for information about gang
and drug resistance education to youth who participate in Boys & Girls Clubs activi-
ties, and this may include education and awareness about the dangers of cartels and
the drug trade for youth along the Southwest Border.
OJJDP also has supported Boys and Girls Clubs. Boys & Girls Clubs provide a
variety of prevention programs and activities for youth that help them develop char-
acter, education, social, and leadership skills. In addition, the Boys & Girls Clubs
provide the Delinquency and Gang Prevention/Intervention Initiative. This commu-
nity-based initiative targets young people ages 6 to 18 that are at high risk for in-
volvement or are already involved with delinquency and gangs. These youth and
teens are directed to positive alternatives and learn about violence prevention.
OJJDP supports gang prevention education in schools. The Gang Resistance Edu-
cation and Training (G.R.E.A.T.) Program, funded under title V, is a school-based,
law enforcement officer-instructed, classroom curriculum administered by OJP’s
BJA and OJJDP. The delivery and support of the G.R.E.A.T. Program is coordinated
through the four Regional Training Centers, the National Policy Board (NPB), a Na-
tional Training Team and two Federal agency partners:
54
—FLETC;
—DHS; and
—ATF.
The goal of the G.R.E.A.T. Program is to help youth develop positive life skills
that will help them avoid gang involvement and violent behavior. G.R.E.A.T. uses
a communitywide approach to combat the risk factors associated with youth involve-
ment in gang-related behaviors. The curricula was developed through the collabo-
rative efforts of experienced law enforcement officers and specialists in criminology,
sociology, psychology, education, health, and curriculum design and are designed to
reinforce each other. The lessons included in each curriculum are interactive and
designed to allow students to practice positive behaviors that will remain with them
during the remainder of their developmental years. There are 495 law enforcement
agencies in California, New Mexico, Arizona, and Texas that are teaching G.R.E.A.T
and 151 of those agencies are within 150 miles of the border of Mexico.
BIG BEND
Question. Attorney General Holder, as I mentioned in the statement, I’m con-
cerned about opening an unmanned border crossing in Big Bend National Park. The
negative and unknown variables seem to outweigh the few and minimal benefits.
Not to mention that during these tough fiscal times, these funds could be used more
wisely elsewhere. It seems to me that if terrorists were to smuggle weapons across
the border, they would do so in place that have easily accessible roads with the few-
est amount of border officials.
Although it’s not under DOJ’s jurisdiction, an incident involving criminal activity
after the fact very well would be. What is DOJ’s position on an unmanned border
crossing in this area or any other area?
Answer. DOJ does not administer day-to-day activities regarding U.S. border pa-
trol and defers to DHS in making determinations regarding the installation of bor-
der crossings. However, DOJ law enforcement components collaborate daily with
Federal, State, and local law enforcement via field offices located throughout the
country, including the Southwest Border, to combat crime and deter, detect, and dis-
rupt any national security threats to the United States. DOJ stands ready to work
with DHS to address any security concerns regarding border crossings or any other
issue involving national security.
SWB COMMUNICATIONS
Question. Big Bend Telephone Company (BBTC) is applying to the Federal Com-
munication Commission (FCC) for a waiver from new rules that would lower the
amount of Universal Service Fund (USF) subsidies that BBTC receives. BBTC is lo-
cated in far West Texas, serves an area the size of Massachusetts, and covers 25
percent of the United States-Mexico border. Without a waiver, we believe that
BBTC may go out of business, with no other companies likely to serve the region
because the area is so rugged and sparsely populated. Because BBTC provides net-
work transport for the cell phone providers in the area, if BBTC goes dark, so too
do the cell phones. Furthermore, BBTC provides critical communications service to
numerous DHS facilities along and near the border (including two ports of entry)
and to many State and local law enforcement agencies in the area. Without a waiv-
er, these facilities would be at risk of losing their critical phone and broadband ca-
pabilities.
If a waiver is not granted by the FCC to BBTC, and if BBTC goes out of business
and thus its customers lose service, what would the impact be on national security
and public safety if Federal, State, and local law enforcement agencies in the Trans-
Pecos region lost its voice and broadband Internet capabilities? Without such critical
communications, would these agencies be able to maintain their effectiveness in pa-
trolling and securing nearly 500 mountainous miles of the border? More specifically,
how would this impact the safety of Texas communities in the border region? What
impact would this have on any DOJ entities or communications?
Answer. Should BTTC go out of business, DOJ would work closely with stake-
holders, including DHS, to ensure that any negative impacts on public safety and
national security are appropriately addressed.
SENATOR STEVENS CASE
Question. Attorney General Holder, first, I want to compliment you for dismissing
the case, and cooperating with the investigation of misconduct and mishandling of
evidence in the Government’s case against former Senator Ted Stevens.
After your request that the case be dismissed in April 2009, U.S. District Judge
Emmett G. Sullivan appointed a team to investigate and report on the misconduct.
55
Henry F. Schuelke III, who was appointed by Judge Sullivan to investigate the case,
concluded in a 500-page report DOJ hid evidence that would have helped the Alaska
Republican prove his innocence. Most notably, it was called a ‘‘systematic conceal-
ment’’ of evidence that could have helped Senator Stevens defend himself.
Despite findings of widespread and intentional misconduct, Schuelke rec-
ommended against contempt charges because prosecutors did not disobey a ‘‘clear
and equivocal’’ order by the judge, as required under law—which I question.
Four of the six prosecutors who were investigated for their role in the case op-
posed releasing the report and their names were redacted.
Since Judge Sullivan has ordered that the investigative report in the disgraceful
prosecution of Senator Stevens be made public, can you promise this subcommittee
that the report by Justice’s Office of Professional Responsibility (OPR) will also be
made public?
Answer. As DOJ’s disciplinary review process has not yet been completed, and due
to limitations on public disclosure contained in the Privacy Act, DOJ is unable to
release the relevant OPR report at this time. As I have stated previously, the De-
partment will release as much as we can of the OPR report and DOJ findings, at
the appropriate time and in a manner consistent with law and due process.
Question. Are any of the prosecutors who engaged in ‘‘systematic concealment’’ of
evidence in the Stevens case still in prosecutorial roles?
Answer. Mr. Schuelke’s report examined the conduct of a number of current and
former DOJ attorneys and found evidence of willful nondisclosure of Brady and
Giglio materials involving two of those attorneys, Assistant United States Attorneys
(AUSAs) Joseph Bottini and James Goeke. Mr. Bottini is an AUSA in District of
Alaska and handles criminal prosecutions. Mr. Goeke is an AUSA in the Eastern
District of Washington and likewise handles criminal prosecutions.
Question. Are any of their legal bills also being paid by the taxpayers? If so,
please explain how much and the legal justification.
Answer. It is DOJ’s long-standing policy to provide representation to Federal em-
ployees for conduct performed within the scope of their employment. The purpose
for providing representation is to protect the interests of the Government by assur-
ing adequate representation with respect to legal issues in which the United States
has a concern and by freeing its employees from the fear that proper and vigorous
performance of their duties may result in substantial personal legal expenses. This
may be so even where the employee has erred or where, regardless of the lawfulness
of the conduct, there is concern that failure to provide representation may result in
the establishment of a legal principle that compromises the Government’s ability to
perform its functions in a proper and lawful manner in the future. Moreover, where
there are disputed facts regarding the conduct giving rise to the claim—or where
the facts are under investigation—the employee is afforded the benefit of the doubt
to the extent it is reasonable to do so. In all cases, the decision of whether or not
to provide representation is based upon the currently available information.
Consistent with this long-standing practice, 28 CFR 50.15 and 50.16, and Civil
Division Directive 2120A, DOJ received representation requests from six individuals
with respect to two matters. At the time representation was needed for the matters
referenced below, the facts that it took the Special Counsel several years to gather
were not available. In accordance with the usual processes available to Federal exec-
utive, legislative, and judicial branch employees, DOJ determined at that time that
the prosecutors were acting within the scope of their employment and representa-
tion was in the interest of the United States. Private counsel was authorized be-
cause direct DOJ representation was not appropriate.
DOJ utilized standard retention agreements that the Department commonly uses
in its representation of other Federal employees. Those retention agreements im-
posed caps on the number of hours of work for which, absent unusual cir-
cumstances, counsel would be reimbursed. Those agreements also set hourly rates
that are based on the attorney’s experience and are well below—and in some cases
less than 50 percent of—the rates that DOJ uses when determining rates to pay
prevailing parties against it in Washington, DC, under the Equal Access to Justice
Act. With respect to the six individuals for whom representation was authorized, to
date DOJ has spent $282,982.51 in connection with the contempt order entered by
U.S. District Judge Emmet G. Sullivan on February 8, 2009, in United States v. Ste-
vens, No. 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.), and $1,633,298.29 in connection with the subsequent
investigation by Special Counsel Henry F. Schuelke III, who was appointed by
Judge Sullivan on April 9, 2009, and who ultimately produced a 500-page report re-
garding the investigation.
Question. Does it concern you that the only reason these prosecutors escaped
criminal charges is that the judge in the Stevens case did not file an order telling
the prosecutors to follow the law?
56
Answer. Yes. DOJ expects its prosecutors to fully comply with their discovery obli-
gations in every case regardless of the existence of a court order directing such com-
pliance. As a result, when the nature of the undisclosed information was brought
to my attention in 2009, I authorized DOJ to move to vacate Senator Stevens’ con-
viction and to dismiss the indictment.
DOJ takes its discovery obligations seriously as evidenced by the policies and
training requirements that have been implemented since the dismissal of the Ste-
vens case. While DOJ continues to review the Schuelke report, and all of the facts
and circumstances surrounding the discovery violations that occurred in the Stevens
prosecution, DOJ prosecutors are expected to comply with their discovery obligations
regardless of the existence of a court order.
Question. What are the names of these individuals? Please list what positions and
where these individuals have worked since this came to light—to present.
Answer. The publicly filed version of the report identifies all of the subjects in the
report. As noted, Mr. Schuelke found evidence that 2 of the 6 subjects willfully with-
held discoverable evidence. DOJ understands this series of questions to pertain only
to those two individuals. AUSA Joseph Bottini has continued to prosecute cases in
the District of Alaska since the Stevens trial. After the Stevens trial, AUSA Goeke
continued as an AUSA in the District of Alaska until May 2009, when he assumed
the same position in the Eastern District of Washington.
Question. Please list the cases that these individuals have participated in and the
results. For example, one participated in the Alabama Bingo case which resulted
in acquittals. Another involved the National Security Agency. Please list each case,
the outcome, the individuals’ names, and what their roles in the cases are.
Answer. We do not think it would be appropriate or useful to list every case on
which each attorney has worked. We can tell you that since the Stevens trial, AUSA
Joseph Bottini has handled a varied criminal caseload, and there have been no find-
ings of prosecutorial misconduct in any of the cases that he has prosecuted. Simi-
larly, AUSA Goeke has continued to handle a routine criminal caseload, and there
have been no findings of prosecutorial misconduct in any cases that Mr. Goeke has
prosecuted since the Stevens trial. If you can identify a specific need for additional
information, we will be happy to consider it.
Question. Will any investigation occur if the pending OPR recommends further ac-
tion?
Answer. No further investigation will occur, but OPR findings are part and parcel
of the Federal disciplinary process. Whenever OPR reaches findings of misconduct
involving current DOJ employees, imposition of any disciplinary action as a result
of those findings must comport with the requirements of Federal law. Federal law
requires generally that employees receive at least 30 days’ notice of any proposed
disciplinary action and that they have an opportunity to respond both orally and
in writing to the proposed action. After considering the response, the designated de-
ciding official would determine whether the evidence supports the misconduct
charge or charges in the proposal and, if so, whether the recommended discipline
is appropriate. If a deciding official determines to suspend the employee for more
than 14 days, the employee can appeal that suspension to the Merit Systems Protec-
tion Board. If the employee is suspended for 14 days or less, then the employee can
file a grievance of the suspension with the agency. If the disciplinary process results
in the affirmation of OPR’s findings of misconduct, then OPR would ordinarily refer
the matter to the appropriate State bar disciplinary authorities for any action they
deem appropriate.
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
L
AMAR
A
LEXANDER
METHAMPHETAMINE IN TENNESSEE
Question. Tennessee had the second-highest number of methamphetamine lab sei-
zures in the country in 2011 (1,687 labs), second only to Missouri. In 2010, Ten-
nessee had the highest number of methamphetamine lab seizures in the Nation
with 2,082 seizures. The average cost to clean up a methamphetamine lab is $2,300,
and these costs are putting tremendous strain on State and local law enforcement.
Last November, the Department of Justice (DOJ) helped Tennessee and other
States by providing $12.5 million to address methamphetamine lab cleanup costs.
However, this funding will run out in October 2012 according to the statewide Ten-
nessee Methamphetamine Task Force. Without cleanup funds, there is a real incen-
tive to avoid seizing these labs.
Given that this is one of the most urgent drug problems, especially in rural com-
munities with limited resources, DOJ should find a way to help address this prob-
57
lem. In this year’s budget will DOJ continue to support methamphetamine lab
cleanup efforts in Tennessee?
Answer. DOJ’s budget includes $12.5 million in funding to continue to support
methamphetamine lab cleanups in Tennessee and other States. Funding will be
prioritized for States, like Tennessee, that have established container programs be-
cause these container programs allows DOJ and its State and local partners to com-
plete cleanups in a more cost-effective manner.
In fiscal year 2013, the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS)
requests $12.5 million to provide assistance to help stem clandestine methamphet-
amine manufacturing and its consequences, including the cleanup of clandestine
laboratories. As in previous years, DOJ assumes that these funds will provide for
meth lab cleanup activities.
Question. What is DOJ doing to help State and local law enforcement deal with
mobile methamphetamine labs, which account for a growing number of lab seizures?
Answer. Over the past several years, Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA)
has developed a container-based cleanup program. Under this program, DEA trains
and certifies law enforcement officers to remove gross contaminates from labs (in-
cluding mobile labs) and dumpsites; secure and package the waste pursuant to State
and Federal laws and regulations; and transport the waste to a centrally located,
secure container for storage. In States participating in the container program, haz-
ardous waste contractors travel periodically to a central location to remove meth lab
contaminates from across the State. In noncontainer States, hazardous waste con-
tractors must travel to each individual lab or dumpsite to secure, package, and re-
move meth lab contaminates.
DEA will be supporting cleanups in container and noncontainer States in fiscal
year 2012 through its various hazardous waste contracts. Currently, eight States
have operational container programs (Alabama, Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Ken-
tucky, Nebraska, Oklahoma, and Tennessee), and DEA is working with five other
States (Michigan, Mississippi, North Carolina, Ohio, and Virginia) to implement the
container program during fiscal year 2012. DEA expects these additional five States
to have operational container programs in fiscal year 2013. Thus far, the program
has resulted in significant cost savings per lab in States that have the containers
deployed; a contractor cleanup averages $2,230 while a container cleanup averages
$320.
As container programs are more cost efficient and more States have operational
container programs in fiscal year 2013, $12.5 million in funding, requested in the
fiscal year 2013 President’s budget in the COPS appropriation, will continue to be
sufficient in fiscal year 2013. DEA has also contacted an additional eight States for
potential container program expansion. For those States without container pro-
grams, DEA assesses whether or not the program is a cost-effective option. If the
state has only limited cleanups, the upfront equipment and training costs can ex-
ceed potential container program savings. In these cases, DEA will provide cleanup
services through its hazardous waste contractors.
JUSTICE DEPARTMENT ENFORCEMENT AND WIND FARMS
Question. In 2009, Exxon admitted to killing approximately 85 protected birds, in-
cluding waterfowl, hawks, and owls. The company paid a $600,000 fine and was re-
quired to implement an environmental compliance plan.
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) has referred similar cases to the De-
partment involving wind farms. I am concerned that wind farms are not being treat-
ed the same as oil and gas companies with respect to enforcement of the Migratory
Bird Treaty Act (MBTA).
What concerns me the most is that the Justice Department’s lack of enforcement
betrays a willingness to prosecute certain disfavored groups while giving others a
pass. This kind of selective prosecution contradicts the Department’s promise of
‘‘equal justice under law’’.
Since it is a criminal violation to kill birds protected by the MBTA and we know
that wind mills kills hundreds of thousands of birds each year, including protected
bald eagles, why hasn’t DOJ taken action? Will DOJ step up enforcement for wind
producers in the same way it has oil and gas companies?
Answer. FWS’s Office of Law Enforcement (OLE) has primary responsibility for
investigating potential criminal violations of MBTA, and refers appropriate matters
to DOJ for prosecution. FWS’s OLE has stated publicly that, in the context of indus-
trial takings of migratory birds, it focuses its resources on investigating and pros-
ecuting those who take migratory birds without identifying and implementing rea-
sonable and effective measures to avoid the take.
58
In the context of the electric and oil and gas industries, reasonable and effective
measures to avoid the taking of migratory birds have long been identified, and refer-
rals have been made and legal action has been taken when companies knowingly
fail to use such measures for avoiding bird mortality. Guidance on preventing bird
deaths in the wind energy context has been more recent. However, some reasonable
and effective measures for avoiding taking in this industry have been identified. The
Department of the Interior released interim guidelines in 2003, and in March 2012,
released final Land-Based Wind Energy Guidelines designed to help wind energy
project developers avoid and minimize impacts of land-based wind projects on wild-
life and their habitat.
DOJ reviews each referral from OLE carefully, and determines whether to initiate
a prosecution based on the principles set forth in DOJ’s Principles of Federal Pros-
ecution. DOJ is committed to the fair and evenhanded administration of the MBTA
and other criminal wildlife protection laws.
NATIONAL FORENSIC ACADEMY
UNIVERSITY OF TENNESSEE
Question. The National Forensic Academy (NFA), which is located at the Univer-
sity of Tennessee in Knoxville, has been providing hands on forensic training since
2001 at one of the Nation’s only training centers where officers and investigators
can practice forensic techniques in the classroom and in the field.
NFA works closely with the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) and the National
Institute of Justice (NIJ) to provide training courses to Federal, State, and local law
enforcement and crime scene investigators, and this cooperation needs to continue.
In 2009, the National Academy of Sciences released a comprehensive report on the
needs of the forensic sciences community and concluded that we are not doing
enough to support forensics. The report recommended new training and certification
initiatives, among others.
At a time when we are trying to control Federal spending, doesn’t it make sense
to support programs with a proven track record, like those at NFA, instead of cre-
ating new Federal training programs to support our forensic training needs?
Answer. NIJ is not creating any new Federal training programs to support the
forensic science community. Providing high-quality educational opportunities for fo-
rensic science practitioners continues to be a critical goal to maintain high-quality
forensic services. In order to increase the number of forensic science training oppor-
tunities available to the forensic science, law enforcement, medical, and legal com-
munities, NIJ invested approximately $12 million in fiscal year 2010 and $5 million
in fiscal year 2011.
In 2011, NIJ’s Forensic Science Training and Delivery Program released a solici-
tation that sought proposals in two major areas: ‘‘Delivery of Training’’ and ‘‘Tar-
geted Research on Forensic Science Training Programs.’’
One goal of the solicitation was to increase the number of no-cost educational op-
portunities for public crime laboratory personnel and practitioners in forensic
science disciplines and provide forensic science training to other relevant criminal
justice partners and professionals involved in treating victims of sexual assault. NIJ
sought to fund grant awards for the delivery of courses leveraging existing forensic
science training curricula or courses developed under a previous NIJ award. Foren-
sic disciplines supported by the program include, DNA, pattern evidence (e.g., fin-
gerprints and firearms), trace evidence, digital evidence, and medicolegal death in-
vestigation.
The solicitation conveyed the importance of cost-effectively leveraging existing
curricula. For example, the 2011 training solicitation delineated that proposals
should not include costs associated with further curricula development or modifica-
tion.
The University of Tennessee’s NFA received one award for $450,000 for ‘‘Special-
ized Crime Scene Investigator Training in Forensic Digital Photography and Crime
Scene Mapping’’ in fiscal year 2011 (2011–DN–BX–K567. NIJ has competitively
funded numerous trainings geared toward crime scene investigators, forensic sci-
entists, prosecutors, defense attorneys, law enforcement officers, and judges. Addi-
tionally, the University of Tennessee’s NFA, with grant funding from BJA, has pro-
duced successful and popular training courses for many years. The University of
Tennessee’s Law Enforcement Innovation Center and its instructors do an excellent
job training crime scene investigators during an intensive 10-week in house course.
NIJ will not be offering a targeted solicitation for training in fiscal year 2012 in
order to evaluate the various training programs, and it will conduct a gap analysis
of critical needs. We hope to initiate this evaluation during fiscal year 2012 to deter-
mine how best to proceed with training in the future. However, there are still var-
ious training opportunities available through the ongoing training grants from past
59
years. Moreover, there are various Federal grants that may be used for the purpose
of training individuals at State and local agencies, such as the DNA Backlog Reduc-
tion and Coverdell Forensic Science Improvement programs. For example, Paul
Coverdell funds may be used to bring in a trainer to provide specialized training
in-house or funds may be used to attend trainings/meetings related to improving the
timeliness and quality of forensic and/or medical examiner services.
In the fiscal year 2011 proposal from the State of Tennessee, one of the goals of
the Office of the Acting State Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) is to educate county
medical examiners, medical investigators, and/or regional forensic center nonphysi-
cian employees who serve as death investigators in basic death scene investigation
techniques. Priority would go to individuals without any formal training in death
investigation. While each grand division of Tennessee is included, this grant focuses
on the smallest offices in the eastern division, because of a recognized need for very
basic training in those regions. The OCME intends to send seven participants from
across the State to either the winter or spring session of the Medicolegal Death In-
vestigation Course in St. Louis, Missouri.
BUREAU OF PRISONS
Question. The Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) is estimated to be operating at
43 percent more than rated capacity by the end of fiscal year 2013, and over-
crowding at high- and medium-security facilities is projected to be 52 percent and
63 percent, respectively. DOJ’s fiscal year 2013 budget submission states:
‘‘In light of overcrowding and stresses on prison staffing, BOP’s ability to safely
manage the increasing Federal inmate population is one of the Department’s top 10
management and performance challenges identified by the Office of the Inspector
General in the DOJ [Performance and Accountability Report].’’
Additionally, the Inspector General Performance and Accountability Report states:
‘‘In sum, the Department continues to face difficult challenges in providing ade-
quate prison and detention space for the increasing prisoner and detainee popu-
lations and in maintaining the safety and security of prisons.’’
I recognize the fiscal year 2013 budget submission includes funding for an addi-
tional 3,496 beds (2,496 beds in Federal facilities and 1,000 new beds in contract
facilities). However, BOP is projecting its population will grow by 6,500 inmates
during that time, which means crowding will only get worse.
What additional resources are needed to provide the beds required to meet capac-
ity?
Answer. Continuing increases in the inmate population pose ongoing challenges
for BOP. The administration has taken several actions to control Federal prison
crowding including expanding capacity and supporting legislation that will control
prison population growth.
The fiscal year 2013 budget requests $81.4 million in program enhancements to
acquire 1,000 private contract beds and to begin activating two institutions, the
United States Penitentiary at Yazoo City, Mississippi and the Federal Correctional
Institution at Hazelton, West Virginia. These new contract beds and the two prisons
will increase BOP’s capacity by 3,496 beds once fully activated. (Exhibit O, Status
of Construction, in the fiscal year 2013 President’s budget request for buildings and
facilities gives additional information on pending construction projects.)
In addition, the administration supports two prisoner re-entry provisions included
in the Second Chance Reauthorization Act of 2011 (S. 1231), which was voted favor-
ably out of the Judiciary Committee but has not yet been scheduled for Senate floor
action. The bill contains provisions to increase inmate good conduct time by 7 days
per year and to provide a 60-day per year incentive for participation in recidivism-
reducing programs. If enacted, these legislative proposals will help control the long-
term prison population growth and result in an estimated cost avoidance of $41 mil-
lion; the President’s budget assumes enactment of these proposals and the cor-
responding savings.
Question. Is contract confinement a cost-effective solution for housing low to min-
imum security offenders? Given current costs at contractor and BOP facilities, is
contract confinement a cost-effective way to deal with overcrowding issues?
Answer. Contract confinement can be cost-effective when used for housing low-se-
curity male criminal aliens. These inmates are particularly well-suited for contract
confinement because their typically short sentence lengths and alien status gen-
erally preclude them from participating in sentence and recidivism reducing pro-
grams. Adding low-security private contract beds increases total system capacity
and helps control overcrowding in low-security BOP facilities. At the end of fiscal
60
year 2011, low-security overcrowding was 39 percent, which equates to about 80 per-
cent of low-security inmates being triple bunked, and in some cases regularly being
housed in television rooms, open bays, program space, etc.
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
L
ISA
M
URKOWSKI
INDEMNIFICATION OF LEGAL FEES INCURRED BY
STEVENS
PROSECUTORS
Question. How much money was in fact spent defending the prosecutors, what the
money was spent defending the prosecutors from, and why did the Justice Depart-
ment spent the money?
Answer. It is the Department of Justice’s (DOJ) long-standing policy to provide
representation to Federal employees for conduct performed within the scope of their
employment. The purpose for providing representation is to protect the interests of
the Government by assuring adequate representation with respect to legal issues in
which the United States has a concern and by freeing its employees from the fear
that proper and vigorous performance of their duties may result in substantial per-
sonal legal expenses. This may be so even where the employee has erred or where,
regardless of the lawfulness of the conduct, there is concern that failure to provide
representation may result in the establishment of a legal principle that compromises
the Government’s ability to perform its functions in a proper and lawful manner in
the future. Moreover, where there are disputed facts regarding the conduct giving
rise to the claim—or where the facts are under investigation—the employee is af-
forded the benefit of the doubt to the extent it is reasonable to do so. In all cases,
the decision of whether or not to provide representation is based upon the currently
available information. Those facts revealed that in the referenced matters the pros-
ecutors were acting within the scope of their employment and representation was
in the interest of the United States. Private counsel was authorized because direct
Department representation was not appropriate.
DOJ authorized representation of six individuals with respect to two matters and
used standard retention agreements that the Department commonly uses in its rep-
resentation of other Federal employees. Those retention agreements imposed caps
on the number of hours of work for which, absent unusual circumstances, counsel
would be reimbursed. Those agreements also set hourly rates that are based on the
attorney’s experience and are well below—and in some cases less than 50 percent
of—the rates that DOJ uses when determining rates to pay prevailing parties
against it in Washington, DC, under the Equal Access to Justice Act. With respect
to the six individuals for whom representation was authorized, to date DOJ has
spent $282,982.51 in connection with the contempt order entered by U.S. District
Judge Emmet G. Sullivan on February 8, 2009, in United States v. Stevens, No. 08–
cr–0231 (D.D.C.), and $1,633,298.29 in connection with the subsequent investigation
by Special Counsel Henry F. Schuelke III, who was appointed by Judge Sullivan on
April 9, 2009.
Question. Did DOJ enter into any agreement with the prosecutors or their counsel
prior to expending these funds? If so, please provide copies of all such agreements.
Answer. DOJ did not enter into any agreement with the prosecutors. In accord-
ance with our usual practice, we sent our standard retention letter to the private
counsel retained to represent the prosecutors and received back DOJ’s standard re-
tention agreement signed by private counsel. As noted above, the retention agree-
ments imposed caps on the number of hours of work for which, absent unusual cir-
cumstances, counsel would be reimbursed. The agreements also set hourly rates
that are based on the attorney’s experience and are well below—and in some cases
less than 50 percent of—the rates that the Department uses when determining
rates to pay prevailing parties against it in Washington, DC, under the Equal Ac-
cess to Justice Act. Copies of the retention letters and executed agreements are at-
tached. (see Attachment 1)
A
TTACHMENT
#1
C
IVIL
D
IVISION
,
U.S. D
EPARTMENT OF
J
USTICE
,
Washington, DC 20530, April 21, 2009.
K
ENNETH
L. W
AINSTEIN
,
O’Melveny & Myers, 1625 Eye St., NW, Washington, DC 20006.
RE: Special Counsel Criminal Contempt Investigation Arising from United States v.
Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.)
61
D
EAR
M
R
. W
AINSTEIN
: The Department of Justice has concluded that it reason-
ably appears at this time that representation of Joseph Bottini in connection with
a Special Counsel criminal contempt investigation in the above-referenced action is
in the interest of the United States. It also appears at this time, however, that rep-
resentation of Mr. Bottini by attorneys employed by the Department of Justice is
inappropriate. Mr. Bottini has requested that the Department agree to reimburse
you for his representation in this matter. Pursuant to 28 C.F.R. § 50.16(c)(1), your
reimbursement will be subject to the applicable statutes, regulations, and the terms
and conditions set forth in the enclosed addendum, which is incorporated into and
made a part of this agreement.
You and Mr. Bottini should be aware that, by entering into this agreement, the
Department of Justice in no way assumes responsibility on the part of the United
States Government for any monetary liability that might be imposed against Mr.
Bottini in connection with this matter. Although the Department of Justice has as-
sumed responsibility for remunerating you in the course of representing him to the
extent specified in the addendum, your responsibility, of course, is solely to your cli-
ent.
Should you have any questions concerning the terms of this agreement, including
the enclosed addendum, please contact Attorney Advisor Virginia G. Lago at (202)
616–4328.
If you find the provisions of the agreement acceptable, please return the signed
addendum, along with your firm’s tax identification number, to the following ad-
dress:
Virginia G. Lago, Esq.
Torts Branch, Civil Division
U.S. Department of Justice
P.O. Box 7146
Washington, DC, 20044
The Department of Justice is continuing to experience delays in its mail delivery,
as mail addressed to the Department continues to be forwarded to out-of-State fa-
cilities for irradiation. Therefore, please e-mail the signature page of the retention
agreement to the attention of Ms. Lago at [email protected]. In addition,
please e-mail your invoices to [email protected], or you may
mail them to Ms. Lago’s attention at P.O. Box 7146, Washington, DC 20044. Reim-
bursement of allowable fees and expenses will become available on the Civil Divi-
sion’s receipt of the signed addendum.
In addition, enclosed you will find a copy of the ACH VENDOR Direct Deposit
Form. Please fill out the blank areas on the form and fax the completed form to:
Accounts Maintenance Unit
Attn: Gina McLaughlin
FAX: (202) 616–2207
The Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 requires that most payments by the
Federal Government, including vendor payments, be made by electronic funds trans-
fer. If you have any questions regarding the delivery of remittance information,
please contact the financial institution where your account is held. If you have any
questions regarding completion of this form, please contact Ms. McLaughlin at (202)
616–8103.
Thank you for your assistance in this matter.
Very truly yours,
T
IMOTHY
P. G
ARREN
,
Director, Torts Branch.
CONDITIONS OF PRIVATE COUNSEL RETENTION BY THE DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE FOR
REPRESENTATION OF CURRENT AND FORMER FEDERAL EMPLOYEES
The following items and conditions shall apply to the retention of a private attor-
ney’s legal services by the Department of Justice to represent current and former
Federal employees in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
1. NATURE OF RETENTION
Subject to the availability of funds, the Department of Justice agrees to pay an
attorney, or other members of his or her firm, for those legal services reasonably
necessitated by the defense of a current or former Federal employee (hereinafter
‘‘client’’) in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
The Department will not honor bills for services that the Department determines
were not directly related to the defense of issues presented by such matters. Exam-
ples of services for which the Department will not pay include, but are not limited
to:
62
a. administrative claims, civil actions, or any indemnification proceedings against
the United States on behalf of the client for any adverse monetary judgment, wheth-
er before or after the entry of such an adverse judgment;
b. cross claims against co-defendants or counterclaims against plaintiff, unless the
Department of Justice determines in advance of its filing that a counterclaim is es-
sential to the defense of the employee and the employee agrees that any recovery
on the counterclaim will be paid to the United States as a reimbursement for the
costs of the defense of the employee;
c. requests made under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts or civil suits
against the United States under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts, or on
any other basis, to secure documents for use in the defense of the client;
d. any legal work that advances only the individual interests of the employee; and
e. certain administrative expenses noted in paragraph number 4 below.
The retained attorney is free to undertake such actions as set forth above, but
must negotiate any charges with the client and may not pass those charges on to
the Department of Justice.
THE ABOVE LIST IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE. The Department of Justice will not
reimburse services deemed reasonably necessary to the defense of an employee if
they are not in the interests of the United States.
To avoid confusion over whether the retained attorney may bill the Department
for a particular service under this retention agreement, the retained attorney should
consult the Justice Department attorney assigned to the case, mentioned in the ac-
companying letter before undertaking the service.
2. BILLABLE HOURS
The Department of Justice agrees to pay the retained attorney for any amount
of time not exceeding 120 billable hours per month for services performed in the de-
fense of the client. The retained attorney may use the services of any number of
attorneys, paralegals, or legal assistants in his or her firm so long as the aggregate
number of billable hours in any given month does not exceed 120 hours. The client
is free, however, to retain the attorney, or members of the firm, to perform work
in excess of 120 hours per month so long as the firm does not bill the excess charge
to the Department of Justice.
The Department will consider paying for services in excess of 120 hours in any
given month if the press of litigation (e.g., trial preparation) clearly necessitates the
expenditure of more time. The retained attorney must make requests for additional
compensation to the Department in writing in advance of such expenditures.
3. LEGAL FEES
The Department agrees to pay the retained attorney up to $200.00 per lawyer
hour, plus expenses as described in paragraph 4 below. The charge for any services
should not exceed the retained attorney’s ordinary and customary charge for such
services. This fee is based on the consideration that the retained attorney has been
practicing law in excess of 5 years.
In the event the retained attorney uses the services of other lawyers in his or her
firm, or the services of a paralegal or legal assistant, the Department agrees to pay
the following fees.
a. Lawyer with more than 5 years practicing experience: $200.00 per lawyer hour
b. Lawyer with 3–5 years of practicing experience: $160.00 per lawyer hour
c. Lawyer with 0–3 years of practicing experience: $133.00 per lawyer hour
d. Paralegal or legal assistant (or equivalent): $78.00 per hour.
The Department of Justice periodically reviews the hourly rates paid to attorneys
retained to defend Federal employees under 28 C.F.R. § 50.16. If, during the period
of this agreement, the Department revises the schedule of hourly rates payable in
such cases, the Department will pay revised rates for services rendered after the
effective date of the revision in rates.
4. EXPENSES
While the Department will pay normal overhead expenses actually incurred (e.g.,
postage, telephone tolls, travel, transcripts), the retained attorney must itemize
these charges. The Department will not accept for payment a bill that shows only
a standard fee or percentage as ‘‘overhead’’. The retained attorney must describe,
justify, and clear IN ADVANCE unusual or exceptionally high expenses.
In addition, the retained attorney must describe, justify, and clear in advance any
consultations with or retention of experts or expert witnesses.
The retained attorney must secure advance approval to use computer-assisted re-
search that involves charges in excess of $500.00 in a given month.
63
The retained attorney must separately justify and obtain advance approval for
services such as printing, graphic reproduction, or preparation of demonstrative evi-
dence or explanatory exhibits.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify in-house copying costs exceeding
$150.00 in a given month. The Department will pay up to a per page copying cost
of $.15 per page.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify facsimile transmission costs ex-
ceeding $150.00 in a given month.
The Department will pay expenses such as secretarial overtime or the purchase
of books only in exceptional situations. The retained attorney must obtain advance
approval for such expenditures.
Travel expenses may not include first class service or deluxe accommodations. The
retained attorney may not bill time spent in travel unless it is used to accomplish
tasks related to the litigation. The retained attorney must specifically identify such
tasks.
The Department will not pay for meal charges not related to out-of-town travel.
The Department will not provide compensation for client or other entertainment.
The Department will not pay expenses for meals incidental to overtime.
The Department will not pay for expenses that can normally be absorbed as cler-
ical overhead, such as time spent in preparing legal bills and filing papers with the
Court. The retained attorney must separately list and justify messenger services.
The retained attorney must enumerate the expenses incurred for hiring local
counsel by rate, hour, and kind of service. These hours must fall within the 120-
hour monthly maximum. The hourly rates paid to local counsel may not exceed the
rates listed in paragraph 3 above.
5. FORMAT OF BILLS
The retained attorney must submit bills on a monthly basis, stating the date of
each service performed; the name of the attorney or legal assistant performing the
service; a description of the service; and the time in tenths, sixths, or quarters of
an hour, required to perform the service. Because of the limitation on reimbursable
hours, a bill must include all services rendered in a given month. The Department
will not consider subsequent bills for services rendered in a month for which it has
already received a bill.
In describing the nature of the service performed, the itemization must reflect
each litigation activity for which reimbursement is claimed.
The retained attorney must attach copies of airline tickets, hotel bills, and bills
for deposition and hearing transcripts to the billing statement.
The retained attorney must itemize local mileage costs (e.g., purpose of travel and
number of miles). The Department will pay the standard government cost per mile
rate for the use of privately owned vehicles.
Before the Department of Justice will pay a bill, Department attorneys with sub-
stantive knowledge of the litigation will review it. If the retained attorney believes
that the detail of the legal bill would compromise litigation tactics if disclosed to
Department attorneys assigned to the case, the retained attorney should list those
particular billing items on a separate sheet of paper with an indication of the spe-
cific concern. Department attorneys uninvolved with this case will independently re-
view the separated, sensitive portion of the bill solely to determine if payment is
appropriate under applicable standards. The individuals reviewing the bills will not
discuss these items with the Department of Justice attorneys having responsibility
for the case, nor will those responsible attorneys review the items in question.
After Department attorneys complete the review of a bill, the Department will no-
tify the billing counsel if the Department deems any item or items nonreimbursable
or if any item or items require further explanation. When further information or ex-
planation is needed, the Department will hold the entire bill until the retained at-
torney responds. Only after the Department receives and reviews the response will
the Department certify the bill in whole or in part for payment. For that reason,
the retained attorney must respond promptly.
Should the Department determine that any items are not reimbursable under this
agreement, the billing counsel may request further review of the Department’s de-
termination. The retained attorney shall make such a written request to the appro-
priate Branch director at the address indicated in the forwarding letter. The billing
counsel must submit such requests for further review within 30 days, unless addi-
tional time is specifically requested and approved. Thereafter, the Department will
not reconsider its determination.
64
6. BILLING ADDRESS
The retained attorney should submit all bills to:
Director, Office of Planning, Budget and Evaluation
Civil Division
United States Department of Justice
Washington, D.C. 20530
Attn: Room 9042, L Street Building
7. PROMPT PAYMENT
The Prompt Payment Act is applicable to payments under this agreement and re-
quires the payment of interest on overdue payments. Determinations of interest due
will be made in accordance with provisions of the Prompt Payment Act and Office
of Management and Budget Circular A–125.
8. GAO REVIEW
Periodically, the Department of Justice may ask the retained attorney to submit
copies of time sheets to the General Accounting Office (GAO) for purposes of audit-
ing the accuracy of corresponding monthly bills, copies of which the Department will
forward directly to GAO.
9. TERMINATION
The Department of Justice reserves the right to terminate its retention agreement
with the retained attorney at any time for reasons set forth in 28 C.F.R. § 50.16.
ACCEPTANCE
I agree that my retention by the Department of Justice to represent Joseph
Bottini, in connection with a Special Counsel criminal contempt investigation in
United States v. Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.) will be in accordance with the applica-
ble statutes, regulations, and the foregoing terms and conditions. This written in-
strument, together with the applicable statutes and regulations, represents the en-
tire agreement between the Department of Justice and the undersigned, any past
or future oral agreements notwithstanding.
Signature: K
ENNETH
L. W
AINSTEIN
Date: April 23, 2009
Tax Identification Number: llllllllll
C
IVIL
D
IVISION
,
U.S. D
EPARTMENT OF
J
USTICE
,
Washington, DC 20530, June 16, 2009.
M
ATTHEW
I. M
ENCHEL
,
Kobre & Kim, 800 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10022.
RE: Special Counsel Criminal Contempt Investigation Arising from United States v.
Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.)
D
EAR
M
R
. M
ENCHEL
: The Department of Justice has concluded that it reasonably
appears at this time that representation of James Goeke in connection with a Spe-
cial Counsel criminal contempt investigation in the above-referenced action is in the
interest of the United States. It also appears at this time, however, that representa-
tion of Mr. Goeke by attorneys employed by the Department of Justice is inappro-
priate. Mr. Goeke has requested that the Department agree to reimburse you for
his representation in this matter. Pursuant to 28 C.F.R. § 50.16(c)(1), your reim-
bursement will be subject to the applicable statutes, regulations, and the terms and
conditions set forth in the enclosed addendum, which is incorporated into and made
a part of this agreement.
You and Mr. Goeke should be aware that, by entering into this agreement, the
Department of Justice in no way assumes responsibility on the part of the United
States Government for any monetary liability that might be imposed against Mr.
65
Goeke in connection with this matter. Although the Department of Justice has as-
sumed responsibility for remunerating you in the course of representing him to the
extent specified in the addendum, your responsibility, of course, is solely to your cli-
ent.
Should you have any questions concerning the terms of this agreement, including
the enclosed addendum, please contact Attorney Advisor Virginia G. Lago at (202)
616–4328.
If you find the provisions of the agreement acceptable, please return the signed
addendum, along with your firm’s tax identification number, to the following ad-
dress:
Virginia G. Lago, Esq.
Torts Branch, Civil Division
U.S. Department of Justice
P.O. Box 7146
Washington, DC, 20044
In addition, enclosed you will find a copy of the ACH VENDOR Direct Deposit
Form. Please fill out the blank areas on the form and fax the completed form to:
Accounts Maintenance Unit
Attn: Gina McLaughlin
FAX: (202) 616–2207
The Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 requires that most payments by the
Federal Government, including vendor payments, be made by electronic funds trans-
fer. If you have any questions regarding the delivery of remittance information,
please contact the financial institution where your account is held. If you have any
questions regarding completion of this form, please contact Ms. McLaughlin at (202)
616–8103.
Thank you for your assistance in this matter.
Very truly yours,
T
IMOTHY
P. G
ARREN
,
Director, Torts Branch.
CONDITIONS OF PRIVATE COUNSEL RETENTION BY THE DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE FOR
REPRESENTATION OF CURRENT AND FORMER FEDERAL EMPLOYEES
The following items and conditions shall apply to the retention of a private attor-
ney’s legal services by the Department of Justice to represent current and former
Federal employees in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
1. NATURE OF RETENTION
Subject to the availability of funds, the Department of Justice agrees to pay an
attorney, or other members of his or her firm, for those legal services reasonably
necessitated by the defense of a current or former Federal employee (hereinafter
‘‘client’’) in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
The Department will not honor bills for services that the Department determines
were not directly related to the defense of issues presented by such matters. Exam-
ples of services for which the Department will not pay include, but are not limited
to:
a. administrative claims, civil actions, or any indemnification proceedings against
the United States on behalf of the client for any adverse monetary judgment, wheth-
er before or after the entry of such an adverse judgment;
b. cross claims against co-defendants or counterclaims against plaintiff, unless the
Department of Justice determines in advance of its filing that a counterclaim is es-
sential to the defense of the employee and the employee agrees that any recovery
on the counterclaim will be paid to the United States as a reimbursement for the
costs of the defense of the employee;
c. requests made under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts or civil suits
against the United States under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts, or on
any other basis, to secure documents for use in the defense of the client;
d. any legal work that advances only the individual interests of the employee; and
e. certain administrative expenses noted in paragraph number 4 below.
The retained attorney is free to undertake such actions as set forth above, but
must negotiate any charges with the client and may not pass those charges on to
the Department of Justice.
THE ABOVE LIST IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE. The Department of Justice will not
reimburse services deemed reasonably necessary to the defense of an employee if
they are not in the interests of the United States.
To avoid confusion over whether the retained attorney may bill the Department
for a particular service under this retention agreement, the retained attorney should
66
consult the Justice Department attorney assigned to the case, mentioned in the ac-
companying letter before undertaking the service.
2. BILLABLE HOURS
The Department of Justice agrees to pay the retained attorney for any amount
of time not exceeding 120 billable hours per month for services performed in the de-
fense of the client. The retained attorney may use the services of any number of
attorneys, paralegals, or legal assistants in his or her firm so long as the aggregate
number of billable hours in any given month does not exceed 120 hours. The client
is free, however, to retain the attorney, or members of the firm, to perform work
in excess of 120 hours per month so long as the firm does not bill the excess charge
to the Department of Justice.
The Department will consider paying for services in excess of 120 hours in any
given month if the press of litigation (e.g., trial preparation) clearly necessitates the
expenditure of more time. The retained attorney must make requests for additional
compensation to the Department in writing in advance of such expenditures.
3. LEGAL FEES
The Department agrees to pay the retained attorney up to $200.00 per lawyer
hour, plus expenses as described in paragraph 4 below. The charge for any services
should not exceed the retained attorney’s ordinary and customary charge for such
services. This fee is based on the consideration that the retained attorney has been
practicing law in excess of 5 years.
In the event the retained attorney uses the services of other lawyers in his or her
firm, or the services of a paralegal or legal assistant, the Department agrees to pay
the following fees.
a. Lawyer with more than 5 years practicing experience: $200.00 per lawyer hour
b. Lawyer with 3–5 years of practicing experience: $160.00 per lawyer hour
c. Lawyer with 0–3 years of practicing experience: $133.00 per lawyer hour
d. Paralegal or legal assistant (or equivalent): $78.00 per hour.
The Department of Justice periodically reviews the hourly rates paid to attorneys
retained to defend Federal employees under 28 C.F.R. § 50.16. If, during the period
of this agreement, the Department revises the schedule of hourly rates payable in
such cases, the Department will pay revised rates for services rendered after the
effective date of the revision in rates.
4. EXPENSES
While the Department will pay normal overhead expenses actually incurred (e.g.,
postage, telephone tolls, travel, transcripts), the retained attorney must itemize
these charges. The Department will not accept for payment a bill that shows only
a standard fee or percentage as ‘‘overhead’’. The retained attorney must describe,
justify, and clear IN ADVANCE unusual or exceptionally high expenses.
In addition, the retained attorney must describe, justify, and clear in advance any
consultations with or retention of experts or expert witnesses.
The retained attorney must secure advance approval to use computer-assisted re-
search that involves charges in excess of $500.00 in a given month.
The retained attorney must separately justify and obtain advance approval for
services such as printing, graphic reproduction, or preparation of demonstrative evi-
dence or explanatory exhibits.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify in-house copying costs exceeding
$150.00 in a given month. The Department will pay up to a per page copying cost
of $.15 per page.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify facsimile transmission costs ex-
ceeding $150.00 in a given month.
The Department will pay expenses such as secretarial overtime or the purchase
of books only in exceptional situations. The retained attorney must obtain advance
approval for such expenditures.
Travel expenses may not include first class service or deluxe accommodations. The
retained attorney may not bill time spent in travel unless it is used to accomplish
tasks related to the litigation. The retained attorney must specifically identify such
tasks.
The Department will not pay for meal charges not related to out-of-town travel.
The Department will not provide compensation for client or other entertainment.
The Department will not pay expenses for meals incidental to overtime.
The Department will not pay for expenses that can normally be absorbed as cler-
ical overhead, such as time spent in preparing legal bills and filing papers with the
Court. The retained attorney must separately list and justify messenger services.
The retained attorney must enumerate the expenses incurred for hiring local
counsel by rate, hour, and kind of service. These hours must fall within the 120-
67
hour monthly maximum. The hourly rates paid to local counsel may not exceed the
rates listed in paragraph 3 above.
5. FORMAT OF BILLS
The retained attorney must submit bills on a monthly basis, stating the date of
each service performed; the name of the attorney or legal assistant performing the
service; a description of the service; and the time in tenths, sixths, or quarters of
an hour, required to perform the service. Because of the limitation on reimbursable
hours, a bill must include all services rendered in a given month. The Department
will not consider subsequent bills for services rendered in a month for which it has
already received a bill.
In describing the nature of the service performed, the itemization must reflect
each litigation activity for which reimbursement is claimed.
The retained attorney must attach copies of airline tickets, hotel bills, and bills
for deposition and hearing transcripts to the billing statement.
The retained attorney must itemize local mileage costs (e.g., purpose of travel and
number of miles). The Department will pay the standard government cost per mile
rate for the use of privately owned vehicles.
Before the Department of Justice will pay a bill, Department attorneys with sub-
stantive knowledge of the litigation will review it. If the retained attorney believes
that the detail of the legal bill would compromise litigation tactics if disclosed to
Department attorneys assigned to the case, the retained attorney should list those
particular billing items on a separate sheet of paper with an indication of the spe-
cific concern. Department attorneys uninvolved with this case will independently re-
view the separated, sensitive portion of the bill solely to determine if payment is
appropriate under applicable standards. The individuals reviewing the bills will not
discuss these items with the Department of Justice attorneys having responsibility
for the case, nor will those responsible attorneys review the items in question.
After Department attorneys complete the review of a bill, the Department will no-
tify the billing counsel if the Department deems any item or items nonreimbursable
or if any item or items require further explanation. When further information or ex-
planation is needed, the Department will hold the entire bill until the retained at-
torney responds. Only after the Department receives and reviews the response will
the Department certify the bill in whole or in part for payment. For that reason,
the retained attorney must respond promptly.
Should the Department determine that any items are not reimbursable under this
agreement, the billing counsel may request further review of the Department’s de-
termination. The retained attorney shall make such a written request to the appro-
priate Branch director at the address indicated in the forwarding letter. The billing
counsel must submit such requests for further review within 30 days, unless addi-
tional time is specifically requested and approved. Thereafter, the Department will
not reconsider its determination.
6. BILLING ADDRESS
The retained attorney should submit all bills to:
Director, Office of Planning, Budget and Evaluation
Civil Division
United States Department of Justice
Washington, D.C. 20530
Attn: Room 9042, L Street Building
7. PROMPT PAYMENT
The Prompt Payment Act is applicable to payments under this agreement and re-
quires the payment of interest on overdue payments. Determinations of interest due
will be made in accordance with provisions of the Prompt Payment Act and Office
of Management and Budget Circular A–125.
8. GAO REVIEW
Periodically, the Department of Justice may ask the retained attorney to submit
copies of time sheets to the General Accounting Office (GAO) for purposes of audit-
ing the accuracy of corresponding monthly bills, copies of which the Department will
forward directly to GAO.
9. TERMINATION
The Department of Justice reserves the right to terminate its retention agreement
with the retained attorney at any time for reasons set forth in 28 C.F.R. § 50.16.
68
ACCEPTANCE
I agree that my retention by the Department of Justice to represent James Goeke,
in connection with a Special Counsel. investigation in United States v. Stevens, 08–
cr–0231 (D.D.C.) will be in accordance with the applicable statutes, regulations, and
the foregoing terms and conditions. This written instrument, together with the ap-
plicable statutes and regulations, represents the entire agreement between the De-
partment of Justice and the undersigned, any past or future oral agreements not-
withstanding.
Signature: M
ATTHEW
L. M
ENCHEL
Date: September 18, 2009
Tax Identification Number: llllllllll
C
IVIL
D
IVISION
,
U.S. D
EPARTMENT OF
J
USTICE
,
Washington, DC 20530, May 19, 2009.
R
OBERT
D. L
USKIN
, E
SQ
.,
Patton Boggs, 2550 M St., NW, Washington, DC 20037.
RE: Special Counsel Criminal Contempt Investigation Arising from United States v.
Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.)
D
EAR
M
R
. L
USKIN
: The Department of Justice has concluded that it reasonably
appears at this time that representation of Nicholas Marsh in connection with a
Special Counsel criminal contempt investigation in the above-referenced action is in
the interest of the United States. It also appears at this time, however, that rep-
resentation of Mr. Marsh by attorneys employed by the Department of Justice is in-
appropriate. Mr. Marsh has requested that the Department agree to reimburse you
for his representation in this matter. Pursuant to 28 C.F.R. § 50.16(c)(1), your reim-
bursement will be subject to the applicable statutes, regulations, and the terms and
conditions set forth in the enclosed addendum, which is incorporated into and made
a part of this agreement.
You and Mr. Marsh should be aware that, by entering into this agreement, the
Department of Justice in no way assumes responsibility on the part of the United
States Government for any monetary liability that might be imposed against Mr.
Marsh in connection with this matter. Although the Department of Justice has as-
sumed responsibility for remunerating you in the course of representing him to the
extent specified in the addendum, your responsibility, of course, is solely to your cli-
ent.
Should you have any questions concerning the terms of this agreement, including
the enclosed addendum, please contact Attorney Advisor Virginia G. Lago at (202)
616–4328.
If you find the provisions of the agreement acceptable, please return the signed
addendum, along with your firm’s tax identification number, to the following ad-
dress:
Virginia G. Lago, Esq.
Torts Branch, Civil Division
U.S. Department of Justice
P.O. Box 7146
Washington, DC, 20044
In addition, enclosed you will find a copy of the ACH VENDOR Direct Deposit
Form. Please fill out the blank areas on the form and fax the completed form to:
Accounts Maintenance Unit
Attn: Gina McLaughlin
FAX: (202) 616–2207
The Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 requires that most payments by the
Federal Government, including vendor payments, be made by electronic funds trans-
fer. If you have any questions regarding the delivery of remittance information,
please contact the financial institution where your account is held. If you have any
69
questions regarding completion of this form, please contact Ms. McLaughlin at (202)
616–8103.
Thank you for your assistance in this matter.
Very truly yours,
T
IMOTHY
P. G
ARREN
,
Director, Torts Branch.
CONDITIONS OF PRIVATE COUNSEL RETENTION BY THE DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE FOR
REPRESENTATION OF CURRENT AND FORMER FEDERAL EMPLOYEES
The following items and conditions shall apply to the retention of a private attor-
ney’s legal services by the Department of Justice to represent current and former
Federal employees in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
1. NATURE OF RETENTION
Subject to the availability of funds, the Department of Justice agrees to pay an
attorney, or other members of his or her firm, for those legal services reasonably
necessitated by the defense of a current or former Federal employee (hereinafter
‘‘client’’) in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
The Department will not honor bills for services that the Department determines
were not directly related to the defense of issues presented by such matters. Exam-
ples of services for which the Department will not pay include, but are not limited
to:
a. administrative claims, civil actions, or any indemnification proceedings against
the United States on behalf of the client for any adverse monetary judgment, wheth-
er before or after the entry of such an adverse judgment;
b. cross claims against co-defendants or counterclaims against plaintiff, unless the
Department of Justice determines in advance of its filing that a counterclaim is es-
sential to the defense of the employee and the employee agrees that any recovery
on the counterclaim will be paid to the United States as a reimbursement for the
costs of the defense of the employee;
c. requests made under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts or civil suits
against the United States under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts, or on
any other basis, to secure documents for use in the defense of the client;
d. any legal work that advances only the individual interests of the employee; and
e. certain administrative expenses noted in paragraph number 4 below.
The retained attorney is free to undertake such actions as set forth above, but
must negotiate any charges with the client and may not pass those charges on to
the Department of Justice.
THE ABOVE LIST IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE. The Department of Justice will not
reimburse services deemed reasonably necessary to the defense of an employee if
they are not in the interests of the United States.
To avoid confusion over whether the retained attorney may bill the Department
for a particular service under this retention agreement, the retained attorney should
consult the Justice Department attorney assigned to the case, mentioned in the ac-
companying letter before undertaking the service.
2. BILLABLE HOURS
The Department of Justice agrees to pay the retained attorney for any amount
of time not exceeding 120 billable hours per month for services performed in the de-
fense of the client. The retained attorney may use the services of any number of
attorneys, paralegals, or legal assistants in his or her firm so long as the aggregate
number of billable hours in any given month does not exceed 120 hours. The client
is free, however, to retain the attorney, or members of the firm, to perform work
in excess of 120 hours per month so long as the firm does not bill the excess charge
to the Department of Justice.
The Department will consider paying for services in excess of 120 hours in any
given month if the press of litigation (e.g., trial preparation) clearly necessitates the
expenditure of more time. The retained attorney must make requests for additional
compensation to the Department in writing in advance of such expenditures.
3. LEGAL FEES
The Department agrees to pay the retained attorney up to $200.00 per lawyer
hour, plus expenses as described in paragraph 4 below. The charge for any services
should not exceed the retained attorney’s ordinary and customary charge for such
services. This fee is based on the consideration that the retained attorney has been
practicing law in excess of 5 years.
70
In the event the retained attorney uses the services of other lawyers in his or her
firm, or the services of a paralegal or legal assistant, the Department agrees to pay
the following fees.
a. Lawyer with more than 5 years practicing experience: $200.00 per lawyer hour
b. Lawyer with 3–5 years of practicing experience: $160.00 per lawyer hour
c. Lawyer with 0–3 years of practicing experience: $133.00 per lawyer hour
d. Paralegal or legal assistant (or equivalent): $78.00 per hour.
The Department of Justice periodically reviews the hourly rates paid to attorneys
retained to defend Federal employees under 28 C.F.R. § 50.16. If, during the period
of this agreement, the Department revises the schedule of hourly rates payable in
such cases, the Department will pay revised rates for services rendered after the
effective date of the revision in rates.
4. EXPENSES
While the Department will pay normal overhead expenses actually incurred (e.g.,
postage, telephone tolls, travel, transcripts), the retained attorney must itemize
these charges. The Department will not accept for payment a bill that shows only
a standard fee or percentage as ‘‘overhead’’. The retained attorney must describe,
justify, and clear IN ADVANCE unusual or exceptionally high expenses.
In addition, the retained attorney must describe, justify, and clear in advance any
consultations with or retention of experts or expert witnesses.
The retained attorney must secure advance approval to use computer-assisted re-
search that involves charges in excess of $500.00 in a given month.
The retained attorney must separately justify and obtain advance approval for
services such as printing, graphic reproduction, or preparation of demonstrative evi-
dence or explanatory exhibits.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify in-house copying costs exceeding
$150.00 in a given month. The Department will pay up to a per page copying cost
of $.15 per page.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify facsimile transmission costs ex-
ceeding $150.00 in a given month.
The Department will pay expenses such as secretarial overtime or the purchase
of books only in exceptional situations. The retained attorney must obtain advance
approval for such expenditures.
Travel expenses may not include first class service or deluxe accommodations. The
retained attorney may not bill time spent in travel unless it is used to accomplish
tasks related to the litigation. The retained attorney must specifically identify such
tasks.
The Department will not pay for meal charges not related to out-of-town travel.
The Department will not provide compensation for client or other entertainment.
The Department will not pay expenses for meals incidental to overtime.
The Department will not pay for expenses that can normally be absorbed as cler-
ical overhead, such as time spent in preparing legal bills and filing papers with the
Court. The retained attorney must separately list and justify messenger services.
The retained attorney must enumerate the expenses incurred for hiring local
counsel by rate, hour, and kind of service. These hours must fall within the 120-
hour monthly maximum. The hourly rates paid to local counsel may not exceed the
rates listed in paragraph 3 above.
5. FORMAT OF BILLS
The retained attorney must submit bills on a monthly basis, stating the date of
each service performed; the name of the attorney or legal assistant performing the
service; a description of the service; and the time in tenths, sixths, or quarters of
an hour, required to perform the service. Because of the limitation on reimbursable
hours, a bill must include all services rendered in a given month. The Department
will not consider subsequent bills for services rendered in a month for which it has
already received a bill.
In describing the nature of the service performed, the itemization must reflect
each litigation activity for which reimbursement is claimed.
The retained attorney must attach copies of airline tickets, hotel bills, and bills
for deposition and hearing transcripts to the billing statement.
The retained attorney must itemize local mileage costs (e.g., purpose of travel and
number of miles). The Department will pay the standard government cost per mile
rate for the use of privately owned vehicles.
Before the Department of Justice will pay a bill, Department attorneys with sub-
stantive knowledge of the litigation will review it. If the retained attorney believes
that the detail of the legal bill would compromise litigation tactics if disclosed to
Department attorneys assigned to the case, the retained attorney should list those
71
particular billing items on a separate sheet of paper with an indication of the spe-
cific concern. Department attorneys uninvolved with this case will independently re-
view the separated, sensitive portion of the bill solely to determine if payment is
appropriate under applicable standards. The individuals reviewing the bills will not
discuss these items with the Department of Justice attorneys having responsibility
for the case, nor will those responsible attorneys review the items in question.
After Department attorneys complete the review of a bill, the Department will no-
tify the billing counsel if the Department deems any item or items nonreimbursable
or if any item or items require further explanation. When further information or ex-
planation is needed, the Department will hold the entire bill until the retained at-
torney responds. Only after the Department receives and reviews the response will
the Department certify the bill in whole or in part for payment. For that reason,
the retained attorney must respond promptly.
Should the Department determine that any items are not reimbursable under this
agreement, the billing counsel may request further review of the Department’s de-
termination. The retained attorney shall make such a written request to the appro-
priate Branch director at the address indicated in the forwarding letter. The billing
counsel must submit such requests for further review within 30 days, unless addi-
tional time is specifically requested and approved. Thereafter, the Department will
not reconsider its determination.
6. BILLING ADDRESS
The retained attorney should submit all bills to:
Director, Office of Planning, Budget and Evaluation
Civil Division
United States Department of Justice
Washington, D.C. 20530
Attn: Room 9042, L Street Building
7. PROMPT PAYMENT
The Prompt Payment Act is applicable to payments under this agreement and re-
quires the payment of interest on overdue payments. Determinations of interest due
will be made in accordance with provisions of the Prompt Payment Act and Office
of Management and Budget Circular A–125.
8. GAO REVIEW
Periodically, the Department of Justice may ask the retained attorney to submit
copies of time sheets to the General Accounting Office (GAO) for purposes of audit-
ing the accuracy of corresponding monthly bills, copies of which the Department will
forward directly to GAO.
9. TERMINATION
The Department of Justice reserves the right to terminate its retention agreement
with the retained attorney at any time for reasons set forth in 28 C.F.R. § 50.16.
ACCEPTANCE
I agree that my retention by the Department of Justice to represent Nicholas
Marsh in connection with a Special Counsel criminal contempt investigation in
United States v. Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.) will be in accordance with the applica-
ble statutes, regulations, and the foregoing terms and conditions. This written in-
strument, together with the applicable statutes and regulations, represents the en-
tire agreement between the Department of Justice and the undersigned, any past
or future oral agreements notwithstanding.
Signature: R
OBERT
D. L
USKIN
Date: May 26, 2009
Tax Identification Number: llllllllll
72
C
IVIL
D
IVISION
,
U.S. D
EPARTMENT OF
J
USTICE
,
Washington, DC 20530, April 21, 2009.
C
HUCK
R
OSENBERG
, E
SQ
.,
Hogan & Hanson LLP, 555 Thirteenth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20004.
RE: Special Counsel Criminal Contempt Investigation Arising from United States v.
Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.)
D
EAR
M
R
. R
OSENBERG
: The Department of Justice has concluded that it reason-
ably appears at this time that representation of Brenda Morris in connection with
a Special Counsel criminal contempt investigation in the above-referenced action is
in the interest of the United States. It also appears at this time, however, that rep-
resentation of Ms. Morris by attorneys employed by the Department of Justice is
inappropriate. Ms. Morris has requested that the Department agree to reimburse
you for her representation in this matter. Pursuant to 28 C.F.R. § 50.16(c)(1), your
reimbursement will be subject to the applicable statutes, regulations, and the terms
and conditions set forth in the enclosed addendum, which is incorporated into and
made a part of this agreement.
You and Ms. Morris should be aware that, by entering into this agreement, the
Department of Justice in no way assumes responsibility on the part of the United
States Government for any monetary liability that might be imposed against Ms.
Morris in connection with this matter. Although the Department of Justice has as-
sumed responsibility for remunerating you in the course of representing her to the
extent specified in the addendum, your responsibility, of course, is solely to your cli-
ent.
Should you have any questions concerning the terms of this agreement, including
the enclosed addendum, please contact Attorney Advisor Virginia G. Lago at (202)
616–4328.
If you find the provisions of the agreement acceptable, please return the signed
addendum, along with your firm’s tax identification number, to the following ad-
dress:
Virginia G. Lago, Esq.
Torts Branch, Civil Division
U.S. Department of Justice
P.O. Box 7146
Washington, DC, 20044
In addition, enclosed you will find a copy of the ACH VENDOR Direct Deposit
Form. Please fill out the blank areas on the form and fax the completed form to:
Accounts Maintenance Unit
Attn: Gina McLaughlin
FAX: (202) 616–2207
The Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 requires that most payments by the
Federal Government, including vendor payments, be made by electronic funds trans-
fer. If you have any questions regarding the delivery of remittance information,
please contact the financial institution where your account is held. If you have any
questions regarding completion of this form, please contact Ms. McLaughlin at (202)
616–8103.
Thank you for your assistance in this matter.
Very truly yours,
T
IMOTHY
P. G
ARREN
,
Director, Torts Branch.
CONDITIONS OF PRIVATE COUNSEL RETENTION BY THE DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE FOR
REPRESENTATION OF CURRENT AND FORMER FEDERAL EMPLOYEES
The following items and conditions shall apply to the retention of a private attor-
ney’s legal services by the Department of Justice to represent current and former
Federal employees in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
1. NATURE OF RETENTION
Subject to the availability of funds, the Department of Justice agrees to pay an
attorney, or other members of his or her firm, for those legal services reasonably
necessitated by the defense of a current or former Federal employee (hereinafter
‘‘client’’) in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
The Department will not honor bills for services that the Department determines
were not directly related to the defense of issues presented by such matters. Exam-
ples of services for which the Department will not pay include, but are not limited
to:
73
a. administrative claims, civil actions, or any indemnification proceedings against
the United States on behalf of the client for any adverse monetary judgment, wheth-
er before or after the entry of such an adverse judgment;
b. cross claims against co-defendants or counterclaims against plaintiff, unless the
Department of Justice determines in advance of its filing that a counterclaim is es-
sential to the defense of the employee and the employee agrees that any recovery
on the counterclaim will be paid to the United States as a reimbursement for the
costs of the defense of the employee;
c. requests made under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts or civil suits
against the United States under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts, or on
any other basis, to secure documents for use in the defense of the client;
d. any legal work that advances only the individual interests of the employee; and
e. certain administrative expenses noted in paragraph number 4 below.
The retained attorney is free to undertake such actions as set forth above, but
must negotiate any charges with the client and may not pass those charges on to
the Department of Justice.
THE ABOVE LIST IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE. The Department of Justice will not
reimburse services deemed reasonably necessary to the defense of an employee if
they are not in the interests of the United States.
To avoid confusion over whether the retained attorney may bill the Department
for a particular service under this retention agreement, the retained attorney should
consult the Justice Department attorney assigned to the case, mentioned in the ac-
companying letter before undertaking the service.
2. BILLABLE HOURS
The Department of Justice agrees to pay the retained attorney for any amount
of time not exceeding 120 billable hours per month for services performed in the de-
fense of the client. The retained attorney may use the services of any number of
attorneys, paralegals, or legal assistants in his or her firm so long as the aggregate
number of billable hours in any given month does not exceed 120 hours. The client
is free, however, to retain the attorney, or members of the firm, to perform work
in excess of 120 hours per month so long as the firm does not bill the excess charge
to the Department of Justice.
The Department will consider paying for services in excess of 120 hours in any
given month if the press of litigation (e.g., trial preparation) clearly necessitates the
expenditure of more time. The retained attorney must make requests for additional
compensation to the Department in writing in advance of such expenditures.
3. LEGAL FEES
The Department agrees to pay the retained attorney up to $200.00 per lawyer
hour, plus expenses as described in paragraph 4 below. The charge for any services
should not exceed the retained attorney’s ordinary and customary charge for such
services. This fee is based on the consideration that the retained attorney has been
practicing law in excess of 5 years.
In the event the retained attorney uses the services of other lawyers in his or her
firm, or the services of a paralegal or legal assistant, the Department agrees to pay
the following fees.
a. Lawyer with more than 5 years practicing experience: $200.00 per lawyer hour
b. Lawyer with 3–5 years of practicing experience: $160.00 per lawyer hour
c. Lawyer with 0–3 years of practicing experience: $133.00 per lawyer hour
d. Paralegal or legal assistant (or equivalent): $78.00 per hour.
The Department of Justice periodically reviews the hourly rates paid to attorneys
retained to defend Federal employees under 28 C.F.R. § 50.16. If, during the period
of this agreement, the Department revises the schedule of hourly rates payable in
such cases, the Department will pay revised rates for services rendered after the
effective date of the revision in rates.
4. EXPENSES
While the Department will pay normal overhead expenses actually incurred (e.g.,
postage, telephone tolls, travel, transcripts), the retained attorney must itemize
these charges. The Department will not accept for payment a bill that shows only
a standard fee or percentage as ‘‘overhead’’. The retained attorney must describe,
justify, and clear IN ADVANCE unusual or exceptionally high expenses.
In addition, the retained attorney must describe, justify, and clear in advance any
consultations with or retention of experts or expert witnesses.
The retained attorney must secure advance approval to use computer-assisted re-
search that involves charges in excess of $500.00 in a given month.
74
The retained attorney must separately justify and obtain advance approval for
services such as printing, graphic reproduction, or preparation of demonstrative evi-
dence or explanatory exhibits.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify in-house copying costs exceeding
$150.00 in a given month. The Department will pay up to a per page copying cost
of $.15 per page.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify facsimile transmission costs ex-
ceeding $150.00 in a given month.
The Department will pay expenses such as secretarial overtime or the purchase
of books only in exceptional situations. The retained attorney must obtain advance
approval for such expenditures.
Travel expenses may not include first class service or deluxe accommodations. The
retained attorney may not bill time spent in travel unless it is used to accomplish
tasks related to the litigation. The retained attorney must specifically identify such
tasks.
The Department will not pay for meal charges not related to out-of-town travel.
The Department will not provide compensation for client or other entertainment.
The Department will not pay expenses for meals incidental to overtime.
The Department will not pay for expenses that can normally be absorbed as cler-
ical overhead, such as time spent in preparing legal bills and filing papers with the
Court. The retained attorney must separately list and justify messenger services.
The retained attorney must enumerate the expenses incurred for hiring local
counsel by rate, hour, and kind of service. These hours must fall within the 120-
hour monthly maximum. The hourly rates paid to local counsel may not exceed the
rates listed in paragraph 3 above.
5. FORMAT OF BILLS
The retained attorney must submit bills on a monthly basis, stating the date of
each service performed; the name of the attorney or legal assistant performing the
service; a description of the service; and the time in tenths, sixths, or quarters of
an hour, required to perform the service. Because of the limitation on reimbursable
hours, a bill must include all services rendered in a given month. The Department
will not consider subsequent bills for services rendered in a month for which it has
already received a bill.
In describing the nature of the service performed, the itemization must reflect
each litigation activity for which reimbursement is claimed.
The retained attorney must attach copies of airline tickets, hotel bills, and bills
for deposition and hearing transcripts to the billing statement.
The retained attorney must itemize local mileage costs (e.g., purpose of travel and
number of miles). The Department will pay the standard government cost per mile
rate for the use of privately owned vehicles.
Before the Department of Justice will pay a bill, Department attorneys with sub-
stantive knowledge of the litigation will review it. If the retained attorney believes
that the detail of the legal bill would compromise litigation tactics if disclosed to
Department attorneys assigned to the case, the retained attorney should list those
particular billing items on a separate sheet of paper with an indication of the spe-
cific concern. Department attorneys uninvolved with this case will independently re-
view the separated, sensitive portion of the bill solely to determine if payment is
appropriate under applicable standards. The individuals reviewing the bills will not
discuss these items with the Department of Justice attorneys having responsibility
for the case, nor will those responsible attorneys review the items in question.
After Department attorneys complete the review of a bill, the Department will no-
tify the billing counsel if the Department deems any item or items nonreimbursable
or if any item or items require further explanation. When further information or ex-
planation is needed, the Department will hold the entire bill until the retained at-
torney responds. Only after the Department receives and reviews the response will
the Department certify the bill in whole or in part for payment. For that reason,
the retained attorney must respond promptly.
Should the Department determine that any items are not reimbursable under this
agreement, the billing counsel may request further review of the Department’s de-
termination. The retained attorney shall make such a written request to the appro-
priate Branch director at the address indicated in the forwarding letter. The billing
counsel must submit such requests for further review within 30 days, unless addi-
tional time is specifically requested and approved. Thereafter, the Department will
not reconsider its determination.
75
6. BILLING ADDRESS
The retained attorney should submit all bills to:
Director, Office of Planning, Budget and Evaluation
Civil Division
United States Department of Justice
Washington, D.C. 20530
Attn: Room 9042, L Street Building
7. PROMPT PAYMENT
The Prompt Payment Act is applicable to payments under this agreement and re-
quires the payment of interest on overdue payments. Determinations of interest due
will be made in accordance with provisions of the Prompt Payment Act and Office
of Management and Budget Circular A–125.
8. GAO REVIEW
Periodically, the Department of Justice may ask the retained attorney to submit
copies of time sheets to the General Accounting Office (GAO) for purposes of audit-
ing the accuracy of corresponding monthly bills, copies of which the Department will
forward directly to GAO.
9. TERMINATION
The Department of Justice reserves the right to terminate its retention agreement
with the retained attorney at any time for reasons set forth in 28 C.F.R. § 50.16.
ACCEPTANCE
I agree that my retention by the Department of Justice to represent Brenda Mor-
ris in connection with Special Counsel criminal contempt investigation in United
States v. Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.) will be in accordance with the applicable stat-
utes, regulations, and the foregoing terms and conditions. This written instrument,
together with the applicable statutes and regulations, represents the entire agree-
ment between the Department of Justice and the undersigned, any past or future
oral agreements notwithstanding.
Signature: C
HUCK
R
OSENBERG
Date: April 30, 2009
Tax Identification Number: llllllllll
C
IVIL
D
IVISION
,
U.S. D
EPARTMENT OF
J
USTICE
,
Washington, DC 20530, April 22, 2009.
B
RIAN
M. H
EBERLIG
,
Steptoe & Johnson, 1330 Connecticut Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20036.
RE: Special Counsel Criminal Contempt Investigation Arising from United States v.
Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.)
D
EAR
M
R
. H
EBERLIG
: The Department of Justice has concluded that it reasonably
appears at this time that representation of Edward Sullivan in connection with a
Special Counsel criminal contempt investigation in the above-referenced action is in
the interest of the United States. It also appears at this time, however, that rep-
resentation of Mr. Sullivan by attorneys employed by the Department of Justice is
inappropriate. Mr. Sullivan has requested that the Department agree to reimburse
you for his representation in this matter. Pursuant to 28 C.F.R. § 50.16(c)(1), your
reimbursement will be subject to the applicable statutes, regulations, and the terms
and conditions set forth in the enclosed addendum, which is incorporated into and
made a part of this agreement.
You and Mr. Sullivan should be aware that, by entering into this agreement, the
Department of Justice in no way assumes responsibility on the part of the United
States Government for any monetary liability that might be imposed against Mr.
76
Sullivan in connection with this matter. Although the Department of Justice has as-
sumed responsibility for remunerating you in the course of representing him to the
extent specified in the addendum, your responsibility, of course, is solely to your cli-
ent.
Should you have any questions concerning the terms of this agreement, including
the enclosed addendum, please contact Attorney Advisor Virginia G. Lago at (202)
616–4328.
If you find the provisions of the agreement acceptable, please return the signed
addendum, along with your firm’s tax identification number, to the following ad-
dress:
Virginia G. Lago, Esq.
Torts Branch, Civil Division
U.S. Department of Justice
P.O. Box 7146
Washington, DC, 20044
In addition, enclosed you will find a copy of the ACH VENDOR Direct Deposit
Form. Please fill out the blank areas on the form and fax the completed form to:
Accounts Maintenance Unit
Attn: Gina McLaughlin
FAX: (202) 616–2207
The Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 requires that most payments by the
Federal Government, including vendor payments, be made by electronic funds trans-
fer. If you have any questions regarding the delivery of remittance information,
please contact the financial institution where your account is held. If you have any
questions regarding completion of this form, please contact Ms. McLaughlin at (202)
616–8103.
Thank you for your assistance in this matter.
Very truly yours,
T
IMOTHY
P. G
ARREN
,
Director, Torts Branch.
CONDITIONS OF PRIVATE COUNSEL RETENTION BY THE DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE FOR
REPRESENTATION OF CURRENT AND FORMER FEDERAL EMPLOYEES
The following items and conditions shall apply to the retention of a private attor-
ney’s legal services by the Department of Justice to represent current and former
Federal employees in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
1. NATURE OF RETENTION
Subject to the availability of funds, the Department of Justice agrees to pay an
attorney, or other members of his or her firm, for those legal services reasonably
necessitated by the defense of a current or former Federal employee (hereinafter
‘‘client’’) in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
The Department will not honor bills for services that the Department determines
were not directly related to the defense of issues presented by such matters. Exam-
ples of services for which the Department will not pay include, but are not limited
to:
a. administrative claims, civil actions, or any indemnification proceedings against
the United States on behalf of the client for any adverse monetary judgment, wheth-
er before or after the entry of such an adverse judgment;
b. cross claims against co-defendants or counterclaims against plaintiff, unless the
Department of Justice determines in advance of its filing that a counterclaim is es-
sential to the defense of the employee and the employee agrees that any recovery
on the counterclaim will be paid to the United States as a reimbursement for the
costs of the defense of the employee;
c. requests made under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts or civil suits
against the United States under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts, or on
any other basis, to secure documents for use in the defense of the client;
d. any legal work that advances only the individual interests of the employee; and
e. certain administrative expenses noted in paragraph number 4 below.
The retained attorney is free to undertake such actions as set forth above, but
must negotiate any charges with the client and may not pass those charges on to
the Department of Justice.
THE ABOVE LIST IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE. The Department of Justice will not
reimburse services deemed reasonably necessary to the defense of an employee if
they are not in the interests of the United States.
To avoid confusion over whether the retained attorney may bill the Department
for a particular service under this retention agreement, the retained attorney should
77
consult the Justice Department attorney assigned to the case, mentioned in the ac-
companying letter before undertaking the service.
2. BILLABLE HOURS
The Department of Justice agrees to pay the retained attorney for any amount
of time not exceeding 120 billable hours per month for services performed in the de-
fense of the client. The retained attorney may use the services of any number of
attorneys, paralegals, or legal assistants in his or her firm so long as the aggregate
number of billable hours in any given month does not exceed 120 hours. The client
is free, however, to retain the attorney, or members of the firm, to perform work
in excess of 120 hours per month so long as the firm does not bill the excess charge
to the Department of Justice.
The Department will consider paying for services in excess of 120 hours in any
given month if the press of litigation (e.g., trial preparation) clearly necessitates the
expenditure of more time. The retained attorney must make requests for additional
compensation to the Department in writing in advance of such expenditures.
3. LEGAL FEES
The Department agrees to pay the retained attorney up to $200.00 per lawyer
hour, plus expenses as described in paragraph 4 below. The charge for any services
should not exceed the retained attorney’s ordinary and customary charge for such
services. This fee is based on the consideration that the retained attorney has been
practicing law in excess of 5 years.
In the event the retained attorney uses the services of other lawyers in his or her
firm, or the services of a paralegal or legal assistant, the Department agrees to pay
the following fees.
a. Lawyer with more than 5 years practicing experience: $200.00 per lawyer hour
b. Lawyer with 3–5 years of practicing experience: $160.00 per lawyer hour
c. Lawyer with 0–3 years of practicing experience: $133.00 per lawyer hour
d. Paralegal or legal assistant (or equivalent): $78.00 per hour.
The Department of Justice periodically reviews the hourly rates paid to attorneys
retained to defend Federal employees under 28 C.F.R. § 50.16. If, during the period
of this agreement, the Department revises the schedule of hourly rates payable in
such cases, the Department will pay revised rates for services rendered after the
effective date of the revision in rates.
4. EXPENSES
While the Department will pay normal overhead expenses actually incurred (e.g.,
postage, telephone tolls, travel, transcripts), the retained attorney must itemize
these charges. The Department will not accept for payment a bill that shows only
a standard fee or percentage as ‘‘overhead’’. The retained attorney must describe,
justify, and clear IN ADVANCE unusual or exceptionally high expenses.
In addition, the retained attorney must describe, justify, and clear in advance any
consultations with or retention of experts or expert witnesses.
The retained attorney must secure advance approval to use computer-assisted re-
search that involves charges in excess of $500.00 in a given month.
The retained attorney must separately justify and obtain advance approval for
services such as printing, graphic reproduction, or preparation of demonstrative evi-
dence or explanatory exhibits.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify in-house copying costs exceeding
$150.00 in a given month. The Department will pay up to a per page copying cost
of $.15 per page.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify facsimile transmission costs ex-
ceeding $150.00 in a given month.
The Department will pay expenses such as secretarial overtime or the purchase
of books only in exceptional situations. The retained attorney must obtain advance
approval for such expenditures.
Travel expenses may not include first class service or deluxe accommodations. The
retained attorney may not bill time spent in travel unless it is used to accomplish
tasks related to the litigation. The retained attorney must specifically identify such
tasks.
The Department will not pay for meal charges not related to out-of-town travel.
The Department will not provide compensation for client or other entertainment.
The Department will not pay expenses for meals incidental to overtime.
The Department will not pay for expenses that can normally be absorbed as cler-
ical overhead, such as time spent in preparing legal bills and filing papers with the
Court. The retained attorney must separately list and justify messenger services.
The retained attorney must enumerate the expenses incurred for hiring local
counsel by rate, hour, and kind of service. These hours must fall within the 120-
78
hour monthly maximum. The hourly rates paid to local counsel may not exceed the
rates listed in paragraph 3 above.
5. FORMAT OF BILLS
The retained attorney must submit bills on a monthly basis, stating the date of
each service performed; the name of the attorney or legal assistant performing the
service; a description of the service; and the time in tenths, sixths, or quarters of
an hour, required to perform the service. Because of the limitation on reimbursable
hours, a bill must include all services rendered in a given month. The Department
will not consider subsequent bills for services rendered in a month for which it has
already received a bill.
In describing the nature of the service performed, the itemization must reflect
each litigation activity for which reimbursement is claimed.
The retained attorney must attach copies of airline tickets, hotel bills, and bills
for deposition and hearing transcripts to the billing statement.
The retained attorney must itemize local mileage costs (e.g., purpose of travel and
number of miles). The Department will pay the standard government cost per mile
rate for the use of privately owned vehicles.
Before the Department of Justice will pay a bill, Department attorneys with sub-
stantive knowledge of the litigation will review it. If the retained attorney believes
that the detail of the legal bill would compromise litigation tactics if disclosed to
Department attorneys assigned to the case, the retained attorney should list those
particular billing items on a separate sheet of paper with an indication of the spe-
cific concern. Department attorneys uninvolved with this case will independently re-
view the separated, sensitive portion of the bill solely to determine if payment is
appropriate under applicable standards. The individuals reviewing the bills will not
discuss these items with the Department of Justice attorneys having responsibility
for the case, nor will those responsible attorneys review the items in question.
After Department attorneys complete the review of a bill, the Department will no-
tify the billing counsel if the Department deems any item or items nonreimbursable
or if any item or items require further explanation. When further information or ex-
planation is needed, the Department will hold the entire bill until the retained at-
torney responds. Only after the Department receives and reviews the response will
the Department certify the bill in whole or in part for payment. For that reason,
the retained attorney must respond promptly.
Should the Department determine that any items are not reimbursable under this
agreement, the billing counsel may request further review of the Department’s de-
termination. The retained attorney shall make such a written request to the appro-
priate Branch director at the address indicated in the forwarding letter. The billing
counsel must submit such requests for further review within 30 days, unless addi-
tional time is specifically requested and approved. Thereafter, the Department will
not reconsider its determination.
6. BILLING ADDRESS
The retained attorney should submit all bills to:
Director, Office of Planning, Budget and Evaluation
Civil Division
United States Department of Justice
Washington, D.C. 20530
Attn: Room 9042, L Street Building
7. PROMPT PAYMENT
The Prompt Payment Act is applicable to payments under this agreement and re-
quires the payment of interest on overdue payments. Determinations of interest due
will be made in accordance with provisions of the Prompt Payment Act and Office
of Management and Budget Circular A–125.
8. GAO REVIEW
Periodically, the Department of Justice may ask the retained attorney to submit
copies of time sheets to the General Accounting Office (GAO) for purposes of audit-
ing the accuracy of corresponding monthly bills, copies of which the Department will
forward directly to GAO.
9. TERMINATION
The Department of Justice reserves the right to terminate its retention agreement
with the retained attorney at any time for reasons set forth in 28 C.F.R. § 50.16.
79
ACCEPTANCE
I agree that my retention by the Department of Justice to represent Edward Sul-
livan in connection with Special Counsel criminal contempt investigation in United
States v. Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.) will be in accordance with the applicable stat-
utes, regulations, and the foregoing terms and conditions. This written instrument,
together with the applicable statutes and regulations, represents the entire agree-
ment between the Department of Justice and the undersigned, any past or future
oral agreements notwithstanding.
Signature: B
RIAN
M. H
EBERLIG
Date: April 24, 2009
Tax Identification Number: llllllllll
C
IVIL
D
IVISION
,
U.S. D
EPARTMENT OF
J
USTICE
,
Washington, DC 20530, April 21, 2009.
W
ILLIAM
W. T
AYLOR
III,
Zuckerman Spaeder, 1800 M Street, NW, Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20036–5807.
RE: Special Counsel Criminal Contempt Investigation Arising from United States v.
Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.)
D
EAR
M
R
. T
AYLOR
: The Department of Justice has concluded that it reasonably
appears at this time that representation of William Welch in connection with a Spe-
cial Counsel criminal contempt investigation in the above-referenced action is in the
interest of the United States. It also appears at this time, however, that representa-
tion of Mr. Welch by attorneys employed by the Department of Justice is inappro-
priate. Mr. Welch has requested that the Department agree to reimburse you for
his representation in this matter. Pursuant to 28 C.F.R. § 50.16(c)(1), your reim-
bursement will be subject to the applicable statutes, regulations, and the terms and
conditions set forth in the enclosed addendum, which is incorporated into and made
a part of this agreement,
You and Mr. Welch should be aware that, by entering into this agreement, the
Department of Justice in no way assumes responsibility on the part of the United
States Government for any monetary liability that might be imposed against Mr.
Welch in connection with this matter. Although the Department of Justice has as-
sumed responsibility for remunerating you in the course of representing him to the
extent specified in the addendum, your responsibility, of course, is solely to your cli-
ent.
Should you have any questions concerning the terms of this agreement, including
the enclosed addendum, please contact Attorney Advisor Virginia G. Lago at (202)
616–4328.
If you find the provisions of the agreement acceptable, please return the signed
addendum, along with your firm’s tax identification number, to the following ad-
dress:
Virginia G. Lago, Esq.
Torts Branch, Civil Division
U.S. Department of Justice
P.O. Box 7146
Washington, DC, 20044
In addition, enclosed you will find a copy of the ACH VENDOR Direct Deposit
Form. Please fill out the blank areas on the form and fax the completed form to:
Accounts Maintenance Unit
Attn: Gina McLaughlin
FAX: (202) 616–2207
The Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 requires that most payments by the
Federal Government, including vendor payments, be made by electronic funds trans-
fer. If you have any questions regarding the delivery of remittance information,
please contact the financial institution where your account is held. If you have any
80
questions regarding completion of this form, please contact Ms. McLaughlin at (202)
616–8103.
Thank you for your assistance in this matter.
Very truly yours,
T
IMOTHY
P. G
ARREN
,
Director, Torts Branch.
CONDITIONS OF PRIVATE COUNSEL RETENTION BY THE DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE FOR
REPRESENTATION OF CURRENT AND FORMER FEDERAL EMPLOYEES
The following items and conditions shall apply to the retention of a private attor-
ney’s legal services by the Department of Justice to represent current and former
Federal employees in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
1. NATURE OF RETENTION
Subject to the availability of funds, the Department of Justice agrees to pay an
attorney, or other members of his or her firm, for those legal services reasonably
necessitated by the defense of a current or former Federal employee (hereinafter
‘‘client’’) in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
The Department will not honor bills for services that the Department determines
were not directly related to the defense of issues presented by such matters. Exam-
ples of services for which the Department will not pay include, but are not limited
to:
a. administrative claims, civil actions, or any indemnification proceedings against
the United States on behalf of the client for any adverse monetary judgment, wheth-
er before or after the entry of such an adverse judgment;
b. cross claims against co-defendants or counterclaims against plaintiff, unless the
Department of Justice determines in advance of its filing that a counterclaim is es-
sential to the defense of the employee and the employee agrees that any recovery
on the counterclaim will be paid to the United States as a reimbursement for the
costs of the defense of the employee;
c. requests made under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts or civil suits
against the United States under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts, or on
any other basis, to secure documents for use in the defense of the client;
d. any legal work that advances only the individual interests of the employee; and
e. certain administrative expenses noted in paragraph number 4 below.
The retained attorney is free to undertake such actions as set forth above, but
must negotiate any charges with the client and may not pass those charges on to
the Department of Justice.
THE ABOVE LIST IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE. The Department of Justice will not
reimburse services deemed reasonably necessary to the defense of an employee if
they are not in the interests of the United States.
To avoid confusion over whether the retained attorney may bill the Department
for a particular service under this retention agreement, the retained attorney should
consult the Justice Department attorney assigned to the case, mentioned in the ac-
companying letter before undertaking the service.
2. BILLABLE HOURS
The Department of Justice agrees to pay the retained attorney for any amount
of time not exceeding 120 billable hours per month for services performed in the de-
fense of the client. The retained attorney may use the services of any number of
attorneys, paralegals, or legal assistants in his or her firm so long as the aggregate
number of billable hours in any given month does not exceed 120 hours. The client
is free, however, to retain the attorney, or members of the firm, to perform work
in excess of 120 hours per month so long as the firm does not bill the excess charge
to the Department of Justice.
The Department will consider paying for services in excess of 120 hours in any
given month if the press of litigation (e.g., trial preparation) clearly necessitates the
expenditure of more time. The retained attorney must make requests for additional
compensation to the Department in writing in advance of such expenditures.
3. LEGAL FEES
The Department agrees to pay the retained attorney up to $200.00 per lawyer
hour, plus expenses as described in paragraph 4 below. The charge for any services
should not exceed the retained attorney’s ordinary and customary charge for such
services. This fee is based on the consideration that the retained attorney has been
practicing law in excess of 5 years.
81
In the event the retained attorney uses the services of other lawyers in his or her
firm, or the services of a paralegal or legal assistant, the Department agrees to pay
the following fees.
a. Lawyer with more than 5 years practicing experience: $200.00 per lawyer hour
b. Lawyer with 3–5 years of practicing experience: $160.00 per lawyer hour
c. Lawyer with 0–3 years of practicing experience: $133.00 per lawyer hour
d. Paralegal or legal assistant (or equivalent): $78.00 per hour.
The Department of Justice periodically reviews the hourly rates paid to attorneys
retained to defend Federal employees under 28 C.F.R. § 50.16. If, during the period
of this agreement, the Department revises the schedule of hourly rates payable in
such cases, the Department will pay revised rates for services rendered after the
effective date of the revision in rates.
4. EXPENSES
While the Department will pay normal overhead expenses actually incurred (e.g.,
postage, telephone tolls, travel, transcripts), the retained attorney must itemize
these charges. The Department will not accept for payment a bill that shows only
a standard fee or percentage as ‘‘overhead’’. The retained attorney must describe,
justify, and clear IN ADVANCE unusual or exceptionally high expenses.
In addition, the retained attorney must describe, justify, and clear in advance any
consultations with or retention of experts or expert witnesses.
The retained attorney must secure advance approval to use computer-assisted re-
search that involves charges in excess of $500.00 in a given month.
The retained attorney must separately justify and obtain advance approval for
services such as printing, graphic reproduction, or preparation of demonstrative evi-
dence or explanatory exhibits.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify in-house copying costs exceeding
$150.00 in a given month. The Department will pay up to a per page copying cost
of $.15 per page.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify facsimile transmission costs ex-
ceeding $150.00 in a given month.
The Department will pay expenses such as secretarial overtime or the purchase
of books only in exceptional situations. The retained attorney must obtain advance
approval for such expenditures.
Travel expenses may not include first class service or deluxe accommodations. The
retained attorney may not bill time spent in travel unless it is used to accomplish
tasks related to the litigation. The retained attorney must specifically identify such
tasks.
The Department will not pay for meal charges not related to out-of-town travel.
The Department will not provide compensation for client or other entertainment.
The Department will not pay expenses for meals incidental to overtime.
The Department will not pay for expenses that can normally be absorbed as cler-
ical overhead, such as time spent in preparing legal bills and filing papers with the
Court. The retained attorney must separately list and justify messenger services.
The retained attorney must enumerate the expenses incurred for hiring local
counsel by rate, hour, and kind of service. These hours must fall within the 120-
hour monthly maximum. The hourly rates paid to local counsel may not exceed the
rates listed in paragraph 3 above.
5. FORMAT OF BILLS
The retained attorney must submit bills on a monthly basis, stating the date of
each service performed; the name of the attorney or legal assistant performing the
service; a description of the service; and the time in tenths, sixths, or quarters of
an hour, required to perform the service. Because of the limitation on reimbursable
hours, a bill must include all services rendered in a given month. The Department
will not consider subsequent bills for services rendered in a month for which it has
already received a bill.
In describing the nature of the service performed, the itemization must reflect
each litigation activity for which reimbursement is claimed.
The retained attorney must attach copies of airline tickets, hotel bills, and bills
for deposition and hearing transcripts to the billing statement.
The retained attorney must itemize local mileage costs (e.g., purpose of travel and
number of miles). The Department will pay the standard government cost per mile
rate for the use of privately owned vehicles.
Before the Department of Justice will pay a bill, Department attorneys with sub-
stantive knowledge of the litigation will review it. If the retained attorney believes
that the detail of the legal bill would compromise litigation tactics if disclosed to
Department attorneys assigned to the case, the retained attorney should list those
82
particular billing items on a separate sheet of paper with an indication of the spe-
cific concern. Department attorneys uninvolved with this case will independently re-
view the separated, sensitive portion of the bill solely to determine if payment is
appropriate under applicable standards. The individuals reviewing the bills will not
discuss these items with the Department of Justice attorneys having responsibility
for the case, nor will those responsible attorneys review the items in question.
After Department attorneys complete the review of a bill, the Department will no-
tify the billing counsel if the Department deems any item or items nonreimbursable
or if any item or items require further explanation. When further information or ex-
planation is needed, the Department will hold the entire bill until the retained at-
torney responds. Only after the Department receives and reviews the response will
the Department certify the bill in whole or in part for payment. For that reason,
the retained attorney must respond promptly.
Should the Department determine that any items are not reimbursable under this
agreement, the billing counsel may request further review of the Department’s de-
termination. The retained attorney shall make such a written request to the appro-
priate Branch director at the address indicated in the forwarding letter. The billing
counsel must submit such requests for further review within 30 days, unless addi-
tional time is specifically requested and approved. Thereafter, the Department will
not reconsider its determination.
6. BILLING ADDRESS
The retained attorney should submit all bills to:
Director, Office of Planning, Budget and Evaluation
Civil Division
United States Department of Justice
Washington, D.C. 20530
Attn: Room 9042, L Street Building
7. PROMPT PAYMENT
The Prompt Payment Act is applicable to payments under this agreement and re-
quires the payment of interest on overdue payments. Determinations of interest due
will be made in accordance with provisions of the Prompt Payment Act and Office
of Management and Budget Circular A–125.
8. GAO REVIEW
Periodically, the Department of Justice may ask the retained attorney to submit
copies of time sheets to the General Accounting Office (GAO) for purposes of audit-
ing the accuracy of corresponding monthly bills, copies of which the Department will
forward directly to GAO.
9. TERMINATION
The Department of Justice reserves the right to terminate its retention agreement
with the retained attorney at any time for reasons set forth in 28 C.F.R. § 50.16.
ACCEPTANCE
I agree that my retention by the Department of Justice to represent William
Welch in connection with Special Counsel criminal contempt investigation in United
States v. Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.) will be in accordance with the applicable stat-
utes, regulations, and the foregoing terms and conditions. This written instrument,
together with the applicable statutes and regulations, represents the entire agree-
ment between the Department of Justice and the undersigned, any past or future
oral agreements notwithstanding.
Signature: W
ILLIAM
W. T
AYLOR
III
Date: May 8, 2009
Tax Identification Number: llllllllll
83
C
IVIL
D
IVISION
,
U.S. D
EPARTMENT OF
J
USTICE
,
Washington, DC 20530, February 27, 2009.
C
HUCK
R
OSENBERG
, E
SQ
.,
Hogan & Hartson LLP, 555 Thirteenth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20004.
RE: Special Counsel Criminal Contempt Investigation Arising from United States v.
Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.)
D
EAR
M
R
. R
OSENBERG
: The Department of Justice has concluded that it reason-
ably appears at this time that representation of Brenda Morris in connection with
a contempt proceeding in the above-referenced action is in the interest of the United
States, It also appears at this time, however, that representation of Ms. Morris by
attorneys employed by the Department of Justice is inappropriate. Ms. Morris has
requested that the Department agree to reimburse you for her representation in this
matter. Pursuant to 28 C.F.R. § 50.16(c)(1), your reimbursement will be subject to
the applicable statutes, regulations, and the terms and conditions set forth in the
enclosed addendum, which is incorporated into and made a part of this agreement.
You and Ms. Morris should be aware that, by entering into this agreement, the
Department of Justice in no way assumes responsibility on the part of the United
States Government for any monetary liability that might be imposed against Ms.
Morris in connection with this matter. Although the Department of Justice has as-
sumed responsibility for remunerating you in the course of representing her to the
extent specified in the addendum, your responsibility, of course, is solely to your cli-
ent.
Should you have any questions concerning the terms of this agreement, including
the enclosed addendum, please contact Attorney Advisor Virginia G. Lago at (202)
616–4328.
If you find the provisions of the agreement acceptable, please return the signed
addendum, along with your firm’s tax identification number, to the following ad-
dress:
Virginia G. Lago, Esq.
Torts Branch, Civil Division
U.S. Department of Justice
P.O. Box 7146
Washington, DC, 20044
In addition, enclosed you will find a copy of the ACH VENDOR Direct Deposit
Form. Please fill out the blank areas on the form and fax the completed form to:
Accounts Maintenance Unit
Attn: Gina McLaughlin
FAX: (202) 616–2207
The Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 requires that most payments by the
Federal Government, including vendor payments, be made by electronic funds trans-
fer. If you have any questions regarding the delivery of remittance information,
please contact the financial institution where your account is held. If you have any
questions regarding completion of this form, please contact Ms. McLaughlin at (202)
616–8103.
Thank you for your assistance in this matter.
Very truly yours,
T
IMOTHY
P. G
ARREN
,
Director, Torts Branch.
CONDITIONS OF PRIVATE COUNSEL RETENTION BY THE DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE FOR
REPRESENTATION OF CURRENT AND FORMER FEDERAL EMPLOYEES
The following items and conditions shall apply to the retention of a private attor-
ney’s legal services by the Department of Justice to represent current and former
Federal employees in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
1. NATURE OF RETENTION
Subject to the availability of funds, the Department of Justice agrees to pay an
attorney, or other members of his or her firm, for those legal services reasonably
necessitated by the defense of a current or former Federal employee (hereinafter
‘‘client’’) in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
The Department will not honor bills for services that the Department determines
were not directly related to the defense of issues presented by such matters. Exam-
ples of services for which the Department will not pay include, but are not limited
to:
84
a. administrative claims, civil actions, or any indemnification proceedings against
the United States on behalf of the client for any adverse monetary judgment, wheth-
er before or after the entry of such an adverse judgment;
b. cross claims against co-defendants or counterclaims against plaintiff, unless the
Department of Justice determines in advance of its filing that a counterclaim is es-
sential to the defense of the employee and the employee agrees that any recovery
on the counterclaim will be paid to the United States as a reimbursement for the
costs of the defense of the employee;
c. requests made under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts or civil suits
against the United States under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts, or on
any other basis, to secure documents for use in the defense of the client;
d. any legal work that advances only the individual interests of the employee; and
e. certain administrative expenses noted in paragraph number 4 below.
The retained attorney is free to undertake such actions as set forth above, but
must negotiate any charges with the client and may not pass those charges on to
the Department of Justice.
THE ABOVE LIST IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE. The Department of Justice will not
reimburse services deemed reasonably necessary to the defense of an employee if
they are not in the interests of the United States.
To avoid confusion over whether the retained attorney may bill the Department
for a particular service under this retention agreement, the retained attorney should
consult the Justice Department attorney assigned to the case, mentioned in the ac-
companying letter before undertaking the service.
2. BILLABLE HOURS
The Department of Justice agrees to pay the retained attorney for any amount
of time not exceeding 120 billable hours per month for services performed in the de-
fense of the client. The retained attorney may use the services of any number of
attorneys, paralegals, or legal assistants in his or her firm so long as the aggregate
number of billable hours in any given month does not exceed 120 hours. The client
is free, however, to retain the attorney, or members of the firm, to perform work
in excess of 120 hours per month so long as the firm does not bill the excess charge
to the Department of Justice.
The Department will consider paying for services in excess of 120 hours in any
given month if the press of litigation (e.g., trial preparation) clearly necessitates the
expenditure of more time. The retained attorney must make requests for additional
compensation to the Department in writing in advance of such expenditures.
3. LEGAL FEES
The Department agrees to pay the retained attorney up to $200.00 per lawyer
hour, plus expenses as described in paragraph 4 below. The charge for any services
should not exceed the retained attorney’s ordinary and customary charge for such
services. This fee is based on the consideration that the retained attorney has been
practicing law in excess of 5 years.
In the event the retained attorney uses the services of other lawyers in his or her
firm, or the services of a paralegal or legal assistant, the Department agrees to pay
the following fees.
a. Lawyer with more than 5 years practicing experience: $200.00 per lawyer hour
b. Lawyer with 3–5 years of practicing experience: $160.00 per lawyer hour
c. Lawyer with 0–3 years of practicing experience: $133.00 per lawyer hour
d. Paralegal or legal assistant (or equivalent): $78.00 per hour.
The Department of Justice periodically reviews the hourly rates paid to attorneys
retained to defend Federal employees under 28 C.F.R. § 50.16. If, during the period
of this agreement, the Department revises the schedule of hourly rates payable in
such cases, the Department will pay revised rates for services rendered after the
effective date of the revision in rates.
4. EXPENSES
While the Department will pay normal overhead expenses actually incurred (e.g.,
postage, telephone tolls, travel, transcripts), the retained attorney must itemize
these charges. The Department will not accept for payment a bill that shows only
a standard fee or percentage as ‘‘overhead’’. The retained attorney must describe,
justify, and clear IN ADVANCE unusual or exceptionally high expenses.
In addition, the retained attorney must describe, justify, and clear in advance any
consultations with or retention of experts or expert witnesses.
The retained attorney must secure advance approval to use computer-assisted re-
search that involves charges in excess of $500.00 in a given month.
85
The retained attorney must separately justify and obtain advance approval for
services such as printing, graphic reproduction, or preparation of demonstrative evi-
dence or explanatory exhibits.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify in-house copying costs exceeding
$150.00 in a given month. The Department will pay up to a per page copying cost
of $.15 per page.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify facsimile transmission costs ex-
ceeding $150.00 in a given month.
The Department will pay expenses such as secretarial overtime or the purchase
of books only in exceptional situations. The retained attorney must obtain advance
approval for such expenditures.
Travel expenses may not include first class service or deluxe accommodations. The
retained attorney may not bill time spent in travel unless it is used to accomplish
tasks related to the litigation. The retained attorney must specifically identify such
tasks.
The Department will not pay for meal charges not related to out-of-town travel.
The Department will not provide compensation for client or other entertainment.
The Department will not pay expenses for meals incidental to overtime.
The Department will not pay for expenses that can normally be absorbed as cler-
ical overhead, such as time spent in preparing legal bills and filing papers with the
Court. The retained attorney must separately list and justify messenger services.
The retained attorney must enumerate the expenses incurred for hiring local
counsel by rate, hour, and kind of service. These hours must fall within the 120-
hour monthly maximum. The hourly rates paid to local counsel may not exceed the
rates listed in paragraph 3 above.
5. FORMAT OF BILLS
The retained attorney must submit bills on a monthly basis, stating the date of
each service performed; the name of the attorney or legal assistant performing the
service; a description of the service; and the time in tenths, sixths, or quarters of
an hour, required to perform the service. Because of the limitation on reimbursable
hours, a bill must include all services rendered in a given month. The Department
will not consider subsequent bills for services rendered in a month for which it has
already received a bill.
In describing the nature of the service performed, the itemization must reflect
each litigation activity for which reimbursement is claimed.
The retained attorney must attach copies of airline tickets, hotel bills, and bills
for deposition and hearing transcripts to the billing statement.
The retained attorney must itemize local mileage costs (e.g., purpose of travel and
number of miles). The Department will pay the standard government cost per mile
rate for the use of privately owned vehicles.
Before the Department of Justice will pay a bill, Department attorneys with sub-
stantive knowledge of the litigation will review it. If the retained attorney believes
that the detail of the legal bill would compromise litigation tactics if disclosed to
Department attorneys assigned to the case, the retained attorney should list those
particular billing items on a separate sheet of paper with an indication of the spe-
cific concern. Department attorneys uninvolved with this case will independently re-
view the separated, sensitive portion of the bill solely to determine if payment is
appropriate under applicable standards. The individuals reviewing the bills will not
discuss these items with the Department of Justice attorneys having responsibility
for the case, nor will those responsible attorneys review the items in question.
After Department attorneys complete the review of a bill, the Department will no-
tify the billing counsel if the Department deems any item or items nonreimbursable
or if any item or items require further explanation. When further information or ex-
planation is needed, the Department will hold the entire bill until the retained at-
torney responds. Only after the Department receives and reviews the response will
the Department certify the bill in whole or in part for payment. For that reason,
the retained attorney must respond promptly.
Should the Department determine that any items are not reimbursable under this
agreement, the billing counsel may request further review of the Department’s de-
termination. The retained attorney shall make such a written request to the appro-
priate Branch director at the address indicated in the forwarding letter. The billing
counsel must submit such requests for further review within 30 days, unless addi-
tional time is specifically requested and approved. Thereafter, the Department will
not reconsider its determination.
86
6. BILLING ADDRESS
The retained attorney should submit all bills to:
Director, Office of Planning, Budget and Evaluation
Civil Division
United States Department of Justice
Washington, D.C. 20530
Attn: Room 9042, L Street Building
7. PROMPT PAYMENT
The Prompt Payment Act is applicable to payments under this agreement and re-
quires the payment of interest on overdue payments. Determinations of interest due
will be made in accordance with provisions of the Prompt Payment Act and Office
of Management and Budget Circular A–125.
8. GAO REVIEW
Periodically, the Department of Justice may ask the retained attorney to submit
copies of time sheets to the General Accounting Office (GAO) for purposes of audit-
ing the accuracy of corresponding monthly bills, copies of which the Department will
forward directly to GAO.
9. TERMINATION
The Department of Justice reserves the right to terminate its retention agreement
with the retained attorney at any time for reasons set forth in 28 C.F.R. § 50.16.
ACCEPTANCE
I agree that my retention by the Department of Justice to represent Brenda Mor-
ris in connection with Special Counsel criminal contempt investigation in United
States v. Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.) will be in accordance with the applicable stat-
utes, regulations, and the foregoing terms and conditions. This written instrument,
together with the applicable statutes and regulations, represents the entire agree-
ment between the Department of Justice and the undersigned, any past or future
oral agreements notwithstanding.
Signature: C
HUCK
R
OSENBERG
Date: March 3, 2009
Tax Identification Number: llllllllll
C
IVIL
D
IVISION
,
U.S. D
EPARTMENT OF
J
USTICE
,
Washington, DC 20530, February 18, 2009.
H
OWARD
M. S
HAPIRO
, E
SQ
.,
Wilmer Hale, 1875 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20006.
RE: Special Counsel Criminal Contempt Investigation Arising from United States v.
Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.)
D
EAR
M
R
. S
HAPIRO
: The Department of Justice has concluded that it reasonably
appears at this time that representation of Patty Merkamp Stemler in connection
with a contempt proceeding in the above-referenced action is in the interest of the
United States. It also appears at this time, however, that representation of Ms.
Stemler by attorneys employed by the Department of Justice is inappropriate. Ms.
Stemler has requested that the Department agree to reimburse you for her rep-
resentation in this matter. Pursuant to 28 C.F.R. § 50.16(c)(1), your reimbursement
will be subject to the applicable statutes, regulations, and the terms and conditions
set forth in the enclosed addendum, which is incorporated into and made a part of
this agreement.
You and Ms. Stemler should be aware that, by entering into this agreement, the
Department of Justice in no way assumes responsibility on the part of the United
States Government for any monetary liability that might be imposed against Ms.
87
Stemler in connection with this matter. Although the Department of Justice has as-
sumed responsibility for remunerating you in the course of representing her to the
extent specified in the addendum, your responsibility, of course, is solely to your cli-
ent.
Should you have any questions concerning the terms of this agreement, including
the enclosed addendum, please contact Attorney Advisor Virginia G. Lago at (202)
616–4328.
If you find the provisions of the agreement acceptable, please return the signed
addendum, along with your firm’s tax identification number, to the following ad-
dress:
Virginia G. Lago, Esq.
Torts Branch, Civil Division
U.S. Department of Justice
P.O. Box 7146
Washington, DC, 20044
In addition, enclosed you will find a copy of the ACH VENDOR Direct Deposit
Form. Please fill out the blank areas on the form and fax the completed form to:
Accounts Maintenance Unit
Attn: Gina McLaughlin
FAX: (202) 616–2207
The Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 requires that most payments by the
Federal Government, including vendor payments, be made by electronic funds trans-
fer. If you have any questions regarding the delivery of remittance information,
please contact the financial institution where your account is held. If you have any
questions regarding completion of this form, please contact Ms. McLaughlin at (202)
616–8103.
Thank you for your assistance in this matter.
Very truly yours,
T
IMOTHY
P. G
ARREN
,
Director, Torts Branch.
CONDITIONS OF PRIVATE COUNSEL RETENTION BY THE DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE FOR
REPRESENTATION OF CURRENT AND FORMER FEDERAL EMPLOYEES
The following items and conditions shall apply to the retention of a private attor-
ney’s legal services by the Department of Justice to represent current and former
Federal employees in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
1. NATURE OF RETENTION
Subject to the availability of funds, the Department of Justice agrees to pay an
attorney, or other members of his or her firm, for those legal services reasonably
necessitated by the defense of a current or former Federal employee (hereinafter
‘‘client’’) in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
The Department will not honor bills for services that the Department determines
were not directly related to the defense of issues presented by such matters. Exam-
ples of services for which the Department will not pay include, but are not limited
to:
a. administrative claims, civil actions, or any indemnification proceedings against
the United States on behalf of the client for any adverse monetary judgment, wheth-
er before or after the entry of such an adverse judgment;
b. cross claims against co-defendants or counterclaims against plaintiff, unless the
Department of Justice determines in advance of its filing that a counterclaim is es-
sential to the defense of the employee and the employee agrees that any recovery
on the counterclaim will be paid to the United States as a reimbursement for the
costs of the defense of the employee;
c. requests made under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts or civil suits
against the United States under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts, or on
any other basis, to secure documents for use in the defense of the client;
d. any legal work that advances only the individual interests of the employee; and
e. certain administrative expenses noted in paragraph number 4 below.
The retained attorney is free to undertake such actions as set forth above, but
must negotiate any charges with the client and may not pass those charges on to
the Department of Justice.
THE ABOVE LIST IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE. The Department of Justice will not
reimburse services deemed reasonably necessary to the defense of an employee if
they are not in the interests of the United States.
To avoid confusion over whether the retained attorney may bill the Department
for a particular service under this retention agreement, the retained attorney should
88
consult the Justice Department attorney assigned to the case, mentioned in the ac-
companying letter before undertaking the service.
2. BILLABLE HOURS
The Department of Justice agrees to pay the retained attorney for any amount
of time not exceeding 120 billable hours per month for services performed in the de-
fense of the client. The retained attorney may use the services of any number of
attorneys, paralegals, or legal assistants in his or her firm so long as the aggregate
number of billable hours in any given month does not exceed 120 hours. The client
is free, however, to retain the attorney, or members of the firm, to perform work
in excess of 120 hours per month so long as the firm does not bill the excess charge
to the Department of Justice.
The Department will consider paying for services in excess of 120 hours in any
given month if the press of litigation (e.g., trial preparation) clearly necessitates the
expenditure of more time. The retained attorney must make requests for additional
compensation to the Department in writing in advance of such expenditures.
3. LEGAL FEES
The Department agrees to pay the retained attorney up to $200.00 per lawyer
hour, plus expenses as described in paragraph 4 below. The charge for any services
should not exceed the retained attorney’s ordinary and customary charge for such
services. This fee is based on the consideration that the retained attorney has been
practicing law in excess of 5 years.
In the event the retained attorney uses the services of other lawyers in his or her
firm, or the services of a paralegal or legal assistant, the Department agrees to pay
the following fees.
a. Lawyer with more than 5 years practicing experience: $200.00 per lawyer hour
b. Lawyer with 3–5 years of practicing experience: $160.00 per lawyer hour
c. Lawyer with 0–3 years of practicing experience: $133.00 per lawyer hour
d. Paralegal or legal assistant (or equivalent): $78.00 per hour.
The Department of Justice periodically reviews the hourly rates paid to attorneys
retained to defend Federal employees under 28 C.F.R. § 50.16. If, during the period
of this agreement, the Department revises the schedule of hourly rates payable in
such cases, the Department will pay revised rates for services rendered after the
effective date of the revision in rates.
4. EXPENSES
While the Department will pay normal overhead expenses actually incurred (e.g.,
postage, telephone tolls, travel, transcripts), the retained attorney must itemize
these charges. The Department will not accept for payment a bill that shows only
a standard fee or percentage as ‘‘overhead’’. The retained attorney must describe,
justify, and clear IN ADVANCE unusual or exceptionally high expenses.
In addition, the retained attorney must describe, justify, and clear in advance any
consultations with or retention of experts or expert witnesses.
The retained attorney must secure advance approval to use computer-assisted re-
search that involves charges in excess of $500.00 in a given month.
The retained attorney must separately justify and obtain advance approval for
services such as printing, graphic reproduction, or preparation of demonstrative evi-
dence or explanatory exhibits.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify in-house copying costs exceeding
$150.00 in a given month. The Department will pay up to a per page copying cost
of $.15 per page.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify facsimile transmission costs ex-
ceeding $150.00 in a given month.
The Department will pay expenses such as secretarial overtime or the purchase
of books only in exceptional situations. The retained attorney must obtain advance
approval for such expenditures.
Travel expenses may not include first class service or deluxe accommodations. The
retained attorney may not bill time spent in travel unless it is used to accomplish
tasks related to the litigation. The retained attorney must specifically identify such
tasks.
The Department will not pay for meal charges not related to out-of-town travel.
The Department will not provide compensation for client or other entertainment.
The Department will not pay expenses for meals incidental to overtime.
The Department will not pay for expenses that can normally be absorbed as cler-
ical overhead, such as time spent in preparing legal bills and filing papers with the
Court. The retained attorney must separately list and justify messenger services.
The retained attorney must enumerate the expenses incurred for hiring local
counsel by rate, hour, and kind of service. These hours must fall within the 120-
89
hour monthly maximum. The hourly rates paid to local counsel may not exceed the
rates listed in paragraph 3 above.
5. FORMAT OF BILLS
The retained attorney must submit bills on a monthly basis, stating the date of
each service performed; the name of the attorney or legal assistant performing the
service; a description of the service; and the time in tenths, sixths, or quarters of
an hour, required to perform the service. Because of the limitation on reimbursable
hours, a bill must include all services rendered in a given month. The Department
will not consider subsequent bills for services rendered in a month for which it has
already received a bill.
In describing the nature of the service performed, the itemization must reflect
each litigation activity for which reimbursement is claimed.
The retained attorney must attach copies of airline tickets, hotel bills, and bills
for deposition and hearing transcripts to the billing statement.
The retained attorney must itemize local mileage costs (e.g., purpose of travel and
number of miles). The Department will pay the standard government cost per mile
rate for the use of privately owned vehicles.
Before the Department of Justice will pay a bill, Department attorneys with sub-
stantive knowledge of the litigation will review it. If the retained attorney believes
that the detail of the legal bill would compromise litigation tactics if disclosed to
Department attorneys assigned to the case, the retained attorney should list those
particular billing items on a separate sheet of paper with an indication of the spe-
cific concern. Department attorneys uninvolved with this case will independently re-
view the separated, sensitive portion of the bill solely to determine if payment is
appropriate under applicable standards. The individuals reviewing the bills will not
discuss these items with the Department of Justice attorneys having responsibility
for the case, nor will those responsible attorneys review the items in question.
After Department attorneys complete the review of a bill, the Department will no-
tify the billing counsel if the Department deems any item or items nonreimbursable
or if any item or items require further explanation. When further information or ex-
planation is needed, the Department will hold the entire bill until the retained at-
torney responds. Only after the Department receives and reviews the response will
the Department certify the bill in whole or in part for payment. For that reason,
the retained attorney must respond promptly.
Should the Department determine that any items are not reimbursable under this
agreement, the billing counsel may request further review of the Department’s de-
termination. The retained attorney shall make such a written request to the appro-
priate Branch director at the address indicated in the forwarding letter. The billing
counsel must submit such requests for further review within 30 days, unless addi-
tional time is specifically requested and approved. Thereafter, the Department will
not reconsider its determination.
6. BILLING ADDRESS
The retained attorney should submit all bills to:
Director, Office of Planning, Budget and Evaluation
Civil Division
United States Department of Justice
Washington, D.C. 20530
Attn: Room 9042, L Street Building
7. PROMPT PAYMENT
The Prompt Payment Act is applicable to payments under this agreement and re-
quires the payment of interest on overdue payments. Determinations of interest due
will be made in accordance with provisions of the Prompt Payment Act and Office
of Management and Budget Circular A–125.
8. GAO REVIEW
Periodically, the Department of Justice may ask the retained attorney to submit
copies of time sheets to the General Accounting Office (GAO) for purposes of audit-
ing the accuracy of corresponding monthly bills, copies of which the Department will
forward directly to GAO.
9. TERMINATION
The Department of Justice reserves the right to terminate its retention agreement
with the retained attorney at any time for reasons set forth in 28 C.F.R. § 50.16.
90
ACCEPTANCE
I agree that my retention by the Department of Justice to represent Patty
Merkamp Stemler in connection with Special Counsel criminal contempt investiga-
tion in United States v. Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.) will be in accordance with the
applicable statutes, regulations, and the foregoing terms and conditions. This writ-
ten instrument, together with the applicable statutes and regulations, represents
the entire agreement between the Department of Justice and the undersigned, any
past or future oral agreements notwithstanding.
Signature: H
OWARD
M. S
HAPIRO
Date: February 19, 2009
Tax Identification Number: llllllllll
C
IVIL
D
IVISION
,
U.S. D
EPARTMENT OF
J
USTICE
,
Washington, DC 20530, February 18, 2009.
M
ARK
H. L
YNCH
, E
SQ
.,
Covington & Burling, 1201 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20004.
RE: Special Counsel Criminal Contempt Investigation Arising from United States v.
Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.)
D
EAR
M
R
. L
YNCH
: The Department of Justice has concluded that it reasonably ap-
pears at this time that representation of William Welch in connection with a con-
tempt proceeding in the above-referenced action is in the interest of the United
States. It also appears at this time, however, that representation of Mr. Welch by
attorneys employed by the Department of Justice is inappropriate. Mr. Welch has
requested that the Department agree to reimburse you for his representation in this
matter. Pursuant to 28 C.F.R. § 50.16(c)(1), your reimbursement will be subject to
the applicable statutes, regulations, and the terms and conditions set forth in the
enclosed addendum, which is incorporated into and made a part of this agreement.
You and Mr. Welch should be aware that, by entering into this agreement, the
Department of Justice in no way assumes responsibility on the part of the United
States Government for any monetary liability that might be imposed against Mr.
Welch in connection with this matter. Although the Department of Justice has as-
sumed responsibility for remunerating you in the course of representing him to the
extent specified in the addendum, your responsibility, of course, is solely to your cli-
ent.
Should you have any questions concerning the terms of this agreement, including
the enclosed addendum, please contact Attorney Advisor Virginia G. Lago at (202)
616–4328.
If you find the provisions of the agreement acceptable, please return the signed
addendum, along with your firm’s tax identification number, to the following ad-
dress:
Virginia G. Lago, Esq.
Torts Branch, Civil Division
U.S. Department of Justice
P.O. Box 7146
Washington, DC, 20044
In addition, enclosed you will find a copy of the ACH VENDOR Direct Deposit
Form. Please fill out the blank areas on the form and fax the completed form to:
Accounts Maintenance Unit
Attn: Gina McLaughlin
FAX: (202) 616–2207
The Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 requires that most payments by the
Federal Government, including vendor payments, be made by electronic funds trans-
fer. If you have any questions regarding the delivery of remittance information,
please contact the financial institution where your account is held. If you have any
91
questions regarding completion of this form, please contact Ms. McLaughlin at (202)
616–8103.
Thank you for your assistance in this matter.
Very truly yours,
T
IMOTHY
P. G
ARREN
,
Director, Torts Branch.
CONDITIONS OF PRIVATE COUNSEL RETENTION BY THE DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE FOR
REPRESENTATION OF CURRENT AND FORMER FEDERAL EMPLOYEES
The following items and conditions shall apply to the retention of a private attor-
ney’s legal services by the Department of Justice to represent current and former
Federal employees in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
1. NATURE OF RETENTION
Subject to the availability of funds, the Department of Justice agrees to pay an
attorney, or other members of his or her firm, for those legal services reasonably
necessitated by the defense of a current or former Federal employee (hereinafter
‘‘client’’) in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
The Department will not honor bills for services that the Department determines
were not directly related to the defense of issues presented by such matters. Exam-
ples of services for which the Department will not pay include, but are not limited
to:
a. administrative claims, civil actions, or any indemnification proceedings against
the United States on behalf of the client for any adverse monetary judgment, wheth-
er before or after the entry of such an adverse judgment;
b. cross claims against co-defendants or counterclaims against plaintiff, unless the
Department of Justice determines in advance of its filing that a counterclaim is es-
sential to the defense of the employee and the employee agrees that any recovery
on the counterclaim will be paid to the United States as a reimbursement for the
costs of the defense of the employee;
c. requests made under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts or civil suits
against the United States under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts, or on
any other basis, to secure documents for use in the defense of the client;
d. any legal work that advances only the individual interests of the employee; and
e. certain administrative expenses noted in paragraph number 4 below.
The retained attorney is free to undertake such actions as set forth above, but
must negotiate any charges with the client and may not pass those charges on to
the Department of Justice.
THE ABOVE LIST IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE. The Department of Justice will not
reimburse services deemed reasonably necessary to the defense of an employee if
they are not in the interests of the United States.
To avoid confusion over whether the retained attorney may bill the Department
for a particular service under this retention agreement, the retained attorney should
consult the Justice Department attorney assigned to the case, mentioned in the ac-
companying letter before undertaking the service.
2. BILLABLE HOURS
The Department of Justice agrees to pay the retained attorney for any amount
of time not exceeding 120 billable hours per month for services performed in the de-
fense of the client. The retained attorney may use the services of any number of
attorneys, paralegals, or legal assistants in his or her firm so long as the aggregate
number of billable hours in any given month does not exceed 120 hours. The client
is free, however, to retain the attorney, or members of the firm, to perform work
in excess of 120 hours per month so long as the firm does not bill the excess charge
to the Department of Justice.
The Department will consider paying for services in excess of 120 hours in any
given month if the press of litigation (e.g., trial preparation) clearly necessitates the
expenditure of more time. The retained attorney must make requests for additional
compensation to the Department in writing in advance of such expenditures.
3. LEGAL FEES
The Department agrees to pay the retained attorney up to $200.00 per lawyer
hour, plus expenses as described in paragraph 4 below. The charge for any services
should not exceed the retained attorney’s ordinary and customary charge for such
services. This fee is based on the consideration that the retained attorney has been
practicing law in excess of 5 years.
92
In the event the retained attorney uses the services of other lawyers in his or her
firm, or the services of a paralegal or legal assistant, the Department agrees to pay
the following fees.
a. Lawyer with more than 5 years practicing experience: $200.00 per lawyer hour
b. Lawyer with 3–5 years of practicing experience: $160.00 per lawyer hour
c. Lawyer with 0–3 years of practicing experience: $133.00 per lawyer hour
d. Paralegal or legal assistant (or equivalent): $78.00 per hour.
The Department of Justice periodically reviews the hourly rates paid to attorneys
retained to defend Federal employees under 28 C.F.R. § 50.16. If, during the period
of this agreement, the Department revises the schedule of hourly rates payable in
such cases, the Department will pay revised rates for services rendered after the
effective date of the revision in rates.
4. EXPENSES
While the Department will pay normal overhead expenses actually incurred (e.g.,
postage, telephone tolls, travel, transcripts), the retained attorney must itemize
these charges. The Department will not accept for payment a bill that shows only
a standard fee or percentage as ‘‘overhead’’. The retained attorney must describe,
justify, and clear IN ADVANCE unusual or exceptionally high expenses.
In addition, the retained attorney must describe, justify, and clear in advance any
consultations with or retention of experts or expert witnesses.
The retained attorney must secure advance approval to use computer-assisted re-
search that involves charges in excess of $500.00 in a given month.
The retained attorney must separately justify and obtain advance approval for
services such as printing, graphic reproduction, or preparation of demonstrative evi-
dence or explanatory exhibits.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify in-house copying costs exceeding
$150.00 in a given month. The Department will pay up to a per page copying cost
of $.15 per page.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify facsimile transmission costs ex-
ceeding $150.00 in a given month.
The Department will pay expenses such as secretarial overtime or the purchase
of books only in exceptional situations. The retained attorney must obtain advance
approval for such expenditures.
Travel expenses may not include first class service or deluxe accommodations. The
retained attorney may not bill time spent in travel unless it is used to accomplish
tasks related to the litigation. The retained attorney must specifically identify such
tasks.
The Department will not pay for meal charges not related to out-of-town travel.
The Department will not provide compensation for client or other entertainment.
The Department will not pay expenses for meals incidental to overtime.
The Department will not pay for expenses that can normally be absorbed as cler-
ical overhead, such as time spent in preparing legal bills and filing papers with the
Court. The retained attorney must separately list and justify messenger services.
The retained attorney must enumerate the expenses incurred for hiring local
counsel by rate, hour, and kind of service. These hours must fall within the 120-
hour monthly maximum. The hourly rates paid to local counsel may not exceed the
rates listed in paragraph 3 above.
5. FORMAT OF BILLS
The retained attorney must submit bills on a monthly basis, stating the date of
each service performed; the name of the attorney or legal assistant performing the
service; a description of the service; and the time in tenths, sixths, or quarters of
an hour, required to perform the service. Because of the limitation on reimbursable
hours, a bill must include all services rendered in a given month. The Department
will not consider subsequent bills for services rendered in a month for which it has
already received a bill.
In describing the nature of the service performed, the itemization must reflect
each litigation activity for which reimbursement is claimed.
The retained attorney must attach copies of airline tickets, hotel bills, and bills
for deposition and hearing transcripts to the billing statement.
The retained attorney must itemize local mileage costs (e.g., purpose of travel and
number of miles). The Department will pay the standard government cost per mile
rate for the use of privately owned vehicles.
Before the Department of Justice will pay a bill, Department attorneys with sub-
stantive knowledge of the litigation will review it. If the retained attorney believes
that the detail of the legal bill would compromise litigation tactics if disclosed to
Department attorneys assigned to the case, the retained attorney should list those
93
particular billing items on a separate sheet of paper with an indication of the spe-
cific concern. Department attorneys uninvolved with this case will independently re-
view the separated, sensitive portion of the bill solely to determine if payment is
appropriate under applicable standards. The individuals reviewing the bills will not
discuss these items with the Department of Justice attorneys having responsibility
for the case, nor will those responsible attorneys review the items in question.
After Department attorneys complete the review of a bill, the Department will no-
tify the billing counsel if the Department deems any item or items nonreimbursable
or if any item or items require further explanation. When further information or ex-
planation is needed, the Department will hold the entire bill until the retained at-
torney responds. Only after the Department receives and reviews the response will
the Department certify the bill in whole or in part for payment. For that reason,
the retained attorney must respond promptly.
Should the Department determine that any items are not reimbursable under this
agreement, the billing counsel may request further review of the Department’s de-
termination. The retained attorney shall make such a written request to the appro-
priate Branch director at the address indicated in the forwarding letter. The billing
counsel must submit such requests for further review within 30 days, unless addi-
tional time is specifically requested and approved. Thereafter, the Department will
not reconsider its determination.
6. BILLING ADDRESS
The retained attorney should submit all bills to:
Director, Office of Planning, Budget and Evaluation
Civil Division
United States Department of Justice
Washington, D.C. 20530
Attn: Room 9042, L Street Building
7. PROMPT PAYMENT
The Prompt Payment Act is applicable to payments under this agreement and re-
quires the payment of interest on overdue payments. Determinations of interest due
will be made in accordance with provisions of the Prompt Payment Act and Office
of Management and Budget Circular A–125.
8. GAO REVIEW
Periodically, the Department of Justice may ask the retained attorney to submit
copies of time sheets to the General Accounting Office (GAO) for purposes of audit-
ing the accuracy of corresponding monthly bills, copies of which the Department will
forward directly to GAO.
9. TERMINATION
The Department of Justice reserves the right to terminate its retention agreement
with the retained attorney at any time for reasons set forth in 28 C.F.R. § 50.16.
ACCEPTANCE
I agree that my retention by the Department of Justice to represent William
Welch in connection with Special Counsel criminal contempt investigation in United
States v. Stevens, 08–cr–0231 (D.D.C.) will be in accordance with the applicable stat-
utes, regulations, and the foregoing terms and conditions. This written instrument,
together with the applicable statutes and regulations, represents the entire agree-
ment between the Department of Justice and the undersigned, any past or future
oral agreements notwithstanding.
Signature: M
ARK
H. L
YNCH
Date: February 24, 2009
Tax Identification Number: llllllllll
Question. Did the Justice Department have any role in the selection of private
counsel retained to represent its prosecutors? If so, how was this role exercised?
94
Answer. The Department of Justice, upon determining that private counsel should
be provided, informs the employees to contact private counsel of their choosing. If
an employee is having difficulty in doing so, the Department will attempt to assist
the employee in finding counsel. Once the employee selects counsel, the terms of re-
tention as outlined in our standard retention letter and agreement are explained
and, if private counsel agrees to the terms regarding reimbursement, he or she signs
and returns the retention agreement to the Civil Division.
Question. What cost controls, if any, were imposed on the private counsel retained
to represent the Department prosecutors?
Answer. Cost controls are specified in the retention agreement and Civil Division
Directive 2120A (see Attachment 2). The retention agreement used by the Depart-
ment requires the submission of detailed monthly bills, provides for GAO audit of
the private attorney time sheets, places a maximum limit on the attorney’s billable
hours per month (however the agreement also provides that we will consider paying
more if the press of litigation clearly necessitates the expenditure of more time),
limits the maximum hourly fee that may be charged, and limits the services for
which the private attorney will be compensated to those directly associated with the
litigation. As noted above, the hourly rates are set based on the attorney’s experi-
ence and are well below—and in some cases less than 50 percent of—the rates that
the Department uses when determining rates to pay prevailing parties against it
in Washington, DC, under the Equal Access to Justice Act.
A
TTACHMENT
#2
[U.S. Department of Justice, Civil Division, Administrative Directive CIV 2120A]
R
ETENTION AND
P
AYMENT OF
P
RIVATE
C
OUNSEL
M
AY
1, 2002
Subject: Retention and Payment of Private Counsel
1. PURPOSE.
This directive sets forth the procedures for entering into agreements to retain pri-
vate counsel to represent Federal employees at Federal expense and the procedures
for paying private counsel fees and expenses.
2. SCOPE.
The provisions of this directive apply to all branches, staffs, and offices within the
Civil Division.
3. DEFINITIONS.
a. A Private Counsel is a private attorney with whom the Department of Justice
has entered into an agreement regarding compensation for the representation of a
person, persons, or an entity being sued, prosecuted, or subpoenaed for acts per-
formed in the service of the United States where the Department has determined
that such representation is in the interest of the United States. The Department
may enter into such compensation agreements with private counsel in any instance
described in 28 C.F.R. § 50.15. Under the authority of 28 U.S.C. § 517, the Depart-
ment may also enter into such agreements with private counsel for the representa-
tion of a person, persons, or entity in circumstances similar to those described in
28 C.F.R. § 50.15.
b. The Assigned Attorney, or the ‘‘Department attorney assigned,’’ refers to the
Civil Division attorney having assigned responsibility for the case and not to the As-
sistant United States Attorney who may be handling the case in the local district.
c. An ‘‘Employee,’’ for the purposes of this directive, is a present or former em-
ployee of the United States or any other person or entity to whom or to which the
Civil Division extends representation under the authority of 28 U.S.C. § 517.
4. AUTHORITY.
28 C.F.R. § 50.16(b) gives the Assistant Attorney General of the Civil Division the
responsibility for establishing procedures for the retention of private counsel, includ-
ing the setting of fee schedules. 28 C.F.R. § 50.16(a) makes the retention of private
counsel subject to the availability of funds.
5. POLICY.
a. Department attorneys responsible for cases involving the retention of private
counsel will determine from the Civil Division’s Office of Planning, Budget, and
Evaluation if funding is available for estimated private counsel costs PRIOR to sub-
95
mitting the formal request for authorization to enter into a private counsel retention
agreement.
b. Once the Assistant Attorney General authorizes a private counsel representa-
tion agreement in accordance with 28 C.F.R. §§ 50.15 and 50.16, the Department of
Justice will, SUBJECT TO THE AVAILABILITY OF APPROPRIATIONS, pay a pri-
vate attorney, or other members of the attorney’s firm, for those legal services rea-
sonably necessary in the defense of a current or former Federal employee in civil,
congressional, or criminal proceedings. The Department will not pay for services
that it determines are not directly related to the defense of issues such matters
present. Additionally, the Department will not pay for services, even if they are di-
rectly related to the defense of those issues, if the Department determines that the
services are not in the best interests of the United States. The Department will not
pay for services that advance only the interest of the employee.
6. RESPONSIBILITIES.
a. The Assistant Attorney General, Civil Division, authorizes the representation
of private counsel and determines what steps the Division will take when represen-
tation is warranted but funds are not available for it. The Assistant Attorney Gen-
eral may delegate these responsibilities to another appropriate Division official (a
designee).
b. The Deputy Assistant Attorney General for the Torts Branch reviews and au-
thorizes requests for additional private counsel hours and unusual private counsel
expenses in cases that are the responsibility of other litigating divisions within the
Department. He or she also decides whether the Department will reimburse an em-
ployee for previously incurred private counsel expenses.
c. Directors of the Civil Division’s branches, offices, and staffs (hereinafter ‘‘Direc-
tors’’) send decision memoranda to the Assistant Attorney General (or designee) re-
questing authority to enter into retention agreements with private counsel and for-
ward Memoranda for the File authorizing such agreements. They may sign letters
presenting retention agreements to private counsel when the Assistant Attorney
General has authorized retention of private counsel. They also review and decide
routine private counsel billing disputes and requests for additional private counsel
hours and costs after the assigned case reviewer has informed the private counsel
of the Department’s disallowance of a fee or expense. Directors refer such disputes
to the appropriate Deputy Assistant Attorney General to review and decide the
issues when the nature or expense of the case suggests the need to do so.
d. Reviewers for cases involving retained private counsel examine bills received
from those counsel and certify them for payment, after review by the assigned attor-
ney. Where the reviewer determines that the Department cannot pay for certain
items as submitted, the reviewer informs the private counsel in writing of the De-
partment’s determination and of the private counsel’s right to seek a redetermina-
tion from the appropriate Director.
e. Attorneys assigned to cases involving requests for private counsel estimate the
costs of private counsel, inquire about the availability of funds for private counsel
costs, prepare requests to enter into private counsel retention agreements, secure
the actual agreement with private counsel, request the obligation of funds, suggest
the deobligation of funds, submit all related documentation for processing, and re-
view and certify private counsel bills for payment.
f. The Office of Planning, Budget, and Evaluation (OPBE), Civil Division, deter-
mines the availability of funds for private counsel, obligates and deobligates funds
for the payment of private counsel, reviews bills for payment from private counsel,
and arranges for the payment of private counsel from the U.S. Treasury.
7. PROCEDURES.
a. Obtaining Authorization For Private Counsel Retention Agreements.
(1) Determining the Availability of Funds. Unless the retention of private
counsel is clearly unwarranted under 28 C.F.R. § 50.16, attorneys responsible
for cases in which the possibility of representation arises must DETERMINE
THE AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS for any potential private counsel retention
agreement BEFORE SEEKING APPROVAL to enter into any such agreement.
(a) The attorney must estimate the cost of a private counsel for the fiscal
year based on the kind of services needed, the schedule of fees, and the ap-
proximate number of hours to be worked.
(b) The attorney should send a memorandum to the Director of OPBE in-
quiring about the availability of funds for the estimated private counsel costs.
(c) OPBE will determine whether sufficient funds are available to enter into
a retention agreement and will notify the attorney accordingly in writing. If
funds are available, OPBE will commit to the case the amount estimated for
96
the current fiscal year and will simultaneously reduce funding availability by
the amount of the estimate. OPBE will obligate funds following the execution
of a retention agreement (see section 7.c.). OPBE will establish monthly re-
ports tracking availability, commitments, obligations, and payments by
Branch.
(2) Requesting Authorization for Private Counsel Retention Agreements.
(a) After the attorney determines the availability of funds from OPBE, the
attorney’s Director will send a memorandum to the Assistant Attorney Gen-
eral (or designee) to obtain a decision on the retention of private counsel for
the case. The memorandum will recommend whether to retain private coun-
sel; will recommend, if appropriate, the private counsel to be retained; and
will forward the supporting documentation necessary for the Assistant Attor-
ney General (or designee) to make a decision. THE MEMORANDUM MUST
TRANSMIT:
1. a written verification from OPBE that the Civil Division either has or
does not have sufficient funds to pay for the estimated private counsel
costs. In emergency situations, the memorandum may report an oral
verification from OPBE, with the written verification for the record sub-
mitted later.
2. a Memorandum for the File, for the signature of the Assistant Attorney
General (or designee), that will authorize the retention of private counsel
and will approve the attorney to be retained (see Exhibit 1 for sample
Memorandum for the File).
(b) The Assistant Attorney General (or designee) will consider the avail-
ability of funds in determining whether to authorize private counsel pursuant
to 28 C.F.R. § 50.16. When private counsel representation is warranted and
sufficient funds are not available, the Assistant Attorney General (or des-
ignee) may direct the Division to seek additional funding from the Justice
Management Division. After signing the Memorandum for the File author-
izing the proposed retention of private counsel, the Assistant Attorney Gen-
eral (or designee) will forward it to the originating Director, who will return
it to the originating attorney.
b. Establishing Private Counsel Retention Agreements. Where the Assistant Attor-
ney General (or designee) approves the retention of private counsel, the private
counsel must sign a formal retention agreement that sets forth the terms and condi-
tions of the representation. This written agreement will describe the legal fees and
expenses that the government agrees to pay and the format and frequency of the
bills that the private counsel will submit for payment.
Once the attorney receives the signed Memorandum for the File authorizing the
retention of private counsel, the attorney will prepare the formal retention agree-
ment, with a transmitting letter for the signature of the attorney’s Director. After
the Director signs the forwarding letter, the attorney will send these documents to
the private counsel for signature. Exhibit 2 is a sample forwarding letter with the
formal retention agreement.
THE PRIVATE COUNSEL MUST SIGN AND RETURN THE AGREEMENT TO
THE DEPARTMENT ATTORNEY ASSIGNED TO THE CASE BEFORE THE GOV-
ERNMENT CAN PAY FOR ANY SERVICES.
c. Establishing an Obligation for Retained Private Counsel. Once the assigned at-
torney receives the signed agreement from the private counsel, the attorney will
prepare and send a memorandum to OPBE requesting the establishment of a finan-
cial obligation for the estimated costs of the private counsel (see the sample memo-
randum in Exhibit 3). In this memorandum, the attorney will estimate the total cost
of the legal fees and expenses under the agreement. If the attorney anticipates that
the case will require the private counsel’s services longer than the current fiscal
year, the memorandum should provide an estimate for each fiscal year. The attorney
must attach to this memorandum:
(1) a copy of the Memorandum for the File authorizing the retention of pri-
vate counsel;
(2) the signed retention agreement and forwarding letter; and
(3) OPBE’s original written certification of the availability of funds for the
agreement. After receiving the memorandum requesting an obligation with
these supporting documents, OPBE will obligate funds for the payment of pri-
vate counsel costs.
d. Deobligating Funds. The assigned attorney will closely monitor the progress of
the case and will promptly notify OPBE when the case concludes or when the need
for private counsel ends. Thereupon, OPBE and the attorney will assess the total
and expected payments, and, if surplus funds remain obligated for the case, OPBE
97
will deobligate those funds so that they will be available for other requests for pri-
vate counsel representation.
e. Payment of Private Counsel Bills.
(1) The retained private counsel must seek Department approval for any addi-
tional hours of service or any unusual expenditures not specifically allowed in
the retention agreement BEFORE undertaking such services or incurring such
expenses. The private counsel will make written request for authorization to the
Department attorney assigned to the case. The assigned attorney, in consulta-
tion with the assigned case reviewer, will convey the Department’s decision by
letter to the retained private counsel.
In cases that are the responsibility of other litigating divisions of the Depart-
ment, the Deputy Assistant Attorney General for the Torts Branch will review
and authorize requests for additional hours or unusual costs.
(2) Private counsel will submit bills on a monthly basis to the Director of
OPBE for processing and payment.
(3) OPBE will route the bill to appropriate individuals for review prior to pay-
ment. OPBE will attach a cover sheet to the bill with delineated spaces or
blocks for each individual in the review process and a schedule for processing
the bill at each stage of review. Each reviewer will enter the results of his or
her review and will endorse the appropriate space on the cover sheet.
(4) OPBE will examine each bill to ensure its consistency with the financial
conditions of the retention agreement (billable hours, legal fees, expenses, etc.)
and the accuracy of the mathematical calculations. OPBE will not examine the
necessity or reasonableness of any service. OPBE will certify the correctness of
the bill for the items within the scope of its review or will note any discrep-
ancies it discovers.
(5) OPBE will forward the bills, with the above certification or notation of dis-
crepancies, to the assigned attorney for review and certification for payment.
OPBE will not forward those billing items that the retained private counsel has
indicated might compromise litigation tactics if disclosed to assigned Depart-
ment attorneys, pursuant to paragraph 5 of the addendum to the retention
agreement. In these instances, the Director responsible for the case will identify
uninvolved Department attorneys who will independently review those sensitive
portions of the bill directly for OPBE.
On receiving the bill, the attorney will review and then certify, if appropriate,
the necessity and reasonableness of the services indicated and will forward the
bill to the assigned case reviewer for his or her certification. The assigned case
reviewer will then sign the bill, if appropriate, and return it to OPBE for pay-
ment.
(6) Once the appropriate parties have properly reviewed and certified the bill
as payable, OPBE will submit it for payment to the U.S. Treasury, through the
Justice Management Division.
(7) Should this review process uncover any discrepancies or nonreimbursable
items, the assigned attorney will prepare a letter for the signature of the as-
signed case reviewer to inform the private counsel of the items not payable as
presented and to explain the reasons. The letter should ask the private counsel
to submit either a revised bill or an explanation of any item for which informa-
tion is insufficient to determine if the item is payable. The assigned case re-
viewer will forward a copy of the signed letter with the disputed bill to OPBE.
Should the private counsel contest the disallowance of any items that the De-
partment will not pay, the private counsel may submit a request for reconsider-
ation to the appropriate Director, who will decide the matter for the Depart-
ment and will inform the private counsel of the decision by letter.
(8) THE PROMPT PAYMENT ACT REQUIRES THE PAYMENT OF PRI-
VATE COUNSEL BILLS WITHIN 30 DAYS OF RECEIPT AND THE NOTIFI-
CATION OF ANY DEFECTS IN BILLS WITHIN 7 DAYS OF RECEIPT IN
THE CIVIL DIVISION. FAILURE TO ADHERE TO THESE TIME REQUIRE-
MENTS MAY RESULT IN THE ASSESSMENT OF INTEREST PENALTIES.
To avoid the possible assessment of interest penalties, OPBE will complete its
initial review of private counsel bills and will forward them to the assigned at-
torney within 3 days of their receipt. Within 3 days of receiving the bill from
OPBE, the assigned attorney will ensure the complete certification of the bill
for payment and will return it to OPBE or will ensure the posting of a letter
to the private counsel concerning defects in the bill.
f. Payment for Previously Incurred Private Counsel Expenses.
(1) Preparation and Routing of Request. In the event that an employee seeks
reimbursement for private counsel expenses incurred in a matter that has al-
ready concluded or in which the direct representation by Department of Justice
98
attorneys has become available, the employee or the employee’s private attorney
may submit a request to the General Counsel of the employee’s agency. The em-
ploying agency shall forward the request to the Director of the appropriate
branch, office, or staff of the Civil Division. The Director will assign the matter
to a trial attorney.
(2) Content of the Request. The request for reimbursement for past representa-
tion must include a complete statement of the fees and expenses for which the
employee is seeking reimbursement. This statement should follow the format
described in the sample reimbursement agreement (see Exhibit 2). The request
should also include an explanation from both the employee and the employing
agency of the reason or reasons why direct representation by the Department
of Justice was not sought or was not available.
(3) Assessment of the Statement of Fees and Expenses. The assigned attorney
will forward the statement of fees and expenses to OPBE for a review of com-
putational accuracy and for consistency with the financial terms and conditions
of the normal representation agreement. After that review, OPBE will return
the bill to the assigned attorney with an explanation of any computational er-
rors and non-conforming items. OPBE will also certify whether funds are avail-
able to pay the bill, after allowances for computational errors (no allowance
being made for non-conforming items). On receipt of OPBE’s assessment, the as-
signed attorney will review the statement of fees and expenses, including any
non-conforming items, and will certify them for payment if they are reasonable
in light of all the circumstances. In no case will the Department approve an
hourly rate in excess of the rate then applicable for an attorney of the experi-
ence level of the billing private counsel.
(4) Preparation of Recommendation for Approval. The assigned attorney will
then prepare a memorandum for the signature of his or her Director requesting
that the Deputy Assistant Attorney General for the Torts Branch approve the
payment of the private counsel. A request for approval must include:
(a) the employee’s request and the agency’s views;
(b) OPBE’s confirmation that appropriated funds are available to pay the
bill;
(c) a recommendation as to the amount the Department should pay; and
(d) a Memorandum for the File to record the Deputy Assistant Attorney
General’s decision (see Exhibit 4).
A retention agreement is not necessary.
(5) Instituting the Decision. The Deputy Assistant Attorney General will indi-
cate his or her decision on the Memorandum for the File, sign it, and forward
it with the requesting memorandum to the Director, who will send them to the
assigned attorney. If the decision is favorable, the assigned attorney will send
a copy of the Memorandum for the File and the statement of fees and expenses
to OPBE, which will then obligate the funds and process the statement for pay-
ment. Finally, the assigned attorney will prepare a letter to the employee and
the employing agency announcing the Department’s decision and indicating, if
appropriate, that the Department is now processing the bill for payment.
8. DOCUMENTATION.
Documents associated with the retention and payment of private counsel often re-
flect the substance of communications between employees and their Justice Depart-
ment counsel. Accordingly, they are entitled to the protection of the attorney-client
privilege (see 28 C.F.R. § 50.15[a][3]). This includes documents related to the author-
ization of private counsel and the payment of their bills.
The Civil Division will afford special handling to these documents in accordance
with the instructions contained in the Assistant Attorney General’s memorandum
of July 26, 1983, titled ‘‘Maintenance of Attorney-Client Information.’’ The Civil Di-
vision will treat these documents as a part of the official litigation case file for the
particular matter, but will hold them in special file sections separate and apart from
the remainder of the official case file. These special file sections will contain a cover
sheet over the documents that proclaims: ‘‘This file contains privileged attorney-cli-
ent information. Access is limited to assigned trial attorneys and their supervisors.’’
A similar message must appear on the outside of the file section folder near the
identifying DJ number. Civil Division employees will take great care to prevent the
unauthorized disclosure of the information in these documents, generally treating
them as ‘‘Limited Official Use’’ information (see Civil Division Directive CIV–2620).
When the case closes, the assigned attorney will promptly retire the remainder
of the case file, but the Civil Division branch, office, or staff will retain the privi-
leged file sections until the Department of Justice and the National Archives deter-
mine their ultimate disposition. A note will go into the official file indicating that
99
the Division has retained a privileged portion of the file, and a copy of the signed
closure form will go into the retained privileged file sections.
9. RATES PAID TO PRIVATE COUNSEL.
OPBE will review rates paid to private counsel at least every 3 years to ensure
that rates are sufficiently competitive to attract qualified attorneys. Determinations
to change rates will be based on market conditions and funding availability.
10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
Additional information on this subject it available from the Director, OPBE (307–
0034).
R
OBERT
D. M
C
C
ALLUM
, J
R
.
Assistant Attorney General Civil Division.
EXHIBIT 1
MEMORANDUM FOR FILE
Re: Request(s) For Representation By Private Counsel Of [insert name of em-
ployee(s)] in [insert case caption]
The request(s) for representation by private counsel at Department of Justice ex-
pense in the above referenced matter is hereby granted, subject to the terms, condi-
tions and limitation of 28 C.F.R. §§ 50.15. 50.16 and Civil Division Directive 2120A.
DATE: lllllllllll
llllllllllllllll
Assistant Attorney General
(or designee)
CIVIL DIVISION
EXHIBIT 2
SAMPLE PRIVATE COUNSEL RETENTION LETTER
[Insert Name of attorney or firm]
[Insert address]
Re: [Insert case name]
Dear [Name]:
The Department of Justice has concluded that it reasonably appears at this time
that representation of [insert employee’s name] is in the interest of the United
States. It also appears at this time, however, that representation of [insert employ-
ee’s name] by attorneys employed by the Department of Justice is inappropriate.
[Employee] has requested that the Department agree to reimburse you for [his or
her] defense in the above referenced matter. Pursuant to 28 C.F.R. § 50.16(c)(1),
your reimbursement will be subject to the applicable statutes, regulations, and the
terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed addendum, which is incorporated into
and made a part of this agreement.
You and [employee] should be aware that by entering into this agreement, the De-
partment of Justice in no way assumes responsibility on the part of the United
States Government for any monetary damages that may be imposed against [him
or her] in connection with this matter. Although the Department of Justice has as-
sumed responsibility for remunerating you in the course of representing [employee]
to the extent specified in the addendum, your responsibility, of course, is solely to
your client.
Should you have any questions concerning the terms of this agreement, including
the enclosed addendum, please contact [Department attorney assigned to the case]
at ll- lll.
If you find the provisions of the agreement acceptable, please return the signed
addendum to [name of assigned attorney] at the following address:
[Name of assigned attorney]
[Name of branch, office, or staff]
Civil Division
U.S. Department of Justice
Washington, D.C. 20530
100
Reimbursement of allowable fees and expenses will become effective on the Civil
Division’s receipt of the signed addendum.
Very truly yours,
llllllllllllllll
Director
[Branch, office, or staff]
Civil Division
Enclosure
CONDITIONS OF PRIVATE COUNSEL RETENTION BY THE DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE FOR
REPRESENTATION OF CURRENT AND FORMER FEDERAL EMPLOYEES
The following items and conditions shall apply to the retention of a private attor-
ney’s legal services by the Department of Justice to represent current and former
Federal employees in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
1. NATURE OF RETENTION
Subject to the availability of funds, the Department of Justice agrees to pay an
attorney, or other members of his or her firm, for those legal services reasonably
necessitated by the defense of a current or former Federal employee (hereinafter
‘‘client’’) in civil, congressional, or criminal proceedings.
The Department will not honor bills for services that the Department determines
were not directly related to the defense of issues presented by such matters. Exam-
ples of services for which the Department will not pay include, but are not limited
to:
a. administrative claims, civil actions, or any indemnification proceedings against
the United States on behalf of the client for any adverse monetary judgment, wheth-
er before or after the entry of such an adverse judgment;
b. cross claims against co-defendants or counterclaims against plaintiff, unless the
Department of Justice determines in advance of its filing that a counterclaim is es-
sential to the defense of the employee and the employee agrees that any recovery
on the counterclaim will be paid to the United States as a reimbursement for the
costs of the defense of the employee;
c. requests made under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts or civil suits
against the United States under the Freedom of Information or Privacy Acts, or on
any other basis, to secure documents for use in the defense of the client;
d. any legal work that advances only the individual interests of the employee; and
e. certain administrative expenses noted in paragraph number 4 below.
The retained attorney is free to undertake such actions as set forth above, but
must negotiate any charges with the client and may not pass those charges on to
the Department of Justice.
THE ABOVE LIST IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE. The Department of Justice will not
reimburse services deemed reasonably necessary to the defense of an employee if
they are not in the interests of the United States.
To avoid confusion over whether the retained attorney may bill the Department
for a particular service under this retention agreement, the retained attorney should
consult the Justice Department attorney assigned to the case, mentioned in the ac-
companying letter before undertaking the service.
2. BILLABLE HOURS
The Department of Justice agrees to pay the retained attorney for any amount
of time not exceeding 120 billable hours per month for services performed in the de-
fense of the client. The retained attorney may use the services of any number of
attorneys, paralegals, or legal assistants in his or her firm so long as the aggregate
number of billable hours in any given month does not exceed 120 hours. The client
is free, however, to retain the attorney, or members of the firm, to perform work
in excess of 120 hours per month so long as the firm does not bill the excess charge
to the Department of Justice.
The Department will consider paying for services in excess of 120 hours in any
given month if the press of litigation (e.g., trial preparation) clearly necessitates the
expenditure of more time. The retained attorney must make requests for additional
compensation to the Department in writing in advance of such expenditures.
3. LEGAL FEES
The Department agrees to pay the retained attorney up to $200.00 per lawyer
hour, plus expenses as described in paragraph 4 below. The charge for any services
101
should not exceed the retained attorney’s ordinary and customary charge for such
services. This fee is based on the consideration that the retained attorney has been
practicing law in excess of 5 years.
In the event the retained attorney uses the services of other lawyers in his or her
firm, or the services of a paralegal or legal assistant, the Department agrees to pay
the following fees.
a. Lawyer with more than 5 years practicing experience: $200.00 per lawyer hour
b. Lawyer with 3–5 years of practicing experience: $160.00 per lawyer hour
c. Lawyer with 0–3 years of practicing experience: $133.00 per lawyer hour
d. Paralegal or legal assistant (or equivalent): $78.00 per hour.
The Department of Justice periodically reviews the hourly rates paid to attorneys
retained to defend Federal employees under 28 C.F.R. § 50.16. If, during the period
of this agreement, the Department revises the schedule of hourly rates payable in
such cases, the Department will pay revised rates for services rendered after the
effective date of the revision in rates.
4. EXPENSES
While the Department will pay normal overhead expenses actually incurred (e.g.,
postage, telephone tolls, travel, transcripts), the retained attorney must itemize
these charges. The Department will not accept for payment a bill that shows only
a standard fee or percentage as ‘‘overhead’’. The retained attorney must describe,
justify, and clear IN ADVANCE unusual or exceptionally high expenses.
In addition, the retained attorney must describe, justify, and clear in advance any
consultations with or retention of experts or expert witnesses.
The retained attorney must secure advance approval to use computer-assisted re-
search that involves charges in excess of $500.00 in a given month.
The retained attorney must separately justify and obtain advance approval for
services such as printing, graphic reproduction, or preparation of demonstrative evi-
dence or explanatory exhibits.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify in-house copying costs exceeding
$150.00 in a given month. The Department will pay up to a per page copying cost
of $.15 per page.
The retained attorney must itemize and justify facsimile transmission costs ex-
ceeding $150.00 in a given month.
The Department will pay expenses such as secretarial overtime or the purchase
of books only in exceptional situations. The retained attorney must obtain advance
approval for such expenditures.
Travel expenses may not include first class service or deluxe accommodations. The
retained attorney may not bill time spent in travel unless it is used to accomplish
tasks related to the litigation. The retained attorney must specifically identify such
tasks.
The Department will not pay for meal charges not related to out-of-town travel.
The Department will not provide compensation for client or other entertainment.
The Department will not pay expenses for meals incidental to overtime.
The Department will not pay for expenses that can normally be absorbed as cler-
ical overhead, such as time spent in preparing legal bills and filing papers with the
Court. The retained attorney must separately list and justify messenger services.
The retained attorney must enumerate the expenses incurred for hiring local
counsel by rate, hour, and kind of service. These hours must fall within the 120-
hour monthly maximum. The hourly rates paid to local counsel may not exceed the
rates listed in paragraph 3 above.
5. FORMAT OF BILLS
The retained attorney must submit bills on a monthly basis, stating the date of
each service performed; the name of the attorney or legal assistant performing the
service; a description of the service; and the time in tenths, sixths, or quarters of
an hour, required to perform the service. Because of the limitation on reimbursable
hours, a bill must include all services rendered in a given month. The Department
will not consider subsequent bills for services rendered in a month for which it has
already received a bill.
In describing the nature of the service performed, the itemization must reflect
each litigation activity for which reimbursement is claimed.
The retained attorney must attach copies of airline tickets, hotel bills, and bills
for deposition and hearing transcripts to the billing statement.
The retained attorney must itemize local mileage costs (e.g., purpose of travel and
number of miles). The Department will pay the standard government cost per mile
rate for the use of privately owned vehicles.
102
Before the Department of Justice will pay a bill, Department attorneys with sub-
stantive knowledge of the litigation will review it. If the retained attorney believes
that the detail of the legal bill would compromise litigation tactics if disclosed to
Department attorneys assigned to the case, the retained attorney should list those
particular billing items on a separate sheet of paper with an indication of the spe-
cific concern. Department attorneys uninvolved with this case will independently re-
view the separated, sensitive portion of the bill solely to determine if payment is
appropriate under applicable standards. The individuals reviewing the bills will not
discuss these items with the Department of Justice attorneys having responsibility
for the case, nor will those responsible attorneys review the items in question.
After Department attorneys complete the review of a bill, the Department will no-
tify the billing counsel if the Department deems any item or items nonreimbursable
or if any item or items require further explanation. When further information or ex-
planation is needed, the Department will hold the entire bill until the retained at-
torney responds. Only after the Department receives and reviews the response will
the Department certify the bill in whole or in part for payment. For that reason,
the retained attorney must respond promptly.
Should the Department determine that any items are not reimbursable under this
agreement, the billing counsel may request further review of the Department’s de-
termination. The retained attorney shall make such a written request to the appro-
priate Branch director at the address indicated in the forwarding letter. The billing
counsel must submit such requests for further review within 30 days, unless addi-
tional time is specifically requested and approved. Thereafter, the Department will
not reconsider its determination.
6. BILLING ADDRESS
The retained attorney should submit all bills to:
Director, Office of Planning, Budget and Evaluation
Civil Division
United States Department of Justice
Washington, D.C. 20530
Attn: Room 9042, L Street Building
7. PROMPT PAYMENT
The Prompt Payment Act is applicable to payments under this agreement and re-
quires the payment of interest on overdue payments. Determinations of interest due
will be made in accordance with provisions of the Prompt Payment Act and Office
of Management and Budget Circular A–125.
8. GAO REVIEW
Periodically, the Department of Justice may ask the retained attorney to submit
copies of time sheets to the General Accounting Office (GAO) for purposes of audit-
ing the accuracy of corresponding monthly bills, copies of which the Department will
forward directly to GAO.
9. TERMINATION
The Department of Justice reserves the right to terminate its retention agreement
with the retained attorney at any time for reasons set forth in 28 C.F.R. § 50.16.
ACCEPTANCE
I agree that my retention by the Department of Justice to represent lllll
in connection with lllll will be in accordance with the applicable statutes,
regulations, and the foregoing terms and conditions. This written instrument, to-
gether with the applicable statutes and regulations, represents the entire agreement
between the Department of Justice and the undersigned, any past or future oral
agreements notwithstanding.
Signature: llllllllllllllll
Date: lllllllllllllllll
Tax Identification Number: llllllllll
103
EXHIBIT 3
MEMORANDUM
TO: Supervisor, Accounts Maintenance Staff
Office of Planning, Budget, and Evaluation
Civil Division
FROM: [Name of Director]
[Name of Branch, Office, Staff] Civil Division
SUBJECT: Request to Establish Private Counsel Obligation
A decision was made to reimburse private counsel for representation of a Federal
employee in connection with [insert case caption].
It is estimated that [insert dollar amount] is needed for reimbursement in fiscal
year [insert year]. Please establish the following obligation at this time.
Law Firm FY XX
[Name of private counsel] [insert dollar amount]
(on behalf of [insert employee(s) name])
[Address of private counsel firm]
The firm’s tax identification number is: [insert tax identification number]
If you have any questions, please contact [insert name] of my office at [insert tele-
phone number].
Attachments
EXHIBIT 4
MEMORANDUM FOR FILE
Re: Request For Authorization To Reimburse [insert name of attorney] For The Rep-
resentation of [insert name of employee] in [insert case caption]
[Insert name of employee(s)] has requested that the Department of Justice bear
the cost of representation in this case. It appears that representation of [insert
name of employee(s)] would have been in the interest of the United States and that
failure to make a timely request for representation is not attributable to any fault
on the part of [insert name of employee(s)]. Reimbursement of [insert attorney’s
name] in the amount of $llllll is hereby authorized.
DATE: lllllllllll
llllllllllllllll
Deputy Assistant Attorney General
Civil Division
Question. Would you agree with Senator Grassley’s characterization that ‘‘this is
an unseemly high amount of money being spent by the taxpayers to defend what
appears to be egregious misconduct?’’ If you disagree, please explain the reason for
your disagreement.
Answer. We respectfully disagree for two reasons. First, only reasonable and nec-
essary fees were reimbursed. The amount expended was for the legal services for
six different prosecutors and for two separate but related matters:
—a contempt proceeding convened by the district judge; and
—a court-ordered several-years-long investigation, both stemming from a high-
profile criminal prosecution which proceeded to trial.
The breadth of this undertaking is evidenced by the Special Prosecutor’s inves-
tigative report, which exceeded 500 pages. Second, as noted in our previous re-
sponse, employees are given a reasonable benefit of the doubt on disputed factual
matters and representation is provided while the facts are being fully developed.
This practice is designed to protect the Federal workforce and to ensure that the
interests of the Government with respect to the legal issues in which the United
States has a concern are adequately defended.
Question. On November 21, 2011, Judge Sullivan issued an order indicating that
the report of his investigative counsel had been submitted and seeking the views
of certain stakeholders, including the prosecutors, on whether the report should be
made public. Did DOJ pay the legal expenses or associated costs of any of the pros-
ecutors with respect to the issues raised in Judge Sullivan’s November 21, 2011
order and if so, what public interest justified the expenditure of these funds and
how much money was paid?
104
Answer. Judge Sullivan’s November 21, 2011, order asked DOJ, Senator Stevens’
attorneys, and the attorneys for the individual prosecutors to submit comments and
state their positions on its release. The proceedings were conducted under seal and
the Civil Division did not have access to any of the sealed submissions. While DOJ’s
position was unsealed on January 9, 2012, the positions of the individuals were not
revealed until March 15, 2012, when the Special Prosecutor’s report was released
and Judge Sullivan’s February 8, 2012, order was made public.
Pursuant to DOJ’s previous determination that representation in connection with
the investigation by Special Counsel Henry F. Schuelke III was in the Government’s
interest, and prior to the unsealing of the prosecutors’ submissions on March 15,
2012, DOJ paid certain invoices for work that was conducted in connection with the
prosecutors’ court-invited comments on Special Counsel Schuelke’s report.
Invoices were submitted by attorneys for Brenda Morris on December 15, 2011,
January 24, 2012, and February 16, 2012, and payment was approved on January
6, 2012, February 10, 2012, and March 2, 2012, respectively.
Invoices were submitted by attorneys for James Goeke, on December 23, 2011,
and January 31, 2012, and payment was approved on January 6, 2012, and Feb-
ruary 8, 2012, respectively.
Invoices were submitted by attorneys for Joseph Bottini on December 13, 2011,
and January 18, 2012, and payment was approved on December 20, 2011, and Feb-
ruary 3, 2012, respectively.
Invoices were submitted by attorneys for Edward Sullivan, on December 15, 2011,
January 12, 2012 and February 14, 2012, and payment was approved on December
20, 2011, January 20, 2012 and February 24, 2012, respectively.
The foregoing payments total approximately $106,000. The time billed was used
to review and analyze the Special Prosecutor’s 500-plus-page investigative report,
formulate the client’s position, and file a response in accordance with the court’s
order.
In light of the Government’s decision not to object to the release of the report,
DOJ has not paid invoices that were received after the prosecutors’ positions were
unsealed on March 15, 2012, and that relate to efforts to prevent the release of the
report. The Civil Division has received, but have not yet processed, an invoice sub-
mitted on February 29, 2012, from attorneys for James Goeke (who opposed release
of the Special Counsel report). We also received, but have not yet processed, three
invoices submitted on February 24, 2012, from attorneys for William Welch (who did
not oppose release of the Special Counsel report).
Question. On February 8, 2012, Judge Sullivan issued an order requiring that the
investigative report and certain related documents in the proceedings be released
to the public on March 15, 2012. One of DOJ’s prosecutors, an Edward Sullivan,
filed a motion in the District Court to stay that order and when his request was
denied filed an emergency appeal to the D.C. Circuit to stay the release of the re-
port. Does DOJ intend to pay the attorneys fees incurred by Mr. Sullivan in request-
ing the stay or the attorneys fees and/or associated costs he incurs in connection
with his appeal? If so, what public interest justifies the expenditure of these funds?
Answer. DOJ has received, but not yet processed an invoice related to Mr. Sulli-
van’s request for a stay and his emergency appeal. This invoice will be reviewed and
processed in accordance with the terms of our standard retention agreement. As
noted in a previous response, that agreement, among other things, limits the serv-
ices for which the private attorney will be compensated to those directly associated
with the litigation. And our practice is to require counsel to seek authorization from
the Civil Division to take an appeal from an adverse ruling stemming from the liti-
gation in which we have authorized reimbursement. In this case, we have no record
that counsel for Mr. Sullivan contacted the Civil Division for authorization to pur-
sue an appeal. In addition, the retention agreement provides that DOJ will not re-
imburse services even if deemed reasonably necessary to the defense of the em-
ployee if it appears those services are not in the interest of the United States. In
light of the Government’s decision not to object to the release of the report, the Civil
Division has not paid invoices that were received after the prosecutors’ positions
were unsealed on March 15, 2012, and that relate to efforts to prevent the release
of the report.
Question. Does DOJ believe that the report of Judge Sullivan’s investigative coun-
sel and related documents should be released on March 15 as Judge Sullivan has
ordered? Does DOJ intend to oppose Mr. Sullivan’s appeal to the D.C. Circuit?
Answer. Per the January 6, 2012, submission by DOJ (unsealed on January 9,
2012), the Department did not object to the March 15, 2012, release of the Special
Prosecutor’s report. DOJ has not entered an appearance in connection with Mr. Sul-
livan’s emergency appeal, but was listed by private counsel as an interested party
on the docket.
105
Question. If DOJ supports Mr. Sullivan’s efforts to prevent public disclosure of the
report and associated documents please state the public interest served by the De-
partment’s position?
Answer. See previous response. DOJ did not support Mr. Sullivan’s efforts to pre-
vent public disclosure of the report and its associated documents. As I previously
stated at the March 8, 2012 Senate appropriations hearing, DOJ does not object to
the release of the Special Counsel’s investigative report.
Question. In his November 21, 2011 order Judge Emmet Sullivan’ indicates that
his investigative counsel has found that members of the Stevens prosecution team
engaged in ‘‘significant, widespread and at times intentional—misconduct.’’ In light
of this finding and other findings in the investigative report does the Government
have any recourse to recover attorney’s fees and costs expended in the defense of
its prosecutors’ conduct? If so does the Government intend to exercise its rights?
Answer. Pursuant to long-standing policy, a Federal employee who has been pro-
vided representation either by DOJ or by private counsel is afforded the benefit of
the doubt and his or her plausible version of the facts usually will be credited until
a contrary factual determination is made by the employee’s agency, a DOJ pros-
ecuting component, or the appropriate professional responsibility office. Representa-
tion continues to be provided until DOJ decides to seek an indictment against the
employee related to the conduct concerning which representation was undertaken
or the Department determines that continued representation of the employee
through private counsel is no longer in the interest of the United States (28 C.F.R.
50.16 (c)(2)(i) and (iv)).
These rules apply whether the representation is provided by DOJ attorneys di-
rectly or through the Department’s private counsel program. Just as there is no pro-
vision to recover services already rendered by DOJ attorneys directly pursuant to
an earlier decision to provide such representation, there is no provision under the
guidelines for recovering fees already expended.
PROSECUTORIAL MISCONDUCT
Question. ‘‘USA Today has reported that its 2010 investigation found that the de-
partment’s internal investigations frequently take a long time and that prosecutors
faced little risk of losing their jobs even when officials documented serious mis-
conduct. Court records show that most of the attorneys named in the Stevens case
continue to be assigned to their official duties.’’ Is the USA Today writer’s observa-
tion that prosecutors face little risk of losing their jobs even in the face of docu-
mented serious misconduct accurate? Please explain.
Answer. We are aware of the 2010 USA Today investigation. In January 2011 we
created the Professional Misconduct Review Unit (PMRU) to handle disciplinary ac-
tions for career attorneys at DOJ that arise from Office of Professional Responsi-
bility (OPR) investigations. The PMRU is now responsible for reviewing all OPR
findings of professional misconduct against Assistant U.S. Attorneys (AUSAs) and
Criminal Division Attorneys. The PMRU also is responsible for imposing discipline
in those matters in which it upholds OPR’s misconduct findings. We created the
PMRU following a comprehensive review of existing disciplinary procedures and
processes with the aim of creating a more efficient and uniform system to provide
consistent, fair, and timely resolution of these cases. We believe that the PMRU is
fulfilling its mandate.
DOJ is also forthcoming with information concerning OPR’s performance. OPR
provides the Attorney General with an annual report of its activities. These reports
include statistical information on OPR’s activities, significant policy changes and de-
velopments, and summaries of cases completed during the fiscal year. The reports
are available to the public at http://www.justice.gov/opr/reports.htm. When making
a finding of misconduct, OPR shares a draft report of its investigation with the sub-
jects of the investigation prior to completing a final report. OPR’s misconduct find-
ings then are subject to review by the PMRU (for AUSAs and Criminal Division
prosecutors) and the Office of the Deputy Attorney General prior to the implementa-
tion of discipline. Provided that OPR’s findings of misconduct are upheld, discipline
may range from a reprimand to removal from Federal service.
Question. Has the OPR been tasked to investigation allegations of misconduct by
members of the Stevens prosecution team? How long has this investigation been
going on and when might the public expect that it be concluded? Once OPR’s inves-
tigation is completed, who is responsible for implementing its findings? Will the
findings be made public?
Answer. OPR conducted a 2
1
2
year investigation of the Stevens misconduct allega-
tions. While OPR completed its 672-page investigative report on August 15, 2011,
the entire disciplinary process involves various steps, and the process is not finished
106
until all the necessary steps have been completed. OPR’s misconduct findings are
subject to review by the PMRU and the Office of the Deputy Attorney General prior
to the implementation of discipline. No formal action is taken against a Department
employee until the disciplinary process is final. Because DOJ’s disciplinary process
is not yet complete, and because of limitations on public disclosure contained in the
Privacy Act, the Department is unable to release the OPR Report at this time. Such
a release also would be contrary to the integrity of the Department’s ongoing dis-
ciplinary process. As the Attorney General has stated previously, the Department
plans to release publicly as much of the OPR report and the Department’s findings
as possible, at the appropriate time and consistent with law. This cannot happen
until the disciplinary process is complete.
Question. What potential consequences could members of the prosecution team
found culpable of misconduct in the Stevens matter face?
Answer. While we cannot discuss at this time OPR’s specific findings in the Ste-
vens case, when OPR’s findings of misconduct are upheld by the PMRU (for AUSAs
and Criminal Division attorneys) and the Office of the Deputy Attorney General,
discipline may range from a reprimand to removal from Federal service. However,
any suspension in excess of 14 days is appealable to the Merit Systems Protection
Board. All disciplinary determinations must fully consider the 14 factors enunciated
in Douglas v. Veterans Admin., 5 MSPR 313 (1981) that can mitigate or aggravate
the level of discipline taken against an employee.
Question. In his November 21, 2011 order, Judge Sullivan observes that his inves-
tigative counsel found misconduct on the part of members of the Stevens prosecution
team—misconduct that was characterized as ‘‘at times willful and intentional.’’ DOJ
has had access to the report of Judge Sullivan’s investigators since last November.
Yet USA Today states that court records show that most of the attorneys named
in the Stevens case continue to be assigned to criminal cases. As of March 8, 2012,
does DOJ know who was responsible for the willful and intentional misconduct re-
ferred to in Judge Sullivan’s November order and has it nevertheless permitted that
individual or those individuals to continue to work on criminal cases? Has DOJ
acted on the findings of Judge Sullivan’s investigative counsel? If not, please explain
why not.
Answer. In November 2011, Judge Sullivan released the report of his investigative
counsel, Henry F. Schuelke, III, to certain DOJ individuals under a protective order
for the purpose of assessing whether privacy and/or privilege issues affected the
public release of the report. The designated individuals reviewed the document and
responded accordingly that DOJ did not object to the release of the report. The re-
port recently was publicly released. We are aware that the report is critical of De-
partment attorneys, and we are addressing the matter through our disciplinary
process. OPR, which cooperated fully with Mr. Schuelke’s investigation, has con-
ducted an independent review and has produced a detailed report concerning the
misconduct allegations. This report is similar to Mr. Schuelke’s in that it addresses
the same misconduct issues; however, the OPR report makes specific findings and
recommendations regarding each subject’s conduct. Once our internal disciplinary
review procedures are complete, and the subjects have been afforded an opportunity
to comment on OPR’s report and any disciplinary proposals, we will impose appro-
priate discipline in accordance with the 14 factors enunciated in Douglas v. Veterans
Admin., 5 MSPR 313 (1981) that can mitigate or aggravate the level of discipline
taken against an employee.
FEDERAL CRIMINAL DISCOVERY REFORM
Question. Could you briefly explain what the Brady rule states and whether it is
in your judgment it is necessary to the guarantee of a fair trial?
Answer. The Brady rule requires the disclosure of exculpatory and impeachment
evidence when such evidence is material to guilt or punishment. Brady, 373 U.S.
83, 87 (1963); Giglio v. United States, 405 U.S. 150, 154 (1972). The Supreme Court
indeed held in Brady that Government disclosure of material exculpatory and im-
peachment evidence is part of the constitutional guarantee to a fair trial. 373 U.S.
at 87; Giglio, 405 U.S. at 154. DOJ is committed to ensuring this constitutional
guarantee is met in every Federal case.
Question. Some would suggest that it is awkward for prosecutors to provide the
defense with information that might undermine their hard work to gain a convic-
tion. I believe that you would agree with me that the responsibility of a prosecutor
is not to secure a conviction but to secure justice. Would you explain what DOJ is
doing, particularly in light of the lessons learned from the Stevens case to ensure
that Brady obligations are met?
107
Answer. DOJ takes its discovery obligations very seriously. For that reason, after
discovery violations were uncovered in the Stevens case, the Attorney General
moved to set aside the guilty verdict against Senator Stevens and dismiss the indict-
ment. Furthermore, the Attorney General took decisive and unprecedented action to
improve the criminal discovery practices within the Department. The following
steps, among others, have already been taken:
—The Office of the Deputy Attorney General issued memoranda to all Federal
prosecutors providing overarching guidance on gathering and reviewing discov-
erable information and making timely disclosure to defendants; directing each
U.S. Attorney’s Office to develop additional, more specific discovery policies; and
providing separate guidance on discovery of electronically stored information
(ESI).
—DOJ developed a ground-breaking protocol concerning the discovery of electroni-
cally stored information in criminal cases in collaboration with representatives
from the Federal public defenders and counsel appointed under the Criminal
Justice Act.
—DOJ dramatically expanded its discovery training requirements for all Federal
prosecutors and institutionalized those requirements through codification in the
U.S. Attorneys’ Manual. All Federal prosecutors are now required to undertake
annual discovery training, so that roughly 6,000 Federal prosecutors across the
country receive the required training annually on a wide variety of criminal dis-
covery-related topics.
—DOJ holds ‘‘New Prosecutor Boot Camp’’ courses for newly hired Federal pros-
ecutors, which includes training on Brady, Giglio, and ESI, among other topics.
—DOJ has trained thousands of Federal law enforcement agents and support staff
in criminal disclosure policies and practices, and produced criminal discovery
training materials for our victim witness coordinators.
DOJ distributed to all Federal prosecutors nationwide a Discovery Blue Book that
comprehensively covers the law, policy and practice of prosecutors’ disclosure obliga-
tions, and made it available on the desktop of every Federal prosecutor and para-
legal.
Question. In spite of DOJ’s efforts to educate its attorneys about Brady’s require-
ments, many commentators have noted that Brady practices vary from office to of-
fice and even within offices. It has been suggested that the Brady obligation should
be codified in the Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure. In fact, Judge Sullivan wrote
to U.S. Court of Appeals Judge Richard Tallman, Chair of the Advisory Committee
on the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure suggesting that this approach be taken. It
has been reported that DOJ opposed these efforts in 2006 and again in 2009 and
the Advisory Committee chose not to pursue the issue in light of this opposition.
Is this accurate and can you explain why this is the case?
Answer. In 2006, DOJ opposed any effort to amend the Federal Rules of Criminal
Procedure to codify or expand government disclosure obligations under Brady. In
2009, this administration was prepared to codify the Brady rule within the Federal
Rules of Criminal Procedure. However, the administration opposed the expansion of
criminal discovery under consideration, because we believed the expansion being
considered by the Advisory Committee would have damaged the carefully con-
structed balance created by the courts for criminal discovery and would have ig-
nored the need to protect the rights of victims, witnesses, law enforcement officers,
and national security in criminal discovery practice.
Question. In light of DOJ’s lack of support for improving Brady practices through
the Federal Rules, the National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers has pro-
posed a model Brady reform bill. I am preparing this bill for introduction in the
Senate. Is it reasonable to expect that DOJ would oppose this proposal?
Answer. We will oppose legislation that deviates from Supreme Court law, re-
quires the disclosure of nonmaterial, legally irrelevant, and inadmissible informa-
tion, or that does not properly account for and respect the interests of victims, wit-
nesses, law enforcement officers, and national security.
Question. Would DOJ be supportive of the Judiciary Committees conducting a
hearing on the Brady reform bill I intend to introduce and Brady practices overall
in the near future?
Answer. We think any hearing on criminal discovery legislation should include
witnesses who can speak to all the interests of justice, including the interests of de-
fendants, victims, witnesses, law enforcement, and national security. A hearing on
discovery legislation should also explore the practical realities of the legislation. We
would have no objection to such a hearing.
108
BILL ALLEN MATTER
Question. Is there anything you would like to say, in addition to what you told
the subcommittee last year, which would explain why DOJ declined the rec-
ommendations of career prosecutors and professional law enforcement in this mat-
ter?
Answer. The protection of children is of the highest priority for DOJ and we ag-
gressively prosecute those who harm our Nation’s children. As a result of DOJ’s de-
cision to expand Project Safe Childhood (PSC) in May 2011, the Department now
coordinates closely with law enforcement at the Federal, tribal, State, and local lev-
els to investigate and prosecute all Federal crimes involving the sexual exploitation
of a minor, including those committed in Indian country and those that involve com-
mercial sexual activity, whether or not they involve the Internet.
Moreover, DOJ’s track record of vigorously prosecuting those who sexually abuse
minors speaks for itself:
—In fiscal year 2011, DOJ obtained approximately 2,713 indictments, against
2,929 defendants, for offenses involving the sexual exploitation of a minor. This
represents a 15-percent increase in the number of indictments more than fiscal
year 2007 (in which 2,364 indictments were filed against 2,470 defendants).
Since the beginning of fiscal year 2007, more than 11,447 defendants have been
convicted in Federal courts of an offense related to the sexual exploitation of
a minor. These crimes have ranged from production of obscene visual depictions
of minors engaged in sexually explicit conduct; to receipt, distribution, posses-
sion, and/or production of child pornography; to the direct physical, sexual
abuse of a minor.
—Since fiscal year 2001, the caseload of the attorneys in the Child Exploitation
and Obscenity Section of the Criminal Division has increased every year, and
it has increased cumulatively by more than 1,100 percent.
As the Attorney General has previously testified regarding the investigation of
Bill Allen, any decision that we make to prosecute or not prosecute a case is gov-
erned by the Principles of Federal Prosecution, and we look at a host of relevant
factors including the strength of evidence; the state of the law; the age of the case;
the reliability of witnesses and other evidence; whether we can adequately address
anticipated pretrial motions and discovery demands; and whether we believe any
conviction can be defended on appeal, among many other factors. Very simply, we
make all decisions to prosecute or not prosecute—including that relating to Bill
Allen—based solely on the law and the facts and nothing else.
Question. At my request, OPR has undertaken a preliminary inquiry into this
issue. Can you tell me the status of that inquiry and explain what steps are being
taken to ensure that OPR arrives at an independent and objective conclusion on this
politically sensitive issue?
Answer. OPR’s preliminary inquiry is ongoing. While OPR reports to the Attorney
General, it operates independently, and the Attorney General’s office exerts no influ-
ence over OPR’s investigations or the content of its reports.
Question. The Alaska Attorney General’s Office and the Anchorage Police Depart-
ment investigative team have asked to meet with OPR to discuss their case. I have
asked OPR to send a team to Alaska to understand how the case against Mr. Allen
was prepared. Is OPR team authorized to travel to Alaska to meet with those who
did the hard work to build the sexual abuse case against Mr. Allen?
Answer. OPR has the authority to take whatever steps it deems necessary in
order to complete an inquiry or investigation.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Before I recess the subcommittee, I want to
conclude the hearing the way I began. As I listened to the ques-
tions, the answers, we’ve looked at the budget in the short time
that we have to review, I want to end the hearing the way I began,
which is to thank the men and women who work at the Justice De-
partment.
I’ve been on this subcommittee a long time. It’s been a great
blessing and a great honor. And when I think about it, the scope
and complexity of what our citizens and our country face, and what
our Justice Department faces, it’s an amazing job, from community
safety, to national safety—just in the last decade, the expansion in
the national security portfolio, and the transformation of agencies.
FBI is not, you know, J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI any more.
109
So for everybody who works, everybody’s out on the street, every-
body tracking sexual predators, everybody who’s doing their job,
the prison guards, and all the wonderful support staff, the para-
legals, the secretarial staff, the administrative staff, et cetera, we
just want to say thank you.
I think our country’s safer, because of your work. And we have
to look out for our civil service, because we need an independent
judiciary. We need a Justice Department that functions with abso-
lute integrity. But we, who fund the appropriations, need to know
that if you’re going to have a crackerjack civil service, we have to
also support that crackerjack civil service. So, thank you, and God
bless you, and God bless America.
SUBCOMMITTEE RECESS
The subcommittee stands in recess until March 15, next Thurs-
day, at 10 a.m. We will take the testimony of the Director of the
FBI, in both an open hearing and then ultimately a classified hear-
ing.
The subcommittee is in recess.
Attorney General H
OLDER
. Thank you, Madam Chair.
[Whereupon, at 11:37 a.m., Thursday, March 8, the sub-
committee was recessed, to reconvene at 10 a.m., Thursday, March
15.]
(111)
COMMERCE, JUSTICE, SCIENCE, AND RE-
LATED AGENCIES APPROPRIATIONS FOR
FISCAL YEAR 2013
THURSDAY, MARCH 15, 2012
U.S. S
ENATE
,
S
UBCOMMITTEE OF THE
C
OMMITTEE ON
A
PPROPRIATIONS
,
Washington, DC.
The subcommittee met at 10:05 a.m., in room SD–192, Dirksen
Senate Office Building, Hon. Barbara A. Mikulski (chairman) pre-
siding.
Present: Senators Mikulski, Feinstein, Lautenberg, Hutchison,
Murkowski, and Graham.
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
F
EDERAL
B
UREAU OF
I
NVESTIGATION
STATEMENT OF ROBERT S. MUELLER, III, DIRECTOR
OPENING STATEMENT OF SENATOR BARBARA A
.
MIKULSKI
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Good morning, everybody. The Commerce,
Justice, Science, and Related Agencies Subcommittee of the Senate
Appropriations Committee will come to order.
Today, we are taking the testimony of and engaging in a con-
versation with our Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation
(FBI), Robert S. Mueller, III.
This will be a two-part hearing. One will be here in open and
public session, and then, because of the sensitivity of issues and
budget involved for the FBI’s fight against the global war against
terrorism, we will have a classified briefing. So upon the conclusion
of this phase, we will recess and reconvene in a classified environ-
ment in the Capitol Visitors Center (CVC), and all members are
welcome. This is where we can have an additional in-depth con-
versation.
Today, the subcommittee will hear from the Director of the FBI.
We’re grateful for Director Mueller’s service and his agreement to
serve 2 more years to work with our President in order to keep our
streets, communities, and country safe.
We begin our examination of the FBI’s fiscal year 2013 budget
request with this open hearing.
As chairwoman of this subcommittee, when I look at the FBI
budget, I have three priorities: national security, which is how the
FBI is working to keep America safe; community security, how the
FBI is working with local law enforcement to keep our families and
112
our neighborhoods safe; and then also oversight and accountability,
to ensure that we’re spending taxpayers’ dollars wisely and ensur-
ing that we get value for our dollar.
PREPARED STATEMENTS
I’m going to ask unanimous consent, in the interest of time, that
my full statement be included in the record along with a statement
that Senator Mark Pryor has asked to be included.
[The statements follow:]
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
S
ENATOR
B
ARBARA
A. M
IKULSKI
Good morning and welcome.
Today, the Commerce, Justice, Science, and related agencies Subcommittee (CJS)
will hear from Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) Director Robert S. Mueller, III.
We are grateful that Director Mueller agreed to serve for 2 more years.
As Chairwoman, I have three priorities when examining the FBI’s budget:
National Security.—How is the FBI keeping America safe?
Community Security.—How is the FBI keeping our families safe?
Oversight and Accountability.—How is the FBI ensuring our tax dollars are
spent wisely?
Today, we will learn more about how the FBI will use its funding to carry out
its extraordinary responsibilities keeping 330 million Americans safe from terrorism
and violent crime; dismantling organized crime and drug cartels; combating gang vi-
olence, and illegal drug and gun smuggling; and catching child sexual predators.
Before we begin our hearing, I want to thank all of the hardworking FBI agents,
analysts, and professional staff for their dedication and determination. Federal em-
ployees feel under siege and unappreciated. I want them to know that the CJS Sub-
committee is on their side. We know what the FBI does every day to keep American
safe, and we appreciate it.
The President’s budget request for the FBI is $8.2 billion. The request reflects the
stringent budget reality. There are no new initiatives in the FBI’s budget request
this year. There is only one modest, targeted increase to enhance FBI’s abilities to
fight mortgage and financial fraud.
In fact, FBI will be asked to do more with less in 2013. In order to afford to con-
tinue critical FBI efforts begun in previous years—such as computer intrusions—the
budget proposes $63 million in savings from lower-priority FBI programs. The FBI
will also be required to give back $162 million in prior-year funding. FBI is also
tasked with becoming the banker for all Federal law enforcement agencies on inter-
operable communications equipment purchases. I want to ensure that the FBI’s
budget maintains the FBI as our pre-eminent law enforcement agency.
Additionally, if we don’t avoid a sequester, FBI will be cut by 8 to 10 percent
across the board. We will want to hear from Director Mueller about the con-
sequences of a cut like that and how it will impact the FBI’s ability to carry out
its mission.
Our Nation faces a growing and pervasive threat overseas from hackers, cyber
spies, and cyber terrorists. Cyber security may be the most critical component to our
Nation’s infrastructure. We need safe and resilient networks to protect our online
banking and commerce, electrical and power grids, air traffic control systems and
digitalized records. The budget request is $136 million for the FBI’s cyber efforts,
which is the same as the current level. I want to know if the request is sufficient
for the FBI to carry out its role as a key guardian of our Nation’s cyber security.
After 9/11, the FBI was charged with a new national security mission to protect
us from international terrorism. The FBI disrupts terrorist plots before they happen
by identifying, tracking, and defeating terrorist cells in the United States. They dis-
mantle weapons of mass destruction on U.S. soil. Today, counterterrorism and coun-
terintelligence activities make up more than 40 percent of the FBI’s budget. Just
weeks ago, we saw the FBI’s counterterrorism efforts up close when they arrested
a man who was on a suicide mission plotting to blow up a bomb at the U.S. Capitol.
I want to know if this budget request is enough to tackle all counterterrorism re-
sponsibilities, including weapons of mass destruction, cyber computer intrusions,
foreign counterintelligence, and critical incident response.
I also want to know how the FBI is protecting Americans from violent crime in
their communities. The budget requests $2.7 billion for traditional crime fighting ef-
forts here in the United States.
113
The FBI targets sophisticated criminal organizations who prey on the vulnerable,
including trafficking children for prostitution and schemers who scam families out
of their homes. These organizations will do anything to make a profit. But I am con-
cerned that this budget request is flat to fight violent crime and gangs.
FBI’s State and local law enforcement partners work with the FBI on task forces
by fighting gangs and violent crime. State and local budgets are under stress and
Federal help has been reduced. Crime-fighting funding for State and local law en-
forcement has been cut by $1.5 billion or 43 percent since 2010.
I am pleased that the budget request includes a modest increase to investigate
the most complex financial crime cases, such as mortgage, corporate, and securities
fraud. Mortgage fraud is the FBI’s number one white collar crime problem. The FBI
is investigating roughly 2,600 mortgage fraud cases. This is down by 17 percent
since 2010 peak of more than 3,100 cases. But the FBI expects its mortgage fraud
caseload to remain high. Suspicious Activity Reports (SARs) are at the highest lev-
els ever—93,000 last year.
The budget requests $210 million to combat mortgage fraud. This is $15 million
more than fiscal year 2012’s enacted level. This funding will help hire 40 new spe-
cial agents and four forensic accountants. It will establish two hybrid squads made
up of agents, forensic accountants, and financial analysts to investigate complex fi-
nancial schemes.
Director Mueller, I know you are with me. We want to send a clear message to
the predators. No more scamming or preying on hardworking Americans. If you
break the law you will suffer the consequences.
The President’s budget request includes $109 million for the FBI to protect chil-
dren, catch deviants who use the Internet to prey on children, and break up inter-
national sex trafficking and prostitution rings.
The FBI plays an important role in enforcing the Adam Walsh Act. It’s also re-
sponsible for monitoring and targeting Internet predators. It runs Innocent Images,
a national initiative that in 2009 convicted more than 1,200 producers, distributors,
and possessors of child pornography.
The FBI’s Innocence Lost initiative has rescued more than 1,100 children from
prostitution since 2003, including a victim who was just 9 years old. Through this
initiative, more than 500 pimps, madams, and their associates who exploit children
through prostitution have been convicted. I want to hear from you if the budget re-
quest is sufficient to enhance child predator investigations, target predators before
they strike and save children’s lives.
Finally, I want to say how proud I am of the men and women of the FBI who
are on the job 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, fighting to keep America safe from
terrorism and violent crimes.
We must ensure that the FBI has the resources it needs to protect the lives of
330 million Americans. But we also want to make sure the FBI is a good steward
of taxpayer dollars, making sure every $1 spent to keep our Nation safe is a $1 well
spent.
Thank you Director Mueller for your leadership. I look forward to continuing our
productive relationship.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
S
ENATOR
M
ARK
P
RYOR
First, I want to thank Chairman Senator Mikulski and Ranking Member
Hutchison for their leadership and for conducting this important hearing to examine
the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget request for the Department of Justice (DOJ).
I think that it is important that we work together with DOJ to provide our law
enforcement organizations with the necessary funding to protect America and en-
sure the safety and security of its citizens. With that said, we all know that many
tough decisions lie ahead as we strive to put our Nation’s fiscal house in order, and
I believe that no stone can remain unturned as we seek to do so. Effective oversight
will be crucial in preventing and detecting cases of waste and abuse, and I am hope-
ful that the Attorney General and Inspector General will join us in seeking to in-
crease efficiency within DOJ.
As this subcommittee reviews the fiscal year 2013 budget request for DOJ, I look
forward to working with the chairman and ranking member to ensure that taxpayer
dollars are spent responsibly.
Again, I thank Senators Mikulski and Hutchison for conducting this hearing. I
look forward to Attorney General Holder’s testimony and look forward to discussing
the fiscal year 2013 budget request.
114
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Having said that, my oral statement, to the
point, is that we know that we ask the FBI to carry out extraor-
dinary responsibilities, keeping 330 million Americans safe from
terrorism and also violent crime; to continue their work to dis-
mantle organized crime, which now has many new faces, many new
locations, and many new techniques; and then the despicable drug
cartels that continue to exist in our country and threaten our bor-
ders.
We also ask the FBI to work to combat gang violence, illegal
drug and gun smuggling, and at the same time to help us catch
sexual predators.
The President’s budget request for the FBI is $8.2 billion. This
request reflects the stringent budget reality in which we find our-
selves. There are no new initiatives in the FBI’s budget request
this year, and only one modest, targeted increase, and that’s the
FBI’s ability to fight mortgage fraud. In fact, the FBI will be asked
to do more with less in 2013.
In order to afford to continue the FBI’s critical efforts, the budget
proposes $63 million in savings from lower FBI programs, and the
FBI will also have a give-back provision.
The FBI is also tasked to become the banker for all law enforce-
ment, helping with interoperable communication equipment pur-
chases, not just for the FBI, but for the Drug Enforcement Admin-
istration (DEA), the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Ex-
plosives (ATF), and U.S. Marshals. We’ve counseled the FBI to
really watch this very carefully because, as we looked at our cous-
ins in the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) appropriation,
interoperable communications has been one of the biggest boon-
doggles I saw. Everybody bought a gadget, everybody got a gizmo,
and at the end of the day none of those gadgets and gizmos could
talk to anybody.
So we’re counting on the FBI to work to get it straight, and at
the same time we need to get an update on their work on the Sen-
tinel Program, our virtual case management file. Also, we want to
be sure we take a look at the sequester consequences and what
would be the impact on the FBI if there was an 8-percent cut, and
we need to know how this will impact the FBI’s ability to carry out
its mission.
In the area of national security, the FBI was charged with pro-
tecting us from international terrorism. We disrupt terrorist plots
before they happen by identifying, tracking and defeating them,
and then also working to dismantle weapons of mass destruction.
This definitely is not J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI anymore. Counterter-
rorism and counterintelligence make up a substantial part of the
FBI budget. Just weeks ago, we saw the FBI’s counterterrorism ef-
forts up close when they arrested a man who wanted to blow up
the U.S. Capitol.
Our Nation also faces a new kind of threat. That threat occurs
in cyberspace. So we have cyber spies, cyber terrorists, and orga-
nized crime involved with cyber. Cyber is the new area, and we
look forward to getting ideas and a concrete budget from the FBI
Director on how we can keep us safe in that area and how they
work with other intelligence agencies.
115
I also want to know how the FBI is protecting Americans from
violent crime and also fraud in their communities. The FBI targets
sophisticated criminal organizations who prey on the vulnerable:
the child pornographer, the trafficking in children and prostitution,
the schemes and scams and bilking people out of Medicare, or
mortgage fraud, and I’m concerned that this budget is flat to fight
violent crime and gangs.
I know my very able and wonderful colleague, Senator
Hutchison, is going to talk about the Southwest Border. She’s
jazzed about it, and so am I, because of the ongoing threat at our
border. State and local budgets are under stress, and we want to
hear how you are leading that.
I’m going to conclude my remarks, though, by saying this budget
is not about numbers and statistics; it’s about people, making sure
that Americans are not victimized by any bad person or anyone
with a predatory intent toward them. But we couldn’t do it without
the people who work for FBI.
So, Director, before I turn to Senator Hutchison, I just want to
thank you, and I’m thanking you for not only your service, but I’d
like to thank you on behalf of all of those wonderful people who
work every single day for the FBI, those that are out there in the
field offices working on joint task forces, those that are around the
world in, at times, very rugged and very dangerous positions. I
know that the FBI works every day to protect us, that the people
who work hard there every day are duty driven and dedicated, and
they are in many ways our boots on the ground in local commu-
nities and also working with our intelligence and military agencies
around the world. This is why I want them to know I respect them
for the work they do, and I will fight for them in terms of their
pay, benefits and pensions.
So if we’re going to say thank you, we want to thank you not
only with words but with deeds.
Thank you, and I’ll turn to Senator Kay Bailey Hutchison.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR KAY BAILEY HUTCHISON
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Well, thank you very much, Director
Mueller, for coming before our subcommittee. I’m happy to say that
last year we thought it would be the last time that you appeared
before our subcommittee, and I was very pleased that the President
offered and you accepted an extension of your term, because I think
what has happened at the FBI during your term is exponential. I
think the changes that have taken place and the responsibilities
that you’ve had have been more transformational than probably at
any time since the beginning of the FBI.
I do want to start my remarks just very briefly by recognizing
also the chairwoman of this subcommittee, who will on Saturday
become the longest-serving woman to serve in the Congress in the
history of the United States Congress. We’re going to make a big
deal of that because we’re really proud of this little pint-sized
mighty-might who has outlasted them all.
So, Mr. FBI Director, let me just state a couple of points. I think
that Senator Mikulski has really outlined the big picture. There
are a couple of areas of interest that I have, and concerns.
116
Certainly, I think the Southwest Border has to be as much of a
national security issue as any place that we have, and yet this re-
quest cuts the Southwest Border funding. I would question the pri-
ority of the administration in increasing the financial fraud en-
forcement and decreasing border security.
So I’m going to say that I’ll be looking carefully at that and hop-
ing to restore at least the $5 million that was included to make it
look like it was even funding. But really, that was just required to
sustain the positions that had been added in the fiscal year 2010
border supplemental appropriations bill.
So I’m hoping that we can add more where you think you need
it the most, because that would be 13 border corruption task force
members located in field offices across the border, as I understand
it, and these are kind of the backbone of the FBI Southwest Border
mission that provide intelligence and coordinate with the South-
west Intelligence Group (SWIG), El Paso Intelligence Center
(EPIC), and the National Border Task Force. So I’m going to be
looking at that very carefully.
I’m also concerned and going to ask you about the $162 million
rescission and what exactly that is going to impact. If it is as it ap-
pears, that it would be the processing for fingerprinting and DNA
on improvised explosive devices, that’s an area where I think we
could really link it to terrorists, and I wouldn’t want to cut that
unless you have other plans for using money to assure that is able
to be done.
So, and then the other area is cutting the contractors of counter-
intelligence programs, which would be informant validation, the
Terrorist Screening Center, and the Foreign Terrorist Tracking
Task Force. I will ask your opinion of those.
And then the other area that I will ask you about is the FBI
agents that were involved in the prosecution of the late Senator
Ted Stevens. We had a disturbing hearing with Attorney General
Holder last week in which we talked about the Department of Jus-
tice (DOJ) employees who apparently are still prosecuting at DOJ
even after the report was released and the Attorney General him-
self dismissed the case against Senator Stevens because of mis-
conduct on the part of the prosecutors. So I will want to know if
there are people still at the FBI—I think there were just two
agents that were accused of being involved in it. So I’d like to know
your opinion of that, as well.
So I thank you for all that you’re doing in the other areas that
Senator Mikulski mentioned, but especially knowing the role of the
FBI now in international intelligence and law enforcement. So that
expansion has been on your watch, and I appreciate that you have
been able to handle it and work with the intelligence agencies so
well. Thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Director Mueller, please proceed.
SUMMARY STATEMENT OF ROBERT S
.
MUELLER
,
III
Mr. M
UELLER
. Thank you, Madam Chairwoman. Let me also join
the others on the subcommittee in congratulating you on your ten-
ure, which is far longer than mine, I might add.
Also, let me thank you for your comments with regard to the FBI
personnel. I’m reminded of that because recently I had an oppor-
117
tunity to talk to a number of agents, analysts and others who all
worked 24 hours a day over the holidays in the case that we re-
cently took down in Tampa, which was indicative of the degree of
sacrifice that you see from the personnel in the organization. So,
my thanks for commenting on that.
Let me start by saying that the FBI continues to face unprece-
dented and increasingly complex challenges. As you know and as
you pointed out, we must identify and stop terrorists before they
launch attacks against our citizens. We must protect our Govern-
ment, our businesses, and our critical infrastructure from espio-
nage and from the potentially devastating impact of cyber-based at-
tacks.
We must root out mortgage fraud, fight white-collar and orga-
nized crime, stop child predators, and protect civil rights; and we
must uphold civil liberties and the rule of law while carrying out
this broad mission.
For fiscal year 2013, the FBI has requested a budget of $8.2 bil-
lion to fund more than 13,000 Special Agents, more than 3,000 in-
telligence analysts, and more than 18,000 professional staff. This
funding level will allow the FBI to maintain, just maintain our
base operations, with a small increase, as you pointed out, for fi-
nancial and mortgage fraud investigations.
Let me summarize, if I might, the key national security and
criminal threats that this funding will address. First, the terrorist
threat. While Osama bin Laden and other key leaders have been
removed, al Qaeda and its affiliates remain a top terrorist threat
in the United States. Core al Qaeda, operating out of Pakistan, re-
mains committed to high-profile attacks against the West, and
meanwhile al Qaeda affiliates and adherents have attempted sev-
eral attacks on the United States. Such attacks include the failed
Christmas Day airline bombing in 2009, the attempted truck bomb-
ing of Times Square in May 2010, and the attempted bombing of
U.S.-bound cargo planes in October of the same year.
We are also concerned about the threat from homegrown violent
extremists. As you pointed out, Madam Chairwoman, last month
the FBI arrested Amine El Khalifi, a 29-year-old Moroccan immi-
grant. Khalifi allegedly attempted to detonate a bomb in a suicide
attack on the U.S. Capitol building. Over the past year we have
seen similar attempts by homegrown extremists in Florida, Massa-
chusetts, Texas, and Washington State. These cases exemplify the
need to continue to enhance our intelligence capabilities and to get
the right information to the right people before any harm is done.
Turning to foreign intelligence: while foreign intelligence services
continue their traditional efforts to obtain military and state se-
crets, they also seek technology and intellectual property from com-
panies and universities. For example, last year a long-time Nor-
throp Grumman engineer was sentenced to 32 years in prison for
selling secrets related to the B–2 stealth bomber to several nations,
including China; and last fall, a former Dow Chemical scientist
plead guilty to transferring stolen trade secrets to individuals in
Europe and in China. These are just a few examples of the growing
insider threat from employees who may use their access to commit
economic espionage.
118
Turning to the cyber threat: this will be an area of particular
focus for the FBI in the coming years, as cyber crime cuts across
all of our programs. Terrorists are increasingly cyber savvy, and
like every other multinational organization, they are using the
Internet to grow their business and to connect with like-minded in-
dividuals, and they are not hiding in the shadows of cyberspace.
Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula has produced a full-color,
English-language online magazine. Al Shabaab, an al Qaeda affil-
iate in Somalia, has its own Twitter account. Extremists are not
just using the Internet for propaganda and recruitment. They are
using cyberspace to conduct operations, and while, to date, terror-
ists have not used the Internet to launch a full-scale cyber attack,
we cannot underestimate their intent. In one hacker recruiting
video, a terrorist proclaims that cyber warfare will be the war of
the future.
And then you have State-sponsored computer hacking and eco-
nomic espionage, which poses significant challenges as well. Just as
traditional crime has migrated online, so too has espionage. Hostile
foreign nations seek our intellectual property and our trade secrets
for military and competitive advantage. The result of these devel-
opments is that we are losing data, we are losing money, we are
losing ideas, and we are losing innovation. And as citizens individ-
ually, we are increasingly vulnerable to losing our private informa-
tion.
The FBI has, in the past several years, built a substantial exper-
tise in order to try to stay ahead of these threats, both at home and
abroad. We now have cyber squads in every one of our 56 field of-
fices, with more than 1,000 specially trained agents, analysts, and
forensic specialists. Borders and boundaries pose no obstacles for
hackers, so the FBI uses our 63 Legal Attache
´
offices around the
world to collaborate with our international partners. We also have
Special Agents embedded in Romania, Estonia, Ukraine, and the
Netherlands working to identify emerging trends and key players
in the cyber arena.
And here at home, the FBI leads the National Cyber Investiga-
tive Joint Task Force, which brings together 18 law enforcement,
military, and intelligence agencies in order to stop current and pre-
vent future attacks. The task force operates through threat focus
cells, specialized groups of agents, officers and analysts that focus
on particular threats, such as botnets.
Together, we are making progress. Just last week, DOJ and FBI,
along with our domestic and foreign partners, announced charges
against six hackers who align themselves with a group known as
Anonymous. According to the charges, they were responsible for a
broad range of high-profile cyber intrusions targeting companies,
the media, and law enforcement since 2008. This case was success-
ful because we worked extensively with our overseas partners, and
we used our traditional investigative and intelligence techniques in
the cyber arena.
We must continue to push forward and to enhance our collective
capabilities to fight cyber crime. We do need tougher penalties for
cyber criminals to make the cost of doing business more than they
are willing to bear.
119
Just as we did after September 11, we must continue to break
down walls and share information to succeed in combating this
cyber threat. And just as we do or did with terrorism, we must
identify and stop cyber threats before they do harm. It is not
enough to build our defenses and to investigate the harm after the
fact.
Now, let me spend a moment, if I might, to discuss a few of the
most significant threats in the criminal arena. From foreclosure
frauds to subprime scams, mortgage fraud remains a serious prob-
lem. In fiscal year 2011, the FBI had more than 3,000 pending
mortgage fraud investigations, more than four times the number of
cases we had in 2005, and nearly 70 percent of these investigations
include losses of more than $1 million. In this budget for fiscal year
2013, the FBI is requesting a program increase of $15 million and
44 new positions to further address the mortgage and financial
fraud schemes at all levels.
The focus on healthcare fraud is no less important. The Federal
Government spends hundreds of billions of dollars every year to
fund Medicare and other healthcare programs. Together with our
partners at the Department of Health and Human Services, the
FBI has more than 2,600 active healthcare fraud investigations. In
fiscal year 2011, these efforts led to the recovery of more than $4
billion taxpayer dollars.
Violent crimes and gang activities continue to exact a high toll
on our communities. According to the National Gang Intelligence
Center, there are more than 30,000 gangs with more than 1 million
members active in the United States today. Through Safe Streets
and Safe Trails Task Forces, the FBI identifies and targets the
most serious gangs operating, and targets them as criminal enter-
prises.
Turning to the Southwest Border, which I know is a concern to
Senator Hutchison, the continued violence along the Southwest
Border remains a significant threat, and we rely on our collabora-
tion with SWIG, the Organized Crime and Drug Enforcement Task
Force Fusion Center, and EPIC to track and disrupt this threat.
With regard to crimes against children, we remain vigilant in our
efforts to remove predators from our communities and to keep our
children safe. We have ready response teams stationed across the
country to respond quickly to child abductions, and through our
Child Abduction Rapid Deployment teams, our Innocence Lost Na-
tional Initiative, and our Innocent Images National Initiative, the
FBI and its partners are continuing to make the Nation safer for
our children.
Last, turning to the budget, the FBI budget for fiscal year 2013
seeks to maintain our current base resources and capabilities in a
restrained fiscal environment. But these resources are critical for
us to continue responding to the broad range of national security
and criminal threats we face today.
PREPARED STATEMENT
Chairwoman Mikulski, Ranking Member Hutchison, and mem-
bers of the subcommittee, let me close by again thanking you for
your leadership and support of the FBI, and most particularly the
men and women of the FBI, in pursuit of its mission. Your invest-
120
ments in our workforce, our technology, and in our infrastructure
have made a difference to the FBI every day, and the trans-
formation of the FBI that has been undertaken over the last 10
years would not have been possible without the support of this sub-
committee. My thanks, and I look forward to answering what ques-
tions you have.
[The statement follows:]
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
R
OBERT
S. M
UELLER
, III
Good morning Chairwoman Mikulski, Ranking Member Hutchison, and members
of the subcommittee. On behalf of the more than 34,000 men and women of the Fed-
eral Bureau of Investigation (FBI), I would like to thank you for the years of sup-
port you have provided to the Bureau.
The FBI remains focused on defending the United States against terrorism, for-
eign intelligence, and cyber threats; upholding and enforcing the criminal laws of
the United States; protecting civil rights and civil liberties; and providing leadership
and criminal justice services to Federal, State, municipal, and international agen-
cies and partners. Our continued ability to carry out this complex and demanding
mission reflects the support and oversight provided by this subcommittee.
More than 10 years after the terrorist attacks of 9/11, the FBI continues to be
a threat-focused, intelligence-driven organization that is guided by clear operational
strategies. And we remain firmly committed to carrying out these strategies under
guidelines established by the Attorney General that protect the civil liberties of
those entrusting us with the authorities to carry out our mission.
As our Nation’s national security and criminal adversaries constantly adapt and
evolve, so must the FBI be able to respond with new or revised strategies and oper-
ations to counter these threats. The FBI continues to shift to be more predictive,
preventative, and actively engaged with the communities we serve. The FBI’s evo-
lution has been made possible by greater use of technology to gather, analyze, and
share information on current and emerging threats; expansion of collaboration with
new partners, both domestically and internationally; and investments in training,
developing, and maximizing our workforce. The FBI continues to be successful in
maintaining this momentum of transformation even during these challenging times.
The FBI’s fiscal year 2013 budget request totals $8.2 billion in direct budget au-
thority, including 34,083 permanent positions (13,018 Special Agents, 3,025 intel-
ligence analysts, and 18,040 professional staff). This funding level continues in-
creases provided to the FBI in the past, most recently in fiscal year 2012, allowing
the FBI to maintain its forward progress, including targeting additional resources
on investigating financial and mortgage fraud.
Let me briefly summarize the key national security threats and crime problems
that this funding supports.
NATIONAL SECURITY THREATS
Terrorism.—The terrorist threat facing the United States remains complex and
ever-changing. We are seeing more groups and individuals engaged in terrorism, a
wider array of terrorist targets, greater cooperation among terrorist groups, and
continued evolution and adaptation in tactics and communication.
While Osama bin Laden and certain other key leaders have been removed, al
Qaeda and its affiliates and adherents continue to represent the top terrorism
threat to the United States abroad and at home. Core al Qaeda remains committed
to high-profile attacks against the United States. Additionally, al Qaeda affiliates
and surrogates, such as al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula (AQAP), represent sig-
nificant threats to our Nation. These groups have attempted several attacks against
the homeland and our citizens and interests abroad, including the failed Christmas
Day airline bombing in 2009 and the attempted bombing of U.S.-bound cargo planes
in October 2010.
In addition to al Qaeda and its affiliates, the United States faces a terrorist threat
from self-radicalized individuals. Self-radicalized extremists—often acting on their
own—are among the most difficult to detect and stop. For example, just last month,
the FBI arrested Amine El Khalifi, a 29-year-old Moroccan immigrant, for the sus-
pected attempt to detonate a bomb in a suicide attack on the U.S. Capitol building.
According to court documents, Khalifi believed he was conducting the terrorist at-
tack on behalf of al Qaeda and had become radicalized even though he was not di-
rectly affiliated with any group. The Khalifi case exemplifies the need for FBI to
121
continue to enhance our intelligence capabilities—to get critical information to the
right people at the right time—before any harm is done.
The basis from which acts of terrorism are committed—from organizations to af-
filiates/surrogates to self-radicalized individuals—continue to evolve and expand. Of
particular note is al Qaeda’s use of on-line chat rooms and Web sites to recruit and
radicalize followers to commit acts of terrorism. And they are not hiding in the
shadows of cyber space: al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula has produced a full-
color, English-language online magazine. Terrorists are not only sharing ideas; they
are soliciting information and inviting communication. Al Shabaab, the al Qaeda af-
filiate in Somalia, uses Twitter to taunt its enemies—in English—and encourage
terrorist activity.
To date, terrorists have not used the Internet to launch a full-scale cyber attack,
but we cannot underestimate their intent. Terrorists have shown interest in pur-
suing hacking skills. And they may seek to train their own recruits or hire out-
siders, with an eye toward pursuing cyber attacks.
These adaptations of the terrorist threat make FBI’s counterterrorism mission
that much more difficult and challenging.
Foreign Intelligence.—While foreign intelligence services continue traditional ef-
forts to target political and military intelligence, counterintelligence threats now in-
clude efforts to obtain technologies and trade secrets from corporations and univer-
sities. The loss of critical research and development data, intellectual property, and
insider information poses a significant threat to national security.
For example, last year, Noshir Gowadia was sentenced to 32 years in prison for
selling secrets to foreign nations. For 18 years, Gowadia had worked as an engineer
at Northrop Grumman, the defense contractor that built the B–2 stealth bomber.
Gowadia, a naturalized United States citizen from India, decided to offer his knowl-
edge of sensitive design aspects of the B–2 to anyone willing to pay for it. He sold
highly classified information about the B–2’s stealth technology to several nations,
and made six trips to China to assist them in the development of stealth technology
for their cruise missiles.
Last fall, Kexue Huang, a former scientist for two of America’s largest agriculture
companies, pled guilty to charges that he sent trade secrets to his native China.
While working at Dow AgriSciences and later at Cargill, Huang became a research
leader in biotechnology and the development of organic pesticides. Although he had
signed nondisclosure agreements, he transferred stolen trade secrets from both com-
panies to persons in Germany and China. His criminal conduct cost Dow and Cargill
millions of dollars.
And just last month, five individuals and five companies were indicted in San
Francisco with economic espionage and theft of trade secrets for their roles in a
long-running effort to obtain United States trade secrets for the benefit of compa-
nies controlled by the government of the People’s Republic of China (PRC). Accord-
ing to the indictment, the Chinese Government sought to obtain a proprietary chem-
ical compound developed by DuPont to be produced in a Chinese factory.
These cases illustrate the growing scope of the ‘‘insider threat’’ from employees
who use their legitimate access to steal secrets for the benefit of another company
or country. Through our relationships with businesses, academia, U.S. Government
agencies, and with other components of the Department of Justice (DOJ), FBI, and
its counterintelligence partners must continue our efforts to identify and protect
sensitive American technology and projects of great importance to the United States
Government.
Cyber.—Cyber attacks and crimes are becoming more commonplace, more sophis-
ticated, and more dangerous. The scope and targets of these attacks and crimes en-
compass the full range and scope of FBI’s national security and criminal investiga-
tive missions. Our national security secrets are regularly targeted by foreign and
domestic actors; our children are targeted by sexual predators and traffickers; our
citizens are targeted for fraud and identity theft; our companies are targeted for in-
sider information; and our universities and national laboratories are targeted for
their research and development. Since 2002, the FBI has seen an 84 percent in-
crease in the number of computer intrusions investigations opened. Hackers—
whether state-sponsored, criminal enterprises, or individuals—constantly test and
probe networks, computer software, and computers to identify and exploit
vulnerabilities.
Just as FBI has transformed its counterterrorism program to deal with an evolv-
ing and adapting threat, FBI is enhancing its cyber program and capabilities. To
counter the cyber threat, FBI has cyber squads in each of our 56 field offices. FBI
now has more than 1,000 specially trained agents, analysts, and digital forensic ex-
aminers that run complex undercover operations and examine digital evidence.
Along with 20 law enforcement and intelligence agency partners, FBI is the execu-
122
tive agent of the National Cyber Investigative Joint Task Force. The task force oper-
ates through Threat Focus Cells—smaller groups of agents, officers, and analysts
from different agencies, focused on particular threats.
In April of this year, the FBI brought down an international ‘‘botnet’’ known as
Coreflood. Botnets are networks of virus-infected computers controlled remotely by
an attacker. To shut down Coreflood, FBI took control of five servers the hackers
had used to infect some 2 million computers with malware. In an unprecedented
step, after obtaining court approval, we responded to the signals sent from the in-
fected computers in the United States, and sent a command that stopped the
malware, preventing harm to hundreds of thousands of users.
Over the past year, the FBI and our partners have also pursued members of
Anonymous, who are alleged to have coordinated and executed distributed denial of
service attacks against various Internet companies. To date, 16 individuals have
been arrested and charged in more than 10 States as part of this ongoing investiga-
tion. According to the indictment, the Anonymous group referred to the distributed
denial of service attacks as ‘‘Operation Avenge Assange’’ and allegedly conducted the
attacks in support of Wikileaks founder Julian Assange. The defendants are charged
with various counts of conspiracy and intentional damage to a protected computer.
U.S. law enforcement and intelligence communities, along with our international
and private sector partners, are making progress. Technological advancements and
the Internet’s expansion continue to provide malicious cyber actors the opportunity
to harm U.S. national security and the economy. Given the consequences of such
attacks, FBI must be able to keep pace with this rapidly developing and diverse
threat.
CRIMINAL THREATS
Criminal organizations—domestic and international—and individual criminal ac-
tivity also represent a significant threat to our security and safety in communities
across the Nation. FBI focuses on many criminal threats, from white-collar crime
and healthcare fraud to organized crime and gang violence to corruption and vio-
lence along the Southwest Border. Today, I would like to highlight a number of
these criminal threats for the subcommittee.
Financial and Mortgage Fraud.—From foreclosure frauds to subprime scams,
mortgage fraud is a serious problem. FBI continues to develop new approaches and
techniques for detecting, investigating, and combating mortgage-related fraud.
Through the use of joint agency task forces and working groups, FBI and its part-
ners work to pinpoint the most egregious offenders and identify emerging trends be-
fore they flourish. In fiscal year 2011, these efforts translated into roughly 3,000
pending mortgage fraud investigations—compared to approximately 700 investiga-
tions in fiscal year 2005. Nearly 70 percent of FBI’s pending investigations involve
losses of more than $1 million. The number of FBI Special Agents investigating
mortgage fraud cases has increased from 120 in fiscal year 2007 to 332 Special
Agents in fiscal year 2011. The multi-agency task force and working group model
serves as a force-multiplier, providing an array of interagency resources and exper-
tise to identify the source of the fraud, as well as finding the most effective way
to prosecute each case, particularly in active markets where fraud is widespread.
FBI and its law enforcement partners also continue to uncover major frauds, in-
sider trading activity, and Ponzi schemes. At the end of fiscal year 2011, FBI had
more than 2,500 active corporate and securities fraud investigations, representing
a 47 percent increase since fiscal year 2008. Over the past 3 years, FBI has obtained
approximately $23.5 billion in recoveries, fines, and restitutions in such programs,
and during fiscal year 2011, FBI obtained 611 convictions, an historic high. FBI is
pursuing those who commit fraud at every level and is working to ensure that those
who played a role in the recent financial crisis are brought to justice.
For fiscal year 2013, FBI is requesting a program increase totaling $15 million
and 44 positions (40 Special Agents and 4 Forensic Accountants) to further address
financial and mortgage fraud at all levels of organizations—both senior executives
and lower level employees. These resources will increase FBI’s ability to combat cor-
porate fraud, securities and commodities fraud, and mortgage fraud, and they will
enable FBI to adapt as new fraud schemes emerge.
Healthcare Fraud.—The focus on healthcare fraud is no less important. The Fed-
eral Government spends hundreds of billions of dollars every year to fund Medicare,
Medicaid, and other Government healthcare programs. In 2011, FBI had approxi-
mately 2,700 active healthcare fraud investigations, up approximately 7 percent
since 2009. Together with attorneys at DOJ and our partners at the Department
of Health and Human Services, FBI is aggressively pursuing fraud and abuse within
our Nation’s healthcare system.
123
The annual Health Care Fraud and Abuse Control program report showed that
the Government’s healthcare fraud prevention and enforcement efforts recovered
nearly $4.1 billion in taxpayer dollars in fiscal year 2011. This is the highest annual
amount ever recovered from individuals and companies who attempted to defraud
taxpayers or who sought payments to which they were not entitled.
Gangs and Violent Crime.—Violent crimes and gang activities exact a high toll on
victimized individuals and communities. There are approximately 33,000 violent
street gangs, motorcycle gangs, and prison gangs with about 1.4 million members
who are criminally active in the United States today. A number of these gangs are
sophisticated and well organized; many use violence to control neighborhoods and
boost their illegal money-making activities, which include robbery, drug and gun
trafficking, fraud, extortion, and prostitution rings. Gangs do not limit their illegal
activities to single jurisdictions or communities. FBI is able to work across such
lines and, therefore, brings particular value to the fight against violent crime in big
cities and small towns across the Nation. Every day, FBI Special Agents work in
partnership with State and local officers and deputies on joint task forces and indi-
vidual investigations. The FBI also has a surge capacity that can be tapped into
during major cases.
FBI joint task forces—Violent Crime, Violent Gang Safe Streets, and Safe Trails
Task Forces—focus on identifying and targeting major groups operating as criminal
enterprises. Much of the FBI’s criminal intelligence comes from our State, local, and
tribal law enforcement partners, who know their communities inside and out. Joint
task forces benefit from FBI surveillance assets and its sources track these gangs
to identify emerging trends. Through these multi-subject and multi-jurisdictional in-
vestigations, FBI concentrates its efforts on high-level groups engaged in patterns
of racketeering. This investigative model enables us to target senior gang leadership
and to develop enterprise-based prosecutions.
In addition, while the fiscal year 2013 budget proposes to eliminate the National
Gang Intelligence Center (NGIC), this will not hinder the FBI’s ability to perform
the analytical work done there. FBI will continue to produce intelligence products
and threat assessments, which are critical to reducing criminal gang activity in our
communities. FBI will also continue to examine the threat posed to the United
States by criminal gangs and will focus on sharing intelligence at the field level,
where intelligence sharing and coordination between DOJ agencies and State and
local partners already exist. For example, our Field Intelligence Groups regularly
produce intelligence products covering criminal threats, including gangs. It is
through these existing resources that we will continue to produce gang-related intel-
ligence in the absence of NGIC. In fact, the responsibility for the production of that
material will happen now at the field level where gangs operate in neighborhoods,
districts, and communities. The field offices are the closest to the gang problem,
have a unique understanding of the gang problem and are in the best position to
share that intelligence.
Violence Along the Southwest Border.—The escalating violence associated with
drug trafficking in Mexico continues to be a significant issue. In addressing this
crime problem, FBI relies on a multi-faceted approach for collecting and sharing in-
telligence—an approach made possible and enhanced through the Southwest Intel-
ligence Group, the El Paso Intelligence Center, Organized Crime Drug Enforcement
Task Force Fusion Center, and the Intelligence community. Guided by intelligence,
FBI and its Federal law enforcement partners are working diligently, in coordina-
tion with the Government of Mexico, to counter violent crime and corruption that
facilitates the flow of illicit drugs into the United States. FBI is also cooperating
closely with the Government of Mexico in their efforts to break the power of the
drug cartels inside the country.
Most recently, the collective efforts of the FBI, Drug Enforcement Administration,
and other United States and Mexican law enforcement partners resulted in the
identification and indictment of 35 leaders, members, and associates of one of the
most brutal gangs operating along the United States-Mexico border on charges of
racketeering, murder, drug offenses, money laundering, and obstruction of justice.
Of these 35 subjects, 10 Mexican nationals were specifically charged with the March
2010 murders in Juarez, Mexico, of a United States consulate employee and her
husband, along with the husband of another consulate employee.
Organized Crime.—Ten years ago, the image of organized crime was of hier-
archical organizations, or families, that exerted influence over criminal activities in
neighborhoods, cities, or States. That image of organized crime has changed dra-
matically. Today, international criminal enterprises run multi-national, multi-bil-
lion-dollar schemes from start to finish. These criminal enterprises are flat, fluid
networks and have global reach. While still engaged in many of the—traditional—
organized crime activities of loan-sharking, extortion, and murder, new criminal en-
124
terprises are targeting stock market fraud and manipulation, cyber-facilitated bank
fraud and embezzlement, identify theft, trafficking of women and children, and
other illegal activities. This transformation demands a concentrated effort by FBI
and Federal, State, local, and international partners to prevent and combat
transnational organized crime.
For example, late last year, an investigation by FBI and its partners led to the
indictment and arrest of more than 70 members and associates of an Armenian or-
ganized crime ring for their role in nearly $170 million in healthcare fraud. This
case, which involved more than 160 medical clinics, was the culmination of a na-
tional level, multi-agency, intelligence-driven investigation. To date, it remains the
largest Medicare fraud scheme ever committed by a single enterprise and criminally
charged by DOJ.
The FBI is expanding its focus to include West African and Southeast Asian orga-
nized crime groups. The FBI continues to share intelligence about criminal groups
with our partners, and to combine resources and expertise to gain a full under-
standing of each group. To further these efforts, the FBI participates in the Inter-
national Organized Crime Intelligence Operations Center. This center serves as the
primary coordinating mechanism for the efforts of nine Federal law enforcement
agencies in combating nondrug transnational organized crime networks.
Crimes Against Children.—FBI remains vigilant in its efforts to remove predators
from our communities and to keep our children safe. Ready response teams are sta-
tioned across the country to quickly respond to abductions. Investigators bring to
this issue the full array of forensic tools such as DNA, trace evidence, impression
evidence, and digital forensics. Through globalization, law enforcement also has the
ability to quickly share information with partners throughout the world and our out-
reach programs play an integral role in prevention.
FBI also has several programs in place to educate both parents and children
about the dangers posed by violent predators and to recover missing and endan-
gered children should they be taken. Through our Child Abduction Rapid Deploy-
ment teams, Innocence Lost National Initiative, Innocent Images National Initia-
tive, Office of Victim Assistance, and numerous community outreach programs, the
FBI and its partners are working to make our world a safer place for our children.
OFFSETS
FBI’s fiscal year 2013 budget request proposes offsets totaling approximately $63
million, including program reductions. Proposed offsets, which are expected to result
in little if any impact on the missions and responsibilities of FBI, include:
—elimination of the NGIC;
—reduction of one training day and equipment provided for Federal, State, and
local bomb technicians and the Special Weapons and Tactics and Hostage Res-
cue Team training;
—reduction of contractor workforce funding supporting national security pro-
grams;
—reductions in funding for permanent change of station transfers, which relocates
staff to meet organizational needs and carry out mission requirements; and
—reducing funding for information technology, facilities, and other administrative
initiatives.
We will work to sustain our efforts in these program areas and minimize the im-
pact of these proposed reductions.
CONCLUSION
Responding to this complex and ever-changing threat environment is not new to
FBI; in fact, it is now the norm. The budget proposed for FBI for fiscal year 2013
seeks to maintain current capabilities and capacities achieved through increases
provided in the past, as well as target additional resources to address financial and
mortgage fraud. These resources are critical for FBI to be able to address existing
and emerging national security and criminal threats. Chairwoman Mikulski, Rank-
ing Member Hutchison, and members of the subcommittee, I would like to close by
again thanking you for this opportunity to discuss FBI’s priorities and detail FBI’s
fiscal year 2013 budget request. Madam Chairwoman, let me again acknowledge the
leadership that you and this subcommittee have provided to FBI. The trans-
formation FBI has achieved over the past 10 years would not have been possible
without your support. Your investments in our workforce, our technology, and our
infrastructure make a difference every day at FBI offices in the United States and
around the world, and we thank you for that support.
I look forward to any questions you may have.
125
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Thank you very much, Director Mueller.
To my colleagues who have arrived, we’re going to have one
round of questions here, recognizing people in their order of arrival.
When we’ve completed that, we will recess and then move to a clas-
sified hearing with the Director, particularly on those sensitive
matters, and we will do that in our classified center and recess to
CVC–217.
Director, I want to move right into my questions. First of all, in
your testimony, you showed the breadth of the work of the FBI,
from international terrorism to cyber threats, to really working
with our cops on the beat, and dealing also with where there is
need, there’s greed, like mortgage and healthcare fraud.
So let me get right to, I think—we need to have for the record
the major categories for FBI, which is how much of your $8 bil-
lion—which is actually a modest request, held very tightly pretty
much to last year’s funding—how much goes into national security,
and then how much goes into traditional crime fighting, and then
also where do they cross, like in the area of cyber? Because I think
many people don’t realize that the FBI has such a substantial role
in counterterrorism, counterintelligence.
FBI has transformed since 9/11. Could you elaborate, on your $8
billion, what goes into those categories?
Mr. M
UELLER
. Under the budget, 60 percent, or approximately $5
billion, is scored to what I would call the national security pro-
grams. That would be Counterterrorism, Counterintelligence, Di-
rectorate of Intelligence, Weapons of Mass Destruction, and addi-
tional pieces of other programs. That’s about 60 percent of our
budget, $5 billion. But also scored are pieces of other programs. For
instance, the cyber program is split between criminal and national
security. Sixty percent of the cyber program is scored to national
security and relates to intrusions, whereas the other 40 percent re-
lates to programs such as Innocent Images, which addresses child
pornography on the Internet, and intellectual property rights—the
intellectual property crimes that we also address.
So, 40 percent of it is cyber crime. The other 60 percent of it is
perceived and scored against the national security piece of the
budget, and that relates to computer intrusions.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Well, let’s then go to the threat of sequester.
I’m concerned that the Congress doesn’t have a sense of urgency
about cyber, but I’m also concerned that the Congress does not
have a sense of urgency about the threat of sequester.
Given this $8.2 billion, when one looks at what all we spend on
other security issues, this is really modest. When you think of the
scope, depth, technical expertise, personal integrity required of the
agents and all who work there, what would happen to the FBI if
sequester were triggered?
Mr. M
UELLER
. We tried to estimate what would happen in the
event of sequestration, and the preliminary figures show that we
would face a cut of $650 to $800 million of the $8 billion appro-
priated in 2012. That would translate into a 25-workday furlough
across the FBI, and a reduction of 3,500 work years for Special
Agents, intelligence analysts, and professional staff.
Given what I’ve described in terms of the threats, we would have
to do some very substantial prioritization, and it would have a
126
huge impact on our investigations, our intelligence collection, and
most particularly and not to be underestimated, it would have a
very large impact on the morale of the workforce.
We would have to rotate the furloughs to lessen the impact. We
would have to reprioritize. But it would set us back to where we
were many years ago, and the impact of that sequestration would
be felt for many years in the future.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. I have a whole set of questions related to
cyber which I will defer to our classified meeting.
In terms of accountability, as you know, I want to ask a question
about Sentinel, on where you are in achieving the programmatic
goals and keeping it within a budgetary framework. As you know,
we’ve been at the Sentinel program, which was initiated a long
time ago, to provide FBI with essentially virtual case files—to
make them more effective and more productive. In the old lingo of
post-9/11, connect the dots. Could you tell us, are we really getting
Sentinel connected while we’re busy trying to figure out how to
connect the dots?
Mr. M
UELLER
. As you are aware, the contract was entered into
a number of years ago. We had phase 1; that was produced. Phase
2, from our perspective, was not adequate. So we restructured the
contract to bring in-house much of the software development. We
had anticipated that we would be through the tests last fall and
ready to start Sentinel. We had tests of the software, as well as the
infrastructure to support the software. The software worked well,
but the infrastructure needed updating.
So, since the fall, we have put in new servers and built up the
infrastructure to be able to handle the software package that is in
the last stages of being completed.
There are three factors that go into Sentinel. First, I want a
product that people can use, that will be embraced in the field, and
that actually works and is helpful. Second is the budget, and stay-
ing under budget. And third was doing it in a timely fashion. I
have had to sacrifice the timely fashion in order to make certain
that the product that we put in the field will be embraced by the
workforce and, second, to keep it under budget.
We have built up the infrastructure as a result of the con-
sequence of the test we put in in the fall. We are testing that, and
the tests are positive. My expectation is that certainly by the end
of this fiscal year, by the fall, that we will have completed this and
Sentinel will be in the field, and it will be under or just at budget.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Well, keep us posted on this.
I now want to turn to Senator Hutchison, then Senators Lauten-
berg, Graham, and Feinstein.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Okay. Madam Chairman, I’m going to let
Senator Graham have my time, and I’ll come back at the end be-
cause I’m going to stay anyway. I do have questions, but I’m going
to defer to Senator Graham.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Graham.
Senator G
RAHAM
. Thank you. This has been a very informative
hearing.
Is it fair to say that we do not have the legal infrastructure in
place to deal with the cyber threats that we face, that the Congress
needs to give you better legislative support?
127
Mr. M
UELLER
. Yes.
Senator G
RAHAM
. Is it fair to say that, of all the things that we
should be concerned about, cyber attacks from foreign governments
and terrorists is a growing threat by the day?
Mr. M
UELLER
. Yes.
Senator G
RAHAM
. Okay. Would you consider a cyber attack gen-
erated from the People’s Liberation Army of China against our na-
tional security infrastructure, should that be considered a hostile
act?
Mr. M
UELLER
. Well, you’re in an area that’s somewhat beyond
my purview, but in the way you would describe it, absolutely, it
would be a hostile act. Now, I don’t know about the connotations
that hostile act has for——
Senator G
RAHAM
. See, I don’t know either, but I think we need
to come to grips with that because you’ve got a law enforcement
model——
Mr. M
UELLER
. Yes.
Senator G
RAHAM
[continuing]. Against cyber attacks where peo-
ple engage in economic espionage. They may try to shut down a
powerplant or the grid. When is it a crime, and when is it a na-
tional security hostile act done under the law of war? I think that’s
what we need to consider among ourselves, and I would argue that,
let’s say, these Web sites generated by al Qaeda, if an al Qaeda-
backed organization tried to commit a cyber attack, would you con-
sider that an attack on the United States?
Mr. M
UELLER
. Yes.
Senator G
RAHAM
. So if we captured somebody involved in a cyber
attack that was affiliated with al Qaeda, they would be treated dif-
ferently than a common criminal. Is that correct?
Mr. M
UELLER
. It depends on the circumstances. I see where
you’re going, and——
Senator G
RAHAM
. You could use one or two models.
Mr. M
UELLER
. You could, and if I may, what you point to is one
of the difficulties in the cyber arena.
Senator G
RAHAM
. I agree with that.
Mr. M
UELLER
. Because at the point in time of an intrusion, you
don’t know whether it’s going to be a country, a terrorist, or the
18-year-old kid down the block.
Senator G
RAHAM
. Right, and the best way to find that out, I be-
lieve, is to hold someone that you suspect of being involved in ter-
rorism and gather the information in an orderly fashion, and I do
believe the law enforcement model has deficiencies in that regard.
The people at Guanta
´
namo Bay, there are some people being
held there for multiple years. Is that correct?
Mr. M
UELLER
. Yes.
Senator G
RAHAM
. Have FBI agents interviewed the population at
Guanta
´
namo Bay——
Mr. M
UELLER
. Yes.
Senator G
RAHAM
[continuing]. On a regular basis? Have we gath-
ered good information over time from that population without
using waterboarding?
Mr. M
UELLER
. Yes.
128
Senator G
RAHAM
. Don’t you agree that the best way to interro-
gate someone is not to torture them but to use traditional military
law enforcement techniques?
Mr. M
UELLER
. That’s somewhat of a loaded question. I will say
that——
Senator G
RAHAM
. You can say ‘‘No.’’
Mr. M
UELLER
. I will say that we follow our rules, and what we
have had for years——
Senator G
RAHAM
. And yet you don’t torture people in the FBI, do
you?
Mr. M
UELLER
. Pardon?
Senator G
RAHAM
. You don’t torture people, do you?
Mr. M
UELLER
. No. No, Sir.
Senator G
RAHAM
. And you get good information.
Mr. M
UELLER
. Yes.
Senator G
RAHAM
. I totally agree.
So what I would suggest to the subcommittee is that, Senator
Mikulski’s questions about sequestration, if this is not a wake-up
call for the Congress, what would be? You just heard the FBI Di-
rector, who I think is doing a marvelous job, and all his agents, tell
us that if we do what we’re planning to do, we’re going to devastate
one of the frontline agencies in the war on terror.
Ten years ago, what was FBI’s budget when it came to national
security issues? What percentage of your budget?
Mr. M
UELLER
. I would say two-fifths of the budget back in fiscal
year 2001 was national security, and I would say the principal per-
centage of that was addressed to espionage in the Counterintel-
ligence Division.
Senator G
RAHAM
. So before 9/11, what percentage of your budg-
et?
Mr. M
UELLER
. I would say approximately two-fifths.
Senator G
RAHAM
. Okay. So if your budget has gone up from two-
fifths, it’s now 60 percent dealing with national security issues,
something’s got to give. Has your budget gone up? How much has
your budget gone up in the last 3 years?
Mr. M
UELLER
. Last 3 years I’d say maybe $1 billion. I’d have to
check.
Senator G
RAHAM
. Okay. What percentage of increase is that?
Mr. M
UELLER
. I can tell you since fiscal year 2001. Our budget
in fiscal year 2001, which I’m much more familiar with, was $3.1
billion. It is now $8 billion. So it has almost tripled over that period
of time.
Senator G
RAHAM
. Okay. And these resources have been needed?
Mr. M
UELLER
. Yes.
Senator G
RAHAM
. Do you have enough money to do all the jobs
that you have told us that you do? And if you don’t, tell us, be-
cause——
Mr. M
UELLER
. Well, it is a prioritization. We have to prioritize.
As you saw, the threats that we face are substantial.
Senator G
RAHAM
. Mr. Director, it’s one thing to prioritize. Every-
body does it at home and in their businesses. It’s another thing to
just have to do it on the cheap.
129
Are we giving you enough money not only to prioritize but to
fully and robustly deal with the threats the United States faces?
And if you think you need more money, now is the time to tell us.
Mr. M
UELLER
. I would say that my concern in the immediate fu-
ture is having sufficient funds to build up the capabilities to ad-
dress cyber in the same way we had and were afforded the funds
to address counterterrorism. And whether that’s fiscal years 2013,
2014, or 2015, I think that is an issue that is going to require addi-
tional funds down the road.
Senator G
RAHAM
. Could you give us some estimate, privately or
whatever is appropriate, about how to build up the cyber account?
Because not only do we need new laws to deal with the cyber
threat, we probably need to fund you more robustly.
So, thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Will you be able to come to our classified——
Senator G
RAHAM
. Yes, ma’am. If I can get back from my press
conference about Medicare, I will be there. And if we can save
money on Medicare, we’ll give some of it to him.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Graham, thank you very much, and
we’ll look forward to seeing you in the classified hearing. Your con-
siderable expertise in Armed Services and, again, you’re a Judge
Advocate General officer, this exchange was very informative.
I also want to comment, on this side, Senator Lamar Alexander
is absent because of a family illness. He sends his regards and will
have questions for the record. I wanted to note his absence was due
to a very compelling family reason.
Senator Lautenberg.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR FRANK R
.
LAUTENBERG
Senator L
AUTENBERG
. Thanks, Madam Chairman.
And thanks, Director Mueller, for the wonderful work that FBI
has done, the diligence and the competence that your people oper-
ate with, and hats off to you for your leadership there. It’s quite
incredible when we hear a review of what has happened
budgetarily for these years.
And I’m reminded that on 9/11, the loss of lives and the restruc-
turing of our society took place in a way that is not yet fully under-
stood. On D-Day at Normandy, on Pearl Harbor day, we didn’t lose
as many Americans as we did on 9/11. And what we find, the pro-
liferation of guns—and I’m not doing a second amendment review
here. We’re talking about guns in the wrong hands. We’re not talk-
ing about people who apply and go through the rigors of testing,
as they do now.
One of the questions that I’m really anxious to review is, we now
understand that people from the New York Police Department
(NYPD) were doing surveillance in the State of New Jersey, across
the river into our sovereignty. Last week, the Special Agent in
Charge (SAC) of the FBI Newark Office criticized the NYPD sur-
veillance of New Jersey communities and universities saying, and
I quote him, ‘‘It makes our job much, much harder.’’
Mr. Director, how do you feel about that?
Mr. M
UELLER
. Let me start off by saying that we have a very
good relationship with the NYPD, and the work that the NYPD has
done since September 11 to protect New York and the surrounding
130
communities is first rate, and there has not been a successful at-
tack on New York, in large part attributable to the work that’s
done by the NYPD, along with the Joint Terrorism Task Force,
which has been ongoing for many years in New York, as has the
Joint Terrorism Task Forces in New Jersey and elsewhere.
Often there are issues in how you go about doing your work that
arise over a period of time that are considered bumps in the road
in terms of your cooperation. My expectation is that whatever
bumps in the road there have been in the past in terms of alerting
people to actions that are taken will not take place in the future.
But it should not interfere with the work that is being done, and
done exceptionally well, with the Joint Terrorism Task Forces in
New Jersey, as well as in New York.
Senator L
AUTENBERG
. Yes, and I agree with that, Director. But
the fact of the matter is that there ought to at least be some privi-
lege given to the law enforcement structure in our State, and for
them to be alerted. Why should there not be that information avail-
able? What about cross-currents and bumping into one another?
And I’m not going to press you further on this.
Mr. M
UELLER
. Well, I’ll tell you, everybody knows you often have
jurisdictional issues between the FBI and State and local law en-
forcement, between sheriffs and police chiefs and the like. It is not
unusual to have that. My belief is you sit down, you talk about it
in private, you get it resolved, and you move on. That’s what has
happened over a period of time, whether it be New York or Phila-
delphia or Washington, DC or San Francisco or Los Angeles or
what have you.
So, as was pointed out by the SAC in his remarks, he has a good
relationship with NYPD in New Jersey.
Senator L
AUTENBERG
. That’s true.
I want to ask you a question about people on the terror watch
list. They’re able to legally purchase a gun or explosives. In addi-
tion, the gun show loophole allows anyone to walk into a gun show,
purchase a gun, no questions asked. And when you look at the sta-
tistics of murders in our country compared to other advanced soci-
eties, our numbers dwarf anything that comes from other places—
England, Germany, Australia, you name it—Canada.
Isn’t it time to close that terror gap and the gun show loophole?
Mr. M
UELLER
. As we’ve discussed before in each hearing that
we’ve had, I defer to the Department of Justice in terms of par-
ticular legislation. But needless to say, anything that can keep the
guns out of the hands of terrorists or criminals is something that
is beneficial in terms of reducing the extent, I believe, of violence
in our society.
Senator L
AUTENBERG
. Madam Chairman, may I continue with
one more question even though the gong may go off?
Cruise lines are required to inform FBI about serious crimes, and
the number of crimes is supposed to be made public. However, ac-
cording to FBI data that I obtained, the number of crimes posted
online is lower than that reported by the industry. We’re planning
to change the law to address this discrepancy.
In the meantime, what steps can FBI take to publicly disclose
the actual number of serious crimes on cruise ships? And I don’t
want to—I’m not interested in hurting the industry, but I’m also
131
not willing to permit crimes to be developed and not give the public
the true facts about what’s taking place.
Mr. M
UELLER
. Well, I think you raise two issues. One is the ex-
tent of reporting and compliance with the law, which requires re-
porting. Certainly, we can educate the cruise line companies in
terms of the necessity of doing that and assuring, to the extent pos-
sible, that they comply with the statute.
Second, in terms of making those figures public, I will have to
get back to you. I am not certain to what extent they are pub-
licized, and if not, why they would not be publicized.
[The information follows:]
W
HETHER THE
F
EDERAL
B
UREAU OF
I
NVESTIGATION
M
AKES
P
UBLIC
D
ATA ON
C
RIMES
O
CCURRING ON
C
RUISE
S
HIPS
The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) complies with the reporting require-
ments of the Cruise Vessel Security and Safety Act of 2010 (CVSSA), which is codi-
fied in chapter 35 of title 46, United States Code. Pursuant to the CVSSA, when
certain serious criminal offenses are alleged to have been committed on board a cov-
ered vessel, the owner of the vessel must report the offense both to an Internet-
based portal and to FBI. FBI does not open investigations on all of the alleged inci-
dents reported to it. Often these are sexual offenses in which late reporting has re-
sulted in a loss of physical evidence or a contaminated crime scene. In other cases,
the next port of call or other country exercising jurisdiction has delayed investiga-
tion or intervened in a way that affects FBI’s ability to conduct a thorough inves-
tigation. Each quarter, FBI reports to the Secretary of the Department of Homeland
Security the number of cases closed during the quarter that stemmed from the seri-
ous criminal offenses reported to us. This number does not include investigations
that were never opened, investigations that remain open, or investigations of of-
fenses other than those serious criminal offenses specified by the statute.
Senator L
AUTENBERG
. Thank you, Madam Chairman.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Before I turn to Senator Feinstein, I just
want to comment. You have a long history on defending people on
cruise ships. Do you remember there were some terrible incidents
many years ago?
PREPARED STATEMENT
Senator L
AUTENBERG
. Absolutely.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. And you are to be congratulated. We need to
protect the people that sail on the seas from pirates or other des-
picable behavior, and we look forward to hearing more from you
about that.
[The statement follows:]
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
S
ENATOR
F
RANK
R. L
AUTENBERG
Madam Chairman, it goes without saying that the attacks of September 11, 2001,
changed all of us. We lost more Americans that day than at Pearl Harbor or on D-
Day, including 746 New Jerseyans who died that day. In the years since 9–11, the
Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) has been asked to do more to keep us safe,
and the Bureau has risen to the challenge.
But to truly ensure our safety, we need laws on the books that prevent dangerous
criminals from accessing dangerous weapons. More Americans have died from gun
murders here at home in the past decade than have died on the battlefields of Iraq
and Afghanistan. In 2008, guns were used to murder around 10,000 Americans. By
comparison, in the same year, guns killed 39 people in England and Wales, 35 in
Australia, and 200 in Canada.
Recently our remarkable colleague Congresswoman Gabby Giffords stepped down
from the Congress to focus on her recovery from a horrific shooting in January 2011.
On that tragic day in Tucson, a man emerged from a supermarket, shot Representa-
tive Giffords in the head at point blank range, and fired 31 rounds before running
out of ammunition. His rampage ended only when he stopped to reload and brave
132
bystanders tackled him to the ground. Nineteen people were shot, and six were
killed. If the shooter had been forced to reload sooner, lives might have been saved.
That’s why I’ve introduced legislation to reinstate the Federal ban on high-capacity
magazines like the one the shooter used.
We must also do more to keep guns out of the hands of criminals and terror sus-
pects. Next month will mark 13 years since the shootings at Columbine—and as we
know, the killers obtained their firearms at gun shows. More than a decade later,
anyone—including known terrorists, convicted criminals, and the mentally ill—can
walk into a gun show and purchase a gun, no questions asked. And, under current
law, known and suspected terrorists are free to purchase any firearm—including an
assault weapon—from a licensed gun dealer. Data from the Government Account-
ability Office show that from February 2004 through December 2010, firearms or
explosives transactions involving individuals on the terrorist watch list were allowed
to proceed 1,321 times. I have a bill that would close the gun show loophole by re-
quiring all sellers at gun shows to do background checks, and another that would
eliminate the terror gap by giving the Attorney General the authority to stop indi-
viduals on the terror watch list from buying firearms. Passing these common sense
bills would reduce violent crime and protect those who are charged with protecting
us.
The FBI stopped several recent terror plots, providing public reminders of the Bu-
reau’s constant work to keep us safe. My State of New Jersey is home to the stretch
some in law enforcement have identified as ‘‘the most dangerous area in America’’
for a terrorist attack. We must make sure that the FBI has the resources it needs,
and is doing everything it can to protect this area. I look forward to hearing from
Director Mueller about how we can support the FBI in this critical mission and how
we can improve our gun laws to keep Americans safe.
Senator L
AUTENBERG
. Thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Hutchison, who was going to be next,
yields to you. And so then we’ll go to Murkowski and Hutchison
that way, okay?
Senator F
EINSTEIN
. Thank you very much.
I wanted to take up where Senator Graham left off. There has
been an effort emanating out of the Armed Services Committee to
change the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) to essen-
tially put this country’s detention policy under the laws of war.
Under the laws of war, an individual can be held without charge
or trial until the end of hostilities—the point made that America
is a battlefield—and I think that’s the point that some have been
trying to make.
I’d like to ask your view of this. I’m strongly opposed to it. I also
know what you said during the worldwide threat hearing, that the
FBI has interrupted or arrested some 20 terrorist plots in this
country over the past year. You have the high-value interrogation
group, which, you testified to the House Appropriations Committee,
has done 14 interrogations, and I gather with some success.
I would like to ask you to comment on whether you believe that
permanently detaining Americans without trial or charge is appro-
priate.
Mr. M
UELLER
. I would have to start with the NDAA legislation
that has recently been passed which addresses that particular
issue. As I think you and others are aware, I had some concerns
at the outset in two areas: the continuation of our authorities dur-
ing detention initially in military custody here in the United
States; and second, whether or not there could be clarity in terms
of either the statute or the Presidential directives that would clar-
ify the process in which a person is deemed to be not an American
citizen, but a person who is an al Qaeda affiliate engaged in a ter-
rorist plot, and to what extent would there be an immediate mili-
tary detention.
133
With both the statute as well as the President’s directives, I’m
comfortable that the capabilities of the Bureau, coupled with the
capabilities of the Department of Defense (DOD), will be main-
tained in that rather unique situation where you have a foreigner,
not a U.S. citizen, who undertakes a terrorist attack affiliated with
al Qaeda in the United States.
Looking at that discrete issue, I am comfortable that we have
preserved what we needed to preserve our role in that process.
Senator F
EINSTEIN
. But——
Mr. M
UELLER
. The broader question that you have——
Senator F
EINSTEIN
. The broader question is that the law is very
cloudy, and this is a problem. And the court has had some holdings
that you cannot detain a person indefinitely regardless of whether
they’re a citizen or not in this country without charge or trial.
Mr. M
UELLER
. The Supreme Court has occasion to opine on var-
ious aspects of that. What I have wrestled with is particular pieces
of legislation that would impact that process whereby a person is
detained in the United States, whether they are a U.S. citizen or
a non-U.S. citizen. Both the Department of Justice and the Presi-
dent determine whether or not a person is ultimately tried or you
proceed against that person in an Article III court, in which we op-
erate, or in a military tribunal, which has also been upheld by the
Supreme Court.
So with the NDAA legislation, I believe that the issues have been
fleshed out to the extent that I’m comfortable with. But I really
hesitate to comment on other issues which have either not been the
subject of legislation or are unique to a particular circumstance
where you really don’t know the facts, and not knowing the facts,
it’s very hard to apply the law.
Senator F
EINSTEIN
. Right. I appreciate that, and I appreciate the
need for executive flexibility, whether it’s military or whether it’s
a Federal court.
Having said that, Senator Mikulski and I both serve on the Intel-
ligence Committee, and the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act
(FISA), is up for reauthorization and must be reauthorized by the
end of the year. Do you view that reauthorization as important? Do
you view it as valuable? And, if so, why?
Mr. M
UELLER
. I would go beyond that and use the word ‘‘crit-
ical’’, because the world in which we live today is what Tom Fried-
man talks about, a ‘‘flat’’ world. With technology, criminals, terror-
ists and cyber terrorists cut across borders, at will, in seconds. And
it is absolutely essential that the intelligence community, whether
it be domestic but most particularly foreign, has the flexibility and
capability of obtaining communications by these individuals as
quickly as possible in order to prevent attacks, whether those at-
tacks in the future be a terrorist attack on the infrastructure, on
the financial structure, or attacks by al Qaeda and the like in
cyberspace. It’s absolutely essential that we have those tools.
Senator F
EINSTEIN
. Would you say that FISA is a critical tool of
counterterrorism in this country?
Mr. M
UELLER
. Yes. Yes, and also it will be a critical tool as well
in the cyber arena.
Senator F
EINSTEIN
. Yes. Thank you very much.
Thank you, Madam Chairman.
134
Senator M
IKULSKI
. And, Senator Feinstein, I hope you can join
us shortly in our classified session as well.
Senator Murkowski.
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. Thank you, Madam Chairman.
Welcome, Director.
Mr. M
UELLER
. Ma’am.
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. Nice to have you here.
This morning, the investigative report that details the prosecu-
torial misconduct in the case against Senator Ted Stevens was re-
leased. It was, I guess, precipitated almost that the Brady viola-
tions came about, but it was not until 5 months after that trial was
completed that we learned of these violations, and it came about
because of the complaint that was filed by an FBI agent that al-
leged the prosecutorial and other law enforcement misconduct in
that case. In my opinion, that was exceptionally good work by that
FBI agent, and Judge Sullivan suggested that were it not for the
complaint of that agent, that, in fact, we might not have learned
of the misconduct.
I’m joined this morning, or this afternoon, with many of my col-
leagues, including Senator Hutchison, in filing legislation that
would address some of the laws that are in place that allowed for
this horrid situation to move forward. But because this whole thing
came about because of the acts of an FBI agent, I would certainly
hope that individual has been recognized for his persistence, stand-
ing up for the Constitution. I think he did right, and I hope that
recognition has been given by FBI.
Mr. M
UELLER
. Well, I’d have to get back to you on any particular
recognition. The case is still under review by the Office of Profes-
sional Responsibility (OPR), both the Justice Department as well
as our own OPR. But I will say that the agent who came forward
and did that was doing so in the tradition of FBI. It is a legacy to
adhere to the Constitution. When you see something wrong, you
bring that to the attention of others. That is exactly what we teach
in our new agents training as they come through, that there is no
case that is more important than abiding by the Constitution, the
applicable statutes, and the Attorney General guidelines.
[The information follows:]
P
ROVIDE
D
ETAILS ON ANY
R
ECOGNITION
T
HAT WAS
G
IVEN TO THE
F
EDERAL
B
UREAU
OF
I
NVESTIGATION
A
GENT
T
HAT
R
EPORTED THE
A
LLEGED
M
ISCONDUCT OF
S
ENATOR
T
ED
S
TEVEN
S
C
ASE
The Special Agent who reported the alleged misconduct did not receive an incen-
tive award in recognition of this activity.
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. Well, I appreciate that. You mentioned the
report that is still underway. I’ve asked OPR to conduct this formal
investigation, and I am hoping that the FBI will work with OPR
as they look into some of the issues that were behind the Stevens
matter.
In particular, the FBI has worked very, very closely with the An-
chorage Police Department in this case that involved Bill Allen,
who was the key witness in the case against Senator Stevens, and
Mr. Allen was—it was alleged that he had transported a young
Alaska Native woman across State lines in violation of the Mann
Act. It’s been widely reported in the media that the case was rec-
135
ommended for Federal prosecution, but DOJ higher-ups scuttled
that.
The question that I would have to you is, to what extent was the
FBI involved in that investigation, and did that investigation indi-
cate any reason that the prosecution should not go forward? This
has just really stunned people back in Alaska. They cannot under-
stand why DOJ has dropped this, and I’ve attempted to get an-
swers all the way up the chain and simply have not been able to
get any.
Do you know any reason that, based on that investigation, the
prosecution should not have gone forward?
Mr. M
UELLER
. I do not, but that is something we’d have to get
back to you on. I would assume that this is a part of the OPR in-
vestigation inasmuch as the allegation that came out of that series
of events, and that particular allegation, would be addressed in
that arena.
I am not familiar with the court’s report that was issued earlier
today, and I do not know whether that became or was a subject of
that particular investigation.
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. Well, and I would ask you, because this is
a matter that has really gone far beyond what most could have
even have imagined, that you not only look at the report that is
issued today but also do some follow-up in terms of the FBI inves-
tigation and where we are with OPR.
The concern that so many of us have is that the allegations
against Mr. Allen are, unfortunately, not isolated in Alaska. We
have had a great deal of concern about sex trafficking within the
State with young Native women, and I look at what has happened
with the Bill Allen case, and the Government’s failure to prosecute
Bill Allen sends an awful message, just an awful message to other
predators that might be out there, that if you are a young woman,
and particularly a young Native woman, you don’t stand a chance
when you have been victimized by a person of political influence
and financial means.
We worry about the situation of sex trafficking. And again, if an
individual doesn’t feel that there is any recourse out there, it
makes the situation pretty tough. So this goes even beyond the Bill
Allen investigation. I know that you’ve got good folks within FBI
that are working these issues. I’ve met with them. I’ve talked with
them. But again, I think this is something that needs further at-
tention to detail, and if you can give me your assurance that you
will look into that, I would certainly appreciate it.
Mr. M
UELLER
. Yes. Also, I will tell you that when the issues
came out in terms of the Brady violations, we went back to our
workforce to make certain that everybody understands the require-
ments under the Brady rules, and if exculpatory, to make certain
that one learns from this, first.
Second, when it comes to human trafficking in Alaska, as you
point out, we have persons that are working hard on that with
State and local law enforcement who believe it is a priority. Any
young woman or, for that matter, young man’s life that can be
saved in terms of working with State and local law enforcement to
address this, we certainly want to be a participant and driver of
that.
136
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. I appreciate that. Thank you, Director.
Thank you, Madam Chairman.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Hutchison.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Thank you, Madam Chairman.
Just to add one more question to Lisa’s line, and I think she has
taken the lead on this, and properly so, but I do commend the FBI
agent who came forward who just couldn’t sit back and let a person
be accused, go through a trial, lose an election, all based on very
bad misconduct on the part of the agencies that we look to for com-
plete integrity, which would be DOJ, the prosecutors, and the FBI.
There were others that were implicated with the FBI in some of
the alleged misconduct. And my question to you is, what are you
doing to deal with the allegations, which I assume will come out
in a report or the OPR report, if the agents are found to still be
in the FBI and have been actually, to your satisfaction, part of the
scheme that was put together to convict Senator Stevens?
Mr. M
UELLER
. Well, at the outset, the Justice Department OPR
led the investigation. We participated and contributed to that in-
vestigation. To the extent that individuals within FBI were impli-
cated, we, along with DOJ, investigated that. There is at least one
individual who is still going through the OPR process. Let me just
put it that way. I can tell you that process is monitored.
But, it goes through a process whereby the person has an oppor-
tunity to respond to the charges and the findings. That process is
under way. At the end, when it’s resolved, we’ll take a look at it
and determine what lessons need to be learned, what the appro-
priate punishment is for whatever wrongdoing was undertaken,
and do as we do in every case where we find that a person has not
adhered to what we expect in FBI.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. I would just ask if you would share the final
result of that investigation and your actions with this sub-
committee.
Mr. M
UELLER
. I’d have to look into that, but I would expect that
we would report to you on what we have done.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. I would ask that you do so.
Mr. M
UELLER
. Yes.
[The information follows:]
R
EPORT ON
F
EDERAL
B
UREAU OF
I
NVESTIGATION
S
I
NVESTIGATION OF THE
A
LLEGED
M
ISCONDUCT OF
S
ENATOR
T
ED
S
TEVENS
’ C
ASE
Federal Bureau of Investigation’s investigation of employee misconduct related to
the investigation of Senator Ted Stevens is still pending.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. I want to just go back to a couple of other
points. Number one, on cyber security, there are different bills that
have been put forward to deal with cyber security. I think everyone
in both bodies, the House and the Senate, and both parties in the
House and Senate, agree it is a critical need that we address cyber
security.
I think how we do it is the question and the differences in the
bills. Many of us are concerned about an overlay by DHS, espe-
cially over the areas that have developed the expertise through the
years, and the experience in cyber warfare, security of all kinds,
and that would be DOD, the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA),
137
FBI, the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), as well as the National
Security Agency (NSA).
So we’re trying to work through what the best approach is for
cyber security, and I think my position has been that we don’t need
a DHS overlay so much as we need the agencies that have the ex-
perience and the expertise to be able to make these decisions on
how is the best way to assure our networks and our infrastructure
are secure.
In a general way, how would you—I don’t want to put you on the
spot because I guess it’s hard for you to say in this environment
with all of the different ideas and the different agencies involved.
But is there a particular area that you think is essential for us to
agree on as we move forward in trying to determine how we get
to the goal of securing our infrastructure?
Mr. M
UELLER
. Let me start by maybe indicating how I perceive
the allocation of responsibilities in the cyber arena. On the one
hand, you have the protection of the infrastructure, and protection
of the .gov and .com networks. That falls to DHS.
On the other hand you have, as was brought out, not just the
possibility but the actuality of foreign countries seeking to extract
information, with the possibility down the road of undertaking
cyber attacks. That falls generally with the intelligence community
overseas, NSA, CIA, and the like.
In the middle comes domestic intrusions and a determination of
whether that domestic intrusion is from a criminal, an organized
crime group, a nation state, or a teenage hacker. We have 56 field
offices around the country. We have 56 cyber squads. The first indi-
cation of a substantial intrusion will quite probably come to us, and
it is our responsibility to do the investigation to determine who is
behind that computer, and to stop them.
Too often, the discussion is how we protect against foreign coun-
tries, but part of that has to be disrupting these individuals and
putting them behind bars.
The legislation that is currently pending includes three areas
that are important to us. One is, to the extent possible, ultimately
having a required notification to the Bureau of an intrusion. I
think there are 47 States that have this, but it’s all over the lot
in terms of who has to report and when they have to report. So,
first is notification.
Second is, to a certain extent, the fact that we are where we were
in terms of sharing information prior to September 11 amongst the
agencies. When it comes to counterterrorism, there’s very little
that’s not shared. And I would say it’s also readily true in the cyber
arena amongst the agencies, whether it be DHS, NSA, ourselves,
DIA and the like.
What’s so important to this is what you point out, both the expe-
rience and the expertise in the private sector. This is where it’s dif-
ferent from addressing terrorism, because the private sector has to
play a substantial role. The private sector runs our critical infra-
structures. How you execute that, whether through the statute or
not, is really up to others. My concern is the sharing of information
so that we can determine who is responsible for this and lock them
up.
138
Perhaps the third area is the necessity of building up the exper-
tise in the Federal Government amongst all of the agents, as well
as the outreach to the private side, not only building up the exper-
tise, but also the outreach to private businesses so that we become
partners in ways that we have not in the other criminal arenas.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Well, you have really highlighted an area
that makes this whole intelligence, security, holding accused terror-
ists without charges being filed—we’re not dealing with an enemy
that is a nation state, like we have in the past. So if you picked
up a person that was in the German army or in the intelligence
arm of the German Government, you would know in World War II
that you had to hold that person in the military sense.
But when it is organizations like al Qaeda and others that have
attacked our country, but yet they’re not under the rules of war as
we accept it, the Geneva Conventions don’t affect them, it makes
it very difficult to deal with any kind of intelligence areas when
you’re dealing with an enemy of our country but not a nation state.
So that’s something that we’re all going to have to deal with in, I
think, I hope a realistic way, because I’m with Senator Graham on
this.
I think we need Guanta
´
namo Bay. I think we need the ability
to hold people that are suspected terrorists that have associations
with al Qaeda and other networks that deal with al Qaeda, and I
don’t want us to give up our capability to protect our country from
another attack from one of these entities that may not even be an
organization yet.
So I know you’re wrestling with it. We are, too. But I’m going
to come down on the side of protecting our people with an asym-
metric war that we have. That’s what we’re given to deal with, and
we’ve got to do it in a way that protects America.
Thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Thank you very much, Director Mueller.
Colleagues, as Director Mueller has said, 60 percent of FBI’s re-
quest is in the area of national security. Many of these are really
sensitive issues that FBI is engaged in, and we need to make sure
we get our resources right while we’re working on very complex
policies.
Therefore, this is why we will move to a closed session.
ADDITIONAL COMMITTEE QUESTIONS
If there are no further questions, the Senate may submit addi-
tional questions for the record. We request FBI’s response in the
usual 30 days.
[The following questions were not asked at the hearing, but were
submitted to the FBI for response subsequent to the hearing:]
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
B
ARBARA
A. M
IKULSKI
FEDERAL PROGRAMS FACING CUTS
Question. Under the terms of the Budget Control Act of 2011 (Public Law 112–
25), funding for virtually all Federal programs will face a possible across-the-board
cut in January 2013 if the Congress fails to enact a plan before then to reduce the
national debt by $1.2 trillion. According to Congressional Budget Office estimates,
this would result in a cut of roughly 8 percent to programs across the Federal Bu-
reau of Investigation (FBI).
139
What impacts would these cuts have on the FBI? What is your strategic plan for
the FBI to implement these cuts if Congress fails to enact an alternative plan?
Please provide a list of expected workforce furloughs, consequences to public safety
and national security programs, and other reductions at the FBI if sequestration is
implemented.
Answer. The administration is committed to avoiding a sequester; we urge the
Congress to enact balanced deficit reduction legislation that avoids this type of se-
questration so the vital missions of the FBI can continue.
The effect of an across-the-board cut of 8.5 to 10 percent would mean budget cuts
of approximately $650 to $800 million in fiscal year 2013 (the FBI’s fiscal year 2012
Appropriation was $8,036,991,000). These reductions would impact the FBI mission
and result in cuts to investigative operations and infrastructure, a Bureau-wide fur-
lough, and a lengthy hiring freeze. While the implementation of a $650 to $800 mil-
lion cut cannot yet be determined, cuts in this range would likely result in a 25-
workday furlough, resulting in a decrease of approximately 3,500 Special Agent, In-
telligence Analyst, and Professional Staff work years. In addition to the negative im-
pact on employee morale and productivity, a hiring freeze and furlough of this
length would likely disrupt national security and criminal investigations, intel-
ligence collection and dissemination, and surveillance capabilities.
The FBI would make every effort possible to minimize the negative impact to pub-
lic safety; however, budget cuts of this magnitude would have a significant effect
on FBI operations. These cuts would take agents off the streets, delay investiga-
tions, and disrupt intelligence collection. The FBI would continue to work with its
Federal, State, and local law enforcement partners, but at a reduced capacity.
As a component of the Department of Justice (DOJ), the FBI would participate
in the Department-wide furlough, which will affect every program and employee. If
these cuts are enacted, the FBI will issue furlough notices and immediately begin
furloughing employees in order to achieve the necessary savings by the end of the
fiscal year. The furloughs would be implemented on a rotating basis with each of
the FBI’s 36,000 employees being required to take roughly 25 days off. In addition,
the FBI may be forced to freeze equipment purchases, restrict investigative travel,
and cancel service contracts.
FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION RESCISSION
Question. In fiscal year 2013, the FBI requests an appropriation of $8.2 billion,
an increase of $114 million, or 1.4 percent. However, the request also proposes to
rescind $162 million from the FBI’s existing funding in the Salaries and Expenses
account, which leads to a net reduction for the FBI to fight terrorism at home and
abroad.
What specific FBI activities would be impacted by the proposed rescission? Will
the rescission impact missions in which Congress has made considerable invest-
ments in recent years? If so, which missions? How would this impact national secu-
rity?
Answer. DOJ and FBI are evaluating the impacts of the rescission. We will work
to minimize its impact and ensure that priority programs and projects are not af-
fected.
CYBER SECURITY CUTS
Question. The Internet is the new battleground for terrorists, and the new play-
ground for predators. To combat these threats, cyber security cuts across all of the
FBI’s programs.
Why the urgency in combating cyber threats?
Answer. Al Qaeda and other terrorist groups use the Internet as a recruiting tool,
a moneymaker, a training ground, and a means for conducting operations. Terrorists
have not used the Internet to launch a full-scale cyber attack, but we cannot under-
estimate their intent. Additionally, certain foreign nations use the Internet to steal
our intellectual property and trade secrets for military and competitive advantage.
We have also started to see that previously isolated hackers are now joining forces
to create criminal cyber syndicates that steal information for sale to the highest bid-
der.
Question. What cyber imperatives does the FBI face on security? Policy? Funding?
Answer. The FBI will continue to expand its capacity to lead national efforts to
investigate cyber intrusions, identify hackers, and put them in jail. The FBI will
continue to build on current capabilities by:
—Ensuring all agents are able to operate in the cyber environment;
—Creating a virtual structure that enables cyber agents from around the country
to work together on difficult cases;
140
—Cultivating sources that can infiltrate cyber criminal networks; and
—Expanding the network of cyber task forces around the country.
Encouraging the private sector to share information with the Government about
cyber intrusions and data breaches in a timely manner would enhance the FBI’s
ability to conduct investigations, identify hackers, and put them in jail. Hackers will
not stop until we hold them accountable.
The cyber threat continues to expand in scope and complexity, which will drive
future funding requirements. Our adversaries are becoming increasingly sophisti-
cated with using technology as a means to exploit our vulnerabilities; consequently,
data, information, and infrastructure remain at risk of being compromised. We must
continue to keep pace with technological advances.
Question. The fiscal year 2012 Appropriations Act gave the FBI more resources
for cyber training, specifically for agents. Please provide an update on the FBI’s
cyber training and what plans are being implemented. Will the fiscal year 2013
budget affect this plan?
Answer. The FBI has recently restructured its cyber training curriculum to in-
crease the emphasis on cyber national security investigations. Special Agents work-
ing on cyber issues will be trained toward working the most sophisticated organized
crime and national security matters and will be required to complete more tech-
nically rigorous training requirements.
In addition, the FBI is implementing a new initiative dedicated to training a ma-
jority of the workforce on conducting investigations in an increasingly high-tech-
nology environment. This training is expected to educate more than 16,000 FBI em-
ployees. This new training initiative will provide the cyber skills needed to conduct
complex counterterrorism, counterintelligence, criminal, and computer intrusions in-
vestigations. Using base resources, we plan to expand and deploy this training to
all FBI investigators in fiscal year 2013.
TRADITIONAL CRIME FIGHTING
Question. The FBI’s $8.2 billion budget is split at roughly 60 percent for national
security and counterintelligence, and 40 percent for traditional crime fighting ef-
forts.
How much goes to national security, and what activities make up this category?
How much goes to traditional crime fighting? What activities make up this cat-
egory? What programs cut across the national security and counterintelligence
budget, and into the traditional crime fighting budget? What complications does this
create in terms of the budget?
Answer. The FBI’s budget is broadly organized into four ‘‘decision units’’ as fol-
lows:
—Intelligence;
—Counterterrorism/counterintelligence;
—Criminal enterprises/Federal crimes; and
—Criminal justice services.
The first two decision units are scored to national security and total nearly $5
billion, roughly 60 percent of the FBI’s fiscal year 2013 budget. These decision units
fund all of the FBI’s National Security Branch (Counterterrorism, Counterintel-
ligence, Weapons of Mass Destruction, and the Directorate of Intelligence) as well
as portions of other programs, such as Cyber. Funding for these decision units also
includes pro-rated portions of enterprise-wide services such as information tech-
nology, rent, etc. The FBI’s Cyber programs are divided between two basic cat-
egories:
—Computer intrusions; and
—Cyber crime.
The Computer Intrusions section includes national security intrusions and pro-
grams such as the National Cyber Investigative Joint Task Force, representing ap-
proximately 60 percent of the overall Cyber Division budget.
The latter two decision units total more than $3 billion of the FBI’s budget and
are scored to traditional criminal activities. This includes all of the Criminal Inves-
tigative Division, which operates the Violent Crime, White Collar Crime, and Public
Corruption programs among others; our Criminal Justice Services Division; and the
FBI laboratory. Also included is the Cyber Crime portion of the Cyber Division.
Funding for these decision units also include pro-rated portions of enterprise-wide
services, like information technology, rent, etc.
There are several programs that cut across both national security and criminal
decision units. Cyber, as mentioned above, and Surveillance, are two examples.
141
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
P
ATRICK
J. L
EAHY
NEW YORK CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT SURVEILLANCE OF MUSLIM AMERICAN
COMMUNITY
Question. In recent months, we have heard troubling information about the sur-
veillance operations of the New York City Police Department (NYPD)—particularly
targeting the Muslim American community. According to press accounts, the NYPD
has been compiling databases of information concerning Muslim Americans residing
throughout the northeast, and has used informants called ‘‘rakers’’ and ‘‘mosque
crawlers’’ to infiltrate mosques and Muslim student groups. Last week, the Special
Agent in Charge of the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s (FBI) Newark Division
criticized these tactics as damaging to relations between law enforcement and the
Muslim community, and more importantly, damaging to the counterterrorism efforts
of the FBI.
Was the FBI aware of the surveillance tactics being used by the NYPD to target
the Muslim American communities in New York, New Jersey, and other places in
the northeast prior to press reports on the matter? If so, when did it become aware
of those tactics?
Answer. The FBI is generally aware that the NYPD engages in physical surveil-
lance and a wide range of other investigative techniques in connection with its ef-
forts to protect New York City from terrorist attacks. The FBI was not specifically
aware of the conduct described in the press reports and does not know if those re-
ports are accurate. The FBI has and will continue to work with the NYPD, as we
do with many state and local police departments, consistent with our rules and reg-
ulations under the Attorney General Guidelines and the Domestic Investigations
Operations Guide.
Question. I know that FBI agents must adhere to the Attorney General Guidelines
and the FBI’s Domestic Investigations and Operations Guide (DIOG) when the FBI
is conducting surveillance. But does the FBI obtain and use information collected
by the NYPD through use of the NYPD’s surveillance tactics? If so, is this done in
compliance with the relevant Federal guidelines?
Answer. The FBI shares and receives information collected by its partner agen-
cies. In particular, the FBI and NYPD work together on the Joint Terrorism Task
Force, share investigative information, and exchange queries for operational and
tactical de-confliction purposes. Unless circumstances suggest otherwise, the FBI as-
sumes that our partner agencies have collected this information in accordance with
the United States Constitution and other applicable laws and regulations.
REGIONAL COMPUTER FORENSICS LABORATORIES
Question. I have been working with a variety of stakeholders, including the law
enforcement community, to strengthen and improve the forensic sciences used in
criminal cases. Last year, I introduced legislation that would, among other things,
help support forensics laboratories.
Director Mueller, I understand that the FBI is in the process of trying to set up
regional computer forensic laboratories and that a site has not yet been determined
for New England. Can you tell me the current status of those plans and what the
timeframe is for choosing a site for a regional lab in New England?
Answer. The FBI has established 16 full-service Regional Computer Forensic Lab-
oratories (RCFLs) devoted to the examination of digital evidence across the country.
However, none are currently established in New England. Although there are no
current plans to establish additional RCFLs the FBI continues to work with our law
enforcement partners in the New England area to leverage all existing resources,
facilities, and equipment to support its partners with the examination of digital evi-
dence.
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
F
RANK
R. L
AUTENBERG
HIGH
-
CAPACITY AMMUNITION CLIP
Question. When Congresswoman Gabrielle Giffords and 18 others were shot on
January 8, 2011, outside of a supermarket in Tucson, Arizona, the shooter used a
gun with a high-capacity ammunition clip to kill 6 people and wound 13 others. It
was only when the shooter had fired all 31 rounds in his clip that people were able
to tackle him. At last year’s hearing, Director Mueller stated that everybody in law
enforcement supports efforts to lessen the threat of criminals getting weapons that
do substantial damage. Would a high-capacity magazine ban lessen that threat?
142
Answer. The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) supports law enforcement ef-
forts aimed at preventing prohibited persons from obtaining firearms, including
those capable of substantial damage.
MOST AT
-
RISK AREA
Question. According to the FBI, New Jersey is home to the most at-risk area for
a terrorist attack in the United States. An attack on this area could have an impact
on 12 million people who live nearby. Last year, you assured me that the FBI is
doing everything it can to ensure that there is not an attack there. What specific
items in this budget request will help the FBI protect this area?
Answer. The FBI continues to dedicate critical investigative resources to New Jer-
sey’s high-risk areas. As of April 2012, the FBI has more than 350 Special Agents
in the Newark field office. Further, the FBI and DHS are working diligently through
their task forces, including the Joint Terrorism Task Force (JTTF), to ensure the
area remains safe by identifying and disrupting any threats. The fiscal year 2013
budget includes resources to continue supporting the JTTFs and the Special Agents
currently assigned to the Newark field office.
ILLEGAL TRAFFICKING OF TOBACCO
Question. Reports from the Government Accountability Office have identified an
estimated tax loss of $5 billion a year due to the illegal trafficking of tobacco. The
tremendous profits and low criminal penalties have attracted the involvement of or-
ganized criminal and terrorist groups. The FBI has primary jurisdiction on ter-
rorism and organized crime, while the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and
Explosives (ATF) holds primary jurisdiction on cigarette trafficking. What are you
doing to ensure that the FBI and ATF work together to prevent illegal tobacco pro-
ceeds from financing organized crime and terrorists?
Answer. The Department of Justice’s (DOJ) agencies have strong and effective
working relationships with their DOJ partners as well as other Federal, State, and
local agencies and a history of highly successful joint investigations. Supervisors in
the field regularly review investigations on a case-by-case basis and involve other
agencies as appropriate. For example, recently the ATF and the FBI worked to-
gether on ‘‘Operation Secondhand Smoke’’, an undercover investigation into a na-
tionwide network of retailers, wholesalers, distributors, importers, and manufactur-
ers who were avoiding cigarette taxes to make millions of dollars in profits.
SUBCOMMITTEE RECESS
Senator M
IKULSKI
. This subcommittee will temporarily recess
and reconvene in a closed session in room 217 in the CVC.
Before I close this public part, I would like the Director to know,
as we said to the Attorney General, when the issue is related to
public integrity, and on the issues related to the Stevens matter,
this is a bipartisan set of requests, because we feel that both our
Justice Department—those involved in enforcing the law, if we’re
going to pursue public integrity issues, which we must and should,
then those who are pursuing it have to have the highest public in-
tegrity themselves.
We know FBI has that standard. You’ve insisted on that stand-
ard, and we thank you. But just note that it’s not just from them
because they’re Republican and Stevens was on this subcommittee.
It’s larger than that.
So we look forward to working with you, and we look forward to
meeting in the other room where we can go into the national secu-
rity budget in more detail.
The subcommittee is temporarily recessed until we reconvene.
Next week we’ll have a hearing for the testimony of Secretary
Bryson of Commerce.
[Whereupon, at 11:18 a.m., Thursday, March 15, the sub-
committee was recessed, to reconvene in closed session.]
(143)
COMMERCE, JUSTICE, SCIENCE, AND RE-
LATED AGENCIES APPROPRIATIONS FOR
FISCAL YEAR 2013
THURSDAY, MARCH 22, 2012
U.S. S
ENATE
,
S
UBCOMMITTEE OF THE
C
OMMITTEE ON
A
PPROPRIATIONS
,
Washington, DC.
The subcommittee met at 10:03 a.m., in room SD–192, Dirksen
Senate Office Building, Hon. Barbara A. Mikulski (chairman) pre-
siding.
Present: Senators Mikulski, Inouye, Feinstein, Pryor, Brown,
Hutchison, Murkowski, and Cochran.
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
O
FFICE OF THE
S
ECRETARY
STATEMENT OF HON. JOHN BRYSON, SECRETARY
OPENING STATEMENT OF SENATOR BARBARA A
.
MIKULSKI
Senator M
IKULSKI
. The Subcommittee on Commerce, Justice,
Science, and Related Agencies comes together, and today we will be
taking the testimony of the Secretary of Commerce, John Bryson.
We expect robust attendance at this hearing, and we note that the
ranking member of the full Appropriations Committee, Senator
Cochran, is here. And we also will be having votes at 12:30 p.m.,
so we hope to be able to move this in an expeditious way.
We’re meeting today to examine the Commerce Department’s fis-
cal year 2013 budget, and we welcome Secretary Bryson. This is
his first testimony before the subcommittee since becoming Sec-
retary in October 2011. He brings valuable skills to his position,
strong experience in the private sector, and he’s been a strong voice
for American manufacturers. We love the slogan, ‘‘Build it here.
Sell it everywhere.’’ He knows firsthand what American business
is facing in today’s challenging economy. We look forward to hear-
ing from him about the agency’s budget and priorities.
The Commerce Department is the major economic engine for
America. The President’s request totals $11 billion for the Depart-
ment. This includes $3 billion in patent and trademark fees. Today,
I want to examine just a few areas of this robust agency. Number
one, the protection of not only American ideals, but America’s
ideas. It is in the area of intellectual property and the United
States Patent and Trademark Office that we have a keen interest.
We believe that if you invent it, we should be able to help you pro-
144
tect it. We are concerned about the backlog, the expeditious proc-
essing of patent claims, and then as a member of both this sub-
committee and the Intelligence Committee, I am obsessed with
cyber espionage. And that will be another theme that I will ask in
my questions, which is the role of the Commerce Department in
not only the cyber economy, but how to make sure we’re protecting
ourselves against the threats in this area, and the important func-
tion of the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).
We also are looking at how to protect our citizens, and this goes
to whether it’s protecting our coast from hurricanes, tornadoes, and
others, and we’re tremendously interested in what is happening to
the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
and also particularly to NOAA’s weather service.
Then, we have to also look out for the taxpayer. The inspector
general, over the history of this subcommittee, has identified per-
sistent problems that need strong oversight. This isn’t a blip, but
there is a persistent problem in NOAA satellite procurement, and
Census; we’re not going to have another techno boondoggle like we
had last time. And then, of course, the issue of the patent backlog.
I believe the Department of Commerce needs to be cyber-ob-
sessed, creating ways to protect its own .gov systems and pro-
tecting those that use our .gov, particularly, again, in the area of
cyber espionage.
NIST is doing a fantastic job, and I know it’s been capped by the
President in this area, as well as playing the leading role now in
saying manufacturing is alive in America, and we’re going to make
sure it’s not only alive, but it thrives. So, we’re going to ask for
more details in that area and on intellectual property.
We are concerned about NOAA’s satellites, and ships, and
planes, and that we need to be fit for duty. We owe it to the men
and women who operate this equipment, and to the scientists and
forecasters to make sure we are working with them. We’re con-
cerned that when it comes to NOAA’s ships and NOAA’s planes,
they’re kind of a little late at the switch to notice what the prob-
lems are, ending up in tremendous cost.
We owe it to our people who work at NOAA that they have the
best equipment and the best support from their government, so
that they can be out there providing, whether it’s for mariners, peo-
ple who live in coastal communities, and so on. We’re so proud of
what they do. I know, as a Maryland Senator, we can’t live without
NOAA and its weather warnings, but when you talk with the Sen-
ators from Missouri, and now the way the tornado warnings have
gone, to a Senator from Hawaii, to another Senator from Alaska,
the tsunami warnings, and others—so we do need to hear from you.
The inspector general has identified several major issues, par-
ticularly controlling the cost of the 2020 census. Once more, we’re
seeing that the census cost has doubled. We can’t go there again.
And I’m just saying that. We really can’t go there again. And we’ll
come back to what I’m going to be asking from you.
I’ve identified some of the problems at NOAA. We’re back to the
Joint Polar Satellite System (JPSS), and to make sure that the sat-
ellite program is not out of control.
145
PREPARED STATEMENT
I’m going to ask unanimous consent that my full statement be
included in the record.
[The statement follows:]
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
S
ENATOR
B
ARBARA
A. M
IKULSKI
Today, we’re meeting to examine the Department of Commerce’s fiscal year 2013
budget request. We welcome Commerce Secretary John Bryson for joining us today
for his first testimony before the subcommittee since becoming Commerce Secretary
in October 2011. Secretary Bryson brings valuable skills to his position. He has been
a strong voice for American manufacturer, saying we need to ‘‘Build it here, sell it
everywhere.’’ He knows firsthand what American businesses are facing in today’s
challenging economy. We look forward to hearing from him about his budget and
his priorities.
The Commerce Department is the major economic engine for America. The Presi-
dent’s request totals $11 billion for the Department, including $3 billion in patent
and trademark fees.
Today, I want to examine how these funds will do three things:
—Protect American ideas by safeguarding our intellectual property with patents
and trademarks and enforcement of our trade laws;
—Protect our citizens by forecasting and warning about severe weather; and
—Protect taxpayer dollars.
By that, I mean the Secretary of Commerce is the chief spokesperson for Amer-
ican business, but the Secretary is also the chief manager of major management
challenges at the Department. Persistent problems need strong oversight. Issues
that the Inspector General has identified include:
—National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s (NOAA) satellite procure-
ment;
—the next Census; and
—the patent backlog and the stealing of our ideas.
When it comes to protecting our ideas, the Department of Commerce needs to be
cyber-obsessed—creating ways to protect its own ‘‘.gov’’ systems while working with
the private sector to better protect ‘‘.com’’. The National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST), Commerce’s outstanding science and research agency, is helping
the private sector find new ways to solve today’s cyber security problems. NIST’s
budget request of $860 million includes $60 million for cyber activities. I want to
know how these funds will be used to protect online consumers and the private sec-
tor from cyber-attacks.
But NIST is not the only agency standing sentry over America’s intellectual prop-
erty. The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) protects American
ideas and inventions, which are the heart of economic prosperity and jobs. The
USPTO has made progress in reducing the patent backlog, but more than 657,000
patents are waiting for approval and it takes 2
1
2
years to grant a patent. I also
want to make sure that USPTO’s networks are secure American inventors are filing
applications electronically. We must make sure the filing process is secure.
When it comes to protecting people, every member of this subcommittee is pro-
weather and pro-science. NOAA’s satellites, ships, and planes need to be fit for duty.
We owe it to the men and women who operate this equipment and to the scientists
and forecasters who depend on the data to do their jobs. And most importantly, we
owe it to our communities: to the coastal States that depend on accurate hurricane
forecasts and to the interior States that depend on timely tornado warnings. I know
the President’s Government reform plan calls for moving NOAA to the Department
of the Interior, but in the meantime, I want to know what you are doing now to
keep people and communities safe.
The Inspector General has identified several major issues persistent management
problems for the Department. Serious issues continue to challenge the Department,
particularly planning and management of the next Census and NOAA weather sat-
ellite procurement.
Controlling costs for the 2020 Census is a top oversight concern for both the In-
spector General and the Government Accountability Office. Cost overruns become a
major problem during the 2010 Census, and already today we see estimates for the
2020 Census ranging from $22 to $30 billion. That’s more than double 2010 Census
costs. I want to know what is being done to reduce costs now.
When Secretary Bryson agreed to be the chief spokesman for America’s busi-
nesses, he also knew that 60 percent of the Department’s budget is for NOAA,
146
which includes fisheries management, coastal resource protection, and operations of
the National Weather Service. An area that I remain very troubled by is NOAA’s
acquisition of new weather satellites. The budget request for NOAA’s new polar sat-
ellites—called Joint Polar Satellite Systems (JPSS)—is nearly $1 billion. JPSS’s life-
cycle cost—the costs of development and operations—have increased yet again from
$11.9 to $12.9 billion. This new total cost estimate shows that despite strong warn-
ings from the subcommittee, JPSS is going in the wrong direction. Cost growth is
hurting NOAA’s core ocean and weather operations. This leads me to question if
NOAA should remain responsible for procuring these satellites.
In conclusion, I want to thank all the men and women of the Commerce Depart-
ment. They are the trade experts, statisticians, patent and trademark examiners,
scientists, engineers, and weather forecasters who work hard every day to promote
American businesses, protect American ideas and resources and keep our economy
moving forward.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. And Senator Hutchison, I know Senator
Inouye and Senator Cochran have joined us. May we defer to them,
and then come back to you, and in turn, to our Secretary?
Senator H
UTCHISON
. I’d be happy to. I’ll be here for the duration.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. I know that there are several hearings going
on.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Yes.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Inouye, did you want to make a
statement?
STATEMENT OF SENATOR DANIEL K
.
INOUYE
Senator I
NOUYE
. Madam Chair, thank you very much for this op-
portunity to say a few words about the President’s fiscal year 2013
budget relating to the Commerce Department. But, before I begin,
Madam Chair, I’d like to join the multitude of admirers and col-
leagues in congratulating you on becoming the longest-serving
woman in our congressional history. I can’t quite believe it, but——
Senator M
IKULSKI
. I can’t believe it either.
Senator I
NOUYE
. You look too young and cute.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. That, I can believe.
Senator I
NOUYE
. But I’ve been around a little while, and I want
to thank you for the great work you’ve done here.
Madam Chair, I want to say a few words, but before I proceed
I’d like to commend and thank the Secretary for the work he has
been doing, and on behalf of my constituents, I thank you for your
hands-on service to our people.
I have just one concern, and that concern has been expressed by
my chair: NOAA. So if I may, Madam Chair, I’d like to submit my
statement and make sure that it’s part of the record.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Absolutely, Senator. With unanimous consent,
your statement is included in the record.
PREPARED STATEMENT
Senator M
IKULSKI
. And then I know you and your staff have im-
portant questions, that they, too, will be submitted to the record,
and we’ll ask the Secretary to respond within 30 days.
[The statement follows:]
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
S
ENATOR
D
ANIEL
K. I
NOUYE
Madam Chairwoman, thank you for the opportunity to say a few words with re-
gard to the President’s request for the Department of Commerce’s budget for fiscal
year 2013. Before I begin, however, let me also join my colleagues and others in con-
gratulating you on making history as the longest-serving woman in congressional
147
history. I have been around for a few years myself and deeply appreciate the honor
and dignity that you have brought to both the House and the Senate through your
dedicated service.
Mr. Secretary, welcome and thank you for joining us. I have been reviewing the
President’s proposed budget and want to applaud you and the President for working
to find ways to support our small businesses and decrease our trade deficit even in
these perilous budget times. I know this is no easy task. However, this is not why
I wanted to come to this hearing today. Rather, I wanted to come in order to make
a special point about the agency which comprises more than 60 percent of your De-
partment’s discretionary budget and yet seems to merit less attention from year to
year. I refer of course to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA) which, under the President’s budget would receive a little more than $5.1
billion in fiscal year 2013. To be sure, this is an increase, but as we all know this
increase is dedicated almost entirely to needed satellite programs while core agency
functions and programs are elsewhere consolidated and cut. In my view, these cuts
appear to have been made in a somewhat haphazard fashion with what seems to
be a highly unfortunate emphasis on programs that have previously been quite
clearly highlighted as congressional priorities. I might suggest that explicitly tar-
geting such programs is not a constructive way to begin a dialog over what I con-
sider to be an agency crucial to our Government’s function, our Nation’s economic
well being, and our safety and security. To begin the annual budget conversation
in such a way inevitably sets up a cycle where the Congress and the administration
focus on more parochial interests to the detriment of any serious thinking that
might be required about refocusing agency missions and priorities in a shrinking
budget environment.
You note in your written testimony that the cuts to NOAA were made so that the
agency could focus on its ‘‘most essential initiatives’’ and that reductions were made
to programs that were found to be redundant and ‘‘of lower value’’. This then is the
rubric by which we must judge such actions as the proposed 20 percent cut to the
National Tsunami Warning Network and Hazard Mitigation Program. Less than a
year after one of the most devastating tsunami’s the world has ever seen, the De-
partment of Commerce decided that NOAA’s tsunami warning program was, accord-
ing to standards outlined in your testimony, nonessential, redundant, and of low pri-
ority. Given that my State suffered significant damage, though thankfully no loss
of life, from the Japanese tsunami, this seems like an incorrect assessment to me.
It also gives me pause as to the other proposed cuts to NOAA and I hope that we
may continue to have a dialog as to your reasoning.
I would like to add one last point with regards to the administration’s proposal
for reorganizing the business and trade functions of the executive branch. I sincerely
congratulate you and the President on your willingness and desire to think cre-
atively about how we may make Federal activities more efficient while at the same
time enhancing the vital services that foster American enterprise. The proposal to
reorganize and consolidate the business and trade functions of the Federal Govern-
ment into a single Department has some value in terms of efficiency, economy, and
effectiveness. However, there are still many issues yet to be worked out and some
questions yet to be answered.
I am especially concerned with the lack of details regarding the proposed fate of
NOAA.
I understand that there is a notional idea to move it the Department of the Inte-
rior with a promise that details will be worked out later. I also understand that the
likelihood of any of this occurring in the near term is small. Nevertheless, I strongly
suggest to you that, as with the budget, it is always better to start these conversa-
tions sooner. In this case there is no need to wait for the Congress to act on the
President’s request for reorganization authority. I and my staff would enthusiasti-
cally welcome a conversation with the administration about ways that we may
strengthen NOAA while increasing Government efficiency.
Senator I
NOUYE
. Thank you very much.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Cochran, our ranking member, also
a coastal Senator.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR THAD COCHRAN
Senator C
OCHRAN
. Madam Chair, thank you very much. Thank
you for your leadership of this subcommittee, and in the Senate, as
a whole, we appreciate your friendship over the years.
148
Mr. Secretary, welcome. We’re pleased to have you here before us
today to discuss the budget request for the administration and
these areas under your jurisdiction.
One of the disturbing things, and I noticed right away, is the
lack of emphasis on the Gulf of Mexico. And I don’t know of any-
thing that’s happened in our country in terms of water resources,
ecological interests, and importance than the problems in the Gulf
of Mexico, and to see NOAA sitting back and waiting for others, I
guess, to identify the priorities—we need leadership at this time
more than ever. And I will be curious to know what your rec-
ommendations and observations are about that issue.
But beyond that, we’re glad to have the opportunity to review the
budget request of the administration, and we’re hoping to work in
a positive and constructive way to harness the resources that are
needed to deal with the challenges we face under your jurisdiction,
in spite of the disappointment that the budget presents to us at the
outset.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Thank you, Senator Cochran. And your ques-
tions, too, will be in the record.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Hutchison.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR KAY BAILEY HUTCHISON
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Well, thank you, Madam Chairman, and I
will echo what Senator Inouye said, and say that you’ve had a fab-
ulous week. And I’m so happy that Women’s History Month, which
you couldn’t have predicted 30-some years ago, would happen on
your anniversary. But it’s a wonderful thing that we are cele-
brating your service as the longest-serving woman in the history of
our the Congress and our country. So, I loved being a part of all
your festivities, and it probably won’t be matched for a long time.
In fact, you may break your own record.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Thank you.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Let me say that I think you’re hearing what
the concerns are already. NOAA is a big one. Gulf of Mexico. I
mean just last week, we had tornadoes, and horrendous weather
that kept our Republican Minority leader, Senator McConnell, from
being able to be here on Tuesday, because he was not able to get
out of DFW airport for about 8 hours. And it’s just always there.
The Gulf of Mexico is the site of so many of our hurricanes, and
tornadoes, and horrible weather, and yet, we see failures in NOAA.
We see the satellite system, which doesn’t function right. It’s a big
part of your budget. But, the people who are concerned with the
wet side of Commerce, with fisheries and ocean monitoring, are
also very concerned. So, I will want to know what you’re doing to
address these issues, and what you would do with the increase in
spending in that area.
The reorganizing that has been announced to possibly put NOAA
in the Department of the Interior, I would like to know your opin-
ion about that, if it goes better there, and what can we see that
would be an improvement if it did move, or if not, why not. And
the computer hacking is another issue that really has come to the
forefront, and protecting the Department’s information technology
infrastructure certainly has to be a priority. And I guess in the
hacking that happened this year, you’re still, I’m told, trying to sort
149
out if any information about the companies that are in your system
had compromised information.
The National Network for Manufacturing Innovation is part of
the budget. Certainly, we are focused on manufacturing, and inno-
vation and manufacturing should be a priority, and I want to hear
more about that. And just the last thing I would mention is the
International Trade Administration (ITA). The President made an
Executive order that I think was premature, because we haven’t
had a chance to see what a new ITA would do that the U.S. Trade
Representative (USTR) isn’t already doing, or should be doing, and
do we need another reformed agency to do the work on unfair trade
practices, when we do have a setup, I think, at the USTR office.
So, I’d like to, you know, pursue these things, and get your an-
swers, and I guess after we have our opening statements, we’ll get
a chance to hear what your priorities are.
Thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Mr. Secretary.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Well, thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Thank you, I think. We’ve got a lot of chal-
lenges.
SUMMARY STATEMENT OF JOHN BRYSON
Secretary B
RYSON
. Chairwoman Mikulski, Ranking Member
Hutchison, and members of the subcommittee, I am pleased to offer
a written statement for the record, and to discuss President
Obama’s 2013 budget request for the Commerce Department.
I feel the need and really want to join the others in saying that
it is a special honor today to testify before the longest-serving fe-
male Member in the history of the Congress, and maybe as a father
of four daughters, I would say I deeply admire your service to the
people of Maryland and our Nation since being elected to the Con-
gress in 1976. So, I join all the others in saying thank you, and
congratulations Chairman Mikulski on making history once again.
So, in my first 5 months as Secretary, I’ve seen many examples
of how the Commerce Department supports American business.
Just last Friday, I visited Pavilion Furniture. That is a very small
manufacturer in Miami who we are helping to start exporting both
to the Caribbean and to Asia. The owner, Mike Buzzella, said, ‘‘The
introductions that the Commerce Department just made for us in
Panama and the Pacific Rim are helping to find new ways to grow
in a global economy.’’
This budget, the budget we have before you now, reflects the
commitment to helping businesses like Mike’s continue to drive
competitiveness, innovation, and job creation. It includes $8 billion
in discretionary funding and $2.3 billion in mandatory funding.
Throughout the budget, we have made smart and tough choices
that cut costs, while building only on programs that truly do work.
Key priorities are in areas where we see growth and promise, such
as advanced manufacturing, exporting, and attracting foreign di-
rect investment.
For example, the budget includes $135 million for R&D in areas
like advanced materials and advanced manufacturing processes.
These are critical areas where the United States must stay com-
petitive.
150
We will also continue to support the foundational building blocks
of our economy, such as research and science, environmental sus-
tainability, and the public safety. For example, NOAA’s budget in-
cludes $1.85 billion for satellites, which provide 93 percent of the
input to our Nation’s weather prediction models. This directly im-
pacts the daily flow of commerce and the ability of businesses and
communities to prepare for disaster.
Also, we have invested in stock assessments, because our fisher-
men and our fisheries are culturally and economically important to
our country and to our competitiveness.
At the same time, we are committed to serving as responsible
stewards of taxpayer dollars. We propose eliminating 18 programs,
reducing funding for many others, and achieving administrative
savings. Altogether, this will save taxpayers more than $400 mil-
lion.
PREPARED STATEMENT
Let me just close by saying that as a CEO for nearly 2 decades,
I strongly believe that any organization is most effective when it
operates with a common vision. Our 12 bureaus are committed to
functioning as what we call ‘‘One Commerce’’. Collectively and col-
laboratively, we will continue to empower American businesses to
drive our economy and to build on the nearly 4 million jobs that
have been created over just the past 2 years.
Thank you all for your continued support of the Commerce De-
partment. I look forward to your comments, and I’m pleased to an-
swer any questions.
[The statement follows:]
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
J
OHN
B
RYSON
INTRODUCTION
Chairman Mikulski, Ranking Member Hutchison, and distinguished members of
the subcommittee, I am pleased to join you today to talk about President Obama’s
budget request for the Department of Commerce for fiscal year 2013. While this is
my first testimony before you, I want to start by thanking you for the subcommit-
tee’s members’ deep appreciation of the talented women and men who work at the
Department of Commerce, and for your support of our relentless focus on helping
American companies be more innovative at home and competitive around the world.
I must say, it is humbling that my first time testifying in the Senate as the Sec-
retary of Commerce is before the longest-serving female Member in the history of
the United States Congress. As the father of four daughters, I thank you. As the
newest member of the Cabinet, I humbly recognize what an impressive feat this is
and deeply admire your many years of service. Since being elected to Congress in
1976, you have always been an admirable representative of the great State of Mary-
land and our country. Thank you and congratulations on making history once again,
Chairwoman Mikulski.
In today’s challenging budget climate, the Commerce Department is committed to
responsible stewardship of taxpayer dollars. We’ve done this by making smart and
tough choices to cut costs, while ensuring that we build only on programs that truly
work. Thus, the fiscal year 2013 budget request for Commerce is fiscally responsible
while promoting entrepreneurship, innovation fueled by investments in science,
global competitiveness, and research and development. President Obama’s fiscal
year 2013 budget for Commerce includes $8 billion in discretionary funding, which
is a 5-percent increase from the fiscal year 2012 enacted level. The budget also re-
quests $2.3 billion in mandatory funding for new programs.
This budget invests in efforts to help businesses build their products here and sell
their products and services everywhere, putting Americans back to work. To do so,
we are requesting funding specifically to promote high-priority activities to support
advanced manufacturing, exports and foreign direct investment. With these invest-
151
ments, we will build a 21st century infrastructure; encourage the sustainability of
our environment; strengthen science and information; and support national security
and public safety. To make that possible, this budget request balances the invest-
ments and priorities outlined here with difficult choices—including eliminating 18
programs, resulting in more than $50 million in savings; reducing other programs
by an additional $336 million; and achieving $176 million in administrative savings.
As a CEO for nearly two decades, I learned that a company is most effective at
delivering services when it operates with one vision and the entire workforce, from
the boardroom to the shop floor, are focused on a clearly defined collective goal. I
believe the same thing at the Commerce Department. We are the strongest advo-
cates for American businesses when we are more than the sum of our parts—when
we are ‘‘One Commerce’’.
The common thread through all of our work across the bureaus is helping Amer-
ican businesses create jobs. This is as true for National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA) as it is for the International Trade Administration (ITA).
As One Commerce, we are working relentlessly to support businesses and commu-
nities and to advance the frontiers of innovation, as I detail below.
BUILD IT HERE
SELL IT EVERYWHERE
As you all know, the challenges and opportunities that American businesses face
today are global in nature. Since my confirmation in October, I have focused the
Commerce Department on becoming more nimble, responsive, and effective for
American businesses. As my friend Fred Hochberg and I like to say, ‘‘We want gov-
ernment at the speed of business.’’ To reach this goal, the Department will focus
on a simple imperative: In order to create good-paying jobs here at home, we need
to help more businesses build their products here and sell them everywhere. To
achieve this, we are focusing on:
—Supporting advanced manufacturing;
—Increasing U.S. exports; and
—Attracting more investment in America from all over the world.
Advanced Manufacturing
The President’s fiscal year 2013 budget request for the Department of Commerce
recognizes that we must build momentum in our manufacturing sector, particularly
advanced manufacturing. By itself, the U.S. manufacturing sector would be the
ninth-largest economy in the world. Manufacturing employs 12 million Americans
and is a major source of innovation in our economy, with manufacturing companies
accounting for 72 percent of all private-sector research and development (R&D)
spending. This is why the President’s proposed budget would invest heavily in the
manufacturing expertise at our National Institute for Standards and Technology
(NIST).
In support of the President’s priority to strengthen advanced manufacturing, the
President’s fiscal year 2013 budget for NIST contains:
—$135 million for advanced manufacturing R&D to target high-potential tech-
nologies such as the manufacture of advanced materials and smart manufac-
turing processes, which will make U.S. manufacturers more competitive; and
—$21 million for the Advanced Manufacturing Technology Consortia Initiative
that will bring together industry, universities, and the Federal Government to
invest in highly promising R&D and accelerate the transfer of innovative tech-
nologies and products into the hands of American manufacturers.
In addition, the Hollings Manufacturing Extension Partnership within NIST is
funded at $128 million to help businesses save time and money and thereby improve
the competitiveness of small- and medium-sized firms in manufacturing.
Partnerships can also strengthen our competitiveness in manufacturing. Gene
Sperling, Director of the National Economic Council and Assistant to the President
for Economic Policy, and I are co-leading the new White House Office of Manufac-
turing Policy. We are focused on high-impact ideas, such as the creation of a new
National Network for Manufacturing Innovation. The administration proposes to
make a one-time $1 billion mandatory spending investment to catalyze the creation
of a network of up to 15 regional institutes to foster innovation and accelerate tech-
nological advancements in manufacturing. These regional institutes will allow re-
searchers, companies, and entrepreneurs to solve problems in pre-commercial tech-
nologies that will lead to U.S. leadership in tomorrow’s manufactured goods.
Our ‘‘One Commerce’’ approach brings significant resources to bear for the benefit
of American manufacturing companies. The Commerce Department’s bureaus—in-
cluding NIST, ITA, Economic Development Administration (EDA), and U.S. Patent
and Trademark Office (USPTO)—are collectively focused on supporting the commer-
cialization of manufacturing technology, bridging the gap between the laboratory
152
and the market, and maximizing the unique strengths that already exist in par-
ticular regions and manufacturing hubs around the United States. This will help
us ensure that the next generation of groundbreaking products is not just invented
here in America, but is also built here.
Increasing U.S. Exports
We also want to help American companies sell their products and services to the
95 percent of the world’s consumers who live beyond our borders. U.S. businesses
are not exporting nearly as much as they could. Only about 1 percent of U.S. busi-
nesses export, and most only to one country. Many American companies would like
to export but are unsure how to start. Small businesses in particular often face big
challenges when it comes to getting export financing, building relationships with
foreign suppliers, and dealing with unfamiliar foreign rules and regulations. Presi-
dent Obama’s National Export Initiative (NEI), led by our Department, is designed
to help businesses overcome these hurdles. And, in fact, U.S. companies increased
their exports by 17 percent in 2010 and by an additional 14 percent in 2011, putting
us substantially on track to meet the challenging goal to double American exports
by the end of 2014.
We have leveraged existing resources and enhanced the way we work to help
American companies expand their global market share. In 2010 and 2011, the Com-
merce Department coordinated 77 trade missions to 38 countries with more than
1,000 U.S. companies. We have identified and prioritized work in markets and sec-
tors where American businesses are the most competitive. In addition, we have ex-
panded opportunities in new markets thanks to congressional implementation of the
trade agreements with Colombia, Panama, and Korea.
The fiscal year 2013 budget requests a total of $517 million for our ITA. As with
other Commerce Department bureaus, ITA is closely examining its organization to
speed up operations in order to focus on higher productivity results for American
businesses. This budget request proposes a consolidation of ITA’s four business units
to three, organizing them by core function to provide more effective and efficient
services to U.S. companies and to better focus on priority export markets, trade en-
forcement, and strategic partnerships while saving $8 million annually.
ITA’s budget also requests an additional $30 million to strengthen trade pro-
motion by placing Foreign Commercial Service Officers and the equivalent of 90 lo-
cally engaged staff in high-growth markets such as China, India, and Brazil. An ex-
pansion of these priority markets will enable identification of more export opportu-
nities for U.S. companies, more rapid and timely business counseling, and enhanced
commercial diplomacy and advocacy support.
Attracting More Investment
We also must promote investment into the United States. That includes U.S. com-
panies expanding their operations domestically or bringing jobs back to the United
States. It also means foreign companies investing here. This administration main-
tains a deep commitment to ensuring that the United States remains the most open
economy in the world. America is already the number-one destination around the
world for foreign direct investment, and foreign companies support more than 5 mil-
lion jobs across the United States. Until the recent launch of SelectUSA, however,
there has not been coordinated Federal effort to help either U.S. or non-U.S. busi-
nesses navigate the Federal and various State economic environments in order for
the private sector to more rapidly and easily make these types of investments in
America. The fiscal year 2013 President’s budget proposes $13 million for SelectUSA
to aggressively pursue and win new business investment in the United States.
In order to spur job creation, the United States must encourage business invest-
ment from all sources, including encouraging companies that have moved jobs off-
shore to come back to the United States. To support this effort, we have launched
a task force dedicated to investment and the in-sourcing of jobs. This task force is
leveraging our existing resources to make promoting and facilitating business in-
vestment in the United States. a natural part of what the Department does, akin
to export promotion and facilitation. Further, we are working to create an online
calculator that will help companies determine the hidden costs of moving business
out of the United States.
Additionally, EDA will play a critical role through strategic grants that build as-
sets in communities to support investment. Moreover, EDA is updating its invest-
ment priorities to include the in-sourcing of jobs back to the United States; projects
to facilitate in-sourcing will be prioritized for funding within all EDA grant pro-
grams. In fiscal year 2012, EDA will offer support to grant applicants who are inter-
ested in bringing jobs back to the United States through its next round of Jobs and
Innovation Accelerator Challenges—economic development grants that will focus on
153
America’s rural communities and strengthening advanced manufacturing. Those in-
terested in accelerating job creation through in-sourcing will be encouraged to apply.
SUPPORTING U
.
S
.
BUSINESSES AND COMMUNITIES
The fiscal year 2013 budget for the Department of Commerce supports American
businesses and communities—whether it’s working directly with manufacturers to
enhance their economic competitiveness or supporting communities through eco-
nomic development and the delivery of daily weather forecasts and severe storm
warnings.
The Department works to strengthen communities, especially in disadvantaged or
distressed areas, through private sector job creation. The President’s budget pro-
vides $182 million for the EDA’s Economic Development Assistance programs to
drive 21st century innovation and economic development that leverage regional as-
sets to foster economic growth.
The budget provides $29 million for the Minority Business Development Agency
(MBDA), which, through a network of 39 affiliated Minority Business Centers, sup-
ports the ability of minority businesses to grow and thrive in the global economy.
We are investing in these centers because they are on the front lines of providing
direct services to minority-owned businesses. This approach has worked. Over the
last 3 years, our network of MBDA Business Centers has helped minority busi-
nesses obtain $10 billion in contracts and capital while helping to create and save
nearly 20,000 jobs. And last year, MBDA registered the best annual performance
in its 41-year history.
The Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) advances U.S. national security, for-
eign policy, and economic objectives through ensuring an effective export control and
treaty compliance system and by promoting continued U.S. strategic technology
leadership. The President’s fiscal year 2013 budget recognizes, with a request of
$102 million, the important role of BIS to ensure sensitive technologies are not ex-
ported to regimes unable to safeguard the technologies from bad actors, weapons
proliferators, and terrorists. Within this request, $6 million is provided to hire 24
additional personnel at Commerce to handle the new workload under the adminis-
tration’s export control reform initiative to advance national security and overall
economic competitiveness.
Robust monitoring and enforcement of U.S. rights under international trade
agreements, as well as enforcement of domestic trade laws, are crucial components
of the administration’s strategy to expand exports, ensure fair competition with our
foreign trading partners, and grow the economy. ITA is a key partner supporting
the new Interagency Trade Enforcement Center (ITEC), which will represent a more
aggressive ‘‘whole-of-government’’ approach to addressing unfair trade practices, and
will serve as the primary forum within the Federal Government for executive de-
partments and agencies to coordinate enforcement of international and domestic
trade rules. This budget requests an increase of $24 million to the Commerce De-
partment that will support the ITEC and will significantly enhance the administra-
tion’s capabilities to aggressively challenge unfair trade practices around the world.
The Commerce Department also focuses on generating and providing timely data
and analysis for public and private sector decisionmaking. The fiscal year 2013
President’s budget requests $100 million for the Economics and Statistics Adminis-
tration (including the Bureau of Economic Analysis [BEA]) and $970 million for the
Census Bureau. BEA, which sits within the Economics and Statistics Administra-
tion (ESA), provides the tools to identify the drivers of economic growth and fluctua-
tion, as well as measure the long-term health and sustainability of U.S. economic
activity. This budget will strengthen BEA’s ability to identify industry-specific
trends within its GDP statistics.
The fiscal year 2013 budget for Census sustains critical business and household
data collection activities, such as the 2012 Economic Census that provides an every-
5-year comprehensive view of American businesses and that forms the foundation
for all our industry and business statistics. Similarly, the American Community
Survey (ACS) is the only source for geographically detailed socio-economic informa-
tion on a yearly basis. Businesses use ACS information in many ways, such as site
selection and market intelligence, which promotes job creation and economic recov-
ery. State and local governments use ACS information to support decisionmaking
for key programs and services, such as schools, transportation, and emergency serv-
ices. The Census Bureau request also invests $131 million in research and testing
for the 2020 Decennial Census. This is a critical investment that is essential to sav-
ing money in future years. By devoting sufficient resources to this early state of the
lifecycle, the Census Bureau will be able to develop the new approaches required
to break the trend of doubling the cost of the decennial census each decade.
154
This budget also supports U.S. businesses and communities by investing $5.1 bil-
lion, an increase of $153.9 million or 3.1 percent more than the fiscal year 2012 en-
acted level, for NOAA’s vital work on weather forecasting, fisheries management,
and coastal stewardship.
NOAA’s critical satellite operations will provide businesses and individuals with
the data and information needed to plan for changing weather conditions. These sat-
ellites also provide advanced warning of severe storms so that actions can be taken
to protect lives and property. The fiscal year 2013 budget invests $1.8 billion in
NOAA satellites, including $916 million for the NOAA Joint Polar Satellite System
(JPSS), and $802 million for the next generation geostationary satellite, GOES–R.
Weather satellites, including JPSS and GOES–R, are critical to our Nation’s infra-
structure and economy and provide 93 percent of the input to the Nation’s weather
prediction models. Severe storms in the past year, both tornados and hurricanes,
have demonstrated the importance of our weather satellite system to provide ad-
vance warning of these disasters. fiscal year 2013 funding will ensure that GOES–
R remains on its current schedule to replace the GOES–N series of satellites cur-
rently in operation. Full funding is required to avoid any additional schedule slip
to JPSS and to minimize the gap in polar satellite coverage between JPSS and the
Suomi National Polar-Orbiting Partnership (Suomi-NPP). NOAA and National Aero-
nautics and Space Administration successfully launched the Suomi-NPP in October
2011. JPSS is scheduled to launch in the second quarter of 2017.
NOAA’s environmental data and services support commerce throughout the coun-
try. NOAA provides weather information that allows for safe and efficient transpor-
tation; drought and water data that inform agricultural decisions; space weather
warnings needed to protect the national energy grid and worldwide communications
from solar storms; and climate information that supports adaptation decisions for
business and communities. Nearly 80 percent of U.S. import and export freight is
transported through seaports, and by 2020, the value of all freight coming through
U.S. ports is projected to increase by more than 40 percent. The fiscal year 2013
President’s budget requests $150 million to support navigational services nation-
wide, including mapping and charting and real-time observations and forecasts of
water levels, tides, and currents. The budget also provides $972 million for weather,
drought, and flood forecasting.
The fiscal year 2013 President’s budget for NOAA also provides an increase of
$29.7 million to improve our understanding of climate, with a specific focus on re-
search that underpins our understanding of climate processes. This includes an $8
million investment in the continued development and use of state-of-the-art Earth
system models, which help businesses and communities address climate related
issues, including sea level rise and Arctic climate change and $4.6 million to make
progress in critical ocean observations and analysis.
Healthy coastal economies rely on a healthy ocean ecosystem. NOAA’s fiscal year
2013 budget will continue to ensure that critical information and tools are available
to users and decisionmakers to support the management of our ocean and coastal
resources to make certain future generations also have the ability to enjoy and ben-
efit from these resources. Rebuilding our Nation’s fisheries is essential to preserving
the livelihood of fishermen, the economies of our coastal communities, and a sus-
tainable supply of healthy seafood. The fiscal year 2013 President’s budget requests
$880 million for the National Marine Fisheries Service, funding science, manage-
ment, and conservation of fisheries and protected resources. This includes a re-
quested increase of $4.3 million to expand stock assessments and $2.3 million for
survey and monitoring projects, which will be targeted at high-priority commercially
and recreationally viable fish stocks.
ADVANCING THE FRONTIERS OF INNOVATION
The fiscal year 2013 budget supports key initiatives to help advance our scientific
and technological frontiers and build the foundations for a secure future. Innovation
is critical to our economy; it generates American jobs today and will drive the jobs
of the future. Along with major research universities, businesses are the primary
source of new ideas, from concept to commercialization, and the Department of Com-
merce is leveraging our resources to provide the tools, policies, and technologies that
enable U.S. businesses to gain and maintain an advantage in world markets.
Together, NIST and NOAA will invest an additional $1.3 billion in research and
development efforts.
As I mentioned earlier in my testimony, a focal point for the NIST budget request
is on investments to support advanced manufacturing. Overall, the fiscal year 2013
President’s budget requests $857 million in discretionary spending for NIST that ad-
155
dresses challenges to U.S. industry in a number of areas including advanced com-
munications and cybersecurity.
Specifically, we request $10 million to support research in advanced communica-
tions networks to build collaboration with the telecommunications industry to help
lay the groundwork for an interoperable public safety communications network that
seamlessly delivers voice, data, and video to first responders and other emergency
personnel. In addition, cybersecurity remains a priority at NIST with the request
of an additional $8 million for the administration’s National Strategy for Trusted
Identities in Cyberspace (NSTIC) program. This program supports the development
of an online environment—the ‘‘Identity Ecosystem’’—that improves on the use of
passwords and usernames, and allows individuals and organizations to better trust
one another, with minimized disclosure of personal information. This work is in-
tended to have broad benefits for applications ranging from consumer financial
transactions, to industrial supply chains, to health records, for which it is essential
to have information security.
The President’s fiscal year 2013 budget requests $651 million for NOAA research
and development. This includes NOAA’s atmospheric and ocean, coastal, and Great
Lakes research and applied science which are at the forefront of discovery and a
key component of advancing the mandates of the America COMPETES Reauthoriza-
tion Act of 2010. NOAA research is improving the forecasts of severe weather such
as winter storms and flash floods, developing next-generation radars with the poten-
tial to extend lead times for detecting tornadoes, and operationalizing new marine
sensor technologies with economic benefits.
USPTO facilitates the generation of innovative and commercially viable processes
and products, while protecting the intellectual property rights of inventors. The
Congress helped tremendously in this effort last year with the passage of the Amer-
ica Invents Act, and the fiscal year 2013 budget supports USPTO’s authority to
spend all of the fees collected to accelerate patent processing and improve patent
quality, as established in that law. The request supports continued reductions to
pendency and backlogs, with goals of cutting the backlog in half to 329,500 by fiscal
year 2015 and total pendency to 18.3 months by fiscal year 2016. This would be a
dramatic turn-around from where we were just 3 years ago. In fiscal year 2009, the
backlog was nearly 800,000 and pendency was 34.6 months. In fiscal year 2013,
USPTO expects to hire an additional 1,500 examiners to support this effort.
EDA will dedicate $182 million in grants to foster innovation through innovation
hubs across the United States, particularly in distressed communities. We know this
new model of economic development works. The Jobs Innovation and Accelerator
Program launched by EDA last year is estimated to create approximately 4,800 jobs
and 300 new businesses, retain 2,400 jobs and train 4,000 people for careers in high-
growth industries.
The need to ensure our Nation has state-of-the-art digital infrastructure—to drive
economic growth, create jobs, promote innovation, support Federal agencies’ mis-
sions, and improve public safety—cannot be overstated. This is a core value of Presi-
dent Obama, and one that is reflected in several major initiatives undertaken by
the administration and enacted by the Congress. The Department’s National Tele-
communications and Information Administration (NTIA) has been called upon to
make some of the most complex and consequential technology and innovation pro-
grams a reality. Most recently, under the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation
Act, NTIA will establish ‘‘FirstNet’’, an independent entity that will oversee the cre-
ation of a long-needed nationwide, interoperable public safety broadband network.
Funded through proceeds of future spectrum auctions, this broadband network rep-
resents delivery on a promise made by this administration to America’s first re-
sponders and the key challenge of network operability noted by the 9/11 Commis-
sion.
In all, the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget provides $47 million to NTIA. These
funds are needed for NTIA to continue its work in several areas critical to creating
jobs, promoting innovation and growing our economy. This includes implementing
the President’s directive to double the amount of spectrum available for commercial
wireless broadband service. It also includes managing and overseeing nearly $4 bil-
lion in Broadband Technology Opportunities Program projects, which are helping to
expand broadband access and adoption across the country. These projects are allow-
ing hospitals, libraries and universities, as well as individual citizens, entrepreneurs
and small businesses, to succeed and thrive in the digital economy. The fiscal year
2013 President’s budget request includes $27 million for NTIA to continue to over-
see these projects to protect against waste, fraud and abuse, and ensure they deliver
on their promised benefits—including more than 70,000 miles of broadband net-
works by the end of fiscal year 2013—on time and on budget. Almost all projects
are slated to be completed by the end of fiscal year 2013.
156
The Department of Commerce is also active on the domestic and international
fronts to preserve an open, interconnected global Internet that supports continued
innovation and U.S. economic growth. Privacy is a key component of consumer trust
in the Internet and of the online retail marketplace that accounts for around $200
billion in annual economic activity. The President’s budget requests approximately
$1 million for NTIA’s work on promoting Internet innovation, in particular, by lead-
ing the administration’s efforts to provide consumers with stronger privacy protec-
tions while maintaining the flexibility that companies need to innovate, here and
around the globe.
STEWARDSHIP OF TAXPAYER DOLLARS
Just as businesses across the United States. must find efficiencies and focus on
results, the Federal Government has a responsibility to maximize results and be re-
sponsible stewards of taxpayer dollars, especially in difficult economic times. As I
stated before, there were many difficult choices made in this budget, cutting pro-
grams across the Department. In fact, EDA, MBDA, and departmental management
are decreased below their fiscal year 2012 enacted levels. In other bureaus, such as
NOAA, sharp cuts were taken to specific programs to focus on the most essential
initiatives. Programs were reviewed across the Department, and reductions were fo-
cused on specific programs or projects that, while performing important work and
generating value, are lower priority because they are either similar to programs in
other agencies or not central to the Department’s mission.
The Commerce Department is committed to reducing our administrative costs
through savings and efficiencies. In doing so, we are not only being financially
sound, but we are ensuring we can invest in the important initiatives that help
American businesses compete and win.
The fiscal year 2013 President’s budget invests in key areas to improve adminis-
trative functions throughout the Department. These investments include an in-
crease of $0.4 million for cybersecurity; $3.9 million to upgrade the financial man-
agement, acquisition, and other administrative systems within the Department; and
$2.2 million to continue to automate our manual human resource processes. Making
these investments is key to future savings.
To fund these investments, the Commerce Department has moved aggressively in
the past year to reduce our administrative costs. We will meet our goal of saving
$143 million by the end of fiscal year 2012, in areas such as acquisition, fleet oper-
ations, human resources, and information technology. This builds upon our fiscal
year 2011 savings of approximately $50 million in administrative costs. Part of
those savings resulted from Commerce shutting down approximately 3,000 unused
cell phone lines and optimizing rate plans, for an annual savings of $1.8 million,
and issuing a printing policy that calls for less and smarter printing, which will
save approximately $4.2 million annually.
Next year we will achieve substantial additional savings. The fiscal year 2013
President’s budget calls on the Department to achieve a total of $176 million in ad-
ministrative cost savings, which is already underway by placing additional focus on
reducing travel costs, employee IT devices, printing, fleet operations, management
contracts, and extraneous promotional items. In addition, the Department has pro-
posed administrative savings in NOAA by merging a small number of programs and
reducing its footprint of facilities so that funding can be targeted at the agency’s
highest priorities.
The Department of Commerce also continues to support the President’s
BusinessUSA Initiative—a comprehensive customer service plan to better meet the
needs of businesses. Furthering the Commerce Connect initiative launched in late
2010, BusinessUSA ensures that businesses looking for assistance from the Federal
Government can quickly connect to the services and information relevant to them,
regardless of which agency’s Web site, call center, or office they go to for help.
BusinessUSA would link American businesses and entrepreneurs with Commerce
Department and other Federal, State, and local partner resources. These services
are provided faster and more comprehensively through a one-stop shop, beginning
with a web portal and enhanced call center coordination. This is a key step in a
new way for the Federal Government to be an asset to America’s businesses—apply-
ing information and customer service standards, technology, call centers, and field
offices in a manner that provides the most useful, accurate, and timely services and
information to businesses.
CONCLUSION
The President’s fiscal year 2013 budget request reflects the crucial role that the
entire Department of Commerce plays in accelerating job growth, strengthening the
157
economic recovery, and supporting American businesses all across our country. At
the same time, the President’s request recognizes the challenging budget climate in
which we find ourselves and includes many difficult choices that meet the need for
responsible reductions.
By combining crucial investments with fiscal responsibility, the budget sets forth
a meaningful plan to stimulate private sector job creation and promote American
competitiveness for years to come. With each of our 12 bureaus working together
with a focus on helping companies sell their goods and services around the globe,
supporting businesses and communities, and advancing the frontiers of innovation,
I am confident in our ability to deliver on that commitment.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Mr. Secretary, we’re going to go by the 5-
minute rule, and I will then, I know, at the end, probably have a
couple of wrap-up questions related to management and cost over-
runs.
The Commerce Department’s job is to work with the President,
the Congress, and the private sector to really create jobs. And it
has been the tradition of the Secretary of Commerce to really be
like the President’s ambassador to our domestic business commu-
nity. We have the ambassadors to countries, but here we’re one of
the most vital private sectors in the world. So, we know that’s a
big job. And one thing we are concerned about on this sub-
committee is certainly creating jobs.
This is now going to take me to the whole issue of the role of
the Commerce Department in cyber, and also with our intellectual
property. Everybody likes to talk today about American
exceptionalism. It really is our intellectual ideas. So, one, the whole
idea that we don’t want a valley of death, where people do re-
search—how do they get their ideas patented?—because that is the
major tool for protecting their intellectual property. It puts the
fence up and protects them.
The second issue we hear in both this subcommittee and in the
Intelligence Committee that Senator Feinstein chairs is about
cyber espionage, where there are those nation states that are out
there cruising, and even in the private sector, that are stealing our
ideas. Why invent the cure for cancer? Why invent something new
that will be Internet-driven, when you can just steal it?
So, my question to you is: What is the role of the Commerce De-
partment in protecting America’s intellectual property and making
sure we end the backlog and deal with the cyber espionage prob-
lem?
Secretary B
RYSON
. Thank you, Chairman Mikulski. The Com-
merce Department has a significant role, a very significant role in
dealing with the very considerable threats and costs of not having
complete and fully protected cybersecurity.
Chairman Mikulski, I want to say how much our people at NIST
have valued your support. You’ve followed this. You’ve addressed
it for a long period of time. And you’re coming recently to the rec-
ognition——
PATENT APPLICATION BACKLOG
Senator M
IKULSKI
. I appreciate the nice words. Tell me what
you’re doing on the backlog problem.
Secretary B
RYSON
. The backlog problem——
158
Senator M
IKULSKI
. The backlog problem at the USPTO.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Yes. What we’re doing is, we’ve set a standard
now. A lot of work is under way. We will reduce the backlogs by
2015 by one-half.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. And how are you going to do that, and what
resources do you need?
Secretary B
RYSON
. A series of steps, but the most important is
in the budget before you now, and that is the funding that would
allow us to bring immediately, in the 2013 timeframe, 1,500 new
patent examiners to carry that backlog down, and reduce that con-
siderable backlog.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. But, we’ve heard that before. How is this
going to be different than in the past? Oh, let’s bring in more, but
then so what. I’ve now been with several secretaries of Commerce.
With all due respect, Sir, they tell me the same thing. We’re going
to hire more people and hooah, hooah, and it just doesn’t make a
difference. Either you’re not hiring, either you’re not keeping, you
don’t——
Secretary B
RYSON
. Dave Kappos, in my judgment, as the Director
of the USPTO, is doing an outstanding job, extraordinary leader-
ship. The America Invents Act gives us an additional set of tools.
But, the hiring of 1,500 additional patent examiners has never
taken place before. That is a big addition. They will be highly,
highly capable people. Already, people are lining up to have those
jobs, and it’s an attractive place to work.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Well, I think what the subcommittee would
like is a detailed management plan including not only the hiring,
but how are you going to train them, how are you going to recruit
them, what happened to the fast-track idea?
[The information follows:]
P
ATENT
E
XAMINER
R
ECRUITMENT
, H
IRING
, T
RAINING
,
AND
P
RIORITIZED
E
XAMINATION
P
ROCESS
The Department of Commerce wishes to supplement the response to the question
by Chairperson Mikulski regarding actions taken to address United States Patent
and Trademark Office (USPTO) patent examiner recruitment, hiring, and training
as well as the prioritized examination process
PATENT EXAMINER RECRUITMENT
,
HIRING
,
AND TRAINING
USPTO has conducted a significant amount of planning associated with bringing
a large new cadre of patent examiners on board and the execution of this effort is
in full swing. USPTO has undertaken a diverse approach to inform the public about
patent examiner job opportunities, successfully attracting thousands of qualified
candidates through extensive recruitment efforts. Recruitment strategies are being
expanded in areas such as career fairs; aggressive outreach to veterans and
transitioning servicemembers through networking with other Federal agencies and
veterans groups; targeted advertising and email blasts to universities, professional
organizations and associations; nationwide advertisements and outreach efforts via
social media; and, internal agency-wide communications.
USPTO expects the majority of hiring for fiscal year 2012 to occur in the latter
half of this fiscal year. In addition, the hiring processes for patent examiners have
been streamlined to minimize the time between application, candidate selection, and
orientation. Accordingly, USPTO is on track to meet its hiring goal of 1,500 exam-
iners for fiscal year 2012, and will be working aggressively to hire up to an addi-
tional 1,500 examiners for fiscal year 2013.
While hiring efforts have been offset in some earlier years by high attrition, Direc-
tor Kappos and his team have strengthened recruitment, hiring, training, and reten-
tion efforts. Patent examiners are now staying at the agency longer and are more
productive in working down the patents backlog. Over the last 12 months, the
159
USPTO patent examiner attrition level was just 3.3 percent compared to more than
8 percent during 2005 through 2007.
Once on board, the USPTO training program emphasizes heavy up front knowl-
edge and skills training as well as ongoing development to produce a highly effective
workforce. Through the Patent Training Academy, comprehensive programs are in
place for new examiners utilizing a well-established, certified curriculum that in-
cludes legal training, systems and software training, and in-depth training on exam-
ination practice and procedure. Each new examiner also creates an Individual De-
velopment Plan to address training and development needs through the first 2 years
of employment.
The Academy was designed to provide the agency the capacity and flexibility nec-
essary to effectively train large numbers of new hires. For instance, entry-level ex-
aminers are typically hired into classes of approximately 128 employees. To ensure
an individualized training approach, classes are further divided into labs comprised
of up to 16 examiners where they are paired with a trainer and a lab assistant.
Careful consideration and review of qualifications is given for each new examiner
brought on board. For new examiners without Intellectual Property experience, the
USPTO employs a phased training program covering the first 12 months of employ-
ment that includes an initial 4 months at the Academy. Examiners hired with expe-
rience in intellectual property, spend an initial 20 days at the Academy, but also
continue training over their first 12 months of employment that includes an over-
view of U.S. statutes, rules, procedures, and practices as well as refresher training
to strengthen employee-identified areas for further development.
PRIORITIZED EXAMINATION PROCESS
With respect to implementation of process for faster processing of patent applica-
tions, the USPTO implemented a Prioritized Examination process (i.e., ‘‘Track One’’)
in September, 2011 consistent with new authority provided under the America In-
vents Act. For utility and plant applications which are accorded prioritized examina-
tion after an additional fee is paid, the operational goal of the USPTO is to provide
final disposition within 12 months, on average. Track One provides applicants with
greater control over when their applications are examined and promotes examina-
tion process efficiency. Since inception, USPTO has received more than 3,500 Track
One applications; the average time from acceptance to first office action has been
43 days.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Could we also now talk about cyber espio-
nage?
Secretary B
RYSON
. Yes.
CYBER ESPIONAGE
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Is that a threat, and how are you dealing
with it?
Secretary B
RYSON
. Cyber espionage is a very considerable threat.
We’re not fully prepared, as a country, to address that.
With regard to the Commerce Department’s role, that is NIST,
the extraordinary and extraordinarily important work of Pat Galla-
gher and that team. So, the role there is setting the standards that
will apply across not just the Federal Government, not just across
the United States, but likely around the world, and that work is
under way with an excellent team, and you know that team, you’ve
supported that team. We thank you for that. We believe in it deep-
ly.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. So, NIST is creating the standards to do
what?
Secretary B
RYSON
. The standards to set what would then be—the
standards are the standards that are a level of attainment we have
to have for protections. And one of the important things with NIST,
as you know, is that then reaches out to the private sector, and we
work with the private sector to reach agreement——
160
Senator M
IKULSKI
. The standards for technology? Standards for
management? What——
Secretary B
RYSON
. Standards for technology is the driver here.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. So, in other words, we would build in stand-
ards to the technology, where it would only be self-enforcing and
self-policing. Is that right?
Secretary B
RYSON
. Yes. And it would grow into performance
standards, with the agreement of the private sector. So, that’s the
dynamic, as you know, at NIST that is taking place—for years.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Right.
Secretary B
RYSON
. And we would then have performance stand-
ards against which we and others around the world would have to
operate.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Thank you. Senator Hutchison.
GAPS IN WEATHER COVERAGE
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Well, thank you, Madam Chairman.
There is a growing concern about the management of the NOAA
satellites. I think everyone is concerned about this. And the fact
that we’re having to pour so much money into them and they’re not
working as well as they should also has hurt the funding of other
programs in NOAA, such as the fisheries, ocean monitoring, re-
search, and education. And I’m very concerned about the P–3 hur-
ricane hunters that are also proposed to be eliminated. So, I want
to ask a couple of questions.
First of all, the gap in weather coverage that is proposed to occur
around 2017 for 24 months, is that something that’s being ad-
dressed? And what would that kind of gap mean in our weather
coverage and capabilities?
Secretary B
RYSON
. Thank you, Senator. We are putting our high-
est priority in this budget in the satellites. So, the way to think
about this budget is, we are putting all the resources we have to
put in to be assured that we put up these satellites, the JPSS sat-
ellites, those on the Geostationary Operational Environmental Sat-
ellites (GOES). We have put an entirely new management team in
place. We have reports at all levels of the Commerce Department,
including to me, on performance against goals. On the 2017 target,
there is a gap. Our focus is on minimizing that gap. We believe we
can succeed in doing that.
SATELLITE PROGRAM
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Mr. Secretary, with the White House’s in-
terest in consolidations, has there been any talk of the satellite pro-
gram either being moved to the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration (NASA) or some kind of collaboration required be-
tween Commerce and NASA, so that you have their capabilities to
work on this issue?
Secretary B
RYSON
. There has not been. Senator, we are confident
the team, the experience, the preparation done by NOAA and in
the Commerce Department puts us in a position to succeed very
well in putting these satellites in operation and minimizing the
2017 gap, and taking further the truly excellent GOES program
that is in place today.
161
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Would you be open to working with NASA
and seeing if the expertise that they have would expedite that?
Secretary B
RYSON
. NASA is a good program. We are sufficiently
confident that we are going ahead with what we have with an ex-
cellent team of people, broad experience. We know how to do this,
and what we are not eager to do is interrupt the program and work
we’re on now by turning to NASA now.
[The information follows:]
N
ATIONAL
O
CEANIC AND
A
TMOSPHERIC
A
DMINISTRATION
/N
ATIONAL
A
ERONAUTICS AND
S
PACE
A
DMINISTRATION
R
ELATIONSHIP
The existing National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)/National
Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) partnership is successful, and has
been successful for more than 40 years. Both NOAA and NASA have worked closely
together and have collaborated by leveraging the strengths of each agency to de-
velop NOAA’s polar and geostationary satellite series. NASA’s contribution resides
in space systems acquisition and, in turn, NOAA’s contributions are in ground sys-
tem development, satellite operations, and the development of weather, climate,
oceans, and coastal products and services to meet the needs of the operational com-
munities it serves. This positive collaboration and nonduplication of effort was con-
firmed in October 2009 by an in-depth Government Accountability Office (GAO) re-
view of NASA’s Earth science projects, which found no duplication of effort between
these climate and weather research missions and other Federal agencies (GAO–10–
87R).
Today, under the U.S. civil space program construct, recently reinforced by the
National Space Policy, NOAA and NASA have developed and implemented a suc-
cessful partnership that has delivered technology advances in Earth observation ca-
pabilities, whereby NASA conducts leading-edge research in Earth system science,
including new technologies to monitor the environment while NOAA responds to de-
mands for easily accessible and timely data and information about Earth and space
observations. These technology advances have been transitioned for use operation-
ally to improve weather forecasting, severe storm/hurricane prediction and climate
observations.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. I’ll take that as a ‘‘No.’’
HURRICANE HUNTERS
Let me ask you about the hurricane hunters. That has really
been a very valuable tool in the gulf coast, well, actually, the At-
lantic as well, where they’ve been able to fly in and get good intel-
ligence on how ferocious the center is, and how wide it is, and all
that.
Why are you supporting the elimination of that program, the
three hunters?
Secretary B
RYSON
. Senator, we do not support the elimination of
that program. Well, let me take it a little further. In this budget,
we are confident that the so-called hurricane hunters, the three of
them, with the very important support that we provide them in
maintenance will serve this year very, very well, the fiscal 2013
year.
What we’re doing also at the same time is looking, for the fiscal
year 2014 budget, at a series of possible steps we might take, and
that’s in the works now, looking at conceivable alternatives to the
P–3 planes we have. We believe we’re in a good position to be well
protected for this year, but technology improves and advances, and
there are conceivable alternatives, and we’ll bring to this sub-
committee the judgments we reach with respect to that, and the
possibility that we will bring forth in fiscal year 2014 an alter-
native program.
162
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Meaning other airplanes?
Secretary B
RYSON
. Conceivably, yes.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Okay. Because my information says that
you’ve really only got one that’s operational right now. Is that not
correct?
Secretary B
RYSON
. That’s not correct. We have three. They have
their periods of maintenance each year. They’ve worked very well
in the past, as you suggested. We are confident they will work well
through 2013.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Okay. I really hope that we can see when
hurricane season comes that those three are operational, because
there’s a conflict of our information, and that’s very important
when we get into the really bad hurricanes.
Thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. I want to join with the Senator here, because
there is confusion, and we are deeply concerned, and we know, par-
ticularly our gulf Senators, but all of us rely on those hurricane
hunters. You have three planes. Three Orion planes. All planes
need to be refurbished by 2016 to make them fly. Is that correct?
Secretary B
RYSON
. That may be. I can’t confirm that, but it
sounds like a reasonable estimate.
[The information follows:]
S
TATUS OF THE
H
URRICANE
S
URVEILLANCE
A
IRCRAFT
(H
URRICANE
H
UNTERS
)
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) typically schedules
maintenance to ensure aircraft are available for hurricane season, but the Service
Life Assessment Program by Lockheed Martin, completed in June 2011, rec-
ommended new short-term maintenance and inspections for NOAA’s P–3s that re-
quired NOAA to induct one aircraft into Special Structural Inspection during the
2012 hurricane season in order to remain airworthy.
This means that during fiscal year 2012, only 1 of the 2 P–3s (N42 and N43) cur-
rently used for hurricane surveillance will be operational at any specific time during
the year due to scheduled maintenance. If unscheduled maintenance is required,
that may leave no available P–3s, which would impact hurricane research, but
would not significantly impact the current operational hurricane forecasting capa-
bilities of the National Hurricane Center.
Doppler data from the P–3s support the National Weather Service/National Cen-
ters for Environmental Prediction Environmental Modeling Center’s (EMC) develop-
ment of the Hurricane Weather Research and Forecast System (HWRF), the first
operational model designed to make use of high-density inner core observations. Use
of inner-core observations has the potential to improve the prediction of hurricane
track and intensity forecasting. In order to utilize the airborne Doppler data for the
HWRF model initialization, EMC requires sustained sampling of the hurricane core
at 12-hour intervals over a period of at least 36 hours (three back-to-back-to-back
missions, 12-hours apart) when tropical cyclones threaten the United States (e.g.,
Hurricane Irene’s extended threat to the eastern seaboard).
Due to the availability of only one P–3 to support collection of airborne Doppler
radar data during the fiscal year 2012 hurricane season, a mitigation strategy has
been developed that will use two flight crews for the single P–3. This will minimize
the impact on the research plan for at least three back-to-back-to-back 12-hour mis-
sions. While this mitigation strategy will meet the EMC’s requirement, the primary
risk is if the single P–3 cannot fly, due to equipment failure or unscheduled mainte-
nance or if one or more of the three back-to-back-to-back 12-hour missions is can-
celled there will be a loss of the data collected.
BACKGROUND ON NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION P
3S
NOAA hurricane hunter planes are used for both hurricane research and oper-
ational hurricane forecasting. Two of NOAA’s P–3 planes are used primarily for hur-
ricane research. The Gulfstream jet (G–IV) is used for operational hurricane fore-
casting. In addition, per the National Hurricane Operations Plan, the Air Force
163
maintains 10 WC–130 planes to support NOAA hurricane reconnaissance require-
ments, providing approximately 800 flight hours per year in this capacity.
N42 completed Special Structural Inspection in May 2012 and is currently avail-
able for day-to-day operations.
N43 will undergo Special Structural Inspection and Phased Depot Maintenance
from May 2012 through February 2013, after which it will be available for day-to-
day operations.
N44, which has not previously been used for hurricane research or operational
forecasting, has reached End of Service Life and is currently not operational.
The G–IV (N49) is currently operational and will be inducted into a Service Life
Extension, engine overhaul, in October 2012 for approximately 5 months.
The NOAA fiscal year 2012 Aircraft Allocation Plan is available here: http://
www.omao.noaa.gov/12lairserviceslallocation.html
In fiscal year 2013, two P–3s (N42, N43) and the G–IV (N49) will be operational
during hurricane season. Office of Marine and Aviation Operations will be able to
meet current hurricane research and reconnaissance requirements at the requested
funding level.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. But, you need to know this.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Well, the reason we’re focused on 2014 is to
be in a position where we’re entirely ready to make replacements
in advance of that 2016——
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Well, let me keep going here. The cost to re-
furbish each plane is $20 million, because, essentially, it’s not like
new carburetors, or, you know, let’s clean up the leather seats here.
These are planes that have to fly into a hurricane. So, what they
need is new wings. This is big, and it is serious.
Now, as I understand it, NOAA did not tell the Congress that all
of the planes need extensive work, and that a second P–13 plane
is due for scheduled maintenance this spring, and that there’s con-
cern that you’re just going to have one plane fit for duty to fly into
a hurricane. And, you know, this subcommittee is obsessed with
the safety of people we ask to go into harms way, and whether it’s
our astronauts in space or our pilots into a hurricane. So, do you
understand Senator Hutchison’s question?
Secretary B
RYSON
. I do. Yes.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. So, Sir, we really ask you to go back to the
drawing board and come back to the subcommittee. We need to
know what planes, what sequencing, and what money. Am I cor-
rect? Is that the thrust of it? Is that the trepidation that you feel,
Senator Hutchison?
Senator H
UTCHISON
. The information that I have is what you
have, that one is completely out of commission while it is getting
new wings, and one hasn’t had the annual maintenance, and it’s
not reliable, leaving just one that is. And if we’ve got two hurri-
canes going or in different places, this could be a very necessary
function, and maybe I think what the chairman and I are saying
is that it doesn’t appear to be the priority in the Department of
Commerce that we think it should be.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Thank you, Senator. Let me say that we do
not and would not take lightly the safety of people with respect to
these planes. We are highly confident that we will come back to
you, absolutely. We’re highly confident, for example, that these
planes will work satisfactorily entirely through this upcoming hur-
ricane season.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. But that’s not what we’re worried about.
What we’re concerned about is what planes need to be fixed when.
We need a sequencing plan. We need a money plan to match what
164
needs to be done. We need to have the sequences, the timing, and
we need to know what’s available when.
Secretary B
RYSON
. And we will do just that. And we will bring
to you our planning with respect to 2014.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Before the hurricane season.
Secretary B
RYSON
. For example, the C30 looks like a conceivable
candidate, but we’re doing this in a very, very disciplined way. But,
if you would like us to have the people at NOAA that are working
on this now come to see you, the sooner we can work this through,
we can do that as well.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. I’m going to turn now to Senator Pryor.
Senator P
RYOR
. Thank you, Madam Chair. And thank you, Mr.
Secretary, for being here. I see that you have Jim Stowers there,
looking over your right shoulder. He’s helped me in many capac-
ities over the years. Jim, it’s good to see you.
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION
Let me start with science parks and regional innovation centers.
I know that the fiscal year 2013 budget requests money for that.
Has the Economic Development Administration (EDA) made any
science park planning grants, or provided any science park con-
struction loan guarantees?
Secretary B
RYSON
. Yes. EDA has done that. We know that you’ve
been a strong, strong supporter of science parks. We really believe
in these science parks. EDA has made grants: for example, a
$95,000 planning grant to the Missouri Innovation Park; funding
for infrastructure improvements at the Sandia Science Park Lab-
oratory, in Albuquerque, New Mexico. So, we’re believers in these
science parks, and EDA, I think, is a leader in going out around
the country to do just what you underscore here, and more should
be done.
Senator P
RYOR
. Yes. I appreciate that. And I do think that
they’re key to our economic future. But, I also noticed that the sub-
sidy rate this year is higher than last year. In effect, it works like
an interest rate. Do you have an explanation for that? I believe this
year it’s 18.06 percent. Last year, it was 15.5 percent.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Here’s what I understand, and that is that at
the recommendation of the Office of Management and Budget,
there is no pre-established subsidy rate for science park loan guar-
antees. So our preliminary analysis indicates a low volume of po-
tential applications in this area, and this is because science parks
are affiliated with research institutions that can access credit at in-
come tax rates, and loan guarantees by the Federal Government
are taxable. So, what the Federal Government can do, it’s some-
what affected by alternatives for the science parks. We’re eager to
be supportive in any way we reasonably can. It’s going to be a fixed
subsidy rate.
Senator P
RYOR
. All right. I think the way the law works requires
the science parks to put up 20 percent of the money, and it seems
like that would be a pretty good safe investment. So, I would think
the interest rate would be lower than that. But, we can talk about
that in a different context.
Senator Blunt and I have filed the Export Promotion Act of 2012.
I don’t know if you’re familiar with it, but I would encourage you
165
to take a look at it, and hopefully help generate some support for
it. What we’re trying to do, quite frankly, is what the President
wants us to do which is continue to focus on exports and help the
U.S. economy. We think that our approach is fairly common sense,
and it doesn’t cost much money.
Let me ask about something else that the President mentioned.
In his State of the Union Address, he talked about community col-
leges, and connecting the training for jobs with available jobs and
sales. We’ve had a lot of success with that in Arkansas, using our
2-year colleges mostly, and some 4-year institutions, but mostly our
2-year colleges, to connect very closely with economic development,
and manufacturers, and other employers in various areas around
the State. It’s worked very, very well. It’s a classic public-private
partnership. And if you haven’t already, I’d hope that you would
look at that model.
Senator Wicker and I, as a result, introduced the Win Jobs Act
that follows that Arkansas model. I think it’s consistent with what
the White House is talking about in this area. Maybe a little dif-
ferent approach, but I think the goals are certainly the same. So,
I’d hope you’ll take a look at that.
SEQUESTRATION
I’m almost out of time here, but I do have a question that you
probably don’t really want to focus on too much, but I think it’s im-
portant that the subcommittee have an answer on this. Have you
made any contingency plans for a possible sequestration? If seques-
tration does, in fact, happen, how will that impact your day-to-day
operations, how would that impact your budget, and what plans
are you making in the event this happens?
Secretary B
RYSON
. Senator, do I have time to respond to you?
Senator P
RYOR
. Yes.
Secretary B
RYSON
. So, I’ll take the sequestration first, then, if we
have time, something quickly on—let me simply say I’d like to
learn more of your proposal, so maybe we’ll put that aside. But, I’d
like to follow-up on that.
With regard to sequestration, the President has taken a view
that I share strongly, and that is sequestration would simply be a
very bad thing for our country. And the cost of having sequestra-
tion go forward, rather than having you, as Members of Congress,
move to a sounder way of going forward, is what we stand on. We
believe in that, and we have invested no time at the Commerce De-
partment trying to think through what would we do in the event
sequestration went forward.
We think it’s such a bad thing for the country to just have se-
questration roll out that we believe that it’s probable, and we
would, of course, do anything we can, but this is so much in your
hands, to have a better approach to dealing with our Nation’s
budget.
Senator P
RYOR
. Thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Thinking that it’s a bad idea doesn’t give a
plan for a contingency. We all think it’s a bad idea. So, we’ve
agreed on that. But, I think the point that Senator Pryor raises at
all of the CJS hearings, and it’s a very valuable question, is: Have
166
you thought about a contingency plan, and what the impact that
would be on the agency?
Wasn’t that your question? Do you have a contingency plan?
Secretary B
RYSON
. We do not have a contingency plan. We’ve
looked very roughly at what the numbers look like, and they would
be severe cuts.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. And do you have an idea of what the impact
would be because of sequester?
Secretary B
RYSON
. We would go to doing what we’ve done in this
budget and try ruthlessly to keep the most important programs
and to cut everything else we had to cut. It would be a very bad
result. We do not have a full plan.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. On behalf of Senator Pryor, and myself, and
really Senator Hutchison, and all of us, we need to know the con-
sequences. So, if we could have kind of a snapshot of what you
think they would be, and what areas cuts would be most likely to
occur, and the impact.
Senator Cochran, as our ranking guru on the Appropriations
Committee.
Senator C
OCHRAN
. Thank you, Madam Chairman.
GULF OF MEXICO FISHERIES
Mr. Secretary, I’m interested in knowing your recommendations
for funding research to try to determine what steps needs to be
taken by the private sector or government agencies to help restore
good health in the Gulf of Mexico, following the disastrous weather
challenges that we faced in the last year or two.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Well, the important thing in protecting public
safety is the work that NOAA does in identification of warning sys-
tems. So, we have warning systems. Across the board you will see
that we have cut programs, other than satellite program, so what
we’ve done is eliminated from the programs things that weren’t es-
sential to preserve, for example, in this case, the key warning sys-
tems that make everyone aware of, for example, tornadoes, and
other tsunamis, the things that would really affect people in-
tensely. So, we go forth with that, even under circumstances of
tough times, tough choices. We are committed to doing our part to
reduce taxpayer dollars to the extent we possibly can in all the pro-
grams of the Commerce Department.
Senator C
OCHRAN
. There’s been a lot of public concern expressed
about the effects on the Gulf of Mexico from the BP Oil spill that
occurred in the Gulf of Mexico. To what extent has the Department
reached any conclusions about what the threats are to the contin-
ued vitality to fisheries and to the general environment in the Gulf
of Mexico as a result of that oil spill?
Secretary B
RYSON
. Yes. NOAA has been deeply engaged in that.
I’ve been fairly meaningfully engaged in it myself , in part, be-
cause, I think to the credit of British Petroleum, they would like
to achieve a resolution of the outstanding claims and litigations
here, and that’s where I’ve worked with them on it. And what we
hope to do is have a resolution that will be in agreement, that will
encompass the impacted States there, and put these resources to
work in moving rapidly to the protection of the ecosystem of the
gulf there.
167
Senator C
OCHRAN
. You hear a lot of things that are said in a
negative way about earmarks. Are there any earmarks in this pro-
posal from the administration that we need to know about?
Secretary B
RYSON
. No. No. This is a matter of——
Senator C
OCHRAN
. What about your salary? Isn’t that an ear-
mark?
Secretary B
RYSON
. I don’t know if I’ve thought of my salary as
an earmark.
Senator C
OCHRAN
. Why not?
Secretary B
RYSON
. But I will tell you the——
Senator C
OCHRAN
. What’s the difference in your salary and
grants to grantees who are conducting research on the effects of
the oil spill and other concerns that our Nation has in the Gulf of
Mexico? Should it not be subjected to the same kind of scrutiny and
questioning as something that is submitted for consideration in the
budget by a Member of Congress?
Secretary B
RYSON
. So, we still do make grants in the gulf now.
We have to have tough choices when we do that, but we’ll go for-
ward with that. There’s no question about that. But, I’m not sure
I’m answering your question very well, Senator. Maybe if you put
it to me again, because I may be missing something here.
Senator C
OCHRAN
. Well, thank you very much. We’ll revisit that
later. I’ll let others ask questions and we will come back to that
later in the hearing.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. I think you’re defending the appropriations
process.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. We kind of liked that line of questioning, ac-
tually.
Senator Brown.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR SHERROD BROWN
Senator B
ROWN
. Thank you, Madam Chair. Secretary, welcome.
Thank you for your candor. Folks, on that last question, I don’t
know what the right answer was either, but I appreciate Senator
Cochran phrasing it the way that he did.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. It wasn’t personal, Mr. Secretary.
Senator P
RYOR
. It certainly wasn’t.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Thank you.
Senator B
ROWN
. We only have one time for one question. I have
one comment and question. I have to preside at 11 o’clock.
TRADE ENFORCEMENT
I want to talk to you about manufacturing. For 12 years, from
1997 to 2009, we had a decline every year in my State and nation-
ally in manufacturing jobs, and the number of manufacturing
plants around the country. You know that we have, almost every
month since more or less the middle of 2010, seen—earlier than
that, actually—an increase in manufacturing jobs, not to the level
we want to be at, not even close. Workers, especially in my State,
have faced firsthand the problem with our trade laws that require
enormous injury from unfairly traded foreign products before any
response by our Government. And the slowness of that and the ar-
duousness of the process has made fighting back on behalf of our
manufacturers and their workers especially difficult.
168
For example, a coated paper case was filed. Relief was originally
rejected, because the injury was existent, but not deep enough.
Three years later, the industry and union re-filed. Because thou-
sands of jobs were lost, because of unfair trade practices, relief was
granted, but it really was too late to help this industry. And that’s
been sort of emblematic of what we’ve seen.
The Department has brought authority to initiate trade enforce-
ment cases. Last week, I helped lead an effort supported by more
than 180 House and Senate Members, calling for a full examina-
tion of China’s policies and practices in the auto parts sector that
have flooded our Nation. At the time of permanent normal trade
relations (PNTR), well, after PNTR, a decade ago, we had about a
$1 billion bilateral trade deficit with China in auto parts. Today,
it’s grown 800 percent. It’s around $10 billion. I’m glad you are
working on the Interagency Trade Enforcement Center (ITEC).
That’s especially important.
My question is this. In face of the reluctance, sometimes, of in-
dustries to bring trade cases, the union less reluctant, the industry
more reluctant, because of potential and very real Chinese retalia-
tion, from retaliation from their government, when can we expect
an answer on whether you will and how you will take up the auto
parts question? What other key sectors, in addition to auto parts,
do you think we should be moving on when it comes to trade en-
forcement? What do we do to make our trade laws more responsive
to the numerous issues with China’s export subsidies?
Thank you, Madam Chairman.
Secretary B
RYSON
. So, first, with respect to the auto parts, the
question we have with regard to the auto parts is—the laws are
such that we, the Commerce Department, can ourselves initiate a
case. The problem with that is the success of those cases has been
relatively minor, because we have to have the data from the indus-
try that allows the case to be made. So, on the auto parts, to my
knowledge, none of the companies have come forth, and you’re sug-
gesting——
Senator B
ROWN
. If I can interrupt, and I apologize, Madam
Chair. Correct. But that’s why a strong encouraging statement
from you, public or private, to them, that you’re serious, would go
a long way. And these companies, it’s a little bit of a cat and mouse
game. The companies don’t step forward, they’re afraid of retalia-
tion. Their history with Commerce, especially in the Bush years,
but even in the Obama years and the Clinton years, frankly, maybe
equally—they’ve not been encouraged, and we need you to step up
and let them know that yes, you want to work with them. And I
don’t know if that message is clear yet. Perhaps it is, and I don’t
know it.
Secretary B
RYSON
. I think it is pretty clear that what has been
done at the Commerce Department is extraordinarily different than
what has been done in the preceding periods of time. So, take last
year alone, 2011, with respect to China we increased by 50 percent
the number of initiations of investigations over the prior year. So,
over the 3 years, we’ve moved substantially ahead of what had pre-
viously been done.
What we’ve done in the last few days, as perhaps you’ve seen,
is a series of additional steps. This is a very, very intense, very de-
169
manding undertaking, and we are focused, absolutely, on serving
our Nation with enforcement of the trade laws.
Now we have the complementary White House office called
ITEC, with which we cooperated. In fact, our budget includes sig-
nificant resources. The budget before you now, it will enable us,
among other things, to detail a number of people to ITEC, and the
advantage of ITEC is more effectively bringing the entire Federal
Government behind these exercises. So, this is incredibly, acutely
important, and we will do everything we can in that respect to
move these enforcement cases forward and to conclusions.
And finally, I’ll just say I want to especially thank you and the
Congress on the GPX (GPX International Tire Corporation v.
United States) decision, because on that we had 24 key cases that
we had acted to final conclusions on, with countervailing duties,
and an enormous amount at stake, 33 of the States in the country
affected, tens of thousands of workers affected, and the court took
that away from us. You put it back in place forever. It makes a
great deal of difference for us.
Senator B
ROWN
. Thank you. And Madam Chair, I would add,
hopefully, 20 seconds. The GPX case, I think, shows the Commerce
Department, and the President, and the country that the Congress
will move quickly and bipartisanally on enforcement of trade laws.
We know that was the right way to go. There was little or no oppo-
sition here. We moved it quickly. The President signed it. We’re
grateful for that.
Thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Thank you.
Senator Murkowski.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR LISA MURKOWSKI
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. Thank you, Madam Chair. Mr. Secretary,
welcome. It’s going to be no surprise to you this morning, I’m going
to talk about fish. When we talked prior to your nomination, I told
you that this was my priority within the Commerce Department,
and I wanted to make it your priority.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Yes.
FISHERY MANAGEMENT
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. And I will tell you, I’m a little bit dis-
appointed, as I’ve looked through your statement that you have
provided the subcommittee here today, out of 12 pages, pretty
much single-spaced, we’ve got one paragraph here on fish. So, I
want to give you an opportunity to elaborate, if I may.
The effort to develop new catch-share programs within NOAA is
moving forward. There’s been some, I think, substantial amount of
funding that is dedicated to that, and I understand that part of
what NOAA’s attempting to do is to really do the outreach, engage
in an educational effort. I think that that’s important. Our experi-
ence in Alaska, where we’ve been living with it, and been success-
ful with it, is that the outreach is important. We also recognize
that it’s important that all the fishery management decisions are
well thought out, affected by the public process, and that the Re-
gional Fisheries Management Councils are very critical to this edu-
cation effort, to this outreach effort.
170
So, I’m a little bit concerned about how you will be able, success-
fully, to do what you’re hoping to do with the outreach efforts to
develop a new catch-share program, when you are decreasing pret-
ty dramatically, a 14-percent cut to the Regional Fishery Manage-
ment Councils. So, I’d like you to address that aspect of the NOAA
budget and the fisheries, and also to provide for me some under-
standing here. It is critical that we make sure that we’ve got ade-
quate funding for our stock assessments. I know that the chairman
is concerned about this as well. We need to have that science. We
need to know that it’s science that is guiding these management
decisions for us. And we, again, have been doing, I think, a pretty
good job up north in making sure that we’re operating off science
based in good solid data.
The request within the budget does include an increase for over-
all stock assessment, where much of those funds, I understand, are
going to be used to develop new fisheries assessments. And I know
in your written statement you say that the expanded stock assess-
ments will be targeted at high-priority commercially and rec-
reational viable fish stocks. I’m not entirely certain what that
means.
What I need to convey to you is the concern that I’m hearing
from folks up north that the surveys and the stock assessments
that have been under way in the Bering Sea or the Gulf of Alaska
are going to be reduced or impacted negatively as you focus your
efforts in other areas, where perhaps you have less adequate or
less rigorous data. If we don’t have stock assessments conducted
frequently and with reliability, then what happens is the total al-
lowable catch levels will necessarily need to be reduced, because
you’ve got to adjust for increased uncertainty. That then costs mil-
lions in revenues to harvesters, processors, and communities that
really rely on this.
So, it’s kind of a two-pronged question here. Focus a little bit on
the Regional Fishery Management Council and the role in the edu-
cation and outreach that you’re trying to do with the catch-share
programs. And can you give me some level of assurance that the
current level of stock assessment surveys that is under way is not
going to be downgraded or reduced under this proposed budget.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Yes. I can give you that assurance. We are
very focused on the role the Regional Fishery Management Coun-
cils play. We have cut some costs there, but in ways that we do not
believe undermine their work at all, and with respect to the con-
cern that there might be a reallocation of dollars away, for exam-
ple, from Alaska to other regions in the country, no, under the law
we can’t, and, of course, wouldn’t do that. So, the proportional ef-
fect of having less money in the aggregate going into fishery man-
agement councils, it’s just pro rata across the United States.
The key emphasis beyond that is that we have, for example, in
Alaska, a really excellent Fishery Management Council. We are
continuing to provide the funding for the science on how to take
this further. So, funding, and you’ve touched on this, for the na-
tional catch-share program, will support use of this key fishery
management tool, definitely including in Alaska, and you’ve
touched on the impacts on the reduced stock assessment surveys.
I understand the importance of science in managing these things
171
in Alaska and elsewhere, and across the United States we’re in-
vesting increases of $4.3 million to increase stock assessments; $2.3
million for surveys and monitoring; and $2.9 million for observers.
So, again, the fundamental situation that we have here is, these
are tough times, we’re making tough choices, we’re seeking to pro-
tect the taxpayer dollar and use it to the greatest benefit, and so
we’re building on the science. We’re cutting back, but we’re going
forward with what we think carries forth the work of a long period
of time of getting to a stronger position dealing with the fisheries.
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. Well, I appreciate your statement and the
reassurance that we’re not going to see a downgrade in these very
important stock assessments, and the survey, and the data collec-
tion. I think you can understand my concern.
As I look at a budget where very difficult decisions had to be
made, I appreciate that, but where you see new programs then
coming forward with a national ocean policy—we were successful
last budget cycle in making sure that funding did not move forward
for the Coastal Marine Spatial Planning Initiative. Now is not the
time to be putting new programs onto the books, when we’re effec-
tively shortchanging the very, very important efforts that must be
made when it comes to understanding and managing our very im-
portant fisheries and the fish stocks. And I know that the chairman
works with me on this to help make sure we’re doing the right
thing.
Thank you.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Thank you, Senator.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. We face the same issues, whether it’s our
rockfish population or crabs. We do need accurate assessments.
And unless the regulatory environment kicks in, it always has an
impact on your fishermen, my watermen. Nobody’s very happy at
the answers, but we have to know that we’re on solid water.
Thank you.
This concludes the first round of questions. I’m going to ask Sen-
ator Cochran if he has any additional questions or would like to
submit them for the record.
GULF OF MEXICO FISHERIES
Senator C
OCHRAN
. Madam Chairman, thank you. I would like to
ask another question relating to the Gulf of Mexico.
I think we need to identify, if we can, in cooperation with the De-
partment, the research priorities that affect the Gulf of Mexico.
The impression that I’ve gotten in reviewing this budget request is
that it’s a very low priority, in view of the Department, and that
concerns me. It is a vital and important fisheries resource for not
just the Gulf States, but for the United States, generally speaking.
It is a very important area ecologically, just as important as any
other body of water that is adjacent to or a part of the United
States’ primary interest for fisheries and related activities.
In that connection, the research programs that we have funded
in the past are designed to help keep up with challenges to the eco-
logical integrity of the Gulf of Mexico. And it just seems to me that
it’s taken a backseat to a lot of other programs by the administra-
tion. That’s a concern that I’m raising, and I hope that you will be
able to take another look at some of the priorities of the Depart-
172
ment, and see if there can be a more equitable balance between our
interests in the gulf and elsewhere along our ocean borders.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Senator, we really are committed to distribu-
tion of our funding, our science, our capabilities across the entire
coastal regions of the United States, and we do care deeply about
the gulf.
Senator C
OCHRAN
. Well, we want to see you put your money
where your mouth is. That’s kind of the old way they’d say that at
home.
Secretary B
RYSON
. And I understand that, and we will do that.
And I would just—we are in this situation that we believe we’re
doing what is necessary, by reducing anything we can reduce that
isn’t absolutely essential in our core programs, and going forth with
our key fisheries programs. So we support fisheries and we support
fishermen, and that’s a big priority for us. And that is very much
in this program.
It’s the things that don’t have those direct impacts that we’ve cut
back some on, and that’s not in the Gulf or anywhere else in a par-
ticular way. That’s across the United States as a way to try to be
the way businesses must be, and that is really, really effective, in
the dollars that they have and prioritizing them.
Senator C
OCHRAN
. Thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Hutchison.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Yes. I want to make a statement and then
ask one question.
Just to reinforce what my colleagues Senator Mikulski and Sen-
ator Cochran have just said: In NOAA’s own National Marine Fish-
eries Service report, on its Web site, it says that there are 121 up-
to-date stock assessments for the 528 stocks of fish or stock com-
plexes under NOAA management. So 121 out of 528 is showing, I
think, the concerns that we’re raising.
One of those that my constituents have been hoping for is the
Red Drum. The Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council is
struggling with so little data, because the Red Drum, for instance,
hasn’t had an assessment in 20 years, and remains closed as a re-
sult of outdated science, despite the fact that they believe the fish-
ery may be rebounding.
So, these are some of the additional facts that I would put on the
table to show you why I think many of our fishermen and our in-
dustries throughout just don’t have confidence in the science that’s
being done in NOAA on fishery data and information.
So, I do think it’s a priority that we need to address, because the
commerce of our country can be enhanced if we can increase the
export of marine life. So, that’s my statement to add to theirs.
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE RESTRUCTURING
:
NATIONAL OCEANIC
AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION
My last question, though, is the one I mentioned in my opening
statement about the President’s plan, or looking at putting Na-
tional Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) into the
Department of the Interior, and I wanted your comments for the
record before we finish this hearing.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Yes. I’d be happy to address that. So, the
President’s proposal for making a more efficient economic Depart-
173
ment, creating a Department in a restructuring that would bring
together all the entities in the Federal Government that are fo-
cused on economics, business, and data collection on how the econ-
omy works, all the things that are at the Commerce Department,
and other places in the Federal Government, to me, that makes
sense, but there has been no further work done on that, because
in the President’s eye and all of our eyes, the first question will be,
is that a proposal that the Congress acts on. If the Congress were
to act on that, then we’d go to work putting before you what we
think the best way to manage these resources will be under that
priority, and the President has thrown out the idea of NOAA trans-
ferring to the Department of the Interior. There’s no further details
on that, and there’s no further work that’s been done on it, but that
is a possibility.
But, the first question really will be, is the Congress ready to
and will the Congress want to offer the President the opportunity
to bring forth a plan that would, under this proposal, be an up or
down vote in the Congress, as is true through the Depression, as
you know, and all the way to President Reagan, but not since.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. So, you’re not saying you’re against looking
at it, if that makes sense for efficiencies.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Yes. I think that it—and again, I analogize al-
most everything. We’re now speaking in the Commerce Department
as an arm of the Federal Government that is seeking to operate at
the speed of business, and we are trying to make decisions, and
we’re trying to preserve taxpayer dollars, and use them to the
greatest result possible. And I regard that restructuring of the De-
partment in this respect could enhance productivity. Yes.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Thank you.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. We’ll see what the authorizers do. It’s a com-
plicated topic.
Secretary B
RYSON
. It is.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. You know, NOAA headquarters is in the
State of Maryland, and some of its most significant assets are
there—the NOAA satellite office, which does so much for the
weather. And I invite colleagues to come with me to see this incred-
ible operation. And then the NOAA weather office.
We wonder where the NOAA agency will go, and will it stay in
Commerce. Now, there’s a whole rumor that it could become an
independent agency, and people think, oh, gee, this will be swell.
It’s not going to be an independent agency. It’s either going to stay
here or it’s going to go, through due diligence of the Congress work-
ing with the President’s suggestion, or recommendation, to Interior,
but it will not be an independent agency.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Yes. And if I could just make one comment.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Well, we don’t want NOAA cut loose.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Yes.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. We think NOAA really needs a lot of manage-
ment, which is now going to go to my question.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Makes complete sense. Yes.
174
NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION
MANAGEMENT
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Because, first of all, we know that the Com-
merce Department has—for the members of this subcommittee and
the Congress, it is a major jobs agency.
First of all, what you see here, we’re coastal Senators, so we are
NOAA focused, and within NOAA, it’s everything from weather
warnings, that you’ve heard, from Hawaii, to Alaska, to the Gulf,
to the Bay, and the fisheries issues. So, many people come under
the Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related Agencies Sub-
committee, because of NOAA and the coastal significance.
The coast is part of our heritage, part of our identity, but it’s also
a big part of our economy. What happens on a coast drives our
economy. And for the great States that are surrounded by or so
hard hit by water, like Alaska, it’s important. So, we are looking
at NOAA.
What we’re concerned about is the persistent problems at NOAA,
and there are persistent management problems. Senator Hutchison
raised the satellite issue and the other issues related to the weath-
er department. She articulated, essentially, my questions, so I’m
not going to duplicate them. But, we are concerned that satellites
make up 37 percent of the overall NOAA budget. We are concerned
that the satellite costs are starting to erode other activities at
NOAA.
Now, in the fiscal year 2012 bill, I directed NOAA to update the
life-cycle cost for satellite programs. But, Mr. Secretary, you’re a
business man. You said you’re operating at the speed of business.
Well, we don’t think that reform is operating at the speed of busi-
ness. We need you, at the Secretary’s level, to really use whoever
you will designate to be a hands-on manager of these costs that are
exploding at NOAA, because of the satellites. We need our sat-
ellites.
This subcommittee went big time on-line to fund the JPSS. And
we knew it was important. We were concerned about our colleagues
in the most driven part of our Nation, that they need the JPSS for
weather. It’s part of our treaty obligation for weather. But, my God,
when we’re now at 37 percent, and every day we turn around, it’s
a new satellite cost, and gee, we hadn’t thought of it.
So, can I ask you, really, to make this one of your top manage-
ment priorities? You are absolutely promoting our exports, working
in international markets. We’re glad you’re going to India. It’s a
great democracy and a great sense of working together. But, we
also need you to be looking at NOAA. So, what can I get from you
to make sure that this doesn’t continue, that NOAA doesn’t seem
to take this in the spirit that we do, and that then also goes to
these airplanes that Senator Hutchison raised. I’m sure you are
concerned about safety. We’re concerned about safety and
functionality as well. So, we need a hands-on sense of reform at the
top management level at NOAA here in its satellites, in its planes,
and its ships.
Secretary B
RYSON
. I commit to you that I will give it that pri-
ority. Yes.
175
CENSUS MANAGEMENT
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Do I kind of represent the sentiments of the
subcommittee here on this? So, know that we really respect the
people who are working there at NOAA to be able to do this.
This then also does go to the issues related at the Census Bu-
reau. You know, the census happened, but barely. Now, I’m not
faulting the people who work for the Census Bureau, but, again,
I worked with Secretary Guttierez, then Secretary Locke, and now
you, Sir, and once again, now, we’re hearing, ‘‘Oh. The census [cost]
might double.’’ Well, in the day of new technology, new ways of
communicating with people, at the speed of business, we should be
reducing costs on the census. And we need you, again, to assign a
management person, because our problems with the census is ev-
erything comes in at the last minute, and if you don’t fund it, we
won’t be able to do the census. It’s 2012. We’re working on the fis-
cal year 2013 appropriations. We’ve got to really bring the Census
Bureau into a discipline here.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Yes. Thank you, Senator. And I strongly com-
mit to you that I will give that very high priority, and I do give
it very high priority. And the key thing in this budget is they have
the resources to do this work right now for 2013 that will make it
possible so that we can assuredly tell you that it will be lower cost
per household and a complete census in 2020 than there has been
in the 2010 census.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. That’s very good to hear, and we’re really
going to count on you.
One of the areas where we know that there would be bipartisan
consensus is we don’t want a sequester either. Now, we might dis-
agree on a line item or an agency here or there, but we know a
sequester is not in the interest of the country over the long haul.
The way that we’re going be able to deal with that, and again,
there’s bipartisan consensuses, is how can we be more frugal now?
And that means getting value for our dollar. So, where there are
these persistent problems year after year, Secretary after Sec-
retary, President after President, we need to really begin, we need
to really now take a real steadfast attempt to bring these things
that are always out of control, always coming over budget, under
really a far greater fiscal discipline, so that we can approach this
in a more frugal way, get value for our dollar. We need those sat-
ellites. We need our weather. We need our NOAA. We need our
Census Bureau. But, we need them to take these issues very seri-
ously, or we could end up into a situation where the Nation suffers
and we suffer as well.
So, let me conclude this hearing. Sorry, Senator. Did you have
another question?
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. One very brief one, if I may.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Yes.
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. I will be very quick, but it is a very impor-
tant issue.
ARCTIC OUTER CONTINENTAL SHELF
Mr. Secretary, I don’t know whether you were briefed by Dr.
Lubchenco last week. I had an opportunity to meet with her about
176
1
Under the MMPA, take means to harass, hunt, capture, or kill or to attempt to harass, hunt,
capture or kill any marine mammal.
a Draft Environmental Impact Statement (DEIS) that has come out
of her agency, and this relates to the Arctic Outer Continental
Shelf (OCS). And as you probably know, there is a great deal of
interagency coordination—you’ve got the National Ocean Policy,
you’ve got Regional Ocean Partnerships, you’ve got David Hayes’
interagency taskforce—and yet, National Marine Fisheries Service
(NMFS) produced a DEIS this year that is in direct conflict with
Department of the Interior’s National Environmental Protection
Act work. And this DEIS could significantly alter the framework of
what is, hopefully, anticipated there in the Arctic, in terms of the
numbers of operators that may be able to be in place, some of the
geographic and time restraints. It is significant. And this was not
the product of any interagency coordination.
The team that produced it essentially said that it was done be-
cause the Department of the Interior didn’t look the way that
NMFS thought that it should look, even though it’s Interior that
has the authority over the OCS and the leases that have been sold
with the expectation that their owners are going to be able to get
some use out of them. So, I asked why this disconnect, and unfortu-
nately, I did not receive an answer on that, certainly not a clear
answer.
But, this DEIS is simply too big a deal for your Department to
not be able to answer some basic and pretty fundamental questions
about its very existence. And until there’s an understanding as to
who is the lead here, and what the interagency process is supposed
to be, I would ask you, Mr. Secretary, to pull that DEIS and go
back to the drawing board. And if this is something that you can
tell me that you have not been involved in, I would ask that you
look into it and be engaged on that.
Again, this could significantly impact the operation of this expan-
sion that we are hoping to embark on this summer.
Secretary B
RYSON
. Senator, I have not been engaged in that. I
will get back to you with respect to it. I will look into it promptly.
[The information follows:]
D
RAFT
E
NVIRONMENTAL
I
MPACT
S
TATEMENT ON THE
A
RCTIC
—O
UTER
C
ONTINENTAL
S
HELF
The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) is responsible for
implementing the provisions of the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA). Under
the MMPA, it is illegal to ‘‘take’’
1
a marine mammal without a permit or exception.
One such exemption can be obtained by U.S. citizens conducting activities (other
than commercial fishing) within a specified geographic region that may incidentally
take marine mammals pursuant to section 101(a)(5) of the MMPA. Those exemp-
tions are known as Incidental Take Authorizations.
The Department of the Interior (DOI) has jurisdiction over authorizing offshore
oil and gas activities on the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS). If an oil and gas indus-
try operator determines that their activity may ‘‘take’’ marine mammals, they need
an MMPA Incidental Take Authorization from NOAA. Section 101(a)(5) of the
MMPA directs the Secretary of Commerce (with authority delegated to NOAA Na-
tional Marine Fisheries Service) to issue such authorizations if certain findings are
made.
Prior to issuance of an Incidental Take Authorization, NOAA must evaluate the
potential impacts to the environment pursuant to the National Environmental Pol-
icy Act (NEPA). Although DOI has recently completed large-scale NEPA analyses
regarding oil and gas activities on the Alaskan OCS, those documents did not fully
177
address NOAA’s action of issuing MMPA Incidental Take Authorizations for the
take of marine mammals incidental to conducting oil and gas exploration activities
in the Alaskan OCS. Therefore, in order to meet our statutory and regulatory re-
quirements, NOAA determined it was appropriate to prepare an Environmental Im-
pact Statement (EIS) evaluating issuance of MMPA Incidental Take Authorizations.
NOAA has coordinated throughout this process with DOI’s Bureau of Ocean En-
ergy Management (BOEM). NOAA and BOEM signed a Memorandum of Under-
standing in February 2010 regarding the level of involvement and coordination that
would occur throughout the development of the Environmental Impact Statement.
The Federal Register Notice of Intent initiating this EIS process noted that BOEM
would be a cooperating agency, as defined by NEPA. The two agencies have worked
collaboratively throughout the development of the document, and BOEM staff pre-
pared sections of the document where they had subject-matter expertise. The two
agencies worked together to develop the numbers of anticipated activities that may
reasonably occur over a 5-year period. The activity levels analyzed in the Draft EIS
do not serve as a ‘‘cap’’ on industry activity. Rather, they were based on what the
agencies predicted is reasonably likely to occur versus an outer bound of what one
anticipates might occur.
Since the March 22 hearing, Dr. Lubchenco has met with Deputy Secretary Hayes
to discuss this EIS and the role of the Alaska Interagency Working Group in its de-
velopment. Leadership from NOAA and BOEM met in early May to discuss the path
forward, and BOEM agreed to re-evaluate the level of activity assessed in the EIS.
The two agencies will continue to work collaboratively on this effort to ensure an
accurate assessment of reasonably likely oil and gas exploration activity in the Alas-
kan OCS. Once finalized, this document will assist NOAA in making timely deci-
sions regarding the issuance of MMPA Incidental Take Authorizations to the oil and
gas industry in the U.S. Arctic Ocean.
NOAA has also worked collaboratively with the Environmental Protection Agency
regarding issues related to air and water quality and the potential impacts to those
resources from the proposed actions of oil and gas exploration and the issuance of
MMPA Incidental Take Authorizations when developing this EIS.
ADDITIONAL COMMITTEE QUESTIONS
Senator M
URKOWSKI
. Okay. I would appreciate a very prompt re-
sponse and would look forward to that.
Thank you, Madam Chairman, for the additional couple minutes.
[The following questions were not asked at the hearing, but were
submitted to the Department for response subsequent to the hear-
ing:]
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
B
ARBARA
A. M
IKULSKI
SEQUESTRATION
Question. Under the Budget Control Act of 2011, funding for virtually all Federal
programs will face a possible across-the-board cut in January 2013 if the Congress
doesn’t enact a plan before then to reduce the national debt by $1.2 trillion. Accord-
ing to Congressional Budget Office (CBO) estimates, this would result in a cut of
7.8 percent to all nonsecurity programs.
What impacts would an across-the-board cut of 7.8 percent have on the Commerce
Department? What are the consequences, both in terms of dollars and people
served? Can you give us specific examples? Is there anything else that the Com-
merce Department can cut beyond what is proposed in the fiscal year 2013 request?
How would public safety be impacted by a cut to National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA), particularly the agency’s ability to accurately forecast
weather? Do you have a plan for the Commerce Department to implement these
cuts if the Congress doesn’t enact an alternative plan?
Answer. The administration believes that a sequestration can and should be
avoided. According to the CBO, the sequester could cut overall domestic spending
by about 8 percent. The Department anticipates a negative impact on our mission
to create the conditions for economic growth and opportunity by promoting innova-
tion, entrepreneurship, competitiveness, and stewardship informed by world-class
scientific research and information. The Department would have to reduce its efforts
to support regional innovation strategies that foster job creation. Fewer small- and
medium-sized businesses, and minority enterprises would be assisted in their efforts
to export products and services. Some investments in research and advanced manu-
178
facturing technologies would be eliminated. Research efforts to bring the 2020 Cen-
sus in at a lower cost per household would be hindered. Also, the cut would curtail
the Department’s ability to address foreign trade barriers and ensure market access
cases are resolved successfully.
A cut of this magnitude would likely require furloughs or the elimination of posi-
tions and reduce NOAA’s ability to fully meet its mission. This type of reduction
would also diminish the Department’s ability to make necessary information tech-
nology (IT) modernizations and improvements in our IT security posture to appro-
priately address the current cyber environment. The Department would have to
eliminate some key statistical series and surveys that provide important informa-
tion in the decisionmaking processes of businesses and Federal, State, and local gov-
ernments. In addition, it would reduce funding to develop next-generation weather
satellites which are critical to maintaining the Nation’s weather forecasting capa-
bilities.
NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Satellites
Question. Satellites acquisitions make up 37 percent of NOAA’s budget in fiscal
year 2013 and have started to erode funding for other operations at NOAA. That
is why I directed NOAA in 2012 to provide updated life-cycle costs for all satellite
programs.
The fiscal year 2013 budget request for Joint Polar Satellite Systems (JPSS) is
$916 million and includes an updated life-cycle cost for the program. The total cost
increased by $1 billion from $11.9 billion to $12.9 billion. NOAA is also cutting more
weather sensors to keep costs down, going from 13 total sensors for both satellites
to just 7. This new total cost estimate shows JPSS going in the wrong direction.
Please explain the current gap in the weather coverage and how NOAA will keep
it from growing?
Answer. The methodology that NOAA has used to calculate the gap is based on
a probabilistic methodology that is used for operational satellites. As such, the basis
of the gap is focused on the ability to continue to provide data, without interruption,
to support weather forecast models. It is difficult to say with absolute certainty
when the projected gap may occur, and any estimates on the duration of the gap
are based on probability analysis using assumptions about the lifespan of current
satellites. Assuming that Suomi National Polar-Orbiting Partnership (NPP) ceases
to operate at the end of its projected life in 2016 and JPSS–1 becomes fully oper-
ational in 2018 (after undergoing calibration and validation activities) following
launch in the second quarter of fiscal year 2017, NOAA estimates that the potential
data gap in the afternoon orbit could be up to 18 to 24 months.
In reality, Suomi NPP could last longer or shorter than what the current prob-
ability analysis suggests, which would impact the duration of the gap.
Ultimately, NOAA’s best chance to minimize any gap is to maintain the second
quarter of fiscal year 2017 launch date of the JPSS–1 satellite. Loss of data in the
afternoon orbit will degrade NOAA’s weather forecast skill at day 3 and beyond,
providing the Nation less-accurate information about significant weather events
than would otherwise be available.
Question. Funding for NOAA’s core ocean and weather operations is suffering
while procurement budgets balloon and satellite capabilities decrease. Why should
NOAA remain the lead acquisition agency for these satellites?
Answer. The administration is still developing a response to the Senate’s proposal
to move weather satellite acquisition from NOAA to National Aeronautics and Space
Administration. As you know, this is a complicated issue which the Congress has
been addressing for years. We are analyzing the possible impacts the organizational
change could have on the satellite missions, as well as on satellite budgets and
schedules.
CUTS TO NATIONAL WEATHER SERVICE WORKFORCE
NOAA’s budget request reduces the National Weather Service’s (NWS) IT staff by
80 percent, affecting 122 employees:
—cuts 98 computer technician positions in local field offices; and
—consolidates remaining 24 positions into six regional offices
IT staff have proven to be valuable parts of the local weather forecast teams.
Every local weather field office across America will be affected by these cuts.
We experienced the most devastating weather on record in 2011. 2012 is already
shaping up to be just as bad. According to NWS, the recent February 28 to March
2 severe storm outbreak spawned 230 tornadoes across 14 States killing 54 people.
Without NOAA’s warnings, more lives would have been lost.
179
Question. Dr. Lubchenco has stated that reducing computer tech staffing will not
affect the quality of services, warnings, and forecasts. What does she mean by this?
Answer. As a result of technological advances and efficiencies to remote commu-
nications, centralized Regional Information Technology Collaboration Units
(RITCUs) would work in partnership with Weather Forecast Offices (WFOs) and the
established Network Control Facility in Silver Spring to provide the same or an im-
proved level of support as provided today to each WFO. WFOs would continue the
same service delivery in the future as they do now, with no impact to mission or
performance. RITCUs will be fully capable of addressing any software issue within
their area of responsibility. The Advanced Weather Interactive Processing System
(AWIPS) Network Control Facility (NCF) will continue as a secondary source of sup-
port capable of diagnosing and resolving most problems. Between the RITCU and
AWIPS NCF, most problems will be resolved within an average of 5–10 minutes.
In addition, robust, long-standing service backup capabilities allow an adjacent of-
fice to assume warning and forecast responsibility almost immediately. If the system
goes down during severe weather and cannot be remedied remotely in short order,
service backup would be implemented. To provide for continuity of operations in the
field, long-standing and extensively tested service backup capabilities allow an adja-
cent WFO to assume the warning and forecast responsibility of a pre-determined,
neighboring WFO almost immediately to ensure no service degradation to the pub-
lic. Testing of backup plans is conducted at least annually in accordance with the
NWS operations policy.
Question. NOAA ramped up its weather computer workforce in 2000 to help with
a new computer network. NOAA is currently updating that system and has re-
quested $12 million in 2013 to prepare for more weather data from newer satellites.
Why are these IT techs no longer valuable now?
Answer. AWIPS is the backbone of forecast capabilities at WFOs. When AWIPS
was first deployed, this technology was not well defined, nor was there technical ex-
pertise within local forecast offices to manage the additional IT requirements. To
meet these challenges, the—Information Technology Officer (ITO) position was cre-
ated in 2001 to provide onsite configuration and upgrade support for AWIPS. Over
the past decade, advances in NWS IT have allowed NWS to make significant techno-
logical advances and efficiencies into its remote support capabilities making these
positions unnecessary. Currently, each WFO has one ITO, typically working day
shifts on weekdays.
CENSUS
2020 Census
Question. Controlling costs for the 2020 Decennial Census remains a top oversight
concern. Both the Commerce Inspector General and Government Accountability Of-
fice track the 2020 Census as a high-risk challenge for the Department.
Cost overruns were a problem for the 2010 Decennial Census, totaling more than
$12 billion. That is 20 percent more expensive than original estimate of $11 billion,
and double the cost of 2000 Census of $6.5 billion. This subcommittee had to make
tough choices each year to continue funding the 2010 Census.
Last year, the projected cost of the 2020 Census ranged between $22 billion and
$30 billion—more than double the cost of the 2010 Decennial Census. The fiscal
year 2012 Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related Agencies bill included language
calling for curbed costs.
How is the Census Bureau changing the way the agency is planning for the 2020
Decennial Census—particularly with driving down ‘‘nonresponse followup’’ costs
which is the most expensive part of the Census process? How is the Census Bureau
avoiding techno-boondoggles such as the 2010 Census hand-held computer debacle?
Why do you anticipate the 2020 Census costing twice as much as the 2010 Census?
Answer. The Census Bureau recognizes that the rising cost of the decennial cen-
sus in recent decades cannot be sustained, and we must make changes to the design
of the decennial census to increase efficiency and control costs while maintaining
the quality of the data. Accordingly, we have embarked on a research and testing
program focused on major innovations to the design of the census oriented around
three major cost drivers of the 2010 Census:
—substantial investments in major, national updating of the address frame just
prior to enumeration;
—the lack of full public participation in the self-response phase of the census, re-
quiring the hiring of a large field staff for nonresponse followup; and
—the failure or challenges with linking major acquisitions, the schedule, and the
budget. Major innovations in three key areas of the design of the 2020 Census
can control costs relative to the 2010 Census design.
180
The first key area is conducting a Targeted Address Canvassing operation as a
result of improving address coverage and map feature updates as part of the fiscal
year 2011 Geographic Support System (GSS) Initiative. The possibilities for main-
taining our address list and maps range from a full address canvassing operation
(similar to what we did for the 2010 Census, where we walked almost every street
in America to verify and capture information about every housing unit with the cor-
rect geography), to targeted address canvassing, to not having to do address can-
vassing at all. The 2020 Census research and test work in conjunction with the GSS
Initiative will be critical to understanding the extent to which we can reduce the
amount of address canvassing.
The second key area is Multiple Mode Response Options, which allows for the
public to respond to the census via multiple modes, such as mail, telephone, Inter-
net, face-to-face interview, and other electronic response options that may emerge
to ensure that diverse subgroups of the population, including those that speak lan-
guages other than English, have every opportunity to submit their information. This
also includes redesigning the most expensive component of the census, the non-
response followup operation, where we enumerate households that do not initially
provide their information to us. The Census Bureau will explore using existing data
sources like the American Community Survey and administrative records to obtain
data about those households that do not otherwise respond to the census. Using ad-
ministrative records for a substantial number of nonrespondents could result in sub-
stantially smaller field and labor infrastructure, thereby saving billions of dollars.
We can also save money by modernizing the IT and field support infrastructure.
The third key area is investment program management and systems engineering
efforts early in the decade. Based on lessons learned, there were areas of program
management that have potential for improvement. To achieve the goals of the 2020
Census, sufficient investments in planning and research are being made early. In
addition, the program’s budget, schedule, and scope are being integrated, and an
iterative process is being put in place that will allow flexibility in planning and de-
sign. To the extent possible, we will make decisions based on the evidence from our
research. The goal of this extensive up-front effort is to hold down costs later in the
decade without compromising quality.
The bottom line is that the more we can innovate, the more we can contain costs
without sacrificing the high-quality census that the country requires. The Census
Bureau is tasked with producing the most accurate data possible in every census,
including the 2020 Census. However, obtaining a complete and accurate census
every 10 years becomes more complex and difficult with each successive cycle. For
the 2020 Census, a larger, more diverse population will be more difficult and expen-
sive to count. While we can reduce costs per household considerably by utilizing ad-
vances in technology and innovations in the design of the decennial census as de-
scribed in these documents, there is a point at which reducing costs could lead to
a significant reduction in the quality of census data. The 2020 research and testing
program will help us gain a better understanding of the extent to which we can con-
tain costs without sacrificing coverage and data quality.
NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION
S HURRICANE HUNTER PLANES
This year, NOAA’s ability to fly into hurricanes for storm forecasts has been se-
verely cut as one of the agency’s three P–3 Orion planes used for hurricane recon-
naissance will be grounded indefinitely:
—NOAA has three P–3 Orion planes.
—All planes need to be refurbished before 2016 to make them safe to fly.
—The cost to refurbish each plane is $20 million.
—NOAA did not request funding to refurbish the grounded plane.
—NOAA did not tell the Congress that all of the planes need extensive work.
—A second P–3 plane is due for scheduled maintenance this spring.
—NOAA with just have one plane and no back-up.
It is common for one plane to be grounded for maintenance, but to permanently
lose a capability without any budget path forward is unacceptable.
Question. Why is NOAA not requesting proper maintenance funds for NOAA’s
Hurricane Hunters and what is their plan forward?
Answer. NOAA would like to clarify that the two P–3s (N42, N43) are hurricane
reconnaissance and research platforms. One P–3 (N44) has reached its End of Serv-
ice Life (EOSL) and will be grounded. However, this aircraft was not used for hurri-
cane reconnaissance or research. In that regard, NOAA is not losing capability.
NOAA’s P–3 planes have adequate funding for routine maintenance. All standard
maintenance for NOAA aircraft is included within the Aviation Operation’s budget.
One of the three planes, the N44, which has not previously been used for hurricane
181
research or operational forecasting, has reached its EOSL due to existing conditions
of the wings and NOAA will make no further investments in the aircraft. The Serv-
ice Life Assessment Program (SLAPs) showed that the remaining P–3s, the N42 and
N43, will reach EOSL in fiscal year 2020 and fiscal year 2019 with Special Struc-
tural Inspections. Investment in new wing sets for the N42 and N43 is not covered
under the standard maintenance program, and has not yet been decided, as this is
related to NOAA’s current effort to systematically look at all observing systems and
NOAA’s requirements.
NOAA typically schedules maintenance to ensure aircraft are available for hurri-
cane season, but the SLAP by Lockheed Martin, completed in June 2011, rec-
ommended new short-term maintenance and inspections for NOAA’s P–3s that re-
quired NOAA to induct one aircraft into Special Structural Inspection during the
2012 hurricane season in order to remain airworthy.
This means that during fiscal year 2012, only one of the two P–3s (N42, N43) cur-
rently used for hurricane reconnaissance and research will be operational at any
specific time during the year due to scheduled maintenance. If unscheduled mainte-
nance is required, that may leave no available P–3s, which would impact hurricane
research, but would not significantly impact the current operational hurricane re-
connaissance and forecasting capabilities of the National Hurricane Center.
Question. NOAA partners with a U.S. Air Force reserve unit who also fly into hur-
ricanes using more modern C–130 planes. NOAA’s and USAF’s important flight mis-
sions are different, but complementary. Has NOAA looked at procuring more mod-
ern planes like C–130 rather than re-winging its older planes?
Answer. NOAA’s Observing System Council (NOSC) is systematically looking at
all observing systems and NOAA’s requirements. The NOSC is chaired by the As-
sistant Secretary for Environmental Observations and Predictions, with the Assist-
ant Administrator of NWS and National Environmental Satellite, Data, and Infor-
mation Service (NESDIS) as the vice-chairs. Each Line Office is represented by a
Senior Executive. Under the NOSC, an observing system committee will propose the
optimum observing systems configuration necessary to meet NOAA’s missions.
NOAA has also begun to evaluate individual systems against these observing re-
quirements and determine the effective observing suite across NOAA’s diverse mis-
sions. NOAA is now comparing the results of this initial effort with other informa-
tion we have gathered on observing system priorities to come up with a robust,
interactive, responsive decision support tool for observing system integrated port-
folio management.
UNITED STATES PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE
Protecting Intellectual Property
Question. The backlog of unreviewed patents has decreased 7 percent since last
year, but more than 657,000 patents are still waiting approval. The average waiting
time to for a patent has decreased too, but it still takes more than 30 months for
United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) to make a decision. USPTO’s
goal is 18 months by 2016.
USPTO’s budget is based on the amount of fees collected each year.
USPTO’s fiscal year 2013 estimated fees will be $3 billion, $273 million more rev-
enue than fiscal year 2012.
I understand that USPTO plans to use this increased revenue to tackle the back-
log by hiring 1,500 new examiners and opening three new satellite offices.
But USPTO will also spend $521 million on its IT portfolio, including:
—Creating an end-to-end electronic patent process where applications are sub-
mitted, handled, and processed all electronically; and
—Adding ‘‘cloud’’ computing to create a virtual patent system.
Question. How will USPTO’s new IT infrastructure decrease the backlog so that
more American ideas are patent-protected quicker?
Answer. The new IT infrastructure will improve the network, data center, and
communication tools both for the patent applicant and patent examiners. This im-
proved infrastructure will increase reliability, speed, and accuracy in communication
and automation solutions, which will in turn increase efficiency and quality. The
end-to-end electronic patent processing will be text-based, which will allow for com-
puter automation and increased quality. The system will analyze data from docu-
ments received or prepared, and validate that information against rules or existing
data. Cloud implementation of the data center will allow the USPTO to scale and
meet seasonal demands on the systems in a cost-effective manner. This will increase
our capacity to meet patent applicant and patent examiner expectations of a highly
available system.
182
Question. USPTO is a repository of American ingenuity. What is USPTO doing
to protect America’s intellectual property? How confident are you in USPTO’s cyber-
security plan, especially will cloud computing coming online?
Answer. USPTO is in compliance with the e-Government Act of 2002, which in-
cluded the Federal Information Security Management Act. Currently, all USPTO IT
systems that are in production have been authorized to operate in accordance with
all Federal and NIST guidelines (i.e., FIPS 199, FIPS 200, NIST 800–37, Rev 1,
NIST 800–53, Rev 3, and NIST 800–53a, Rev 1). As part of the continuous moni-
toring process, all USPTO information systems are assessed and reviewed each year
to ensure that security controls implemented in each are:
—working as intended;
—have been implemented correctly; and
—are producing the desired outcome with respect to meeting the confidentiality,
integrity, and availability requirements for the information system in its oper-
ational environment.
Changes to information systems are monitored closely and assessed for their secu-
rity impact to ensure that proposed changes do not adversely affect the security pos-
ture of the information system.
The CIO Command Center (C3)-combined with both the Network Operations Cen-
ter and the Security Operations Center-continuously monitors all USPTO systems.
Compliance and vulnerability scans, including penetration tests, are performed to
ensure that IT devices have been configured in accordance with secure baselines,
and that systems patching is current. After the scans are analyzed, plans of action
and milestones are created to manage any findings. USPTO conducts quarterly
scans and maintenance scans on server and network infrastructure devices. Security
scanning tools are utilized to scan databases and web URLs. Real time monitoring
tools are put in place to monitor and collect security events and application logs of
systems.
USPTO has improved the security of its webmail by enhancing access require-
ments to a two-factor authentication to minimize the risk of identity theft. These
factors are:
—Something the user knows (e.g., password);
—Something the user has (e.g., a security token); and
—By providing this enhanced level of security, user authentication will positively
identify customers before they interact with mission-critical data and applica-
tions.
USPTO generally supports the use of commercially available cloud technology
when appropriate. For instance, the USPTO leveraged a commercial cloud to host
a copy of the publicly available trademark data and documents (http://
tsdr.uspto.gov/). However, since commercial cloud providers cannot ensure security
standards comparable to those maintained at USPTO, certain USPTO data, such as
pre-publication patent applications, would present an unacceptable risk of com-
promise if hosted in a public cloud. In addition, USPTO must remain the authori-
tative source of agency data to ensure the accuracy and integrity of that data. Only
the USPTO can provide those assurances at this time.
USPTO supports the leveraging of cloud technologies and is implementing in-
house cloud-based solutions to take advantage of the capabilities while ensuring the
security of our data. USPTO has started implementing its Next Generation applica-
tions (Fee Processing Next Generation, Trademark Next Generation) using web
services instead of traditional three-tier web technologies in an effort to make its
core applications cloud ready. Additionally, USPTO physical infrastructure is cur-
rently being refreshed and replaced with devices with virtual technologies to ensure
that these applications can be moved into a cloud environment when they are ready
to be deployed. Before applications can move to cloud, they must undergo resiliency
testing to ensure that they can fully utilize the benefits of cloud computing (i.e.,
throughput, reliability, and elasticity).
To help make the USPTO more efficient and meet daily challenges in this area,
the USPTO has aligned its organization into a streamlined cybersecurity division
by combining security operations, C3, and security audit and compliance groups
under one umbrella office.
Question. As the patent review backlog decreases, the amount of patent appeal
cases will likely grow. How does USPTO anticipate dealing with this potentially new
backlog?
Answer. The Board of Patent Appeals and Interferences (BPAI) backlog of ex
parte appeals currently stands at greater than 26,000 appeals and continues to
grow. In order to address the backlog, while at the same time addressing new pro-
ceedings that come to the Board under the America Invents Act, the Board is work-
ing to hire 100 new Administrative Patent Judges (APJ) in fiscal year 2012, and
183
is planning to hire another 61 APJs using fiscal year 2013 resources. The USPTO
will continue to monitor BPAI’s workload to determine if additional hiring is nec-
essary in the out-years.
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
D
ANIEL
K. I
NOUYE
NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION
Government Reorganization
Question. Why do you wish to move National Oceanic and Atmospheric Adminis-
tration (NOAA) to the Department of the Interior? What specific programmatic gain
would be accomplished? What does the administration view as the risks associated
with such a move?
Answer. The Department of the Interior and NOAA manage most of the Federal
Government’s natural resources; a consolidation would strengthen the Federal Gov-
ernment’s stewardship and conservation efforts. Merging the two would improve co-
ordination of complementary programs for the conservation of natural resources,
strengthen ecosystem-based management and science, enhance services to coastal
communities, improve utilization of assets and facilities, and eliminate unnecessary
administrative costs. NOAA would continue to provide critical weather, climate, ma-
rine, and coastal services to the Federal Government, States, businesses, and coast-
al communities within the Department of the Interior. There could be risks associ-
ated with the consolidation, for example, if programs are not well-integrated (lead-
ing to fewer efficiencies than expected) or there is uncertainty on the part of staff
and other stakeholders who are not accustomed to the new organizational arrange-
ment. However, because we view an effective transition as essential to the success
of the reorganization, we would work hard to minimize these risks with careful
transition planning, communications, and management. Exactly how they would be
integrated will be the subject of considerable consultations with the Congress, agen-
cy staff and other stakeholders to ensure that the result is a stronger, more effective
department that protects and enhances NOAA’s core functions.
Question. Why has the possibility of NOAA as an independent agency not been
considered?
Answer. The possibility of NOAA as an independent agency was one of the options
that received serious consideration in the reorganization effort. However, the review
concluded that merging NOAA with the Department of the Interior would be a bet-
ter option as it would create the possibility for more synergies and efficiencies,
thereby enhancing conservation and stewardship programs.
Question. Does the administration believe that a NOAA organic act would be ben-
eficial? If so why has there been no administration proposal in this regard?
Answer. A NOAA organic act would provide a foundation of authorities to conduct
the activities needed to meet the agency’s missions. There are dozens of single laws
authorizing NOAA’s activities, but no central authority defines the mission and gen-
eral functions of the agency. Having this authority in a single primary statute would
codify NOAA’s programs and activities in a consolidated manner which could be use-
ful.
TSUNAMI HAZARD MITIGATION PROGRAM
Question. Can you provide a specific description of the capacity that will be lost
due to the cuts proposed to NOAA’s Tsunami Hazard Mitigation Program
(NTHMP)?
Answer. NOAA places its ability to warn and advise the American public on the
threat of tsunamis as its highest priority within the NTHMP. Tsunami Warning
Centers’ operations in Hawaii and Alaska are not compromised or degraded with the
proposed reductions.
The proposed reductions will eliminate grants to the NTHMP. The NTHMP is a
consortium of State partners that use NOAA tsunami program funding to support
local community education and mitigation activities. These activities include inun-
dation mapping to develop evacuation plans, routes, and signage; education and
awareness campaigns; provision of education materials; and training for the public
and local officials.
Despite the reduction in grants funding, NOAA would continue to support the
NTHMP by:
—setting standards of accuracy for NTHMP-developed inundation models;
—promoting community outreach and education networks to ensure community
tsunami readiness through funding from the TsunamiReady
TM
program;
184
—promoting the adoption of tsunami warning and mitigation measures by Fed-
eral, State, tribal and local governments, and nongovernment entities;
—conducting tsunami research; and
—operating the U.S. Tsunami Forecasting and Warning Program.
Question. I understand that the proposed cuts are to be taken mostly from activi-
ties designed to support education and community capacity building. How does
NOAA propose to replace these efforts, and if not, why is this considered to be a
low-priority activity?
Answer. NOAA places its ability to warn and advise the American public on the
threat of tsunamis as its highest priority within the NTHMP. Tsunami Warning
Center operations in Hawaii and Alaska are not compromised or degraded with the
proposed reductions.
Education and outreach activities continue to be a priority for NOAA. NOAA is
committed to continuing support and funding for the TsunamiReady
TM
program.
The TsunamiReady
TM
program promotes tsunami hazard preparedness as an active
collaboration among Federal, State, and local emergency management agencies, the
public, and the NOAA tsunami warning system. Warning Coordination Meteorolo-
gists in each NOAA National Weather Service (NWS) coastal office are dedicated to
working closely with local emergency management to develop capabilities and assist
in planning infrastructure that will allow communities to become TsunamiReady
TM
.
NWS will prioritize efforts to concentrate on those coastal communities at highest-
risk for destructive or life-threatening tsunamis.
MARINE DEBRIS PROGRAM
Question. I understand that the Congress has previously provided a directive to
NOAA regarding the consolidation of its various habitat programs but I do not be-
lieve that we ever considered NOAA’s Marine Debris Program (MDP) to fall under
this category. Can you explain why you have chosen to move it and include it with
restoration programs when its primary mission is hazard response?
Answer. NOAA is proposing to move the MDP to the NOAA Restoration Center
to streamline grants programs. Since 2007, approximately $1 million of the MDP’s
annual budget has been administered by the NOAA Restoration Center through the
Community-based Restoration Marine Debris Removal Grants. The NOAA Restora-
tion Center implements on-the-ground habitat restoration projects for many dif-
ferent programs within NOAA.
The Marine Debris Research, Prevention and Reduction Act of 2006 established
the NOAA MDP to focus on mapping, identification, impact assessment, prevention,
and removal efforts, with a focus on marine debris posing a threat to living marine
resources and navigation safety. Since the establishment of the program, NOAA has
funded research as well as removal activities that threaten living marine resources
or are in response to hazards.
It is not expected that the consolidation of the MDP into NOAA fisheries would
change the core functions, mission, or results of the program, as stated in the man-
date referenced above. The program would still advance the act’s goals, and NOAA
would capitalize on this shared priority to create efficiencies through the stream-
lining of grants operations resulting in improved services for our stakeholders and
greater impact on the ground.
Question. Can you provide me with a comparison of the efficiencies provided by
the MDP’s current location in the Office of Response and Restoration as to those
that might be gained with its proposed move to the Office of Habitat Management
and Restoration?
Answer. Since 2007, approximately $1 million of the MDP’s annual budget has
been administered by the NOAA Restoration Center through the Community-based
Restoration Marine Debris Removal Grants. NOAA anticipates savings by stream-
lining grants administration and technical services provided with the goal of maxi-
mizing extramural funding provided. With this proposed move, the MDP will still
be able to leverage the scientific expertise and capacity of the Office of Response
and Restoration from within the Office of Habitat Management and Restoration,
while achieving administrative cost savings as described above.
Question. How does NOAA plan to spend the additional $1 million which the Con-
gress appropriated to the MDP in fiscal year 2012? Will the funds be available for
grants to State and local entities?
Answer. In the fiscal year 2012 congressionally approved spend plan, the NOAA
MDP was funded at $4,618,000, an increase of $718,000 more than fiscal year 2011.
NOAA is undertaking the following actions using these additional funds, as well as
a portion of its base funds:
185
Debris Survey and Removal at Midway Island.—The NOAA MDP provided
funding for survey and removal teams of NOAA’s National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS) Coral Reef Ecosystem Division to conduct marine debris sur-
veys and debris removal at Midway Island. There have been no confirmed re-
ports of debris from the 2011 tsunami arriving at Midway to date, but initial
ocean modeling indicated that the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, particularly
at Midway Island and Kure Atoll, were one of the first United States locations
where a significant amount of marine debris from the Japan tsunami may have
made landfall. Even though debris linked directly to the tsunami was not de-
tected at Midway, the effort removed 26 tons of accumulated debris in this eco-
logically important and fragile area. Debris removal, whether from the tsunami
or other sources, reduces risk of entanglement, ingestion, and other impacts to
endangered and other species of concern.
Drifter Buoys.—NOAA is working with partners transiting the North Pacific
to deploy drifter buoys either in concentrations of marine debris or other stra-
tegic areas of interest to help NOAA better understand how the debris is mov-
ing.
At-Sea Detection.—NOAA is conducting field trials and surveys using un-
manned aircraft systems (UAS) to help detect Japan tsunami marine debris at-
sea in open North Pacific waters in areas of potential marine debris concentra-
tions that have been identified through modeling. Data from the UAS surveys
will improve marine debris modeling efforts and will be part of a larger NOAA
UAS program.
Shoreline Monitoring in Alaska, California, Hawaii, Oregon, and Wash-
ington.—NOAA, working with State and local partners from government agen-
cies, nongovernmental organizations, and academia are acquiring baseline
shoreline debris information at more than 101 sites in the five affected States.
Most of the marine debris generated by the Japan tsunami is indistinguishable
from the normal marine debris that washes ashore every day in Hawaii, Alaska,
and on the west coast. Results of the monitoring will help indicate when and
where Japan tsunami marine debris is making landfall. NOAA will also use
part of the additional funds to enter information on tsunami debris into an on-
line database that will both store the data and disseminate them to response
agencies at all levels of government and to the public.
Alaska Monitoring.—Prior to the March 2011 Japan tsunami, NOAA’s NMFS
established shoreline monitoring sites within the Gulf of Alaska to collect data
on marine debris that poses entanglement risks. These data have been pro-
viding a baseline to help detect the landfall of Japan tsunami marine debris in
Alaska. The additional funds extend the existing time-series of monitoring data
and help gather vital information from more than 60 sites in the Gulf of Alaska
using the existing methodology and spot application of NOAA MDP shoreline
monitoring protocols.
Contingency Planning.—Contingency planning to ensure there are rapid re-
sponse protocols in place requires significant coordination at local, State, and
Federal levels. NOAA has been conducting workshops on the Japan tsunami
marine debris issue with partner agencies and organizations to provide a com-
mon foundation of understanding about the debris and to facilitate development
of response contingency plans. Plans developed will be particularly valuable for
response to any large or hazardous items that might make landfall on U.S.
coastlines. The workshops facilitated further engagement of State and local re-
source management and response agencies, as well as nongovernmental organi-
zations concerned about marine debris issues.
Japan Tsunami Marine Debris Data Visualization.—NOAA’s MDP expects a
significant increase of tsunami marine debris sighting data to be reported and
collected over the next several months as a result of increased monitoring ef-
forts. This project makes these data available to our response agency partners
and the public through maps, graphics, and other visualizations of debris in the
water and on shorelines. NOAA is cataloguing all debris sightings on NOAA’s
Environmental Response Management Application (ERMA) and is sharing
ERMA-derived products with the public and response agency partners. ERMA
was a successful vehicle for making data available to the public during the
Deepwater Horizon oil spill response.
In July 2012, NOAA initiated action, using its authorities under the Marine De-
bris Research, Prevention, and Reduction Act, to provide $50,000 to each of the five
Pacific States to aid in their marine debris removal activities. NOAA expects to
award the funds in mid-August.
186
HABITAT PROGRAMS
Question. Can you explain what the funding in the new ‘‘Habitat Management
and Restoration’’ line will go toward?
Answer. Funding in the new Habitat Management and Restoration line will sup-
port:
Sustainable Habitat Management.—Habitat management and protection ac-
tivities for sustaining and enhancing commercial and recreational fisheries to:
—Conduct consultations with Federal agencies and constituents nationwide to
protect essential fish habitat in order to support commercial and rec-
reational fisheries and vibrant coastal communities.
—Ensure fish passage at federally licensed hydroelectric dams that block ac-
cess to valuable spawning habitat.
—Advance research on the role of different habitats in supporting sustainable
fisheries and recovering listed species, with benefits to the communities and
economies that depend on them.
—Implement the Deep Sea Coral Research and Technology Program to iden-
tify and map locations of deep sea coral, analyze new scientific information,
and apply that knowledge in fishery management plans.
Fisheries Habitat Restoration.—Habitat restoration activities to:
—Plan and construct habitat restoration projects for restoring coastal and
marine resources injured by oil spills, releases of hazardous substances, or
vessel groundings.
—Implement and support targeted restoration projects for sustaining man-
aged fisheries and recovering listed species through technical expertise
(planning, engineering, design, monitoring, etc.) with limited financial re-
sources for project construction.
—Implement the Marine Debris and Estuary Restoration Programs, including
activities to research, prevent, and reduce the impacts of marine debris.
Question. Given that habitat restoration creates jobs and supports fisheries, why
have you proposed to severely cut the Community-based Restoration Program in fis-
cal year 2013?
Answer. Within the fiscal year 2013 President’s budget, NOAA has prioritized the
support of restoration activities for the Natural Resource Damage Assessment proc-
ess, as mandated by the Oil Pollution Act and the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act, over grants. Restoration activities com-
pensate the public for lost trust resources that result from oil and other hazardous
waste spills. Under these statutes, NOAA is responsible for addressing injury to
natural resources, and acts on behalf of the public to protect and restore coastal and
marine resources and their services. Jobs are also supported with this type of res-
toration work. This effort will take place in addition to consultative work and efforts
to work with communities.
Question. Why was the Coastal and Estuarine Land Conservation Program
(CELCP) eliminated?
Answer. Funding for the CELCP was eliminated due to the fact that the base
level of funding severely limits the size and number of conservation projects that
could be approved and the existence of other Federal agencies with existing land
conservation programs.
NAVIGATION RESPONSE TEAMS
Question. How will the proposed elimination of NOAA’s Navigation Response
Teams (NRT) affect NOAA’s ability to fulfill its legal nautical charting mandate and
respond to man-made and natural disasters?
Answer. NOAA will pursue an agreement with Federal Emergency Management
Agency to ensure that technical assistance to assess navigational hazards is avail-
able during Presidentially declared disasters. In 2011, the six NRTs spent a total
of 25 days responding to emergencies. However, NRTs also currently work to iden-
tify local survey requirements, and as these efforts benefit the ports and sur-
rounding communities, they can be conducted using non-Federal funding. Finally,
NOAA would need to perform inshore validation of its nautical charting products
and other navigation tools through contracted surveys and user feedback.
Question. How will the absence of these NRTs extend response times and increase
economic losses of the closed ports?
Answer. Because the response to this question requires a comparison of unknowns
to an existing program, NOAA cannot speak to whether this proposal would lead
to extended response times and increased economic losses of closed ports.
187
NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION SHIP
KA
IMIMOANA
The fiscal year 2012 President’s budget included a request for $11.6 million for
major repair periods (MRPs) for the NOAA ships Ka’imimoana and Miller Freeman.
Recognizing the valuable nature of the missions served by these two vessels, the
Congress acceded to this request and provided $11.1 million in the fiscal year 2012
appropriation for these purposes under the Fleet Capital Improvements budget line.
Subsequently, however, the Department of Commerce cut all but $1 million of these
funds in the fiscal year 2012 NOAA spend plan to provide savings for undistributed
cuts made elsewhere in the budget. NOAA has since indicated that the lack of avail-
able MRP funds in fiscal year 2012 will require that both the Ka’imimoana and the
Miller Freeman be decommissioned for safety’s sake.
Question. Why did the Department decide that the Ka’imimoana refit, and thus
the Ka’imimoana itself, was not needed?
Answer. In the fiscal year 2012 President’s budget, NOAA requested a one-time
$11.6 million increase to support the highest-priority repairs aboard the NOAA
ships Ka’imimoana and Miller Freeman. The final negotiated fiscal year 2012 Spend
Plan resulted in $1 million for fleet repairs, due to competing mission needs within
the total appropriation. As a result, the Miller Freeman will be decommissioned. On
June 18, the NOAA Fleet Council met and voted to place the NOAA ship
Ka’imimoana in warm layup status at the conclusion of the current field season
(which just ended), as the vessel can no longer operate without required extensive
repairs to ensure safe operations and extend the service life of the vessel. The MRP
funding for fiscal year 2012 was not included in the final, approved spend plan, and
instead of decommissioning the vessel at this time, the Council’s directive to place
it in warm layup status will allow us to maintain the vessel until the MRP funds
may be allocated, or other actions taken.
Question. Was there a change in the physical status of the Ka’imimoana between
the time of the President’s fiscal year 2012 budget submission to the Congress and
the submission of the fiscal year 2012 spend plan that led to the elimination of the
MRP?
Answer. No, there was not a change in the physical status of Ka’imimoana during
that time. The Ka’imimoana will continue to operate during fiscal year 2012 as out-
line in the Fleet Allocation Plan. The ship would not have entered the MRP until
early fiscal year 2013 as outlined in the President’s fiscal year 2012 budget submis-
sion.
Question. The Ka’imimoana’s primary mission is to service the Tropical Atmos-
phere Ocean (TAO) buoy array which provides the Nation invaluable information re-
garding the status of the El Nin
˜
o Southern Oscillation and its potential for impacts
on our weather. How does NOAA plan to conduct fulfill the service needs of the TAO
Array without the Ka’imimoana?
Answer. The NOAA Fleet Council is examining the best means to ensure con-
tinuity of the TAO Array and will develop a fiscal year 2013 Fleet Allocation Plan
by September 2012 that meets TAO mission requirements. Currently, 12 of the 67
TAO/TRITON buoys are maintained by Japan and NOAA is evaluating the feasi-
bility of conducting the Ka’imimoana mission supporting the TAO project with ei-
ther in house support (potentially the NOAA ship Ronald H. Brown), the use of out-
side charter in collaborations with our partners in South Korea, or a combination
of both.
Question. If contract services are proposed, were necessary funds requested in the
fiscal year 2013 budget? Please provide a detailed explanation of the short- and
long-term budget effects, and any change in operational capacity, which may accrue
from using contract services as opposed to a NOAA vessel as part of your answer.
Answer. Yes, the fiscal year 2013 Operations, Research, and Facilities budget in-
cludes funding to support TAO continuity operations, through either NOAA vessel
or charter. The Fleet Council is examining the best means to ensure continuity of
the TAO Array and will develop a fiscal year 2013 Fleet Allocation Plan that meets
TAO mission requirements. Long-term budget effects will be determined by the
Fleet Plan and NOAA Observing System Council (NOSC) observing systems review.
NOAA is currently identifying and prioritizing existing requirements and observing
systems capabilities for the Fleet for a Fleet Plan that will determine the optimum
configurations for meeting priority mission requirements and utilization of all ob-
serving platforms.
Question. If savings were needed in fiscal year 2012 but no net long-term benefit
would accrue from decommissioning the Ka’imimoana, why not defer its MRP to fis-
cal year 2013 and move the proposed MRP for the Thomas Jefferson to fiscal year
2014?
188
Answer. NOAA will place the Ka’imimoana in an inactive status beginning in
July 2012 due to concerns over the material condition of critical mission and ship
board systems including deck machinery, tanks, and piping. Deferring the MRP to
fiscal year 2013 would have required NOAA to idle the ship for more than 12
months until early fiscal year 2014 during which time further deterioration would
occur increasing medium-term risks.
Question. What other missions were served by the Ka’imimoana and how will
their needs be met?
Answer. The Ka’imimoana’s primary mission is support of TAO. Other ocean ob-
servation and research missions are completed concurrently. Like TAO mission sup-
port, these requirements would need to be chartered.
INTERNATIONAL TRADE ADMINISTRATION
Task Force on Travel and Competitiveness
Question. On January 19, 2012, President Obama issued Executive Order 13597,
which is meant to, ‘‘. . . to improve visa and foreign visitor processing and travel
promotion in order to create jobs and spur economic growth in the United States.’’
Among other things, the Executive order calls for the establishment of the Task
Force on Travel and Competitiveness, co-chaired by the Secretaries of Commerce
and the Interior, and including heads of the Departments of State, the Treasury,
Agriculture, Labor, Transportation, and Homeland Security; Army Corps of Engi-
neers; Office of the United States Trade Representative; Export-Import Bank; and
other agencies invited to participate by the Task Force Co-Chairs. The Task Force
is supposed to work on developing a National Travel and Tourism Strategy with rec-
ommendations for new policies and initiatives to promote domestic and international
travel opportunities throughout the United States with the goal of increasing the
United States market share of worldwide travel.
Question. Can you please give an update on what the Task Force has done, and
is working on?
Answer. The Task Force on Travel and Competitiveness has been actively working
to implement the Executive order. To date, the Task Force has met with the Tour-
ism Policy Council to discuss the development of the National Travel and Tourism
Strategy called for in the Executive order. Subsequent to that discussion, the Task
Force has met three times to hone the Strategy in light of inputs from numerous
Federal agencies and substantial public comments received from the travel and
tourism industry and other stakeholders in response to a Federal Register notice.
In addition, the Secretary of Commerce requested, and received, input from the U.S.
Travel and Tourism Advisory Board that has also been considered in the develop-
ment of the Strategy. The Task Force is on schedule to deliver its recommendations
to the President within the 90-day timeframe called for in the Executive order.
In March 2010, the Congress passed, and President Obama signed into law, the
Travel Promotion Act (Public Law 111–145), creating a nonprofit corporation, Brand
USA, to market the United States as an international travel destination.
Question. In March 2010, the Congress passed, and President Obama signed into
law, the Travel Promotion Act (Public Law 111–145), creating a nonprofit corpora-
tion, BrandUSA, to market the United States as an international travel destination.
Does the Task Force work with BrandUSA, if so, how? Also, how do you ensure that
the efforts of the Task Force and BrandUSA are not duplicative?
Answer. Under the Executive order, the Task Force shall coordinate with the Cor-
poration for Travel Promotion (dba Brand USA) through the Secretary of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce works closely with Brand USA and has taken Brand
USA’s plans into account in the development of the National Travel and Tourism
Strategy. In addition, representatives of Brand USA met with Secretary Bryson and
Secretary Salazar, the Chairs of the Task Force on Travel and Competitiveness.
The Task Force on Travel and Competitiveness and Brand USA perform separate
functions that are not duplicative. The Task Force was formed for the sole purpose
of developing a National Travel and Tourism Strategy. The strategy is focused on
what the government can and should do to increase travel and tourism to and with-
in the United States. Brand USA is a private sector organization charged with mar-
keting the United States as a travel destination to international audiences. These
efforts are complementary and avoid duplication. It is the intention of the Task
Force that the National Travel and Tourism Strategy provide for the effective co-
ordination of Federal agencies with Brand USA to support Brand USA’s mission to
increase international travel to the United States and communicate relevant U.S.
policy.
189
REGIONAL FISHERY MANAGEMENT COUNCILS
Question. How will the proposed cuts to funding for Regional Fishery Manage-
ment Councils (RFMCs) and Commissions affect these organizations?
Answer. NOAA greatly values the work of the RFMCs and Commissions. These
bodies—which include commercial and recreational industry, Federal agencies, the
conservation community, and State fishery managers—are critical for making sound
fishery management decisions. Between fiscal year 2008 and fiscal year 2010, the
Councils received a significant increase to ensure Annual Catch Limits were imple-
mented in accordance with the 2006 reauthorization of the Magnuson-Stevens Fish-
ery Conservation and Management Act. Now that Annual Catch Limits have been
implemented, NMFS does not expect that the Councils will require the same
amount of resources.
NOAA’s focus for fiscal year 2013 is maintaining and improving our science pro-
grams as the basis for sound, science-based management actions taken by these
bodies. The Councils and Commissions will distribute funds to ensure the implemen-
tation of adaptive management measures in the highest-priority fisheries, building
on the 2011 milestone of implementing Annual Catch Limits in federally managed
fisheries.
A reduction in funding for the Councils in fiscal year 2013 will not reduce the
transparency of the fishery management process nor limit public involvement. Fur-
ther, Council activity will still be open to the public. While there may be changes
in the frequency of the meetings held, there will be no change to the transparency
of Council decisions.
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
P
ATRICK
J. L
EAHY
U
NITED
S
TATES
P
ATENT AND
T
RADEMARK
O
FFICE
Question. The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) has made
great progress in the last few years to reduce the backlog of patent applications and
issue higher-quality patents. While USPTO is working through this backlog, it is
also in the process of implementing the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, Public
Law 112–29, which was signed by President Obama on September 16, 2011. USPTO
needs full access to the fees it collects to continue its progress and reward inventors
of true inventions with high-quality patents.
Do you agree that ensuring the USPTO has full access to its fees is essential to
the effective functioning of the USPTO?
Answer. Yes, full access to fees is critical to help the USPTO achieve strategic
goals and performance objectives, and to manage resources effectively. USPTO is
committed to effective resource and performance planning linked carefully to oper-
ations. Planning and operations can be undermined significantly without full access
to the revenue the USPTO collects.
Question. How does an effective functioning USPTO, and patent and trademark
system in general, benefit the United States economy?
Answer. Innovation continues to be a principal driver of economic growth and job
creation in the United States, and a strong patent and trademark system helps de-
liver that innovation to the marketplace. USPTO plays a critical role in serving
America’s innovators, and granting the patents and registering the trademarks they
need to secure investment capital, build companies, and bring new products and
services to the marketplace. Adequate funding allows the USPTO to ensure that
innovators are getting high-quality examination in a timely manner. Economic evi-
dence shows that patent applications that take too long to be examined and patents
that are issued with overly broad claims, introduce unnecessary uncertainty into the
marketplace. USPTO’s patent grants and registration of trademarks directly con-
tribute to strengthening our economy, create jobs, and help move us toward the
President’s goal of winning the future by out-innovating our competitors.
Question. Will the proposed appropriations language for the USPTO ensure that
USPTO can access its fees through the Patent and Trademark Fee Reserve Fund
if the USPTO collects more than what the budget currently anticipates?
Answer. Existing and proposed appropriations language is beneficial in enabling
USPTO to access all fees through the Patent and Trademark Reserve Fund. USPTO
would be required to submit a spend plan the Senate and House appropriation com-
mittees prior to accessing resources from the Fund.
190
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
D
IANNE
F
EINSTEIN
NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION
Salmon Biological Opinion
Question. The Department of Commerce’s National Oceanic and Atmospheric Ad-
ministration (NOAA) issued a biological opinion on the salmon in 2009 which re-
quired the State of California to restrict water flows in California’s Sacramento
River Delta in order to protect the salmon. Since then, the biological opinion has
been criticized by the National Academy of Sciences, and U.S. District Court Judge
Wanger issued a ruling that the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) had not
provided adequate justifications to support the biological opinion.
Protecting endangered and threatened species is important, but so too are the
farms and the communities in California’s Central Valley that depend upon reliable
water deliveries to produce the billions of dollars of crops that feed the Nation. It
is my understanding that the revised biological opinion will not be completed until
February 2016. The uncertainty this creates for agricultural and urban communities
south of the Delta is a real concern.
It has been 6 months since Judge Wanger issued his decision on the biological
opinion. What has NOAA done since then to meet the Court’s mandates?
Answer. After Judge Wanger issued his decision on NOAA’s 2009 biological opin-
ion, NMFS worked with the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation (BOR), the California De-
partment of Water Resources, public water agencies, and nongovernmental organi-
zations to develop a timeline toward the completion of a new biological opinion. All
involved parties agreed that NMFS will deliver the final biological opinion by Feb-
ruary 2016, and the schedule was submitted and accepted by the Court. The Court
rendered its final decision on the schedule in December 2011, agreeing with the sub-
mitted timeline, giving NOAA until October 2014 to complete a draft opinion and
until February 2016 to complete a final opinion.
NMFS has made the completion of the biological opinion project a high priority
and has already begun analyzing the remand issues and integrating new science
into the new biological opinion. We are gathering and analyzing new data and infor-
mation that has become available since the issuance of the 2009 biological opinion.
We have coordinated with BOR, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, California Depart-
ment of Water Resources, California Department of Fish and Game, and University
of California at Davis on data collection.
Question. Can you explain why it will take NOAA 4 years to complete a new bio-
logical opinion and what is entailed in the process?
Answer. This is one of the most complex and challenging Endangered Species Act
consultations that NMFS has ever conducted. The geographic scope is very broad,
the number of species affected is large, and the planning horizon is long (21 years).
The judge recognized this complexity and ordered the new biological opinion to be
completed by early 2016, with a draft issued by October 2014. NMFS has begun
work on the new opinion and continues to await completion of the salmon life-cycle
analyses and will analyze 4 years of new data on salmon and the operating system
to incorporate into the new biological opinion.
The various tasks that must be completed by 2016 include effects analysis, inte-
gration and synthesis of effects, development of new or revised reasonable and pru-
dent alternative actions, four-factor analysis, the NOAA Fisheries Southwest Fish-
eries Science Center’s (SWFSC) life-cycle model, development of an incidental take
statement, issuance of a draft biological opinion and reasonable and prudent alter-
native, external and peer review, incorporation of review comments, and issuance
of final biological opinion by February 2016.
Question. What, if anything, can be done to reduce the amount of time it will take
to complete the new biological opinions?
Answer. NMFS is working diligently to complete the new biological opinion. We
continue to adapt the existing opinion in the interim, where possible by looking for
ways to maximize both water reliability and species protections. For example, in
January 2012, the Department of Justice filed with the court a stipulated agreement
among NOAA, the Department of the Interior (DOI), the State of California, and
several water contractors for spring 2012 water operations to enable increased water
supply reliability, while upholding species protections. Furthermore, there are nu-
merous tasks that must be completed by other agencies for NMFS to complete the
biological opinion.
Question. What new scientific research does NOAA intend to conduct or rely upon
to develop the new biological opinion and does the President’s budget fully fund
these efforts?
191
Answer. A salmon life-cycle model will be a central scientific component under-
lying the new biological opinion. This relies on completing new acoustic tag studies
in the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers. NMFS intends to apply the model to
evaluate how water operations or proposed reasonable and prudent alternatives
might affect listed species and/or water supply under various scenarios. NMFS con-
tinues to use and incorporate the best available science in the development of the
biological opinion.
Central Valley salmon continue to be a high priority in the fiscal year 2013 budg-
et request. To complete all the necessary work on this complex endeavor, we need
to leverage both internal and external expertise and resources. We are currently in
discussions with BOR about potential avenues for funding aspects of the life-cycle
model. NMFS has already begun work on this key component of the new opinion.
I understand that NOAA has recently begun implementing an adaptive manage-
ment strategy that sets pumping permissions and restrictions based off of real-time
data on salmon movements at the confluence of the San Joaquin and Old Rivers
correlated with Old & Middle River flows.
Question. In terms of water deliveries to south of Delta farmers, what benefits do
you anticipate this strategy may provide?
Answer. In January 2012, NMFS worked with the State of California, several
water contractors, and DOI to develop a joint stipulation for spring 2012 water oper-
ations in the Central Valley, available at http://swr.nmfs.noaa.gov/ocap/
2012lstipulation.htm. The agreement allowed us to refine some of the more con-
troversial aspects of the biological opinion for spring 2012 that we believe will ben-
efit both recovering salmon and water users, and enable us to keep working on the
new opinion. The agreement will provide greater flexibility and predictability to
management of Central Valley water operations by enabling us to exercise real-time
management where possible, thereby potentially having less of an impact to water
supply.
Question. Does the fiscal year 2013 budget request allow you to continue funding
this project and other adaptive management strategies elsewhere on the system?
Answer. Central Valley salmon continue to be a high priority in the fiscal year
2013 budget request. To complete all the necessary work on this complex endeavor,
we need to leverage both internal and external expertise and resources. We are cur-
rently in discussions with BOR about potential avenues for funding aspects of the
life-cycle model. NMFS has already begun work on this key component of the new
opinion.
While we will continue to operate within limited resources, we will prioritize im-
plementation of this agreement. We will continue to explore new science that would
enable greater reliability with respect to water supply, while ensuring the risk of
extinction does not increase, and the potential for recovery is not impeded.
Question. While the new biological opinion is being developed, are there any other
additional projects or administrative steps NOAA believes could be taken that could
provide salmon and water supply benefits?
Answer. NOAA’s opinion includes an annual adaptive management mechanism
devoted to exploring new science and analyzing lessons learned from the previous
year’s implementation of the opinion. We are always exploring new data and alter-
native strategies to increase water supply reliability while ensuring the risk of ex-
tinction does not increase and the potential for recovery is not impeded.
PACIFIC SALMON PROTECTED SPECIES RESEARCH AND MANAGEMENT FUNDING
Question. It is my understanding that one project that is critical to developing a
new salmon biological opinion is a new life-cycle modeling research program. This
research is expected to take 3 years to complete at an annual cost of $2 million
which would need to be funded by NOAA’s Pacific Salmon Endangered Species Act
account. However, the President’s budget for this account is essentially the same as
last year (approximately $58 million, with a $300,000 decrease).
Does the President’s budget proposal provide sufficient funding for NOAA’s pro-
posed salmon life-cycle modeling project and any other research necessary to com-
plete the new biological opinion?
Answer. Central Valley salmon continue to be a high priority in the fiscal year
2013 budget request. To complete all the necessary work on this complex endeavor,
we need to leverage both internal and external expertise and resources. NOAA has
already begun work on this key component of the new opinion.
NMFS is working on a pilot life-cycle model leveraging our Pacific Salmon funding
with a grant from BOR. We continue to work with them to identify the required
funds in the BOR budget for full implementation.
192
The pilot life-cycle model work has made clear that additional field studies would
be useful. NMFS, in collaboration with the University of California at Davis, has
done some pilot work on this issue, and has obtained extramural support for addi-
tional studies over the next 3 years. Additional areas of research for the longer term
include telemetry studies that can quantify patterns of salmon movement and sur-
vival in relation to operation of the water project facilities, studies of predators
(their distribution, abundance, and activity) and the movement and survival of very
young salmon that are too small to tag with existing technology.
NOAA has prepared a research plan that would fully address the questions sur-
rounding management of water and salmon in the Central Valley.
PACIFIC COASTAL SALMON RECOVERY FUND
Question. Funding for the Pacific Coastal Salmon Recovery Fund continues to de-
cline. In fiscal year 2011 it was funded at $80 million. In fiscal year 2012 it received
$65 million. The President’s budget request for fiscal year 2013 is $50 million.
Given that salmon populations along the Pacific coast are still recovering from the
2006–2008 fisheries collapse, do you think that continued decreases in funding for
the Salmon Recovery Fund is justified?
Answer. The long-term stability of the Pacific Coastal Salmon Recovery Fund
since fiscal year 2000 has been a huge asset to NOAA’s State and tribal salmon re-
covery efforts. The average annual appropriation level since the program’s inception
has been approximately $78 million. While the fiscal year 2012 funding level and
the fiscal year 2013 President’s budget do represent a relative decline, the Pacific
Coastal Salmon Recovery Fund will continue to be an indispensable resource in sup-
port of salmon recovery and sustainable fisheries. The declining funding levels re-
flect the current fiscal climate rather than program performance. In response to de-
clining funding levels, NOAA is increasing the program’s focus on those projects
identified in Endangered Species Act (ESA) recovery plans that are most likely to
provide the greatest biological benefit to the species and their habitat.
Question. Is there any concrete data you can offer in terms of recovery of the
salmon fishing industry along the Pacific coast that can give us assurance that the
Salmon Recovery Fund is working as intended to help restore the health of that in-
dustry?
Answer. The abundance of Sacramento and Klamath Rivers Chinook salmon
stocks has increased dramatically in 2012, providing much improved harvest oppor-
tunities over recent years. These stock improvements and the resulting benefits to
the Pacific coast fishing industry are most likely attributable to favorable ocean con-
ditions. Pacific Coastal Salmon Recovery Fund investments are focused on the pro-
tection and restoration of the freshwater habitats that are necessary to sustain
salmon populations through future downturns in marine survival conditions. A sig-
nificant portion of the Fund is directed at recovery of ESA-listed salmon and
steelhead which are not the direct target of commercial fisheries. Since the inception
of the Fund in fiscal year 2000, more than 10,200 projects have been completed, pro-
tecting and restoring nearly 880,000 acres of habitat and restoring access to more
than 5,300 miles of habitat program-wide.
The management of coastal Chinook salmon fisheries off southern Oregon and
California is currently constrained by the availability of stock-specific monitoring in-
formation. For example, data on the nonlisted Klamath River Chinook salmon popu-
lation is used as a surrogate for the California Coastal Chinook salmon stock (which
is listed as threatened under ESA) to inform limitations on ocean fisheries. Focused
resources, such as the Pacific Coastal Salmon Recovery Fund, are critical to improv-
ing the monitoring information available to guide fisheries management and to
allow for increased utilization of nonlisted salmon runs when sufficiently abundant.
CONSOLIDATION OF OFFICES
Question. On January 13 of this year, the White House proposed a plan to shrink
the size of the Federal Government by, in part, merging existing agencies. For the
Department of Commerce, the administration proposed, among other things, to con-
solidate NOAA into DOI.
How do you think this proposed merger would affect the retention of qualified per-
sonnel and their expertise?
Answer. The President’s first priority is first to obtain reorganization authority.
If the Congress grants him that authority, the administration would consult with
Members of Congress, the relevant congressional committees, agencies, and stake-
holders as it prepares a detailed reorganization proposal to submit to the Congress.
Retaining qualified personnel with expertise will be a priority in the development
193
and implementation of that proposal. Given that the core missions of NOAA would
continue in any event, we believe we would retain our highly qualified staff.
Question. Do you think that this proposed merger would result in the loss of sen-
ior management and create confusion and delays in making decisions?
Answer. The goal of the proposed reorganization is to streamline and enhance de-
cisionmaking and operations. We would plan carefully for the transitions associated
with organizational changes in order to ensure that there be no delays in making
decisions. Among other things, we would establish a senior team with strong leader-
ship and agency representation that would establish a detailed action plan for inte-
grating the agencies and programs to ensure a thoughtful process and no loss of
functionality. No decisions have been made about organizational details, as we in-
tend to seek the views of the Congress, agency staff, and other stakeholders on how
a merger of NOAA and DOI could best improve communication and coordination of
natural resource management programs.
Question. How do you think NOAA’s operational and research focus—climate,
oceans, fisheries, and weather—will be affected if they are folded into DOI, which
has been traditionally focused on land management, nonmarine species, and oil and
gas?
Answer. DOI and NOAA manage most of the Federal Government’s natural re-
sources; a consolidation would strengthen the Federal Government’s stewardship
and conservation efforts. Merging the two would improve coordination of com-
plementary programs for the conservation of natural resources, strengthen eco-
system-based management and science, enhance services to coastal communities,
improve utilization of assets and facilities, and eliminate unnecessary administra-
tive costs. NOAA would continue to provide critical weather, climate, marine, and
coastal services to the Federal Government, States, businesses, and coastal commu-
nities within DOI. Exactly how they would be integrated will be the subject of con-
siderable discussion with the Congress, agency staff, and other stakeholders to en-
sure that the result is a stronger, more effective department that protects and en-
hances NOAA’s core functions.
It is my understanding that in addition to the proposed consolidation of NOAA
into DOI, the administration is also proposing to consolidate NMFS’ southwest and
northwest offices into a single west coast regional office. While I understand the
need to reduce spending, I am concerned that these changes may impact NOAA’s
ability to address fishery issues critical to the delivery of water supplies in Cali-
fornia and our fishing industry.
Question. What assurances can you provide me that the proposed regional office
consolidation will not result in a reduction in senior program staff that would dimin-
ish services or the timely execution of regulatory reviews or scientific support?
Answer. The fiscal year 2013 budget request includes a reduction of $3.109 mil-
lion and 20 full-time equivalents (FTE) for the reconfiguration of NMFS’ southwest
and northwest regional offices into a single west coast regional office. The regional
offices are being proposed for reconfiguration because of the narrow range of func-
tions between the two, the higher degree of overlap in the work conducted, and the
fact that the both support one Fishery Management Council. This reconfiguration
would prioritize mission-critical work to protect the west coast’s living marine re-
sources, and core work on protected species consultations would be maintained;
however, NMFS’s ability to work in a proactive fashion with constituents could be
constrained.
Additional action being taken within the west coast consolidation include, closing
the Pacific Grove Laboratory; that staff would be co-located with the main science
divisions in Santa Cruz and La Jolla, California, resulting in a $0.641 million reduc-
tion and three FTE. This closure reduces facility operating costs of the SWFSC re-
ducing the facilities footprint. This relocation would allow for greater integration of
SWFSC’s oceanographic expertise with its biological missions in fisheries, marine
mammal, and turtle science. As an organizational unit, the Environmental Research
Division that is leaving the Pacific Grove Lab would remain intact after the closure.
COASTAL PROTECTIONS
Question. Coastal protection and restoration programs are vital for coastal com-
munities and States. These programs help protect natural coastal resources, sustain
commercial and recreational fishing activities, support habitat protection and res-
toration, augment tourism, and sustain and create jobs. Local communities depend
on these activities for their personal, educational, and economic well-being. They are
also cost-effective because they leverage cooperative agreements with non-Federal
partners to complete projects. However, a number of coastal protection programs are
facing cuts in the proposed fiscal year 2013 budget. For example, community-based
194
restoration will decrease by $10 million; marine debris and estuary restoration pro-
grams will decrease by $1.2 million.
With decreased funding, how do you propose to sustain protections for our coastal
communities and economies?
Answer. Although NOAA has made difficult choices in fiscal year 2013 in the face
of top line budgetary pressures, NOAA continues to make targeted investments in
key coastal programs. NOAA is requesting a program increase of $1.2 million for
the Tides and Current Data program, which will allow the program to fully main-
tain and inspect its network of National Water Level Observation Network
(NWLON) stations. Data from these stations are critical to safe navigation and mar-
itime commerce activities which are essential to coastal communities and economies.
NOAA is also requesting an additional $500,000 for Regional Ocean Partnership
Grants, which supports a targeted competitive grant program to advance regional
approaches to addressing changes to ocean and coastal natural resources. In addi-
tion NOAA is requesting a program increase of $2 million to enhance its forecasts
of harmful algal blooms, which can have profound effects on public health, fisheries,
tourism, and other coastal economic activity.
In areas where NOAA is requesting program decreases, NOAA is seeking new
ways to prioritize essential programs, increase efficiency, and leverage partnerships
with other Federal agencies, State and local governments, the private sector, and
the nonprofit community. The fiscal year 2013 request includes a $10.1 million de-
crease for the Community-based Restoration Program. At the reduced level of fund-
ing, the Restoration Center will maintain its core operations and restoration capa-
bilities to support mandated restoration activities related to Natural Resource Dam-
age Assessment, Oil Pollution Act, and Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act. Under these statutes, NOAA is responsible for ad-
dressing injury to natural resources, and acts on behalf of the public to protect and
restore coastal and marine resources and their services.
Funding for Community-based restoration partnership grants will be used for tar-
geted projects, and NOAA will continue to provide technical expertise and leader-
ship to States, tribes, and local communities implementing fishery and coastal habi-
tat restoration projects, within the guiding principles of NOAA’s Habitat Blueprint.
For example, NOAA experts will provide support for cooperative programs including
NOAA’s Gulf Coast Recovery, Coral Reef Conservation, and Protected Species Pro-
grams; EPA’s Great Lakes Restoration Initiative and other large ecosystem partner-
ships; and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers’ interagency coordination of coastal
wetland protection, restoration, and research in Louisiana.
Question. NOAA’s modeling shows that marine debris from Japan’s devastating
2011 tsunami may reach the Pacific coast in 2013. With decreased funding, will
NOAA be able to properly mitigate the effects of that debris on coastal commu-
nities?
Answer. In fiscal year 2012, NOAA is leading efforts to respond to debris from
the Japan tsunami. Working with international, Federal, State, and local partners,
the NOAA Marine Debris Program is collecting data on debris quantity, modeling
debris movement, assessing potential impacts, and planning for efforts to mitigate
potential harm to coastal communities and natural resources. NOAA has been able
to leverage its emergency response expertise to coordinate interagency monitoring
efforts, enhance modeling, develop decision-support tools, and conduct response
planning.
In fiscal year 2012 NOAA is directly supporting specially trained and highly
skilled debris survey teams in their efforts to conduct marine debris monitoring sur-
veys. These operations serve as an early assessment of the nature and quantity of
debris making landfall from the Japan tsunami. These activities are also critical to
establishing baselines for debris observations in Alaska, California, Hawaii, Oregon,
and Washington so that specific effects attributable the tsunami can be documented.
NOAA is also developing a marine debris response contingency plan and providing
support for developing graphical representations of scientific forecasts of debris
movement to better inform responders and improve public understanding of the
problem. NOAA is not requesting dedicated funding for these activities related to
the Japan tsunami in 2013. NOAA will continue to evaluate whether additional
funds are required in the outyears.
Question. What is NOAA doing to prepare the Pacific coast for the possibility of
a damaging tsunami? What is still needed to be done in order to protect our coastal
communities, industries, and infrastructures?
Answer. Since 2005, in the wake of the Indian Ocean tsunami that took 240,000
lives, NOAA has continuously implemented a multi-year effort to strengthen the Na-
tion’s capacity to provide early warnings of tsunamis and to enhance coastal commu-
195
nities’ preparedness. Both types of activities are necessary to mitigate the risks to
coastal communities and economies from tsunami events.
The first step toward tsunami preparedness is the ability to provide early warning
upon a tsunamigenic event. In fiscal year 2006, NOAA expanded staffing at the Pa-
cific Tsunami Warning and West Coast/Alaska Tsunami Warning Centers to ensure
24-hour operations. Warnings are delivered to communities at potential risk within
5 minutes of detection of a seismic event with potential to generate a tsunami. To
monitor tsunamic events and further refine its advisories and warnings, NOAA has
deployed and operates a network of 39 Deep-ocean Assessment and Reporting of
Tsunamis (DART®) stations, 32 of which are stations in the Pacific, 4 of which are
stations in the Caribbean, and 3 of which are in other areas of the Atlantic Ocean.
To further enhance warning guidance, NOAA Tsunami Warning Centers receive
real-time, high-frequency water data from NOAA’s network of 210 long-term coastal
tide gauges on all U.S. coasts. With this information, Warning Centers are able to
confirm the nearshore contact of a tsunami, quantify its impact, and validate models
used for improving future warnings. The real-time data are also used by other emer-
gency responders to validate the accuracy of the tsunami warnings arrival time and
to make subsequent safety of life and property decisions. Real-time water level data
from all NOAA National Ocean Service tide stations, known as NWLON, are made
accessible for users by request.
NOAA supports many training, education, and public awareness activities for tsu-
nami preparedness. Through an ongoing partnership with the Federal Emergency
Management Agency (FEMA) National Disaster Preparedness Training Center,
NOAA is engaged in delivering FEMA-certified training on Tsunami Awareness. In
addition, NOAA has developed an education and outreach program in conjunction
with the National Tsunami Hazard Mitigation Program (NTHMP). This education
and outreach program includes NOAA’s TsunamiReady
TM
program, which thus far
has recognized 71 of 272 at-risk communities on the Pacific (west) coast. NOAA con-
tinues tsunami inundation mapping, modeling, and forecast efforts for communities
at risk, advancing next-generation models for currents, and transition these re-
search efforts into operations.
In addition, NOAA supports development of decision support tools related to tsu-
nami preparedness. For example, through the Coastal Geospatial Services Contract,
NOAA works with the private sector to acquire and process high-resolution ele-
vation data for coastlines. These data provide the foundation for accurate estimates
of tsunami inundation and are the basis for local evacuation zones and tsunami re-
sponse and mitigation activities. NOAA distributes this data, along with other tech-
nical resources, through the NOAA Coastal Service Center’s Digital Coast Web site
(www.csc.noaa.gov/DigitalCoast). NOAA also partners with state and local jurisdic-
tions to assist in the distribution of tsunami evacuation maps through the Internet
and mobile devices. For example, the online Hawaii Tsunami Information Service
and its companion application for mobile phones reached more than 100,000 resi-
dents and visitors in Hawaii during the hours following the March 11, 2011 Japan
earthquake and tsunami.
TSUNAMI PREPAREDNESS
Question. Secretary Bryson, on March 14, 2012 NOAA posted a page to its Web
site entitled, ‘‘Japan’s ‘harbor wave’: The tsunami 1 year later’’. The page makes an
unequivocal statement: ‘‘NOAA predictions saved U.S. lives and property’’. I share
this belief because on March 11, 2011, NOAA’s DART® program transmitted timely
information to California and the rest of the Pacific coast. And local emergency re-
sponders used this information and their NOAA-funded training to quickly and effi-
ciently evacuate low-lying coastal areas.
The system worked well, but next time we may only have minutes, not hours, to
respond to a tsunami threat. That’s why I question the proposed cut of more than
$4.5 million to the NOAA tsunami preparedness and early warning system. The re-
duction to the buoy network is particularly concerning—it will mean decreased data
availability a system that only operates at 72-percent efficiency.
Secretary Bryson, if the proposed cut for the DART® program is approved, how
will it impact NOAA’s ability to pinpoint the location of approaching tidal surges?
What impact would the cut have on determining the precise time a surge would
come ashore?
Answer. Initial tsunami warnings are based on seismic data alone, which deter-
mines the magnitude and location of an earthquake. Therefore, data availability
from a DART® station will not impact the issuance of tsunami warnings.
After seismic data is used to issue a warning, data is then received from DART®
stations as a tsunami affects the buoys. Data from affected stations are used to con-
196
firm the existence or absence of a tsunami in a specific area, determine the potential
size of the tsunami, and further refine the area and temporal extent of any warn-
ings. The redundancy built into the DART® network and alternative sources of data
(such as foreign buoys and sea-level gauge data) mitigate the impacts of reduced
availability of DART® data. In addition, National Weather Service (NWS) has re-
cently signed an agreement in principle with Australia in which they will share op-
erations and maintenance responsibility for some NOAA-operated DART®. While
the details of the agreement are still being worked out, we anticipate this sharing
will mitigate the impact of lower funding levels for DART® operations and mainte-
nance.
Question. The budget also proposes reducing funding for NTHMP. Will this result
in fewer cities receiving mitigation grants? Or will the program simply provide less
funding to each eligible entity?
Answer. NOAA places its ability to warn and advise the American public on the
threat of tsunamis as its highest priority within the NTHMP. The Tsunami Warn-
ing Centers’ operations in Hawaii and Alaska are not compromised or degraded with
the proposed reductions.
The proposed reductions will eliminate grants to the NTHMP. The NTHMP is a
consortium of State partners that use NOAA tsunami program funding to support
local community education and mitigation activities. These activities include inun-
dation mapping to develop evacuation plans, routes, and signage; education and
awareness campaigns; provision of education materials; and training for the public
and local officials.
Despite the reduction in grants funding, NOAA would continue to support the
NTHMP by: setting standards of accuracy for NTHMP-developed inundation models;
promoting community outreach and education networks to ensure community tsu-
nami readiness through funding from the TsunamiReady
TM
program; promoting the
adoption of tsunami warning and mitigation measures by Federal, State, tribal, and
local governments and non-Government entities; conducting tsunami research; and
operating the U.S. Tsunami Forecasting and Warning Program.
Question. The United States Geological Survey estimates that there is a 99.7-per-
cent chance that a magnitude 6.7 or greater earthquake will strike in California in
the next 30 years. What is the likelihood that this event would trigger a tsunami
on the west coast?
Answer. Most California earthquakes are onshore, and therefore unlikely to gen-
erate a tsunami. However, without knowing the earthquake type, location and mag-
nitude, NOAA is not able to estimate the probability of a tsunami.
Question. If a seismic event occurs near-shore and it triggers a tidal surge, will
your data be more or less reliable than tidal events that are triggered across the
pacific ocean (such as the March 11, 2011 tidal wave)?
Answer. Regardless of location of the tsunamigenic earthquake, the NOAA Tsu-
nami Warning Centers assess the threat and issue a tsunami warning within 5 min-
utes. The reliability of data from any seismic event is dependent upon the density
of the seismic sensors in the area of the earthquake. For example, if an earthquake
occurred in the middle of the Pacific Ocean, it would take longer to assess the char-
acteristics of that event due to the low density of seismic sensors. The west coast,
on the other hand, has a very dense system of seismic networks that would allow
for a more rapid assessment of any earthquake.
INTERNATIONAL TRADE ADMINISTRATION
Solar Panel Trade Dispute With China
Question. The Department of Commerce just released a preliminary determination
that the Chinese Government is illegally subsidizing Chinese solar manufacturers,
and recommended tariffs ranging from 2.9 to 4.7 percent. Soon, the Department will
release another preliminary determination about alleged dumping of those solar
panels on U.S. shores, which may raise tariffs further. Unfair and illegal trade prac-
tices are clearly harmful to the U.S. solar industry, but I have also heard concerns
from some solar companies that retaliatory tariffs could start a trade war, drive up
prices, discourage customer demand, and stifle a growing industry here at home.
What are you going to do to ensure that in the process of enforcing fair trade
practices, the domestic U.S. solar industry would not be adversely affected by the
Commerce Department’s decisions?
Answer. The U.S. antidumping and countervailing duty laws, as enacted by the
Congress, provide very detailed rules and procedures for the investigation of these
unfair trade complaints. In administering the laws, the Department follows these
rules and procedures to the letter. The laws do not permit the Department to take
197
into account the impact on other industries in determining whether and the extent
to which the imports under investigation may be dumped or subsidized.
The Obama administration is fully committed to enforcing our trade laws and to
addressing unfair trade practices in accordance with our statutes, regulations, and
obligations in order to help ensure that U.S. firms and workers have the opportunity
to compete on a level playing field.
NATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION
Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers
Question. Secretary Bryson, as we have discussed before, there is great concern
about Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Number’s (ICANN) proposal to
open wide top-level domain names, expanding them from the present well-known
.com, .org, and the others, to virtually anything. I was pleased that Commerce wrote
to ICANN raising a number of specific concerns and suggestions about this proposal.
I was also pleased with ICANN’s response to this letter, where they showed a com-
mitment to addressing these concerns. However, the rubber has not yet hit the road
on this. ICANN is in the middle of accepting applications for new top-level domain
names, so it has yet to put many of its commitments into practice.
It is important, therefore, that the Commerce Department maintain strong over-
sight over ICANN. The principal leverage that Commerce has with ICANN is the
‘‘IANA’’, or Internet Assigned Numbers Authority, agreement which Commerce has
with ICANN to run the system for associating domain names with Internet Protocol
numbers, and which expires at the end of this month. Therefore, I was very pleased
to see that Commerce last week did not renew this contract, but instead granted
a temporary 6-month extension of the existing contract, while ICANN addresses cer-
tain issues.
Can you elaborate on the reasons why Commerce only granted a short-term, tem-
porary extension?
Answer. In anticipation of the impending expiration of the IANA functions con-
tract, National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA), via two
public notices in February and June 2011, consulted on how best to enhance the
performance of the IANA functions. Based on the input received from stakeholders
around the world, NTIA added new requirements to the IANA functions’ statement
of work, including the need for structural separation of policymaking from imple-
mentation, a robust companywide conflict of interest policy, provisions reflecting
heightened respect for local country laws, and a series of consultation and reporting
requirements to increase transparency and accountability to the international com-
munity.
On November 10, 2011, the Department of Commerce issued a Request for Pro-
posal (RFP) for a new IANA functions contract. The Department received no pro-
posals that met the requirements requested by the global community, and, there-
fore, it cancelled the RFP. The Department intends to reissue the RFP in the com-
ing weeks so that the requirements of the global Internet community can be served.
To ensure the continued stability and security of the domain name system (DNS)
during this period, NTIA issued a short-term extension of the contract.
Question. I would suggest to you that continuing to limit the duration of this con-
tract is an excellent way to ensure that ICANN follows through on its commitments
to address the concerns of law enforcement, trademark holders, and others with the
new ‘‘generic Top Level Domain’’ program and other ICANN operations.
Answer. Thank you very much for your input. I share your interest in ensuring
that ICANN follows through on its commitments.
FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION INPUT
Question. Along these lines, I understand that the Federal Bureau of Investigation
(FBI) made a number of recommendations to Commerce for provisions to include in
the IANA agreement to help them in their efforts to combat child pornography,
fraud, and other types of cybercrime—but Commerce did not include most or all of
these recommendations.
Why didn’t you include the FBI’s recommendations?
Answer. The statement of work for the IANA functions contract was developed
through a deliberative and iterative interagency process informed by two public no-
tices in February and June 2011 about how best to enhance the performance of the
IANA functions.
Question. Can I have your commitment that you will work with the FBI to include
as many of their recommendations as possible?
Answer. NTIA has a long history of collaborating with all U.S. law enforcement
agencies and continues to actively work with all Federal Government agencies
198
through an interagency DNS Issues working group, which includes the FBI, to en-
sure that law enforcement concerns are being addressed. NTIA continues to take
steps to address law enforcement concerns by working to strengthen the Registry
and Registrar Accreditation Agreements, supporting enhancing ICANN’s contract
compliance, and encouraging implementation of the recommendations of the WHOIS
Review team.
Q
UESTION
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
J
ACK
R
EED
HENRY B
.
BIGELOW
HOMEPORT
Question. At a time of tight funding and rising fuel costs, the National Oceanic
and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) fleet faces major funding challenges. Amid
these challenges, NOAA is attempting to determine the permanent homeport for
Fisheries Survey Vessel Henry B. Bigelow, which has been located at Naval Station
Newport in Rhode Island on a ‘‘temporary’’ basis since it was commissioned in 2006.
For more than 6 years, NOAA has been wrestling with the decision on the Henry
B. Bigelow’s permanent homeport because of the costs of relocating to Woods Hole,
which would require major dredging and infrastructure work to accommodate the
Henry B. Bigelow. Those costs would be in excess of $20 million, according to
NOAA’s 2008 Facility Modernization Plan.
More than a year ago, I wrote to Under Secretary Jane Lubchenco to suggest po-
tential cost-saving options for permanently homeporting the Henry B. Bigelow in
Rhode Island. Indeed, an independent evaluation conducted for NOAA by SRI Inter-
national in 2006 evaluated Naval Station Newport and the Port of Davisville
(Quonset). That analysis rated Newport higher than Woods Hole, and it was com-
pleted before improvements were made at the Port of Davisville to accommodate the
Okeanos Explorer. Those improvements would have improved the Port of Davisville’s
already competitive score.
Although I have discussed this issue with Dr. Lubchenco on several occasions, my
letter has not been answered, and I fear less-costly alternatives to Woods Hole are
being overlooked. While I understand that NOAA and the Department are still eval-
uating options, I would like to know when I can expect a reply to my letter. Given
the impacts on the NOAA fleet, I would also appreciate an explanation of the poten-
tial costs.
Answer. We appreciate the Senator’s interest in this issue and the letter to Dr.
Lubchenco expressing his views about the Henry B. Bigelow homeport. NOAA’s re-
sponse to the Senator’s letter is in the final stages of clearance within the agency
and we expect to transmit it to the Senator’s office as soon as possible. Furthermore,
we have completed an analysis of the options for the Henry B. Bigelow’s homeport.
Our analysis has been transmitted to the Department for further review. We will
share the content of the analysis as soon as we are able.
NOAA’s fleet plays an essential role in supporting NOAA mission accomplish-
ment. The stationing of NOAA’s vessels is based on mission and operational require-
ments to support the science mission. In the past, when a vessel is replaced, NOAA
has stationed the new vessel at the same station as the one being replaced. In the
case of Henry B. Bigelow, the previous vessel was stationed at the Woods Hole
Northeast Fisheries Science Center in Woods Hole, Massachusetts. In this instance,
the Henry B. Bigelow is larger than the vessel it replaced, which would require ad-
ditional investment in improvements to the Woods Hole pier and harbor. Since the
Henry B. Bigelow was commissioned, it has been stationed at the Naval Station
Newport, with the option of tying up at the commercial Port of Davisville when nec-
essary for loading.
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
F
RANK
R. L
AUTENBERG
Question. As part of this year’s budget, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Admin-
istration (NOAA) has proposed closing its laboratory at Sandy Hook, New Jersey.
This lab is unique—it is located near major urban areas, helping scientists develop
approaches to managing fisheries in impaired water bodies. It has lasting partner-
ships with local universities and fishermen. And it has a 50-year record of scientific
achievement.
Can any other single NOAA location provide this combination of qualities?
Answer. The NOAA laboratory at Sandy Hook is an excellent research facility
with unique capabilities. The laboratory’s flow-through seawater system, large-ca-
pacity experimental tanks, and ocean acidification research facility provide an ex-
199
ceptional environment for behavioral ecology, habitat, and early life history re-
search.
However, it has one of the highest costs per square foot for high-density occupied
spaces within the continental United States—at $36.30/sq ft. Additionally, the 20-
year lease for the Sandy Hook Facility expires in December 2013. While NOAA rec-
ognizes and understands that the Sandy Hook lab conducts important research on
recreational fish species and serves as an outreach lab to recreational fishermen it
must balance this with the need to reduce costs.
Question. Regulators help keep our food safe, and ensure we have clean air to
breathe. They also make sure that businesses that break the rules don’t get an un-
fair advantage. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) reports that regula-
tions over the last decade produced as much as $700 billion in benefits at a cost
of less than $70 billion.
Do you agree with OMB finding that regulations yield benefits well in excess of
their costs?
Answer. Although NOAA has not done comprehensive analysis such as that done
by the OMB, our experience is that the benefits to coastal communities and the en-
vironment resulting from collaborative work through the regional fishery manage-
ment councils and the dedication of resources to managing and sustaining fisheries,
for instance, exceed the costs to the Government.
Question. The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) is evaluating
locations for at least two new satellite offices. U.S. patent activity is an important
factor in the USPTO’s selection process. In 2010, the New Jersey/New York region
was second in patent applications. New Jersey by itself was sixth, and New Jersey
excels in many other categories the USPTO is considering.
How does New Jersey compare to other locations as a candidate for a satellite of-
fice?
Answer. In assessing potential satellite office locations, USPTO assessed more
than 50 metropolitan areas against a variety of criteria. As mandated by the Leahy-
Smith America Invents Act (AIA), cities were evaluated according to the ability of
the USPTO to perform applicant outreach in the area; the ability to both recruit
and retain qualified employees within the regional labor market; and, the potential
economic impact of establishing a USPTO satellite office in the region. The AIA also
required that the USPTO consider geographic diversity among its satellite office lo-
cations when selecting future sites. In addition, each location was evaluated on the
basis of operating cost and other factors.
Given the considered factors, data for the New Jersey/New York region did not
at this time present the best comparative case as a whole despite high performance
within some factor categories.
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
S
USAN
M. C
OLLINS
NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION
New England Groundfish Monitoring
Question. Maine’s groundfish industry is facing a great deal of uncertainty as it
continues to move to a new management system and in the face of new reports
showing that the Gulf of Maine and Georges Bank cod stocks may not be as healthy
as previously thought, a position at odds with the assessments of many working
fishermen.
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) announcement late
last year that it would fund the full cost of observers in fishing year 2012 for the
New England groundfish fishery was welcome news. Looking ahead to next year,
I am concerned that the industry will still not be in the financial position to pay
for the high cost of monitoring on the east coast. I understand that these monitoring
programs not only provide assurance that catch limits are not exceeded, but also
provide accurate catch data that is essential to good stock assessments. The budget
requests $28 million for the National Catch Share Program. How much does NOAA
estimate the total cost of monitoring coverage will be for the New England ground-
fish fishery in fiscal year 2013? How much has NOAA budgeted for in fiscal year
2013 to cover those costs? Given all of the uncertainty facing the New England
groundfish industry, has NOAA looked at whether the fleet will be in an economic
position to begin shouldering the costs of monitoring in 2013 and 2014? And given
that NOAA uses this monitoring data to feed into its stock assessments, which is
appropriately a Federal function, is it fair to ask the fleet to cover the entire cost
of at-sea monitoring in future years?
200
Answer. NOAA agrees that at-sea monitoring data is critical to accurate stock as-
sessments and the effective functioning of the Sector program. NOAA will continue
to work with the New England groundfish fishery on the appropriate mix of indus-
try and Federal funds to support this function. NOAA works similarly with other
federally managed fisheries where industry is or will be paying all of the at-sea
monitoring costs, including several Alaska fisheries, Pacific Groundfish, and Atlan-
tic scallops.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) collects two types of data on the New
England groundfish fishery through at-sea monitors and observers. At-sea monitors
count fish and collect less detailed data on catch and bycatch (discards) and are uti-
lized to monitor the fishery to track quota. Observers collect more detailed data re-
lated to catch such as age and length of targeted and discarded species, bycatch,
and additional data such as, biological samples. All information collected is used in
stock assessments and to understand the fisheries interaction with protected re-
sources.
At-sea monitors are funded primarily through the National Catch Share Program
budget line, with additional funds from the Observer/Training budget line. Observ-
ers are solely supported through the Observer/Training budget line.
NOAA estimates that the total 2013 cost of observer/at-sea monitor coverage in
the Northeast to be $17.9 million. The fiscal year 2013 President’s request for
NOAA includes approximately 50 percent of the costs for at-sea monitors, or $2.2
million, and the total cost for observers, $13.9 million, which provides a total of
$16.1 million of the estimated $17.9 million for observer and at-sea monitor cov-
erage required (Table 1). This request takes into consideration recent developments,
in particular the Gulf of Maine cod stock assessment. The remaining costs of at-sea
monitors, approximately $2.2 million, are expected to be paid by the industry begin-
ning in May 2013.
NOAA recognizes the potential economic implications, in particular for small oper-
ators, of transitioning the costs of at-sea monitors to industry. Therefore, we con-
tinue to analyze the fishery, including economic information, and if circumstances
warrant we will adjust as needed. NOAA continues to work with the New England
Fishery Management Council and industry to consider alternative effective moni-
toring techniques, such as electronic monitoring (including an ongoing electronic
monitoring pilot project) that could also be more cost-effective.
TABLE 1. FISCAL YEAR 2013 FUNDING REQUEST FOR OBSERVER/AT-SEA MONITOR COVERAGE IN
NORTHEAST FISHERIES
[In millions of dollars]
Region/fishery
Fiscal year
2013 PPA
Fiscal year
2013 request
NE Multi-species fishery (at-sea monitors and observers) ......................... National Catch Share Program
(at-sea monitors).
2.2
Observers/training ................... 13.9
TOTAL ............................................................................................... .................................................. 16.1
POTENTIAL LISTING OF RIVER HERRING AS THREATENED UNDER THE ENDANGERED
SPECIES ACT
Question. Late last year, NOAA fisheries announced that it had determined that
a petition to list alewife and blueback herring, collectively known as river herring,
under the Endangered Species Act (ESA) merited further review and the agency
would consider whether listing these species would be appropriate. Given the poten-
tial impacts that even a threatened listing could have on our nation’s fishing com-
munities, I hope you will urge NOAA fisheries to carefully consider effective man-
agement plans already in place, such as the programs in my home State of Maine.
River herring are an important source of bait for Maine fishermen who already
adhere to restrictions mandated by the Maine Department of Marine Resources
(DMR). The Maine DMR’s river herring management plan has proven effective in
increasing river herring populations through habitat restoration and improvements,
fish passage construction, stocking and transfer programs, and catch limits.
My question is twofold: in your status review of the species, how are you working
with State agencies that have a greater familiarity with the species than the Fed-
eral Government? And, what can be done by working proactively with States, par-
201
ticularly States that already have successful management programs in place, to
avoid a listing under the ESA?
Answer. The Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Commission has been working with
representatives from each of the east coast States on a stock assessment for river
herring for approximately the last 3 years. This stock assessment is a thorough com-
pilation of the best available data on river herring and therefore, will be extremely
useful in making a listing decision. In order to identify any gaps between the infor-
mation contained within the stock assessment report and information that is needed
to make a listing determination under the ESA, NMFS staff attended the stock as-
sessment committee meeting in January 2012, at which the group finalized the data
inputs for the report. The following are topics that must be addressed in an ESA
listing decision that were not fully addressed in the stock assessment:
—stock structure/identification of distinct population segments;
—impacts of climate change on the continued existence of both species;
—status of Canadian stocks; and
—extinction risk.
Based on these existing gaps, NMFS has been working with Atlantic States Ma-
rine Fisheries Commission to plan individual workshops to address three of these
data gaps (we are working with the Canadian Department of Fisheries and Oceans
to obtain data on the status of these species in Canada). With the Atlantic States
Marine Fisheries Commission’s input and assistance, NMFS has identified experts
for each of these topic areas, and we will be convening these workshops during this
summer to help inform the status review and subsequent listing determination. An-
nouncements of these workshops will be posted on our Web site. Reports from the
stock structure and extinction risk analysis workshops will be peer reviewed by ex-
perts from the Center for Independent Experts and we will be seeking nominations
for qualified peer reviewers for the climate change workshop report later this
spring.
NMFS has solicited information from the State agencies and the public that is rel-
evant to the listing decision and the status review team is considering this informa-
tion in the ongoing status review. We are also seeking input from State-recognized
experts on the species and the management issues surrounding their status and re-
covery and will be inviting the States to send representatives to each of the work-
shops. The information from the workshops will be posted on our Web site providing
the States and the general public with an additional opportunity to see the mate-
rials that are in the record, which will form the basis of a listing or no listing deci-
sion. The States and the public will also be provided with the opportunity to supple-
ment the record with data and materials from people whom they recognize as ex-
perts during the peer review process of the workshop reports.
NMFS has also been working with representatives from the State of Maine on re-
storing access to important spawning areas for both species in the State as part of
our efforts to restore and recover Atlantic salmon and other members of the anad-
romous species complex. This includes focusing on restoration of access to important
alewife spawning habitats in the St. Croix River. NMFS has also been working on
restoring access in many other rivers in other States along the east coast, and has
provided input and guidance for fish passage in many river systems under the Fish
and Wildlife Coordination Act. All of these proactive measures to restore and re-
cover these species will be considered in the Policy for the Evaluation of Conserva-
tion Efforts analysis in the listing determination.
STATE
-
FEDERAL PARTNERSHIPS
Question. NOAA’s fiscal year 2013 budget proposes to cut or eliminate some key
programs that support important State and Federal partnerships. In particular, the
proposals to eliminate funding for Interjurisdictional Fisheries Grants and reduce
by 14 percent funding for the Atlantic Coastal Act are particularly worrisome to
States. This funding helps support State efforts to restore and sustainably manage
their marine fisheries, and reducing this funding could have severe ramifications for
monitoring of the Nation’s fisheries by the States. In Maine, we are particularly con-
cerned about the potential impacts to monitoring of our lobster, Atlantic herring,
and Northern shrimp stocks. How does NOAA propose to maintain and improve the
basic scientific data collection programs needed for stock assessments of these stocks
while at the same time cutting funding for these programs?
Answer. NMFS agrees that the role of the Interstate Commissions in fostering
partnerships and incorporating the needs of fishing communities and industry, rec-
reational, Federal, and State interests into fishery management decisions is critical.
Appropriated funding for the Interjurisdictional Fisheries Act grants has declined
over the past 2 years. As a result, the benefits of the program relative to the admin-
202
1
FY 2012 figure from ITA FY2013 Budget in Brief, Objective 12.
istrative costs on both NOAA and the States to apply for, manage and report on
the awards are no longer effective. The Interjurisdictional Fisheries Act grant fund-
ing is specified by statutory formula and would require a legislative fix. In applying
the statutory formula to the amount of appropriations supporting Interjurisdictional
Fisheries Act grants under the fiscal year 2012 conference mark, 18 of the 38 grants
would have been for less than $6,000. NMFS determined that this funding was in-
sufficient to justify the grant program, and therefore decided to zero out the grant
program as part of the undistributed reduction included in the conference agree-
ment. This reduction was included in the fiscal year 2012 spend plan approved by
the Congress in January 2012. The fiscal year 2013 President’s budget maintained
this decision. NMFS does not expect its fiscal year 2013 appropriation to increase
to a level at which this program could be effectively managed.
NOAA continues to work with its partners to find efficiencies to maintain the
quality and effectiveness of our data quality and monitoring. NMFS will continue
its current level of effort to collect data from its surveys, sampling, and dealer data
collection that support the Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Commission’s technical
committees. NMFS’ scientists serve on the Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Com-
mission’s committees that develop and apply population modeling for the assess-
ment. As an example, for the NMFS Northeast bottom trawl, survey data, at-sea
and in-port biological sampling data, and landings from federally permitted dealers
are routinely used by the Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Commission.
Also, in 2012–2013, NMFS is piloting a project to collect more samples from ob-
served commercial lobster trips in Statistical Areas 515 and 513, in the Gulf of
Maine. The focus is on characterizing groundfish discards and reasons for lobster
discard. There are about 10 vessels that operate in this component of the fishery.
This is intended to augment data on offshore lobsters for both lobster and ground-
fish management and assessment purposes. NOAA will continue to work with our
partners to find other efficiencies to maintain the high level of quality data and
analysis despite reductions in Federal and State budgets.
INTERNATIONAL TRADE ADMINISTRATION
Softwood Lumber Agreement—Monitoring
Question. Recently, the United States and Canada agreed to extend the softwood
lumber agreement to October 2015. The agreement has generally benefited Maine’s
forestry industry, but it has not been an easy path due to Canada’s numerous viola-
tions under the trade agreement. The delicate balance of realizing adequate value
of the agreement for U.S. industry has only been achieved due to the monitoring
and enforcement work of the last two administrations. The Commerce Department
plays an important role in the U.S. Government’s efforts to monitor Canada’s com-
pliance with the agreement. This work must continue. Failure to adequately mon-
itor and enforce this trade agreement places at risk jobs in communities that can
least afford to lose them. Do you believe that you have the adequate resources to
continue the Department’s critical role in monitoring the Softwood Lumber Agree-
ment? Will you commit to continue to make this monitoring a priority for the De-
partment?
Answer. The U.S. trade relationship with our neighbors is an absolute priority
and Canada is our number one trading partner.
The Softwood Lumber Agreement (SLA) is evidence of the United States and Can-
ada’s commitment to working together to resolve long-standing trade disputes. As
you know, the SLA was recently extended for 2 more years and is now effective
until October 12, 2015.
The administration is committed to strong enforcement of its rights under these
agreements. To date, in concert with the Office of the United States Trade Rep-
resentative (USTR) and the Department of Justice (DOJ), we have been involved in
three arbitrations under the SLA. The arbitration panel found in favor of the United
States on many of the issues raised in the first two disputes, and just recently com-
pleted the third arbitration hearing.
Commerce’s International Trade Administration has targeted $99.6 million to en-
forcement in the fiscal year 2012 budget, and the Administration has requested a
significant increase in the fiscal year 2013 budget for trade enforcement activities,
including the Interagency Trade Enforcement Center (ITEC).
1
Commerce will con-
tinue to work closely with USTR to ensure that U.S. rights under the SLA are vigor-
ously enforced and defended.
203
Q
UESTION
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
L
INDSEY
G
RAHAM
INTERNATIONAL TRADE ADMINISTRATION
Question. I wrote to your Department earlier this year regarding the International
Trade Administration’s (ITA) U.S. Commercial Service (CS). While I look forward
to your response, I understand the Department of Commerce intends to eliminate
CS staff in developing economies. While I fully understand the budgetary con-
straints all U.S. Government agencies currently face, I worry such action is pre-
mature and would weaken opportunities for U.S. companies.
Under the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget, which commercial service profes-
sionals would be eliminated? How much would it cost to ensure no current CS pro-
fessionals are eliminated? How much would it cost for the CS to operate at full ca-
pacity?
Answer. Over the last decade ITA U.S. and Foreign Commercial Service
(US&FCS) has been reshaped by tight budgets, which have resulted in hiring
freezes and other ad hoc measures to reduce costs. US&FCS responded by under-
taking a strategic review of its resources using expected budget levels and looking
at where and how those resources were deployed. These calculations were based on
deploying approximately 169 officers and 742 locally engaged staff (LES) in 70 coun-
tries worldwide, representing 94 percent of the worldwide market for U.S. exports.
Based on this information and coupled with administration priorities such as the
National Export Initiative, US&FCS placed each country in Tier I, II, or III cat-
egories. Tier I represents countries such as China, India, and Brazil with the great-
est current opportunity to maximize United States exports and the greatest demand
for our services.
In order to reposition resources to top tier countries US&FCS sought and received
approval from the Office of Management and Budget and our Congressional Appro-
priations Committees to close 17 offices internationally in fiscal year 2012. The list
included closing the sole US&FCS offices in seven countries (Algeria, Ecuador,
Kazakhstan, Libya, Senegal, Switzerland, and Venezuela); nine constituent posts
(Melbourne, Australia; Vancouver, Canada; Wuhan, China; Alexandria, Egypt; Flor-
ence, Italy; Sapporo, Japan; Nagoya, Japan; Tijuana, Mexico; and Vladivostok, Rus-
sia), and the African Development Bank (ADB) office. We are also reducing staff in
some markets where we are not closing offices, mostly in mature, developed mar-
kets. Essentially, we are under-resourced in priority markets and must therefore ad-
dress those needs before we can consider resourcing third tier markets.
It is important to recall two elements of our history. First, US&FCS was created
in 1980 to service U.S. business needs in our most commercially important export
markets. This represented slightly more than 60 markets at that time. The intent
was for US&FCS to focus on those markets judged to be the most important for ex-
panding exports and advancing U.S. commercial interests. However, over time the
US&FCS grew to have offices in 80 countries. A continuous review of our footprint
and a common understanding and agreement on the identification of these priority
markets for U.S. business remains fundamental to offering a successful US&FCS
program. Given that we cannot be in every market, our partnership with the trade
promotion program that the State Department offers in foreign markets in which
US&FCS does not have a physical presence is of vital importance if we are to re-
main at the center of a whole-of-government effort to deliver a seamless global pro-
gram. At present, we have partnership post arrangements with 57 State Depart-
ment posts.
The President’s fiscal year 2013 budget proposes an increase of $30.3 million to
place additional Foreign Commercial Service Officers and LES in high-growth, pri-
ority markets, including those developing economies that offer the greatest oppor-
tunity. US&FCS is working to determine the best placement of additional staff
should increased funding materialize, and will evaluate its overseas presence and
make appropriate adjustments to its footprint as markets and the demand for serv-
ices require. On the contrary, should funding remain flat, US&FCS will look to fur-
ther reposition resources from third and possibly second tier countries into the top
tier. Absent the closing of additional posts due to market conditions or budget con-
straints, any decrease in staff would be accomplished through attrition.
Q
UESTION
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
T
HAD
C
OCHRAN
MARINE MAMMAL STRANDING
GULF OF MEXICO
Question. When marine mammals strand themselves in the northern Gulf of Mex-
ico and cannot be returned to the ocean, the National Marine Fisheries Service
204
(NMFS) decides where to place these animals for their long-term care. Despite the
fact that several dolphins have stranded themselves in the northern gulf, NMFS has
chosen to send these animals to facilities that are not involved or participate in the
stranding response in the area. Organizations such as Institute for Marine Mammal
Studies (IMMS) assisting National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA) in the stranding response should be preferred in the allocation of these non-
releasable stranded animals as these facilities spend a lot of time, effort, and re-
sources in assisting NOAA. Why is that the case?
Answer. One of the primary goals of NMFS is the successful rehabilitation of
stranded marine mammals and their release back to the wild. On occasion, we
(along with the attending veterinarian) determine that rehabilitated animals should
not be released for medical or behavioral reasons and they must be placed in perma-
nent captivity. We place nonreleasable dolphins in public display facilities through
an equitable and transparent consideration of the capabilities of interested facilities
in meeting the specific animal’s needs.
Participation in the Marine Mammal Health and Stranding Response Program is
not a criterion considered in the placement of animals. Nonreleasable animals are
often placed with entities that do not participate in the rescue and rehabilitation
of that species. For example, IMMS is on the national placement list to receive non-
releasable California sea lions, which is not a species found in the Gulf of Mexico.
We have routinely alerted IMMS about each nonreleasable dolphin since it re-
ceived its public display license in December 2009. In 2011, four young bottlenose
dolphins were determined to be nonreleasable to the wild. One of these animals was
placed at the facility where it was being rehabilitated because they could provide
for the social and developmental needs of this animal. The IMMS expressed an in-
terest in possessing each of the three remaining animals. We determined that they
did not have the appropriate number and social composition of dolphins in its cus-
tody to integrate these young individuals, compared to other facilities where they
were ultimately placed.
We strive to ensure that nonreleasable dolphins are placed in appropriate social
groups based on the animal’s age and sex, and its social, health, and behavioral con-
dition. This is especially critical for young animals in need of foster care from adult
females with maternal experience. A copy of our detailed policy for placing non-
releasable marine mammals into permanent captivity is available through the fol-
lowing web link: https://reefshark.nmfs.noaa.gov/f/pds/publicsite/documents/proce-
dures/02–308–02.pdf.
SUBCOMMITTEE RECESS
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Mr. Secretary, this concludes our hearing. We
thank you for your testimony. We look forward to your ongoing co-
operation. We, too, want to do business in the subcommittee at the
speed of business.
We also, while we’ve been insistent about certain performance
standards and expectations, we really do want to let the people
who work at Commerce know, whether they’re doing trade agree-
ments, enforcing trade, working on those incredible standards that
take ideas into products that we need to thank the 40,000-plus peo-
ple who work hard every day to create jobs, and sustain jobs, and
keep our country safe. So, let’s all work together, so that we can
be a more frugal Government, and have some smart funding initia-
tives.
This subcommittee stands in recess until next Wednesday, at 2
p.m., when we’re going to take the hearing of the NASA adminis-
trator.
[Whereupon, at 11:25 a.m., Thursday, March 22, the hearing was
concluded, and the subcommittee recessed, to reconvene at 2 p.m.
on Wednesday, March 28.]
(205)
COMMERCE, JUSTICE, SCIENCE, AND RE-
LATED AGENCIES APPROPRIATIONS FOR
FISCAL YEAR 2013
WEDNESDAY, MARCH 28, 2012
U.S. S
ENATE
,
S
UBCOMMITTEE OF THE
C
OMMITTEE ON
A
PPROPRIATIONS
,
Washington, DC.
The subcommittee met at 2:03 p.m., in room SD–124, Dirksen
Senate Office Building, Hon. Barbara A. Mikulski (chairman) pre-
siding.
Present: Senators Mikulski, Brown, Hutchison, Shelby, and
Cochran.
NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION
STATEMENT OF CHARLES F. BOLDEN, JR., ADMINISTRATOR
OPENING STATEMENT OF SENATOR BARBARA A
.
MIKULSKI
Senator M
IKULSKI
. The subcommittee on Commerce, Justice,
Science, and Related Agencies (CJS) will come together, and we
will be taking the testimony of the Administrator of the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), Charles F. Bolden.
But before we do, I want to say that this is the last public hear-
ing of Senator Kay Bailey Hutchison. This is not her last appear-
ance before the subcommittee, but it’s our last public hearing on
CJS appropriations.
And as her good friend and colleague, I have a present for you.
This is not a goodbye gift. This is a commemorative gift. But we
couldn’t let this gathering of people, particularly from America’s
space program, its leadership, those who are interested in the
space community, without taking this opportunity to just thank
you for being a really great senator from Texas, a really great Sen-
ator for America and America’s future, science, technology, a real
advocate for the space program, keeping an eye on the bottom line.
We just wanted to let you know this subcommittee, its members
and all of us just think the world of you.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. I thank you very much.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. So let me present that to you. Take a peek.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Okay. Thank you very much.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. No, it didn’t come from him.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. No, I know. I never get gifts from him.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. He’s going to give you one in a minute.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Oh, gosh, this is great.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Wait until you see this. This is——
206
Senator H
UTCHISON
. I would rather have one from him.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. This is so cool.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. This is cool. That is really cool.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. It is a crystal rocket.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. It is.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. It’s the space shuttle, made here in the
United States of America, on time.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. And the time is right.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. It’s on time, it’s on time.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. I love it. Isn’t that neat? Yes, I love it.
Thank you.
Senator C
OCHRAN
. If you put it up here, it might launch.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Well, I love it, and thank you for the com-
memoration. I did not realize this would be our last official hear-
ing, but we do have a lot of work to do, and I can’t tell you how
much I appreciate the relationship and the support that we have
from our chairman and the members of this subcommittee. I think
we’ve done great things for NASA, and we’ve been creative, and I
can’t tell you how much I appreciate the ability for us to be on the
same wavelength and really accomplish something for our pre-emi-
nence in space. So, thank you very much.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Hutchison, it is our last scheduled
hearing on the fiscal year 2013 CJS appropriations. The chair re-
serves the right to conduct other hearings as might be necessary
as our process continues onward, or if there is a special event that
would require special attention. So that’s our last scheduled hear-
ing, but we know you’re going to be in the thick of it on this bill,
all the way up to the President signing it.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. For sure.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. We’re going to get underway pretty quickly,
and we want to thank Administrator Bolden for being so flexible.
This hearing was originally scheduled for Thursday, and because
of other hearings at this time, we asked to rearrange this. So we
thank you for your courtesy.
What we’re going to do today is have open statements from Sen-
ator Hutchison and myself, then go to questions. We’ll follow the
5-minute rule, and look forward to hearing from the Administrator.
So today we want to welcome Administrator Bolden, testifying on
behalf of the fiscal year 2013 NASA appropriations.
As chairwoman, I have three priorities for NASA: make sure we
have a balanced space program that will make NASA move forward
with the programs that the Congress has authorized and funded;
we want NASA to be an economic engine, out-innovating, out-edu-
cating, and out-building what we need to do to keep America pre-
eminent in space; also, as a duty to the taxpayer, we continue our
rigorous oversight and accountability to make sure taxpayers’ dol-
lars are spent wisely and to acknowledge the fact that we need to
focus on a more frugal Government. I want to make sure that
NASA has what it takes to carry out its mission, explore the uni-
verse, understand and protect our planet, and create new knowl-
edge and new technologies that lead to breakthroughs.
The President’s budget for NASA is $17.7 billion. I want the sub-
committee to note this is $89 million less than the fiscal year 2012
207
level, and in the last 3 years NASA has already been cut by $1 bil-
lion. Within the request, NASA outlines three top priorities:
—the Space Launch System (SLS) rocket and the Orion capsule,
I know of great interest to the members;
—supporting the International Space Station (ISS) with commer-
cial flights for cargo and hopefully one day, astronauts; and
—building the James Webb Space Telescope (JWST), but also
continuing our focus on science.
NASA will be asked to accomplish these priorities with far less
than in the last NASA Authorization Act. In supporting these three
priorities, NASA has made some tough choices. Science is cut by
$179 million less than the fiscal year 2012 level. The funding for
the SLS and Orion is $291 million below fiscal year 2012. And
NASA education funding, something I know is very important to
the Administrator, is cut by $28 million.
Additionally, if we don’t avoid a sequester, NASA will be cut by
another 8 percent across the board. We will want to hear from Ad-
ministrator Bolden on how a cut like that will impact the NASA
ability to carry out its mission.
Oh, man, that pollen is—I hope the space capsules are cleaner
than the Dirksen Building here.
This subcommittee has always worked to make sure we have a
balanced space program in science aeronautics, a reliable transpor-
tation system, and human space flight. For science, this budget will
keep NASA’s near-term launches on track. This is good news—im-
portant side missions to look at our solar system, understand the
Sun, and protect our planet.
I’m troubled that the budget does not invest adequately in future
missions, the highest science priorities that are identified by the
National Academies in their decadal surveys. We’re concerned
about the cuts in Planetary Science, Mission to Planet Earth, dark
energy, and Heliophysics. We’ll explore that more in the questions.
We know that NASA is an economic engine, and we hope to hear
more about what SpaceX and Orbital are doing and whether we’re
going to be on time and online.
I just want to close by commenting on accountability and over-
sight. First of all, we need to compliment NASA for achieving for
the first time since 2002 a clean financial audit, and I know that
was due to your stewardship and insistence, Mr. Administrator,
and we’re counting on you and your team to continue vigilant over-
sight and accountability.
I appreciate NASA’s effort to also re-evaluate the JWST. We’ve
got to make sure we stay online and to keep the project underway.
PREPARED STATEMENT
The Government Accountability Office’s most recent assessment
of NASA’s large projects found that NASA’s large programs are
often over-budget and behind schedule. They can do better, and
we’ll be able to talk about it.
I ask unanimous consent that my full statement be in the record.
[The statement follows:]
208
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
S
ENATOR
B
ARBARA
A. M
IKULSKI
Today the Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related Agencies Subcommittee wel-
comes National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) Administrator
Charles F. Bolden, Jr. who will be testifying about NASA’s fiscal year 2013 budget
request.
As chairwoman, I have three priorities for NASA. First, is to implement a bal-
anced space program. How will NASA move forward with the program the Congress
authorized and funded?
Second, is to be an economic engine. How is NASA putting America to work out-
innovating, out-educating, and out-building? Third, is oversight and accountability.
How is NASA ensuring our tax dollars are spent wisely?
I want to make sure that NASA has what it needs to carry out its mission, ex-
plore the universe, understand and protect our planet, and create new technologies
that lead to new breakthroughs creating jobs of the future.
The President’s budget request for NASA is $17.7 billion, which is $89 million less
than the fiscal year 2012 level. In the last 3 years, NASA’s appropriation has been
cut by $1 billion. Within the request, NASA outlines three top priorities:
—Space Launch System (SLS) rocket and Orion capsule;
—supporting the International Space Station (ISS), including commercial flights
for cargo and astronauts; and
—building the James Webb Space Telescope (JWST).
NASA will be asked to accomplish those priorities with less, far less, than envi-
sioned in the last NASA authorization act. In supporting those three priorities,
NASA has made some tough choices. Science is cut $179 million below the fiscal
year 2012 level; funding for SLS and Orion is reduced below the fiscal year 2012
level; and NASA education funding is cut $38 million or 28 percent.
Additionally, if we do not avoid a sequester NASA will be cut by another 8 percent
across the board. We want to hear from Administrator Bolden on how a cut like that
will impact NASA’s ability to carry out its mission.
This subcommittee has always worked to preserve a balanced space program with
science, aeronautics, and sustainable human flight. For science, this budget will
keep NASA’s near-term launches on track. This is good news. This supports impor-
tant science missions to explore our solar system and the universe, understand the
Sun, and observe and protect our planet.
But I am troubled that the budget does not invest adequately in future missions—
the next highest science priorities identified by the National Academies’ decadal sur-
veys. We must keep making progress on the Academies’ recommendations, now and
in the future.
This year, we hope to see both SpaceX and Orbital launch cargo to ISS, results
of a partnership between NASA and the private sector. Once Orbital starts launch-
ing out of Wallops there will be 400 new high-tech jobs on the Eastern Shore.
SpaceX has created 1,500 jobs since it became part of the commercial cargo program
in 2006.
Nationwide, aerospace industries create a $50 billion trade surplus for the United
States, and NASA should be a partner with them. Our new commercial space rock-
ets can launch a new industry in places like Wallops Island. NASA-developed capa-
bilities, like the satellite servicing group at Goddard, have the potential to create
jobs for today and jobs for tomorrow—innovation jobs that can’t be outsourced.
That’s why we have a strong coalition of space Senators, because we believe in
NASA’s ability to bring out the best of America.
But to keep that support, NASA has got to be more frugal. Last year, NASA
achieved a clean financial audit for the first time since 2002. We are counting on
NASA to remain vigilant on oversight and accountability.
I appreciate NASA’s efforts to re-evaluate JWST. Now NASA must keep to the
plan. The General Accounting Office’s most recent assessment of NASA’s large
projects found NASA’s large programs—other than JWST—average $79 million or
15 percent more than the budget and 8 months behind schedule.
NASA has to do better. More than 80 percent of NASA’s funding is awarded by
contract. That’s more than $14 billion of NASA’s fiscal year 2013 request. NASA’s
Inspector General has identified project and contract management as top challenges
for the agency. This subcommittee will be a watchdog and we expect NASA to imple-
ment the Inspector General’s recommendations.
Frugal times demand a frugal space agency. Our space programs must be afford-
able, balanced, and wisely managed to gain support in frugal times. But make no
mistake, NASA’s mission is worth our passion.
209
Senator M
IKULSKI
. We have many members here, and I know we
will want to proceed.
Senator Hutchison, do you have a statement?
STATEMENT OF SENATOR KAY BAILEY HUTCHISON
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Thank you, Madam Chairman.
Madam Chairman, I am concerned about the budget that the Ad-
ministrator is putting forward today, and I want to go over just
some of the agreements that we have made in the past and what
the result of those agreements is in your budget, Mr. Adminis-
trator.
Your testimony for the subcommittee lays out what NASA claims
are its priorities, but what is said and what is being proposed don’t
really match. NASA’s priorities, as we all agreed to in a meeting
in my office just a few months ago, were, number one, the JWST,
and it has been thoroughly reviewed and appropriately funded. It
is a priority which is funded as anticipated.
The second priority is the SLS and the Orion Capsule, which
were studied inside and outside of NASA, and again independently
before finally being allowed to move forward. The resulting inde-
pendent analysis said the budget assumed in that analysis for the
first 3 to 5 years, which was what we had agreed would be the
amount, was accurate and provided what was needed to maintain
schedule.
So, of course, I was surprised when I got the call that NASA was
going to cut this part of the budget by $170 million. This is a case
where NASA has chosen to say it’s a priority but has deliberately
cut the funding that was assumed to assure that it could maintain
its schedule.
So this is, of course, a great concern to me and to the Members
of Congress who agreed with these priorities and thought we had
the agreement from NASA.
Number three, the final priority is Commercial Crew, which re-
ceives a proposed increase of 104 percent more than last year. This
is being asked for without any type of independent cost verification
for the program and, at $830 million, exceeds the authorized
amount for Commercial Crew by $330 million.
Now, many in the space community say that a lot is riding on
the upcoming cargo demonstration flight next month, and the fate
of Commercial Crew is tied to its success. I think they’re wrong.
I think they should be saying it’s about time, that we have been
waiting for years longer than we have been promised by NASA and
its commercial partners for this launch, and we hope the delay will
produce success.
But even though Commercial Crew continues to struggle to at-
tain its goals, I recognize its importance. I do support Commercial
Crew. However, I think NASA is continuing to throw money at too
many companies with a hope of flying astronauts and not doing
what it has done with the SLS and the launch vehicle, which is to
undertake a study for the Commercial Crew, similar to what you
have done in Orion and SLS, including an independent analysis of
options, and then funding the programs that NASA believes have
the most hope of gaining what we all want, which is the quickest
American-provided commercial crew vehicle to ISS as possible.
210
Members of Congress are already coalescing around NASA choos-
ing no more than two companies, providing competition as well as
funding realities that we see in our budget, and not stealing from
the long-term future, which is Orion and the launch vehicle.
If we provided the authorized level for this year for Commercial
Crew and add the funds from last year that have yet to be spent,
NASA would have more than $900 million available for Commer-
cial Crew selections. That amount of funding fits within NASA’s
stated estimated cost of $300 to $500 million per Commercial Crew
entrant, if two are selected. If you adhere to the three or four,
you’re going to go over the budget, you’re going to continue to cut
back on Orion and the launch vehicle, and it’s going to mean that
our long-term future is jeopardized.
So I hope, Mr. Administrator, that you and the NASA personnel
who have done such a great job for our country through all of these
years of space exploration will go back to the drawing board and
support Commercial Crew in a fiscally responsible way so that we
can all, once again, be on the same page for our goals, which is a
Commercial Crew vehicle that will go to ISS within a couple of
years, at the same time that we are using the expertise from that
and moving forward expeditiously for the longer-term lower-Earth
orbit (LEO) ventures that will spell the real long-term future for
the science and technology that we hope to gain.
Thank you, Madam Chairman.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. I liked it.
We’re going to turn to Administrator Bolden for his testimony,
and then after the conclusion of his testimony, Senator Cochran,
noting you are the vice chairman of the full Appropriations Com-
mittee and the many demands on your time, we’ll turn to you for
the first set of questions. Will that help you out?
SUMMARY STATEMENT OF CHARLES F
.
BOLDEN
,
JR
.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Madam Chair, Senator Hutchison and members of
the subcommittee, today it’s my pleasure and my privilege to dis-
cuss the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget request for NASA. All
of us at NASA are very grateful to the Congress and to this sub-
committee for the strong level of support we continue to receive.
And before I press on any more, I have to join the chair in recog-
nizing Senator Hutchison for your long-term commitment to NASA,
as well as to this Congress. Although this may be the last official
public meeting of this subcommittee, I’m certain that this will not
be the last time that you and I spend time together. I really look
forward to it.
But we have benefited from your guidance and your commitment
since your election in 1993, and you have always been a strong ad-
vocate for human space flight and for the Johnson Space Center,
a place that I called home at one time. You have been one of the
Congress’ strongest proponents for a space station, and you have
insisted that we enhance its utilization, and you were the one that
forced us or supported us in making it a national laboratory. You
were a key champion for the Alpha Magnetic Spectrometer and for
SLS and the Multi-Purpose Crew Vehicle (MPCV) and for full utili-
zation of ISS, and I really want to thank you personally.
211
Your leadership in the appropriations action brought all of us to-
gether in your office, as you said, on a bipartisan basis with then
Director of the Office of Management and Budget, Jack Lew, to get
the three priorities for NASA that we have, at your insistence, that
we prioritize. Otherwise, we were going nowhere.
So I sincerely thank you on behalf of all of the NASA family, and
I look forward to continuing to work with you until the last day
you’re in office, and then even after that, because I know you will
continue to make your mark on the space program. But, thank you
very much personally.
Our requested budget, as has already been mentioned, was $17.7
billion, and this will enable NASA to continue to execute bipartisan
space exploration as planned and agreed to by the President and
the Congress in 2010. Despite the constrained fiscal environment
facing the nation, this request supports an ambitious civil space
program that puts us on a path to achieving a truly exciting set
of goals, to send humans to an asteroid, and ultimately to Mars,
and to broaden human activity in LEO.
The fiscal year 2013 request supports all of the key priorities
agreed upon by the President and congressional leadership. First,
American astronauts continue to live and work in space onboard
the now-completed ISS, conducting research to benefit life here on
Earth and prepare us for deep space human exploration. NASA is
committed to making this national resource available to broader re-
search communities.
We are also committed to ensuring that American companies
launching from U.S. soil transport our astronauts and their cargo
to the ISS. This year we will see the first commercial cargo flights
to ISS, and with the approval of the funding request, we’re on
track to have an American company or companies transporting our
astronauts to the ISS by 2017.
Second, NASA is on track to develop a flexible deep space launch
system that will be the most capable in history. We are making re-
markable progress on contracts and design for the SLS heavy-lift
rocket and the MPCV, Orion, which will carry American astronauts
beyond LEO and into deep space within the next decade. Our fiscal
year 2013 budget request supports our plan for an un-crewed test
flight in 2017, and a crew test mission by 2021.
Third, we continue progress toward a launch of the world’s most
advanced telescope, the JWST, in 2018. NASA’s budget request
supports a portfolio of innovative science missions resulting in a
stream of data from orbits around the Sun, Mercury, the Moon, the
asteroid Vesta, Mars, and Saturn. We now have missions on the
way to Jupiter, Pluto, and Mars. Sixteen Earth science missions
currently study the Earth.
As this subcommittee knows, tough choices had to be made, so
we will not be moving forward with the 2016 and 2018 exo-Mars
missions we had been planning with the European Space Agency
(ESA). Instead, NASA is developing a new integrated strategy for
sequence of strategically selected missions that increase scientific
knowledge, advance key technologies, and inform and enable
human exploration goals. Our plan, including the framework for
our mission to take advantage of the 2018 to 2020 launch oppor-
212
tunity, is targeted for completion hopefully in time to support the
fiscal year 2013 appropriations process.
As we finalize that, we will coordinate extensively with the
science community, our international partners and, of course, the
Congress. The fiscal year 2013 budget request continues to support
ambitious Mars exploration, including two spacecraft currently or-
biting Mars, the Opportunity rover on the surface, the Mars
Science Laboratory, Curiosity, and the planned 2013 Mars Atmos-
phere and Volitle EvolutioN (MAVEN) mission to explore Mars’s
upper atmosphere.
PREPARED STATEMENT
The fiscal year 2013 budget request also supports continued ad-
vances in new aviation, science, and space technologies, absolutely
essential to enable NASA to achieve its ambitious goals. With the
2013 request, NASA will conduct aeronautics research to enable
the realization of NASA’s Next Generation Air Transportation Sys-
tem, or NextGen, and use NASA’s education programs to inspire
the next generation of scientists and explorers.
NASA is grateful to the American people and to you on this sub-
committee for your continued support in these challenging times.
I thank you and I look forward to your questions.
[The statement follows:]
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
C
HARLES
F. B
OLDEN
, J
R
.
Madam Chair and members of the subcommittee, today it is my privilege to dis-
cuss the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget request for National Aeronautics and
Space Administration (NASA). Our requested budget of $17.7 billion will enable
NASA to execute the balanced program of science, space exploration, technology,
and aeronautics agreed to by the President and a bipartisan majority of the Con-
gress.
Despite the constrained fiscal environment facing the Nation, this request sup-
ports a robust civil space program that puts us on a path to achieving a truly excit-
ing set of goals. We are working to send humans to an asteroid and ultimately to
Mars, to peer deep into space to observe the first galaxies form, and to broaden
human activity in low-Earth orbit (LEO). We have completed assembling and outfit-
ting of the U.S. segment of the International Space Station (ISS), allowing us to
focus on full utilization of the station’s research capabilities. NASA is making air
travel safer and more efficient, learning to live and work in space, and operating
a fleet of spacecraft to investigate the Earth, the solar system, and the universe.
The fiscal year 2013 request supports the implementation of key priorities for
NASA.
First, since the historic construction of the ISS was completed in 2011, and now
that all the international partners have agreed to its extension to at least 2020, we
must enhance its utilization to ensure the success of this national laboratory. For
more than 11 years, international crews of space explorers have been living in orbit,
both building the ISS and conducting a diverse research program continuously.
NASA is committed to making this national resource available to the broader sci-
entific and commercial research community. Key to its sustainment is the avail-
ability of a U.S. commercial crew and cargo delivery capability as soon as possible.
NASA is working with American companies to establish the next generation of safe
and efficient vehicles for access to LEO and the ISS. In calendar year 2012, we will
see the first commercial cargo flights to the ISS, demonstrating the innovation and
capabilities of our industry partners and providing a path forward to ease our sole
reliance on Russian transport of astronauts. We will continue to work with our in-
dustry partners to develop end-to-end systems for transporting crew and cargo to
orbit. I am committed to ensuring that American companies, launching from U.S.
soil, are providing the cargo and crew transportation services that we need to keep
the ISS functioning. We are making steady progress on these launch services. Later
this spring and summer, we expect that both of our private company partners,
SpaceX and Orbital Sciences, will complete demonstration flights of their cargo vehi-
213
cles to station and actually berth with the ISS, marking a major milestone in our
goal to establish commercial space capabilities for LEO travel. Some modification
of the Iran, North Korea, Syria Non-proliferation Act (INKSNA) provisions will like-
ly be required for the continued operation of ISS and other space programs after
2016. The administration plans to propose appropriate provisions and looks forward
to working with the Congress on their enactment.
Second, with the fiscal year 2013 budget request, NASA is moving out on plans
to develop a flexible launch system that will ultimately be the most capable in his-
tory. The Space Launch System (SLS) rocket and the Orion Multi-Purpose Crew Ve-
hicle (Orion MPCV) will carry American astronauts beyond LEO and into deep
space within the next decade. Following a thorough analysis of alternatives, NASA
has established architecture for SLS and the Orion MPCV. In recent months we
have continued to push forward with contracting and design efforts to make this
system a reality. At the same time, we are moving forward on a critical effort to
develop the technologies and capabilities required to support our ambitious explo-
ration goals. Our fiscal year 2013 budget request supports our plans for an
uncrewed SLS test flight in 2017 and a crewed test mission by 2021.
Third, we plan to continue progress toward the launch of the world’s most ad-
vanced telescope in 2018. The James Webb Space Telescope (JWST) will operate
deep in space to orbit the Sun nearly 1 million miles from Earth. From that vantage
point, JWST will look out into space and back in time almost as far as it is possible
to look. Over the past year, NASA has engaged in a thorough review of JWST, made
important adjustments to management, and put the project on a sound financial
footing. Since we completed this new plan, the project has met 19 of 20 fiscal year
2011 milestones (with one deferred without impact), and has met all fiscal year 2012
milestones to date on or ahead of schedule. NASA is confident that the fiscal year
2013 request supports a 2018 launch of JWST.
Fourth, the fiscal year 2013 budget request supports continued advances in new
technologies. The National Research Council (NRC) has determined that future U.S.
leadership in space requires a foundation of sustained technology advances, but that
the U.S. space program is now living on the innovation funded in the past. Our
focus on new space technologies is absolutely essential to enable NASA to achieve
its ambitious goals. At the same time, NASA technology research seeds innovation,
supports economic vitality and helps to create new jobs and expanded opportunities
for a skilled workforce. Space technology investments address long-term agency
technology priorities and technology gaps identified by NASA Mission Directorates
and within the agency’s draft space technology roadmaps. On February 1, 2012,
NRC released its final review of NASA’s Draft Space Technology Roadmaps. The re-
port, which notes that NASA’s technology base is largely depleted and identifies 16
top-priority technologies necessary for NASA’s future missions, which also could
benefit American aerospace industries and the Nation. This NRC assessment will
help guide NASA’s technology priorities in the years to come.
NASA’s fiscal year 2013 budget request supports a portfolio of innovative science
missions that will explore the diverse planetary bodies of our solar system, unravel
the mysteries of our universe and provide critical data about our home planet. Cur-
rently operating missions continue to return a stream of data from orbits around
the Sun, Mercury, the Moon, the asteroid Vesta, Mars, and Saturn. We now have
missions on the way to Jupiter, Pluto, and Mars. Sixteen Earth Science missions
in orbit study the Earth as an integrated system. The Hubble, Spitzer, Chandra,
and Fermi space telescopes continue to make groundbreaking discoveries on an al-
most daily basis. In calendar year 2011, the MESSENGER spacecraft entered orbit
around Mercury, Ebb and Flow began mapping the gravity field of the Moon, and
Juno launched on its way to Jupiter. Also in 2011, Aquarius produced the first glob-
al view of ocean surface salinity and the Suomi National Polar-Orbiting Partnership
(SNPP) satellite began making observations of Earth’s weather and climate. In
2012, we will launch the Nuclear Spectroscopic Telescope Array to study massive
black holes, supernovae and other high-energy sources in the universe, and will
launch the Radiation Belt Storm Probes into Earth’s Van Allen belts. In 2013, we
will launch the next land observing mission (the Landsat Data Continuity Mission)
and complete environmental testing of the Global Precipitation Measurement mis-
sion, the Lunar Atmosphere and Dust Environment Explorer (LADEE) and the
Mars Atmosphere and Volatile EvolutioN (MAVEN) mission.
In view of these key priorities for NASA and of our constrained fiscal environ-
ment, we will not be moving forward with the 2016 and 2018 ExoMars missions
that we had been studying with the European Space Agency (ESA). Instead, NASA
is developing a new, integrated strategy for Mars missions to ensure that the next
steps for Mars exploration will support science, as well as longer-term human explo-
ration goals, and take advantage of advanced space technology developments. NASA
214
will complete this integrated plan, including the framework for a mission to take
advantage of the 2018 or 2020 launch opportunities, no later than this summer and,
hopefully, in time to support the fiscal year 2013 appropriations process. The fiscal
year 2013 request supports this approach, and this process will be informed by co-
ordination with the science community and our international partners. The fiscal
year 2013 budget request continues to support robust Mars exploration, including
two spacecraft orbiting Mars, the Opportunity rover on the surface, a multi-year ex-
ploration of Mars by the Curiosity Mars Science Laboratory, and the MAVEN mis-
sion to explore the Mars upper atmosphere. The August landing of Curiosity will
be among the most difficult technical challenges that NASA has ever attempted and
Curiosity’s mission of exploration will far eclipse anything humanity has attempted
on the surface of Mars in the past. We look forward to receiving a treasure trove
of data from the surface of Mars to help answer questions about its past and present
habitability.
With the fiscal year 2013 request, NASA will conduct aeronautics research to en-
able the realization of the Nation’s Next Generation Air Transportation System
(NextGen), and the safer, more fuel efficient, quieter, and environmentally respon-
sible aircraft that will operate within NextGen. Through the aeronautics research
we conduct and sponsor with universities and industry, NASA helps to develop the
technology that enables continuous innovation in aviation. As a result, U.S. compa-
nies are well-positioned to build on discoveries and knowledge resulting from NASA
research, turning them into commercial products that benefit the quality of life for
our citizens, provide new high-quality engineering and manufacturing job opportuni-
ties, and enables the United States to remain competitive in the global economy.
The request also continues NASA’s dedicated efforts to inspire the next generation
of explorers. NASA can provide hands-on experience and inspiration as few other
agencies can. To foster the development of the U.S. workforce, NASA’s education
programs will focus on demonstrable results and capitalize on the agency’s ability
to inspire students and educators through unique missions and the big challenges
that help today’s young people envision their future in science, technology, engineer-
ing, and mathematics (STEM). NASA education is one of many Federal Government
programs that support STEM education. NASA education is working with other
agencies through the National Science and Technology Council’s Committee on
STEM Education to fund coordinated and effective student and teacher opportuni-
ties. NASA will focus its resources on demonstrated areas of strength in its unique
role in STEM education, freeing resources for other agency priorities. NASA brings
many assets, beyond funding, to support the administration’s emphasis on STEM
education. Our people, platforms like the ISS, and our facilities across the Nation
all contribute to strengthening STEM education.
NASA is grateful to the American people, and their representatives here on the
subcommittee for the continued support for NASA despite the difficult resource chal-
lenges facing our Nation. A more detailed description of NASA’s balanced program
of science, space exploration, technology development, and aeronautics is provided
below.
SCIENCE
NASA’s Science Mission Directorate develops and operates innovative spacecraft
missions and instruments that help researchers deliver new discoveries of the
Earth, the Sun, the planetary bodies in our solar system, and the universe beyond.
The fiscal year 2013 budget request for science is $4,911.2 million.
NASA’s Earth Science Program advances knowledge of the integrated Earth sys-
tem—the global atmosphere, oceans, land surfaces, ice sheets, ecosystems, and
interactions among them. The fiscal year 2013 budget request for science includes
$1,784.8 million for Earth science. In 2011, NASA successfully launched Aquarius/
SAC–D, a cooperative ocean surface salinity mission conducted with the Argentine
Space Agency, and with our partner the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Admin-
istration (NOAA) and the SNPP. SNPP is the first step in developing the Nation’s
next-generation climate and weather monitoring missions. During calendar year
2012, NASA will select the first small satellite mission under the Earth Venture
(EV) program as recommended in NRC’s decadal survey for Earth science. The fiscal
year 2013 budget will fund all three components of the EV program:
—this new small mission;
—the on-going EV–1 airborne science campaigns; and
—the first EV–I instrument of opportunity.
Fiscal year 2013 will see the launch of the Landsat Data Continuity Mission and
the completion of environmental testing for the Global Precipitation Measurement
mission. The fiscal year 2013 budget will also fund continued development of the
215
first two Tier 1 decadal survey missions, Soil Moisture Active Passive mission and
ICESat-2. Finally, the fiscal year 2013 budget will fund continued development of
three key missions to assure delivery of sustained Earth observations (Gravity Re-
covery and Climate Experiment-Follow on, OCO–2, and the SAGE–III instrument
that will fly on the ISS) and fund the continued operation of 16 missions currently
in orbit as well as research using the resultant data. The fiscal year 2013 budget
request for Earth science sustains support for focused research, applications, and
technology development activities that redeem the investment in our ongoing mis-
sions, while positioning us to accomplish essential new missions in the future.
NASA’s Earth science program leads to improved prediction services by other agen-
cies, providing direct tangible benefits to communities, businesses, and citizens.
NASA’s Planetary Science Program explores the content origin and evolution of
the solar system and the potential for life beyond Earth. The fiscal year 2013 budget
request for science includes $1,192.3 million for planetary science. In the second half
of 2011, NASA launched Juno on its way to Jupiter, Gravity Recovery And Interior
Laboratory (GRAIL) to the Moon, and the Mars Science Laboratory to the Red Plan-
et. GRAIL’s ‘‘Ebb’’ and ‘‘Flow’’ spacecraft will conduct their mission to map the
Moon’s gravity field and interior structure during the first half of 2012. The Mars
Science Laboratory rover Curiosity will land in Gale Crater on Mars on August 6,
2012. The fiscal year 2013 budget request funds the operation of Curiosity on Mars.
The fiscal year 2013 budget will also fund the beginning of development of the next
Discovery mission that will be selected from among three candidates completing
their studies in 2012. In fiscal year 2013, NASA will be completing development of
the LADEE mission to the Moon and the MAVEN mission to Mars for launch in
late calendar year 2013/early fiscal year 2014. Also in fiscal year 2013, NASA will
continue the development of the OSIRIS–REx mission to return samples from an
asteroid, and will continue operation of the Dawn (the asteroid Vesta), Juno (Jupi-
ter), Cassini (Saturn), New Horizon (Pluto), and MESSENGER (Mercury) missions.
However, the resources available over the budget horizon are insufficient to enable
either a future Mars or Outer Planets flagship mission as identified by last year’s
planetary science decadal survey.
NASA remains committed to a vigorous program of Mars exploration and con-
tinuing America’s leadership role in Mars exploration within the available budget.
As stated above, NASA is discontinuing its effort on instruments for the joint
(NASA/ESA) 2016 ExoMars Trace Gas Orbiter mission and the 2018 mission that
NASA had been exploring with ESA. Instead, NASA will develop an integrated
strategy to ensure that the next steps for Mars exploration will support science as
well as long-term human exploration goals. This process will be informed by coordi-
nation with the science community and international community. NASA is devel-
oping a plan for a reformulated medium-class robotic science Mars mission, within
available resources, to take advantage of the favorable location of Mars and Earth
in 2018 or 2020. NASA’s plan is to work with potential international partners in-
cluding ESA and the science community to lay out an initial framework for this mis-
sion over the next several months and produce a mission architecture by this sum-
mer. The budget request includes $62 million in fiscal year 2013 for this mission.
NASA’s Astrophysics Program seeks to discover how the universe works, explore
how the universe began and evolved and search for Earth-like planets. The fiscal
year 2013 budget request for science includes $659.4 million for Astrophysics. NASA
will continue to conduct science operations flights of the SOFIA aircraft in 2012 and
2013 as we upgrade its science instruments, and will continue parallel development
of efforts leading to achievement of a full operational capability in 2014. The fiscal
year 2013 budget will fund the early stages of development of the next Astrophysics
small Explorer mission to be selected early in calendar year 2013. Also in 2013,
NASA will complete development of its instrument contributions to Japan’s Astro-
H mission for launch in fiscal year 2014. The fiscal year 2013 budget enables NASA
to continue development of the GEMS Explorer mission toward a launch in 2015.
Finally, the fiscal year 2013 budget will fund the operation of eleven Astrophysics
missions currently in operation, including the Hubble, Spitzer, Chandra, and Fermi
space telescopes.
The JWST is an infrared telescope designed to study and answer fundamental as-
trophysical questions ranging from the formation and structure of the universe to
the origin of planetary systems and the origins of life. The fiscal year 2013 budget
request for science includes $627.6 million for JWST. A scientific successor to the
Hubble Space Telescope and the Spitzer Space Telescope, JWST will be used by
international teams of astronomers to conduct imaging and spectroscopic observa-
tions. The Observatory will be located in an orbit near the second Sun-Earth La-
grange point, approximately 1.5 million km from Earth. The telescope and instru-
ments will be operated at a temperature of 40 degrees above absolute zero (40 Kel-
216
vin) shielded from the heat of the Sun by a large sunshield, to enable the Observ-
atory to achieve unprecedented sensitivity over its entire wavelength range. NASA
completed a new baseline cost and schedule for JWST at the end of calendar year
2011, and is now implementing that new baseline. All 18 JWST primary mirror seg-
ments have been completed. NASA expects to take delivery of all four JWST instru-
ments in fiscal year 2012–2013. In fiscal year 2013, NASA will begin sunshield fab-
rication and continue development of the Integrated Science Instrument Module and
the ground segment.
NASA’s Heliophysics Program seeks an understanding of the Sun, and the com-
plex interaction of the coupled system comprising the Sun, Earth, other planetary
systems, the vast space within the solar system, and the interface with interstellar
space. The fiscal year 2013 budget request for Science includes $647 million for
Heliophysics. Later this year, NASA will launch the Radiation Belt Storm Probes
mission, and the fiscal year 2013 budget will fund completion of its checkout and
its early operations. The fiscal year 2013 budget will fund completion and launch
of the Interface Region Imaging Spectrograph (IRIS) small Explorer mission as well
as beginning of the development of the next small Explorer to be selected in early
in calendar year 2013. Fiscal year 2013 will be a peak year in the development of
the Magnetospheric Multiscale mission to be launched in 2015. The fiscal year 2013
budget will also fund the continued formulation of the Solar Probe Plus mission and
development of the Solar Orbiter Collaboration with ESA. NASA expects to receive
the new NRC Heliophysics decadal survey this spring, and will use it to shape the
fiscal year 2014 budget request in this area.
Also during fiscal year 2013, NASA will continue development of environmental
operational satellites for NOAA on a reimbursable basis. These include the Joint
Polar Satellite System, Geostationary Operational Environmental Satellites (GOES–
R series), Jason 3, and the Deep Space Climate Observatory. Funding for these pro-
grams is in the Department of Commerce budget request for NOAA.
In addition to the space missions emphasized above, the fiscal year 2013 budget
funds NASA’s Science Mission Directorate to continue to sponsor competitively se-
lected research by universities, industry, and government laboratories across the
Nation. Using data from these missions, the Nation’s scientific community pursues
answers to profound scientific questions of interest to all humanity as well as ques-
tions that enhance our national capability to predict environmental change includ-
ing severe storms, droughts, and space weather events, and thereby enhance our
economic and environmental security.
AERONAUTICS RESEARCH
NASA aeronautics research will enable the realization of the Nation’s Next Gen-
eration Air Transportation System (NextGen), and the safer, more fuel efficient,
quieter, and environmentally responsible aircraft that will operate within NextGen.
Through the research we conduct and research we sponsor with universities and in-
dustry, we help to develop the technology that enables continuous innovation in
aviation. American companies are well-positioned to build on discoveries and knowl-
edge resulting from NASA research, turning them into commercial products, bene-
fiting the quality of life for our citizens, providing new high-quality engineering and
manufacturing job opportunities, and enabling the United States to remain competi-
tive in the global economy. NASA’s fiscal year 2013 budget request for aeronautics
is $551.5 million to continue our tradition of developing new concepts for aero-
nautics applications.
The fiscal year 2013 request for aeronautics research includes $168.7 million for
the Fundamental Aeronautics Program, which seeks to continually improve tech-
nology that can be infused into today’s state-of-the-art aircraft, while enabling
game-changing new concepts such as Hybrid Wing Body airframes, tilt-rotor air-
craft, low-boom supersonic aircraft, and sustained hypersonic flight. In fiscal year
2010 and 2011, we conducted emissions measurements for alternative nonpetroleum
fuels derived from coal and biomass that showed dramatic reductions in particulate
emissions in the vicinity of airports. In fiscal year 2013, the program will perform
emissions measurements behind aircraft operating at relevant altitudes and cruise
speeds to provide the first-ever data on the impact of alternative fuels on contrail
formation, an important factor in aviation climate impact. In fiscal year 2013, the
program will also increase its research on composite materials to enable airframe
weight reductions beyond those achieved with current materials and structural de-
sign concepts.
NASA is combining hypersonic and supersonic research into a single project to
focus on fundamental research for high-speed flight. Research into hypersonic flight
is also relevant to the Department of Defense (DOD) and NASA will retain critical
217
core competencies and national asset testing capabilities to continue productive col-
laborations with DOD. Responsibility for fundamental research on entry, decent,
and landing technologies will be transferred to space technology to increase synergy
with the agency’s exploration and science missions. NASA will continue to work
with DOD to maximize the efficiencies of current assets and investments and in-
crease partnership to accomplish common goals. These realignments will enable
NASA to focus on higher-priority research to improve the safety and minimize the
environmental impacts of current and future aircraft and air traffic management
systems. The fiscal year 2013 request for aeronautics research includes $104 million
for the Integrated Systems Research Program. This program evaluates and selects
the most promising environmentally friendly engine and airframe concepts emerging
from the fundamental research programs for further development, integration, and
evaluation in relevant environments. Last year, the program completed a major
study by three aircraft manufactures to identify the critical technologies needed to
simultaneously reduce emissions, fuel burn, and noise in aircraft entering service
in 2025. In fiscal year 2013, the program will start a 3-year focused research effort
on these technologies to advance their technology readiness. The program is also ad-
dressing the emerging desire to integrate Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) into
the National Airspace System. Current Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regu-
lations are built upon the condition of a pilot being on-board the aircraft. The Pro-
gram will therefore generate data for FAA use in rule-making through development,
testing, and evaluation of UAS technologies in operationally relevant scenarios.
Reductions in environmental impact will be achieved not only through new air-
craft, engines, and fuels, but also through improved air traffic management proce-
dures, which is the focus of the Airspace Systems Program with $93.3 million re-
quested for fiscal year 2013. Last year the program advised the FAA on new air
traffic management concepts for more efficient routing of flights during their cruise
phase. We also completed evaluations of concepts for new fuel-efficient arrival proce-
dures and will deliver requirements for those concepts to the FAA this year. In fis-
cal year 2013, the program will begin demonstrations to verify that several new pro-
cedures for air traffic management during arrival and taxiing to the gate that are
enabled by NextGen Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS–B) tech-
nology can work together seamlessly. This effort will demonstrate near-term and
mid-term ADS–B application benefits and provide airlines with data to support their
strategic decisions related to the significant investments they need to make to equip
their aircraft with ADS–B capability.
The Aviation Safety Program, with $81.1 million requested for fiscal year 2013,
conducts research to ensure that current and new aircraft and operational proce-
dures maintain the high level of safety which the American public has come to ex-
pect. In fiscal year 2011, the program advanced data mining methods that permit
the discovery of flight operations and aircraft maintenance issues through auto-
mated analysis of the vast amounts of data generated during flight operations and
by sensors onboard aircraft. These methods have enabled the development of new
software for aircraft central maintenance computers on both business jet and large
commercial aircraft that can identify the early stages of hardware faults 30 to 50
flights earlier than previously possible. This allows airline maintenance personnel
to address equipment issues before they cause a disruptive maintenance delay at
the airport gate. The program also focuses on mitigating environmental hazards to
aviation and in fiscal year 2013 will conduct a flight campaign to characterize ice
water content at high altitudes in tropical regions as a first step to understanding
the causes of severe loss of power due to engine icing that has occurred on a number
of occasions.
U.S. leadership in aerospace depends on ready access to technologically advanced,
efficient, and affordable aeronautics test capabilities. NASA’s Aeronautics Test Pro-
gram, with $78.1 million requested for fiscal year 2013, makes strategic investments
to ensure the availability of these ground test facilities and flight test assets to re-
searchers in Government, industry, and academia. In addition to this strategic man-
agement activity, the program will continue developing new test instrumentation
and test technologies. Last year the program completed nearly $50 million worth of
upgrades to major facilities funded through the American Recovery and Reinvest-
ment Act. These upgrades provide improved research capabilities at Glenn and
Ames Research Centers for aircraft and engine icing research, and tilt-rotor designs
for a new generation of rotorcraft. New capabilities were also added to the Langley
14x22 Subsonic Wind Tunnel that will enable researchers to measure noise signa-
tures from novel aircraft designs at a fraction of the cost of noise measurement ac-
quired by flying real aircraft over airport microphone arrays. NASA’s Aeronautics
Test program enables and sustains U.S. leadership in aerospace yielding high-qual-
ity jobs and ultimately a productive aerospace sector.
218
The Aeronautics Strategy and Management Program provides for research and
programmatic support that benefits each of the other five programs, and has a re-
quested budget of $26.4 million for fiscal year 2013. The program manages Direc-
torate functions including innovative concepts for aviation, education and outreach,
and cross program operations.
NASA is making meaningful contributions to the aerospace community, but we
cannot do all these good things alone. Therefore, our partnerships with industry,
academia, and other Federal agencies are critical to our ability to expand the bound-
aries of aeronautical knowledge for the benefit of the Nation. These partnerships
foster a collaborative research environment in which ideas and knowledge are ex-
changed across all communities and help ensure the future competitiveness of the
Nation’s aviation industry. They also directly connect students with NASA research-
ers and our industrial partners and help to inspire students to choose a career in
the aerospace industry.
HUMAN EXPLORATION AND OPERATIONS
In 2011, NASA combined the Exploration Systems and Space Operations Mission
Directorates to create the Human Exploration and Operations (HEO) Mission Direc-
torate. HEO encompasses everything from the ISS and the commercial cargo and
crew vehicles that will support it, to NASA’s new exploration vehicles, which will
take astronauts beyond LEO. HEO also includes research and technology develop-
ment efforts that will enable deep space exploration, as well as critical infrastruc-
ture and operational capabilities that ensure NASA’s ability to conduct testing,
launch science missions, and communicate with its spacecraft across the solar sys-
tem. As NASA reformulates its Mars exploration plans, we will ensure that the next
steps for Mars exploration will take into account long-term human exploration as
well as science goals.
The fiscal year 2013 budget request includes $2,769.4 million for human explo-
ration capabilities, which the agency proposes to rename Exploration Systems De-
velopment. This program includes development of the Orion MPCV, SLS heavy-lift
launch vehicle, and the supporting ground infrastructure required for NASA’s future
crewed missions of exploration beyond LEO and into deep space. The amounts re-
quested align with the plan developed and supported by an independent cost anal-
ysis performed last summer.
NASA’s Orion MPCV will carry astronauts to, and support operations at, a variety
of destinations in our solar system for periods of up to 21 days. NASA has recently
completed a number of tests on Orion MPCV, including a test of the main para-
chute, and a series of water drop tests on the 18,000-pound Orion MPCV Boiler
Plate Test Article. The Orion ground test article will undergo and complete acoustic,
modal, and vibration environment compatibility testing at Lockheed Martin Denver
during fiscal year 2012. The results of these tests will help improve the design for
the actual flight vehicle. In May, the Orion Crew Module primary structure will be
moved to Kennedy Space Center in Florida for the start of Assembly, Integration,
and Production. NASA plans to conduct an uncrewed high-energy-atmospheric entry
test mission of the Orion MPCV in fiscal year 2014. Designated Exploration Flight
Test-1 (EFT–1), this flight test will provide critical data to influence key design deci-
sions. EFT–1 will also validate innovative new approaches to space systems develop-
ment and operations to reduce the cost of exploration missions. For EFT–1, an early
production variant of the Orion MPCV spacecraft will be integrated on a Lockheed
Martin-procured, heavy-class launch vehicle. The flight test will provide an oppor-
tunity to significantly inform critical design elements by operating the integrated
spacecraft hardware and software in flight environments that cannot be duplicated
by ground testing.
On September 14, 2011, NASA announced the design of the SLS, which will ini-
tially be capable of lifting 70–100 metric tons before evolving to a lift capacity of
130 metric tons for more demanding missions. NASA has worked diligently to ac-
complish the contracting and design work necessary to support a 2017 initial flight
mission for the SLS. In fiscal year 2013, SLS will continue detailed preliminary de-
sign and development and undergo a preliminary design review to evaluate the com-
pleteness/consistency of the program’s preliminary design in meeting all require-
ments with appropriate margins, with acceptable risk, and within cost and schedule
constraints. This comprehensive review will determine the program’s readiness to
proceed with the detailed critical design phase of the project.
The SLS will use a liquid hydrogen and liquid oxygen propulsion system, building
upon the investment made by the Nation over the last 40 years. The vehicle’s core
stage will utilize existing Space Shuttle Main Engines (SSME RS–25D) for the ini-
tial capability. NASA’s use of the SSME inventory will reduce initial design costs
219
and take advantage of an existing human-rated system. NASA plans to modify and
use the existing SSME contract with Pratt & Whitney Rocketdyne to acquire RS–
25D engine servicing and testing for the initial launch system.
The upper stage of the SLS needed for the full-up SLS capability will also use
a liquid hydrogen and liquid oxygen propulsion system that includes the J–2X, a
new upper stage engine previously planned for use in the Ares-I vehicle. NASA is
negotiating a modification to the Ares I Upper Stage contract with Boeing to develop
the SLS core stage and upper stage, including avionics. SLS will also utilize the ex-
isting J–2X contract with Pratt & Whitney Rocketdyne to continue developing the
upper stage engine.
NASA has been running J–2X components through a series of tests. In November
and December 2011, the agency conducted three J–2X engine tests, firing the motor
for a total of 680 seconds. These were the last of 10 engine test firings completed
in 2011. In January and February 2012, NASA also conducted a series of J–2X
Power Pack Assembly tests. These tests are part of a series of more than 100 power-
pack and integrated engine tests that NASA has planned to complete the engine de-
sign and certify the J–2X for use in the SLS Upper Stage.
NASA plans to use five-segment solid rocket boosters for the initial capability test
flights of the SLS. We will conduct a competition to develop the follow-on boosters
based on performance requirements. In support of this effort, on February 9, 2012,
the agency released a NASA Research Announcement (NRA) for Advanced Booster
Engineering Demonstration and Risk Reduction. Proposals are due in April and con-
tract awards are expected in October 2012.
On February 1, 2012, NASA also released a draft for an NRA for advanced devel-
opment of key technologies in propulsion, avionics, structures and materials, and
other areas. The final release is planned for March, with proposals due in May and
contract award in October 2012.
Exploration Ground Systems (EGS) will develop the necessary ground systems in-
frastructure at the Kennedy Space Center and operational plans and procedures to
prepare, assemble, test, launch, and recover the Exploration architecture elements
for long-term beyond-Earth orbit exploration. EGS will focus on the lifecycle of a
launch complex as an integrated system (from development, activation, operations,
maintenance of capabilities to manufacture, assemble, test, checkout, launch, and
recover flight hardware) to enable more efficient and cost-effective ground proc-
essing, launch and recovery operations.
The fiscal year 2013 budget request includes $829.7 million for the Commercial
Spaceflight theme. This effort will support commercial providers to develop and op-
erate safe, reliable, and affordable commercial systems to transport crew and cargo
to and from the ISS and LEO.
As part of the Commercial Orbital Transportation Services (COTS) program—
NASA’s commercial cargo effort—NASA has partnerships with Space Exploration
Technologies, Inc. (SpaceX) and Orbital Sciences Corporation (Orbital) using funded
Space Act Agreements. These agreements include a schedule of fixed-payment per-
formance milestones culminating in a demonstration mission to the ISS that in-
cludes vehicle launch, spacecraft rendezvous, ISS berthing, and re-entry for disposal
or return to Earth. Both COTS partners continue to make progress in developing
and demonstrating their systems. Based on the success of their first COTS demo
flight in December 2010, SpaceX plans to fully develop and assemble their next ve-
hicle with the capabilities and equipment necessary to complete rendezvous and
berthing demonstration to the ISS, thus potentially combining milestones that had
been planned for separate flights. If successful, this will accelerate the completion
of the COTS Space Act Agreement and enable delivery of cargo under the Commer-
cial Resupply Services contract. This mission is tentatively planned for April 2012.
Orbital Sciences is currently mating the main engines for its Antares vehicle to the
core stage in preparation for an integrated static fire later this year. The maiden
flight of the Antares is planned for launch no earlier than the second quarter of
2012, and it will include a Cygnus spacecraft mass simulator. Orbital Sciences’
COTS demonstration flight to the ISS is slated for no earlier than the third quarter
of 2012. The pad complex at Wallops Flight Facility in Virginia is being readied and
space flight hardware, including the first Pressurized Cargo Module, two Antares
core sections, and a Castor-30 upper stage, has already been delivered to Wallops
Flight Facility.
The Commercial Crew Program (CCP) aims to facilitate the development of a U.S.
commercial crew space transportation capability with the goal of achieving safe, reli-
able, and cost effective access to and from LEO and ISS. Since 2009, NASA has con-
ducted two CCDev competitions, soliciting proposals from U.S. industry to further
advance commercial crew space transportation system concepts and mature the de-
sign and development of elements of the system. During the second CCDev competi-
220
tion, known as CCDev2, NASA awarded four funded Space Act Agreements that are
currently being executed with Blue Origin, The Boeing Company, Sierra Nevada
Corporation, and SpaceX, all of which are making good progress in achieving their
milestones. NASA has also signed Space Act Agreements without funding with three
additional companies:
—Alliant Techsystems, Inc.;
—United Launch Alliance; and
—Excalibur Almaz, Inc.
Under the CCP, NASA plans to partner with U.S. industry, providing technical
and financial assistance to facilitate industry’s development of an integrated crew
transportation system. In the longer term, once those entities are certified, NASA
plans to buy transportation services from commercial entities for U.S. and U.S.-des-
ignated astronauts to the ISS.
The Congress appropriated $406 million for CCP in fiscal year 2012 which re-
flected a substantial reduction from NASA’s request for this program. The fiscal
year 2012 appropriation enables the agency to move forward with its plans to sup-
port the development of commercial services that may eventually support crew
transportation and rescue capabilities in support of ISS. However, the constrained
budget environment necessitated a reassessment of NASA’s overall strategy for this
Program. On December 15, 2011, NASA announced a modified competitive acquisi-
tion strategy designed to make the best use of available resources and to pursue
the most effective path to the achievement of a commercial crew capability. Instead
of using firm-fixed price contracts for the next phase of the program, the agency
plans to continue using multiple, competitively awarded and funded Space Act
Agreements for another round of CCP. NASA will use procurement contracts to cer-
tify these capabilities before they are used to support ISS. Using competitive Space
Act Agreements instead of contracts at this juncture will allow NASA to maintain
multiple partners during this phase of the program, and provide NASA with the
flexibility to more easily adjust to various funding levels. This new acquisition strat-
egy will allow NASA to preserve greater competition and maintain momentum to
provide a U.S.-based commercial crew launch capability at the earliest possible time.
NASA is pleased with the steady progress of U.S. commercial providers in devel-
oping domestic cargo and crew transportation services. NASA currently has con-
tracts for cargo services and intends to purchase crew services from U.S. providers
once they are certified to our crew requirements. Obtaining needed cargo and crew
transportation services from U.S. providers is NASA’s preferred method for sus-
taining and fully utilizing the ISS. Nevertheless, given current funding levels for the
development of U.S. crew transportation systems, we anticipate the need to pur-
chase Soyuz crew transportation and rescue capabilities into 2017. As NASA has
previously testified, modification of INKSNA provisions will likely be required for
the continued operation of ISS and other space programs after 2016. The adminis-
tration plans to propose appropriate provisions and looks forward to working with
the Congress on their enactment. NASA is evaluating how this issue impacts the
development of U.S. crew transportation systems and NASA’s acquisition of services
for the ISS and goods and services for other NASA human spaceflight activities,
given the possibility that some U.S. domestic providers will need to use Russian
goods and services. In addition to the need driven by the ISS transportation require-
ments, NASA will require Russia-unique critical capabilities for the life of the ISS,
such as sustaining engineering for the Russian-built, United States-owned Func-
tional Cargo Block, that are not available elsewhere.
The fiscal year 2013 budget request includes $333.7 million for Exploration Re-
search and Development (ERD). The ERD theme will expand fundamental knowl-
edge that is key to human space exploration, and will develop advanced exploration
systems and capabilities that will enable humans to explore space in a more sus-
tainable and affordable way. ERD is comprised of the Human Research Program
(HRP) and the Advanced Exploration Systems (AES) Program, which will provide
knowledge and advanced human spaceflight capabilities. NASA’s Office of the Chief
Technologist (see below) coordinates closely with ERD to ensure that NASA’s long
range, crosscutting Space Technology research is complementary to ERD’s human
exploration focused work.
HRP and its associated projects will continue to develop technologies, counter-
measures, diagnostics, and design tools to keep crews safe and productive on long-
duration space missions. ISS crews are conducting relevant human medical research
to develop knowledge in the areas of clinical medicine, human physiology, cardio-
vascular research, bone and muscle health, neurovestibular medicine, diagnostic in-
struments and sensors, advanced ultrasound, exercise and pharmacological counter-
measures, food and nutrition, immunology and infection, exercise systems, and
human behavior and performance. While this research is aimed at enabling astro-
221
nauts to push the boundaries of exploration beyond LEO, NASA anticipates that in-
vestigations conducted aboard ISS may have broad application to terrestrial medi-
cine, as well. For example, the growing senior population may benefit from experi-
ments in the areas of bone and muscle health, immunology, and from the develop-
ment of advanced diagnostic systems.
The AES program is pioneering new approaches for rapidly developing prototype
systems, demonstrating key capabilities, and validating operational concepts for fu-
ture human missions beyond-Earth orbit. AES activities are uniquely related to
crew safety and mission operations in deep space, and are strongly coupled to future
vehicle and exploration capability development. Early integration and testing of pro-
totype systems will reduce risk and improve affordability of exploration mission ele-
ments. The prototype systems developed in the AES Program will be demonstrated
in ground-based test beds, field tests, underwater tests, and flight experiments on
the ground and then on the ISS. Many AES projects will evolve into larger inte-
grated systems and mission elements that will be tested on ISS before we venture
beyond-Earth orbit, thus leveraging the value of ISS as a vital exploration test-bed.
The fiscal year 2013 budget request includes $70.6 million for the Space Shuttle
Transition and Retirement. In 2011, the shuttle flew out its remaining missions
safely. On February 24, Discovery launched on mission STS–133, carrying supplies
to ISS, as well as the permanent a Multi-purpose Module—a Multi-Purpose Logis-
tics Module transformed to remain on orbit, expanding the Station’s storage volume.
On May 16, Endeavour, STS–134, carried the Alpha Magnetic Spectrometer and at-
tached it to the Station’s truss structure. The final shuttle mission, STS–135,
launched on July 8, delivered critical supplies to the ISS. With the landing of
Atlantis on July 21, 2011, the 30-year shuttle program was brought to a close. The
space shuttle program is now focused on the transition of key assets and infrastruc-
ture to future programs, and the retirement, and disposition of program assets.
In fiscal year 2012, NASA is funding United Space Alliance’s (USA) Space Pro-
gram Operations Contract Pension Liability. During the shuttle program, USA con-
sistently incorporated and billed the maximum allowable costs into their indirect
rates, but the deterioration of the equities and credit markets caused their plan to
be underfunded by a currently estimated $522 million. The estimate will fluctuate
until payout in the summer of 2012. The variance is protected in the transition and
retirement budget line item. The Space Program Operations Contract, which ac-
counts for almost all of USA’s business base, is a cost-type contract covered by the
Cost Accounting Standards. These standards stipulate that any costs of terminating
plans are a contractual obligation of the Government (if deemed allowable, allocable,
and reasonable). NASA and USA entered into an agreement under which USA froze
their pension plans as of December 31, 2010, and deferred any decision about termi-
nating their plan until after NASA received its fiscal year 2012 appropriation, allow-
ing NASA to address this issue with fiscal year 2012 funds. If funding remains after
the pension plan termination, it will be used to defray space shuttle closeout costs
that would otherwise require fiscal year 2013 funding. If there is a shortfall, it will
reduce available space shuttle funds for closeout and some activity could move later
than planned. NASA will keep the Congress informed as this issue evolves.
The fiscal year 2013 budget request includes $3,007.6 million for the ISS program.
This funding will support ISS Operations and Maintenance, ISS Research, and ISS
Crew and Cargo Transportation. The ISS has transitioned from the construction era
to that of operations and research, with a six-person permanent crew, three major
science labs, an operational lifetime through at least 2020, and a growing com-
plement of cargo vehicles, including the European Automated Transfer Vehicle and
the Japanese H–II Transfer Vehicle (HTV). The fiscal year 2013 budget request re-
flects the importance of this unparalleled research asset to America’s human
spaceflight program.
In the NASA Authorization Act of 2005 (Public Law 109–155), the Congress des-
ignated the U.S. segment of the ISS as a National Laboratory, and directed the
agency to seek to increase the utilization of the ISS by other Federal entities and
the private sector. NASA has made great strides in its effort to engage other organi-
zations in the ISS program, and the agency now has Memoranda of Understanding
with five Federal agencies and Space Act Agreements with nine companies and uni-
versities. In the NASA Authorization Act of 2010 (Public Law 111–267), the Con-
gress directed that the agency enter into a cooperative agreement with a not-for-
profit organization to manage the activities of the ISS National Laboratory. To this
end, on August 31, 2011, NASA finalized a cooperative agreement with the Center
for the Advancement of Science in Space (CASIS) to manage the portion of the ISS
that operates as a U.S. National Laboratory. CASIS will be located in the Space Life
Sciences Laboratory at Kennedy Space Center in Florida. The independent, non-
profit research management organization will help ensure the Station’s unique capa-
222
bilities are available to the broadest possible cross-section of U.S. scientific, techno-
logical and industrial communities. CASIS will develop and manage a varied Re-
search and Development portfolio based on U.S. national needs for basic and applied
research; seek to establish a marketplace to facilitate matching research pathways
with qualified funding sources; and stimulate interest in using the national lab for
research and technology demonstrations and as a platform for STEM education. The
goal is to support, promote and accelerate innovations and new discoveries in
science, engineering and technology that will improve life on Earth.
The fiscal year 2013 budget request includes $935 million for Space and Flight
Support (SFS). The budget request provides for critical infrastructure indispensable
to the Nation’s access to and use of space, including Space Communications and
Navigation (SCaN), Launch Services Program (LSP), Rocket Propulsion Test (RPT),
and Human Space Flight Operations. The SFS budget also includes investment in
the 21st Century Space Launch Complex, whose primary objective is to modernize
and transform the Florida launch and range complex at the Kennedy Space Center
to benefit current and future NASA programs, along with other emerging users. Fis-
cal year 2013 is an important period for NASA’s SCaN program. The program is
responsible for NASA’s Tracking and Data Rely Satellites (TDRS) that provide a
critical backbone for space communications. Fiscal year 2013 will include the sched-
uled launch TDRS–K, an additional satellite in the system; completion of TDRS–
L integration; and the development of TDRS–M, which will be ready for launch in
2015. These spacecraft will refurbish this important network as aging TDRS are re-
tired after 20 years of service to the Nation. Also under construction is a 34-meter
antenna at the Deep Space Network’s Canberra Deep Space Communication Com-
plex, with plans to build a second, to replace the aging 70-meter antenna. These an-
tennae in the Southern Hemisphere will be particularly important as the Earth’s
rotation brings this site into the best range for tracking NASA’s deep space missions
in the coming decade. In preparation for supporting NASA’s space science program,
SCaN is developing space communications technology, including the Lunar Laser
Communications Demonstration and the Laser Communication Relay Demonstra-
tion, which will lead to the capability of handling the huge increase in scientific
data expected from NASA’s planned spacecraft. Additionally, this capability could
enable greater bandwidth and capabilities to support expanded education,
participatory engagement, and interactive exploration opportunities. SCaN also an-
ticipates the launch of its SCaN Test-bed in June on the Japanese Space Agency’s
HTV cargo vehicle. The test-bed, composed of three Software-Defined Radios, will
provide the bridge to advance technological innovation by actual testing in the real
space environment. As a pathfinder it will be made available to industry, academia,
and other Government agencies.
LSP has several planned NASA launches in fiscal year 2013, including the,
Landsat Data Continuity Mission, TDRS–K, and IRIS, and will continue to provide
support for the development and certification of emerging launch services. In fiscal
year 2013, the RPT program will continue to conduct test facility management,
maintenance, sustaining engineering, operations, and facility modernization projects
required to keep the test-related facilities in the appropriate state of operational
readiness. The RPT program will continue to assist in rocket propulsion testing re-
quirements definition for LEO and in-space propulsion systems and related tech-
nologies
SPACE TECHNOLOGY
The Office of the Chief Technologist (OCT) coordinates the agency’s overall tech-
nology portfolio. OCT ensures that NASA’s investments are cost-effective and that
they are aligned with the agency’s near- and far-term goals. Over the last year, OCT
has engaged thousands of technologists and innovators to develop and test cutting-
edge technologies distributed across the country. While NRC conducted its review
of NASA’s technology roadmaps, OCT worked with mission architecture teams to
identify key technology areas requiring immediate investment. Using these internal,
cross-agency working groups, NASA selected nine technologies to receive priority
funding based on their criticality in extending human presence beyond LEO and
their ability to dramatically further scientific exploration of the solar system. These
‘‘Big 9’’ projects are:
—Laser communications relay demonstration;
—Cryogenic propellant storage and transfer;
—Low-density supersonic decelerators;
—Composite cryogenic propellant tanks;
—Robotic satellite servicing;
—Hypersonic inflatable aerodynamic decelerators;
223
—Deep space atomic clock;
—Large-scale solar sail; and
—Human-robotic systems.
On February 1, 2012, NRC released its final review of NASA’s Draft Space Tech-
nology Roadmaps. NRC identified 16 top-priority technologies necessary for future
missions, and which could also benefit American aerospace industries and the Na-
tion. The 16 were chosen by the NRC from its own ranking of 83 high-priority tech-
nologies out of approximately 300 identified in the draft roadmaps. In the coming
months, OCT will lead an agency-wide analysis and coordination effort to inform fu-
ture technology investments on the basis of the NRC report.
The fiscal year 2013 request for space technology is $699 million and funds on-
going high-priority space technology projects that will increase the Nation’s capa-
bility to operate in space and enable long-term human exploration and develop effi-
ciencies for deep space science missions. In fiscal year 2013, NASA will begin to see
major milestones achieved within Space Technology’s ‘‘Big 9’’ efforts. Designed to de-
liver data rates that will enable new class of deep-space exploration missions, the
Laser Communications Relay Demonstration project will begin ground validation ac-
tivities of advanced laser communication systems. Enabling precise landing of high-
er-mass payloads to the surface of planets, the Low Density Supersonic Decelerators
effort will complete three critical full-scale tests to demonstrate parachute and in-
flatable decelerator performance required prior to supersonic-speed flight dem-
onstration. The Composite Cryogenic (low-temperature) Propellant Tank project will
design and build a 5-meter-diameter composite cryogenic propellant tank that will
yield lower-mass and lower-cost rocket propellant tanks. The Cryogenic Propellant
Storage and Transfer demonstration mission will conduct ground tests of the critical
technologies required to enable long-term storage and handling of cryogenic fluids
in space in preparation for a flight demonstration. While these projects will make
visible individual steps in fiscal year 2013, they are part of a broader portfolio of
activities that space technology will pursue in order to generate new technologies
for use by NASA, other government agencies, and U.S. industry.
Within space technology, NASA funds Crosscutting Space Technology Develop-
ment at $293.8 million to enable NASA to develop transformational, broadly appli-
cable technologies and capabilities that are necessary for NASA’s future science and
exploration missions, and also collaborates on the aerospace needs of other govern-
ment agencies and the U.S. space enterprise. NASA’s CSTD activities are funded
through a mix of competitive and strategically guided projects to attract a broad
array of participants. Investments support research fellowships, NASA Innovative
Advanced Concepts (NIAC), Centennial Challenges, suborbital flight opportunities,
and advancements in small satellite technologies and systems.
NASA also funds Exploration Technology Development at $202 million to invest
in the long-range technologies required for humans to explore beyond LEO. ETD
technologies are higher-risk investments that complement architecture and systems
development efforts within exploration by maturing breakthrough technology prior
to integration with operational capabilities. As projects are matured, new projects
are selected competitively to provide the opportunity to develop the best ideas, inno-
vations, approaches, and processes for the future human space exploration efforts.
Funded based on a percentage of the agency’s total extramural R&D, the Small
Business Innovative Research (SBIR) and Small Business Technology Transfer
(STTR) programs continue to support research and development performed by small
businesses through competitively awarded contracts. Estimated at approximately
$173.7 million in fiscal year 2013, these programs produce innovations for both Gov-
ernment and commercial applications. SBIR and STTR provide the high-technology
small business sector with the opportunity to develop technology for NASA, and
commercialize that technology to provide goods and services that address other na-
tional needs based on the products of NASA innovation.
Partnership Development and Strategic Integration, funded at $29.5 million, com-
prises key agency responsibilities managed by OCT:
—technology partnerships;
—technology transfer and commercialization; and
—the coordination of NASA’s technology investments across the agency through
technology portfolio tracking and technology road-mapping.
By providing coordination between Mission Directorates and Centers, and identi-
fying collaboration opportunities with other government agencies and performing
technology transfer, NASA can deliver forward-reaching technology solutions for fu-
ture science and exploration missions, and help address significant national needs.
Within this portfolio, OCT engages in national technology development initiatives
such as the National Robotics Initiative, the National Nanotechnology Initiative and
the Advanced Manufacturing Partnership, and seeks partnerships with external en-
224
tities for collaborative technology development. OCT engages the larger aerospace
community including other Government agencies, and where there are mutual inter-
ests, develops partnerships to efficiently develop breakthrough capabilities.
EDUCATION
The fiscal year 2013 request includes $100 million for NASA’s Office of Education
to develop STEM education activities that only NASA can provide. The funding re-
quest would allow undergraduate and graduate students to work alongside NASA
scientists and engineers through internships and fellowships at NASA centers. It in-
cludes educator professional development, helping our country’s educators become
proficient in STEM topics, and providing them opportunities to practice hands-on
investigations. NASA will also continue to support the institutions where learning
takes place. Through the Space Grant and Minority University Research and Edu-
cation projects, NASA will work with hundreds of universities and community col-
leges, strengthening their capacity to train the next generation of scientists and en-
gineers, encouraging student design challenges, and connecting faculty with NASA
research. And, because we know inspiration doesn’t just happen in a classroom, we
will engage learners in NASA content at our visitor centers and in partnership with
museums, science centers, planetariums and other informal education venues.
NASA is one of many Federal Government programs that support STEM edu-
cation. NASA is working with other agencies through the National Science and
Technology Council’s Committee on STEM education to effect optimal revisions to
fund coordinated and effective student and teacher opportunities. NASA will focus
its resources on demonstrated areas of strength in its unique role in STEM edu-
cation. NASA brings many assets to support the administration’s emphasis on
STEM education beyond funding. Our people, platforms like the ISS and our facili-
ties across the Nation all contribute to strengthening STEM education.
Recognizing that the nature of our work is inspirational to learners and educators,
NASA will leverage the talents of our workforce to support the critical STEM edu-
cation needs of our Nation. In collaboration with other Federal agencies, NASA will
leverage unique assets ISS, to provide meaningful experiences. In March, educator
Astronaut Joe Acaba, a former middle and high school teacher, will begin a 6-month
mission onboard the ISS. During his time in space, he will work closely with our
education team on the ground to share his experience with classrooms across Amer-
ica.
CROSS
-
AGENCY SUPPORT
The fiscal year 2013 budget request includes $2,847.5 million for cross-agency
support, which provides critical mission support activities that are necessary to en-
sure the efficient and effective operation and administration of the agency. These
important functions align and sustain institutional and program capabilities to sup-
port NASA missions by leveraging resources to meet mission needs, establishing
agency-wide capabilities, and providing institutional checks and balances. Within
this budget request, NASA has taken steps to reduce its administrative expenses,
including a hiring slowdown and reduced travel.
NASA’s fiscal year 2013 budget request includes $2,093.3 million for Center Man-
agement and Operations, which funds the critical ongoing management, operations,
and maintenance of nine NASA Centers, as well as associated major component fa-
cilities. NASA Centers continue to provide high-quality support and the technical
engineering and scientific talent for the execution of programs and projects. This
technical expertise represents a true national resource. Center Management and
Operations provides the basic support required to meet internal and external legal
and administrative requirements; effectively manage human capital, information
technology, and facility assets; responsibly execute financial management and all
NASA acquisitions; ensure independent engineering and scientific technical over-
sight of NASA’s programs and projects in support of mission success and safety con-
siderations; and, provide a safe, secure, and sustainable workplace that meets local,
State, and Federal requirements.
NASA’s fiscal year 2013 budget request includes $754.2 million for agency man-
agement and operations, which funds the critical management and oversight of
agency missions, programs and functions, and performance of a broad spectrum of
NASA-wide activities. These programs include Safety and Mission Success activities,
essential to reducing the likelihood of loss of life and likelihood of mission success
in our human and robotic programs. Safety and Mission Success funding supports
the maintenance of independent safety, health, medical and engineering assess-
ments of systems and processes, as well as the performance of the broad risk assess-
ments, mitigations, and acceptance related to critical agency decisions. Agency In-
225
formation Technology Services encompasses agency-level cross-cutting services and
initiatives in Information Technology (IT) innovation, business and management ap-
plications, and infrastructure necessary to enable the NASA mission. The Strategic
Capabilities Assets Program (SCAP) ensures that vital agency test capabilities and
assets, such as flight simulators and thermal vacuum chambers are sustained in
order to serve agency and national needs. The agency management and operations
account funds salary and benefits for civil service employees at NASA headquarters,
as well as other headquarters personnel costs, such as mandated training. It also
contains labor funding for agency-wide personnel costs, such as agency training, and
workforce located at multiple NASA Centers that provide the critical skills and ca-
pabilities required to execute mission-support programs agency-wide.
CONSTRUCTION AND ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE AND RESTORATION
The fiscal year 2013 budget request includes $619.2 million for construction and
environmental compliance and restoration. NASA construction and environmental
compliance and restoration provides for the design and execution of all facilities con-
struction projects, including discrete and minor revitalization projects, demolition of
closed facilities, and environmental compliance and restoration.
The fiscal year 2013 budget request includes $552.8 million for the Construction
of Facilities (CoF) program, which funds capital repairs and improvements to ensure
that facilities critical to achieving NASA’s space and aeronautics programs are safe,
secure, sustainable, and operate efficiently. The agency continues to place emphasis
on achieving a sustainable and energy-efficient infrastructure by replacing old, inef-
ficient, deteriorated buildings and infrastructure with new, efficient, and high-per-
formance buildings and infrastructure that will meet NASA’s mission needs while
reducing the agency’s overall footprint and future operating costs. In August 2011,
NASA opened the agency’s first building designed for ‘‘Net-Zero’’ energy operations,
the Propellants North Administration and Maintenance Facility at the Kennedy
Space Center in Florida. Two active programs that result in NASA achieving great-
er efficiencies and reduced operating costs are NASA’s demolition program and re-
capitalization program, in which old inefficient facilities are replaced with new, effi-
cient, consolidated facilities. Twelve horizontal infrastructure projects that sustain
our major utility systems are included in this request; completion of these projects
will reduce our usage of potable and process water, electricity, and steam.
The fiscal year 2013 budget request includes $66.4 million for the Environmental
Compliance and Restoration (ECR) program, which supports the ongoing clean-up
of sites where NASA operations have contributed to environmental problems. The
ECR program prioritizes these efforts to ensure that human health and the environ-
ment are protected. This program also supports strategic investments in sustainable
environmental methods and practices aimed at reducing NASA’s environmental foot-
print and lowering the risk of future cleanups.
CONCLUSION
NASA’s fiscal year 2013 budget request of $17.7 billion represents a substantial
investment in a balanced program of science, exploration, technology, and aero-
nautics research. Despite the constrained budget environment facing the Nation,
this request supports a robust space program that keeps us on a path to achieving
a truly audacious set of goals. NASA is working to send humans to an asteroid and
ultimately to Mars, to observe the first galaxies form, and to expand the produc-
tivity of humanity’s only permanently crewed space station. We are making air trav-
el safer and more efficient, learning to live and work in space, and developing the
critical technologies to achieve these goals. The coming year will include the first
commercial cargo flights to the ISS, a nuclear-powered robot the size of a small car
landing on the surface of Mars, and the launch of the Nation’s next land-observing
satellite. We have spacecraft studying the Sun, circling Mercury, cruising to Pluto
and investigating almost everything in-between. In the face of very difficult times,
the American people continue to support the most active, diverse, and productive
space program in the world. We at NASA are honored by our fellow citizens’ contin-
ued support and we are committed to accomplishing the goals that the Congress and
the President have laid out for us. The program described and supported by our fis-
cal year 2013 budget request represents our plan to accomplish those goals.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Cochran.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR THAD COCHRAN
Senator C
OCHRAN
. Madam Chair, thank you very much.
226
Mr. Administrator, welcome to our subcommittee. We congratu-
late you on your continued leadership for NASA, and we are really
proud that Mississippi has had a very conspicuous role to play in
our space flight efforts, specifically being the home of the SLS and
the testing that has been consistent with the mission of NASA up
to this point.
ENGINE TESTING AND DEVELOPMENT
We hope that NASA is considering what it’s going to do and how
it’s going to proceed with testing, what funds will be needed so that
we can respond in the Congress with the support from those others
who support NASA, and we’d like to see the programs that we
think are in the national interest continue. At the Stennis Space
Center, we play a big role in that, in my view.
Is that something that you could agree with? Or if there are
other plans that NASA has that we’re not aware of, could you let
us know what they are?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, as you and I have discussed before, Sten-
nis plays a key role in the future of NASA, whether it’s with NASA
engine testing and development or whether it’s commercial engine
testing and development. And the other thing that you know very
well—I refer to Stennis as the Federal city. We host a number of
other Federal agencies at Stennis, and we’re very proud to do that,
everything from the Coast Guard and Special Operations Forces,
the Navy. All the buoys are re-done onboard the Stennis facility,
so we’re very proud of that, and we see Stennis continuing its role
as a Federal city.
MAIN PROPULSION TEST CENTER
Senator C
OCHRAN
. Well, I’m hopeful that we will have enough
advanced notice and advice so that we can be supportive and help-
ful, if that’s the will of this subcommittee and of the Senate.
I wonder if you could say at this point what the costs would be
if we reactivated the testing for space flight or for launches that
would occur under NASA’s jurisdiction. What specific plans do you
anticipate having to implement?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, I think what you’re addressing is the total
test of the main propulsion test center the way that we used to do
it, which is the cluster of all five engines for the SLS. We’re evalu-
ating right now whether we really need to do that. We think we
will, and we will come back to this subcommittee and to the Con-
gress to say what we think we need to do in terms of shifting funds
from something else that we were going to do to be able to conduct
that test. I’m not prepared to give you an estimate right now, but
I will take it for the record and get back to the subcommittee on
it.
[The information follows:]
M
AIN
P
ROPULSION
T
EST
C
ENTER
The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) plans to conduct an
integrated test of the Space Launch System (SLS) Core Stage prior to the launch
of the first flight, Exploration Mission-1 (EM–1), which is scheduled for launch at
the end of 2017. The current plan is to conduct this integrated test (including a
tanking test and two full-duration 550-second firings) on the SLS core stage that
will be used for EM–1. After a review by the Rocket Propulsion Test Program, the
227
agency has decided to conduct this test on the B–2 test stand at the Stennis Space
Center. The agency estimates that the total construction costs associated with pre-
paring B–2 to support this integrated test are approximately $168 million. The
agency will provide the Congress with the construction of facilities plan as part of
the fiscal year 2012 operating plan update.
Senator C
OCHRAN
. That would be helpful for us to know just for
our information, and also planning, to be sure we have room within
our budget resolutions to provide the funding that would be need-
ed.
I understand that rocket test facilities would get the same kind
of systems-level testing of the SLS and that an evaluation could be
done by NASA at this time of the potential commercial uses of such
facilities and the resources that may be needed in the next fiscal
year. Do you have any specific requests in this budget year that’s
coming up of the specific amounts that would be needed for any of
those activities?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, as was requested by the Congress, we are
just about finished with the report on the utilization and rehabili-
tation of the rocket test facilities, and that will give us definitive
answers to the question you just posed. So we’re pretty close. I
have a draft of that report. It should be ready soon, and if we need
additional funds, we will be coming to the Congress for that.
Senator C
OCHRAN
. Well, we thank you for that.
Madam Chair, I’ll yield the floor after making an observation
that we continue to be complimented that the Stennis Space Center
is known as the Federal city, and we are hopeful that we will con-
tinue to be good hosts and supportive of the efforts that are made
there to help make sure that we carry out the programs that were
designed there at Stennis and continue to be cherished in the mem-
ory of those of us who live in Mississippi.
JAMES WEBB SPACE TELESCOPE
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Administrator Bolden, we’ll probably go to a
second round, but in my first round I want to focus on the JWST.
I think as you’ve heard from the members here, we’re each inter-
ested in where NASA, through our appropriations process and au-
thorizing, is making a significant investment in some really big
projects with really big bucks behind it, for which there is no mar-
gin for error or cost overruns and so on.
Last year, this subcommittee took a major step with the bipar-
tisan concurrence of everyone to make sure we put the JWST on
track. This is after we had asked for a significant management re-
view because we were concerned 2 years ago that the JWST was
off track, off budget, and we were concerned that it was going to
be cancelled not because of technology dysfunction but because of
management dysfunction.
So last year we put in a significant amount of money, and this
year the budget request is for $628 million to keep it on track for
launch by 2018. My question to you is, is the JWST on track, and
how do we know it to be so?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, no one was as concerned as I was when
I found out the condition of JWST, and I can tell you now that
after the management changes we made at the Goddard Space
228
Flight Center, at headquarters, and also in the prime contractor of
Northrup Grumman, I’m very confident that JWST is on track.
I get a status report on milestones and costs every month, and
for almost a year-and-a-half now we have met or exceeded the time
on every—when I say exceeded, it has been quicker than forecast.
So we have met or bettered every milestone, and we are on cost.
There were 27 milestones that we laid out. To this date, 26 of them
have been met. The only one we didn’t, we delayed because of the
results that we wanted to get from one of the other milestones
there.
So, two things. The management in place, the diligence and dis-
cipline with which we are approaching the project, the constant
oversight that’s given from my office by me and my associate ad-
ministrator makes me confident that the JWST is going to make
a 2018 launch with the funding that we have requested in this
budget.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Do you believe that it will make 2018?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Yes, ma’am, I do.
SEQUESTER CONSEQUENCES
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Well, what will happen if there’s a sequester?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, I think I’ve talked to everybody about this.
While I am a realist, I’m probably the world’s greatest optimist,
and I am confident that this Congress will avoid that and that we
will have a budget, and that we will be able to meet our 2018 dead-
line.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Well, you couldn’t be an astronaut without
being an optimist.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Yes, ma’am. I heard that this morning, as a matter
of fact, that you don’t want people who fly things making budg-
ets——
Senator M
IKULSKI
. You have to have one of the most optimistic
views.
But I am asking you, what would be the consequences of a se-
quester, and have you looked at it, both for the JWST and also the
consequences of a sequester on the NASA budget?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, I think anyone would say—and we have
not taken a hard look at the results, what would be the result of
a sequester, but we all know that it would be a significant cut to
the NASA budget, which is already strained. We would have to
come back to the Congress and talk about how we meet our prior-
ities and whether we decided that we were going to put all of our
funds on the priorities and forsake everything else. That would be
the only way that we would be able to see those three priorities
stick to the dates that we have right now.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. So has the administration directed you as the
NASA Administrator to have contingency plans in the event of
that?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. No, ma’am, we have not. The administration’s posi-
tion is as I—while they’re not as optimistic as I am all the time,
I think we all are optimistic that between the administration and
the Congress, we’ll find a way to work this out and we won’t get
to sequester. So we are not making contingency plans or anything.
229
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Well, I think I’m optimistic, too. I would have
never done the things I have in my life if I wasn’t optimistic. But
I think I’m also the kind of person that—I believe in a double cord
if I needed a parachute, and I like having brakes on a car, and I
like having airbags.
So I really would recommend to both the administration and to
you, again, complying with their directions, to really be ready for
some real challenges. We hope not.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Yes, ma’am.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. We hope not, but I think there is a big flash-
ing yellow light on our screen.
But, having said that, I’ve got a flashing yellow light on my time.
Let me turn to Senator Hutchison.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. I’m happy to let Senator Shelby and Sen-
ator Brown go next.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Shelby.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR RICHARD C
.
SHELBY
Senator S
HELBY
. Thank you. Thank you, Senator Hutchison.
Mr. Administrator, I believe that the core mission of NASA is to
build cutting-edge systems that will allow us to expand our knowl-
edge of the universe. This administration, I believe, seems to think
that NASA’s job is to use taxpayer money as venture capital to
support speculative commercial companies, the future Solyndras of
the space industry.
THE NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION
S CORE
MISSION
Despite identifying SLS as a priority program, you requested
$150 million less in the fiscal 2013 budget year than the Congress
provided in 2012 for the SLS vehicle development. At the same
time, you doubled funding for commercial programs. When is this
administration going to get the message that the Congress, I be-
lieve, is not willing to subsidize so-called commercial vendors at the
expense of NASA’s core mission of engineering and exploration?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, I could not agree more with your position
that our job is technology development and exploration and cutting-
edge science and technology, and that’s what we asked for in the
budget. We put forth a budget that requests $675 million for space
technology, which covers the gamut of what we do. It contributes
to the heavy-lift launch vehicle. It contributes to a next-generation
MPCV. It contributes to our science program. It will enable us to
better go to Mars, both robotically and in human space flight.
So we did not have a space technology line until the fiscal year
2012 budget. The President asked for $1.5 billion for space tech-
nology in the first budget that I brought to this Congress my first
year as the NASA Administrator. So we agree with you that we do
need to be about cutting-edge technology, and we’re trying to do
that.
COMMERCIAL PROVIDERS PROGRESS
Senator S
HELBY
. In your statement, you said that you’re pleased,
and I’ll quote you, ‘‘pleased with the steady progress of U.S. com-
230
mercial providers in developing domestic cargo and crew transpor-
tation services.’’ I would note that one of your commercial cargo
providers was originally scheduled to complete three demonstration
flights by September 2009. They have only completed one, and
many expect the date of that second launch to slip again soon, as
it just did in February.
Your other cargo vendor was expected to complete a single dem-
onstration flight by December 2010. That flight has not even been
scheduled yet.
I guess the question posed here is how much longer will their
flights have to be delayed before you, as the Administrators are no
longer ‘‘pleased’’ with these providers?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, I’m confident that one of the——
Senator S
HELBY
. Are you still pleased with them?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, I’m pleased with their progress. One of our
providers, SpaceX, is scheduled to launch on the 30th of April, and
I think——
Senator S
HELBY
. Do you think they will keep that date?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. I think they will make that. The other one, Orbital
Sciences, has a lot of things that are out of their control in terms
of a launch facility, but I think they will be ready to launch some-
time this summer. The big thing for us and them is to get the
launch pad ready at Wallops so that they can run a main propul-
sion test, and then they’ll be ready to fly their first demonstration.
I would caution everyone to be somewhat resistant to talk about
delays. I came to NASA in 1980 to join the astronaut program, and
that was 2 years after the shuttle was supposed to have flown. I
am personally thankful that we did not fly in 1978 because we
weren’t ready. I worked as a member of the tile repair tiger team,
because when we flew Columbia from its manufacturing facility in
Palmdale, California to the Kennedy Space Center, it got there and
a large majority of the tiles were missing.
We weren’t ready, and we learned a lot of things that caused us
to delay. But when we flew STS–1, it was an incredible achieve-
ment.
So I think the commercial providers are doing very well. They’re
meeting challenges that have come their way. We advise. We can’t
tell them what to do, but we have relatively good insight into what
they’re doing, and we’re confident that the decisions they’re making
are prudent. We would much rather see them delay than to fly and
fail, because we cannot use a failed system.
GOVERNMENT BUYING PRACTICES
Senator S
HELBY
. I’m very concerned that NASA seems to be
abandoning its plan to abide by the Federal acquisition regulations
(FAR) in the commercial crew program and instead continue to use
Space Act agreements. Space Act agreements will provide you more
flexibility, but they do so at the expense, some of us believe, of
transparency and accountability on the part of the contractor. I
think such agreements in this case are dangerous to both astro-
nauts who might fly in commercial rockets and the American tax-
payers who, to date, have had to fund them.
You claim, Mr. Administrator, that the budget cuts made by this
subcommittee have, quote, ‘‘necessitated’’ is your word, you to
231
abandon traditional Government buying practices. I would note
that you are currently funding four separate vendors in the com-
mercial crew program, some of whom have never built a single
piece of space hardware, and only one of whom has ever built hard-
ware that carried humans.
My question is this. Is it not possible that the answer to your
budget issues is to fund fewer vendors? Wouldn’t you rather have
more effective Government oversight over one or two providers
rather than less oversight over four or more?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, there are a couple of answers to your ques-
tion. One is, when we purchase services from the private compa-
nies, they will be operating under contracts that comply with FAR.
So we won’t purchase services under a Space Act agreement. We’ll
purchase services under FAR. We have chosen to extend our utili-
zation of Space Act Agreements because it does allow us to carry
hopefully more than one potential provider for as long as we can
so that we get competition and we get the best product.
In the commercial crew development program, we funded as
many providers as we could, and it’s important to understand the
difference between the commercial crew development program
(CCDEV), which is what we are about to end, and the acquisition
program that we’re about to enter where we buy a launch provider
for commercial crew. CCDEV—some were looking at capsules, some
were looking at launch vehicles. United Launch Alliance (ULA) was
not looking at either. They were looking at a self-monitoring main-
tenance system on a vehicle. So we had different providers. We uti-
lized their expertise to give us information and technology that we
needed to put into the ultimate system.
So hopefully the result from the effort and the money that we
put into CCDEV will be, as all of you say, a final product from or
to providers that takes advantage of all of the benefits that we got
from the individual providers with individual components of the
total system.
Senator S
HELBY
. But isn’t some of the program, it seems to a lot
of people, to be a march away from NASA—in other words, into the
private sector and vendors—rather than what NASA has proven
over many years to have?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, quite the contrary. It is a march to——
Senator S
HELBY
. Explain.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. It is a march toward the exact way that we did
Mercury, Gemini, Apollo, the shuttle, except the acquisition meth-
od. With those, we bought a vehicle, and then we owned it and we
managed it, and that’s what cost us money. The infrastructure, the
underlying cost for the space shuttle was $2 billion a year whether
I used it or not. That’s because I had to maintain the facilities, I
had to keep the people to run it, I had to do everything.
Under the commercial program, we will purchase a service. And
I will remind everyone, Senator Hutchison mentioned, why couldn’t
we do like we did with SLS and MPCV? Because we previously had
a robust competition in the old Constellation program, we got a
product like Orion, and when we started looking at what we want-
ed to use for a MPCV, it made it not easy because we still had to
go through a process of evaluation, independent assessment, but
232
we were able to accept the Orion vehicle lock, stock, and barrel
from what was in the Constellation program.
But that does not say it was not chosen under competition. It
had rigorous competition. Same thing for the SLS. It underwent
rigorous competition, and we used that, and we were able to go
back to the procurement people and say, look, we’re not trying to
just take something unproven. This is the result of rigorous com-
petition. The way I described it, we tried to take the nuggets from
Constellation and transition them into SLS/MPCV, and I think
that’s what we got.
We won’t know until we fly, but I think we are well on our way
to demonstrating that the process we used there, which I will re-
mind everybody was severely questioned by many—why are you
doing it this way? Why don’t you just go get another vehicle? We
didn’t think that would be prudent because we wanted to take ad-
vantage of the competition that had brought us those vehicles.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Brown.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR SHERROD BROWN
Senator B
ROWN
. Thank you, Madam Chair.
A HEALTHY NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION
RELYING ON TEN CENTERS
The previous administration declared 10 healthy centers and laid
out responsibilities for each. When we sat down before your con-
firmation more than a year ago, you assured me this policy was no
longer needed because NASA had 10 healthy centers. But without
a 10 healthy centers policy, you’re asking us now to give you the
ability to shift funds around with no guarantee that the research
centers or flight centers or specific programs will be funded at ade-
quate levels.
How do all of us know you have a serious commitment to making
sure there are 10 healthy centers? Are you laying out a detailed
plan for us so that we know that?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Sir, I think when you and I talked numerous times,
I said I don’t like the term ‘‘10 healthy centers’’, because that term
implies that you’ve got to force a workplace where it may not be-
long. What I like is a very healthy NASA that relies on 10 centers
with diverse skills and capabilities that support a healthy agency,
and not individual centers.
I think what hopefully all of you are seeing is that we are trying
our best to make sure that every center that is presently a member
of the NASA family gets an adequate share of the work that we
are doing in the three principal mission areas of aeronautics,
human space flight, and science.
If you look at Glenn, for example, Ray Lugo probably would
admit he has a significant share, if not the lion’s share, of the tech-
nology development funds. Even though the program may not be
run out of Glenn, the money is being spent through Glenn, and
there’s a big difference between where a program is housed and
where the money is being spent.
Glenn is a vital center for us not only for human space flight, but
they are the heart and soul, along with Dryden and Langley, for
aeronautics research. What we’re doing right now to support DOD
233
and even commercial aviation, a lot of that is being done out of
Glenn, whether it’s icing tests, or they’re the major center for ro-
tary research. So it’s very helpful.
Senator B
ROWN
. I don’t think any of us think that the issue is
forcing work at any one of these centers.
I have a couple of comments about aeronautics. Aeronautics, the
first ‘‘A’’ in NASA is aeronautics, before the ‘‘S’’ for space. NASA
is requesting $551 million for aeronautics, less than last year, one-
half of what’s authorized. Put that aside for a minute.
But sort of along the lines of Senator Cochran’s comments about
the Stennis Center, from your comments I’m concerned that NASA
is out-sourcing hundreds of millions of dollars for research and de-
velopment at the Space Flight Center when the research centers
can do this work. Why does this business model no longer seem so
workable to do this at the centers, especially a research center like
NASA Glenn?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, I’m not sure that we’re not following the
model that utilizes the skills at the individual centers. I may mis-
understand your question. I think we are utilizing the skills at the
centers, and we redistribute work such that it goes to the strongest
center. We sometimes use people from one center to do work at an-
other, and we either detail them there or we let them do the work
that belongs to another center in their home center. So maybe I
don’t understand your question.
PLUM BROOK TEST CENTER
Senator B
ROWN
. I’m not sure I agree with that, but let me shift,
though, because I just have a couple more minutes.
About Plum Brook, I appreciate, first of all, your correcting some
of our House counterparts when they refer to Plum Brook as a test
stand. As you know, it’s not a test stand. It’s a one-of-a-kind test
center. I’m looking for what you can tell us NASA can do to better
utilize those facilities. For instance, one example, the Europeans
want to use Plum Brook. I understand NASA headquarters seems
to be holding this up. Why wouldn’t we jump at this opportunity
for the ESA to want to use Plum Brook and its terrific facilities?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator Brown, I’ll have to get back to you. I am
not aware of us holding this up—if, in fact, ESA is asking to test
a vehicle at Plum Brook, I’m not aware of what we’re doing to dis-
allow that. So I will take that question for the record and get back
to you.
[The information follows:]
P
LUM
B
ROOK
T
EST
F
ACILITY
The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) headquarters issues
with the European Space Agency (ESA) test agreement have been worked fairly
quickly and involved the use of the facility by a foreign entity and a question re-
garding whether the funding for the modifications to the test facility represented an
augmentation of the NASA budget. Both of those issues were worked early in the
year, and at this point we are awaiting a decision from ESA.
Senator B
ROWN
. Okay. Our understanding is there has been a
delay. We don’t know why. It’s a significant proposal, and we will
follow up with you, then.
234
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Okay. Senator, that would be in opposition to my
stated direction to everybody that we should find people to put in
our facilities.
Senator B
ROWN
. Okay. Good, good.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. I don’t care where they come from.
Senator B
ROWN
. Good to hear. Thank you.
Thank you, Madam Chair.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Hutchison.
PRIORITY GOALS
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Mr. Administrator, as I mentioned, I’m just
waiting for the—I’m going to ask you a question, you’re not going
to answer it, and we’re going to be where we are and we’re going
to settle this one-on-one, I know. But I’ll just ask——
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. I’ll try my best. I talked about and you ac-
knowledged that we set three priority goals, and you fully funded
one. You have now gone 100 percent over on one and cut the other,
the third priority, by virtually the same amount that you went over
on the second priority. So you can imagine why we would think
that you are cutting the Orion and the SLS in favor of commercial
crew.
What I would hope is that we could come to the joint goals and
all work together for commercial crew, but not at the expense of
Orion and SLS.
One thing that you mentioned you’re funding at a 21-percent in-
crease this year is technology. Why is it that you feel so compelled
to cut the future, which is SLS and Orion, in favor of the imme-
diate, which is commercial crew, as we acknowledge? Why not keep
the three priorities, keep the faith with the Congress, and help us
feel like we’re all going in the same direction?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, I do believe that we are doing our best to
keep faith with the Congress. When we agreed upon the three pri-
orities, we said we were going to fund SLS and MPCV and we were
going to comply with the schedule that we had laid out for every-
one. I provided a list to the subcommittee of achievements with
both SLS and MPCV to date. Some of them are well ahead of
where we expected to be.
[The information follows:]
S
PACE
L
AUNCH
S
YSTEM
/O
RION
M
ULTI
-P
URPOSE
C
REW
V
EHICLE
The Orion Multi-Purpose Crew Vehicle (MPCV) and Space Launch System (SLS)
Programs continue to meet milestones on schedule.
Recent accomplishments of note for Orion MPCV include:
—Key Decision Point-A Authorization Memo was signed by the Agency Project
Management Council on February 28, 2012. This provided official approval for
the Orion Program to proceed from the pre-formulation phase into the design,
development, test, and evaluation (DDT&E) phase.
—The Orion Formulation Authorization Document was approved by Human Ex-
ploration and Operations Mission Directorate on April 2, 2012.
—Arrival of first Exploration Flight Test-1 (EFT–1) flight hardware at the Ken-
nedy Space Center’s Operations and Checkout (O&C) facility (2 SM longeron).
This milestone signifies confidence that the EFT–1 vehicle will soon begin its
ground test campaign.
—Transfer of Crew Module (CM) Assembly Structure from Denver (post-Ground
Test Article [GTA] use) to O&C.
235
—Transfer of the CM used for the Pad Abort-1 (PA–1) test from O&C to Vehicle
Assembly Building (VAB) for public display (opens space in O&C for EFT–1 pro-
duction and GTA arrival).
—CM barrel delivered to NASA Manufacturing Assembly Facility (MAF). CM2
(Barrel-to-Aft Bulkhead) and CM1 (Aft Bulkhead-to-Cap) welding completed.
—Orion has also successfully completed 22 major hardware tests from June 2011
through May 2012, including 4 parachute drops, 9 hydro impact splash downs,
6 vibro-acoustic tests, and 3 avionics simulations.
SLS has made substantial progress since the program entered formulation in No-
vember 2011, with the following notable accomplishments:
—Systems Requirements Review/Systems Definition Review now underway to es-
tablish baseline vehicle requirements before entering detailed preliminary de-
sign.
—Integrated acquisition teams in place and negotiations underway to definitize
contracts with stages, engines, and boosters contractors.
—Design loads analysis and wind tunnel tests incorporating Orion MPCV in
work.
—Ten tests as of May 2012 (for a total of more than 1,000 seconds of total run
time) of the J–2X engine on the A–2 test stand at the Stennis Space Center.
Engine 10001 has since been fitted with a clamshell for further engine charac-
terization starting in May.
—As of May 2012, 13 powerpack tests had been completed, and J–2X powerpack
series #2 were underway on the A–1 test stand at the Stennis Space Center.
—All RS–25 Space Shuttle main engines and associated ground support equip-
ment transferred from the Kennedy Space Center to the Stennis Space Center
for future testing and integration into Core Stage.
—As of May 2012, there had been three demonstration firings of the five segment
solid rocket motor design to be used for the EM–1 and EM–2 flights in 2017
and 2021.
—Completed 24-inch motor firing test on March 14, 2012.
Accomplishments for Orion MPCV and SLS are updated monthly at: http://
www.nasa.gov/exploration/systems/mpcv/orionlreportslarchive.html and http://
www.nasa.gov/exploration/systems/sls/slslhighlights.html
Mr. B
OLDEN
. So while I know you’re talking about dollars, I’m
actually talking about accomplishments, getting us to a 2014
launch date for Orion that Lockheed Martin wants to do, an explo-
ration test flight. They’re going to make that. So 2 years from now,
we’re going to fly Orion. That was not even in our program before.
I think at the rate we’re going right now, the funding profile that
we have, while not optimal, will get us to a 2017 first un-crewed
flight of SLS and MPCV combination. That will be a first-genera-
tion SLS/MPCV, and then no later than 2021 we will see a crewed
mission on SLS/MPCV.
Additional funds would help the 2021 date because we could pull
some things forward, we could reduce some risk, but it won’t affect
the 2017 launch date, the first un-crewed mission. So I think we
have put funds against SLS and MPCV to get to the objective, to
meet the objectives that we agreed to with the Congress.
While commercial crew and cargo is not a priority, so to speak—
it is not one of the priorities agreed upon by the Congress and the
administration because there are only three—but commercial crew
and cargo are vital for me to be able to live up to my promise to
you on ISS. Without an American capability to supply both cargo
and crew to ISS, the gap is going to continue to increase. I am
going to continue to rely on the Russians to provide transportation
for both cargo and crew, and I’m not sure that I can adequately en-
hance ISS the way I want to do it.
236
ORION AND SPACE LAUNCH SYSTEM AUDIT STUDY
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Mr. Bolden, when you thoroughly studied
Orion and SLS, you studied it in NASA, and then you studied it
outside of NASA. You had an outside group that you were adamant
had to make the final decision, and you paid a lot of money for that
further independent study. And, probably what I would consider to
be 1 year late, you finally got the report back that said if the as-
sumptions are correct for the next 3 to 5 years, the budget will be
sufficient to make the goals for Orion and SLS a reality.
And yet the very next year, we have you coming forward cutting
that budget that was the basis of your very sought after and re-
quired outside audit study before you would move forward. So here
we are in what looks like the stepping back from what your outside
study showed was necessary so that you’re going to be able to come
in next year and say, ‘‘Gee, you know, we didn’t get that funding
that was the basis of that study, and so we probably can’t do Orion
and SLS’’, which is the kind of rhetoric we have heard in the past.
So I just wonder why you would be so obvious in cutting the
Orion and SLS budget when you staked the whole credibility of
going forward on the study that said we had to keep these assumed
levels of spending.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, it is my hope that before you leave the
Congress, NASA will be able to show you where it’s not going to
cost us as much as is presently budgeted right now to complete
SLS and MPCV because the technologies that we’re developing will
reduce the cost, that we will move to lighter-weight tanks, we will
move to composite tanks. The original estimates we gave everybody
were based on current state-of-the-art technology of the day. If we
stay with that, then I’m not being responsible.
So my hope is—and we have to live within the budget that you
gave us, and that budget also has to provide funds for a wedge for
additional things that will go with SLS and MPCV to make it a
true exploration system. So that money has to come from within.
So we are trying our best, as Senator Shelby and Senator Cochran
mentioned, and as all of you have, we’re trying to call upon our
best technologists both in the agency and academia and in industry
to help us get to the point where we are much more efficient in the
development of our vehicles, that they are much better than the
currently envisioned, and that we can get the job done that you set.
We will not change the date——
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Mr. Bolden, you are so insistent that you’re
living within the budget that we gave you for Orion and SLS. But
oddly, you’re going $300 million more than the authorized level for
commercial, and you’re saying on Orion and the SLS you’re going
to have new technology that’s going to bring the cost down, so ev-
erything is going to be fine.
But on the other hand, you now are looking at three or four com-
panies that you’re subsidizing on the commercial crew side, so
there doesn’t appear to be any kind of future advantage for tech-
nology like you’re proposing that you’re going to have for the Orion
and SLS. It doesn’t seem to make any sense that there’s a way for-
ward that you can meet all of our goals with integrity by sub-
sidizing competitive commercial crew enterprises.
237
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, I have to re-emphasize the fact that we
are making progress, tangible progress on SLS and MPCV. We’ve
completed, I don’t want to read through the list, but we’ve com-
pleted water drop tests on Orion. We have actually completed risk
reduction. We’ve had an industry day on the SLS. We have taken
steps that will reduce the risks on the vehicle itself as we do it.
We have transferred main engines over to the Stennis Space Cen-
ter for testing after modifications.
So we are doing everything that we can. And I will take——
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Is this going to be $170 million in savings?
Is that what you’re saying?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. No, ma’am. But I will——
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Well, that’s what you’re cutting out of this
year’s budget.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. I will take one thing for the record. I think that you
and I are disagreeing on what the fiscal year 2012 appropriation
amount really was, and I will take it for the record. But I think
a check of the budget will show that the fiscal year 2012 appropria-
tion is actually in excess of what we submitted as needed based on
the independent cost assessment, but I will take that for the
record.
[The information follows:]
S
PACE
L
AUNCH
S
YSTEM
/O
RION
M
ULTI
-P
URPOSE
C
REW
V
EHICLE
For fiscal year 2012, the Congress appropriated $1.943 billion for Space Launch
System and associated ground systems, $15 million more than the Independent Cost
Assessment (ICA) profile when adjusted to include civil service labor. Also for fiscal
year 2012, the Congress appropriated $1.2 billion for the Orion Multi-Purpose Crew
Vehicle, $181 million more than the ICA profile when adjusted to include civil serv-
ice labor.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. I think the fiscal year 2012 funding for SLS/MPCV
exceeded what we said we would need in the independent—sub-
stantiated by the independent cost assessment. I know that the fis-
cal year 2012 budget was greatly reduced from what we said we
would need in order to be able to close the gap with commercial
crew. And so we’re trying to get to the balance that you insist upon
so that we have a commercial capability to supply ISS and keep the
gap from growing there.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Thank you.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. We have not changed the delivery dates on SLS and
MPCV. In fact, we have improved them somewhat by buying down
risk with the test, the demonstrated activities that we’ve done to
date.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. Thank you, Madam Chair.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Mr. Administrator, as you can see, there are
a lot of yellow flashing lights, and even skepticism about the
amounts that are in the priorities.
I’m going to go to another round, just very quickly, but let me
say this.
First of all, this $17 billion-plus budget request is pretty much
the same as what it was when President Clinton and Vice Presi-
dent Gore were in the White House. So though we ask for greater
responsibility, though we’ve had some severe challenges, even an
accident, we are still pretty much in the same money that we were
15 years ago. I know of no other Federal agency that has a major
238
international presence that has been kept at that level. So I think
we all have to be realistic here about expectations of what we want
NASA to do.
If we had followed the Norm Augustine recommendations for a
balanced space program and a steady percentage of increase, and
Mr. Augustine did that during the administration of President
Bush, the elder, who we worked with very closely on many of these
matters, you would be somewhere between $22 and $24 billion. But
we’re doing things in a different way, and lessons learned.
JAMES WEBB SPACE TELESCOPE
So let me just say a concluding remark about JWST. I appreciate
the fact that the NASA administration, and also Northrop Grum-
man, is taking very seriously our insistence on keeping the project
on time, on line, and meeting its objectives, and we’re going to
count on you to continue to do that. I know you’ve dispatched some
of your most trusted NASA leaders to be able to oversee it from the
NASA area.
I just want to say this, and I’ve said this to the others involved
in JWST that don’t think this is like the Hubble.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Yes, ma’am.
COMMERCIAL CARGO AND CREW
Senator M
IKULSKI
. If anything gets screwed up, I can’t pull a
rabbit out of the hat. I don’t have a rabbit, and I don’t have a hat.
So we need to do that.
Now, let’s go to commercial crew. The questions have been exten-
sively asked, but here is my question. I happen to support the com-
mercial endeavor for both cargo and crew. I think it’s bold, I think
it’s promising, but I’m concerned that it’s behind schedule.
My concern is that now the best-case scenarios about the launch
for these is 2017. We’ve extended the life of ISS to 2020. Isn’t this
a hell of a lot of money for a 3-year effort? Could you comment on
that?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, I will comment, and I am not making a
promise to anyone because I’m not in a position to make this com-
mitment, but in anticipating what we can do with ISS, the inter-
national partners—and that’s the 19 member nations of the ESA,
Japan, Canada, the United States, and Roscosmos and Russia—
have all been engaged in engineering estimates of how long can we
fly ISS, and we have all agreed that ISS can be flown to at least
2028.
So when I talk about the life of ISS, I don’t limit it to 2020. To
fly it beyond that, as we all learned after President Obama said he
wanted to fly it until at least 2020, beyond the 2016 original date
for termination, requires approval of all the international partners.
But all of them are on the record saying that we know we can fly
ISS until 2028, and most of them are on the record saying they
would like to utilize it beyond that.
So what NASA wants to do is get a commercial capability, get
a U.S. capability in place as soon as possible so that we can en-
hance its utilization, can make it a true national laboratory, as
Senator Hutchison has insisted, and fly it as long as we can, sup-
port it as long as we can. I don’t foresee us, just because 2020 ar-
239
rives, saying that’s the end of ISS. To me, that would make no
sense. We should fly it as long as the nations feel there is a need.
I think all of us believe that if we’re really going to do a robust
exploration program, there will be a long-term need for a micro——
Senator M
IKULSKI
. As you can understand. First of all, it cost us
$50 billion.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. So beyond 3 years——
Senator M
IKULSKI
. It cost us $50 billion to build ISS.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. $100 billion.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. And a lot of blood, sweat, and tears. As you
know, we had some melancholy events along the way. Now we have
ISS, and we have great international partners who signed up to go
with the United States. They were kind of a coalition of the willing
in space. We need to use that ISS.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Yes, ma’am.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. We need to justify it to the taxpayer, and we
need to show it in the scientific community. So we’ve got to get up
there.
So let’s start with cargo. I understand that SpaceX expects to—
we need rockets in the air.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Yes, ma’am.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Again, it’s cargo, it’s not people. When do you
think SpaceX will launch?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Weather and everything else considered, I think
they will be able to hold to their April 30 launch date.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. So it will be April or the first week in May,
depending on weather.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Yes, ma’am.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. And when is Orbital going to launch at Wal-
lops?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Orbital’s best estimate right now—and I promised
you, I need to give you concrete numbers. Orbital’s best estimate
right now is, if the Mid-Atlantic Regional Spaceport (MARS) can
finish the launch pad——
Senator M
IKULSKI
. MARS, for my colleagues and the record——
Mr. B
OLDEN
. I’m sorry. MARS is the controlling entity. They own
the launch pad at Wallops. They are building it for the State of
Virginia. It’s sort of like Space Florida and Florida. They con-
tracted with a company to actually do the building. When you and
I were out for the inauguration of the horizontal processing facility,
we took a walk up on the launch pad and we both felt good because
the physical structure is——
Senator M
IKULSKI
. But I want to feel good now.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Yes, ma’am.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. So where are we?
Mr. B
OLDEN
. It is not ready. But we have brought people up from
the Kennedy Space Center, from Langley, from Marshall, from
Stennis to help them with technical expertise to try to make sure
that they can complete it on a date certain, and that date certain
I have to provide to you, and that I’ll have to take for the record.
[The information follows:]
240
M
ID
-A
TLANTIC
R
EGIONAL
S
PACEPORT
The Mid-Atlantic Regional Spaceport Launch Pad 0A at Wallops Flight Facility
is scheduled for completion and turnover to Orbital Sciences Corporation (OSC) in
June-July 2012. OSC’s Antares launch vehicle maiden test flight is scheduled for
late summer, with the demonstration mission to the International Space Station
scheduled by end of 2012.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Well, I’m very frustrated by this.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. As am I.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Because there was much promised, and the
launch pad, it was going to be a new day for Spaceport Wallops.
This offer was promised for not only a return to ISS, but other
launch capabilities that would serve our national interest, which
we don’t have to elaborate on here. And I am puzzled and per-
plexed that for the last 8 weeks I keep hearing that there’s a prob-
lem with the launch pad, but I don’t hear solutions. What I hear
is that you’ve dispatched people, but I don’t hear a solution, and
we need to hear a solution.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Yes, ma’am. And I will bring that to you. I have
had discussions with Mr. Bill Gerstenmaier, who heads our human
exploration operations at Mission——
Senator M
IKULSKI
. But I’m directing these comments also to
MARS and to the people in charge of that, that they’ve got to get
it going.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Yes, ma’am.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Because I think there is growing frustration
and skepticism about this, and yet we hear that the rockets are
ready, everything is ready. And so we’ve got to start saying, is this
endeavor a go? The clock is ticking.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Yes, ma’am.
SCIENCE MISSIONS IN THE FUTURE
Senator M
IKULSKI
. This, then, goes to my last question with
science. We feel that with the JWST, we are continuing to secure
America’s pre-eminence in astronomy and astrophysics, that it is
the next generation of Hubble, and we, who have the Space Tele-
scope Institute in Maryland, are so proud of not only the Hubble
but the fact that Dr. Reese of the Space Telescope Institute and the
Hopkins faculty has won a Nobel Prize.
Much is being said about American exceptionalism, and we be-
lieve that it is in these endeavors that we have really demonstrated
that. So we need that, but we need to look ahead also to what is
the science today and what is the science of the future, and what
can we afford. So the people have to make decisions. We make deci-
sions about budgets, but people make decisions about careers.
So right now, the scientific community is concerned about where
are we heading with small-, medium-, and large-size science mis-
sions in the future. Based on the National Academy of Sciences—
not only Senator Barr or Senator Kay Bailey Hutchison or any of
us here, but the National Academy—what is in this appropriations
request that lays the groundwork for future recommendations in
things like dark energy, astrophysics, heliophysics, and Earth
science? Or are we in such an age of frugality that we aren’t going
to make those investments?
241
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, we are going to continue to make those in-
vestments. People talk about flagship missions. Flagships are
something that are of such importance to science, they answer the
most challenging questions, and NASA has not given up on flag-
ship missions. We don’t have a new flagship in place, but I have
to remind everyone that JWST is a flagship mission that we are
going to launch in 2018. The Mars Science Laboratory, Curiosity,
which is on its way to Mars right now, is a flagship mission which
we launched in November and will land on Mars in August of this
year. SLS/MPCV in the area of human exploration is a flagship
mission.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. You see, that’s my whole point. There we are
with flagship. We spend a lot of our time keeping it focused and
on line because it continually comes to us with underestimates. So
then we have the flagship. So there we are, and I’m not minimizing
their significance, but they’re the Santa Marias. But there’s a
whole group out there that wonders about the Nin
˜
as and the
Pintas, and are we so busy bailing out the Santa Marias, we don’t
get to the Nin
˜
as and Pintas.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, we have Nin
˜
as and Pintas on the way, as
a matter of fact, and what we have been able to do with the Nin
˜
as
and Pintas, something like Juno, Gravity Recovery and Interior
Laboratory (GRAIL), now Ebb and Flow, and some of the other me-
dium-class or small-class science missions that are underway or in
work, MAVEN for example, going to Mars to measure its upper at-
mosphere, these missions which have come about post-2009-ish or
so, where we started utilizing a policy of joint confidence-level as-
sessments where we looked at cost and schedule, and we are now
holding programs to cost and schedule in a way that we were not
able to do before.
Juno is on its way to Jupiter, on cost, on schedule. GRAIL, Ebb
and Flow, are at the Moon doing science, on cost, on schedule.
Suomi National Polar-Orbiting Partnership, which we pro-
duced——
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Those are underway. So that——
Mr. B
OLDEN
. MAVEN is in work. MAVEN is scheduled to launch
in 2013. It is currently on cost, on schedule.
I would even go so far as to say, while JWST is a flagship and
it started out in bad shape, I am very proud to say that since we
restructured JWST and re-planned it and we are now under new
management, we hung a new shingle, JWST is on cost and on
schedule.
Now, that is absurd to say that for a mission that is billions of
dollars over what the original assessment was. But since we
worked with your staff and you and we made a promise to you that
we were going to deliver, we have done so. We are on cost and on
schedule, in some cases ahead of schedule with JWST. We are
doing things differently than the way we used to do it.
We have to deliver. We know that. Or otherwise we perish.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Well, and so do the contractors.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Yes, ma’am. Anyone who thinks that NASA can
make all this happen without our incredibly valuable contractors
just doesn’t know how we do business. We spend 85 percent of the
taxpayers’ money going out to the contractors, and so we have to
242
hold their feet to the fire. I can point to missions now where I
think we are holding their feet to the fire. They understand, be-
cause of people like you who have brought them in and said, okay,
I don’t have another hat, and I don’t have a rabbit, I think they
understand what you’ve told them, and they are performing.
We’re on the way to launching a replacement for the Orbiting
Carbon Observatory, OCO–2. Right now, that’s on cost. And OSI-
RIS (Origins–Spectral Interpretation–Resource Identification–Secu-
rity–Regolith Explorer—OSIRIS-REx)——
Senator M
IKULSKI
. I think we understand that.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Yes, ma’am.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Well, thank you for that answer.
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Yes, ma’am.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Senator Hutchison.
Senator H
UTCHISON
. No further questions.
Senator M
IKULSKI
. So, Mr. Administrator, we thank you for your
testimony. I think Senator Hutchison and I, in thanking you, we
want to thank really all the men and women who work at the
NASA centers, the contractors who support them, and also very im-
portant allies that participate with us in these very important
projects. We view Canada, Japan, who itself is facing some chal-
lenges with their own budget because of the natural disaster—we
treasure the relationship with Japan both in space, science, and in
national security.
So we all need to work together and keep those Santa Marias
afloat and make sure we have the Nin
˜
as and the Pintas, all of
which we can afford. And we wouldn’t mind the Navy’s budget ei-
ther.
So, having said that——
ADDITIONAL COMMITTEE QUESTIONS
Mr. B
OLDEN
. Senator, I appreciate that. I do want to take an op-
portunity to congratulate you on the milestone that you yourself
achieved this past weekend. That is something worthy of all of our
applause for you.
And, Senator Hutchison, I do want to thank you again.
[The following questions were not asked at the hearing, but were
submitted to the Department for response subsequent to the hear-
ing:]
Q
UESTIONS
S
UBMITTED BY
S
ENATOR
K
AY
B
AILEY
H
UTCHISON
SEQUESTRATION
Question. At each of our hearings this year each department has been asked about
the impact of the budget sequestration might be. As National Aeronautics and Space
Administration (NASA) budget already has a cut as part of the fiscal year 2013
budget request, and several programs are being reduced to the bare minimum need-
ed to maintain schedule, the impact of sequestration could cause mission schedules
to slip and when that happens, increased costs inevitably follow.
What will the overall impact be to the agency?
Answer. NASA has not initiated planning for sequestration and fully expects that
the Congress and the administration will enact balanced deficit reduction legislation
and thereby avoid the need for a sequestration. If necessary, the administration will
be addressing important technical questions concerning a sequestration and NASA
cannot speculate at this time the size or effect of sequestration.
Question. If sequestration requires reductions to programs at NASA, what will
NASA’s rationale be for applying funding reductions to its programs? Will NASA re-
243
duce every program, project and activity by the percentage, and if not, justify the
agency’s decision to spare some programs over others from the effects of a funding
reduction?
Answer. NASA has not initiated planning for sequestration and cannot speculate
at this time the size or effect of sequestration.
ORION AS BACKUP
Question. The NASA authorization specifically identifies space launch system
(SLS) and Orion to be used as a backup to commercial crew. This was done in case
the primary providers are unable to fulfill the need for International Space Station
(ISS) support. You have previously stated that commercial crew is plan A for reach-
ing the ISS, and it is also plan B because NASA would like to subsidize more than
one company for their development and then pay them again to ride to the space
station. At the same time, if they cannot deliver, NASA will have to scramble to
determine a rocket configuration for Orion to do the job, or continue paying the Rus-
sians for seats.
Does NASA have a plan, if the need arises, to exercise the Orion backup capa-
bility?
Answer. The Orion Multi-Purpose Crew Vehicle (MPCV) will have the capability
to provide an alternate means of delivery of crew and cargo to the ISS. Although
funds are not currently being spent to enable this capability, this capability will not
be precluded. This would be a highly inefficient use of the SLS and MPCV designs,
so NASA would only develop the capability ‘‘in the event other vehicles are unable
to perform that function’’ per the NASA Authorization Act of 2010 (Public Law 111–
267).
Question. If a plan exists, or even if one does not, please provide an estimate for
the cost and timeline that would be needed for Orion to take crews to the ISS in
case of commercial crew being unable to deliver crews to the ISS as defined in sec-
tion 302(c)(1)(D) of Public Law 111–267.
Answer. SLS and Orion MPCV are expected to execute the system’s first launch
in 2017 and be crew capable in 2021. SLS is a heavy lift launch vehicle and has
payload capability far and above that which is necessary to support ISS crew rota-
tion and resupply activities; therefore, launching an SLS for ISS-related activities
would be a highly inefficient use of the system that is simply not cost-effective.
However, in an emergency, the SLS could be used for low-earth orbit (LEO) oper-
ations. In addition, the Orion MPCV is a crew vehicle that is primarily designed
for deep space exploration and, if needed for an emergency, could function as a
backup vehicle for the ISS crew. The current Orion design is specifically designed
and tailored for deep space exploration and a high-speed re-entry to Earth, which
includes systems that are not necessary for LEO missions. Launching the Orion
MPCV capsule for use in LEO would also be an inefficient use of a robust system
intended for other purposes.
NASA has assessed the content changes needed to perform ISS missions as a
backup, including required technical changes and the associated cost and schedule.
The additional Orion MPCV costs for the ISS mission would be at minimum $300
million. Additional cost would be incurred if schedule is critical.
SHUTTLE RETIREMENT PAYMENT
Question. As part of the close out of the shuttle program, NASA has a one-time
payment to the contractor for their employee retirement plan. This payment was
agreed to by NASA when the United Space Alliance (USA) was created to service
the orbiters for NASA. Last year, the subcommittee was assured that the amount
funded in last year’s appropriations bill was the amount necessary to make this pay-
ment. However, since that time the amount has changed and the payment will like-
ly be higher than NASA anticipated when funds were appropriated for this pay-
ment.
Can you tell us what the current payment is anticipated to be and which pro-
grams NASA intends to look to in order to make up the difference if necessary?
Answer. Our latest estimate is that termination of USA employee retirement
plans will cost between $535 to $555 million. This estimate could change once the
formal termination is approved; however, we do not anticipate that it will greatly
change. The difference between what was appropriated, $470 million, and the final
cost will be covered within the Space Shuttle Retirement and Transition line of the
Space Operation account.
244
SANTA SUSANA FIELD LABORATORY
Question. I understand that NASA is involved in the cleanup of a former rocket
engine test facility in Ventura County, California—called the Santa Susana Field
Laboratory (SSFL). In December 2010, NASA and Department of Energy signed ad-
ministrative orders on consent (AOC(s)) with the State of California that obligated
the Federal parties to cleanup portions of the site.
What level of cleanup did NASA commit to in the AOC, and is that cleanup level
required by Federal or state law?
Answer. The AOC calls for a cleanup to ‘‘background’’. Per AOC section 2.1,
‘‘[t]hat is, at the completion of the cleanup, no contaminants shall remain in the soil
above local background levels, with [certain specific exemptions].’’
Federal law required cleanup of sites contaminated any hazardous materials.
NASA entered into the AOC as part of an out of court settlement with the Depart-
ment of Toxic Substance Control (DTSC). Under the terms of the AOC, compliance
with the AOC ‘‘shall constitute NASA’s full and complete compliance with all appli-
cable provisions of Chapters 6.5 and 6.8 of Division 20 of the California Health and
Safety Code (the California Hazardous Waste Control Law, sections 25100 et seq.
of that Code, and the California Hazardous Substances Account Act, sections 25300
et seq. of that Code), including specifically, but not limited to, California Senate Bill
990 (Stats. 2007, c. 729), which has been codified as section 25359.20 of the Cali-
fornia Health and Safety Code, but only with respect to the application of these pro-
visions to radiologic or chemical contamination of soil at the Site or any contiguous
radiologic or chemical contamination of soil emanating from within Area II and the
portion of Area I owned by NASA, within or without the SSFL boundaries, identi-
fied by DTSC as part of the investigation of chemical contaminants.’’
The AOC also requires NASA in section 4.2.3 that ‘‘NASA shall conduct all activi-
ties under this Order in a way that will promptly comply with the requirements of
NEPA.’’
Question. How does this level of cleanup compare to cleanup levels at other sites
that NASA is involved in?
Answer. The final cleanup levels (what is meant by background for the proposed
action) have not been specifically established by the State. In order to conduct the
required National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) evaluation of the proposed
AOC cleanup and reasonable alternatives, NASA has developed estimates based on
the background levels determined in 2005 along with the latest laboratory reporting
limits used by the State. The chart below summarizes the proposed AOC cleanup
and three other standard land-use scenarios under other cleanup programs.
PROPOSED ACTION
AOC cleanup
Alternative 1
(Residential)
Alternative 2
(Industrial)
Alternative 3
(Recreational)
Removal volume (cy) .................................................... 502,000 182,000 92,000 58,000
Estimated cost .............................................................. $210 million $80 million $40 million $25 million
Truckloads required ...................................................... 26,421 9,579 4,842 3,052
Duration (months) assuming 12 trucks per day ......... 100 36 18 12
Question. If the cleanup is not required by law, and it differs from cleanups at
other sites, why is NASA making this commitment?
Answer. NASA entered into the AOC as part of an out-of-court settlement with
DTSC. Cleanup of contaminated sites with hazardous materials is required under
Federal law, specifically the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation Liability Act
(CERCLA). NASA’s cleanup actions are completed under these authorities or under
State authorized RCRA or CERCLA programs.
Question. Under the AOC how many cubic yards of soil will need to be removed?
Answer. The final cleanup levels have not been specifically established by the
State. However, based on engineering estimates to meet levels required by section
2.1 of the AOC limits and assuming excavation and offsite disposal, the current esti-
mate would be approximately 502,000 cubic yards. This estimate is based on back-
ground levels determined in 2005 and current laboratory reporting limits.
Question. What is NASA’s cost estimate for complying with the AOC? How much
more will the SSFL AOC cleanup cost compared to what it costs NASA to do the
cleanup it does at other sites?
Answer. The final cleanup levels (what is meant by background for the proposed
action) have not been specifically established by the State. In order to conduct the
245
required NEPA evaluation of the proposed AOC cleanup and reasonable alter-
natives, NASA has developed estimates based on the background levels determined
in 2005 along with the latest laboratory reporting limits used by the State. The
chart below summarizes the proposed AOC cleanup and three other standard land
use scenarios under other cleanup programs.
PROPOSED ACTION
AOC cleanup
Alternative 1
(Residential)
Alternative 2
(Industrial)
Alternative 3
(Recreational)
Removal volume (cy) .................................................... 502,000 182,000 92,000 58,000
Estimated cost .............................................................. $210 million $80 million $40 million $25 million
Truckloads required ...................................................... 26,421 9,579 4,842 3,052
Duration (months) assuming 12 trucks per day ......... 100 36 18 12
Question. Does cleanup under the AOC need to comply with NEPA?
Answer. NEPA is a statutory requirement (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and, as such,
is reflected as a requirement of the AOC. Under the terms of the AOC: ‘‘4.2.3. NASA
shall conduct all activities under this Order in a way that will promptly comply with
the requirements of NEPA’’.
Question. Will compliance with NEPA require consideration of all land-use and
cleanup alternatives?
Answer. Section 4.2.3 of the AOC requires that ‘‘NASA shall conduct all activities
under this Order in a way that will promptly comply with the requirements of
NEPA.’’ NASA is obligated to evaluate all reasonable alternatives or a range of rea-
sonable alternatives in enough detail so that the public can compare and contrast
the environmental effects of the various alternatives. NASA is currently conducting
an environmental review of the impacts of the AOC and will consider land use and
cleanup alternatives consistent with NEPA’s statutory and regulatory obligations.
CONCLUSION OF HEARINGS
Senator M
IKULSKI
. Thank you.
If there are no further questions, Senators may submit additional
questions for the official record. We’ll request NASA’s response
within 30 days.
This is the subcommittee’s final regularly scheduled budget hear-
ing. However, the subcommittee reserves the right to hold others
should the need arise.
And the subcommittee stands in recess, subject to the call of the
chair, with an anticipated mark-up of our bill sometime in mid-to-
late April.
[Whereupon, at 3:20 p.m., Wednesday, March 28, the hearings
were concluded, and the subcommittee was recessed, to reconvene
subject to the call of the Chair.]
(247)
COMMERCE, JUSTICE, SCIENCE, AND RE-
LATED AGENCIES APPROPRIATIONS FOR
FISCAL YEAR 2013
U.S. S
ENATE
,
S
UBCOMMITTEE OF THE
C
OMMITTEE ON
A
PPROPRIATIONS
,
Washington, DC.
NONDEPARTMENTAL WITNESSES
[C
LERK
S
N
OTE
.—The subcommittee was unable to hold hearings
on nondepartmental witnesses. The statements and letters of those
submitting written testimony are as follows:]
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
A
MERICAN
G
EOSCIENCES
I
NSTITUTE
The American Geosciences Institute (AGI) supports Earth science research sus-
tained by the National Science Foundation (NSF), the National Oceanic and Atmos-
pheric Administration (NOAA), the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA). Frontier
research on the Earth, energy, and the environment has fueled economic growth,
mitigated losses and sustained our quality of life. The subcommittee’s leadership in
supporting geoscience-based research is even more critical as our Nation competes
with rapidly developing countries, such as China and India, for energy, mineral, air,
and water resources. Our Nation needs skilled geoscientists to help explore, assess
and develop Earth’s resources in a strategic, sustainable and environmentally sound
manner and to help understand, evaluate, and reduce our risks to hazards. AGI
supports the President’s budget request of $7.373 billion for NSF, $859.75 million
for NIST, and $1.785 billion for Earth science at NASA plus $5.3 billion for NOAA.
AGI is a nonprofit federation of 50 geoscientific and professional societies rep-
resenting more than 250,000 geologists, geophysicists, and other Earth scientists.
Founded in 1948, AGI provides information services to geoscientists, serves as a
voice for shared interests in our profession, plays a major role in strengthening geo-
science education, and strives to increase public awareness of the vital role the geo-
sciences play in society’s use of resources, resilience to hazards, and the health of
the environment.
National Science Foundation.—AGI supports an overall budget of $7.373 billion
for NSF. AGI greatly appreciates the Congress’ support for science and technology
in recent appropriations and through the America COMPETES Reauthorization Act
of 2010. The forward-looking investments in NSF are fiscally responsible and will
pay important dividends in future development that drives economic growth, espe-
cially in critical areas of sustainable and economic natural resources and reduced
risks from natural hazards. Support for science will save jobs, create new jobs, sup-
port students, and provide training for a 21st century workforce.
National Science Foundation Geosciences Directorate.—The Geosciences Direc-
torate (GEO) is the principal source of Federal support for academic Earth scientists
and their students who are seeking to understand the processes that sustain and
transform life on this planet. About 63 percent of support for university-based geo-
sciences research comes from this directorate and more than 14,600 people will be
directly supported through GEO in fiscal year 2013 with thousands of others deriv-
ing support indirectly.
The President’s request for fiscal year 2013 asks for $264 million for Atmospheric
and Geospace Sciences; $189 million for Earth sciences; $362 million for Ocean
sciences; and $91 million for Integrative and Collaborative Education and Research
within GEO. Much of the geosciences research budget is for understanding that is
248
critical for current national needs, such as water and mineral resources, energy re-
sources, environmental issues, climate change, and mitigation of natural hazards.
AGI asks the subcommittee to strongly support these funding levels.
GEO supports infrastructure and operation and maintenance costs for cutting-
edge facilities that are essential for basic and applied research. Ultimately the ob-
servations and data provide knowledge that is used by researchers and professionals
in the public, Government and private sector. GEO research and infrastructure
helps drive economic growth in a sustainable manner. Geoscience-based research
tools and academic expertise helped to end the BP Deepwater Horizon oil spill, sav-
ing billions of dollars for industry and untold costs to the environment. Research
funding continues to help the gulf coast recover environmentally and economically.
Among the major facilities that NSF supports, the Academic Research Fleet would
receive $73 million; EarthScope Operations would receive $26 million; Incorporated
Research Institutions for Seismology would receive $11 million; Ocean Drilling Ac-
tivities would receive $39 million; the Ocean Observatories Initiative would receive
$40 million; and the National Center for Atmospheric Research would receive $92
million. AGI strongly supports robust and steady funding for infrastructure and op-
eration and maintenance of these major facilities.
NSF’s Office of Polar Programs (OPP) funds basic research in the Arctic and Ant-
arctica that helps the United States maintain strategic plans, international efforts,
security goals, natural resource assessments, cutting-edge polar technology develop-
ments, and environmental stewardship of extreme environs. OPP’s funding helps
support researchers and students, the U.S. military, and the private sector. OPP is
estimated to directly support almost 3,325 people in fiscal year 2013 and thousands
of others indirectly. AGI supports the President’s request of $449.7 million for this
important program.
National Science Foundation Support for Earth Science Education.—The Congress
can grow the depleted geosciences workforce; stimulate economic growth in the en-
ergy, natural resources, and environmental sectors; and improve natural resource
literacy by supporting the full integration of Earth science information into main-
stream science education at the K–12 and higher education levels. AGI strongly sup-
ports the Math and Science Partnerships (MSP), the Graduate Research Fellowships
(GRF) and the Research Experiences for Undergraduates (REU) within NSF’s Edu-
cation and Human Resources Division. These programs are effective in building a
science and engineering workforce for the 21st century.
Improving geoscience education, one of the goals of NSF–EHR, to levels of rec-
ognition similar to other scientific disciplines is important in the following ways:
—Geoscience offers students subject matter that has direct application to their
lives and the world around them, including energy, minerals, water, and envi-
ronmental stewardship. All students should be required to take a geoscience
course in primary and secondary school.
—Geoscience exposes students to a range of interrelated scientific disciplines. It
is an excellent vehicle for integrating the theories and methods of chemistry,
physics, biology, and mathematics. A robust geoscience course would make an
excellent capstone for applying lessons learned from earlier class work.
—Geoscience awareness is a key element in reducing the impact of natural haz-
ards on citizens—hazards that include earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, hurri-
canes, tornadoes, and floods. Informal geoscience education that leads to reduc-
ing risks and preparing for natural events should be a life-long goal.
—Geoscience provides the foundation for tomorrow’s leaders in research, edu-
cation, utilization and policymaking for Earth’s resources and our Nation’s stra-
tegic, economic, sustainable, and environmentally sound natural resources de-
velopment. There are not enough U.S.-trained geoscientists to meet current de-
mand and the gap is growing. Support for geoscience research and education
is necessary to stay competitive and to wisely manage our natural resources.
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.—AGI supports a budget of
$5.3 billion for NOAA, which is consistent with the request of other stakeholders
and more than the President’s request of $5.061 billion. We hope the subcommittee
will continue to support the National Weather Service (NWS); Oceanic and Atmos-
pheric Research (OAR); National Ocean Service (NOS); and the National Environ-
ment Satellite, Data and Information Service (NESDIS). These programs are critical
for understanding and mitigating natural and human-induced hazards in the Earth
system while sustaining our natural resources. These programs prevent billions of
dollars of losses, keep the private and public sectors growing, and save lives. For
example, drought forecasts are worth up to $8 billion to the agriculture, transpor-
tation, tourism, and energy sectors while NexRad radar has prevented more than
330 fatalities and 7,800 injuries from tornadoes since the early 1990s. The addi-
249
tional request of AGI and stakeholders would bring NWS, OAR, and NOS back to
fiscal year 2010 levels, while supporting nonprocurement needs in NESDIS.
National Institute of Standards and Technology.—We support the President’s re-
quest of $860 million for NIST in fiscal year 2013. Basic research at NIST, con-
ducted by Earth scientists and geotechnical engineers, is used by the public and pri-
vate sector on a daily basis. The research conducted and the information gained is
essential for understanding climate change and natural hazards in order to build
resilient communities and stimulate economic growth with reduced impact from
risk. In particular, we support Measurements and Standards to Support Increased
Energy Efficiency and Reduced Environmental Impact and Measurements and
Standards to Support Advanced Infrastructure Delivery and Resilience. Energy effi-
ciency and reduced environmental impact research will improve the health of our
planet and reduce energy costs. The advanced infrastructure research will help to
reduce the estimated average of $52 billion in annual losses caused by floods, fires,
and earthquakes.
NIST is the lead agency for the National Earthquake Hazard Reduction Program
(NEHRP), but has received only a small portion of authorized and essential funding
in the past. AGI strongly supports the reauthorization of the National Earthquake
Hazards Reduction Program (NEHRP) in 2012. We hope the appropriations sub-
committee will continue to support this effective and cohesive program, even if the
authorizing legislation takes more time to complete. NEHRP is an excellent example
of how to coordinate different entities for the safety and security of all. NEHRP de-
velops effective practices and policies for earthquake loss reduction and accelerates
their implementation; improves techniques for reducing earthquake vulnerabilities
of facilities and systems; improves earthquake hazards identification and risk as-
sessment methods and their use; and improves the understanding of earthquakes
and their effects.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration.—AGI supports the vital Earth
observing programs within NASA. AGI supports the President’s request of $1.785
billion for Earth science programs within the Science Mission Directorate at NASA.
The investments are needed to implement the priorities of the National Academies
Earth Science and Applications from Space Decadal Survey. NASA needs to main-
tain its current fleet of Earth-observing satellites, launch the next tier and accel-
erate development of the subsequent tier of missions. The observations and under-
standing about our dynamic Earth gained from these missions is critical and needed
as soon as possible. Earth observations are used every day, not just for research,
but for critical information to aid society in mundane tasks, like weather forecasting
and emergency services, such as tracking volcanic ash plumes or oil spills that dis-
rupt the economy and the environment. The requested increase for fiscal year 2013
and proposed increases for future years are wise and well-planned investments that
benefit everyone.
We appreciate this opportunity to provide testimony to the subcommittee and
would be pleased to answer any questions or to provide additional information for
the record.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
A
MERICAN
I
NDIAN
H
IGHER
E
DUCATION
C
ONSORTIUM
This statement focuses on the National Science Foundation (NSF).
On behalf of this Nation’s 37 tribal colleges and universities (TCUs), which com-
pose the American Indian Higher Education Consortium (AIHEC), thank you for the
opportunity to express our views and recommendations regarding the National
Science Foundation’s Tribal Colleges and Universities Program (NSF–TCUP) for fis-
cal year 2013.
SUMMARY OF REQUEST
National Science Foundation—Education and Human Resources Directorate
Since fiscal year 2001, a TCU initiative has been funded and administered under
the NSF–Education and Human Resources (EHR). This competitive grants program
enables TCUs to enhance the quality of their science, technology, engineering, and
mathematics (STEM) instructional and outreach programs. TCUs that have been
awarded an NSF–TCUP grant have completed comprehensive institutional needs
analysis and developed a plan for how to address both their institutional and NSF
goals, with a primary institutional goal being significant and sustainable expansion
and improvements to STEM programs. Through NSF–TCUP, tribal colleges have
been able to establish and maintain programs that represent a key component of
the pipeline for the American Indian STEM workforce. We urge the subcommittee
to fund the NSF–TCU competitive grants program at a minimum of $13,350,000.
250
TRIBAL COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES SHOESTRING BUDGETS
: ‘‘
DOING SO MUCH WITH SO
LITTLE
’’
Tribal colleges and universities are accredited by independent, regional accredita-
tion agencies and like all U.S. institutions of higher education, must periodically un-
dergo stringent performance reviews to retain their accreditation status. TCUs ful-
fill additional roles within their respective reservation communities functioning as
community centers, libraries, tribal archives, career and business centers, economic
development centers, public meeting places, and child and elder care centers. Each
TCU is committed to improving the lives of its students through higher education
and to moving American Indians toward self-sufficiency.
TCUs have advanced American Indian higher education significantly since we
first began four decades ago, but many challenges remain. Tribal colleges and uni-
versities are perennially underfunded. In fact, TCUs are the most poorly funded in-
stitutions of higher education in the country.
The tribal governments that have chartered TCUs are not among the handful of
wealthy gaming tribes located near major urban areas. Rather, they are some of the
poorest governments in the Nation. Tribal colleges are home to some of the poorest
counties in America.
The Federal Government, despite its trust responsibility and treaty obligations,
has never fully funded the principal institutional operating budgets, authorized
under the Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978. The
Tribal College Act authorizes basic institutional operations funding on a per Indian
student basis; yet the funds are not appropriated in the same manner. In fiscal year
2011, the Congress proposed level funding for TCU institutional operating grants
and appropriated the communal pot of funds at the same level as fiscal year 2010.
However, due to a spike in enrollments at the TCUs of more than 1,660 Indian stu-
dents in a single year, the TCUs are receiving funds at $549 less per Indian student
toward their institutional operating budgets. Fully funding TCUs’ operating budgets
would require $8,000 per Indian student. The tribal colleges are currently operating
at $5,235 per Indian student. By contrast, Howard University located in the District
of Columbia, the only other minority-serving institution to receive institutional oper-
ations funding from the Federal Government, is funded at approximately $19,000
per student. We are by no means suggesting that Howard University does not need
this funding, only that the TCUs’ operating budgets are clearly grossly underfunded.
While TCUs do seek funding from their respective State legislatures for the non-
Indian State-resident students (sometimes referred to as ‘‘nonbeneficiary’’ students)
that account for 20 percent of their enrollments, successes have been at best incon-
sistent. TCUs are accredited by the same regional agencies that accredit main-
stream institutions, yet they have to continually advocate for basic operating sup-
port for their non-Indian State students within their respective State legislatures.
If these nonbeneficiary students attended any other public institution in the State,
the State would provide that institution with ongoing funding toward its operations.
TCUs effectively blend traditional teachings with conventional postsecondary cur-
ricula. They have developed innovative ways to address the needs of tribal popu-
lations and are overcoming longstanding barriers to success in higher education for
American Indians. Since the first TCU was established on the Navajo Nation in
1968, these vital institutions have come to represent the most significant develop-
ment in the history of American Indian higher education, providing access to, and
promoting achievement among, students who might otherwise never have known
postsecondary education success.
JUSTIFICATIONS
National Science Foundation–Education and Human Resources
American Indian students have the highest high school drop-out rates in the coun-
try. On average, more than 75 percent of all TCU students must take at least one
developmental course, most often precollege mathematics. Of these students, our
data indicate that many do not successfully complete the course in 1 year. Without
question, a large proportion of the TCUs already limited resources is dedicated to
addressing the failings of K–12 education systems.
To help rectify this, TCUs have developed strong partnerships with their K–12
feeder schools and are actively working, often with support from NSF–TCU grant
programs, to engage young students in community and culturally relevant science
and math programs. These efforts include weekend academies and summer STEM
camps that reinforce and supplement the instructional programs area K–12s are
able to provide.
Beginning in fiscal year 2001, NSF–TCUP has provided essential capacity build-
ing assistance and resources to TCUs. In the approximately 10 years since the pro-
251
gram began, NSF–TCUP has become the primary Federal program for building
STEM capacity at the TCUs. NSF–TCUP has served as a catalyst for capacity build-
ing and positive change at TCUs and the program can be credited with many suc-
cess stories. Today, American Indians are more aware of the importance of STEM
to their long-term survival, particularly in areas such as renewable energy and tech-
nology-driven economic development.
The NSF–TCU program, administered by the Education and Human Resources
Directorate, is a competitive grants program that enables TCUs to develop and ex-
pand critically needed science and math education and research programs relevant
to their respective communities. Through this program, TCUs that have been
awarded an NSF–TCUP grant have been able to enhance their STEM instructional
offerings, workforce development, and outreach programs.
For example, College of Menominee Nation (CMN) in Keshena, Wisconsin has es-
tablished strong programs in pre-engineering, computer science, natural resources,
the biological and physical sciences, and sustainable development, mainly through
support from NSF–TCUP. CMN’s Sustainable Development Institute now hosts re-
gional and sometimes international conferences on sustainable practices and in 2011
hosted an important conference for tribes located in the Great Lakes region to re-
view current research on, and discuss strategies for responding to emerging chal-
lenges attributed to, climate change. CMN is an example of how TCUs are using
their STEM programs as a springboard for taking critical leadership roles within
their communities. Additionally, faculty and students at Haskell Indian Nations
University in Lawrence, Kansas are using the university’s Sequoyah Computer and
GIS Lab to support their work with the Omaha and Winnebago Tribal Nations in
collecting and analyzing hydrologic and botanical data necessary to support resource
management decisionmaking by the tribal leadership.
Unfortunately, not all of the TCUs have had an opportunity to benefit from this
program; yet, funding for this vital program has been static, and the percentage of
proposals funded has declined each year beginning in 2004. We strongly urge the
subcommittee to fund the NSF–TCU grants program at a minimum of $13,350,000.
CONCLUSION
Tribal colleges and universities provide access to quality higher education oppor-
tunities, including STEM-focused programs, for thousands of American Indians. The
modest Federal investment that has been made in TCUs has paid great dividends
in terms of employment, education, and economic development. Continuation of this
investment makes sound moral and fiscal sense.
We greatly appreciate your past and continued support of the Nation’s tribal col-
leges and universities and your serious consideration of our fiscal year 2013 appro-
priation request.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
A
MERICAN
I
NSTITUTE OF
B
IOLOGICAL
S
CIENCES
The American Institute of Biological Sciences (AIBS) appreciates the opportunity
to provide testimony in support of fiscal year 2013 appropriations for the National
Science Foundation (NSF). We encourage the Congress to provide NSF with at least
$7.373 billion in fiscal year 2013.
The AIBS is a nonprofit scientific association dedicated to advancing biological re-
search and education for the welfare of society. AIBS works to ensure that the pub-
lic, legislators, funders, and the community of biologists have access to and use in-
formation that will guide them in making informed decisions about matters that re-
quire biological knowledge. Founded in 1947 as a part of the National Academy of
Sciences, AIBS became an independent, member-governed organization in the
1950s. Today, AIBS has nearly 160 member organizations and is headquartered in
Reston, Virginia, with a Public Policy Office in Washington, DC.
The NSF is an important engine that helps power our Nation’s economic growth.
Through its competitive, peer-reviewed research grants, NSF is leading the develop-
ment of new knowledge that will help to solve the most challenging problems facing
society, and will lead to new scientific discoveries, patents, and jobs. The agency’s
education and training programs are helping to ensure that the next generation has
the scientific, technical, and mathematical skills employers are seeking. Investments
in research equipment and facilities enable the country to continue to innovate and
compete globally. These efforts, however, require a sustained and predictable Fed-
eral investment. Unpredictable swings in Federal funding can disrupt research pro-
grams, create uncertainty in the research community, and stall the development of
the next great idea.
252
NSF is the primary Federal funding source for fundamental research in the non-
medical life sciences at our Nation’s universities and colleges. The NSF provides ap-
proximately 62 percent of extramural Federal support for nonmedical, fundamental
biological, and environmental research at academic institutions.
NSF is a sound investment that pays dividends. The use of peer-review to evalu-
ate and select the best proposals means that NSF is funding the highest-quality re-
search. Importantly, the fiscal year 2013 budget request would allow the agency to
fund 300 additional research grants, thereby supporting roughly 5,000 additional re-
searchers, teachers, and students.
The research supported by NSF is unique from the science funded by other Fed-
eral agencies. Unlike most Federal agencies, which focus on applied research, NSF
supports basic research that advances the frontiers of our knowledge about biodiver-
sity, genetics, physiology, and ecosystems. Recent discoveries that stem from NSF-
funded research include:
—Creation of designer enzymes that can convert biomass into biofuels faster,
more efficiently, and less expensively.
—Refined understanding of the mechanism by which the flu virus infects humans.
This insight could help to develop more effective treatments for the flu and save
lives.
—Identification of long-term environmental changes in U.S. ecosystems, such as
changes in hydrology and nutrient inputs in lakes in the Midwest.
—Knowledge of the physiological effects of human-caused marine stressors, such
as pollution and low oxygen, on crustaceans’ ability to fend off bacterial infec-
tions. This research has ramifications for several economically important fish-
eries.
—Insight into the benefits of antimicrobial plant resins used in beehives on hon-
eybee health. This discovery could have implications for colony collapse dis-
order, which has devastated bee populations in North America.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES DIRECTORATE
The Biological Sciences Directorate (BIO) funds research in the foundational dis-
ciplines within biology. These fields of study further our understanding of how orga-
nisms and ecosystems function. Additionally, BIO supports innovative interdiscipli-
nary research that improves our understanding of how human social systems influ-
ence—or are influenced by—the environment, such as the NSF-wide Science, Engi-
neering, and Education for Sustainability program. In collaboration with NSF’s en-
gineering, math, and physical science directorates, BIO is working to develop new,
cutting-edge research fields. For example, the BioMaPS program is accelerating un-
derstanding of biological systems, and applying that knowledge to new technologies
in clean energy.
The fiscal year 2013 budget request for NSF would enable the agency to continue
to fund highly competitive grant proposals in BIO’s five core programmatic areas:
—Environmental biology;
—Integrative organismal systems;
—Molecular and cellular biosciences;
—Biological infrastructure; and
—Emerging frontiers.
Each of BIO’s program areas also contribute to the education and training of un-
dergraduate, graduate, and postdoctoral students.
Equally important, BIO provides essential support for our Nation’s place-based bi-
ological research, such as field stations and natural science collections. The Long-
Term Ecological Research program supports fundamental ecological research over
long-time periods and large spatial scales, the results of which provide information
necessary for the identification and solution of environmental problems.
The budget request also would sustain an effort to digitize high-priority specimens
in U.S. scientific collections. This investment will help the scientific community en-
sure access to and appropriate curation of irreplaceable biological specimens and as-
sociated data, and stimulate the development of new computer hardware and soft-
ware, digitization technologies, and database management tools.
The fiscal year 2013 budget would continue efforts to better understand biodiver-
sity. Funding is included for the Dimensions of Biodiversity program, which sup-
ports cross-disciplinary research to describe and understand the scope and role of
life on Earth. Despite centuries of discovery, most of our planet’s biodiversity re-
mains unknown. This lack of knowledge is particularly troubling given the rapid
and permanent loss of global biodiversity. Better understanding of life on Earth will
help us to protect valuable ecosystem services and make new bio-based discoveries
in the realms of food, fiber, fuel, pharmaceuticals, and bio-inspired innovation.
253
The budget request includes funding in the Major Research Equipment and Facili-
ties Construction account for the continued construction of the National Ecological
Observatory Network (NEON). Once completed, NEON will provide the infrastruc-
ture necessary to collect data across the United States on the effects of climate
change, land use change, water use, and invasive species on natural resources and
biodiversity. This information will be valuable to scientists, resource managers, and
Government decisionmakers as they seek to better understand and manage natural
systems.
SCIENCE
,
TECHNOLOGY
,
ENGINEERING
,
AND MATHEMATICS EDUCATION
The requested budget would allow NSF to build upon its central role in science,
technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) education. Support for the sci-
entific training of undergraduate and graduate students is critically important to
our research enterprise. Students recruited into science through NSF programs and
research experiences are our next generation of innovators and educators. In short,
NSF grants are essential to the Nation’s goal of sustaining our global leadership in
science, technology, engineering and mathematics and reigniting our economic en-
gines.
We encourage the subcommittee to provide the requested funding for the success-
ful Graduate Research Fellowship program. The budget request would provide fund-
ing for 2,000 new fellowships, which are important to our national effort to recruit
and retain the best and brightest STEM students. The budget would also provide
a needed $2,000 increase to the fellowship’s stipend, which has not changed since
2005.
The agency budget request also would provide important research support to early
career scientists, helping them to initiate their research programs. The Faculty
Early Career Development program (CAREER) supports young faculty who are dedi-
cated to integrating research with teaching and learning. The fiscal year 2013 budg-
et would enable NSF to support approximately 40 more CAREER awards than in
fiscal year 2012.
CONCLUSION
Continued investments in the biological sciences are critical. The budget request
for NSF will help spur economic growth and innovation and continue to build sci-
entific capacity at a time when our Nation is at risk of being outpaced by our global
competitors. Please support an investment of at least $7.373 billion for NSF for fis-
cal year 2013.
Thank you for your thoughtful consideration of this request and for your prior ef-
forts on behalf of science and NSF.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
A
MERICAN
P
UBLIC
P
OWER
A
SSOCIATION
The American Public Power Association (APPA) supports adequate funding for
staffing antitrust enforcement and oversight at the Department of Justice (DOJ).
For the DOJ Antitrust Division we support the President’s fiscal year 2013 request
of $165 million.
APPA is the national service organization representing the interests of more than
2,000 municipal and other State and locally owned utilities in 49 States (all but Ha-
waii). Collectively, public power utilities deliver electricity to 1 of every 7 electric
consumers (approximately 46 million people), serving some of the Nation’s largest
cities. However, the vast majority of APPA’s members serve communities with popu-
lations of 10,000 people or less.
The DOJ Antitrust Division plays a critical role in monitoring and enforcing anti-
trust laws affecting the electric utility industry. With the repeal of the Public Utility
Holding Company Act (PUHCA) included in the Energy Policy Act of 2005, the elec-
tric utility industry has experienced an increase in mergers that could result in in-
creased market power in certain regions. This development, coupled with the vola-
tility and uncertainty continuing to occur in wholesale electricity markets run by
regional transmission organizations, makes the oversight provided by DOJ more
critical than ever.
We appreciate the opportunity to submit this statement outlining our fiscal year
2013 funding priority within the Commerce, Justice, Science and Related Agencies
subcommittee’s jurisdiction.
254
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
A
MERICAN
S
OCIETY FOR
M
ICROBIOLOGY
The American Society for Microbiology (ASM) is pleased to submit the following
testimony on the fiscal year 2013 appropriation for the National Science Foundation
(NSF). ASM is the largest single-life science organization in the world with about
38,000 members. ASM endorses the administration’s fiscal year 2013 request of
$7.373 billion for NSF, a 4.8-percent increase more than the fiscal year 2012 level.
For more than 60 years, NSF grants have been responsible for breakthroughs in
science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM), sponsoring research
with economic benefits and providing opportunities to train new generations of
STEM professionals.
U.S. global competitiveness in science and technology can only be sustained by in-
creased resources devoted to research and development (R&D). In NSF’s most recent
biennial Science & Engineering Indicators report, U.S. investment in R&D declined
during the 1999–2009 period relative to other nations’ investments. It is critical that
funding be increased for the NSF because it is the primary source of Federal re-
search funding in multiple STEM disciplines.
Each year, NSF distributes funds to about 1,900 colleges, universities, and other
U.S. institutions. This year NSF will support about 285,000 researchers,
postdoctoral fellows, and other trainees, teachers, and students. In fiscal year 2013,
it expects to make more than 12,000 new awards selected from more than 55,000
submitted research proposals. NSF is responsible for 61 percent of the total Federal
budget for basic academic research.
NSF’s fiscal year 2013 budget will support the American Competitiveness Initia-
tive and the National Bioeconomy Blueprint designed to resolve issues in health,
food, energy, and the environment. NSF has launched several new initiatives to ac-
celerate innovation, including the NSF Innovation Corps (I-Corps) program to build
partnerships between NSF-funded researchers and the private sector. The Science,
Engineering and Education for Sustainability (SEES) program will use sustain-
ability science to generate important innovations in clean energy like microbial pro-
duced biofuels.
NSF-funded scientists contribute new information about living organisms that
benefits public health, our economy, and the environment. In the past year, NSF-
supported researchers at academic institutions have reported the following results,
among many others:
—Electron microscopy and 3–D image reconstruction revealed the seahorse-
shaped structure of a protein complex in Escherichia coli that can adapt to de-
fend the bacteria against viruses and other microbial threats, indicating a bac-
terial immune system analogous in part to the human immune system.
—In stressful environments, Bacillus subtilis bacteria increase their survival by
pulsing genes, like those initiating cell repair, on and off, counter to previous
belief that once turned on, the genes remain active.
—Some patients develop blood infections from implanted cardiac devices because
the biofilm bacteria involved have gene mutations that make the bacteria more
likely to adhere to device surfaces, according to research partly funded by NSF’s
Directorate for Geosciences.
—Viruses known to infect E. coli bacteria (M13 phages) have been tricked into
self-assembling as thin films with 3–D features like filaments or ridges, offering
a potential nanoscale tool that might eventually lead to tissue regeneration and
repair.
—Genetic sequencing of the bacteria that cause speck disease in tomatoes
(Pseudomonas syringae pv. tomato), comparing isolates from 1975 and 2000, re-
vealed that the economically important plant pathogen evolves more rapidly
than expected, increasing its resistance to the tomato immune system and be-
coming more virulent.
—Novel therapeutics effective against drug-resistant influenza viruses might be
developed using new research on the pocket-shaped surface cavities of avian in-
fluenza viruses that are targeted by flu drugs, based on computer simulations
of how these cavities move and change.
—Scientists have sequenced the genomes of two fungal pathogens responsible for
plant diseases that severely impact global food supplies, wheat stem rust and
poplar leaf rust, in a 6-year collaborative program involving several univer-
sities, NSF, the U.S. Department of Energy, and the U.S. Department of Agri-
culture (USDA).
255
NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION FUNDING SUPPORTS DIVERSE RESEARCH IN
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
The fiscal year 2013 budget requests $733.86 million for NSF’s Directorate for Bi-
ological Sciences (BIO), a 3-percent increase more than the enacted fiscal year 2012
level. We are concerned that funding for the BIO divisions has remained essentially
flat since fiscal year 2010. BIO-supported research contributes important insights
and new knowledge across the wide spectrum of living organisms and systems, with
obvious applications to public health. Fiscal year 2013 funding will further current
BIO strategies that emphasize cross-cutting research combining several scientific
disciplines or leveraging the interfaces between the physical and biological worlds.
Within its research portfolio, the Directorate invests in the five so-called Grand
Challenges in Biology:
—synthesizing life-like systems;
—understanding the brain;
—predicting organisms’ characteristics from their DNA sequences;
—elucidating interactions between the Earth, its climate and its biosphere; and
—understanding biological diversity.
BIO grant recipients and training programs seek answers to major problems like
climate change, energy shortages, animal and plant diseases, and threats to our en-
vironment. In fiscal year 2013, BIO funding will be distributed among more than
18,000 scientists, students, and K–12 teachers to promote relevant research and
education.
This year, the first test sites in the NSF-funded National Ecological Observatory
Network (NEON) will be operational. NEON is a unique research infrastructure
that will study all biological entities identified in large geographic areas over ex-
tended periods. Included in NEON research will be numerous studies of microbial
communities, their responses to environmental change, and how they can be utilized
in useful ways. Another large-scale NSF project with microbe-based components is
the agency wide SEES program, distributing grants in bioremediation and microbial
genetics.
BIO provides about 62 percent of Federal funding for nonmedical basic research
in the life sciences at academic institutions and supports important microbial re-
search. Over the past 2 years, BIO has awarded more than 580 grants worth about
$111 million to microbiology-related projects, which have advanced basic and ap-
plied microbiology, such as new ways to produce drugs against infectious diseases
and potential remediation methods to clean polluted environments.
The Ecology and Evolution of Infectious Disease (EEID) program is a joint BIO
effort in partnership with USDA’s National Institute of Food and Agriculture and
National Institutes of Health’s (NIH) National Institute of General Medical
Sciences. The principal focus is the dynamics of disease transmission, and the pro-
gram supports academic research on the ecological, evolutionary, and socio-ecologi-
cal processes that determine the spread of diseases. Through this program, NSF
multidisciplinary research is creating inventive approaches to controlling infectious
diseases. Potential grantees are encouraged to utilize investigative teams of physi-
cians, veterinarians, food scientists, virologists, and multiple other specialists in
their proposals.
Last year, EEID-funded researchers identified the mosquito and bird species most
responsible for West Nile virus transmission and linked bacteria in human sewage
to white pox disease that is killing elkhorn coral in the Caribbean. Recently funded
EEID projects include studies of the transmission of brucellosis among bison in Yel-
lowstone Park, the spread of the fungal disease white-nose syndrome among hiber-
nating bats, and how wildfires and extreme droughts affect the spread of the infec-
tious plant disease called sudden oak death that has attacked millions of trees in
California and Oregon. EEID’s mission encompasses the varied factors that deter-
mine transmission of diseases to humans, nonhuman animals, and plants, enabling
research in infectious disease not replicated elsewhere.
NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION FUNDING SUPPORTS BASIC RESEARCH IN
ENGINEERING
,
MATHEMATICS
,
AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES
NSF supports interdisciplinary studies in all STEM fields as the boundaries have
become increasingly blurred among biological, physical, and computing sciences. The
Directorate for Engineering would receive $873.33 million, an increase of 6.1 per-
cent; the Directorate for Geosciences (GEO), $906.44 million (2.4 percent); and the
Directorate for Mathematical and Physical Sciences (MPS), $1,345.18 million (2.8
percent).
GEO—which provides about 55 percent of Federal funding for basic geosciences
research—supports diverse academic studies of the global environment. GEO-funded
256
research, scientist training, and education contribute new knowledge about the
oceans, our atmosphere, water quality, and other environmental systems. GEO
funds help underwrite observatories, ocean drilling projects, and other large-scale
programs that would be unlikely without NSF support. The resulting research also
has added to our understanding of natural disasters like earthquakes and torna-
does. Geochemists’ identified microbes in the Gulf of Mexico following the Deep-
water Horizon oil spill that ingest natural gases like methane and ethane at cold
temperatures, which should inform future contaminant remediation.
The Directorate of MPS provides one-half of the Federal funding for basic re-
search at academic institutions. Its contributions to the SEES program include
grant awards for sustainable chemistry research. MPS recently appointed a com-
mittee of external experts, called NSF Materials 2022, to develop future research
strategies in materials science that will undoubtedly utilize biological systems
among others. In fiscal year 2013, MPS also will continue its partnership with the
BIO and ENG directorates in the Research at the Interface of the Biological, Mathe-
matical and Physical Sciences (BioMaPS) program, which integrates biological, engi-
neering, mathematical, and physical sciences to study naturally occurring networks.
BioMaPS-funded projects generate bio-based materials, through new approaches to
manufacturing devices and platforms. MPS funding for this creative program would
increase 50 percent in fiscal year 2013, recognition of the potential contributions
from mathematical and physical sciences to technologies like bioimaging, renewable
fuels, and biosensors.
The Directorate for Engineering contributes about 35 percent of Federal funding
for basic engineering research at academic institutions. Bioengineering research of-
fers exciting new solutions to challenges faced in healthcare, environmental stew-
ardship, and the U.S. economy. The Division of Chemical, Bioengineering, Environ-
mental, and Transport Systems (CBET) underwrites SEES-related research and
education aimed toward sustainability in water, climate, and energy. The CBET re-
search portfolio includes emerging specialties like biosensing and investigations that
involve engineers, life scientists, and bioinformatics experts.
CONCLUSION
ASM recommends that the Congress approve the administration’s fiscal year 2013
budget request for the NSF, the Nation’s principal sponsor of basic research in cru-
cial technical areas. It is important that the Congress sustain NSF’s proven suc-
cesses in STEM-related research and education. By funding academic research, NSF
serves the public as a partner in achieving our national imperative to enhance dis-
covery and innovation across STEM disciplines.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
A
MERICAN
S
OCIETY OF
A
GRONOMY
The American Society of Agronomy (ASA), Crop Science Society of America
(CSSA), and Soil Science Society of America (SSSA) represent more than 18,000
members in academia, industry, and Government, and 13,000 Certified Crop Advis-
ers. The largest coalition of professionals dedicated to the agronomic, crop, and soil
science disciplines in the United States, ASA, CSSA, and SSSA are dedicated to uti-
lizing science in order to meet our growing food, feed, fiber, and fuel needs. With
an ever-expanding global population and increasing food demands, investment in
food and agriculture research is essential to maintaining our Nation’s food, economic
and national security. We are pleased to submit the following funding recommenda-
tions for fiscal year 2013.
ASA, CSSA, and SSSA understand the budgetary challenges facing the Senate
Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related Agencies Appropriations subcommittee. We
also recognize that the Commerce, Justice, and Science, and related agencies appro-
priations spending bill has many valuable and necessary components, and we ap-
plaud the past efforts of the subcommittee to fund critical research through the Na-
tional Science Foundation (NSF). ASA, CSSA, and SSSA urge the subcommittee to
support an increase in fiscal year 2013 funding for NSF of 5 percent more than the
fiscal year 2012 enacted level, bringing total funding to $7.4 billion, the same fund-
ing level recommended in the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget request. This
strong level of funding will enable NSF to continue valuable projects that promote
transformational and multidisciplinary research, provide needed scientific infra-
structure, and contribute to preparing the next generation science, technology, engi-
neering, and mathematics workforce.
Within NSF we support the following programs that help advance our under-
standing of the basic crop and soil sciences. These sciences underpin future solu-
tions to many of the most pressing challenges including food security, sustainable
257
renewable energy production, and environmental protection that confront both our
country and the world.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES DIRECTORATE
Molecular and Cellular Biosciences
ASA, CSSA, and SSSA support funding Molecular and Cellular Biosciences (MCB)
at $132.68 million for fiscal year 2013 (an $6.89 million or 5.5-percent increase more
than fiscal year 2012). MCB supports fundamental research and related activities
designed to promote understanding of complex living systems at the molecular, sub-
cellular, and cellular levels. The division supports research across a broad spectrum
of experimental systems, ranging from organisms, such as plants and microbes, to
the use of in silico approaches.
Integrative Organismal Systems
ASA, CSSA, and SSSA support increasing Integrative Organismal Systems (IOS)
funding to $220.52 million (an increase of $8.19 million or 3.9 percent more than
fiscal year 2012), which would allow 41 percent of the IOS portfolio to be available
for new research grants. In order to meet increasing demands and develop more ro-
bust crops, additional fundamental understanding regarding the basic biology of
these crops is needed. IOS maintains its commitment to support fundamental plant
genome research through the Plant Genome Research Program (PGRP). In addition,
the Developing Country Collaborations in Plant Genome Research program links
U.S. researchers with partners from developing countries to solve problems of mu-
tual interest in agriculture and energy and the environment. Additionally, in col-
laboration with the Department of Energy and the Department of Agriculture, the
PGRP has financed the Maize Genome Sequencing Project—a sequencing project for
one of the most important crops grown globally.
The PGRP’s Basic Research to Enable Agricultural Development (BREAD) pro-
gram supports basic research on early concept approaches and technologies for
science-based solutions to problems of agriculture in developing countries. ASA,
CSSA, and SSSA recommend a funding level of $6 million for the BREAD program.
Finally, in 2005 the International Rice Genome Sequencing Project published the
finished DNA blueprint for rice—a crop fundamental to populations worldwide. To
continue the discovery of new innovative ways to enhance crop production for a
growing population, sustained funding is needed for similar projects.
GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES DIRECTORATE
Division of Atmospheric and Geospace Sciences
ASA, CSSA, and SSSA support increasing Division of Atmospheric and Geospace
Sciences (AGS) funding to $264.06 million (an increase of $5.4 million or 2.1 percent
more than fiscal year 2012). Changes in terrestrial systems will have great impacts
on biogeochemical cycling rates, which in turn, greatly affect our agriculture, crops,
and soil. By providing support for basic science and the acquisition, maintenance,
and operation of observational facilities and services, AGS ensures the presence of
modern-day atmospheric and geospace science research activities.
Earth Sciences
ASA, CSSA, and SSSA support increasing Earth Sciences (EAR) funding to $189.2
million (an increase of $5.7 million or 3.1 percent more than fiscal year 2012). The
Earth Sciences division supports the Surface Earth Processes section which re-
searches geomorphology and land use, hydrologic science, geobiology, geochemistry
(particularly the Geobiology and Low-Temperature Geochemistry Program), and sed-
imentary geology and paleobiology—all crucial to the areas of agronomy, soil, and
crops. In addition, EAR supports EarthScope which focuses on studying the struc-
ture and tectonics of the North American continent and an Instrumentation and Fa-
cilities program that supports community-based, shared-use facilities, as well as an
education program to attract and support students and young investigators to the
field of Earth science. ASA, CSSA, and SSSA also support strong funding for the
Critical Zone Observatories that operate at the watershed scale and significantly ad-
vance our understanding of the integration and coupling of Earth surface processes
as mediated by the presence and flux of fresh water.
DIRECTORATE FOR EDUCATION AND HUMAN RESOURCES
Division of Graduate Education
ASA, CSSA, and SSSA support increasing Division of Graduate Education funding
to $184.82 million (an increase of $5 million or 3.9 percent more than fiscal year
258
2012). ASA, CSSA, and SSSA are dedicated to the enhancement of education, and
concerned about recent declines in enrollment for many sciences. ASA, CSSA, and
SSSA support science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) education
efforts in order to prepare the next generation of agronomy, crop, and soil scientists.
In light of this effort, ASA, CSSA, and SSSA recommend strong support for the
Integrative Graduate Education and Research Traineeships program. Graduate stu-
dents are the next generation of scientists, and opportunities for study must be in-
creased with the ever-increasing demands of science. Global problems rely on sci-
entific discovery for their amelioration and it is critical that the United States con-
tinue to be a leader in graduate education.
Division of Undergraduate Education
ASA, CSSA, and SSSA support increasing Division of Undergraduate Education
(DUE) funding to $246.64 million (an increase of $11 million or 4.7 percent more
than fiscal year 2012). The entire DUE portfolio (Advanced Technological Education,
Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics Talent Expansion Program, and
Transforming Undergraduate Education in Science) seeks to anchor a coherent body
of knowledge on innovative and effective STEM learning environments. This core
area addresses all levels of transition, including high school to undergraduate or
community college to 4-year institution shifts. Investments in DUE will support the
further implementation of STEM practices in order to bring learners to the frontiers
of science.
NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION
-
WIDE
/
CROSSCUTTING PROGRAMS
Integrated National Science Foundation Support Promoting Interdisciplinary Re-
search and Education
ASA, CSSA, and SSSA support the budget request of $63 million for Integrated
NSF Support Promoting Interdisciplinary Research and Education (INSPIRE). IN-
SPIRE seeks to increase NSF’s support of bold high-risk interdisciplinary projects
that may fall outside the scope of existing NSF programs. This is especially impor-
tant as NSF seeks to encompass improvements in business practices, funding cul-
ture, training and evaluation.
Expeditions in Education
ASA, CSSA, and SSSA support the establishment of the Expeditions in Education
Initiative in order to ‘‘move the dial’’ toward achieving important national goals in
STEM education and human capital development. We support NSF’s request of $49
million in order to achieve the goal of infusing cutting-edge science, engineering,
and innovation into the preparation of a world-class scientific workforce.
Science, Engineering, and Education for Sustainability
ASA, CSSA, and SSSA support the budget request of $202.5 million for Science,
Engineering, and Education for Sustainability . This long-term investment reflects
an effort by NSF to coordinate and grow research and education associated with the
environment, energy, and sustainability. More specifically, we support NSF’s efforts
to increase our understanding of the integrated system of resource and supply
chains, society, the natural world, and the alterations humans bring to Earth.
Partnerships for Enhanced Engagement in Research
ASA, CSSA, and SSSA support the continued cooperation between NSF and
USAID. Partnerships for Enhanced Engagement in Research grants provide an im-
portant opportunity to support scientists in developing countries who work with
NSF-funded scientists at U.S. institutions.
Graduate Fellowships and Traineeships
ASA, CSSA, and SSSA support the budget request of $321.67 million for NSF’s
graduate fellowship and traineeship programs. This funding will enable NSF to sup-
port an estimated 6,950 graduate students, including 2,000 new Graduate Research
Fellows in 2013.
As you consider funding levels for NSF, please consider ASA, CSSA, and SSSA
as supportive resources. We hope you will call on our membership and scientific ex-
pertise whenever the need arises.
Thank you for your thoughtful consideration.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
A
MERICAN
S
OCIETY OF
M
ECHANICAL
E
NGINEERS
The recent heightened awareness around budget deficits and our Nation’s fiscal
health has catalyzed an important and timely discussion regarding how we begin
259
to make the difficult decisions that will improve our long-term fiscal outlook. How-
ever, even in the frame of this discussion, it is critical that research and develop-
ment remain one of the highest priorities for domestic discretionary spending. Sci-
entific and engineering research has long been the foundation of our Nation’s eco-
nomic growth and prosperity. Our country’s economic strength comes from our abil-
ity to produce the world’s best scientists and engineers, nurture new ideas and inno-
vation, and develop new technologies and industries. If America is to remain a glob-
al economic leader, we must continue to invest in the scientific and engineering en-
terprise that generates new technologies, industries and jobs.
The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Knowledge & Community
Sector National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Task Force is pleased
to have this opportunity to provide comments on the fiscal year 2013 budget request
for NIST. The NIST Task Force and ASME Standards & Certification have a long-
standing relationship with NIST and thus recognize NIST as a key Government
agency that contributes significantly to the development and application of tech-
nology.
In the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget request, the Task Force supports the
proposed increases for NIST programs, which are consistent with the doubling path
by fiscal year 2017 identified by the administration as a goal for NIST.
Introduction to American Society of Mechanical Engineers and the National Institute
of Standards and Technology Task Force
Founded in 1880 as the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, ASME is a
worldwide engineering society of more than 120,000 members focused on technical,
educational and research issues. ASME conducts one of the world’s largest technical
publishing operations, holds approximately 30 technical conferences and 200 profes-
sional development courses each year, and sets many industry and manufacturing
standards.
Mechanical engineers play a key role in the research, technology development,
and innovation that influence the economic well-being of the Nation. ASME has sup-
ported the mission of NIST since it was founded in 1901, as the National Bureau
of Standards. In fact, ASME was instrumental in establishing the Department of
Commerce, NIST’s parent agency. The technical programs of NIST are unique in
that they foster Government and industry cooperation through cost-sharing partner-
ships that create long-term investments based on engineering and technology. These
programs are aimed at providing the technical support so vital to our Nation’s fu-
ture economic health.
Overview of National Institute of Standards and Technology’s Fiscal Year 2012
Budget Request
The administration’s budget request for NIST in fiscal year 2013 is $857 million.
This represents a $106.2 million increase more than the fiscal year 2012 appro-
priated amount This year, the administration has also identified $1.3 billion in man-
datory spending; $300 million to support a Wireless Innovation Fund, and $1 billion
for a National Network for Manufacturing Innovation.
Although the NIST Task Force is pleased to see the administration seeking higher
funding for NIST, we remain concerned that the cancellation of NIST programs such
as the Technology Innovation Partnership (TIP) as well as the Baldrige Performance
Excellence Program may obstruct the path toward a high-technology manufacturing
economy as envisioned by President Barack Obama. The Task Force would also note
that the budget increases proposed for fiscal year 2013 would come on the heels of
a previous discretionary budget cycle that was flat overall for NIST.
This budget includes $648 million for the Scientific and Technical Research and
Services (STRS), NIST laboratory research, which is $81 million more than the fis-
cal year 2012 appropriated amount. The fiscal year 2013 budget would provide
$572.7 million to support laboratory programs, a $54.7 million increase more than
the fiscal year 2012 appropriated amount. This is reflective of the desire expressed
by Under Secretary of Commerce and Director of NIST Patrick Gallagher last year
to discontinue the Baldrige program and identify private sector funding sources for
its continuation. There is no set timetable for this to take place.
A large portion of the NIST budget is devoted to the Industrial Technology Serv-
ices (ITS) programs, which previously consisted of the Technology Innovation Pro-
gram (TIP). Now, ITS is mostly devoted to the Hollings Manufacturing Extension
Partnership (MEP), which would receive $149 million in fiscal year 2013, a $20.6
million increase more than the fiscal year 2012 appropriated amount. In more re-
cent years, the erosion of U.S. manufacturing jobs has become a key issue for the
MEP to develop sustainable practices for industries in the United States. The MEP
incorporates competitive business practices and technologies into small- to medium-
260
sized enterprises—companies that create a significant number of jobs. The adminis-
tration’s request of $149 million reflects the importance of NIST as a part of the
administration’s goals for innovation, as well as harkens to the bipartisan America
COMPETES Act. The NIST Task Force has long supported MEP as a catalyst for
technological innovation and is pleased with the administration’s support for this
program as NIST seeks to facilitate the development of new industries that will
catalyze manufacturing and industrial practices in the United States. The Task
Force supports the total request to fund the ITS in fiscal year 2013.
NIST has again proposed the creation of a new program called the Advanced
Manufacturing Technology Consortia (AMTech) but has asked for $21 million in-
stead of the $12.3 million it requested in fiscal year 2012, when it did not receive
funding from the Congress. According to NIST, the program will also be ‘‘based on
NIST’s experience with the Nanoelectronics Research Initiative (NRI) partnership.’’
The program has been described as a vehicle for aiding private industry seeking to
develop nanotechnology products for the manufacturing sector. AmTech will seek to
assemble a consortium of public and private stakeholders to identify, and collec-
tively fund, long-term technical challenges to this high-technology manufacturing
sector. Unlike TIP, there is no cost share requirement for AmTech. This program
effectively demonstrates the value of NIST as a convener of U.S. stakeholders to col-
lectively work toward the establishment of groundbreaking new industries like the
nanotechnology field. Although, difficult fiscal challenges lay ahead, the Task Force
strongly urges the Congress to honor the request to fund AmTech in fiscal year
2013, and the Task Force was disappointed that the Congress did not fund AmTech
in fiscal year 2012. We believe that investment should be made into initiatives such
as the AMTech program because of their potential for high return on investment
and to maintain global U.S. competitiveness.
Finally, the Construction of Research Facilities (CRF), which would receive $60
million, a 19-percent increase from the fiscal year 2012 enacted amount of $48.2
million. This category includes $11.8 million for the renovation of the 60-year-old
Building 1 of the NIST Boulder laboratories. NIST laboratories remain a critical re-
source that is vital to the economic health and national security of the United States
as outlined in the President’s Innovation Agenda, inspired, in part, by the original
America COMPETES Act of 2007 (Public Law 110–69). The NIST engineering lab-
oratory ‘‘promotes the development and dissemination of advanced technologies,
guidelines, and services to the U.S. manufacturing and construction industries
through activities including measurement science research, performance metrics,
tools and methodologies for engineering applications, and critical technical contribu-
tions to standards and codes development.’’
National Institute of Standards and Technology’s Standards Mission
Part of the mission of NIST is to promote the use of American standards, con-
formity assessment programs and technology in countries and industries around the
world as a means of enhancing U.S. competitiveness and opening new markets for
U.S. products and services. Standards provide technical definitions and guidelines
for design and manufacturing. They serve as a common global language, define
quality and establish safety criteria. In the United States, standards are developed
by private-sector organizations such as ASME in close collaboration with represent-
atives from industry, government, and academia. These standards are used by in-
dustry and also frequently adopted by Government agencies as a means of estab-
lishing regulatory requirements. They are vital to the economic health of many in-
dustries, and—more importantly—they help to ensure the health and safety of the
American people and of citizens in countless nations around the world.
Over the years, the Department of Commerce and NIST have played an indispen-
sable role in ensuring acceptance by other nations of U.S.-developed standards that
continue to identify and incorporate technological advances and that also reflect
changing needs for industry, regulation, and public safety. The Congress must be
aware that, unlike in the United States where standards development is largely the
province of private sector organizations, standards development in many other coun-
tries is undertaken with strong government support. The U.S. voluntary consensus
standards process enables innovation, reduces redundancy in public and private sec-
tor research, and reduces Government costs. The governments of many of our key
trading partners invest significant resources to promote acceptance of competing
standards (developed by organizations in those countries) in the global marketplace.
It is therefore essential that the U.S. Government, in partnership with private sec-
tor standards development organizations, strengthen its commitment to ensuring
adequate representation of U.S. interests in international standards negotiations.
Enabling U.S. manufacturers to design and build to one standard or set of stand-
ards increases their competitiveness in the world market. The ability of NIST to as-
261
sist U.S. domiciled standards developers in their negotiations with international and
national standards organizations is important to the U.S. business community. The
United States must be a full participant in global standards development if our in-
dustries are to compete effectively in a world market. Decisions made in standards
bodies outside the United States have a profound impact on the ability of U.S. com-
panies to compete in foreign markets. We believe that NIST plays a unique and cru-
cial role in maintaining, and growing, the competitive edge of U.S. industry in the
emerging landscape of the high technology manufacturing sector.
CONCLUSION
The administration’s commitment to NIST appears to be strong, as demonstrated
by their willingness to support increases for key NIST initiatives for fiscal year
2013. While the Task Force would prefer to see the resurrection of the TIP program,
the Task Force remains strongly supportive of these initiatives as well as the under-
lying goals of NIST as it relates to advanced manufacturing and technological inno-
vation.
ASME is a nonprofit technical and educational organization with more than
120,000 members globally. ASME’s members work in all sectors of the economy, in-
cluding industry, academia, and government. This position statement represents the
views of the NIST Task Force of the ASME Technical Communities of the Knowl-
edge & Community Sector and is not necessarily a position of ASME as a whole.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
A
MERICAN
S
OCIETY OF
P
LANT
B
IOLOGISTS
On behalf of the American Society of Plant Biologists (ASPB), we submit this tes-
timony for the official record to support the requested level of $7.373 billion for the
National Science Foundation (NSF) for fiscal year 2013. ASPB and its members rec-
ognize the difficult fiscal environment our Nation faces, but believe that investments
in scientific research will be a critical step toward economic recovery and continued
global competitiveness.
ASPB would like to thank the subcommittee for its consideration of this testimony
and for its strong support for the research mission of NSF.
Our testimony will discuss:
—Plant biology research as a foundation for addressing food, fuel, environment,
and health concerns;
—The rationale for robust funding for NSF to maintain a well-proportioned
science portfolio with support for all core science disciplines, including biology;
and
—The rationale for continued funding of NSF education and workforce develop-
ment programs that provide support for the future scientific and technical ex-
pertise critical to America’s competitiveness.
ASPB is an organization of approximately 5,000 professional plant biology re-
searchers, educators, graduate students, and postdoctoral scientists with members
in all 50 States and throughout the world. A strong voice for the global plant science
community, our mission—achieved through work in the realms of research, edu-
cation, and public policy—is to promote the growth and development of plant biol-
ogy, to encourage and communicate research in plant biology, and to promote the
interests and growth of plant scientists in general.
FOOD
,
FUEL
,
ENVIRONMENT
,
AND HEALTH
:
PLANT BIOLOGY RESEARCH AND AMERICA
S
FUTURE
Plants are vital to our very existence. They harvest sunlight, converting it to
chemical energy for food and feed; they take up carbon dioxide and produce oxygen;
and they are the primary producers on which all life depends. Indeed, plant biology
research is making many fundamental contributions in the areas of energy security
and environmental stewardship; the continued and sustainable development of bet-
ter foods, fabrics, and building materials; and in the understanding of biological
principles that underpin improvements in the health and nutrition of all Americans.
In particular, plant biology is at the interface of numerous scientific break-
throughs. For example, with high throughput experimental approaches facilitating
extraordinary syntheses of information that are supported by the NSF, plant biolo-
gists are using computer science applications to make tremendous strides in our un-
derstanding of complex biological systems, ranging from single cells to entire eco-
systems. Understanding how plants work will ultimately result in better and more
productive crops, new sources of fuel, and the development of better medicines to
treat diseases like cancer.
262
Despite the fact that foundational plant biology research—the kind of research
funded by NSF—underpins vital advances in practical applications in agriculture,
health, energy, and the environment, the amount of money invested in under-
standing the basic function and mechanisms of plants is surprisingly small. This is
especially true considering the significant positive impact plants have on the Na-
tion’s economy and in addressing some of our most urgent challenges, including food
and energy security.
Understanding the importance of these areas and in order to address future chal-
lenges, ASPB organized the Plant Science Research Summit held in September
2011. With funding from the NSF, Departments of Agriculture and Energy, and the
Howard Hughes Medical Institute, the Summit brought together representatives
from across the full spectrum of plant science research to identify critical gaps in
our understanding of plant biology that must be filled over the next 10 years or
more in order to address the grand challenges facing our Nation and our planet. The
grand challenges identified at the Summit include:
—In order to feed everyone well, now and in the future, advances in plant science
research will be needed for higher yielding, more nutritious varieties able to
withstand a variable climate;
—Innovations leading to improvements in water use, nutrient use, and disease
and pest resistance that will reduce the burden on the environment are needed
and will allow for increases in ecosystem services, such as cleaner air, cleaner
water, fertile soil, and biodiversity benefits like pest suppression and improved
pollination;
—To fuel the future with clean energy, improvements in current biofuels tech-
nologies, including breeding, crop production methods, and processing that will
help meet our Nation’s fuel requirements for the future are needed; and
—For all the benefits that advances in plant science bestow—in food and fiber
production, ecosystem and landscape health, and energy subsistence—to have
lasting, permanent benefit they must be economically, socially, and environ-
mentally sustainable.
In spring 2012, a report from the Plant Science Research Summit will be pub-
lished. This report will further detail priorities and needs to address the grand chal-
lenges.
ROBUST FUNDING FOR THE NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION
The fiscal year 2013 NSF budget request would fund the NSF at $7.373 billion.
ASPB supports this request and encourages proportional funding increases across
all scientific disciplines supported by the NSF. As scientific research becomes in-
creasingly interdisciplinary with permeable boundaries, a diverse portfolio at the
NSF is needed to maintain transformational research and innovation.
NSF funding for plant biology specifically enables the scientific community to ad-
dress cross-cutting research questions that could ultimately solve grand challenges
related to a sustainable food supply, energy security, and improved health. This idea
is reflected in the National Research Council’s report ‘‘A New Biology for the 21st
Century’’ and will be addressed comprehensively in the Plant Science Research
Summit’s report.
The NSF Directorate for Biological Sciences (BIO) is a critical source of funding
for scientific research, providing 62 percent of the Federal support for nonmedical
basic life sciences research at U.S. academic institutions and beyond. BIO supports
research ranging from the molecular and cellular levels to the organismal, eco-
system, and even biosphere levels. These investments continue to have significant
payoffs, both in terms of the knowledge directly generated and in deepening collabo-
rations and fostering innovation among communities of scientists.
The Biological Sciences Directorate’s Plant Genome Research Program (PGRP) is
an excellent example of a high-impact program that has laid a strong scientific re-
search foundation for understanding plant genomics as they relate to energy
(biofuels), health (nutrition and functional foods), agriculture (impact of changing
climates on agronomic ecosystems), and the environment (plants’ roles as primary
producers in ecosystems). ASPB asks that the PGRP be funded at the highest-pos-
sible level and have sustained funding growth over multiple years to address 21st
century challenges.
Without significant and increased support for BIO and NSF as a whole, promising
fundamental research discoveries will be delayed and vital collaborations around the
edges of scientific disciplines will be postponed, thus limiting the ability to respond
to the pressing scientific problems that exist today and the new challenges on the
horizon. Addressing these scientific priorities also helps improve the competitive po-
sition of the United States in a global marketplace.
263
CONTINUED SUPPORT FOR NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION EDUCATION AND
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS
NSF is a major source of funding for the education and training of the American
scientific workforce and for understanding how educational innovations can be most
effectively implemented. NSF’s education portfolio impacts students at all levels, in-
cluding K–12, undergraduate, graduate, and postgraduate, as well as the general
public.
The Integrative Graduate Education and Research Traineeship (IGERT) program
is just one example of NSF’s commitment to education that has been successful in
fostering the development of novel programs that provide multidisciplinary graduate
training. ASPB encourages expansion of the IGERT program in order to foster the
development of a greater number of innovative science leaders for the future.
Furthermore, ASPB urges the subcommittee to support the fiscal year 2013 re-
quest to expand NSF’s fellowship and career development programs—such as the
Postdoctoral Research Fellowships in Biology, the Graduate Research Fellowship
and the Faculty Early Career Development programs—thereby providing continuity
in funding opportunities for the country’s most promising early career scientists.
ASPB further encourages the NSF to develop ‘‘transition’’ awards that will support
the most promising scientists in their transition from postdoctoral research to inde-
pendent, tenure-track positions in America’s universities. The NSF might model
such awards after those offered by the National Institutes of Health.
ASPB urges support for NSF to further develop programs aimed at increasing the
diversity of the scientific workforce by leveraging professional scientific societies’
commitment to provide a professional home for scientists throughout their education
and careers and to help promote and sustain broad participation in the sciences.
Discreet focused training and infrastructure support programs for Hispanic Serving
Institutions, Historically Black Colleges and Universities, and Tribal Colleges and
Universities remain vitally important, as they foster a scientific workforce that re-
flects the U.S. population.
ASPB urges support for education research that enhances our understanding of
how educational innovations can be sustainably implemented most effectively in a
variety of settings. NSF programs such as Transforming Undergraduate Education
in STEM, Discovery Research K–12, and Widening Implementation and Demonstra-
tion of Evidence-based Reforms provide opportunities to expand NSF’s research and
evaluation efforts to address scale-up and sustainability. Additionally, investigating
and supporting effective approaches toward rolling out across the K–16 continuum
the new vision for undergraduate biology education articulated in the 2010 Vision
and Change report are particularly valuable. ASPB encourages continued support
for education research programs within NSF’s Education and Human Resources
portfolio with a focus on understanding how previous investments in educational
strategies can be made most effective.
Grand research challenges will not be resolved in a year, an administration, or
a generation, but will take continued attention and investment at Federal research
agencies, such as the NSF, over decades.
Thank you for your consideration of our testimony on behalf of the American Soci-
ety of Plant Biologists.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
A
NIMAL
W
ELFARE
I
NSTITUTE
We wish to thank the subcommittee for accepting our testimony as you consider
fiscal year 2013 funding priorities under the Commerce, Justice, Science, and Re-
lated Agencies appropriations bill. Our testimony addresses activities under the Of-
fice of Justice Programs (OJP) of the Department of Justice (DOJ).
We are grateful for the DOJ’s OJP Bureau of Justice Assistance’s continuing sup-
port for the Association of Prosecuting Attorneys’ (APA) program of training, tech-
nical support, and other assistance for prosecutors, law enforcement, and other in-
volved parties to enhance the prosecution of animal abuse and animal fighting
crimes. This is a very exciting development; we are proud to partner with APA in
this ongoing effort (I would note that Animal Welfare Institute (AWI) does not re-
ceive any Federal funding for its work with APA), and I am pleased to be able to
share with you the work that has been done as a result of BJA’s support.
APA is currently planning its third national training conference for October in Los
Angeles, having already held conferences in Washington, DC and Colorado. These
national meetings bring together participants and speakers from many disciplines—
law enforcement, psychology, animal control, veterinary medicine, the domestic vio-
lence and juvenile justice communities, etc.—to share their experiences dealing with
animal cruelty and animal fighting, and to encourage cross-pollination among par-
264
1
The study ‘‘I’ll only help you if you have two legs’’, or ‘‘Why human services professional
should pay attention to cases involving cruelty to animals’’, by Loar (1999), as cited on the Web
site of the National Coalition Against Domestic Violence (www.ncadv.org).
2
‘‘Woman’s Best Friend: Pet Abuse and the Role of Companion Animals in the Lives of Bat-
tered Women’’, by Flynn (2000), as cited at www.ncadv.org.
ticipants. Topics have included the basics of conducting an animal cruelty investiga-
tion; charging, prosecuting, and sentencing in animal cruelty cases; the use of
forensics experts in court; the relationship between animal cruelty and other forms
of interpersonal violence; and cutting edge considerations with the use of digital evi-
dence. Participants then put theory into practice through a mock trial.
As an example of the impact that such training can have, an assistant prosecutor
from a large urban county attended the very first conference. He and a colleague
were taking on animal cruelty cases on their own, in addition to their regular case-
load, and were feeling very much out in the wilderness. Today, their animal protec-
tion unit boasts four prosecutors who review and handle all animal-related cases (as
well as other cases) and over the past 3 years has achieved a 98-percent conviction
rate. (Both of the original assistant prosecutors are now members of the APA’s Ani-
mal Cruelty Advisory Council, discussed below.) One of the unit’s cases resulted in
significant jail time for two men who set fire to a dog in front of several witnesses,
including children.
Training and outreach do not stop with these large meetings, however. APA main-
tains a listserv and also runs a series of successful webinars addressing issues of
practical concern to prosecutors and the many others whose work is connected with
animal cruelty crimes. Thus far, the sessions have covered obtaining search war-
rants in animal cruelty cases; puppy mills; dog fighting; cockfighting; and veterinary
forensics in cruelty cases. Three more webinars are scheduled for 2012.
APA has responded to more than 250 requests for technical assistance, either di-
rectly or through referral to appropriate experts. The Animal Cruelty and Fighting
Program section of its Web site makes available such valuable resources as training
and informational manuals; State animal cruelty statutes; animal cruelty case law
summaries (developed as part of a project with the George Washington University
School of Law); a library of briefs, motions, search warrants, and legal memos; and
downloadable versions of the webinars.
APA also publishes, distributes, and posts on its Web site the newsletter Lex
Canis, each issue of which (there have been nine so far) provides readers with pro-
gram updates, an in-depth feature, and summaries of investigations, cases, changes
in the law, and other developments. For example, recent features have focused on
strategies for achieving success in prosecuting cases under State animal cruelty
laws; dealing with hoarders; the innovative work of the Mayor’s Anti-Animal Abuse
Advisory Commission in Baltimore; and, in its very first issue in 2009, the effect
of the foreclosure crisis on rising abuse and abandonment of companion animals.
APA and AWI have taken advantage of opportunities to address new audiences
about the relationship between animal cruelty and interpersonal violence, and how
those audiences can respond both to improve prosecutions of such cases and to re-
duce their incidence. Several presentations were made to the National Conference
of Juvenile and Family Court Judges and to the Pennsylvania Bar Institute.
Last but not certainly not least, APA has assembled an Animal Cruelty Advisory
Council composed of prosecutors, investigators, law enforcement, veterinarians, psy-
chologists, members of the animal protection and domestic violence communities,
and others, to identify issues, resource needs, and strategies. It brings these same
professionals together to provide its multidisciplinary training, and also calls on
them individually for topic-specific web-based training and materials.
We respectfully urge the subcommittee to continue funding the BJA’s National
Animal Cruelty and Fighting Initiative and to encourage DOJ’s ongoing interest in
addressing animal-related crimes because more vigorous attention to such crimes is
a valuable tool for making communities safer overall.
The connection between animal abuse and other forms of violence has been firmly
established through experience and through scientific studies. Among the most well-
documented relationships is that between animal cruelty and domestic violence,
child abuse, and elder abuse. For example, up to 71 percent of victims entering do-
mestic violence shelters have reported that their abusers threatened, injured, or
killed the family pet; batterers do this to control, intimidate, and retaliate against
their victims. Batterers threaten, harm, or kill their children’s pets in order to co-
erce them into allowing sexual abuse or to force them into silence about abuse.
1
Criminals and troubled youth have high rates of animal cruelty during their child-
hoods, perpetrators were often victims of child abuse themselves,
2
and animal abus-
ers often move on to other crimes. In 1997, the Massachusetts Society for the Pre-
265
vention of Cruelty to Animals (MSPCA) released the results of a review of animal
cruelty cases it had prosecuted between 1975 and 1996. Seventy percent of the indi-
viduals involved in those cases had been involved in other crimes, and animal abus-
ers were five times more likely to commit a violent offense against other people.
More recently, an FBI special agent (who is also a member of the APA’s Animal
Cruelty Advisory Council) is currently overseeing a research project that involves
‘‘analyzing the criminal histories of offenders who were arrested for active animal
cruelty, in order to further examine the potential link between animal cruelty and
violence against persons. According to an initial analysis published in a dissertation
(Leavitt, 2011), the majority of the 66 offenders examined so far ‘‘had prior arrests
for other crimes’’, including interpersonal violence (59 percent); assault (39 percent);
and assault of a spouse or intimate partner (38 percent); and 17 percent had a his-
tory of sexual offenses.
Another connection that is all too common exists among animal fighting (which
includes both dogfighting and cockfighting), gangs, and drugs, illegal guns, and
other offenses. The Animal Legal and Historical Center at the Michigan State Uni-
versity College of Law describes dogfighting in these stark terms:
‘‘The notion that dogfighting is simply an animal welfare issue is clearly erro-
neous. Until the past decade, few law enforcement officials or government agencies
understood the scope or gravity of dogfighting. As these departments have become
more educated about the epidemic of dogfighting and its nexus with gang activity,
drug distribution rings, and gambling networks, many have implemented well-de-
signed, sophisticated task forces. The magnitude of criminal activity concurrently
taking place at the average dogfight is of such a scope as to warrant the involve-
ment of a wide range of agencies, including local, regional, and Federal law enforce-
ment agencies and their specialized divisions such as organized crime units, SWAT
teams, and vice squads, as well as animal control agencies and child protective serv-
ices.’’
Further evidence of the accuracy of the above assessment comes from a Drug En-
forcement Administration report on the sentencing of a Louisiana drug trafficking
kingpin, which described him as ‘‘an avid pit bull and cock fighter [who] utilized
these illegal events as a networking tool in order to recruit members to transport
and sell marijuana and cocaine for his organization.’’
Animal fighting is barbaric and is a violent crime in the truest sense of the term.
It causes immense suffering to countless numbers of innocent animals and its pres-
ence threatens the safety of the entire community. It is illegal under both State and
Federal law, so it well serves the entire community for law enforcement to have the
most powerful tools possible to eradicate it. In fact, legislation has been introduced
in the House and Senate that would add to these tools by closing a significant loop-
hole in the law. Animal fighting is fueled not just by those who train and fight the
animals and finance the fights, but also by spectators. Spectators are not innocent
bystanders; they are active participants in and enablers of these criminal enter-
prises—and they also provide ‘‘cover’’ during raids by allowing the organizers, train-
ers, etc., to ‘‘blend into the crowd’’ to escape arrest. The Animal Fighting Spectator
Prohibition Act (H.R. 2492 and S. 1947) makes knowingly attending an animal fight
punishable by fines and jail time and also makes it a separate offense, with higher
penalties, to knowingly bring a minor to such an event. Forty-nine States have al-
ready outlawed attendance at an animal fight.
At the same time, it must be remembered that animal abuse is more than a ‘‘gate-
way’’ behavior. It is also a crime in its own right. It is a crime everywhere in the
United States, and certain egregious acts are felonies in 47 States (it was 46 this
time last year) and the District of Columbia. Some States have even enacted or are
considering provisions that enhance the penalty for animal cruelty when it is com-
mitted in front of a child. Twenty-two States also now allow the inclusion of com-
panion animals in domestic violence restraining orders.
All laws are not created equal, however; activity that constitutes a felony in one
State may still only be a misdemeanor in another. In some States, cruelty rises to
a felony only upon a second or third offense, or only if the animal dies; if he sur-
vives, no matter how severe his injuries, it is still a misdemeanor.
The key to offering animals the most protection possible, however weak or strong
the statute, lies in ensuring both awareness of the law and vigorous enforcement
of that law and prosecution of violators. While there are many in law enforcement
and the courts who recognize animal abuse for the violent crime that it is and act
accordingly, there are those who do not take it seriously, treating it as no more ur-
gent than a parking infraction. Others genuinely want to act decisively but may lack
the necessary resources, support, or expertise. Moreover, enforcement can be com-
plicated by the laws themselves—weak laws are bad enough, but additional prob-
266
lems may arise from confusion over jurisdiction or limitations in coverage—or by
pressure to dispose of cases quickly.
BJA’s National Animal Cruelty and Animal Fighting Initiative is so valuable and
forward-thinking in recognizing that animal cruelty and animal fighting crimes not
only victimize some of the most innocent and vulnerable members of society, but
also create a culture of violence—and a cadre of violent offenders—affecting chil-
dren, families in general, and society at large. Therefore, preventing and pros-
ecuting these crimes will benefit not only the animals, but also the entire commu-
nity by reducing the overall level of violence.
OJP/BJA showed great vision in recognizing that by identifying precursor crimes,
such as animal cruelty and animal fighting, and ensuring proper adjudication of
such cases, our criminal justice system can reduce the incidence of family and com-
munity violence and change the path of potential future violent offenders. It is espe-
cially with respect to that latter goal that APA and AWI are also calling attention
to the impact that experiencing animal cruelty has on children and their possible
future involvement in the juvenile justice system; many youths in juvenile detention
facilities have been exposed to community and family violence—which arguably in-
cludes animal fighting and abuse.
There are two audiences for the message and resources the BJA initiative makes
available:
—those who still need to be convinced of the importance of preventing and pun-
ishing animal-related crimes, for the sake both of the animals and of the larger
community; and
—those who are dedicated to bringing strong and effective cases against animal
abusers but may need assistance to do so.
The National Animal Cruelty and Animal Fighting Initiative sends a very strong
message to prosecutors and law enforcement that crimes involving animals are to
be taken seriously and pursued vigorously, and offenders must be held accountable.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
ASME T
ECHNICAL
C
OMMUNITIES
’ NASA T
ASK
F
ORCE
INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS AND THE NATIONAL
AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION TASK FORCE
The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) Task Force of the
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Knowledge and Community
Aerospace Division is pleased to have the opportunity to provide its views on the
fiscal year 2013 budget request for NASA. ASME is a nonprofit, worldwide engineer-
ing society serving a membership of more than 120,000 people. It conducts one of
the world’s largest technical publishing operations, holds more than 30 technical
conferences and 200 professional development courses each year, and sets many in-
dustrial and manufacturing standards. The Aerospace Division represents approxi-
mately 15,000 members from industry, academia, and government. Aerospace Divi-
sion members are involved in all aspects of aeronautical and aerospace engineering
at all levels of responsibility. They have a longstanding interest and expertise in the
Nation’s federally funded aeronautics, exploration, space operations, and aerospace
research and development (R&D) activities at NASA, and the agency’s efforts to cre-
ate a pipeline of young engineers interested in aerospace and aeronautics. In this
statement, the Task Force will address programs that are critical to the long-term
health of the Nation’s aerospace workforce and the global economic competitiveness
of the U.S. aerospace industry.
Key recommendations for fiscal year 2013:
—The Aerospace Division is concerned about proposed flat and reduced funding
for key research and education accounts within NASA. Flat funding amounts
to effective reductions in funding when adjusted for inflation and would have
a particularly negative effect on NASA’s aeronautics research programs. NASA’s
R&D and educational activities will require sustained increases in funding in
order to maintain and enhance space exploration outcomes and competitiveness
in the U.S. aeronautics industry and workforce against emerging countries en-
tering space exploration.
—The Task Force highly recommends that the Congress and the administration
work to increase the aeronautics portion of NASA’s research budget to maintain
funding and activities for aeronautics research at the fiscal year 2012 level of
$569.4 million. Achieving this goal will help maintain the research programs
needed to support and maintain a world-class aeronautics and aerospace indus-
try and globally competitive research workforce.
267
NATIONAL AERONAUTICS RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT POLICY AND PLAN
The National Science and Technology Council (NSTC) released their ‘‘National
Aeronautics Research and Development Policy’’ in December 2006, to establish long-
term goals for U.S. aeronautics R&D endeavors. The NSTC followed this policy with
a ‘‘National Aeronautics Research and Development Plan,’’ updated by the Obama
administration in 2010. This plan noted the continued importance of aeronautics
R&D to U.S. national security and global economic competitiveness. These policy
documents recognize the necessity for Federal leadership in advanced R&D and em-
phasize the Federal role in advanced aircraft technologies and systems research but
also call for private sector contributions in identifying and applying technological in-
novations. However, these policies alone cannot provide the necessary gains in aero-
nautics technology without the proper amount of funding and the sustained commit-
ment on the part of the administration and the Congress.
OVERVIEW OF THE NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION
S FISCAL YEAR
2013 BUDGET REQUEST
The Task Force recognizes the unprecedented fiscal challenges our country faces
and supports the administration’s strategy of promoting fiscal discipline in a smart
way—strategically cutting programs where possible and investing in programs
which improve our long-term economic competitiveness. In accordance with the
terms of the NASA Authorization Act of 2010 (Public Law 111–267), the administra-
tion is continuing the implementation of significant changes to NASA’s program-
ming in fiscal year 2013, including the continuation of a series of new exploration,
R&D, and technology demonstration programs and several programs geared toward
partnerships between NASA Centers and commercial sector aeronautics and aero-
space companies.
The administration’s overall budget request of $17.7 billion for NASA in fiscal
year 2013, compared to $17.77 billion in fiscal year 2012, is significant considering
the current fiscal environment, but the Task Force has severe reservations about
the administration’s proposed budget freeze at this reduced level over the next 5 fis-
cal years, through fiscal year 2017.
NASA is already struggling to support several new research and technology initia-
tives needed to serve the Nation’s long-term space exploration needs. Constrained
research funding will force NASA to abandon worthy research endeavors, including
proven and promising research programs and technology development efforts such
as NASA’s Mars science programs. Due to recurrent under-funding of NASA’s re-
search and development focused directorates over the last several years, NASA be-
came an agency focused on operations and execution to the detriment of its concur-
rent mission to develop and research the aeronautics and aerospace platforms of to-
morrow. Given the challenges faced by NASA as it transitions to new mandates
from the Congress—mandates which assume significant out-year budget growth—
and the current challenges faced by the broader U.S. aeronautics industry and aero-
nautics workforce, the Task Force urges the administration to reassert its commit-
ment to revitalizing research and development at NASA, particularly through pro-
posals to engage U.S. industry in a variety of new space technology development
and demonstration programs in NASA’s new ‘‘Space Technology’’ budget portfolio.
NASA’s ‘‘Space Technology’’ development proposal reflects one of the most impor-
tant recommendations from the Review of U.S. Human Space Flight Plans Com-
mittee, also known as the ‘‘Augustine Committee’’, that is, the revitalization of
NASA’s innovative space technology development efforts. The U.S. record on space
exploration stands among the greatest achievements of humankind and one of our
greatest achievements as a Nation, and maintaining this mission is critical to U.S.
leadership in space.
At a time when America faces unprecedented challenges to its economic leader-
ship, NASA must continue to play a leading role in funding engineering-related re-
search, particularly for aeronautics and aerospace programs, if we are to continue
our leadership in activities ranging from commercial aeronautics and aerospace ac-
tivities to national space exploration priorities. Therefore, the Task Force views the
administration’s notional freeze on NASA’s budget as detrimental to encouraging
new research and technology demonstration programs critical to placing NASA and
the U.S. aeronautics and aerospace industries back on course to developing space
exploration programs which are truly ‘‘worthy of a great Nation’’.
NEED TO EXPAND AERONAUTICS RESEARCH
The Task Force has consistently noted the value of NASA’s aeronautics research
and technology (R&T) programs contained within the Aeronautics Research Mission
268
Directorate (ARMD). This portion of the NASA budget offers immediate and prac-
tical benefits for the Nation, and the Task Force is concerned about the administra-
tion’s proposed $551.5 million budget for ARMD in fiscal year 2013, a ¥3.1-percent
decrease from fiscal year 2012. In light of this reduced funding path, the adminis-
tration’s out-year budget plan for ARMD will be insufficient to support the develop-
ment of important aeronautics research missions if ARMD is to ramp up work on
its Integrated Systems Research Program (ISRP), and also force NASA to abandon
much of its hypersonic aviation research efforts.
Aeronautic products represent our greatest single national export. These exports
are now being threatened by foreign competition whose governments are largely
supportive of their aeronautics enterprises. This represents not only a commercial
threat, but a potential threat to our national security as well. Strong investment
in fundamental engineering research in aeronautics will ensure that the United
States will retain its long-term leadership in this field.
NASA’s proposed investment in aeronautics research for fiscal year 2013 rep-
resents less than 1 percent of the more than $53.7 billion in net U.S. exports of aer-
onautics products in 2011. The Task Force recommends that the aeronautics portion
of the NASA budget be increased to $1 billion over the next 5 years, with a long-
term target of attaining a level of 10 percent of the total NASA budget. Achieving
this target would re-establish aeronautics funding, as a percentage of the NASA
budget at its pre-1990 level, and put U.S. aeronautics R&D funding at levels com-
mensurate with the needs of a world-class aeronautics and aerospace industry.
An increase in R&D funding for Aeronautics could provide immediate and stra-
tegic benefits to the U.S. economy. More funding will allow rapid improvements in
fuel economy and noise abatement technology development through full-scale or sub-
scale flight demonstrations that speed transition of these technologies into produc-
tion aircraft, and leverage current Aeronautics investments in environmentally re-
sponsible aviation technologies. Strategically, more R&D funding could allow the
ARMD to take a greater role in Next Gen technology development for air traffic con-
trol, and to possibly take a lead role in the National Airspace System, leading the
way to safely flying unmanned vehicles in our national airspace and maintaining
U.S. leadership in this critical technology.
U
.
S
.
AERONAUTICS AND AEROSPACE WORKFORCE
Several interrelated critical challenges confront the U.S. aeronautics enterprise—
a sharp decrease in the number of new commercial and military aircraft programs,
a decline in the quality of the research infrastructure, and erosion in the techno-
logically literate workforce needed to ensure pre-eminence in an increasingly com-
petitive marketplace. Robust investment by NASA in aeronautics research and
space technology development addresses all these problems and will help balance
NASA’s portfolio to reflect the importance of aeronautics and aerospace to the global
economy.
Aeronautics faces the same pressures being felt by the space industries, where
fewer research dollars over time has resulted in fewer companies with skilled work-
ers capable of designing and building complex aeronautical systems. As result, the
United States is increasingly dependent on immigration and outsourcing to meet its
technical workforce needs. In fact, the NSF’s 2012 S&T Indicators report found that
more than 50 percent of doctorate-level engineers working in the U.S. engineering
fields, including aeronautical and aerospace engineering, came from foreign back-
grounds, an increase from 41 percent in 2000. Investment in aeronautics is a matter
of strategic importance, as it creates highly skilled manufacturing jobs and helps
create a foundation for a strong national defense. Additionally, the same report
found that both the number and percentage of science and engineering doctoral de-
gree recipients with temporary visas reporting plans to stay in the United States
peaked in 2007 and declined in 2009 after rising since 2002, indicating that the
United States cannot take its scientific workforce for granted during tough economic
times.
While regional economies differ, the aerospace industry overall suffers from a lack
of available young workers with advanced technology degrees who can step in to re-
place retiring, experienced workers. The aerospace industry looks to NASA to create
a demand for long-term R&D to encourage students to go to graduate school and
on to companies who are doing aeronautical R&D. There is a clear correlation be-
tween research dollars and the number of graduate students in a particular field.
Therefore, as the funding for aeronautics has decreased by more than one-half over
the last decade, the number of younger faculty and graduate students decreased.
There is a lag between funding increases and student enrollment increases, and this
decade-long erosion must begin to be reversed now. Accordingly, the Task Force reit-
269
erates its support for a revitalization of aeronautics and aerospace research and de-
velopment efforts at NASA.
RECOMMENDATIONS CONCERNING INTERNATIONAL TRAFFIC IN ARMS REGULATION
-
RESTRICTED RESEARCH
The Task Force again recommends that NASA receive increased funding for re-
search programs conducted through academic partnerships, and recommends main-
taining NASA’s education budget at a minimum fiscal year 2012 level of $136 mil-
lion. In this context, the Congress should consider having a broad range of tech-
nologies reviewed and declared non-International Traffic in Arms Regulation (ITAR)
restricted in order to reduce costs and barriers to performing research in academic
laboratories.
While basic research does not face ITAR restrictions, many applied and advanced
categories of research on space-related technologies face significant barriers for for-
eign nationals at academic institutions. At present almost all space launch tech-
nologies are ITAR restricted, eliminating the possibility for many foreign students
to participate in the research at many universities. Recognizing that many aero-
space companies perform restricted work and need to hire legal residents or U.S.
citizens, the Task Force recommends that a process be established to screen new
foreign engineering students and start the green card process and path to citizen-
ship as a part of their student employment through U.S. taxpayer-funded grants
working on technology in the aerospace and astronautics fields. This would restrict
funding to individuals that would later be eligible for employment in the United
States after conclusion of their Ph.D., allowing for easier entry into the U.S. aero-
nautics workforce. This would also reduce the cost to small business hiring new non-
U.S. graduates and streamline the U.S. aeronautics workforce development pipeline.
CONCLUSION
Our Nation is facing an ongoing struggle in two areas that are interrelated, which
are:
—declining technical workforce; and
—foreign competition for aeronautics and space exploration leadership.
We believe one element of the solution to both problems is investment in aero-
nautics research and development. There is a strong correlation between technical
degrees being awarded and consistent funding for research and development. NASA
can help its own workforce problems as well as some of the same problems facing
the rest of the country by increasing, in a persistent fashion, research in aero-
nautics. This in turn would have a positive effect on the U.S. economy in the long
run by enabling our country to better compete in the future global marketplace.
The administration’s proposed NASA budget for fiscal year 2013 indicates an
overall philosophical commitment to revitalizing space technology R&D efforts,
which the Task Force fully supports. However, a strong aeronautics R&D program
is also essential for the national necessity of retaining a U.S. world-class aero-
nautics workforce and the administration’s 5-year (fiscal year 2013–fiscal year 2017)
funding freeze for NASA is incongruent with the administration’s overall goal of
spurring a revitalization of R&D at NASA and in the U.S. aeronautics industry.
Aeronautics is a vital industry that produces tangible economic and security benefits
for the nation. NASA’s charter for aeronautics and space means that it must ad-
dress both. Therefore, the Task Force reiterates its support for an expansion in
NASA’s overall ARMD’s budget portfolio to ensure support for existing long-term
aviation research and infrastructure goals as well as the development of new space
technology R&D capabilities.
As other nations seek to expand their efforts in aeronautics and space exploration,
there is a strong rationale for the Congress to consider real increases to the NASA
aeronautics and space technology budgets. The Congress must help the United
States remain competitive and innovative in this vital area by providing adequate
funds and consistent support for NASA’s missions. Furthermore, NASA’s aero-
nautics budget should reflect the priorities laid out in the NSTC National Aero-
nautics Research and Development Policy, which supports stable and long-term
foundational research. Only a robust aeronautics budget will meet this goal. The
¥3.1-percent decrease in NASA’s aeronautics budget is a step in the wrong direc-
tion. The United States must maintain and expand its investments in scientific re-
search to ensure continued U.S. leadership in space exploration and aeronautics and
aerospace technological development.
This testimony represents the considered judgment of the NASA Task Force of the
Aerospace Division of ASME’s Technical Communities of the Knowledge and Com-
munities Sector and is not necessarily a position of ASME as a whole.
270
1
http://www.oceaneconomics.org/Market/coastal/coastalEcon.asp.
2
Griggs, G. (1999). The Protection of California’s Coast: Past, Present and Future. Shore and
Beach 67(1): 18–28.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
C
ALIFORNIA
C
OASTAL
C
OMMISSION
Many of our Nation’s most urgent issues—the economy, energy policy, environ-
mental protection, and climate change—converge along our Nation’s coasts. Coastal
areas are home to more than one-half of the Nation’s population and a diversity of
natural resources, species, and habitats. Our coasts are also critical economic driv-
ers; collectively coastal economies contribute almost one-half of the Nation’s GDP,
providing jobs, recreation and tourism, coastal and ocean dependent commerce, and
energy production.
In California, for example, the State’s ocean-dependent economy is estimated at
almost $36 billion per year.
1
Almost 70 percent of Californians live and nearly 80
percent of California’s jobs exist along bay or coastal areas and face hazardous con-
ditions now and in the future.
2
California’s coastal tourism and recreation economy,
valued at $12 billion in 2009 and employs more than 300,000 people, more than any
other ocean economy industry in California.
1
The U.S. Congress recognized the importance of the Nation’s coasts by passing the
Coastal Zone Management Act (CZMA) in 1972. The act, administered by the Na-
tional Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), provides for management
of the Nation’s coastal resources, including the Great Lakes, and balancing economic
development with environmental conservation. CZMA also establishes a Federal-
State partnership by giving State’s the opportunity to manage coastal resources in
concert with the Federal Government through federally approved State Coastal
Management Programs (CMP). California’s CMP is designed to comprehensively
manage coastal resources using a variety of planning, permitting, public education,
and nonregulatory mechanisms. Successful implementation of the CMP depends on
cooperation between Federal, State, and local agencies and requires that California
balance the demands for development with the need to conserve natural resources,
providing for sound, responsible stewardship of one of the Nation’s most spectacular
coastlines.
Federal approval of a State program also provides the State CMP agencies with
Federal funding through Coastal Zone Management State Grants. For the fiscal
year 2013, the California Coastal Commission requests that these grants be funded
at least $67 million, consistent with last year’s funding and the fiscal year 2013
President’s budget. This funding is critically important to the maintaining current
staffing and operational levels of California’s Coastal Management Program agen-
cies:
—the California Coastal Commission;
—the San Francisco Bay Conservation and Development Commission; and
—the State Coastal Conservancy.
Federal funds are matched by the State dollars and are often further leveraged
by private and local investment in our Nation’s coasts.
Maintaining funding for these programs that provide on-the-ground services to
our local communities and citizens is well worth the investment. The Federal funds
that California receives will directly support processing of hundreds of coastal devel-
opment permits, reviewing approximately 125 Federal consistency determinations,
and addressing the more than 1,650 pending enforcement cases. These actions pro-
vide for environmentally sustainable development and related economic growth,
while recognizing the protections that are needed for California’s coast to maintain
its natural and scenic beauty, ensure healthy air and clean water for coastal com-
munities, and support coastal tourism that is so critical to the State’s economy. In
addition, this funding will support the work that the California Coastal Commission
is doing to help communities prepare for and address threats from coastal hazards
resulting from increased flooding and sea level rise.
CZMA State grants have essentially remained level-funded for a decade, resulting
in a decreased capacity in the State coastal zone management programs and less
funding available to communities. An increase in funding to $91 million would mean
level funding that accounts for inflation over the last decade and would provide an
additional $300,000 to $800,000 for each State and territory. The California Coastal
Commission recognizes, however, that the fiscal climate makes this type of an in-
crease difficult if not impossible. At current funding levels, California will receive
approximately $2 million to carry out its coastal management program based on a
formula accounting for shoreline miles and coastal population. Any additional fund-
ing to the CZMA State grant line item would be welcome, especially to account for
271
the recent addition of Illinois as a State with an approved coastal program in Janu-
ary 2012.
The California Coastal Commission also supports funding for the National Estua-
rine Research Reserve System (NERRS)—another Federal program authorized
under the CZMA that establishes a partnership with States and territories to en-
sure long-term education, stewardship, and research on estuarine habitats and pro-
vides a scientific foundation for coastal management decisions. This unique site-
based program around the Nation contributes to a systemic research, education, and
training on the Nation’s estuaries. To that end, we request level funding in fiscal
year 2013 for the National Estuarine Research Reserve System at $22.3 million. The
NERRS in the State of California at San Francisco Bay, Elkhorn Slough (Monterey)
and Tijuana River are a tremendous educational resource for the public and for
State and local coastal management professionals who directly benefit from the
trainings that are provided at little or no cost. Given the lack for funding at the
State and local level, planning professionals at State agencies and local govern-
ments will likely receive little to no professional training on the addressing some
of the Nations most pressing coastal management issues without level funding for
the NERRS.
The California Coastal Commission greatly appreciates the support the sub-
committee has provided to these programs in the past, thus facilitating the Federal
and State governments working together to protect our coasts and sustain our local
communities. We appreciate your taking our requests into consideration as you
move forward in the fiscal year 2013 appropriations process.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
C
OASTAL
S
TATES
O
RGANIZATION
The Coastal States Organization (CSO) is a nonpartisan, nonprofit organization
in Washington, DC, that represents the interests of the Governors of the 35 coastal
States, territories, and commonwealths. Established in 1970, CSO focuses on legisla-
tive and policy issues relating to the sound management of coastal, Great Lakes,
and ocean resources and is recognized as the trusted representative of the collective
interests of the coastal States on coastal and ocean management. For fiscal year
2013, CSO supports the following coastal programs and funding levels within the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA):
—Coastal Zone Management Program (§§ 306/306A/309)—$67 million;
—Coastal and Estuarine Land Conservation Program—$20 million;
—Regional Ocean Partnerships—$10 million; and
—National Estuarine Research Reserve System—$22.3 million.
Every American, regardless of where they live, is fundamentally connected to U.S.
coasts, oceans, and Great Lakes. These valuable resources are a critical framework
for commerce, recreation, energy, environment, and quality of life. The U.S. economy
is an ocean and coastal economy: though Federal investment does not reflect it, the
oceans and coasts provide an irreplaceable contribution to our Nation’s economy and
communities. With sectors including marine transportation, tourism, marine con-
struction, aquaculture, ship and boat building, mineral extraction, and living marine
resources, the U.S. ocean-based sector alone provides $138 billion to U.S. gross do-
mestic product and more than 2.3 million jobs to our citizens. In addition, the an-
nual contribution of coastal counties is in the trillions, from ports and fishing to
recreation and tourism. In 2007, our Nation’s coastal counties provided $5.7 trillion
to the economy and were home to 108.3 million people on a land area that is only
18 percent of the total U.S. land area. If these counties were their own country, they
would represent the world’s second-largest economy. Coasts and oceans also add to
the quality of life to the nearly one-half of all Americans who visit the seashore each
year; the nonmarket value of recreation alone is estimated at more than $100 bil-
lion.
Today, our Nation’s coasts are as vital for our future as they are vulnerable. As
a result of their increasing recreational and residential appeal and economic oppor-
tunity, we are exerting more pressure on our coastal and ocean resources. This de-
mand, combined with an increase in natural hazards such as sea level rise, hurri-
canes and other flooding events, endangers the country by the potential loss of these
invaluable assets. Despite the difficult budgetary times, adequate and sustained
funding is needed to support the key programs that implement national priorities
on the ground by utilizing the advances in coastal and ocean science, research, and
technology to manage our coastal and ocean resources for future generations.
These programs reside within NOAA and provide direct funding or services to the
States, territories, and regions to implement national coastal and ocean priorities
at the State, local, and regional level. Programs that are engaged in these important
272
efforts and working to balance the protection of coastal and ocean resources with
the need for sustainable development include the Coastal Zone Management Pro-
gram, Coastal and Estuarine Land Conservation Program, Regional Ocean Partner-
ships and National Estuarine Research Reserves.
Coastal Zone Management Program (§§ 306/306A/309)
CSO requests that CZM grants be funded at $67 million, a consistent level with
last year’s funding with a small increase to account for Illinois’ entrance into the
program. This funding will be shared among the 34 States and territories that have
approved coastal zone management programs. Pursuant to the Coastal Zone Man-
agement Act (CZMA), States partner with NOAA to implement coastal zone man-
agement programs designed to balance protection of coastal and ocean resources
with the need for sustainable development of coastal communities. States have the
flexibility to develop programs, policies and strategies that are targeted to their
State priorities while advancing national goals. Under the CZMA program, the
States receive grants from NOAA that are matched by the States and are used to
leverage significantly more private and local investment in our Nation’s coastal
areas. These grants have been used to maintain and grow coastal economies by re-
ducing environmental impacts of coastal development, resolving conflicts between
competing coastal uses, and providing critical assistance to local communities in
coastal planning and resource protection.
The CZMA State grants have essentially remained level-funded for a decade, re-
sulting in a decreased capacity in the State coastal zone management programs and
less funding available to communities. An increase in funding to $91 million would
mean level funding that accounts for inflation over the last decade and would pro-
vide an additional $300,000 to $800,000 for each State and territory; however, CSO
recognizes that the fiscal climate makes this type of an increase difficult, if not im-
possible. At maintained current funding levels, States and territories would receive
between $850,000 and just more than $2 million to carry out their coastal manage-
ment programs based on a formula accounting for shoreline miles and coastal popu-
lation. Any additional funding over current funding levels would account for the ad-
dition of Illinois as a State with an approved coastal program (which just occurred
January 2012). Illinois will be eligible to receive the maximum allotted funds of $2
million. With an increase, States’ funding would not be diluted with the addition
of Illinois into the program and could focus on activities that support coastal com-
munities and economies such as addressing coastal water pollution, working to con-
serve and restore habitat, helping plan with and educate communities, providing for
public access to the shore and preparing to adapt to changing sea and lake levels
and the threat of increasing storms.
Several years ago and appropriate at the time, a cap of approximately $2 million
was instituted to allow for funding to be even across the States and territories. Now,
more than one-half of the States have met the cap and no longer receive an increase
in funding, despite increased overall funding for CZMA State grants since that cap
was introduced. Therefore, CSO requests that language be included in the appro-
priations bill declaring that each State will receive no less than 1 percent and no
more than 5 percent of the additional funds more than previous appropriations. As
was provided for in fiscal year 2010, CSO requests that language be included in the
appropriations bill that directs NOAA to refrain from charging administrative costs
to these grants. This is to prevent any undue administrative fees from NOAA from
being levied on grants intended for States.
The following are a few examples of activities in Maryland and Texas recently
funded through State grants. These types of contributions and more can be found
around the Nation.
Maryland
CZMA funding assisted four communities (Anne Arundel, Queen Anne’s, and Tal-
bot counties, and the city of Annapolis) in reducing vulnerability to future storm
events, shoreline change and sea level rise and incorporating those considerations
into local plans, codes, and ordinances. CZMA funding assisted 11 communities in
designing nonpoint source reduction projects which help the State and local commu-
nities meet water-quality goals by reducing runoff in the State’s coastal waterways.
Maryland’s CZM Program worked with land conservation partners to preserve
1,150 acres of critical coastal habitat for storm protection, water-filtering benefits,
fish nurseries, or recreation through acquisition and easements. Maryland com-
pleted projects that protected 4,425 linear feet of nearshore habitat from erosion
while providing critical habitat through the implementation of shoreline manage-
ment techniques such as living shorelines.
273
Texas
The Texas Coastal Resources Program created an oyster shell recycling program,
called the ‘‘Shell Bank’’, for the Texas Coastal Bend. This innovative oyster shell
reclamation, storage, and recycling program creates a repository to collect and de-
contaminate shucked shells, identifies reef restoration sites, performs an economic
analysis of the shell bank and educates the public. By putting shells back into the
Bay, new substrate and habitat is created for larval recruitment and growth. Oyster
reefs are vital to the health of ecosystems and economies as they provide habitat
for other organisms and fish and help improve water quality. Oyster fisheries play
a large part in the coastal economy of Texas with 6.1 million pounds harvested an-
nually generating $11 million in revenue. The project is a success, collecting ap-
proximately 70 tons of oysters to date.
The Texas General Land Office (GLO) established guidelines for the development
of local Erosion Response Plans (ERPs) that can incorporate a building set-back line.
The guidelines for ERPs include provisions for prohibition of building habitable
structures seaward of the building set-back line, exemptions for certain construction
seaward of the set-back line, stricter construction requirements for exempted con-
struction, improvements to and protection of public beach access points and dunes
from storm damage, and procedures for adoption of the plans. Development of ERPs
by several local governments using CZMA funding is underway. This will contribute
to:
—reductions in public expenditures due to erosion and storm damages, disaster
response and recovery costs, loss of dune area habitats, and biodiversity;
—protection of critical dunes and dune vegetation that provide protection during
storm events;
—preservation and enhancement of public access and use of beach; and
—prevention of the loss of human life.
Coastal and Estuarine Land Conservation Program
CSO requests Coastal and Estuarine Land Conservation Program (CELCP) not be
terminated, as proposed in the President’s budget request. Authorized by the Con-
gress in 2002, CELCP protects ‘‘those coastal and estuarine areas with significant
conservation, recreation, ecological, historical, or aesthetic values, or that are threat-
ened by conversion from their natural or recreational States to other uses.’’ To date,
the Congress has appropriated nearly $255 million for CELCP. This funding has al-
lowed for the completion of more than 150 conservation projects, with more in
progress. CELCP projects in 27 of the Nation’s 35 coastal States have already
helped preserve approximately 50,000 acres of the Nation’s coastal assets. All Fed-
eral funding has been leveraged by at least an equal amount of State, local, and
private investments, demonstrating the broad support for the program, the impor-
tance of coastal protection throughout the Nation, and the critical role of Federal
funding plays in reaching the conservation goals of our coastal communities.
The preservation of coastal and estuarine areas is critical to both humans and the
environment. These areas shield us from storms, protect us from the effects of sea-
level rise, filter pollutants to maintain water quality, provide shelter, nesting and
nursery grounds for fish and wildlife, protect rare and endangered species and pro-
vide access to beaches and waterfront areas. CELCP is the only program entirely
dedicated to the conservation of these vital coastal areas.
The demand for CELCP funding far outstrips what has been available in recent
years. In the last 3 years, NOAA, in partnership with the States, has identified over
$270 million of vetted and ranked projects. As demand for CELCP funding has
grown, the funding has not kept pace. Adequate funding is needed to meet the de-
mand of the increasingly high-quality projects developed by the States and sub-
mitted to NOAA. Unfortunately, budget constraints at NOAA have forced the agen-
cy to make a difficult choice not to fund its only land acquisition program. Efforts
are underway to streamline NOAA’s coastal stewardship programs to create pro-
gram efficiencies and lower costs. Eliminating an important and successful coastal
conservation tool before a consolidation plan is in place does not make sense. There-
fore, we request that the subcommittee restore funding for CELCP until a consolida-
tion plan can be developed and implemented.
Regional Ocean Partnerships
There is an ever-growing recognition that multistate, regional approaches are one
of the most effective and efficient ways to address many of our ocean management
challenges. These approaches are producing on-the-ground results that are benefit-
ting both the economy and the environment.
Federal investment in Regional Ocean Partnerships (ROP)representing every
coastal State in the continental United States and potentially emerging in the Pa-
274
cific and Caribbean islands—will enhance economic development, grow employment
in green technologies, foster sustainable use of our oceans, coasts and Great Lakes,
and leverage State and nongovernmental investments. To meet our ocean and coast-
al challenges, Governors have voluntarily established ROPs and are working in col-
laboration with Federal agencies, tribes, local governments, and stakeholders. In the
belief that multi-sector, multistate management decisions will result in an improved
ocean environment and ocean-related economy, ROPs are working in a variety of
manners and approaches to address similar challenges, enhance the ecological and
economic health of the regions, and ultimately the Nation.
The States and territories with existing partnerships, and those under develop-
ment, request $10 million in grants for ROPs as a step toward the funding level
needed. These grants will provide essential support for the development and imple-
mentation of action plans within each region. ROPs also request appropriation lan-
guage stating that 10 percent of the total funding be divided equally to existing
ROPs for operations support and the remaining funding broadly support the devel-
opment and implementation of regional priorities as determined by the ROPs
through competitive solicitations.
Funding for operations support will ensure that the ROPs become enduring insti-
tutions that can guide regional efforts over the long term. Remaining funds allo-
cated through a competitive grants process will support projects that address the
priorities identified in the regions. Grants to the Partnerships should be awarded
and administered by NOAA. CSO and the Partnerships are in agreement that this
funding; however, cannot be at the expense of the CZM program funding. The CZM
grants to the States provide the infrastructure and support that is foundational to
the work of the ROPs. Any decreases to CZM funding for the purposes of increasing
that of the ROPs will only hamper the States’ ability to implement the National
Ocean Policy as well as address regional priorities. As partnerships mature and new
ones form where needed, funding should increase to $60 million as soon as possible
in order to fully meet their needs.
National Estuarine Research Reserve System
The National Estuarine Research Reserve System partners with States and terri-
tories to ensure long-term education, stewardship, and research on estuarine habi-
tats. Atlantic, Gulf, Pacific, Caribbean, and Great Lakes reserves advance knowl-
edge and stewardship of estuaries and serve as a scientific foundation for coastal
management decisions. This unique site-based national program contributes to sys-
temic research, education, and training on the Nation’s estuaries.
These types of partnership programs account for only a small portion of the total
NOAA Federal budget, but provide dramatic results in coastal communities. The
funding for these programs is very cost effective, as these grants are matched by
the States and are used to leverage significantly more private and local investment
in our Nation’s coastal zone. Maintaining funding for these programs that provide
on-the-ground services to our local communities and citizens is well worth the in-
vestment.
CSO greatly appreciates the support the subcommittee has provided in the past.
Its support has assisted these programs in working together to protect our coasts
and sustain our local communities. We appreciate your taking our requests into con-
sideration as you move forward in the fiscal year 2013 appropriations process.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
D
AVID
E
NGELS AND
L
ENI
E
NGELS
, RN
We are writing to you because we are very upset by the Department of Justice
(DOJ) trampling on the civil rights of some severely disabled individuals. For the
last several years the DOJ has adopted an ideological agenda that assumes ‘‘one
size fits all’’ and that all disabled people, regardless of their physical or mental dis-
abilities, should be living ‘‘in the community.’’ DOJ has been intimidating and suing
State governments, causing them to accept agreements which they would otherwise
not accept. We are referring to both the ‘‘settlements’’ recently accepted by Georgia
and Virginia. This is a very disturbing trend. The Olmstead law does not direct
States to close State centers, but rather it directs States to provide for the least re-
strictive setting—which may be, in fact, an Intermediate Care Facility for the Men-
tally Retarded (ICF/MR) or similar care setting. Although the actions of the DOJ
are insulting to parents and guardians who have made careful, albeit difficult deci-
sions, looking out for the welfare of their children, this is not their only violation.
Their actions blatantly disregard both the spirit and the letter of the Olmstead deci-
sion. The law clearly states:
275
‘‘Federal Medicaid policy supports an individual’s right to choose where they re-
ceive Medicaid services for which they are eligible. For example, States are required
by Federal law to offer individuals who are eligible for Medicaid home and commu-
nity based waiver services the choice between community-based care under the
waiver program or institutional services.
‘‘Individuals with developmental disabilities and their families are the primary
decisionmakers regarding the services and support such individuals and their fami-
lies receive. Including regarding choosing where the individuals live from available
options, and play decisionmaking roles in policies and programs that affect the lives
of such individuals and their families.’’——Developmental Disabilities Assistance
and Bill of Rights Act, 423 U.S.C. 2001(c)(3) N
OTE
: the DD Act is the Federal au-
thorizing statute for the Advocacy Center.
How can the DOJ ignore this integral part of the law?
On February 10, 2012, at a White House meeting with ARC, Attorney General
Tom Perez stated, ‘‘Olmstead . . . is about people who want to live in the commu-
nity and who can live in the community with the appropriate supports.’’ But my con-
cern is for those who don’t want to live in the community, and those who are forced
by DOJ actions to leave their safe homes—those who can’t live safely in the commu-
nity. At the same meeting, Mr. Perez also said the recent settlement agreements
between the DOJ and the States of Virginia and Georgia will ‘‘enable individuals
to live, work and participate fully in community life.’’ Really? Can he explain how
a 33-year-old individual, with the physical and cognitive function of an infant, will
be able to ‘‘participate’’ in community life? By dismantling ICFs, and placing some
higher-functioning individuals with developmental disabilities (DD) into the commu-
nity, at the expense of those who can’t live there, Mr. Perez is effectively throwing
the baby out with the bath water. In real life, he’s placing them in jeopardy. Isn’t
DOJ’s Civil Rights Division charged with protecting everyone’s civil rights—not just
those who are willing and able to ‘‘participate fully in community life’’?
Therefore, we are writing to you with an urgent request; that you ensure that no
Federal funds be used, to engage in any agenda, which dismantles and/or eliminates
the option of intermediate care facilities (ICFs/MR/DD) for those individuals with
the most severe/profound levels of disability. They are entitled to this option as out-
lined in the statutes listed above. I note that there is a request for an additional
$5.1 million for 25 attorneys for the Civil Rights Division which includes Civil
Rights of Institutionalized Persons Act enforcement. Unless DOJ is going reverse
course and actually uphold the Olmstead decision, and abide by all the statutes
therein—we strongly urge you to deny the request for additional funding.
ADDITIONAL SPECIFIC REQUESTS
Subcommittee on Commerce, Justice, Science and Related Agencies—Re: Department
of Justice/Civil Rights Division Policies
We object to the Civil Rights Division’s ADA/Olmstead Enforcement policies, the
effect of which is to eliminate intermediate care programs/licensed congregate care
facilities for persons with severe/profound cognitive-developmental disabilities.
We recommend to the subcommittee that it place restrictions on the Civil Rights
Division’s fiscal year 2013 budget, so that funds may not be used to undermine and/
or eliminate licensed facilities for persons with cognitive-developmental disabilities.
Subcommittee on Labor, Health and Human Services, Education, and Related Agen-
cies—Re: DHHS/Administration on Children and Families/Administration on
Developmental Disabilities policies
We object to the activities of the Administration on Developmental Disabilities
(‘‘DD Act’’ programs) policies, the effect of which is to eliminate intermediate care
programs/licensed congregate care facilities for persons with severe/profound cog-
nitive-developmental disabilities.
We recommend to the subcommittee that it place restrictions on the Administra-
tion on Developmental Disabilities’ fiscal year 2013 budget, so that program funds
may not be used to undermine and/or eliminate licensed facilities for persons with
cognitive-developmental disabilities.
Thank you.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
E
ARTH
I
NSTITUTE
, C
OLUMBIA
U
NIVERSITY
Madam Chair and members of the subcommittee, thank you for this opportunity
to voice my appreciation for the support this subcommittee has steadfastly provided
for basic science—particularly in the Earth and environmental sciences—at the Na-
276
tional Science Foundation (NSF), the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Adminis-
tration (NOAA), and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).
This subcommittee is responsible for at least 75 percent of the total Federal support
for Earth and environmental sciences and the importance of that investment is both
lifesaving and essential from an economic point-of-view, as I will describe in my tes-
timony. Assuming I can make that case to you and your colleagues, I hope that even
as you are confronted with extremely severe budget challenges, you will continue
to place a high priority on these basic research activities in the fiscal year 2013 ap-
propriations process.
My focus on basic sciences is not because I am a physical or natural scientist. I
am a political scientist, a scholar of public management, and the director of two
masters programs at Columbia University—a Masters of Public Administration in
environmental science and policy, and a Master of Science in sustainability manage-
ment. In both programs, students are required to take core courses in environ-
mental science. Why do I require management and policy students to learn science?
I do so because there is a fundamental need to understand basic environmental
processes in order to effectively manage anything in an increasingly challenging
world. Decisionmakers must have insight into the natural resources and inputs that
sustain their organization or business—the energy, water, and raw materials need-
ed for production. They must also understand the impact of their production on the
natural environment. Ask BP if they think that is important knowledge for manage-
ment to have. An education that includes basic science allows graduates of these
programs to serve as managers and policymakers with the environmental and Earth
science information that is increasingly necessary to evaluate complex information
and make informed decisions.
When I was growing up in the 1960s, there were 3 billion people on the planet;
today there are more than 7 billion. With a global population that is projected to
reach 10 billion by 2050, the crucial question emerges—how do we extract our needs
from the planet without destroying it? In an increasingly crowded planet, the scale
of production of everything has grown, and with it we see an increased draw on the
Earth’s resources. If we do not develop an economic system less dependent on the
one-time use of natural resources, then it is inevitable that energy, water, food, and
all sorts of critical raw materials will become more and more expensive. The devel-
opment of a sustainable, renewable resource-based economy has become a necessity.
The species that really needs healthy ecosystems is not some endangered sea turtle
or polar bear, but the one you and I belong to—the human species. Energy and cli-
mate are just some of the first places we see the strain on the global biosphere, but
they won’t be the last.
In order to maintain and improve our standard of living and those of the aspiring
middle class in the developing world, we must create a high-throughput economy
that manages our planet’s resources and maintains the quality of our air, water,
and land. In the United States and other wealthy nations, we expect our standards
of living to continue to rise, enjoying advanced technologies, and reaping the bene-
fits of an advanced economy. In order to do this, to grow the global economy in the
long term, we need to manage the planet more effectively. Without a healthy and
productive ecosystem, wealth is impossible; environmental protection is a pre-
requisite to wealth. The stress on our environment has become apparent to those
even in the wealthiest nations. The resources of the Earth are fixed and finite, and
environmental and Earth system processes are complex and not yet completely or
widely understood. Scientific research is required to continue to advance our knowl-
edge of these systems so that we can ensure our ability to sustainably utilize them
in the long run. We need to advance and invest in the science of Earth observation
if we are to sustainably manage an economy capable of supporting the planet’s pop-
ulation.
The fact is that we know far more about the functioning of our economy than
about the environment. The Gross Domestic Product indicator has been around
since the 1930s. There is still no such all-encompassing measure for environmental
quality and planetary health—yet these may end up being key indicators of global
well-being and the ability for individuals, organizations, and nations to prosper.
Basic environmental science and Earth observations are the prerequisites for such
an overall sustainability measure or metric. For these reasons, it is imperative that
we expand the collective understanding of natural resources, Earth and environ-
mental processes, and biological systems. We must continue to learn about the re-
sources we have at our disposal, the processes that create and sustain them, and,
perhaps most importantly, the short-term and long-term impacts we are inflicting
on these resources and systems.
The support provided by NOAA’s extramural competitive climate change research
program, NSF’s research programs—especially in the geosciences and biological
277
1
‘‘PlaNYC: 2030’’. The City of New York. Apr 2007. Web. 3 Mar 2012. Pg 78.
2
‘‘PlaNYC: 2030’’. The City of New York. Apr 2007. Web. 3 Mar 2012. Pg 81.
sciences, and NASA’s Earth science programs are critical keys to understanding the
impacts we are inflicting on our natural resources and our complex environmental
systems.
Physical constraints, resource costs, and environmental impacts have become rou-
tine inputs to decisionmaking across sectors and industries. Increasingly, environ-
mental research is needed to drive the understanding behind critical public policy
decisions. Basic and applied scientific research can uncover new policy options, lead
to cost savings in unexpected ways, and can help make sense of sometimes con-
flicting data or information. Two examples from New York City illustrate the impor-
tant role that basic science plays in fundamental policy decisions.
New York City’s drinking water is among the best in the world, exceeding strin-
gent Federal and State water quality standards. New Yorkers get their water from
three upstate reservoir systems that the city owns and operates—the Catskill, Dela-
ware, and the Croton watersheds. This extensive water system provides more than
1 billion gallons of water daily to more than 9 million New York City residents and
residents in the surrounding counties.
1
The Catskill and Delaware watersheds,
which together provide 90 percent of the water to the city, are so pristine that their
water does not need to be filtered. This is a significant accomplishment; in fact,
there are only four other major American cities that are not required to filter their
drinking water:
—Boston;
—San Francisco;
—Seattle; and
—Portland.
To keep the sources of water clean, the city works hard to protect the watershed
from activities that can threaten their water quality. New York City actively en-
gages in land acquisition when available and feasible, acquiring more than 78,000
acres since 2002.
2
City ownership guarantees that crucial natural areas remain un-
developed, while eliminating the threat from more damaging uses. The city enforces
an array of environmental regulations designed to protect water quality while also
encouraging reasonable and responsible development in the watershed communities.
New York City also invests in infrastructure—such as wastewater treatment facili-
ties and septic systems—that shield the water supply, while working with its up-
state partners to ensure comprehensive land-use best practices that curb pollution
at the water’s source. While these efforts take significant investments of time and
money, the alternative to maintaining these watersheds is far more costly. If the
water quality deteriorated, the city would be forced to build a filtration plant that
could cost as much as $10 billion to construct, which would mean costs of roughly
$1 billion a year to pay the debt service and operate the plant. This would also
cause a water rate increase of at least 30 percent to New Yorkers.
1
Most of New York City’s water supply is protected and filtered by the natural
processes of upstate ecosystems. To environmental economists, nature’s work that
protects our water is an ‘‘environmental service.’’ Because the price of a filtration
plant is known, we can estimate the monetary value of the services provided to filter
our water. This comes to $1 billion per year minus the $100 million or so we spend
each year to protect the upstate ecosystems. This is $900 million a year of found
money that we will lose if we don’t protect these fragile ecosystems. It’s a graphic
illustration of the point that what is good for the environment will often be good
for our bank account. However, this is only possible with a strong knowledge of
these ecosystem services—we cannot assume nature is doing something and put a
value on that service, if our fundamental understanding of the environmental proc-
esses involved is flawed or incomplete. This is where basic and applied science re-
search is key—providing the foundation for critical public policy decisions, often in-
volving substantial sums of public dollars. We can see that science is one of many
critical inputs that managers and leaders need at their disposal to process complex
problems and arrive at the best solution.
I will use my hometown, New York City, to demonstrate once more the influence
that informed science can have on public policy problems and the bottom line. The
problem of combined sewer overflow remains one of the most difficult water-quality
issues facing New York City. Combined sewer systems are typical of cities with old
infrastructure, where the sewage from your home is combined with sewage from
street sewers before it is piped to the local sewage treatment plant. The problem
is that if a large amount of rain suddenly sends a high volume of water into street
sewers, it can overwhelm treatment plants and push raw sewage into local water-
ways before it is treated.
278
The traditional approach to dealing with the combined sewer overflow problem is
to build tanks and other facilities to hold storm water during storms and then re-
lease it into the sewers once the storm has ended. In September 2010, New York
City released its landmark Green Infrastructure Plan, which would make use of
vegetation, porous pavements and porous streets, green and blue roofs, and even
rain barrels to augment traditional investment in ‘‘gray infrastructure’’. These
‘‘green’’ low-cost techniques reduce the impact of storms on the city’s water treat-
ment plants by absorbing or catching water before it can enter the sewer system.
Green infrastructure can quickly reduce the flow of wastewater to treatment plants
since it takes much less time to plant greenery or put out rain barrels than to site,
design, build, and operate a traditional holding tank.
The goal of New York’s innovative green infrastructure plan is to reduce sewage
overflows into NYC waterways by 40 percent by 2030. The city’s plan estimates
costs that are $1.5 billion less than the traditional ‘‘gray’’ strategy. Not only is green
infrastructure cheaper than traditional infrastructure (and just as effective), but
these types of projects provide multiple co-benefits for the city including cleaner air,
reduced urban heat island effect, improved energy efficiency, and enhanced quality
of life through increased access to green space.
Recently the State and city signed a draft agreement allowing the city to begin
implementing its green infrastructure approach. The agreement also included a pro-
vision to defer making a decision to construct two combined sewer overflow tunnels
until 2017. The rationale behind the postponement is that in 5 years we will know
much more about the effectiveness of the green techniques. These tunnels are esti-
mated to cost approximately $1 billion each, and if we could demonstrate that an
ecosystems services approach could save most of these funds, it would be an exciting
and important demonstration of the principles of green infrastructure—and the im-
portance of environmental science on policymaking.
Again, we see the importance of utilizing environmental science and research in
critical decisionmaking that impacts significant populations of people. A clear, com-
prehensive understanding of hydrological, biological, and geochemical processes
fuels the decisions to opt for ‘‘green’’ projects versus ‘‘gray’’ projects. Scientific re-
search is not made for the sake of knowledge itself. Important environmental dis-
covery and knowledge form the necessary building blocks to important policies. Nei-
ther of these innovative cost-saving public programs would be possible without a
solid understanding of science. If we do not make the investment in the basic sci-
entific research needed to make these complex decisions regarding the planet’s finite
resources and sensitive services, a reduction in the planet’s ability to produce goods
and services is only a matter of time. We need to dramatically increase funding for
basic and applied science and focus attention on research and development in Earth
observation, energy, food, water, and other key areas.
One of the great strengths of this country is our amazing research universities.
In the post-World War II era, the United States established an effective partnership
between Government-funded basic research and private sector application of funda-
mental research in applied technologies, including computers, cell phones, the Inter-
net, and of course a host of breakthroughs in medicine and medical technology.
Much of the economic growth of the past century and a half has been the direct re-
sult of this type of technological development. Government is especially crucial in
funding basic science that is too far from products and profits to generate private
research and development investment. Government is also needed to help bridge the
sometimes wide gap between basic and applied research.
Support for basic environmental science research should not be seen as a partisan
or political issue. It is about the discovery of fundamental knowledge that has al-
lowed us to improve our standard of living and holds the promise of a sustainable
planet, free from extreme poverty. Support for basic scientific and engineering re-
search and education—particularly the university-based research that the agencies
under the jurisdiction of this subcommittee support—is a fundamental role of Gov-
ernment similar to national security, emergency response, infrastructure, and crimi-
nal justice. Reducing this funding is a threat to our long-term economic growth.
Thank you for this opportunity to appear before the subcommittee. I would be
happy to answer any questions the members of the subcommittee may have.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
F
AMILIES AND
F
RIENDS OF
C
ARE
F
ACILITY
R
ESIDENTS
Chairman Mikulski and members of the subcommittee: Thank you for the oppor-
tunity to testify regarding appropriations for the Department of Justice (DOJ)/Civil
Rights Division (CRD). DOJ is requesting additional personnel of 50 positions and
resources of $5.1 million to strengthen civil rights enforcement efforts that the At-
279
torney General has identified as part of his Vulnerable People Priority Goal. My tes-
timony is limited to DOJ’s activities under Civil Rights of Institutionalized Persons
Act (CRIPA) and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), which are included in
this program area.
I represent the Arkansas statewide parent-guardian association, Families and
Friends of Care Facility Residents (FF/CFR), a 501(c)(3) organization. I am a volun-
teer advocate. My interest in the appropriations for the DOJ/CRD is that of mother
and co-guardian of an adult son, aged 43, whose severe brain injuries occurred at
birth. CRD’s programs called ‘‘Enforcement of the Integration Mandate of the Amer-
icans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and Olmstead v. L.C.’’ are aggressive legal actions
against States which operate licensed, Medicaid-certified congregate care programs
for individuals who have been adjudicated incompetent and whose continuous care
is beyond their families’ capacities. CRD’s mission is to eliminate the option of
State-operated congregate care for individuals with disabilities in the misguided no-
tion that CRD knows what is best for my son and other individuals with severe and
profound disabilities rather than their legal guardians who have made the residen-
tial decisions for their family members.
Our son, a middle-aged man, has a medical diagnosis of profound mental retarda-
tion and autism. John functions on the level of a toddler. He is basically nonverbal,
with occasional echolalia (he may repeat in short words or phrases what another
says directly to him) and exhibits pica (an intense desire to consume inedibles). He
has a toddler’s sense of danger (without close supervision, he might walk into a busy
street; and he would not recognize a toxic cleaning product as something harmful
to ingest, for example).
John can be frightening to an untrained person. A large mobile man when he is
frustrated or experiences disappointment or discomfort, he might come too close to
others, and in a full-blown meltdown, he might howl, slap his face, and chew on
his right wrist. At such times, he is vulnerable to over-reaction by untrained, unsup-
ported staff. Our son’s care is beyond our family’s capacities. All of his life, John
and others similarly situated will rely on the humanity of others for health and
safety. In particular, they will require residential programs with high standards
when there are no living or active family members involved in their lives. For many
years our son’s safe home has been a State-operated congregate-care, Medicaid-cer-
tified intermediate care facility. Through costly litigation and arbitration, DOJ/CRD
is systematically dismantling the residential living facilities for these fragile per-
sons, removing the most defenseless among us from their protected environment
without respect for the wishes of guardians and with no clear underlying, peer-re-
viewed rationale. CRD’s actions have caused and continue to cause enormous stress
and anxiety for families and guardians.
Federal tax dollars should not be spent in undermining and dismantling a system
of care that is absolutely essential to many persons with disabilities. What is often
overlooked, particularly by those in authority who are far away from the daily re-
sponsibilities of care and who are not responsible for providing the close care re-
quired, is that the population with disabilities involved in CRD’s legal actions is ex-
tremely difficult to care for and to support, wherever they may live. It is our posi-
tion (including those like my family who are parents and families of the critically
disabled individuals at risk) that congregate care facilities, adequately funded, offer
the most suitable settings and programs for a particular group of those suffering
from some of the most severe forms of cognitive—developmental disabilities.
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
/
CIVIL RIGHTS CASES IN ARKANSAS AND SIMILAR CASES IN THE
UNITED STATES
DOJ policies, under the mask of ‘‘civil rights’’, were played out in a Federal law-
suit in Arkansas (United States of America v. State of Arkansas/Conway Human
Development Center, Eastern District of Arkansas, Case No. 4:09–cf–00033–JLH
(2011)). DOJ began investigating the center in 2003 and spent millions of dollars
with about 15 attorneys committed to the case (at trial) after an 8-year investiga-
tion, and a 6-week Federal trial challenging our State over one of its intermediate
care facilities, which during the long years of investigation was at all times in com-
pliance with its Federal Medicaid certification regulations.
Arkansas defended its developmental center, and to our great relief, the sub-
stantive DOJ claims were denied and the case was dismissed (June 2011).
As the parties prepared for trial, DOJ filed a second law suit against Arkansas,
naming all of the State’s licensed facilities, including my son’s home, alleging ADA
violations. DOJ’s ADA case against all of the centers was dismissed, and the Federal
trial by DOJ against the Conway Human Development Center proceeded in early
September 2010. I was a spectator and observer through most of the 6-week trial
280
in Little Rock, Arkansas. Not one family from the more than 400 Conway center
residents supported DOJ’s claims that their family members’ civil rights were vio-
lated; not one medical provider or hospital representative familiar with the center’s
residents and their complex medical needs testified to support DOJ’s claims of poor
care.
The Federal Court dismissed the Justice Department’s lawsuit against the Arkan-
sas center (June 8, 2011). In an 85-page decision, the Court began its findings as
follows:
‘‘Most lawsuits are brought by persons who believe their rights have been vio-
lated. Not this one...All or nearly all of those residents have parents or guard-
ians who have the power to assert the legal rights of their children or wards. Those
parents and guardians, so far as the record shows, oppose the claims of the United
States. Thus the United States [Department of Justice] is in the odd position of as-
serting that certain persons’ rights have been and are being violated while those
persons—through their parents and guardians disagree.’’ See Case decision, 1st
para., p. 1.
In the Arkansas case, DOJ was assessed $150,585.01 in court costs to be paid to
the State, but DOJ was not required to pay the more than $4.3 million in attorney’s
fees and litigation costs Arkansas spent for defending the center. These fees were
not reimbursed and they came from several places including the sale of timber and
mineral rights on board-owned properties and donations and bequests accumulated
in more than 50 years to the State-operated centers for the purpose of enhancing
services for their vulnerable residents.
States across the Nation have been confronted with DOJ’s misguided ADA/
Olmstead Enforcement Policies. The latest example is in the State of Virginia. Si-
multaneously, with no opportunity for public review, DOJ filed both a complaint and
a settlement agreement in January of this year. We know from hard experiences
in other States, that DOJ objectives to close State-operated centers are usually not
identified clearly in the documentation of an investigation of a case, but the inten-
tions become clearer as implementation of the settlement agreements is carried out.
A settlement in Texas, for example, requires the State’s centers to undergo addi-
tional reviews by DOJ approved court monitors. None of the Texas centers is likely
to achieve the goals set by the monitors. In a recent editorial, a Texas newspaper
commented that based on its first-hand knowledge of a center, the complex popu-
lation it serves and the staff, ‘‘the demands are not reachable.’’ (Lufkin Daily News,
2/26/2012).
In a settlement agreement with the State of Georgia, which was entered contem-
poraneously with filing of the lawsuit and without public review, all persons with
developmental disabilities in the developmental centers are required to move from
their licensed facilities. The Assistant Attorney General for CRD described the Geor-
gia Settlement Agreement as a ‘‘template for our enforcement efforts across the
country.’’ In a teleconference, he described his role in the settlement which included
going directly to the Governor of Georgia to press for an agreement rather than cost-
ly litigation.
CONCLUSION
It is not in the public interest for a federally funded entity through power of its
office and out of the public view to coerce a State to cease operating programs which
have historically proven successful in assuring the health and safety of persons with
lifelong, severe cognitive disabilities. It is deeply offensive to me, my family and
many others that our Federal Government through the DOJ is empowered to intimi-
date State authorities into unfair settlement agreements resulting in closures of our
children’s safe homes. It is especially egregious that this activity continues when
DOJ’s legal claims have been found so weak in Federal court and the outcomes are
so dangerous to the health and safety of the most vulnerable among us.
DOJ does not reference the Arkansas case on its Web site; however, it does have
a document entitled ‘‘Statement of the Department of Justice on Enforcement of the
Integration Mandate of Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act and Olmstead
v. L.C.’’ This document omits the Federal laws which recognize that individuals with
developmental disabilities and their families are the primary decisionmakers in
placement choices; it omits the Medicaid rule which provides that eligible persons
may choose between home and community based care and institutional care. The
DOJ statement presents an incomplete interpretation of the Olmstead decision and
ignores critical parts, for example: In the Olmstead majority opinion, Justice
Ginsberg wrote that ‘‘[w]e recognize, as well, the States’ need to maintain a range
of facilities for the care and treatment of persons with diverse mental disabil-
281
ities,....’’ 527 U.S. 597. The Court further held that ‘‘[w]e emphasize that noth-
ing in the ADA or its implementing regulations condones termination of institu-
tional settings for persons unable to handle or benefit from community settings.’’
527 U.S. 601.
Justice Kennedy, joined by Justice Breyer, wrote in his concurring opinion, joining
the majority of four: ‘‘it would be unreasonable, it would be a tragic event, then,
were the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) to be interpreted so that
States had some incentive, for fear of litigation, to drive those in need of medical
care and treatment out of appropriate care into settings with too little assistance
and supervision.’’ 527 U.S. 610. Justice Kennedy’s prognostic fear is a present day
reality.
DOJ should re-examine its programs under Olmstead, which the Department calls
an ‘‘integration mandate,’’ and answer for the very serious consequences of its ac-
tions. Most important, how many former residents of congregate care facilities have
died from preventable causes since being displaced from their ICF/MR (Intermediate
Care Facilities for persons with Mental Retardation) homes? What are the actual
facts on quality of care and comparative costs?
REQUEST
The comprehensive and devastating reach of the Civil Rights Division agenda on
the most vulnerable among us requires active, vigilant congressional oversight. We
respectfully request this subcommittee’s review and action by:
—halting the misguided mission of the Civil Rights Division of the Department
of Justice, as described above;
—discontinuing to fund the de-institutionalization programs of the of the Civil
Rights Division of the Department of Justice; and
—placing restrictions on the Civil Rights Division’s programs, limiting its funds
to bring actions that drive States out of their roles in providing care for our
most severely impaired developmentally disabled citizens, all under the mask
of ‘‘civil rights.’’
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
F
EDERATION OF
A
MERICAN
S
OCIETIES FOR
E
XPERIMENTAL
B
IOLOGY
The Federation of American Societies for Experimental Biology (FASEB) respect-
fully requests an appropriation of at least $7.3 billion for the National Science Foun-
dation (NSF) in fiscal year 2013. This funding level matches the recommendation
made in the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget request. As you know, NSF funding
in recent years has failed to reach the levels authorized in the America COMPETES
Acts of 2007 and 2010. FASEB’s broader goal is to support sustainable growth and
a return to a funding trajectory reflective of the COMPETES reauthorization.
As a federation of 26 scientific societies, FASEB represents more than 100,000 life
scientists and engineers, making it the largest coalition of biomedical research asso-
ciations in the United States. FASEB’s mission is to advance health and welfare by
promoting progress and education in biological and biomedical sciences through
service to its member societies and collaborative advocacy. FASEB enhances the
ability of scientists and engineers to improve—through their research—the health,
well-being, and productivity of all people.
With just 4 percent of the Federal research and development (R&D) budget, NSF
sponsors 40 percent of federally funded basic academic research in the physical
sciences and serves as the primary Federal funding source for research in dis-
ciplines such as computer science, nonhealth-related biology, and the social sciences.
NSF also plays a significant role in advancing biomedical research; 42 Nobel Prizes
have been awarded to NSF-funded scientists for contributions in physiology or medi-
cine.
At a time when the U.S. faces many challenges, scientific and technological ad-
vances are the key to keeping our Nation globally competitive and protecting our
standard of living. The broad portfolio of fundamental research supported by NSF
expands the frontiers of knowledge, fuels future innovation, and creates a well-de-
veloped research infrastructure capable of supporting paradigm-shifting research
projects. NSF grants, awarded to projects of the highest quality and greatest signifi-
cance in all 50 States, are selected using a rigorous merit-review process that evalu-
ates proposals on both scientific and societal value. For example, one recent NSF
research project utilized mathematics and computer modeling to understand struc-
tural characteristics of stents used to treat coronary artery disease. The results of
this research will allow manufacturers to optimize stent design and help doctors de-
termine the best kind of stent for each patient and medical procedure. Another team
282
of NSF-funded scientists is studying the unique properties of sundew plants to de-
velop new materials with potential medical applications. Adhesive fibers, like those
secreted by the plant, could one day be incorporated into bandages that accelerate
tissue repair or applied to artificial hip and knee replacements to stimulate compat-
ibility with human tissue. NSF researchers are also exploring scientific questions
that reveal the nature of our universe. Using new data collection capabilities not
available a few years ago, astronomers recently discovered the most massive black
holes ever observed in outer space.
NSF is also committed to achieving excellence in science, technology, engineering,
and math education at all levels. The agency supports a wide variety of initiatives
aimed at preparing science teachers, developing innovative curricula, and engaging
students in the process of scientific inquiry. One of many NSF efforts to prepare fu-
ture scientists and engineers, the Graduate Research Fellowship Program (GRFP)
annually awards approximately 2,000 3-year fellowships to outstanding graduate
students pursuing advanced degrees in science, technology, engineering, or mathe-
matics. NSF graduate research fellows are making important scientific contribu-
tions, and past GRFP award recipients have gone on to become leading scientists
and Nobel Prize winners. Through its education and training initiatives, NSF en-
sures the development of a workforce well-prepared to advance knowledge and
achieve new breakthroughs in science and engineering.
NSF-funded research has produced revolutionary discoveries and innovations
through its broad-based, long-term investment in R&D. These are the types of in-
vestments that no individual or private business could afford to undertake. If the
public did not support it, it would not be done. The recently released National
Science Board Science and Engineering Indicators 2012 report indicates that while
growth of United States R&D expenditures has slowed in recent years, China’s R&D
expenditures have risen sharply, increasing by 28 percent in 2009. Failure to build
on prior investments in NSF would slow the pace of discovery, sacrifice our position
as the global leader in innovation, and discourage young scientists and engineers.
Strong and sustained NSF appropriations enable the groundbreaking research and
training critical to the future success and prosperity of the United States.
Thank you for the opportunity to offer FASEB’s support for NSF.
FASEB is composed of 26 societies with more than 100,000 members, making it
the largest coalition of biomedical research associations in the United States. Cele-
brating 100 Years of Advancing the Life Sciences in 2012, FASEB is rededicating
its efforts to advance health and well-being by promoting progress and education in
biological and biomedical sciences through service to our member societies and col-
laborative advocacy.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
IACP/D
U
P
ONT
K
EVLAR
S
URVIVORS
’ C
LUB
®
Chairwoman Mikulski and Ranking Member Hutchison, members of the sub-
committee, I genuinely appreciate this opportunity to submit testimony in support
of a program key to law enforcement officer safety: the Bulletproof Vest Partnership
Act (BVPA). I thank the subcommittee for supporting BVPA funding in the past and
ask that the program be funded at or more than the level recommended in the
President’s fiscal year 2013 budget, or $24 million. Program demand continues to
be very high: the 5-year average for combined small and large agency requests for
BVPA funds is $114 million, compared to average annual funds of $28 million allo-
cated the BVPA (according to the Bureau of Justice Assistance [BJA]).
By way of brief background, I served as a police officer for 35 years, 20 of which
were as chief of police. Following that, I have documented the benefits of wearing
body armor for thousands of officers across the country over the last decade through
the IACP/DuPont Kevlar Survivors’ Club® as created by the International Associa-
tion of Chiefs of Police (IACP) and DuPont in 1987. Key functions of the IACP/Du-
Pont partnership are encouraging law enforcement officers to wear personal body
armor and celebrating the lives of officers who, as the result of wearing ballistic pro-
tection, were protected from being disabled or killed. The data collected from police
survivors is shared with the noncommercial research community for the exclusive
purpose of improving the next generation of body armor.
I am able to provide reported preliminary and verified saves for every State upon
request. For the purposes of this testimony, the saves for Maryland are 10 and for
Texas, 60. I call to your attention that we are unable to capture all saves. Agencies
and officers for a variety of reasons often prefer not to submit information about
an incident.
Background and Need.—Law enforcement is a field that carries inherent risks,
with the past 2 years being especially lethal years for law enforcement officers.
283
1
FBI LEOKA preliminary report felonious deaths as of December 27, 2011; final 2011 Law
Enforcement Officers Killed and Assaulted report will be published by the FBI in 2012; visit
FBI LEOKA data at http://www.fbi.gov/about-us/cjis/ucr/leoka/leoka-2010.
2
FBI LEOKA data.
3
International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP)/DuPont Survivors’ Club®.
4
Bureau of Justice Statistics Web site, based on Law Enforcement Management and Adminis-
trative Statistics survey, and the Census of State and Local Law Enforcement Agencies: http://
bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/index.cfm?ty=tp&tid=71.
Numbers from the Officer Down Memorial Page (www.odmp.org) note that 164 line-
of-duty deaths were reported in 2011 and 162 line-of-duty deaths in 2010. Although
we are at the beginning of 2012, line-of-duty deaths are already at 22—with the
first being that of a female officer—United States Park Ranger Margaret Anderson.
Considering only police line-of-duty deaths resulting from felonious attacks, the
numbers are stunning. The table below reflects final Federal Bureau of Investiga-
tion Law Enforcement Officers Killed and Assaulted (FBI LEOKA) data for the
years 2009 and 2010. Although the data for 2011 is incomplete as reported by FBI
LEOKA on December 27, 2011,
1
the number of officers feloniously killed increased
35.4 percent from 2009 to 2011. This begs the question, if the reports of homicide
in the country are generally decreasing, why are police homicides up?
FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS KILLED AND ASSAULTED
REPORTS OF OFFICERS FELONIOUSLY KILLED
Type of weapon 2009 2010 2011
Number of victim officers ...................................................................................... 48 56 65
Type of firearms used to kill law enforcement officers:
Handgun ........................................................................................................ 28 38 ....................
Rifle ............................................................................................................... 15 15 ....................
Shotgun ......................................................................................................... 2 2 ....................
Type of firearm not reported ........................................................................ .................... .................... ....................
Total officers feloniously killed by firearm .............................................. 45 55 56
Weapons other than firearm used to kill law enforcement officers:
Knife or other cutting instrument ................................................................ .................... .................... 1
Bomb ............................................................................................................. .................... .................... ....................
Blunt instrument ........................................................................................... .................... .................... ....................
Personal weapons (hands and feet) ............................................................ .................... .................... 2
Vehicle ........................................................................................................... 3 1 6
Other ............................................................................................................. .................... .................... ....................
The American police community is facing incredible challenges, not the least being
officer safety. Police officers are encountering criminals armed with high-powered
weapons including fully automatic rifles. Criminals are routinely wearing body
armor while engaged in violent acts. Even so, men and women of American law en-
forcement are the first responders charged to prevent, interrupt, mitigate, and re-
cover from a criminal act, be it a minor crime in progress or the action of a terrorist.
It is vital to ensure that they are provided the tools and equipment to carry out
their duties safely. This includes adequate comfort and coverage with respect to
body armor.
Body armor continues to serve as an effective piece of equipment to save officers
from disabilities and death—with FBI data showing relative risk of fatality for offi-
cers who did not wear body armor at 14 times greater than those who did.
2
Docu-
mented saves include more than 3,100 officers over the past 30 years
3
—a number
that is likely far higher considering that many incidents go unreported in the reg-
ular course of law enforcement work. However, BJS estimates that only 67 percent
of departments require the officers to wear protective armor at all times.
4
Body armor protects scores of officers from injuries—both ballistic and nonbal-
listic—every year. However, although the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) has
worked to ensure certain levels of protection for ballistic vests, the policy insuffi-
ciently addresses issues of fit, measurement, and maintenance—which has produced
wide variation in the treatment of these issues by manufacturers that has led to
a decreased level of safety for officers using body armor. For example, BJA policy
fails to set standards for those taking measurements for fit and coverage, leaving
room for great levels of discretion and error. Ideally, fit would be verified at time
of delivery, at a specific period of time after delivery to provide for adjustments re-
284
5
Bureau of Justice Statistics Crime Data Brief: Women in Law Enforcement, 1987–2007:
http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/wle8708.pdf.
quired after a break-in period, and annually thereafter until the armor is removed
from service.
The FBI reports that from 1996 to 2005, 132 officers were killed while wearing
body armor from ballistic penetration of areas not covered by body armor. Of those
killed, 26 percent were wounded between side vest panels, 35 percent around the
armholes or shoulder, 25 percent more than the vest, and 14 percent less than the
vest. The actual numbers are much greater as this information is limited to felo-
nious deaths and does not include assaults where the officer survived. These num-
bers highlight the importance of ensuring good fit and measurement to provide offi-
cers with equipment that provides maximum safety.
Special Issue Concerning Female Body Armor.—Law enforcement is no longer a
men-only occupation. Numbers show that for the past few decades, the number of
women in law enforcement has consistently increased—for all levels of law enforce-
ment:
5
—By 2008, about 100,000 women served as Federal, State, or local law enforce-
ment officers.
—The number of women in local enforcement grew from 7.6 percent in 1987 to
12 percent by 2007.
—Among local law enforcement agencies, women represented more than double
the percentage of sworn personnel in large agencies than compared to small
agencies.
—In 2007, women made up 18 percent of sworn officers in 12 of the 13 largest
local police departments.
Regrettably, when it comes to body armor for women, usage of body armor specifi-
cally designed to fit the female torso is limited. Much of the armor currently offered
is designed for male officers and does not take into account the anatomical dif-
ferences between male and female officers. In one survey, female officers complained
that the poor fit, especially in the bust, made it ‘‘hard to breathe,’’ and another
noted that the tight fit made her feel ‘‘squashed’’—hardly top conditions under
which female officers should operate. A survey conducted by the Institute for
Women in Trades, Technology, and Science found that 33 percent of female officers
reported fit problems, compared to 6 percent of their male counterparts. Even so,
many female officers shun the stigma surrounding perceived ‘‘special treatment’’ by
superiors and, therefore, fail to request equipment made to suit them even though
it may only run $100–$150 more than male armor. Many end up requesting body
armor designed for a male body, to keep up with their male peers, but find it im-
practical to use. Clearly, the level of education and awareness concerning this type
of protective equipment must be elevated.
Bulletproof Vest Partnership Act.—Some of these issues related to fit and coverage
were studied by the Government Accountability Office (GAO), which released a re-
port (GAO12–353) on February 15, 2012, entitled, ‘‘Law Enforcement Body Armor:
DOJ Could Enhance Grant Management Controls and Better Ensure Consistency in
Grant Program Requirements’’. According to the report’s highlights, here are key
findings and recommendations:
‘‘The Department of Justice (DOJ) has a number of initiatives to support body
armor use by State and local law enforcement, including funding, research, stand-
ards development, and testing programs. Two Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA)
grant programs provide funding to State and local law enforcement to facilitate
their body armor purchases. The Bulletproof Vest Partnership (BVP) program offers
2-year grants on a reimbursable basis . . .’’
‘‘DOJ designed several internal controls to manage and coordinate BJA’s and
NIJ’s body armor activities, but could take steps to strengthen them, consistent with
standards for internal control. For example, the BVP program has not deobligated
about $27 million in undisbursed funds from grant awards whose terms have ended.
To strengthen fund management, DOJ could deobligate these funds for grants that
have closed and, for example, apply the amounts to new awards or reduce requests
for future budgets. Also, unlike the BVP program, the JAG program does not re-
quire that the body armor purchased be NIJ compliant or that officers be mandated
to wear the armor purchased. To promote officer safety and harmonize the BVP and
JAG programs, DOJ could establish consistent body armor requirements...
‘‘GAO recommends that among other actions, DOJ deobligate undisbursed funds
from grants in the BVP program that have closed, establish consistent requirements
within its body armor grant programs, and track grantees’ intended stab-resistant
vest purchases. DOJ generally agreed with the recommendations.’’
285
The recommendation by GAO to deobligate unused funds warrants judicious con-
sideration. It is my understanding that the unused funds, referenced in the GAO
report, were not drawn down by the requesting jurisdictions during the period of
2004 through 2009. As I understand it, beginning with 2008 BPVA awards, BJA re-
duced the amount of new awards equal to unused/expired funds in a jurisdiction’s
account and decreased the eligibility period for use of funds from 4 years to 2.
Deobligating funds as recommended by GAO could have a detrimental effect on ju-
risdictions requiring more time to spend down the remainder of their grants.
Thus, in addition to funding the BVPA at a level equal to or higher than the
President’s fiscal year 2013 request of $24 million, I urge the subcommittee to not
approve deobligation of BVPA funds as recommended by GAO and allow more time
for grantees to use those monies to purchase body armor for officers. Hopefully this
will also be body armor that fits well, covers areas adequately, and is comfortable
enough to allow the officer to properly do his or her job.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
I
NDEPENDENT
T
RIBAL
C
OURT
R
EVIEW
T
EAM
Thank you for the opportunity to testify today and address the serious funding
needs that have limited and continue to hinder the operations of tribal judicial sys-
tems in Indian country. I am the lead judge of the Independent Tribal Court Review
Team. I am here today to request funding for tribal courts in the Department of
Justice, Office of Justice Programs for the Tribal Courts Assistance Program.
Budget priorities, request and recommendations:
—Increase funding for tribal courts by $10 million;
—Maintain the set-aside for tribal courts;
—Fully fund all provisions of the Tribal Law and Order Act of 2010 (TLOA); and
—$58.4 million authorized under the Indian Tribal Justice Act of 1993, Public
Law 103–176, 25 U.S.C. 3601 and re-authorized in year 2000 Public Law 106–
559 (no funds to date).
We support the 7-percent tribal set-aside ($81,375,000) from all discretionary Of-
fice of Justice Programs to address Indian country public safety and tribal criminal
justice needs. However, this is not sufficient to address the need in terms of equity
for Indian country relative to funding appropriated for State, local, and other Fed-
eral justice assistance programs. On behalf of the Review Team, I ask that you give
every consideration to increasing this program to the fiscal year 2010 enacted level
for the Tribal Assistance Account and allow for greater flexibility for tribes to use
these funds at the local level.
We support an increase in funding for:
Hiring and Training of Court Personnel.—Tribal courts make do with under-
paid staff, underexperienced staff, and minimal training. (We have determined
that hiring tribal members limits the inclination of staff to move away; a poor
excuse to underpay staff.)
Compliance With Tribal Law and Order Act.—To provide judges, prosecutors,
public defenders, who are attorneys and who are bared to do ‘‘enhanced sen-
tencing’’ in tribal courts.
Salary Increases for Existing Judges and Court Personnel.—Salaries should
be comparable to local and State court personnel to keep pace with the non-
tribal judicial systems and be competitive to maintain existing personnel.
Tribal Courts Need State-of-the-Art Technology—(Software, Computers, Phone
Systems, Tape Recording Machines).—Many tribes cannot afford to purchase or
upgrade existing court equipment unless they get a grant. This is accompanied
by training expenses and licensing fees which do not last after the grant ends.
Security and Security Systems To Protect Court Records and Privacy of Case
Information.—Most tribal courts do not even have a full-time bailiff, much less
a state-of-the-art security system that uses locked doors and camera surveil-
lance. This is a tragedy waiting to happen.
Tribal Court Code Development.—Tribes cannot afford legal consultation. A
small number of tribes hire on-site staff attorneys. These staff attorneys gen-
erally become enmeshed in economic development and code development does
not take priority. Tribes make do with underdeveloped codes. The Adam Walsh
Act created a hardship for tribes who were forced to develop codes, without
funding, or have the State assume jurisdiction. (States have never properly
overseen law enforcement in a tribal jurisdiction.)
Financial Code Development.—We have rarely seen tribes with developed fi-
nancial policies. The process of paying a bond, for example, varies greatly from
tribe to tribe. The usual process of who collects it, where it is collected, and how
much it is, is never consistent among tribes.
286
Nationwide, there are 184 tribes with courts that receive Federal funding. For the
past 6 years, the Independent Court Review Team has been traveling throughout
Indian country assessing how tribal courts are operating. During this time, we have
completed some 84 court reviews. There is no one with more hands-on experience
and knowledge regarding the current status of tribal courts than our Review Team.
We have come into contact with every imaginable type of tribe; large and small;
urban and rural; wealthy and poor. What we have not come into contact with is any
tribe whose court system is operating with financial resources comparable to other
local and State jurisdictions. Our research indicates tribal courts are at a critical
stage in terms of need.
There are many positive aspects about tribal courts. It is clear that tribal courts
and justice systems are vital and important to the communities where they are lo-
cated. Tribes value and want to be proud of their court systems. Tribes with even
modest resources tend to send additional funding to courts before other costs. After
decades of existence, many tribal courts, despite minimal funding, have achieved a
level of experience and sophistication approaching, and in some cases surpassing,
local non-Indian courts.
Tribal courts, through the Indian Child Welfare Act, have mostly stopped the
wholesale removal of Indian children from their families. Indian and non-Indian
courts have developed formal and informal agreements regarding jurisdiction. Tribal
governments have recognized the benefit of having law-trained judges, without
doing away with judges who have cultural/traditional experience. Tribal court sys-
tems have appellate courts, jury trials, well-cared-for courthouses (even the poorer
tribes), and tribal bar listings and fees. Perhaps most importantly, tribes recognize
the benefit of an independent judiciary and have taken steps to insulate courts and
judges from political pressure. No longer in Indian country are judges automatically
fired for decisions against the legislature.
Assessments have indicated that the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) only funds
tribal courts at 26 percent of the funding needed to operate. The remainder is fund-
ed by the tribes. Tribes who have economic development generally subsidize their
tribal courts. On the flip side, tribes who cannot afford to assist in the financial op-
erations of the court are tasked with doing the best they can with what they have
even at the expense of decreasing or eliminating services elsewhere. This while op-
erating at a disadvantage with already overstrained resources and underserved
needs of the tribal members. The assessment suggests that the smaller courts are
both the busiest and most underfunded.
We thank this subcommittee for the additional $10 million funding in fiscal year
2010. These funds were a godsend to tribes. Even minimal increases were put to
good use. The additional funding in fiscal year 2013 will be a big asset and coupled
with tribes having flexibility on how to use these funds will greatly improve access
to funding for tribal courts.
The grant funding in the Department of Justice (DOJ) is intended to be tem-
porary, but instead it is used for permanent needs; such as funding a drug court
clerk who then is used as a court clerk with drug court duties. When the funding
runs out, so does the permanent position. We have witnessed many failed drug
courts, failed court management software projects (due to training costs), and incom-
plete code development projects. When DOJ funding runs out, so does the project.
As a directive from the Office of Management and Budget, our Reviews specifi-
cally examined how tribes were using Federal funding. In the past several years,
there were only two isolated incidents of a questionable expenditure of Federal
funds. It is speculated that because of our limited resources, we compromise one’s
due process and invoke ‘‘speedy trials’’ violations to save tribal courts money. Every-
one who is processed through the tribal judicial system is afforded their constitu-
tional civil liberties and civil rights.
We do not wish to leave an entirely negative impression about tribal courts. Trib-
al courts need an immediate, sustained, and increased level of funding. True. How-
ever, there are strong indications that the courts will put such funding to good use.
There are tribes like the Fort Belknap Tribe of Montana whose chief judge man-
ages both offices and holds court in an old dormitory that can’t be used when it
rains because water leaks into the building and the mold has consumed one wall.
Their need exceeds 100 percent.
There are several courts where the roofs leak when it rains and those court
houses cannot be fixed due to lack of sufficient funds. The Team took pictures of
those damaged ceilings for the BIA hoping to have additional funds for the tribes
to fix the damaged ceilings.
Tribal courts have other serious needs. Tribal appellate court judges are mostly
attorneys who dedicate their services for modest fees that barely cover costs for
copying and transcription fees. Tribal courts offer jury trials. In many courts, one
287
sustained jury trial will deplete the available budget. The only place to minimize
expenses is to fire staff. Many tribal courts have defense advocates. These advocates
are generally law trained and do a good job protecting an individual’s rights (includ-
ing assuring that speedy trial limitations are not violated.) This is a large item in
court budgets and if the defense advocate, or prosecutor should leave, the replace-
ment process is slow.
Now the need is greater if the tribal courts follow the TLOA, that requires barred
attorneys to sit as judges, prosecutors, and defense attorneys, when using the ‘‘en-
hanced sentencing’’ and enhanced jail detention, options of this act. Partial funding
for TLOA is not an option if Indian country is expected to benefit from the intent
of the Congress. We ask that you fully fund the investment you made in tribal jus-
tice systems by authorizing both the TLOA and the Indian Tribal Justice Act of
1993. Otherwise the continued lack of resources for tribal justice systems will con-
tinue to pose a threat to Native citizens and the future of Indian country.
I am here today to tell the Congress these things. We feel it is our duty to come
here on behalf of tribes to advocate for better funding. Tribes ask us to tell their
stories. They open their files and records to us and say, ‘‘We have nothing to hide’’.
Tell the Congress we need better facilities, more law enforcement, more detention
facilities, more legal advice, better codes—the list goes on and on. But, as we have
indicated, it all involves more funding. This Congress and this administration can
do something great. Put your money where your promises have been.
Finally, we support the requests and recommendations of the National Congress
of American Indians.
On behalf of the Independent Review Team, thank you.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
I
NNOCENCE
P
ROJECT
On behalf of the Innocence Project, thank you for allowing me to submit testimony
to the Senate Committee on Appropriations Subcommittee on Commerce, Justice,
Science, and Related Agencies as it considers budget requests for fiscal year 2013.
I write to request the continued funding of the following programs at the described
levels:
—The Paul Coverdell Forensic Sciences Improvement Grant Program (the ‘‘Cover-
dell Program’’) at $20 million through the Department of Justice, National In-
stitute for Justice (NIJ);
—The Kirk Bloodsworth Post-Conviction DNA Testing Program (the ‘‘Bloodsworth
Program’’) at the fiscal year 2012 level of $4 million through the NIJ; and
—The Wrongful Conviction Review Program, which is a part of the Capital Litiga-
tion Improvement Program, at $2.5 million, for a total Capital Litigation Im-
provement Program allocation of $5 million through the Department of Justice,
Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA).
Freeing innocent individuals and preventing wrongful convictions through reform
greatly benefits public safety. Every time DNA identifies a wrongful conviction, it
enables the identification of the real perpetrator of those crimes. True perpetrators
have been identified in 45 percent of the DNA exoneration cases. To date, 289 indi-
viduals in the United States have been exonerated by DNA testing, with these inno-
cents serving on average 13 years in prison. However, I want to underscore the
value of Federal innocence programs, not to just these exonerated individuals, but
also to public safety and justice. It is important to fund these critical innocence pro-
grams because reforms and procedures that help to prevent wrongful convictions en-
hance the accuracy of criminal investigations, strengthen criminal prosecutions, and
result in a stronger, fairer system of justice.
The Coverdell Program
Recognizing the need for independent government investigations in the wake of
forensic scandals, the Congress created the forensic oversight provisions of the
Coverdell Program, a crucial step toward ensuring the integrity of forensic evidence.
Specifically, in the Justice for All Act, the Congress required that ‘‘[t]o request a
grant under this subchapter, a State or unit of local government shall submit to the
Attorney General...a certification that a government entity exists and an appro-
priate process is in place to conduct independent external investigations into allega-
tions of serious negligence or misconduct substantially affecting the integrity of the
forensic results committed by employees or contractors of any forensic laboratory
288
1
42 U.S.C. 3797k(4).
2
The Innocence Network is an affiliation of organizations dedicated to providing pro bono
legal and investigative services to individuals seeking to prove innocence of crimes for which
they have been convicted and working to redress the causes of wrongful convictions.
3
Arizona receives Federal DNA grant, http://community.law.asu.edu/news/19167/Arizona-re-
ceives-federal-DNA-grant.htm (last visited March 13, 2012).
4
Reauthorization of the Innocence Protection Act. 111th Cong., 1st Sess., 8 (2009) (testimony
of Lynn Overmann, Senior Advisor, Office of Justice Programs).
system, medical examiner’s office, coroner’s office, law enforcement storage facility,
or medical facility in the State that will receive a portion of the grant amount.’’
1
The Coverdell Program provides State and local crime laboratories and other fo-
rensic facilities with much needed Federal funding to carry out their work both effi-
ciently and effectively. Now, more than ever, as forensic science budgets find them-
selves on the chopping block in States and localities nationwide, the very survival
of many crime labs may depend on Coverdell funds. As the program supports both
the capacity of crime labs to process forensic evidence and the essential function of
ensuring the integrity of forensic investigations in the wake of serious allegations
of negligence or misconduct, we ask that you fund the Coverdell Program at $20
million in fiscal year 2013.
The Bloodsworth Program
The Bloodsworth Program provides hope to innocent inmates who might otherwise
have none by helping States more actively pursue postconviction DNA testing in ap-
propriate situations. These funds have had a positive impact that has led to much
success. Many organizational members of the national Innocence Network have
partnered with State agencies that have received Bloodsworth funding.
2
It is worth noting that the Bloodsworth Program does not fund the work of Inno-
cence Projects directly, but State applicants which seek support for a range of enti-
ties involved in settling innocence claims, including law enforcement agencies, crime
laboratories, and a host of others—often in collaboration. Additionally, the
Bloodsworth Program has fostered the cooperation of innocence projects and State
agencies. For example, with the $1,386,699 that Arizona was awarded for fiscal year
2008, the Arizona Justice Project, in conjunction with the Arizona Attorney Gen-
eral’s Office, began the Post-Conviction DNA Testing Project. Together, they have
canvassed the Arizona inmate population, reviewed cases, worked to locate evidence
and filed joint requests with the court to have evidence released for DNA testing.
In addition to identifying the innocent, Arizona Attorney General Terry Goddard
has noted that the ‘‘grant enables [his] office to support local prosecutors and ensure
that those who have committed violent crimes are identified and behind bars.’’
3
Such joint efforts have also been pursued in Connecticut, Louisiana, Minnesota,
North Carolina, and Wisconsin.
The Bloodsworth Program is a relatively small yet powerful investment for States
seeking to do critically important work: to free innocent people who were erro-
neously convicted and to identify the true perpetrators of crime. The Bloodsworth
Program has resulted in the exonerations of nine wrongfully convicted persons in
six States, and the true perpetrator was identified in three of those cases. For in-
stance, Virginian Thomas Haynesworth was freed thanks to Bloodsworth-funded
testing that also revealed the real perpetrator. As such, we ask that you continue
to fund the Bloodsworth Program at its current fiscal year 2012 funding level of $4
million.
Wrongful Conviction Review Program
Particularly when DNA isn’t available, or when it alone isn’t enough to prove in-
nocence, being able to prove one’s innocence to a level sufficient for exoneration is
even harder than ‘‘simply’’ proving the same with DNA evidence. These innocents
languishing behind bars require expert representation to help navigate the complex
issues that invariably arise in their bids for postconviction relief. And the need for
such representation is enormous when only a small fraction of cases involve evi-
dence that could be subjected to DNA testing. (For example, it is estimated that
among murders, only 10 percent of cases have the kind of evidence that could be
DNA tested.)
Realizing the imperative presented by such cases, the BJA dedicated part of its
Capital Litigation Improvement Program funding to create the Wrongful Conviction
Review program.
4
The program provides applicants—nonprofit organizations and
public defender offices dedicated to exonerating the innocent—with funds directed
toward providing high-quality and efficient representation for potentially wrongfully
convicted defendants in postconviction claims of innocence.
289
The program’s goals, in addition to exonerating the innocent, are significant: to
alleviate burdens placed on the criminal justice system through costly and prolonged
postconviction litigation and to identify, whenever possible, the actual perpetrator
of the crime. Above all, though, this program forms a considerable piece of the com-
prehensive Federal package of innocence protection measures created in recent
years; without it, a great deal of innocence claims might otherwise fall through the
cracks.
Numerous local innocence projects have been able to enhance their caseloads and
representation of innocents as a result of the Wrongful Conviction Review Grant
Program, including those in Alaska, Minnesota, Pennsylvania, and at the University
of Baltimore. During the past year, the Florida Innocence Project was able to
achieve the exoneration of Derrick Williams through the support of this program,
and the Mid-Atlantic Innocence Project helped secure the exoneration of Thomas
Haynesworth in Virginia. Grant funds enabled the Northern California Innocence
Project to hire staff to screen cases, thereby permitting their existing attorneys to
commit to litigation, which resulted in the exonerations of three innocent Califor-
nians, Obie Anthony, Maurice Caldwell, and Franky Carillo. With Wrongful Convic-
tion Review funding, the Innocence Project of Minnesota was able to prove that Mi-
chael Hansen did not kill his 3-month-old. To help continue this important work,
we urge you to fund the Wrongful Conviction Review Program at $2.5 million, for
a total allocation of $5 million for the Capital Litigation Improvement Program line.
Additional Notes on the Department of Justice’s Requested Budget for Fiscal Year
2013
The Department of Justice’s fiscal year 2013 budget request defunds two of the
above programs—the Coverdell and Bloodsworth programs. These programs poten-
tially would be rolled into a much broader ‘‘DNA Initiative’’ for a requested fiscal
year 2013 funding level of $100 million, or perhaps not supported at all.
We are concerned about the impact that zeroing out the Bloodsworth and Cover-
dell programs would have on the requirements and incentives that they currently
provide for States to prevent wrongful convictions and otherwise ensure the integ-
rity of evidence. These incentives have proven significant for the advancement of
State policies to prevent wrongful convictions. Indeed, the Coverdell Program foren-
sic oversight requirements have created in States entities and processes for ensur-
ing the integrity of forensic evidence in the wake of the forensic scandals that have
undermined public faith in forensic evidence. The Coverdell Program oversight re-
quirements are essential to ensuring the integrity of forensic evidence in the wake
of identified acts of forensic negligence or misconduct.
The Innocence Project recommends that the Congress maintain and fund these
two programs by name, in order to preserve their important incentive and perform-
ance requirements. Doing away with these requirements would thwart the intent
of the Congress, which was to provide funding only to States that demonstrate a
commitment to preventing wrongful convictions in those areas. Additionally, funding
these programs would help to achieve their unique goals of providing access to
postconviction DNA testing for those who have been wrongfully convicted, and help-
ing State and local crime labs process the significant amount of forensic evidence
critical to solving active and cold cases, which helps to ensure public safety.
CONCLUSION
Thank you so much for your time and consideration of these important programs,
and the opportunity to submit testimony. We look forward to working with the sub-
committee this year.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
I
NSTITUTE OF
M
AKERS OF
E
XPLOSIVES
INTEREST OF THE INSTITUTE OF MAKERS OF EXPLOSIVES
Interest of the Institute of Makers of Explosives (IME) is a nonprofit association
founded in 1913 to provide accurate information and comprehensive recommenda-
tions concerning the safety and security of commercial explosive materials. IME rep-
resents U.S. manufacturers, distributors, and motor carriers of commercial explosive
materials and oxidizers as well as other companies that provide related services.
The majority of IME members are ‘‘small businesses’’ as determined by the Small
Business Administration.
Millions of metric tons of high explosives, blasting agents, and oxidizers are con-
sumed annually in the United States. These materials are essential to the U.S.
economy. Energy production, construction, and other specialized applications begin
290
1
Fiscal Year 2013 ATF Budget Submission, page 49.
2
Fiscal Year 2013 ATF Budget Submission, page 42.
3
‘‘Opportunities to Reduce Potential Duplication in Government Programs, Save Tax Dollars,
and Enhance Revenue’’, GAO, March 2011, pages 101–104, http://www.gao.gov/new.items/
d11318sp.pdf.
4
Fiscal Year 2013 ATF Budget Submission, page 38.
with the use of commercial explosives. IME member companies produce 99 percent
of these commodities. These products are used in every State and are distributed
worldwide. The ability to manufacture, distribute, and use these products safely and
securely is critical to this industry.
Commercial explosives are highly regulated by a myriad of Federal and State
agencies. Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) plays a predominant role
in assuring that explosives are identified, tracked, purchased, and stored only by au-
thorized persons. We have carefully reviewed the administration’s fiscal year 2013
budget request for ATF and have the following comments about its potential impact
on the commercial explosives industry.
ALCOHOL
,
TOBACCO
,
FIREARMS AND EXPLOSIVES EXPLOSIVES REGULATORY PROGRAM
BUDGET REQUEST
The administration’s fiscal year 2012 budget request proposes to decrease re-
sources devoted to ATF’s regulation and oversight of explosives industries by 24 full-
time equivalent (FTE), a 7-percent reduction, from 335 FTE to 311 FTE, for a sav-
ings of $940,000.
1
This FTE reduction represents nearly one-half of the staffing re-
duction the Bureau’s Arson and Explosives Program is being asked to absorb.
We understand the current urgency to address the Federal budget deficit. We un-
derstand the shared sacrifice that all segments of the Government are asked to
make to help the economy recover by spurring job growth and investment. Yet,
budgetary cuts to the bureaucracy should not cut essential services. By law, ATF
must inspect explosives licensees and permittees at least once every 3 years and
conduct background checks of so-called ‘‘employee possessors’’ of explosives and ‘‘re-
sponsible persons.’’ During the last full fiscal year, ATF conducted more than 4,000
such compliance inspections and identified 1,392 public safety violations.
2
In addi-
tion to this workload, ATF must process applications for new explosives licenses and
permits as well as those submitted for renewal of existing licenses and permits.
More than 2,700 such applications were processed during the last full fiscal year.
2
ATF must also conduct inspections of all new applicants. More than 56,000 back-
ground checks were completed for employee possessors and more than 9,000 for re-
sponsible persons.
2
These are significant workload indicators.
ATF recognizes that its ability to perform its statutory responsibilities will be neg-
atively impacted by these resource cuts. ATF estimates that, in fiscal year 2010, it
met its statutory responsibilities 95.8 percent of the time. In fiscal year 2012, it esti-
mates that this performance rate will fall to 88 percent. And, with the resource cuts
anticipated in fiscal year 2013, this competency rate will fall to 85 percent. The Bu-
reau’s falling productivity cannot help but have adverse impacts on our industry.
Without approved licenses and permits from ATF, our industry cannot conduct busi-
ness. Delays in servicing the needs of our industry may lead to disruptions in other
segments of the economy that are dependent on the products and materials we pro-
vide.
At the same time, duplication between Government programs wastes resources.
Last year, the Government Accountability Office (GAO) highlighted areas of duplica-
tion between the ATF and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) that relate to
explosives incidents.
3
As early as 2004, duplication and overlap were identified in
the areas of investigations, training, information sharing, and use of databases and
laboratory forensic analysis. While ATF’s budget request provides updates of plans
for consolidating and eliminating these redundancies, we continue to watch for other
potential areas of overlap. In describing its role as the sole repository of data on
explosives incidents, ATF states that ‘‘8 billion pounds of ammonium nitrate are
produced, of which half is used for explosives.’’
4
In fact, the percentage used by the
explosives industry has been rising and currently stands at 70 percent. As a regu-
latory matter, the security of ammonium nitrate (AN), along with other explosives
precursors, has been delegated to the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). We
believe that DHS could learn from ATF’s regulation of commercial explosives as it
finalizes rules to secure the commerce of AN. In particular, DHS should recognize
that employees who have been vetted and cleared by ATF to possess explosives
should not have to be vetted again in order to engage in the commerce of AN.
As the subcommittee considers ATF’s budget request, we ask that the Bureau’s
ability to perform its regulatory oversight of the explosives industry in a timely
291
5
18 U.S.C. 842(j).
6
IMESAFR was built on the DDESB’s software model, SAFER. The DDESB currently uses
SAFER and table-of-distance methods to approve or disapprove Department of Defense explo-
sives activities. Not only can IMESAFR determine the amount of risk presented, but it can also
determine what factors drive the overall risk and what actions would lower risk, if necessary.
The probability of events for the activities were based on the last 20 years experience in the
United States and Canada and can be adjusted to account for different explosive sensitivities,
additional security threats, and other factors that increase or decrease the base value.
7
Received in the Committee on the Judiciary, United States Senate, January 5, 2011, PN44.
fashion not be compromised in the push for fiscal discipline when other areas of du-
plication and overlap are ripe for reform.
ALCOHOL
,
TOBACCO
,
FIREARMS AND EXPLOSIVES REGULATORY WORKLOAD
In the last 10 years, ATF has issued eight rulemakings of importance to IME (in-
cluding two interim final rules). It has finalized three and withdrawn two. Of the
three rulemakings still pending, two are interim final rules and the oldest dates to
2003. In the absence of a process to ensure timely rulemaking that is capable of
keeping up with new developments and safety practices, industry must rely on in-
terpretive guidance and variances from outdated requirements in order to conduct
business. While we greatly appreciate the Bureau’s accommodations, these stop-gap
measures do not afford the continuity and protections that rulemaking would pro-
vide the regulated community, nor allow the oversight necessary to ensure that all
parties are being held to the same standard of compliance. These regulatory tasks
are critical to the lawful conduct of the commercial enterprises that the Bureau con-
trols. ATF should be providing the resources to make timely progress in this area.
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
We take seriously the statutory obligation that ATF take into account industry’s
standards of safety when issuing rules and requirements.
5
We continue to fulfill this
obligation through our development of industry best practices for safety and secu-
rity, membership in relevant standard-setting organizations, and active participa-
tion in forums for training. We have offered ATF recommendations that we believe
will enhance safety and security through participation in the rulemaking process,
in the Bureau’s important research efforts, and in other standard-setting activities.
In this regard, IME has spent years developing a credible alternative to strict in-
terpretation of quantity distance tables used to determine safe setback distances
from explosives. IME collaborated in this development with the Department of De-
fense Explosives Safety Board (DDESB) as well as Canadian and United States reg-
ulatory agencies, including ATF. The result is a windows-based computer model for
assessing the risk from a variety of commercial explosives activities called Institute
of Makers of Explosives Safety Assessment for Risk (IMESAFR).
6
ATF and other
regulatory agencies are recognizing the value of IMESAFR and are participating in
development meetings for version 2.0. ATF is also evaluating existing licensed loca-
tions with this risk-based approach. These efforts are vital for ATF to remain on
the forefront of public safety and we strongly encourage ATF’s continued support.
The benefits of risk-based modeling should be officially recognized by ATF and re-
sources should be provided to develop policies that allow the use such models to
meet regulatory mandates.
LEADERSHIP
The resolution of these issues may have to wait the appointment of a new ATF
Director. The Bureau has been without a Director since August 2006. We support
President Obama’s nomination of Andrew L. Traver for this position.
7
We hope that
the Senate will timely act on this nomination. ATF has been too long without per-
manent leadership.
CONCLUSION
The manufacture and distribution of explosives is accomplished with a remarkable
degree of safety and security. We recognize the critical role ATF plays in helping
our industry achieve and maintain safe and secure workplaces. Industry and the
public are dependent on ATF having adequate resources to fulfill its regulatory re-
sponsibilities. It is up to the Congress and, in particular, this subcommittee to en-
sure that ATF has the resources it needs. We strongly recommend full funding for
ATF’s explosives program.
292
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
L
UMMI
I
NDIAN
B
USINESS
C
OUNCIL
Good morning to the distinguished committee members. Thank you for this oppor-
tunity. I am honored to present the appropriations request of the Lummi Nation for
fiscal year 2013 to the Department of Commerce. Today, I am presenting a long-
term, strategic plan described in a sustainable set of coordinated proposals to ad-
dress the prolonged economic and cultural disaster and the suffering of our people.
This strategy is a comprehensive approach combining habitat restoration, environ-
mental monitoring and assessment, with Lummi Hatchery infrastructure improve-
ments. Our treaty rights are at risk and immediate and sustained action is needed
to ensure our continued ability to exercise our Schelangen (‘‘way of life’’).
Lummi Nation Specific Total Request is $11,650,000
This funding is being requested under the 1855 Treaty of Point Elliot, Secretarial
Order No. 3206, entitled ‘‘American Indian Tribal Rights, Federal-Tribal Trust Re-
sponsibilities, and the Endangered Species Act’’, and section 312(a) of the Magnu-
son-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act.
Lummi Nation 2013 budget requests:
$750,000 Monitoring and Assessment Program to include:
—Habitat restoration program support;
—Environmental and fisheries monitoring program; and
—Lummi Natural Resources Department policy staff support.
$10.9 million—Salmon/Shellfish Hatcheries
—$6,716,000 Lummi Bay and Skookum Hatchery Improvements; and
—$4,184,000 Lummi Shellfish Hatchery Improvements.
Department of Justice Lummi Nation Specific Requests
Eliminate Expensive Granting Systems in Favor of Transfers of Funds.—Title IV
and V of Public Law 93–638 provide a process for federally recognized tribes to ne-
gotiate and annual funding agreement with the Federal Government to receive
transfers of funds on a continuing basis. The tribes and the Federal Government
benefit through the reduction of the costs of the formal granting systems. In most
cases these additional costs are sufficient to significantly increase services at the
reservation level, without an increase in Federal expenditures. Continued reliance
on the grant process increases administrative costs without increasing services to
tribal members.
Justification of Requests—Lummi Nation Specific Total Request is $11,650,000
$750,000 Monitoring and Assessment Program
$10.9 Million for Lummi Hatchery Infrastructure—Stock Re-Building Pro-
gram
The Lummi Nation requests funding to support a strategic plan to increase pro-
duction of salmon from our hatcheries to offset lost fishing opportunities imposed
by the listing of Chinook salmon and Southern Resident Orca whales under the En-
dangered Species Act (ESA). The Lummi Nation appropriation requests represent
an investment in a sustainable strategy to maintain a future moderate living for
fishermen as guaranteed by the treaty 1855 Point Elliot Treaty, affirmed by the
U.S. Supreme Court (1979). Nontribal fishers will also benefit from the implementa-
tion of this strategy.
The Lummi Nation currently operates two salmon hatcheries and one shellfish
hatchery that support tribal and nontribal fisheries in the region. Lummi Nation
hatcheries were originally constructed utilizing Department of Commerce funding
appropriated from 1969–1971. Since that time hatchery operations and maintenance
funding from the Bureau of Indian Affairs has been used. At the time of construc-
tion, those hatcheries were cutting edge. However, with the passage of time and lim-
ited financial resources, the original hatchery infrastructure needs to be repaired,
replaced or completely modernized. Lummi Nation fish biologists estimate that
these facilities are now operating at 40 percent of their productive capacity. Through
the operation of these hatcheries, the Lummi Nation annually produces 1 million
fall Chinook salmon, 2 million Coho salmon, and 6.5 million shellfish seed and
300,000 pounds of clams. These production levels simply do not provide the fishing
opportunity and associated economic benefits necessary to offset the financial loss
caused by the Sockeye Salmon fisheries disaster. To provide sufficient salmon stock
resources and shellfish harvest opportunities on an annual basis to the Lummi fish-
ing fleet (and nontribal fishers), the hatchery operations and associated infrastruc-
ture require rehabilitation.
The hatchery infrastructure improvement plan represents an investment that in-
creases the immediate annual return and is a long-term sustainable activity.
Detailed hatchery line item descriptions are listed below:
293
—Lummi Nation Skookum Creek Hatchery—$725,000
$725,000 New Raceways.—Replace originally constructed infrastructure that
is deteriorating and falling apart.
—Lummi Bay Hatchery—$5,991,000
$5,536,000 Nooksack River Pump Station and Transmission Water Line.—The
project will increase annual production by 300 percent by providing additional
water to the hatchery. The major limiting factor to production at this facility
is lack of freshwater. This project will ensure adequate water supply to
achieve needed production levels.
$455,000 Rearing Pond Improvements.—Repair and pave juvenile rearing
pond and restructure adult ladder and attraction complex.
—Lummi Shellfish Hatchery—$4,184,000
$484,000 Improvements at Shellfish Hatchery.—Repair and expand current fa-
cility to increase seed production by improving heating and cooling systems,
live feed production, and grow out tank space.
$2.4 Million to Build a Geoduck-Specific Hatchery.—A new geoduck-specific
hatchery would allow for the current facility to be dedicated to oyster and ma-
nila clam production. Increased seed production will increase enhancement
activities on Lummi tidelands to create jobs for tribal harvesters and support
the west coast shellfish industry and associated businesses.
$1.3 Million Repair the Seapond Tidegates.—A feasibility level engineering
study indicated that $1.3 million is needed to repair the Seapond tidegates,
which will both improve circulation within the Lummi Bay seapond to in-
crease production at both the shellfish and Lummi Bay salmon hatcheries and
production of manila clams in the seapond and also help protect the facility
in the event of an oil spill from the two petroleum oil refineries located imme-
diately north of the reservation.
Background Information
The Lummi Nation is located on the northern coast of Washington State, and is
the third-largest Tribe in the State, serving a population of more than 5,200 people.
The Lummi Nation is a fishing tribe and is the largest fishing tribe in the United
States. We have drawn our physical and spiritual subsistence from the rivers, ma-
rine tidelands, and marine waters since time immemorial. Lummi has rights guar-
anteed by the 1855 Treaty of Point Elliot to harvest fish, shellfish, and game in our
Usual and Accustomed area. The Boldt decision of 1974 re-affirmed that right, and
designated Lummi as a co-manager of a once abundant salmon fishery. Now, the
abundance of wild salmon is gone. In 1985, the Lummi fishing fleet landed more
than 15 million pounds of finfish and shellfish. In 2001, the combined harvest was
approximately 3.9 million pounds. The remaining salmon stocks do not support trib-
al fisheries, and the Nation is suffering both spiritually and economically. Our trea-
ty rights are at risk—we must act to preserve, promote, and protect our Schelangen
(‘‘way of life’’) or our culture will disappear.
In 1973, the ESA was passed. ESA should have resulted in improved salmon habi-
tat and more resources for salmon habitat restoration, but ESA has become a ‘‘dou-
ble-edged sword’’. Today, ESA has impacted tribal hatchery production and tribal
harvests for commercial, subsistence, and ceremonial purposes. Tribal dependence
on salmon and the timing of economic development results in tribal members and
tribal governments bearing a disproportionate burden for the conservation of listed
species. Lummi treaty fishers are directly impacted by the listing of Puget Sound
Chinook, Bull trout, Puget Sound steelhead, and Southern Resident Orca whales.
Secretarial Order 3206, entitled ‘‘American Indian Tribal rights, Federal-Tribal
Trust Responsibilities, and the Endangered Species Act’’, specifically states that
‘‘. . . the Departments will carry out their responsibilities in a manner
that...strives to ensure that Indian Tribes do not bear a disproportionate bur-
den for the conservation of listed species . . .’’. The Lummi Nation is actively en-
gaged in recovering listed salmon species in our watershed, restoring critical habi-
tat, and monitoring listed population to determine which factors adversely affect
those populations and other critical but nonlisted species. The Lummi Nation can-
not; however, continue to recover salmon and maintain our way of life without fund-
ing support/appropriations from the Federal Government.
Continuous Sockeye Fisheries Disaster Declaration
In 2008, the Department of Commerce reissued the sockeye fishery disaster dec-
laration in a statement contained in a letter to Lummi Nation, (see letter from Sec-
retary, Department of Commerce, November 3, 2010). The declaration conforms with
the findings of the Congressional Research Services (CRS)—CRS Report to Con-
294
gress, Commercial Fishery Disaster Assistance, (RL–34209). For more information,
see CRS Report RS21312, by Eugene H. Buck.
In 2010, the Fraser River sockeye salmon run was the largest is recorded history.
After years of sitting on the beach, the Lummi sockeye fleet was able to harvest
sockeye salmon again. One good year, however, does not make up for the previous
years of continuous fisheries disasters and associated loss of financial and cultural
benefits. To account for the lack of a consistent sockeye salmon fishery and to make
up for the lost fishing opportunity attributed to habitat degradation and subsequent
salmon population crashes, the Lummi Nation plans to bolster both finfish and
shellfish production from its facilities.
Hatcheries ensure future salmon populations large enough to support our families
and our way of life, until such time as the habitat is able to sustain harvestable
levels of salmon. The Lummi Nation recognizes that hatcheries alone will not re-
store salmon stocks to historical levels. The Lummi Natural Resources Department
allocates a substantial amount of time, effort, and funding to improve and monitor
freshwater habitat, manage and monitor tribal harvest activities, and restoring eco-
system functions in the Nooksack River Basin.
By increasing hatchery production of shellfish, chum salmon, coho salmon, and
Chinook salmon, the Lummi Nation will create a reliable backup resource to salmon
fishers and decrease Tribal dependence on the sockeye fishery. Additionally, we seek
to raise the value of these harvests through advanced marketing, the introduction
of a fisher’s market, and the shellfish grow out operations for shellfish products.
Lummi Specific Requests—Bureau of Indian Affairs
$2 million—Phase 1. New Water Supply System.—Increase in funding for hatch-
ery construction, operation, and maintenance. Funding will be directed to increase
hatchery production to make up for the shortfall of wild salmon.
The Lummi Nation currently operates two salmon hatcheries that support tribal
and nontribal fishers in the region. The tribal hatchery facilities were originally con-
structed utilizing Federal funding from 1969–1971. Predictably some of the original
infrastructure needs to be repaired, replaced, and/or modernized. Lummi Nation fish
biologists estimate that these facilities are currently operating at 40 percent of their
productive capacity. Through the operation of these hatcheries the tribe annually
produces 1 million fall Chinook and 2 million Coho salmon. To increase production,
we would like to implement a ‘‘phased approach’’ that addresses our water supply
system. The existing system only provides 850 gallons per minute to our hatchery.
To increase production to a level that will sustain tribal and nontribal fisheries
alike, we need to increase our water supply fourfold. A new pump station and water
line will cost the tribe approximately $6 million. We are requesting funding for the
first phase of this project. Our goal is to increase fish returns by improving aqua-
culture and hatchery production and create a reliable, sustainable resource to salm-
on fishers by increasing enhancement.
Regional Requests
The Lummi Nation supports the fiscal year 2013 requests of the Northwest Indian
Fisheries Commission and the Treaty Rights and Risk Initiative.
National Requests
The Lummi Nation supports the fiscal year 2013 requests of the National Con-
gress of American Indians.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
M
ARINE
C
ONSERVATION
I
NSTITUTE
Madam Chairwoman and members of the subcommittee: Marine Conservation In-
stitute, based in Bellevue, Washington, is a nonprofit conservation organization that
uses the latest science to identify important marine ecosystems around the world,
and then advocates for their protection. I wish to thank the members of the sub-
committee for the opportunity to submit written testimony on the fiscal year 2013
appropriations and request $5.3 billion for National Oceanic and Atmospheric Ad-
ministration (NOAA). This level of funding would support satellite acquisition, while
restoring funding for the ocean, coastal, and fisheries programs to the fiscal year
2010 enacted level.
America’s oceans play a vital role in our Nation’s economy. According to the Na-
tional Ocean Economics Program, the U.S. ocean economy contributes more than
$130 billion to our Nation’s Gross Domestic Product from living marine resources,
tourism, recreation, transportation, and construction. Additionally, more than 2.4
million jobs in the United States depend on the marine environment. NOAA’s pro-
grams are critical to fostering this activity and protecting ocean health for sustained
295
1
McAvoy, Audrey. ‘‘Feds—Efforts to rescue monk seals helping species’’. Associated Press in
West Hawaii Today, January 26, 2012.
2
McAvoy, Audrey. ‘‘Tsunami debris spreads halfway across Pacific’’. Associated Press in Se-
attle Times, February 28, 2012.
use. I would like to highlight a few programs which focus on NOAA’s conservation
mandate.
Hawaiian Monk Seal Recovery
NOAA has responsiblity for recovering the Hawaiian monk seal, one of the most
critically endangered marine mammals in the world. It is also the only marine
mammal whose entire distribution range lies within our national jurisdiction; thus
the United States has sole responsibility for its continued survival. Over the last
50 years, the Hawaiian monk seal population has declined to less than 1,200 indi-
viduals. The majority of the population resides in the remote Papaha
ˇ
naumokua
ˇ
kea
Marine National Monument; however, a smaller (but growing) population resides in
the Main Hawaiian Islands.
NOAA is making progress implementing the monk seal recovery plan, and needs
additional resources to stay on track. It has been conservatively estimated that 30
percent of the monk seals alive today are due to direct actions by NOAA and its
partners.
1
The Congress’ decision to more than double the program funds to ap-
proximately $5.6 million in fiscal year 2009 and fiscal year 2010 created crucial mo-
mentum to protect the Hawaiian monk seal from extinction. NOAA conducts annual
research field camps in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands (NHI), conducts out-
reach to fishermen and the general public concerning the seal’s ecological and cul-
tural importance, intervenes to rescue entangled or wounded seals, investigates seal
deaths, and conducts vital research studies on disease and mortality mitigation.
However, funding levels were cut in half to about $2.7 million for fiscal year 2011
and fiscal year 2012. Maintaining this level of reduced funding will continue to re-
strain the rollout of recovery actions, including the translocation of seals to areas
where they can mature with greater likelihood of survival. Marine Conservation In-
stitute (MCI) strongly recommends the subcommittee reinstate funding to $5.5 mil-
lion in fiscal year 2013.
Deep Sea Coral Research and Technology Program
The discovery of widespread deep sea coral ecosystems within U.S. waters has
challenged scientists to learn the extent of these important ecosystems and develop
strategies on how to protect them. The Deep Sea Coral Research and Technology
Program was established by NOAA under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conserva-
tion and Management Reauthorization Act of 2006. NOAA is charged with mapping
and monitoring locations where deep sea corals are likely to occur, developing tech-
nologies designed to reduce interactions between fishing gear and deep sea corals,
and working with fishery management councils to protect coral habitats.
MCI was pleased to see increased funding for the National Marine Fisheries Serv-
ice’s (NMFS) Deep Sea Coral Program to a level of $2.5 million in fiscal year 2010;
we recommend that level be sustained in fiscal year 2013. Previous funding has al-
lowed for coral habitat mapping and analysis along the west coast and in South-
eastern U.S. waters. Sustained funding will permit the continued mapping of coral
areas off the west coast and in Alaska, as well as the initiation of coral mapping
in Mid-Atlantic waters. There is a great need for habitat assessments to inform fish-
eries management and development decisions. Reduced funding levels would ham-
per the compilation of this information.
Marine Debris Program
Marine trash has become one of the most widespread pollution problems affecting
the world’s oceans and waterways. An estimated 8.6 million pounds of debris was
recovered worldwide in 2010. Recently, much attention has been given by the press
to the debris generated by the Japanese tsunami tragedy, and its impacts on ocean
life and tourism in Hawaii and along the west coast. Research has shown that de-
bris has serious effects on the marine environment, wildlife, the economy, and
human health and safety. It is estimated that as much as 1,250,000 tons of tsunami
debris could reach the United States over the next several years.
2
The Marine Debris Research, Prevention and Reduction Act was enacted in 2006
to identify, assess, reduce, and prevent marine debris and its effects on the marine
environment. The Marine Debris Program received a much needed increase in fiscal
year 2012 to a level of $5 million to address the incoming tsunami debris. The Presi-
dent’s fiscal year 2013 budget recommends relocating the Marine Debris Program
to NMFS, Office of Habitat Conservation. While understanding the need to improve
efficiency, MCI believes the program would be more effective if it remained under
296
the National Ocean Service at the current funding level of $5 million. Current place-
ment allows the program to leverage resources available to the Office of Response
and Restoration and work in better collaboration with fisherman since the program
is currently housed under the National Ocean Service and not together with the reg-
ulators of NMFS.
National Marine Sanctuaries
Presently, the Office of National Marine Sanctuaries (ONMS) is responsible for
managing the Nation’s 13 marine sanctuaries and Papaha
¯
naumokua
¯
kea Marine Na-
tional Monument in the NHI. Collectively, these 14 units cover more area than the
National Park System.
MCI recommends $54.5 million in fiscal year 2013. This amount includes $49 mil-
lion for the operations and research account, and $5.5 million for the construction
account. This would allow ONMS to better fulfill its responsibilities as a leader in
ocean management and conservation. The funding would allow ONMS to maintain
current management capabilities and complete current construction projects. Less
funding would likely require the termination of contractors performing full-time
equivalents duties, eliminate most vessel days at sea, and reduce operations at
many visitor centers, thereby reducing local community benefits.
The President’s fiscal year 2013 budget recommends merging the Marine Pro-
tected Areas Center with the National Marine Sanctuaries Program. If this merger
were to occur, I recommend funding for the ONMS be increased by $4 million to
ensure the MPA Center mission and projects continue.
Regional Ocean Partnerships
Regional Ocean Partnerships (ROP) facilitate the cooperation and integration of
ocean and coastal resources management between local, State, and Federal agen-
cies. Coastal States Governors have already established several regional ocean part-
nerships to collaboratively address priority marine and coastal issues.
The President’s fiscal year 2013 budget requests $4 million in fiscal year 2013 to
provide competitive grants to address issues within each U.S. region. While this
amount is $0.5 million more than enacted fiscal year 2012 levels, it is $3.5 million
less than the fiscal year 2011 enacted level. MCI recommends a minimum funding
level of $7.5 million to assist these important collaborative efforts.
Ocean Acidification
Ocean acidification is the process by which seawater becomes corrosive to calcium
carbonate structures found in many of the shells and skeletons of marine organisms,
such as shellfish, corals, and fish. It is a major marine impact associated with ele-
vated carbon dioxide levels in the atmosphere. Ocean acidification has already
begun to negatively impact commercial and recreational fishing, as well as coastal
communities and economies.
The Federal Ocean Acidification Research and Monitoring Act that passed in 2009
calls upon NOAA to coordinate research, establish a monitoring program, identify
and develop adaptation strategies and techniques, encourage interdisciplinary and
international understanding of the impacts associated with ocean acidification, im-
prove public outreach, and provide critical research grants to increase under-
standing of the ecosystem impacts and socioeconomic effects of ocean acidification.
Ocean acidification research received $6.4 million in fiscal year 2012. MCI rec-
ommends a level of $11.6 million in fiscal year 2013 to more fully understand the
impacts of ocean acidification on our coastal communities and economy.
Law Enforcement
NOAA’s Office of Law Enforcement (OLE) is responsible for enforcing the laws
that conserve and protect our Nation’s fisheries, protected species, and national ma-
rine sanctuaries and monuments. The office is also responsible for enforcing the
United States’ international commitments to fight illegal, unregulated, and unre-
ported fishing, a practice that threatens to undermine global fish stocks, such as the
Pacific tuna fishery in which the United States participates. In addition, the Office
of General Counsel Enforcement Section provides legal services and guidance to
NOAA’s OLE.
NOAA’s jurisdiction spans 3.4 square million miles of coastal and marine environ-
ments, including the Nation’s 13 marine sanctuaries and four marine national
monuments. The Pacific region alone poses a challenge for NOAA law enforcement
as it spans 1.5 million square miles, nearly one-half of the U.S. Exclusive Economic
Zone.
MCI strongly supports the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget request of $67.1
million for NOAA’s OLE. This will allow OLE to maintain current capabilities, while
potentially adding additional resources in the Pacific region. MCI also recommends
297
an additional $150,000 for another attorney in the Pacific Islands Office of General
Council Enforcement Section, as there is currently only one attorney with no sup-
port staff.
Marine Operations and Maintenance
The Office of Marine and Aviation Operations (OMAO) operates NOAA’s fleet of
specialized ships to fulfill the agency’s environmental and scientific missions. OMAO
provides vessels for fisheries research, oceanographic and atmospheric research, and
hydrographic surveys. Ships are also used for monitoring marine sanctuaries and
monuments, and servicing the early warning tsunami and weather system equip-
ment.
Not since 2007 has OMAO operated its ships at full capacity, largely due to budg-
et constraints. In 2011, OMAO allocated base ship time for each of its 17 vessels
at about 135 days at sea, which is about 55 percent of the fleet’s operational capa-
bility (max = 220 days per vessel). NOAA’s program offices have had to ‘‘buy’’ addi-
tional days to fulfill some of their basic mandates. For instance, NMFS purchased
an additional 542 days in fiscal year 2011. Unfortunately, the line offices are experi-
encing budget constraints as well.
It makes no sense for NOAA’s ships to be partially idle when one of NOAA’s pri-
mary missions is to manage and restore our oceans. MCI supports the President’s
request of $166 million for OMAO in fiscal year 2013. It is a step toward more fully
funding NOAA’s fleet to fulfill its mandates.
In summary, MCI respectfully requests that the subcommittee maintain or slight-
ly augment funding for the conservation side of the NOAA budgets.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
M
ARY
P. P
AULSEN
Today, I am writing to share my story with you; but most of all I am writing to
you as elected officials to ask you to please stop the egregious use of taxpayer dol-
lars allocated to Governmental agencies and used to promote an agenda to close
Medicaid certified care programs across our country. Care is provided for people
with significant disabilities in what are now called Intermediate Care Facilities/In-
tellectual Disabilities (ICF/DD) that are operated both by States and by private
business. I am concerned with the budget request for the Civil Rights Division
(CRD) in the Department of Justice (DOJ) for an additional $5.1 million. The re-
quest states that they need this money to strengthen civil rights enforcement efforts
on behalf of vulnerable people (CRIPA). The most unfortunate thing about CRIPA
is that it cannot be used to enforce proper care in private facilities where significant
abuse/neglect issues occur but only in institutions operated by States (public).
My son is a vulnerable adult. He is 47 years old and has severe autism, epilepsy
and Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder. He is also nonverbal. I am his legal guardian.
Our life journey has been long and difficult. As a parent, I was always hoping that
someone, something, somewhere would make a difference for him and he would be-
come more functional and normal. Parents live on hope and are easily convinced by
philosophical and ideological ideas. I now realize that this can be an extremely false
hope. When we could not provide him with the care he required due to a death in
the family, he was placed in our State institution. Autism has a level of hyper-
activity that people cannot understand who have not lived it. You must know where
the child is and what he is doing every minute of the day. I have been a volunteer
advocate for more than 40 years so I am aware of what is and has been going on
with regards to services for people with disabilities. I succumbed to the ‘‘normaliza-
tion’’ concept and moved my son from our State facility to a privately managed
group home when he was in late adolescence, age 20, and had become assaultive.
The transition was difficult and many changes and moves were involved. Nothing
has ever been easy for us.
The popular idea of promoting independence and self-determination for people
with disabilities nearly resulted in my son’s death in 2006. The group home system
lacks oversight and abuse and neglect happens. In our case the provider violated
the agreement (contract) with regard to my son having one-on-one staffing. He was
left alone in the kitchen of the home. His shirt caught on fire (gas stove) and he
had second- and third-degree burns on his back from his waist to his shoulder
blades. His care and recovery was a long and difficult road. I realized that he was
not safe and could not be kept safe in a group home environment. After a battle
with our State bureaucracy, I have succeeded in placing him back in our State oper-
ated developmental center (ICF/ID) with all the Medicaid regulations and oversight.
Federal law supports my right as his legal guardian so choose where he will receive
services (care), but I had to fight the system here in Utah to have my choice hon-
298
ored. My son needs a restricted campus with many well-trained people around him
in order to keep him safe—a place where everyone knows him. It is unfortunate that
we had to learn this the hard way.
Advocates who have pursued closure of congregate care facilities have chosen to
ignore the cases of abuse, neglect, and even death that occur in the group homes
and apartments. For many people with disabilities, the level of care to minimize the
risk of injury can best be provided in adequately funded and properly monitored
congregate care facilities (ICF/ID) where the staff is well-trained.
I believe it is a violation of my son’s civil rights and mine as his guardian for us
to be subjected to misinterpretations of the Olmstead decision as well as Americans
with Disabilities Act to force the agenda of closure of public congregate care facili-
ties in this country. There are many people with significant disabilities who need
more care than can be provided in the Home and Community Based Waiver system.
With the population increase, the most severely impaired are in the minority and
often our voices are simply not heard. The number of adherents for an idea should
not be the determining criterion for its truth or falsehood. If the closure of large
facilities is based on majority rule, then those of us composing the minority will be
the losers—often the losers of life itself.
I am asking you to stop funding to the CRD of DOJ that allows them to pursue
de-institutionalization efforts.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
N
ATIONAL
A
SSOCIATION OF
L
ATINO
E
LECTED AND
A
PPOINTED
O
FFICIALS
Chairwoman Mikulski, Ranking Member Hutchison, and members of the sub-
committee: I am Arturo Vargas, the Executive Director of the National Association
of Latino Elected and Appointed Officials (NALEO) Educational Fund. I also serve
as Co-Chair of The Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights Census Task
Force, which brings together leading civic and civil rights organizations to address
pressing census issues. Thank you for the invitation to appear before you today on
behalf of the NALEO Educational Fund and The Leadership Conference Census
Taskforce to support the President’s fiscal year 2013 request to the Congress of
$970.4 million in discretionary funding for the U.S. Census Bureau.
The NALEO Educational Fund is a nonprofit, nonpartisan organization that facili-
tates full Latino participation in the American political process, from citizenship to
public service. Our constituency includes the more than 6,000 Latino elected and ap-
pointed officials nationwide. Our Board members and constituency include Repub-
licans, Democrats, and independents. The NALEO Educational Fund is one of the
Nation’s leading organizations in the area of Census policy development and public
education, and we are deeply committed to ensuring that the Census Bureau pro-
vides our Nation with the most accurate count of its population. Since 2000, the
NALEO Educational Fund has served on the Secretary of Commerce’s 2010 Census
Advisory Committee, or its predecessor, the Decennial Census Advisory Committee,
and we actively participated in the committee’s discussions surrounding the plan-
ning for the 2010 enumeration. In October 2009, we launched the ‘‘ya es hora,
¡HAGASE CONTAR! (Make Yourself Count!)’’ campaign, which focused on pro-
moting the importance of the census, educating individuals about filling out their
census forms, and encouraging households to mail back their responses.
The Leadership Conference is ideally positioned to address many of the most
pressing issues affecting the successful implementation of Census Bureau programs,
surveys, and initiatives. The Leadership Conference’s coordinating role among so
many diverse organizations allows for the sharing of different perspectives, as well
as the development of broader strategies that occur within the purview of any indi-
vidual organization. All of its work draws on the expertise of the cross-section of
national organizations, and examines the impact of civil rights policy on a broad
range of constituencies.
Mrs. Chairwoman, as your committee prepares to consider the fiscal year 2013
Commerce, Justice, and Science, and Related Agencies (CJS) appropriations bill, we
urge your support for the administration’s fiscal year 2013 request to the Congress
for the Census Bureau. We believe this amount is the minimum necessary to pre-
serve core statistical programs and ensure the continued reliability of data vital for
public, private, and nonprofit sector decisionmaking now and in the future. In par-
ticular, reliable and accurate data about the Latino community are critical for the
prosperity and well-being of the entire country. The results of the 2010 census dem-
onstrated the importance of the decennial enumeration for charting the dramatic
growth of our Nation’s Latino community and the implications of that growth for
the future of our economy and democracy. The Latino population in the United
299
States was 50.5 million in 2010, and Latinos are the Nation’s second-largest and
fastest-growing population group. Between 2000 and 2010, the Latino share of the
population increased from 12.5 percent (1 in 8 Americans) to 16.3 percent (1 in 6
Americans).
For fiscal year 2013, the President proposed a total budget of $970.4 million in
discretionary funding for the Census Bureau, a 3-percent increase more than the fis-
cal year 2012 funding level of $942 million. In this testimony, I will address how
the administration’s request is necessary to maintain the reliability of American
Community Survey (ACS) data, begin planning for a cost-effective 2020 decennial
census, and effectively meet the constitutional responsibilities of the Bureau. I
would like to start by providing detailed information about the President’s request
regarding two critical programs:
—the ACS; and
—the planning for the 2020 census.
American Community Survey.—For fiscal year 2013, the President requested
$252.7 million, which represents a decrease of $10.9 million for the ACS program.
ACS is implementing several changes in fiscal year 2013, including an Internet re-
sponse option and a reduction in the scale of the Failed Edit Follow-up Operation.
We believe the fiscal year 2013 budget request sufficiently invests in the ACS pro-
gram to ensure that the sample size is large enough to produce reliable and useful
data for less populated geographic areas, such as towns and rural counties, and es-
pecially less populous subgroups. This funding also would allow for improved tele-
phone and field data collection; sufficient follow-up of unresponsive households in
remote areas; and a comprehensive review of 3-year and 5-year ACS estimates.
These activities are imperative for ensuring the ACS can continue to provide valid
data about the socio-economic and demographic characteristics of the American peo-
ple on an ongoing, annual basis.
Policymakers at all levels of government rely on ACS data to make important de-
cisions that affect the lives of all Americans. These data help make such determina-
tions as the number of teachers that are needed in classrooms, the best places to
build roads and highways, and the best way to provide health and public safety
services to our neighborhoods and communities. According to a July 2010 report by
Andrew Reamer of the Brookings Institute which analyzed fiscal year 2008 Federal
Government spending, 184 Federal domestic assistance programs used ACS-related
datasets to help guide the distribution of $416 billion, 29 percent of all Federal as-
sistance. ACS-guided grants accounted for $389.2 billion, 69 percent of all Federal
grant funding. Most of ACS-guided Federal assistance goes to State governments
through a few large grant programs which support highway infrastructure and aid
low-income households. The 10 largest ACS-guided assistance programs include sev-
eral that help ensure that Latino families and their children receive quality
healthcare, and housing, including Medicaid, section 8 housing programs, and school
education grants.
Other Federal programs also rely on the ACS for implementation of the programs
and priorities of the Federal Government. For example, the Department of Defense
uses ACS data for the implementation of the procurement technical assistance it
provides to businesses. The Department of Agriculture uses the data for water and
waste disposal system planning in rural communities, where a significant number
of Latino families live. In addition, sound implementation of the protections of the
Voting Rights Act of 1965 relies on ACS data, because those data are used to make
determinations under section 203, which requires jurisdictions with a high percent-
age of people who are not yet English language proficient to offer language assist-
ance to citizens during the electoral process.
High-quality, objective, and universal ACS data are also critical for our Nation’s
private sector. Without these data, businesses and nonprofit organizations will lose
the ability to understand their customers and the communities they serve, and allo-
cate their fiscal and human resources prudently. American companies rely on ACS
data every day to make vital decisions about where to locate and expand; what
goods and services to offer; the scope of employee training needed; and long-term
investment opportunities. Thus, fiscal year 2013 funding to support reliable ACS
data is critical for sound government and business profitability, and the pursuit of
national economic prosperity.
2020 Census.—As 2010 census activities wind down with final evaluations and
data products, planning for the next decennial enumeration is on its cyclical up-
swing. The President’s fiscal year 2013 request for 2020 census activities is nearly
double the fiscal year 2012 funding level, from $66.7 million in fiscal year 2012 to
$131.4 million in fiscal year 2013. We strongly support this important funding in-
crease. As the Government Accountability Office (GAO) has consistently docu-
mented, reasonable investments in census planning in the early part of the decade
300
will help save millions, and perhaps billions, of dollars in census costs down the
road.
We know from experience that insufficient funding for early decennial census
planning leads to ballooning costs later in the decade. The Census Bureau must in-
vest resources early in the decade to ensure cost-effective, successful implementation
of census operations in the future. The pace of technological change and rapid evo-
lution of communication modes make ongoing research and testing essential. Simi-
larly, keeping up with changes in the Nation’s housing stock and roads could save
hundreds of millions of dollars during census preparations in 2018–2019, allowing
the Bureau to confine final address checking to areas in frequent transition. As Di-
rector Groves has stated, the vision is, ‘‘An efficient and quality census that counts
people once, only once, and in the right place.’’ The fiscal year 2013 budget also sup-
ports another critical Bureau central focus of the 2020 census planning: To design
programs and operations for the 2020 census that have residual benefits for other
Census Bureau data collections.
In this spirit, we are working with the Census Bureau to continue a robust Part-
nership Program in preparation for the 2020 census. During the decennial enumera-
tion, the Census Bureau used the Partnership Program to engage community-based
organizations, religious leaders, educators, local businesses, and media outlets who
had strong relationships with hard-to-count populations and were familiar with the
barriers they face in census participation. The Bureau utilized the assistance of
Partnership Program stakeholders in educating residents about the importance of
returning their census questionnaires, and helping them surmount the barriers in
completing and returning their forms. In short, the Partnership Program ensured
that timely and locally relevant information from the Bureau reached community
leaders, and that local enumeration efforts were able to use limited resources effi-
ciently. We believe that the program, which proved to be an integral component of
the census 2010 outreach efforts, remains critical for reaching hard-to-count popu-
lations and ensuring their participation in future surveys and censuses. However,
the severe limitations being placed on the Bureau’s budget have proven to be an
impediment to guaranteeing that this important initiative will continue. The Presi-
dent’s fiscal year 2013 budget request may allow for the resumption of this critical
program.
Support for the full amount of census funding in the President’s 2013 budget is
particularly crucial in light of past experiences with census expenditure reductions
in postenumeration years. Unfortunately, the Congress has often turned to the Cen-
sus Bureau’s budget as a source of expendable funds after each decennial census,
overlooking the important work the agency does year in and year out and starving
the critical research and testing phases of the next enumeration. The fiscal year
2012 budget was no exception.
In fiscal year 2012, this subcommittee $88 million more than the House version
of this bill. Fortunately, the final appropriation legislation offered just enough fund-
ing for the Bureau to proceed with its core activities. The so-called ‘‘minibus’’ appro-
priations bill—encompassing 3 of 12 Federal appropriations accounts, including the
CJS appropriations bill—allocated $942 million for the Census Bureau. However, we
strongly caution against relying on money from the Working Capital Fund to pay
for ongoing core activities.
As a result of fiscal year 2012 and fiscal year 2011 budget cuts—and on its own
accord—the Census Bureau has committed to reducing costs by taking bold steps
to streamline operations. In fiscal year 2012, it realigned its national field office
structure by permanently closing six regional offices. Last year, the Bureau elimi-
nated a number of lower-priority programs. In addition, the Bureau has dem-
onstrated its determination to make modest investments in required activities to
help save billions of dollars.
We understand the fiscal environment requires the Congress to make difficult de-
cisions and curtail current spending. We recognize that there are many worthy pro-
grams funded through the CJS appropriations bill. Yet, we believe that making cuts
in the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget request for the Census Bureau will be
counterproductive to an agency whose data are essential to running our govern-
ment, informing our policies, and influencing economic productivity.
I thank the Chairwoman, the Ranking Member, and the subcommittee once again
for providing us with the opportunity to share our views today in support of the
President’s fiscal year 2013 budget request for the Census Bureau.
301
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
N
ATIONAL
A
SSOCIATION OF
M
ARINE
L
ABORATORIES
Madam Chair and members of the subcommittee, my name is Shirley Pomponi
and I direct the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Cooper-
ative Institute for Ocean Exploration, Research and Technology at Florida Atlantic
University. I submit this statement on behalf of more than 100 marine labs that
make up the National Association of Marine Laboratories (NAML). On behalf of all
of my fellow marine lab directors, I thank this subcommittee for the support it is
has provided for ocean, coastal, and Great Lakes research and education through
NOAA, the National Science Foundation (NSF), and the National Aeronautics and
Space Administration (NASA).
NAML is a nonprofit organization of member institutions representing coastal,
marine, and Great Lakes laboratories in every coastal State, from Guam to Ber-
muda and Alaska to Puerto Rico. Member laboratories serve as unique ‘‘windows on
the sea,’’ connecting scientists and citizens with the rich environmental mosaic of
coastal habitats and offshore oceanic and Great Lakes regions. NAML laboratories
conduct research and provide academic, education, and public service programs to
enable local and regional communities to better understand and manage their
ocean, coastal and Great Lakes cultural and natural resources.
NAML has two key priorities relevant to this subcommittee as part of its fiscal
year 2013 public policy agenda:
—to maintain strong support for extramural marine research and education pro-
grams at NOAA and the NSF; and
—a recommendation for a cost-saving national partnership program aimed at co-
locating NOAA and other Federal agency marine science personnel and facilities
at the more than 100 NAML laboratories located all over the country.
I am here today to present the case for the restoration of funding within the
NOAA appropriation that this subcommittee will draft in the near future. These
funds provide vital and irreplaceable support for extramural research, education,
and conservation programs, and are among the most well-spent and highly lever-
aged Federal dollars.
The coastal population of the United States increased by nearly 51 million people
from 1970 to 2010, with 52 percent of the Nation’s total population living in coastal
watersheds. By 2020, the coastal population is expected to grow by another 10 per-
cent or 15.6 million. In 2009, the coastal economy contributed $8.3 trillion to the
Nation’s Gross Domestic Product resulting in 66 million jobs and wages worth an
estimated $3.4 trillion. Recreational coastal fishing contributed about $73 billion in
total economic impact supporting more than 320,000 jobs. For commercial fishing,
the average annual value of all U.S. marine fisheries from 2008 to 2010 is estimated
at $4 billion, providing about 1 million jobs and generating more than $32 billion
in income. Our Nation’s ports, often located in the heart of sensitive coastal eco-
systems, are an essential driver of the U.S. economy. About $1.9 trillion worth of
imports came through U.S. ports in 2010, supporting an estimated 13 million jobs.
More than 50 percent of the total energy produced domestically occurred in coastal
States, including natural gas production, electricity generation, and oil and gas pro-
duction. Coastal areas are providing opportunities for renewable energy develop-
ment with projects that seek to extract energy from the movement of ocean water
due to tides, currents, or waves; from the temperature differential between hot and
cold ocean water; and from strong winds in offshore ocean environments.
Meeting stewardship responsibilities for the oceans, coasts, and Great Lakes re-
quires a robust science and education enterprise. Coastal areas face challenges that
threaten fisheries resources, impact recreational and commercial resources and af-
fect the health of ecosystems. The Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico
and its continuing impact on the natural resources of the region illustrate the need
for a robust and responsive ocean and coastal sciences enterprise. We must continue
to invest in the Nation’s research enterprise that has been responsible for our long-
term prosperity and technological pre-eminence through interdisciplinary research
spanning a landscape of disciplines, from physics to geology, chemistry to biology,
engineering to economics, and modeling to observation.
NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION
NAML is highly supportive of the NSF and its fiscal year 2013 budget request.
NSF funds vital basic and translational research that enhances the understanding
and governance of the Nation’s oceans, coasts, and Great Lakes. More than 90 per-
cent of NSF’s budget directly supports research at universities and laboratories in
all 50 States. A robust NSF fuels the economy, boosts national competitiveness, sup-
ports a scientific and technologically literate workforce and provides new knowl-
edge—all of which are essential for national and economic security. Science and en-
302
gineering research, education, and related infrastructure support, such as the core
research programs in the geosciences, the Ocean Observatories Initiative, and the
Field Stations and Marine Lab infrastructure program, are especially important in
enabling our national network of nongovernment marine laboratories to serve their
vital, cost-effective role as community-based research enterprises.
NAML strongly supports the Science, Engineering, and Education for Sustain-
ability (SEES) initiative. SEES focuses on targeted programs that promote innova-
tive interdisciplinary research to address pressing societal issues of clean energy
and sustainability. In fiscal year 2013, SEES includes five programs that contain
translational themes:
—Coastal SEES;
—Arctic SEES;
—Sustainable Chemistry, Engineering, and Materials;
—Creating a More Disaster-Resilient America; and
—a program on the Role of Information Sciences and Engineering in SEES.
NSF’s support for ocean science education should continue to build on past suc-
cesses, such as the Centers for Ocean Science Excellence in Education, and should
also continue to integrate new approaches and themes, for example, through the
new Expeditions in Education initiative.
NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION
NOAA’s fiscal year 2013 budget plan will eliminate funding for the National Un-
dersea Research Program (NURP), the National Estuarine Research Reserve Con-
struction program, the Marine Sanctuaries Construction, the John H. Prescott Ma-
rine Mammal Rescue Assistance Grant Program, Ocean Education Partnerships,
and Competitive Education Grants.
Additionally, NOAA’s 2013 budget plan will drastically reduce funding for other
extramural programs, including the Integrated Ocean Observing System, the Coast-
al Services Center, the Center for Sponsored Coastal Ocean Research, and the Na-
tional Estuarine Research Reserve program. All of these programs directly connect
the NOAA mission to coastal communities, to jobs, schools, recreation and other im-
portant values. They also connect communities back to NOAA, helping to ensure
that NOAA is responding to real needs.
In the past, NOAA has benefited enormously from its extramural partnerships,
engaging hundreds of scientists and other agencies (e.g., NSF) in issues of direct
and critical relevance to the Nation, at remarkably low cost. The extramural pro-
grams have been dollars well spent. In 2004 the NOAA Science Advisory Board’s
Research Review Team report concluded:
‘‘. . . Extramural research is critical to accomplishing NOAA’s mission. NOAA
benefits from extramural research in many ways, including: access to world class
expertise not found in NOAA laboratories; connectivity with planning and conduct
of global science; means to leverage external funding sources; facilitate multi-insti-
tution cooperation; access to vast and unique research facilities; and access to grad-
uate and undergraduate students. Academic scientists also benefit from working
with NOAA, in part by learning to make their research more directly relevant to
management and policy. It is an important two-way street...NOAA cannot ac-
complish its goals without the extramural community, specifically the universities
and institutions that represent the broad range of expertise and resources across the
physical, biological, and social sciences. Moreover, there is the important issue of
maintaining a scientific and technologically competent workforce in NOAA and the
workforce is another ‘product’ of the extramural research community...Also it
is important that during difficult budget periods that NOAA not disproportionately
target the extramural research for budget cuts.’’
NAML fully recognizes the constraints facing the Federal Government and the
Congress and the necessary limitations on Federal discretionary spending. For that
very reason, NAML believes that extramural programs should be supported to the
maximum extent. External programs are flexible, responsive to local and regional
needs, and can leverage local and regional investments, as well as funds from other
agency investments. They are often at the cutting edge, supporting innovation and
nurturing the scientists of the future. These advantages are enhanced in programs
for which peer-reviewed competition and overall merit determine the funding deci-
sions.
Through engagement with the extramural research community and the agencies
that support it, NOAA can enhance its research priorities and address the Nation’s
critical scientific problems. The place-based extramural programs also contribute to
local and regional economic development and engage citizens in wise use of their
303
coastal and ocean resources. Finally, extramural research helps educate and train
the next generation of marine scientists and engineers, expanding the impact of the
Federal dollars toward building a globally competitive science, technology, engineer-
ing, and math workforce.
As the Federal agency responsible for managing living marine and coastal re-
sources, NOAA must have a presence beneath the sea to better understand the sys-
tems under its management. With Public Law 111–11, the Congress authorized
NURP to provide NOAA with enhanced scientific access to the undersea environ-
ment. NURP has cost-effectively provided human access with submersibles and
technical diving, and virtual access using robots, seafloor observatories, and innova-
tive new technologies. NURP has provided scientists with the tools and expertise
they need to investigate the seafloor and water column, allowing for unique new in-
sights and data to address NOAA’s diverse mission. NURP is comprised of a net-
work of regional centers and institutes of undersea science and technology excel-
lence located at major universities. This extramural network facilitates collabora-
tions with programs outside NOAA, leverages external funds and infrastructure,
and provides access to world-class expertise and students. NURP projects are se-
lected by a rigorous peer-review process based on scientific merit and relevance to
NOAA and national research priorities.
The John H. Prescott Marine Mammal Rescue Assistance Grant Program has also
been eliminated from NOAA’s fiscal year 2013 Federal budget request. Marine
mammals are sentinel species that inform our knowledge of the health of marine
food webs. Marine mammal stranding response networks nationwide are run pri-
marily through nonprofits and other nongovernment entities including, in many
cases, marine labs affiliated with educational institutions. They coordinate their
work with NOAA’s National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) and often engage
large numbers of volunteers and students, making the program very cost effective.
Consistent funding is necessary to maintain basic operational needs, volunteer en-
gagement, and the continued success of these essential stranding networks. In addi-
tion to support for the stranding networks, NMFS reserves a portion of Prescott
funds for emergency responses to catastrophic events, including oil spills, mass
strandings, and hurricanes.
Stranding networks are the Nation’s first responders to both live and dead marine
mammals that come ashore, often in developed coastal communities. They perform
important outreach functions for NOAA and collect data and samples that enable
important population and ocean health assessment. This includes basic information
on marine mammal diseases that are anthropogenic in nature, as well as those that
can be spread to humans via contact with stranded animals. If NOAA is permitted
to eliminate this program, it is unlikely that NMFS will be able to meet congres-
sional mandates stipulated in the Marine Mammal Protection Act.
To demonstrate the economic and environmental value of extramural programs to
the Nation, consider the National Sea Grant College Program, a stellar example of
NOAA’s ability to support extramural research that is locally and nationally promi-
nent. In the last 2 years, Sea Grant has delivered the following benefits to the Na-
tion:
—Nearly $243 million in direct economic benefits, which represents nearly a 4 to
1 return on the Federal investment;
—An estimated additional $146 million in other Federal, State, and nongovern-
mental resources leveraged for research, extension, and other services that sup-
port the ocean and coastal enterprise;
—144 new businesses created, 1,271 businesses retained, and more than 8,100
jobs created or retained;
—768 communities across the Nation adopted more sustainable economic or envi-
ronmental development practices and policies;
—340 communities adopted hazard resiliency practices to make them better pre-
pared to cope with or respond to hazardous coastal events;
—5,000 individuals or businesses received new certifications in hazard analysis
and critical control point handling of seafood products, improving the safety of
seafood consumption by Americans across the country;
—40,000 acres of degraded ecosystems were restored; and
—1,700 undergraduate students, 1,400 graduate students, and 800,000 K–12 stu-
dents were reached with information about marine and Great Lakes science and
resources.
Besides the programs singled out in this presentation, a great deal of extramural
research that supports NOAA’s overall mission is in specific programs such as the
Integrated Ocean Observing System (IOOS), the Coastal Services Center, the Center
for Sponsored Coastal Ocean Research (CSCOR), and the National Estuarine Re-
search Reserve System (NERRS) program. For instance, CSCOR is a multi-topic
304
competitive research program that supports longer-term research on important
coastal issues of harmful algal blooms, hypoxia in the northern Gulf of Mexico and
other U.S. waters, and multiple stressors. The NERRS programs are effectively
aligned with academic institutions and especially marine labs, and they support sig-
nificant research activities funded by other agencies. The IOOS has observing in-
strumentation in the water around the United States (and including the Gulf of
Mexico) that currently provides real-time oceanographic data to users, including the
U.S. Coast Guard, maritime transportation, oil spill response agencies (State and
Federal), and fisheries managers, as well as local fishing and other businesses.
Much of the data comes from academic scientists at no cost to the Federal budget.
In all, these extramural programs provide NOAA with capabilities that far exceed
what is possible in-house, enabling the agency to carry out its mission more effec-
tively and more efficiently.
The examples above demonstrate the unique value, cost effectiveness, and con-
tribution that extramural programs make to the agency’s missions of science, service
and stewardship. And last, but by no means least, NOAA extramural funding for
colleges and universities fosters the integration of education and training into re-
search, helping to create the next generation of scientific and technical talent that
the Nation must have to remain competitive into the future.
We urge the subcommittee to restore funding to these extramural programs when
the subcommittee marks up the fiscal year 2013 Commerce, Justice, Science, and
related agencies appropriations bill.
On behalf of my colleagues at NAML, thank you very much for the opportunity
to express our concerns. We would be happy to provide additional information if it
would be helpful to the subcommittee.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
N
ATIONAL
E
COLOGICAL
O
BSERVATORY
N
ETWORK
, I
NC
.
Chairman Mikulski, Ranking Member Hutchison, and members of the sub-
committee, thank you for the opportunity to testify on the fiscal year 2013 budget
for the National Science Foundation (NSF). My name is Tom Jorling, and I serve
as the interim CEO of the National Ecological Observatory Network (NEON), Inc.
a 501(c)(3) corporation established to implement the NEON Project supported by the
Major Research Equipment and Facilities Construction (MREFC) program of the
NSF. We are deeply appreciative of the support this subcommittee has provided the
MREFC account, and NEON in particular, in previous years and hope it will con-
tinue as you consider the fiscal year 2013 budget request for the NSF MREFC ac-
count in the amount of $196.17 million. This funding recommendation is essentially
level with the fiscal year 2012 appropriation for this account and will allow the con-
tinued construction of NEON consistent with the 5-year construction schedule devel-
oped by the NSF and NEON, Inc. and approved by the National Science Board.
THE CHALLENGE
Maintaining this Nation’s Science and Engineering (S&E) leadership is increas-
ingly seen as a precondition for maintaining U.S. competitiveness on the world
stage. In February 2003, the National Science Board said:
There can be no doubt that a modern and effective research infrastructure is crit-
ical to maintaining U.S. leadership in Science and Engineering (S&E). New tools
have opened vast research frontiers and fueled technological innovation in fields
such as biotechnology, nanotechnology, and communications...Recent concepts
of infrastructure are expanding to include distributed systems of hardware, soft-
ware, information bases, and automated aids for data analysis and interpretation.
Enabled by information technology, a qualitatively different and new S&E infra-
structure has evolved, delivering greater computational power, increased access, dis-
tribution and shared use, and new research tools, such as data analysis and inter-
pretation aids, Web-accessible databases, archives, and collaboratories. Many viable
research questions can be answered only through the use of new generations of
these powerful tools.
. . . In an era of fast-paced discovery, it is imperative that NSF’s infrastructure
investments provide the maximum benefit to the entire S&E community. NSF must
be prepared to assume a greater S&E infrastructure role for the benefit of the Na-
tion.
Pushing the frontiers of science requires a sustained effort to ascertain the sci-
entific grand challenges that beckon our brightest minds, to determine how science
and technology can best address emerging challenges, and to develop the leadership
in turning knowledge into technologies and benefits for society. In order to conduct
305
basic research in every field of S&E, students, teachers, and researchers must have
access to powerful, state-of-the-art scientific infrastructure—the type of infrastruc-
ture that has a major impact on broad segments of S&E disciplines. Large and up-
to-date research equipment and facilities are essential to the fundamental process
of basic research.
We are entering an era of large-scale, interdisciplinary science fueled by large
data sets that will be analyzed by current and future generations of scientists. The
rapid pace of changes around the globe has underscored the value of long-term data
sets for understanding the context of scientific observations, and for forecasting fu-
ture conditions. Natural and human-managed landscapes are subject to events and
processes that play out over different scales of time and space. Some are rapid and
visible, like extreme precipitation, wind, and wildfire events, while others are subtle
and play out over decades, like changing ocean temperatures and pH that affect the
world’s fisheries. Dealing with these challenges calls for a new generation of tools
and observational capabilities.
RISING TO THE CHALLENGE
There is no better generation to handle these long-term challenges than the cadre
of early career scientists, engineers, and educators that we have in this country.
These individuals have trained for professional and academic careers in a highly
connected, fast-changing, digital world. Many are eager and ready to tackle data-
intensive, data-driven scientific challenges if provided the opportunity and the req-
uisite data. We need modern scientific tools that will allow this generation of sci-
entists to listen to the heartbeat of an entire continental ecosystem, to observe the
changing patterns of large-scale oceanic patterns that affect our weather, and to use
powerful scientific analysis and visualization techniques to understand the
connectivity between the atmosphere, land, and oceans.
The successful nurturing of these capabilities depends on the availability and ac-
cessibility of data characterizing the structure and function of natural systems. Pub-
licly accessible data represents a potent democratization of science—it opens up the
marketplace of ideas and enables participation by constituencies that were pre-
viously excluded because of barriers related to the capital costs of scientific infra-
structure. The MREFC account funds transformational scientific infrastructure en-
tirely consistent with NSF’s vision of science entering into an ‘‘Era of Observations’’
and an ‘‘Era of Data and Information’’.
THE MAJOR RESEARCH EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION ACCOUNT
NSF describes the NSF MREFC account as providing ‘‘unique, transformational
research capabilities at the frontiers of science and engineering’’. Such multi-user
facilities are identified through extended engagements with the scientific commu-
nity, designed using processes that National Aeronautics and Space Administration,
Department of Energy, and others have developed over decades, and constructed
using state-of-the-art technology. As members of this subcommittee are aware, the
Congress, the NSF Inspector General, the National Science Board, and NSF provide
stringent oversight of the planning, construction, and operations of all MREFC
projects to ensure that taxpayer dollars are spent wisely.
We would like to applaud NSF’s stewardship of these facilities. The agency has
defined processes that it requires all MREFC projects, including NEON, to follow.
These defined processes and an expectation of the timeframes allow us to engage
with our user-communities to prepare them for the use of the facility as it gets built,
and for when it comes on-line. This allows universities to strategize their hiring
strategies, and for our early career scientists to acquire the necessary skills that will
allow them to participate in these new scientific enterprises. One such enterprise
that we wish to highlight in this testimony is NEON.
WHY THE NATIONAL ECOLOGICAL OBSERVATORY NETWORK
,
INC
.
Living systems interact with each other and with the rest of the Earth System
at many scales. At a small scale, individual plants exchange energy and matter with
the atmosphere to support growth. At a large scale, like that of an entire continent,
exchange between biotic components, the atmosphere, and surface water affects cli-
mate and hydrology. NEON is the Nation’s and the world’s first science facility de-
signed to enable understanding and predicting the way ecosystems work and re-
spond to changes, especially at large scales; understanding how ecosystem processes
feedback to alter Earth system processes, including climate and hydrology; and un-
derstanding the implications of these processes and feedbacks for the human en-
deavor.
306
The project is designed to fill a void in observing systems that collect the range
of variables needed for a complete view of ecosystem responses to multiple inter-
acting environmental stressors, essential if we are to maintain the ecosystems that
support humans and all life.
The concept for the ecological observatory was initiated in 1998 by the National
Science Board’s Task Force on the Environment. This was followed by workshops
conducted by a large segment of the ecological community and a succession of com-
petitive planning grants from NSF. This process culminated in a proposal to con-
struct what was to become the NEON project. There followed a multi-year process
involving more than a dozen outside expert review panels convened by NSF, includ-
ing a Conceptual Design Review, Preliminary Design Reviews and a Final Design
Review in 2010. These successful reviews led to approval by the National Science
Board and finally authorization for construction from the Congress in 2010 as part
of the MREFC program of NSF.
THE NATIONAL ECOLOGICAL OBSERVATORY NETWORK
,
INC
.
IN THE FISCAL YEAR 2013
BUDGET REQUEST TO THE CONGRESS
The total NSF MREFC request for NEON for fiscal year 2013 is $91 million. This
level of funding would support continuation of civil and facility construction and in-
strumentation deployment across six geographical regions, and commissioning of the
infrastructure in three others. Biological sampling and analysis activities will com-
mence in all constructed and accepted Observatory sites. The funds will also support
continuation of the NEON cyberinfrastructure in preparation for serving the freely
accessible data to the scientific community. The first NEON airborne remote sensing
platform is expected to be completed, fully instrumented, and flight-tested in prepa-
ration for delivery to Observatory operations in fiscal year 2014.
The NEON project received its first funding from the MREFC program, $12.58
million in fiscal year 2011 and $60.3 million in fiscal year 2012. The National
Science Board approved plan for the full construction of the Observatory calls for
$98.2 million in fiscal year 2014, $91 million in fiscal year 2015, and $80.66 million
more than fiscal year 2016. The National Science Board approved total cost for the
construction of the Observatory is $433 million.
SUMMARY
We strongly support the fiscal year 2013 appropriations request for the MREFC
account, including the request for NEON, because the cutting edge infrastructure
is an essential component of the national effort to keep U.S. scientific enterprise at
the leading edge. This is vital for advancing science and maintaining the United
States as the leader in understanding the natural world and all the benefits that
can flow from that understanding. Long-term observational data generated by
MREFC facilities will open up new opportunities for innovation and discovery that
will benefit scores of scientists, engineers, and educators by lowering barriers to par-
ticipation at the very edges of science. We appreciate the constraints within the
budget process, but urge the subcommittee to consider the NSF investment in major
research equipment and related facilities construction as a critical investment in the
future health and well being of the research enterprise—an enterprise that will fuel
this Nation’s long-term economic competitiveness.
Thank you for this opportunity to present these views.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
N
ATIONAL
E
STUARINE
R
ESEARCH
R
ESERVE
A
SSOCIATION
The National Estuarine Research Reserve Association (NERRA) is a not-for-profit
scientific and educational organization dedicated to the protection, understanding,
and science-based management of our Nation’s estuaries and coasts. Our members
are the 28 reserves that make up the National Estuarine Research Reserve System
(NERRS). Established in 1987, NERRA facilitates its members’ mission to protect
our Nation’s estuaries and to promote conservation-based research, education, and
stewardship through the reserves. For fiscal year 2013, NERRA strongly rec-
ommends the following reserve system programs and funding levels within the Na-
tional Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA):
—NERRS Operations—$22.3 million; and
—NERRS Procurement, Acquisition, and Construction (PAC)—$1.69 million.
Additionally, NERRA also requests appropriation language directing NOAA to en-
sure that every reserve will get no less than the fiscal year 2012 allocation. This
307
will enable all reserves to meet obligations for core operations associated with re-
search, education, stewardship, and coastal training responsibilities.
In 28 beautiful coastal locations around our country, 22 States and Puerto Rico
have protected—in perpetuity—more than 1.3 million acres of land for education,
long-term research, science-based stewardship, recreation, and sustainability of the
coastal economy. The States have been entrusted to operate and manage NOAA’s
program as created by the Congress in the Coastal Zone Management Act (CZMA)
nearly 40 years ago. What sets this program apart from other place-based Federal
programs, like the National Marine Sanctuaries or National Wildlife Refuges for ex-
ample, is that the reserves manage a Federal partnership program, implemented lo-
cally by States or universities.
The reserves have a tremendous positive impact on our economy including work
to maintain clean water, keep the seafood and fishing industry viable, and provide
communities with practical help and science-based information to address coastal
hazards and maintain the area’s tourism. Estuaries, where rivers meet the sea, pro-
vide nursery ground for two-thirds of commercial fish and shellfish: in NERRS
States, the shellfish (wholesale market value) and seafood industry (total sales gen-
erated by the seafood industry) contributed more than $2.7 billion to the economy
in 2010 (S
OURCE
.—National Ocean Economic Program and NOAA Fisheries, Office
of Science and Technology). Protection of these important estuaries within the
NERRS can have a significant impact on specific species. For example, in Florida,
Apalachicola Reserve is 1 of 3 reserves in the State: approximately 90 percent of
Florida’s oyster harvest and 10 percent of United States total harvest comes from
Apalachicola Bay (Source.—Wilber, 92).
The work at each reserve goes beyond its property boundaries and creates a num-
ber of environmental and economic benefits for the communities and regions where
they exist. For example, in 2010, NERRS coastal counties provided 4.4 percent of
total wages earned in the United States and 4.2 percent of the Nation’s jobs contrib-
uting more than $26 billion in economic output (measured in gross State product)
and supporting more than 468,000 jobs in ocean-dependent industries (S
OURCE
.—
Bureau of Labor Statistics; NOAA).
About the National Estuarine Research Reserve System
Since 1974, beginning with the designation of the South Slough National Estua-
rine Research Reserve in Oregon, the coastal States and the Federal Government
have collaborated to create a unique network of estuarine areas protected for long-
term research and education. The NERRS added its 28th reserve on Lake Superior,
Wisconsin in October 2010.
Pursuant to the CZMA, each reserve is chosen because it is a representative estu-
arine ecosystem able to contribute to the biogeographical and typological balance of
the NERRS and because the area within the reserve is protected in perpetuity and
is available for suitable public purposes such as education and interpretive use. The
reserves are a network of protected areas established for long-term research, edu-
cation, training, and stewardship.
NERRS’s priorities are developed through a collaborative approach between the
States and NOAA to address both national and local concerns. The reserves have
a mandate pursuant to section 315 of the CZMA to support the coastal States
through research and education as the States address today’s most pressing coastal
issues such as impacts from changes in sea and lake levels and increased nutrient
loading. The reserves conduct research, monitoring, restoration, education, and
training designed to improve our understanding and management of coasts and es-
tuaries. The reserves are public places that have significant local, regional, and na-
tional benefits because the lands are publicly owned and function as living labora-
tories and classrooms that are used by scientists, decisionmakers, educators, and
people of all ages. They are located in pristine coastal areas that serve as ‘‘sentinel
sites’’, places where early indicators of environmental change are scientifically meas-
ured to provide up-to-date information to local officials and the public to support en-
vironmental decisionmaking, and inform assessment of trends at the regional and
national levels.
National Estuarine Research Reserve System Operations
NERRA requests that program operations be funded at a level of $22.3 million,
an amount level with Congressional Appropriations Act fiscal year 2012 level. This
funding will be shared by the 28 programs to enable the NERRS to manage and
maintain healthy estuaries. Healthy estuaries support fishing, seafood, ecotourism,
recreation, clean water, and communities. Beyond the economic impact to our Na-
tional, State, and local economies, reserves have national infrastructure that sup-
port bringing science to the management of our coasts. This was most recently evi-
308
denced in the Deep Water Horizon oil spill of 2010, a coastal area that is home to
five reserves. We know that the $1 billion tourism and seafood industries depend
upon on clean water, and during the Deep Water Horizon Oil Spill crisis the com-
munities and industries along the gulf coast relied on disaster support efforts in-
cluding data supplied by some of the five gulf coast National Estuarine Research
Reserves, some of which continues today.
Each reserve receives operation funds from NOAA that are matched by the States
and that are used to leverage significantly more private and local investments that
results in each reserve having on average more than five program partners assisting
to implement this national program. In addition, the program significantly benefits
from volunteers that are engaged in habitat restoration, education and science
which offset operation costs at reserves by donating thousands of hours. Between
fiscal year 2006 and fiscal year 2010, volunteers have contributed more than
460,400 hours to the NERRS. In fiscal year 2010 volunteers contributed more than
100,000 hours to the NERRS (S
OURCE
.—NOAA).
NERRS have made countless economic contributions to their local communities,
States, and Nation. In the category of eco-tourism, more than 2 million people annu-
ally visit the NERRS: an estimated more than $20 million annually in direct benefit
from these visitor use opportunities (estimated using Federal, State, and local park
entry fees). Visitors to our reserves walk the trails, paddle the waterways, bird
watch, snowshoe, and participate in activities and events at each of our 28 reserves.
In 2011, NERRS contributed more than $10 million to science and research. One
example of this is NERRS water and weather monitoring programs are used at the
local, State, and national levels to support assessment of water quality and guide
and track remediation strategies, aid in weather and marine forecasts, support
emergency response, and aid the water dependent and insurance industries. NERRS
land conservation ensures that 1.3 million acres of coastal property worth more than
$6.5 billion are protected. (Estimated based on the average cost of Federal invest-
ment per acre of land added to reserves over the last 10 years.)
In addition, NERRS contributes more than $4.9 million in education relief offsets,
educating more than 83,000 children annually through school-based programs
grades K–12. This is a major benefit in some communities where local school dis-
tricts have been forced to cut programs in these economic times. Likewise, NERRS
offsets more than $13.4 million in training for more than 66,000 people. This is a
direct benefit of the Coastal Training Program that provides knowledge, tools, and
resources to assist communities in protecting our coasts and aiding in sustainable
development.
National Estuarine Research Reserve System Procurement, Acquisition, and Con-
struction
NERRA requests $1.69 million for land conservation and facilities to maintain,
upgrade, and construct reserve facilities and acquire priority lands. This competitive
funding program is matched by State funds and has resulted in not only the preser-
vation of critical coastal lands as described above, but also in the increase of con-
struction jobs. For example, NERRS creates more than 60 jobs for each $1 million
of Federal PAC money spent. In addition, NERRS leveraged investments of more
than $114 million to purchase 30,000acres of coastal property over the last 10
years. A recent assessment of construction and acquisition priorities at the reserves
shows that the NERRS have needs for more than $60 million for fiscal years 2011
through 2015.
President’s Fiscal Year 2013 Budget
The President’s fiscal year 2013 budget, if enacted, would reduce the NERRS pro-
gram funding by 15 percent from fiscal year 2012 omnibus bill levels of $22.259 mil-
lion to $18.979 million and would reduce Procurement, Acquisition, and Construc-
tion (PAC) funding by 100 percent from fiscal year 2012 omnibus bill levels of $1.7
million to zero. According to the NOAA ‘‘blue book’’ language, ‘‘At this funding level,
NOAA will eliminate the NERRS graduate fellowship program and decrease funding
to each of the 28 reserves across the United States.’’ As stated previously, NERRA
requests appropriation language directing NOAA to ensure that every reserve will
get no less than the fiscal year 2012 allocation. This will enable all reserves to meet
obligations for core operations associated with research, education, stewardship, and
coastal training responsibilities.
NERRA’s assessment of the potential funding cut impacts assumes that program
operations in the States, at the 28 sites, would absorb the majority of the program
cuts and thereby result in the greatest impacts being felt locally, even though it is
believed that all aspects of the program—locally and systemwide—would receive re-
ductions. The States suffer the greatest from the funding cuts. Program cuts pro-
309
posed by the President would put at risk the more than $26 billion of economic out-
put contributed by NERRS coastal counties in 2010, as well as the more than more
than 468,000 jobs in ocean-dependent industries supported in these communities.
Insufficient funding would impact State and local seafood and fishing industries
that are a $2.7 billion economic contributor for States that have a reserve because
reserve sites would suffer adverse economic impacts from reduced water quality and
water quality data. In addition, NERRA believes that the NERRS program for Grad-
uate Research Fellowships, providing advance degree educational opportunities for
up to 56 university marine science-related students per year, will be eliminated.
SUPPORT REQUESTED FOR COAST AND OCEAN AND MANAGEMENT
NERRS are connected to the coast and ocean management work done by its State
and Federal partners. Specifically, in the States, reserves primary partners are the
State coastal management programs in the majority of the States. NERRA requests
subcommittee support for Coastal Zone Management (CZM) grants at $67 million.
In addition, many reserves rely on congressionally appropriated Bay Watershed Es-
tuary Training (B–WET) funds to augment educational funds. Therefore, NERRA
request your support for this program in the appropriation of $9.7 million for B–
WET grants. Finally, the reserves depend on NOAA’s technical assistance and part-
nership capacity. NERRA requests support of $37.1 million for the Coastal Services
Center and $8.7 million for CZM Stewardship.
CONCLUSION
NERRA greatly appreciates the support the subcommittee has provided in the
past. This support has been critical to sustain and increase the economic viability
of the coast and estuary-based industries. We urge you to give every consideration
to these requests as you move forward in the fiscal year 2013 appropriations proc-
ess.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
N
ATIONAL
M
ARINE
S
ANCTUARY
F
OUNDATION
APPROPRIATIONS REQUEST
For 12 years, the National Marine Sanctuary Foundation (NMSF) has worked
with the Congress and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA) to connect our fellow citizens to the underwater places that define the
American ocean—the National Marine Sanctuary System. The President’s budget
request for 2013 could jeopardize economic growth in coastal communities by termi-
nating funding for national marine sanctuary vessel acquisition and visitor center
construction, including the completion of ongoing projects. NMSF respectfully re-
quests that the subcommittee remedy this situation by appropriating:
—$5.495 million to the Marine Sanctuaries Construction Base, within NOAA’s
Procurement, Acquisition, and Construction account (fiscal year 2012 enacted
level); and
—$49 million to the Marine Sanctuary Program Base, within NOAA’s Operations,
Research, and Facilities account (fiscal year 2010 enacted level).
Joining NMSF in this request is the national network of community-based, non-
profit organizations that support specific sites within the sanctuary system. On be-
half of their members from coast to coast, the Channel Islands Sanctuary Founda-
tion (California); Cordell Marine Sanctuary Foundation (California); Farallones Ma-
rine Sanctuary Association (California); Friends of Thunder Bay National Marine
Sanctuary (Michigan); Monterey Bay Sanctuary Foundation (California); Olympic
Coast Alliance (Washington); Sanctuary Friends Foundation of the Florida Keys
(Florida); and Stellwagen Alive! (Massachusetts) support funding National Marine
Sanctuary System at these levels.
While we recognize the challenges associated with providing increased funding in
the current budget climate, and the need to fund other important programs under
the jurisdiction of the subcommittee, we believe that the President’s fiscal year 2013
budget request fails to address critical sanctuary contributions to coastal job cre-
ation and economic growth, from supporting tourism to providing construction jobs.
It also continues a deeply disturbing trend of underfunding the sanctuary pro-
gram—despite nearly a decade’s worth of unmistakable signals from Democrats and
Republicans in both Houses of Congress that the program warrants additional
funds.
310
1
O’Connor, Simon et al (2009). Whale Watching Worldwide: tourism numbers, expenditures
and expanding economic benefits, a special report from the International Fund for Animal Wel-
fare. Prepared by Economists at Large. Available at http://www.ifaw.org/Publications/Pro-
gramlPublications/Whales/assetluploadlfile841l55365.pdf.
2
Monterey Bay Crescent Ocean Research Consortium. (2012) ‘‘Major Marine Sciences Facili-
ties in the Monterey Bay Crescent—2012.’’ Available at http://web.me.com/paduan/mbcorc/Mem-
bershiplInfolfiles/MontereyBayLabs2012-2.pdf.
3
National Ocean Economics Program. (2004) ‘‘Ocean Economy Data.’’ Available at http://
www.oceaneconomics.org/Market/ocean/oceanEconResults.asp?IC=N&selState=12&selCounty=
12086&selCounty=12087&selYears=All&selSector=6&selIndust=All&selValue=All&cb
Multiplier=Multiply&selOut=display&noepID=3204.
4
Michigan Sea Grant. (2009). ‘‘Northeast Michigan Integrated Assessment Final Report.’’
Available at http://www.miseagrant.umich.edu/downloads/nemia/report/NEMIA-Final-Report.pdf.
5
Office of National Marine Sanctuaries. (2011) ‘‘Sanctuary Watch, Summer 2011.’’ U.S. De-
partment of Commerce: NOAA National Ocean Service, National Marine Sanctuary Program.
Available at http://sanctuaries.noaa.gov/news/pdfs/sanctuarywatch/sw0611.pdf.
NATIONAL MARINE SANCTUARIES ARE ECONOMIC ENGINES FOR COASTAL COMMUNITIES
National marine sanctuaries support economic growth and hundreds of coastal
businesses in sanctuary communities; preserve vibrant underwater and maritime
treasures for our children and grandchildren to enjoy; and provide critical public ac-
cess for ocean recreation, research, and education. Investing in these sites does
much more than simply protect small areas of the ocean—national marine sanc-
tuaries are economic engines for coastal communities, and investing in sanctuaries
is a downpayment on the future of fishing families, dive operators, and whale-
watching vendors, not to mention the many other Americans whose livelihoods are
dependent on a healthy ocean and coasts. We offer the following examples to sug-
gest that the benefits of funding our national marine sanctuaries far outweigh the
Federal outlays that support them:
—Management of the Stellwagen Bank National Marine Sanctuary off Massachu-
setts costs taxpayers less than $2 million annually, and healthy sanctuary
waters draw the tourists who spent $126 million on commercial whale-watching
trips there during 2008 alone, supporting 31 businesses and almost 600 jobs.
1
—Taxpayers spend less than $3 million per year to manage the Monterey Bay Na-
tional Marine Sanctuary off California, whose waters are the focus of a marine
science and education industry that employed more than 2,100 people and had
a $291 million budget in 2012.
2
—The Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary, where management costs less
than $6 million per year, protects coral reefs and legal fishing opportunities
that are the backbone of a marine tourism and recreation industry in the two
adjacent counties—employing more than 70,000 people and contributing $4.5
billion per year to state GDP.
3
—On the shores of Lake Huron, Michigan’s Thunder Bay National Marine Sanc-
tuary costs less than $1 million annually and serves as a destination for tour-
ists who spent $110 million visiting the three adjacent counties in 2000, pro-
viding almost $36 million in personal income and supporting 1,700 jobs.
4
—Taken as a whole, the National Marine Sanctuary System manages our waters
at a cost to taxpayers of approximately $340 per square mile, while manage-
ment of National Park Service properties costs more than $16,000 per square
mile.
5
Investments in our National Marine Sanctuary System provide incredible returns
to society, both today and for future generations, and we encourage the sub-
committee to provide additional resources to sanctuaries wherever possible, enabling
them to stimulate coastal economies, promote ocean recreation, and create a
healthy, long-term balance on the water.
NATIONAL MARINE SANCTUARIES START AND STAY IN LOCAL COMMUNITIES
The designation and management of new sanctuaries is wholly dependent on a
‘‘bottom-up’’ process where local communities are involved from very beginning—
sanctuaries actually devolve power from Washington, DC and give constituents con-
trol over the destiny of their coasts. All sanctuary rules and regulations are devel-
oped on a site-by-site basis, and sanctuaries are designed from the outset to accom-
modate multiple uses of the ocean. Coastal communities have a controlling influence
on sanctuary priorities, ensuring that they address unique, local circumstances. This
community-driven approach to decide where sanctuaries are located and what is al-
lowed within them is one of the most public in our democracy. National marine
sanctuaries are created by and for the people: citizens and communities propose
sites and then have at least three additional chances to weigh in during the process.
311
In addition, more than 700 Sanctuary Advisory Council representatives from the
fishing, tourism, and maritime commerce industries; Tribes, State, and local govern-
ment; and researchers, educators, and conservationists spend more than 13,000
hours each year to help manage sanctuary operations day-to-day. Sanctuaries are
also hubs for volunteer activity: more than 100,000 hours are contributed by local
sanctuary volunteers each year.
NATIONAL MARINE SANCTUARIES
PROGRAMMATIC OUTLOOK UNDER PROPOSED FISCAL
YEAR 2013 FUNDING LEVELS
We remain concerned that NOAA’s Office of National Marine Sanctuaries (ONMS)
has not received sufficient appropriations for several consecutive budget cycles. As
a result of these shortfalls, a consolidation with NOAA’s Marine Protected Areas
Center, and the continued underfunding proposed for fiscal year 2013, we project
the termination of contractors who perform full-time equivalent duties; reduced op-
erations at visitor centers; a lack of contingency funding needed in case of emer-
gencies like oil spills; and inoperable vessels tied up at the docks. In addition, lack
of funds will likely result in cuts to public access and recreation opportunities, can-
cellation of partnerships that leverage private funds for taxpayer benefits, and the
dismantling of successful education initiatives.
The potential impact of reducing sanctuary appropriations goes far beyond the in-
dividual sanctuaries themselves:
—limiting visitor center hours;
—eliminating research programs; and
—diminishing enforcement capacities will prevent ONMS from fulfilling its statu-
tory mandates while also reducing the economic activity and job creation that
surrounds healthy sanctuary communities from coast to coast.
For example, funding national marine sanctuaries below the recommended levels
could force the program to:
Cut Treasured Public Access and Recreation Opportunities For All Ameri-
cans.—Funding cuts risk the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary’s 767
mooring buoys, which provide public access and recreational opportunities with-
in the sanctuary while protecting coral reefs and shipwrecks from anchor dam-
age, preserving them for future generations.
Restrict Enforcement Operations That Protect Legal Fishermen by Guarding
Against Illegal Fishing.—Lack of funding jeopardizes on-water patrols for illegal
lobster fishermen in the Florida Keys NMS. In a single 2010 case, illegal fisher-
men pilfered 8,500 pounds of spiny lobster within a 6-month period. The lobster
had a street value of $155,000—money that was effectively taken out of the
pockets of hardworking, legal fishermen.
Dramatically Shrink Visitor Center Hours.—Visitor centers are a vital link
between sanctuaries and the millions of Americans who visit the coast each
year and serve as the public face of NOAA. Sanctuary visitor centers see more
than 200,000 visitors per year, including the Mokupa
ˇ
papa Discovery Center
(Hilo, Hawaii), Great Lakes Maritime Heritage Center (Alpena, Michigan), and
Florida Keys EcoDiscovery Center (Key West, Florida).
Eliminate Cooperative Education Efforts With Local Museums That Leverage
Private Funds for Taxpayer Benefits.—Placing exhibits in partner institutions,
like the California Academy of Sciences’ three-story ‘‘California Coast’’ aquar-
ium, is a successful and cost-effective method for reaching the American public.
More than 1 million Academy visitors each year learn how the Gulf of the
Farallones National Marine Sanctuary protects America’s valuable ocean and
maritime resources.
Cancel Collaborative Research Efforts With Local Universities That Leverage
Private Funds for Taxpayer Benefits.—Funding cuts could risk partnerships
with Oregon State University, Stanford University, and the University of Cali-
fornia for collection of wind, tide, current, and marine life data critical to mari-
time commerce and search-and-rescue operations within the Channel Islands,
Monterey Bay, Gulf of the Farallones, Cordell Bank, and Olympic Coast Na-
tional Marine Sanctuaries.
Dismantle Successful Education Initiatives That Save Taxpayers Money by Fo-
cusing on Low-Cost Prevention Instead of Expensive Restoration or Remedi-
ation.—The Multicultural Education for Resource Issues Threatening Oceans
(MERITO) program’s media outreach has touched more than 13 million Cali-
fornia residents. The California Bay-Watershed Education and Training (B–
WET) program increases the stewardship ethic of participating youth, and local
communities in the Chesapeake Bay, Gulf of Mexico, Hawaii, New England, and
Pacific Northwest have imported the program.
312
6
Lazo, J.K., D.M. Waldman, B.H. Morrow, and J.A. Thacher. 2010. ‘‘Assessment of Household
Evacuation Decision Making and the Benefits of Improved Hurricane Forecasting.’’ Weather and
Forecasting. 25(1):207–219.
7
National Marine Fisheries Service.
1
Bureau of Justice Statistics (2008). Homicide Trends in the U.S. from 1976–2005. Depart-
ment of Justice.
2
Ibid.
3
Honoring Texas Victims. Family Violence Fatalities in 2010. Texas Council on Family Vio-
lence. Available at http://www.tcfv.org/pdf/Honoring-Texas-Victims.pdf.
THE NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION NEEDS SUFFICIENT FUNDS
TO FULFILL ITS RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE AMERICAN PEOPLE
As a member of the Friends of NOAA coalition, the National Marine Sanctuary
Foundation works with other supporters, stakeholders, and partners of NOAA to
educate and inform interested audiences about the full range of NOAA activities,
enabling the agency to more effectively carry out its responsibilities relating to our
ocean and coasts, fisheries, research, and weather and climate, including satellites.
NOAA is one of the premier science agencies in the Federal Government and pro-
vides decisionmakers with critically important data, products, and services that pro-
mote and enhance the Nation’s economy, security, environment, and quality of life.
More than 1.5 million NOAA weather forecasts and warnings per year generate ben-
efits of at least $31.5 billion, and the agency’s ocean and atmospheric research, fish-
eries management, and satellite enterprises are essential for the continued pros-
perity of our Nation.
6
For example, recovery of overfished stocks has produced an
additional $2.1 billion in income and $5 billion in sales over the past decade.
7
Pro-
viding insufficient funding for NOAA will only serve to diminish the economic activ-
ity and job creation that is at present successfully revitalizing communities across
America.
We hope the subcommittee will see the benefits of investing in NOAA and the Na-
tional Marine Sanctuary System, and that a failure to provide sufficient funding will
endanger, quite literally, American lives and livelihoods across the Nation.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
N
ATIONAL
N
ETWORK TO
E
ND
D
OMESTIC
V
IOLENCE
INTRODUCTION
I am testifying to request a targeted investment of $449.5 million in Violence
Against Women Act (VAWA) programs administered by the Department of Justice,
(DOJ) Office of Violence Against Women in the fiscal year 2013 budget (specific re-
quests detailed below). In addition, I am testifying to request a $1 billion ‘‘cap’’ from
the Victims of Crime Act (VOCA), administered by the Office of Justice Programs,
Office for Victims of Crime in the fiscal year 2013 budget.
Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related Agencies Appropriations Subcommittee
Chairwoman Mikulski, Vice Chairman Hutchison, Chairman Inouye, Ranking Mem-
ber Cochran and distinguished members of the Senate Appropriations Committee,
thank you for this opportunity to submit testimony to the subcommittee on the im-
portance of investing in VAWA and VOCA. I sincerely thank the subcommittee for
its ongoing support and investment in these lifesaving programs. These investments
help to bridge the gap created by an increased demand and a lack of available re-
sources.
I am the president of the National Network to End Domestic Violence (NNEDV),
the Nation’s leading voice on domestic violence. We represent the 56 State and terri-
torial domestic violence coalitions, including those in Maryland, Texas, Hawaii, and
Mississippi, their 2,000-member domestic violence programs, and the millions of vic-
tims they serve. Our direct connection with victims and service providers gives us
a unique understanding of their needs and the vital importance of continued Fed-
eral investments.
Incidence, Prevalence, Severity, and Consequences of Domestic and Sexual Violence
The crimes of domestic and sexual violence are pervasive, insidious, and life-
threatening. Every day in the United States, an average of three women are killed
by a current or former intimate partner.
1
In 2005 alone, the most recent year with
this data available, 1,181 women were murdered by an intimate partner in the
United States.
2
In Texas, 142 women were killed by their current or former intimate
partner in calendar year 2010.
3
Recently, the Centers for Disease Control and Pre-
vention (CDC) released the first-ever National Intimate Partner and Sexual Vio-
lence Survey (NISVS) which found that domestic violence, sexual violence, and
stalking are widespread. In fact, domestic violence alone affects more than 12 mil-
313
4
Black, M.C., Basile, K.C., Breiding, M.J., Smith, S.G., Walters, M.L., Merrick, M.T., Chen,
J., & Stevens, M.R. (2011). The National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey (NISVS):
2010 Summary Report. Atlanta, GA: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention.
5
National Center for Injury Prevention and Control. Costs of Intimate Partner Violence
Against Women in the United States. Atlanta (GA): Centers for Disease Control and Prevention;
2003.
6
Bureau of National Affairs Special Rep. No. 32, Violence and Stress: The Work/Family Con-
nection 2 (1990); Joan Zorza, Women Battering: High Costs and the State of the Law, Clearing-
house Rev., Vol. 28, No. 4, 383, 385; Supra, see footnote 10.
7
‘‘Intimate Partner Violence in the U.S.’’ U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Pro-
grams, Bureau of Justice Statistics, Jan 2008.; Cassandra Archer et al., Institute for Law and
Justice, National Evaluation of the Grants to Encourage Arrest Policies Program 14 (November
2002).
8
‘‘Intimate Partner Violence in the U.S.’’ U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Pro-
grams, Bureau of Justice Statistics, January 2008.
9
Ibid.
10
Andersen Clark, K., et al. (2002). ‘‘A Cost-Benefit Analysis of the Violence Against Women
Act of 1994.’’ Violence Against Women, 8, 417.
11
The Kentucky Civil Protective Order Study: A Rural and Urban Multiple Perspective Study
of Protective Order Violence Consequences, Responses and Cost. (2009). U.S. Department of Jus-
tice.
lion people each year; nearly 1 in 5 women have been raped in their lifetime, and
1 in 4 women have been a victim of severe physical violence by an intimate partner.
More than 80 percent of women who were victimized experienced significant short-
and long-term impacts related to the violence such as Post-Traumatic Stress Dis-
order (PTSD), injury (42 percent), and missed time at work or school (28 percent).
Finally, NISVS shows that most rape and partner violence is experienced before the
age of 24, highlighting the importance of preventing this violence before it occurs.
4
In addition to the terrible cost domestic violence has on the lives of individual vic-
tims and their families, these crimes cost taxpayers and communities. In fact, the
cost of intimate partner violence exceeds $5.8 billion each year, $4.1 billion of which
is for direct medical and mental healthcare services.
5
Domestic violence costs U.S.
employers an estimated $3 to $13 billion annually.
6
Between one-quarter and one-
half of domestic violence victims report losing a job, at least in part, due to domestic
violence.
Despite this grim reality, we know that when a coordinated response is developed,
and immediate, essential services are available, victims can escape from life-threat-
ening violence and begin to rebuild their shattered lives. Funding these programs
is fiscally sound, as they save lives, prevent future violence, keep families and com-
munities safe, and save our Nation money.
Investing in Violence Against Women Act
The Congress first authorized VAWA in 1994 in response to the terrible crimes
of domestic violence, sexual assault, dating violence, and stalking. The programs
created by VAWA and administered by the DOJ and the Department of Health and
Human Services, have changed Federal, tribal, State and local responses to domes-
tic violence dating violence, sexual assault, and stalking. VAWA creates and sup-
ports comprehensive, cost-effective responses to these pervasive and insidious crimes
and has unquestionably improved the national response to domestic violence, dating
violence, sexual assault, and stalking. Due to the overwhelming success of VAWA-
funded programs, more and more victims are coming forward for help each year.
More victims report domestic violence to the police: reporting rates by women have
increased by up to 51 percent and by 37 percent for men.
7
The rate of nonfatal inti-
mate partner violence against women has decreased by 63 percent.
8
Remarkably,
the number of individuals killed by an intimate partner has decreased by 24 percent
for women and 48 percent for men.
9
In addition to saving and rebuilding lives,
VAWA saved taxpayers $12.6 billion in net averted social costs in its first 6 years
alone.
10
A recent study demonstrates both the lifesaving and cost-effective nature of
VAWA-funded programs. The study found that during the 6 months after a survivor
obtained a protective order, the number of threats of physical harm or murder de-
creased nearly 50 percent, moderate physical abuse decreased 61 percent, and se-
vere physical abuse decreased nearly 50 percent. Moreover, protective orders saved
Kentucky at least $85 million in just 1 year.
11
Because many VAWA-funded pro-
grams can help victims obtain protection orders, this study supports the efficacy of
continued investment in these funding streams.
While VAWA programs have made systemic changes to meet the needs of victims
and saved countless lives, the demand for services continues to rise. Additionally,
314
12
Domestic Violence Counts 2010: A 24-Hour census of domestic violence shelters and services
across the United States. The National Network to End Domestic Violence. (January 2010).
13
2010 Biennial Report to Congress on the Effectiveness of Grant Programs Under the Vio-
lence Against Women Act. U.S. Department of Justice, Office on Violence Against Women.
14
STOP (Services Training Officers Prosecutors) Program 2010 Report, U.S. Department
of Justice, Office on Violence Against Women.
15
National Alliance to End Sexual Violence (2010). Internet survey of 1,300 rape crisis centers
with 644 responses.
many parts of the country still lack basic services and traditionally underserved
populations face additional barriers to accessing services. The National Domestic Vi-
olence Census found that in just 1 day in 2011, more than 67,000 adults and chil-
dren found safety in our Nation’s domestic violence shelters and programs. On the
same day, however, more than 10,500 requests for services went unmet because pro-
grams did not have the resources to meet the needs of victims.
In these tough economic times, State and private funding sources are dwindling,
while at the same time there are more incidents of violence and more victims seek-
ing help. As programs strive to meet the needs of all victims requesting services,
the Federal funding is essential for ensuring that programs can keep their doors
open and answer crisis calls. In fact, the National Domestic Violence Census found
that in 2010, 1,441 (82 percent) domestic violence programs reported a rise in de-
mand for services, while at the same time, 1,351 (77 percent) programs reported a
decrease in funding.
12
While we recognize the difficult decisions you face during this
extremely challenging budget year, VAWA, VOCA, and Family Violence Prevention
and Services Act (FVPSA) funding, is critically needed to prevent and end domestic
and sexual violence in our country. To address unmet needs and build upon its suc-
cesses, VAWA should maintain at least fiscal year 2012 funding levels, with key tar-
geted investments for fiscal year 2013.
Specific Investments in Violence Against Women ActPrograms
Services, Training, Officers Prosecution—$205 Million Request.—Services, Train-
ing, Officers Prosecution (STOP) grants are formula grants given to each State to
improve the criminal justice response to domestic violence, dating violence, sexual
assault, and stalking, are used to develop coordinated community responses. Many
States and jurisdictions have implemented STOP-funded strategies that have led to
a direct reduction in domestic violence homicides.
13
As part of the coordinated com-
munity response, STOP also supports the work of victim services agencies. Accord-
ing to Parents and Children Together Peace Center, Hawaii, ‘‘as a result of these
funds, we have been able to provide much-needed individual counseling to victims
with complex needs such as mental illness, language barriers, living in a rural area
and/or immigrants.’’
14
Investment in the STOP program is needed to ensure that
communities across the country continue to strengthen their efforts to hold per-
petrators accountable and support victims.
Sexual Assault Victim Services Program (SASP)—$35 Million Request.—This for-
mula grant addresses the extreme needs of sexual assault victims by allowing
States, tribes, and territories to provide critically needed direct services to victims
and training and technical assistance to various organizations including law enforce-
ment, courts, and social services. In 2009, 56 percent of rape crisis centers were
forced to reduce staff due to a lack of funds. A 2010 survey revealed that 25 percent
of rape crisis centers have a waiting list for crisis services.
15
Increased investment
in SASP is essential to meet the needs of sexual assault victims.
Rural Grant Program—$41 Million Request.—The rural grant program supports
services for victims of domestic and sexual violence living in rural and isolated
areas. These victims face unique barriers to leaving an abusive situation, including
a small number of programs serving a large geographic area, harsh weather condi-
tions that can make travel difficult, under-resourced law enforcement, and a lack
of essential services including child care, legal services, and public transportation.
Restoring funding of this critically needed program to the fiscal year 2011 level of
$41 million is needed to sustain these services.
Level Funding Requests for Key Violence Against Women Act Programs
Each authorized VAWA program plays a critical role in sustaining a holistic re-
sponse to domestic and sexual violence. The individual programs cannot meet the
increasing demand for services with continual funding cuts.
Grants To Encourage Arrest Policies and Enforcement of Protection Orders Pro-
gram (GTEAP)—$50 Million Request.—GTEAP helps communities develop and sus-
tain a seamless and comprehensive criminal justice response to domestic violence,
enhancing victims’ safety and holding perpetrators accountable. In Maryland,
GTEAP supports the innovative Lethality Assessment Program, which includes a
315
16
See: Farmer, A., & Tiefenthaler, J. (2003). ‘‘Explaining the Recent Decline in Domestic Vio-
lence’’, Oxford Journals; MacFarlane et al., Protection Orders and Intimate Partner Violence: An
18-Month Study of 150 Black, Hispanic and White Women.
17
Carter, T. (2004) Pour It On: Activists Cite Rising Need for Lawyers to Respond to Domestic
Violence, A.B.A. Journal, pg. 73.
18
Domestic Violence Counts 2011: A 24-Hour census of domestic violence shelters and services
across the United States. The National Network to End Domestic Violence. (February 2012).
19
Correia, A., Housing and Battered Women: A case study of domestic violence programs in
Iowa. Harrisburg, PA: National Resource Center on Domestic Violence. March, 1999.
20
Charlene K. Baker, Cook, Sarah L., Norris, Fran H., ‘‘Domestic Violence and Housing Prob-
lems: A Contextual Analysis of Women’s Help-seeking, Received Informal Support, and Formal
System Response,’’ Violence Against Women 9, no. 7 (2003): 754–783.
21
National Coalition Against Domestic Violence, Detailed Shelter Surveys (2001).
screening tool and protocol for first responders and others to assess lethality and
link victims to services. Maryland experienced a 41-percent decrease in domestic vi-
olence homicides over the span of 3 years after implementing this program and ju-
risdictions in 11 other States have also implemented this successful tool. Ongoing
funding for GTEAP will allow communities across the country to continue this life-
saving work.
Civil Legal Assistance for Victims—$41 Million Request.—Research indicates that
the practical nature of legal services gives victims long-term alternatives to their
abusive relationships.
16
However, the retainers or hourly fees for private legal rep-
resentation are beyond the means of most victims of domestic violence, dating vio-
lence, sexual assault and stalking. In fact, almost 70 percent of all victims are with-
out legal representation.
17
The Civil Legal Assistance for Victims (LAV) program is
the only federally funded program designed to meet the legal needs of victims. Ac-
cording to Catholic Charities, Inc. of Mississippi, ‘‘the Legal Assistance Clinic has
been proactive in working closely with other governmental agencies to ensure that
client’s issues pertaining to housing (relocation or lease transfer) or employment
issues are handled and resolved in a timely manner. Moreover, we have also worked
very closely with social service agencies to ensure that clients receive the needed
support services and other referrals to agencies/organizations.’’ Continued funding
is needed to ensure victims have access to these needed services.
Transitional Housing Grants—$25 Million Request.—These grants give victims a
safe place to begin to rebuild their shattered lives. In just 1 day in 2011, 5,275
adults and 8,501 children were housed in domestic violence transitional housing pro-
grams. On the same day, however, 6,714 requests for emergency shelter or transi-
tional housing were denied due to a lack of capacity.
18
The extreme dearth of afford-
able housing produces a situation where many victims of domestic violence must re-
turn to their abusers because they cannot find long-term housing,
19
while others are
forced into homelessness.
20
Sustained funding for the Transitional Housing program
will allow more States and localities to ensure that victims do not have to make
these unfathomable choices.
Remaining Violence Against Women Act Programs.—To end the intergenerational
cycle of violence and address the needs of children and youth, we request $12 mil-
lion for the consolidated VAWA youth and prevention programs. Additionally, we re-
quest at least fiscal year 2012 funding levels for the remaining VAWA CJS pro-
grams.
Victims of Crime Act Fund Cap—$1 Billion Request
VOCA, passed in 1984, created the VOCA Fund as a protected source of funding
for crime victim programs. The Fund does not depend on taxpayer dollars—it de-
rives entirely from fines and penalties paid by Federal offenders. To ensure a con-
sistent distribution of the Fund to victim service providers each year, the Congress
set a cap on the Fund, saving the amount collected over the cap to ensure its sta-
bility. Currently, the VOCA Fund has an estimated balance of more than $5 billion.
The VOCA fund supports a formula grant to States for victim assistance pro-
grams, which provide victims with support and services in the aftermath of crime.
Most domestic and sexual violence programs, which are at the heart of the response
to victims, rely on continued VOCA funding to sustain their programs. With more
than 2,000 community-based domestic violence programs, VOCA provides emer-
gency shelter to approximately 300,000 victims, as well as counseling, legal assist-
ance, and preventative education to millions of women, men, and children annu-
ally.
21
This funding is absolutely crucial to keeping victims and their children safe.
In order to meet the growing demand for these lifesaving services, I urge the sub-
committee to release $1 billion through the VOCA cap.
316
CONCLUSION
An increasingly efficient, comprehensive, and life-saving response to victims, cre-
ated and sustained by VAWA, FVPSA, and VOCA funding, has made tremendous
strides toward preventing and ending domestic and sexual violence in this country.
However, as these challenging economic times take a devastating toll on the ability
of shelters and rape crisis centers to meet the needs of victims seeking help, victims
face traumatic and life-threatening situations with no support. We recognize the dif-
ficult decisions you are faced, but we urge you to invest in these life-saving, cost-
effective programs that help break the cycle of violence, reduce related social ills
and save our Nation money now and in the future.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
N
ATIONAL
W
ILDLIFE
F
EDERATION
On behalf of the National Wildlife Federation (NWF), our Nation’s largest con-
servation advocacy and education organization, and our more than 4 million mem-
bers and supporters, I thank you for the opportunity to provide testimony which in-
cludes funding recommendations for the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Admin-
istration (NOAA), the National Science Foundation (NSF) and the National Aero-
nautics and Space Administration (NASA). While NWF supports numerous pro-
grams under the jurisdiction of this subcommittee, including NOAA’s Estuary Res-
toration Program, Coastal Zone Management Grants Regional and Coastal Zone
Management and stewardship; the purpose of this testimony is to recommend fiscal
year 2013 funding levels (totaling $35.2 million) for specific environmental edu-
cation and climate change education programs that we believe are vital to NWF’s
mission to inspire Americans to protect wildlife for our children’s future.
This subcommittee has taken a leadership role in funding environmental edu-
cation and climate change education at the Federal level. While we appreciate the
subcommittee’s leadership, we believe that the overall Federal investment in envi-
ronmental education and climate change education programs nationwide—pennies
per capita—is woefully inadequate. NWF also supports climate change education
and environmental education programs across the Federal agencies at the U.S. For-
est Service, Environmental Protection Agency, Department of Education, and De-
partment of the Interior.
SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDATIONS
[In millions of dollars]
Agency Program
Fiscal year 2012
enacted
Fiscal year 2013
NWF
recommendation
NOAA Bay Watershed Education and Training [B–WET] ................................................. 7.2 7.2
NOAA Environmental Education Initiatives, including Environmental Literacy Grants .. 8.0 8.0
NSF Climate Change Education .................................................................................... 10.0 10.0
NASA Climate Change Education .................................................................................... 10.0 10.0
The Need for Environmental Education
As our Nation moves toward a clean-energy economy and creates new ‘‘green
jobs’’, we must ensure that our education infrastructure keeps pace. As is increas-
ingly recognized by business leaders, environmental literacy provides critical knowl-
edge that is essential for the success of a 21st century workforce—equipping stu-
dents with the skills to understand complex environmental issues, thus enabling
them to both make better informed decisions as citizens and help find solutions for
the challenges facing our Nation. Studies have demonstrated that environmental lit-
eracy is fundamental to improving student achievement in STEM (science, tech-
nology, engineering, and math) education, to creating a stronger economy through
green jobs, and to promoting environmental stewardship. To be successful as a Na-
tion under a new clean-energy economy, we must have an environmentally literate
citizenry that has the knowledge to find new, innovative solutions to protect our
planet.
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Environmental Literacy Grants
NWF supports the fiscal year 2012 baseline for NOAA’s Environmental Literacy
Grants and requests $8 million in fiscal year 2013. NOAA’s Office of Education over-
sees several Environmental Education Initiatives, the largest initiative being the
317
Environmental Literacy Grants (ELG) program which helps to establish new part-
nerships that deliver educational materials to thousands of teachers and students.
The ELG program enables NOAA to partner with the top science centers, aquaria,
and educators in the country to educate the public about vital issues around our
changing planet. It also allows NOAA to leverage the vast array of climate science
being undertaken to increase public understanding and the quality of education.
These funds are awarded on a competitive basis and are increasingly used to build
capacity at the national and regional levels.
Bay Watershed Education and Training Programs
NWF supports funding NOAA’s B–WET program at $7.2 million in fiscal year
2013. Administered by NOAA since 2003, the B–WET program offers competitive
grants to leverage existing environmental education programs, foster the growth of
new programs, and encourage development of partnerships among environmental
education programs within watershed systems. B–WET’s rigorously evaluated pro-
grams are implemented by region, which allows the unique environmental and so-
cial characteristics of the region to drive the design of targeted activities to improve
community understanding, promote teacher competency, and enhance student inter-
est and achievement in science. A fundamental goal of the program is to dem-
onstrate how the quality of the watershed affects the lives of the people who live
in it. B–WET supports programs for students as well as professional development
for teachers, while sustaining regional education and environmental priorities. B–
WET awards have provided environmental education opportunities to more than
100,000 students and 10,000 teachers. With an increase in funding in fiscal year
2008, B–WET expanded from the Chesapeake Bay, California, and Hawaii to also
include the Pacific Northwest, the northern Gulf of Mexico, and New England. Sus-
tained funding of $7.2 million in fiscal year 2013 will enable this successful program
to continue addressing the needs of some of America’s largest watersheds.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Climate Change Education Grant Program
NWF supports funding NASA’s Climate Change Education Grant Program at $10
million in fiscal year 2013. In fiscal year 2008, the Congress appropriated funds for
the first time to address climate change education by providing funding for climate
change education grants through NASA. In August 2008, NASA announced a Re-
quest for Proposals for a first-ever competitive grant program seeking applications
from educational and nonprofit organizations to use NASA’s unique contributions to
climate and Earth system science. The goals of the program include:
—improving the teaching and learning about global climate change in elementary
and secondary schools and on college campuses;
—increasing the number of students using NASA Earth observation data/NASA
Earth system models to investigate and analyze global climate change issues;
—increasing the number of undergraduate students prepared for employment
and/or to enter graduate school in technical fields relevant to global climate
change; and
—increasing access to high-quality global climate change education among stu-
dents from groups historically underrepresented in science.
NWF recommends that the NASA climate change education program be primarily
used for grantmaking purposes, and focus not only on education about climate
science, but also advance education that focuses on the connections and relation-
ships between climate change, the economy, energy, health, and social well-being.
National Science Foundation
Climate Change Education Grant Program
The National Wildlife Federation supports funding NSF’s Climate Change Edu-
cation (CCE) Grant Program at $10 million in fiscal year 2013. While public aware-
ness and concern for environmental issues continue to rise, the vast majority of the
public remains demonstrably illiterate about the impact of the environment on their
lives and how their decisions and actions contribute to it.
Yet CCE is newly emerging as a field, with few materials, curricula, models,
standards, or professional development opportunities to fill the void. Furthermore,
CCE is inherently interdisciplinary; and as a result, it often falls through the cracks
in traditional science education.
NSF initiated the CCE grant program in fiscal year 2009. This program is aimed
at improving K–12 to graduate education in climate change science and increasing
the public’s understanding of climate change and its consequences. In fiscal year
2012 CCE was appropriated $10 million. The Congress should sustain fiscal year
2012 appropriation levels in fiscal year 2013 at $10 million to aid in the develop-
318
ment of the next generation of environmentally engaged scientists and engineers by
supporting awards in the following areas:
—increasing public understanding and engagement;
—development of resources for learning;
—informing local and national science, technology, engineering, and mathematics
(STEM) education policy;
—preparing a climate science professional workforce; and
—enhancing informed decisionmaking associated with adaptation to and mitiga-
tion of climate change impacts.
These emerging priorities lie at the intersection of social/behavioral/economic and
Earth system sciences.
CONCLUSION
Providing Federal support for environmental education is a critical strategy in se-
curing our new clean-energy future and preparing the next generation for the chal-
lenges and opportunities ahead. Thank you again for providing NWF with the op-
portunity to provide testimony.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
N
ATURAL
S
CIENCE
C
OLLECTIONS
A
LLIANCE
The Natural Science Collections Alliance appreciates the opportunity to provide
testimony in support of fiscal year 2013 appropriations for the National Science
Foundation (NSF). We encourage the Congress to provide NSF with at least $7.373
billion in fiscal year 2013.
The Natural Science Collections Alliance is a nonprofit association that supports
natural science collections, their human resources, the institutions that house them,
and their research activities for the benefit of science and society. We are comprised
of more than 100 institutions which are part of an international community of mu-
seums, botanical gardens, herbariums, universities, and other institutions that
house natural science collections and utilize them in research, exhibitions, academic
and informal science education, and outreach activities.
Federal support for science is an investment in our Nation’s future. The NSF sup-
ports research that creates new knowledge. NSF-sponsored research also helps to
drive innovation and economic growth. The agency supports job creation directly by
awarding research grants to scientists and institutions, and through the acquisition
of research infrastructure and instrumentation. NSF also trains the next generation
of researchers and science educators. Collectively, these activities provide the foun-
dation for the Nation’s research enterprise and generate information that ultimately
drives economic growth, improves human health, addresses energy needs, and en-
ables sustainable management of our natural resources.
The progress of basic scientific research requires a sustained and predictable Fed-
eral investment. Unpredictable swings in Federal funding can disrupt research pro-
grams, create uncertainty in the research community, and impede the development
of solutions to the Nation’s most pressing problems. NSF’s budget request for fiscal
year 2013 would sustain critical research and education efforts while funding 300
new research grants.
NSF’s Biological Sciences Directorate (BIO) is the primary Federal supporter of
basic biological research. BIO serves a vital role in ensuring our Nation’s continued
leadership in the biological sciences by providing about 62 percent of Federal grant
support for fundamental biological research conducted at our Nation’s universities
and other nonprofit research centers such as natural history museums. BIO’s sup-
port of transformative research has advanced our understanding of complex living
systems and is leading the way forward in addressing major challenges, such as con-
serving biodiversity, combating invasive species, and developing new bio-inspired
technologies.
Equally important, BIO provides essential support for our Nation’s biological re-
search infrastructure, such as natural science collections and university-based nat-
ural history museums. These research centers enable scientists to study the basic
data of life, conduct modern biological and environmental research, and provide un-
dergraduate and graduate students with hands-on training opportunities. Addition-
ally, NSF’s Directorate for Geosciences and Office of Polar Programs support data
and specimen collections that contribute to our understanding of the Earth’s sys-
tems.
Support for Scientific Collections
Scientific collections play a central role in many fields of biological research, in-
cluding disease ecology, biodiversity, and climate change. They also provide critical
319
information about existing gaps in our knowledge of life on Earth. Indeed, the Fed-
eral Interagency Working Group on Scientific Collections recognized this value in
their 2009 report, which found that ‘‘scientific collections are essential to supporting
agency missions and are thus vital to supporting the global research enterprise.’’
We strongly encourage the Congress to support NSF’s request for $10 million to
support the digitization of high-priority U.S. specimen collections. NSF’s investment
in digitization would enable the scientific community to ensure access to and appro-
priate curation of irreplaceable biological specimens and associated data, and will
stimulate the development of new computer hardware and software, digitization
technologies, and database management tools. This effort is bringing together biolo-
gists, computer science specialists, and engineers in multidisciplinary teams to de-
velop innovative imaging, robotics, and data storage and retrieval methods. These
tools will expedite the digitization of collections and contribute to the development
of new products or services of value to other industries.
In addition to supporting digitization efforts, NSF supports curation and preserva-
tion of important biological specimens. We are concerned, however, about NSF’s pro-
posal to change the Collections in Support of Biological Research (CSBR) program
from an annual to biennial competition. This change would effectively cut by one-
half support for preservation and care of our Nation’s biological sciences collections.
In addition to preserving important biological specimens for ongoing and future re-
search, CSBR awards are an important source of revenue for American-owned com-
panies that specialize in cabinetry and supplies used by museums and universities.
CSBR awards also directly employ researchers and curators and are used to train
the next generation of biological scientists. Given the current financial strain at
many museums and universities, CSBR funding is a critical lifeline that helps to
ensure proper curation of specimens. We urge the Congress to restore the proposed
funding cut of $4 million and to encourage other NSF directorates to join with BIO
in providing research support to our Nation’s natural science collections, which in-
clude mineral, water and ice, anthropological artifacts, and biological specimens.
Other Programs
The fiscal year 2013 budget would continue efforts to better understand biological
diversity. Funding is included for the Dimensions of Biodiversity program, which
supports cross-disciplinary research to describe and understand the scope and role
of life on Earth. Despite centuries of discovery, most of our planet’s biodiversity re-
mains unknown. This lack of knowledge is particularly troubling given the rapid
and permanent loss of global biodiversity. Better understanding of life on Earth will
help us to protect valuable ecosystem services and make new bio-based discoveries
in the realms of food, fiber, fuel, pharmaceuticals, and bio-inspired innovation.
The Directorate for Geosciences (GEO) also supports research and student train-
ing opportunities in natural history collections. GEO supports cross-disciplinary re-
search on the interactions between Earth’s living and nonliving systems—research
that has important implications for our understanding of water and natural re-
source management, climate change, and biodiversity.
Within the Directorate for Education and Human Resources, the Advancing Infor-
mal STEM Learning program is furthering our understanding of informal science,
technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) education. This program, for-
merly called the Informal Science Education program, supports projects that create
tools and resources for STEM educators working outside traditional classrooms,
such as at museums, botanic gardens, and zoos. The program also builds profes-
sional capacity for research and development. We urge the Congress to restore the
proposed 22-percent cut to the program.
CONCLUSION
Continued investments in scientific collections and the biological sciences are crit-
ical. The budget request for NSF will help spur economic growth and innovation and
continue to build scientific capacity at a time when our Nation is at risk of being
outpaced by our global competitors. Please support an investment of at least $7.373
billion for NSF for fiscal year 2013.
Thank you for your thoughtful consideration of this request and for your prior
support of the National Science Foundation.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
N
ORTHWEST
I
NDIAN
F
ISHERIES
C
OMMISSION
Mr. Chairman and members of the subcommittee, thank you for the opportunity
to provide testimony on the Department of Commerce fiscal year 2013 appropria-
tions. My name is Billy Frank, and I am the chairman of the Northwest Indian
320
1
United States vs. Washington, Boldt Decision (1974) reaffirmed Western Washington Tribes’
treaty fishing rights.
Fisheries Commission (NWIFC). The NWIFC is comprised of the 20 tribes that are
party to the United States vs. Washington
1
(U.S. vs. Washington). We support fund-
ing for National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)—National Ma-
rine Fisheries Service (NMFS) and the National Ocean Service (NOS). We are iden-
tifying four specific funding needs:
SUMMARY OF FISCAL YEAR 2013 APPROPRIATIONS REQUEST
NWIFC specific funding requests:
—$110 million for the Pacific Coastal Salmon Recovery Fund (NOAA/NMFS);
—$20 million for the Regional Ocean Partnership Grants Program (NOAA/NOS);
—$3 million for the Pacific Salmon Treaty Chinook Annex (NOAA/NMFS); and
—$16 million for the Mitchell Act Hatchery Program (NOAA/NMFS).
The NWIFC also supports the budget priorities and funding requests of the Na-
tional Congress of American Indians.
We also want to bring to your attention an initiative that we have been pur-
suing—our Treaty Rights at Risk Initiative. The treaty rights of the western Wash-
ington treaty tribes are in imminent danger. Specifically, the treaty-reserved right
to harvest salmon is at risk. The danger exists due to diminishing salmon popu-
lations, which limits or eliminates our right to harvest. All this is due to the inabil-
ity to restore salmon habitat faster than it is being destroyed. We have called on
Federal Government to implement their fiduciary duties by better protecting salmon
habitat. The Federal Government has a trust responsibility to the tribes and the
tribes’ treaties are constitutionally protected. By fulfilling these Federal obligations
and implementing our requested changes, I have no doubt that we will recover the
salmon populations. It is imperative that we are successful with this initiative as
salmon are critical to the tribal cultures, traditions and their economies.
When our tribal ancestors signed treaties, ceding millions of acres of land to the
United States Government, they reserved fishing, hunting, and gathering rights in
all traditional areas. These constitutionally protected treaties, the Federal trust re-
sponsibility and extensive case law, including the United States vs. Washington deci-
sion (1974), all consistently support the role of tribes as natural resource managers,
both on and off reservation. In Washington State, these provisions have developed
into a successful co-management process between the Federal, State, and tribal gov-
ernments. These arrangements have helped us deal with many problems, but still
require additional support to meet the many new challenges like air and water pol-
lution and climate change.
Of particular interest to us is the Pacific Coastal Salmon Recovery Fund. This is
a critical funding source in restoring salmon habitat. This funding source continues
to assist tribes in the implementation of salmon recovery plans and moves us in the
direction of achieving the recovery goals, which is a direct request in our Treaty
Rights at Risk initiative. We also appreciate a number of the National Ocean Policy
intiatives that support key Federal, state and tribal partnerships. Our specific re-
quests are further described below.
Justification of Requests
$110 Million for the Pacific Coastal Salmon Recovery Fund
The Pacific Coastal Salmon Recovery Fund (PCSRF) is a multi-state, multi-tribe
program established by the Congress in fiscal year 2000 with a primary goal to help
recover wild salmon throughout the Pacific Northwest and Alaska. The PCSRF
seeks to aid the conservation, restoration, and sustainability of Pacific salmon and
their habitats by financially supporting and leveraging local and regional efforts.
Recognizing the need for flexibility among tribes and the States to respond to salm-
on recovery priorities in their watersheds, the Congress initially provided funds for
salmon habitat restoration, salmon stock enhancement, salmon research, and imple-
mentation of the 1999 Pacific Salmon Treaty Agreement between the United States
and Canada. PCSRF is making a significant contribution to the recovery of wild
salmon throughout the region.
The tribes’ overall goal in the PCSRF program is to restore wild salmon popu-
lations. The key tribal objective is to protect and restore important habitat that pro-
motes the recovery of Endangered Species Act (ESA) listed species and other salmon
populations in Puget Sound and along the Washington coast that are essential for
western Washington tribes to exercise their treaty-reserved fishing rights consistent
321
2
Hoh vs. Baldrige—A Federal court ruling that required fisheries management on a river-by-
river basis.
with U.S. vs. Washington and Hoh vs. Baldrige.
2
These funds will also support pol-
icy and technical capacities within tribal resource management departments to plan,
implement, and monitor recovery activities.
It is for these reasons that the tribes strongly support the Pacific Coastal Salmon
Recovery Fund. The tribes have used these funds to support the scientific salmon
recovery approach that makes this program so unique and important. Related to
this scientific approach has been the tribal leadership and effort which has devel-
oped and implemented the ESA-listed Puget Sound Chinook Recovery Plan ap-
proved by NOAA.
Unfortunately, the PCSRF monies have decreased over the past decade from the
fiscal year 2002 amount of $110 million. Restoration of this line item in fiscal year
2013 to the $110 million level will support the original intent of the Congress and
enable the Federal Government to fulfill its obligations to salmon recovery and the
treaty fishing rights of the tribes.
$20 Million for the Regional Ocean Partnership Grants Program
The Hoh Tribe, Makah Tribe, Quileute Tribe, and the Quinault Indian Nation
have deep connections to the marine resources off the coast of Washington. They
have pioneered cooperative partnerships with the State of Washington and the Fed-
eral Government in an effort to advance the management practices in the coastal
waters. However, to have an effective partnership, the tribes, and their partners
need additional funding.
The four tribes, the State of Washington and NOAA’s NOS, through the Marine
Sanctuary Program, have formed the Intergovernmental Policy Council (IPC), which
is intended to strengthen management partnerships through coordination and focus
of work efforts. Through this partnership, the entities hope to maximize resource
protection and management, while respecting existing jurisdictional and manage-
ment authorities. In addition to this partnership with the Marine Sanctuary Pro-
gram, the four tribes have proposed a mechanism by which they can effectively en-
gage with the West Coast Governors’ Agreement for Ocean Health to create a re-
gional ocean planning group for the west coast that is representative of the States
and sovereign tribal governments with an interest in the ocean.
The four coastal tribes and the State also wish to engage in an ocean monitoring
and research initiative to support and transition into an ecosystem-based fisheries
management plan for the Washington coast. This tribal-State effort would be in col-
laboration with NOAA and consistent with regional priorities identified by a re-
gional planning body. Effective management of the ocean ecosystem and its associ-
ated resources requires the development of baseline information against which
changes can be measured. This initiative will expand on and complement existing
physical and biological databases to enhance ecosystem-based management capabili-
ties. In turn, this will support ongoing efforts by the State and tribes to become
more actively engaged in the management of offshore fishery resources.
For the tribes to participate in this regional ocean planning body, and for the
tribes and State to conduct an ocean monitoring and research initiative off the
Washington coast, they will need funding to support this effort. The Regional Ocean
Partnership Grants program, within the National Ocean Service Coastal Manage-
ment account, would be an ideal program to support tribal participation with the
West Coast Governors’ Agreement to address ocean governance and coastal/marine
spatial planning issues.
In addition, the economic value associated with effective marine resource protec-
tion is huge. Not only are marine areas crucial for our natural resources and those
that use them—they are bridges of commerce between nations and continents.
Healthy oceans are essential if we value stable climates that will sustain our econo-
mies and our lives. Tribes must be partners in the efforts to research, clean up, and
restore the environment in order to deal with identified problems.
$3 Million for the Pacific Salmon Treaty 2008 Chinook Annex
Adult salmon returning to most western Washington streams migrate through
United States and Canadian waters and are harvested by fisherman from both
countries. For years, there were no restrictions on the interception of returning
salmon by fishermen of neighboring countries.
In 1985, after two decades of discussions, the Pacific Salmon Treaty (PST) was
created through the cooperative efforts of tribal, State, United States and Canadian
governments, and sport and commercial fishing interests. The Pacific Salmon Com-
322
mission (PSC) was created by the United States and Canada to implement the trea-
ty, which was updated in 1999, and most recently in 2008.
The 2008 update of the treaty gave additional protection to weak runs of Chinook
salmon returning to Puget Sound rivers. The update provides compensation to Alas-
kan fishermen for lost fishing opportunities, while also funding habitat restoration
in the Puget Sound region.
The PSC establishes fishery regimes, develops management recommendations, as-
sesses each country’s performance and compliance with the treaty, and is the coun-
tries’ forum to reach agreement on mutual fisheries issues. As co-managers of the
fishery resources in western Washington, tribal participation in implementing the
PST is critical to achieve the goals of the treaty to protect, share, and restore salm-
on resources.
We support the fiscal year 2013 NOAA fisheries budget which includes $3 million
to implement the 2008 Pacific Salmon Treaty Chinook Annex. Specifically, the funds
would be used for Coded-Wire-Tag Program Improvements ($1.5 million) and Puget
Sound Critical Stocks Augmentation ($1.5 million).
$16 Million for the Mitchell Act Hatchery Program
Salmon produced by the Mitchell Act hatcheries on the lower Columbia River are
critically important in that they provide significant harvest opportunities for both
Indian and non-Indian fisheries off the coast of Washington. This hatchery produc-
tion is intended to mitigate for the lost production caused by the hydropower dam
system on the Columbia River. This hatchery production is also important in that
it dampens the impact of Canadian fisheries under the terms of the PST Chinook
Annex on Puget Sound and coastal stocks. This funding provides for the operations
of this important hatchery program and is required to mitigate for the Federal hy-
dropower system on the Columbia River.
OUR MESSAGE
We generally support the administration’s fiscal year 2013 budget with the
changes noted above. The tribes strive to implement their co-management authority
and responsibility through cooperative and collaborative relationships with the State
and local communities. The work the tribes do benefits all the citizens of the State
of Washington, the region, and the Nation. But the increasing challenges I have de-
scribed and the growing demand for our participation in natural resource/environ-
mental management requires increased investments of time, energy, and funding.
We are sensitive to the budget challenges that the Congress faces. Still, we urge
you to increase the allocation and appropriations that can support priority eco-
system management initiatives. For the sake of sustainable health, economies, and
the natural heritage of this resource, it is critically important for the Congress and
the Federal Government to do even more to coordinate their efforts with State and
tribal governments.
CONCLUSION
We are facing many environmental and natural resource management challenges
in the Pacific Northwest, caused by human population expansion and urban sprawl,
increased pollution problems ranging from storm water runoff to de-oxygenated or
‘‘dead’’ areas in the Hood Canal, parts of Puget Sound and in the Pacific Ocean. The
pathway to the future is clear to us. The Federal, State, and tribal governments
must strengthen our common bond and move forward with the determination and
vigor it will take to preserve our heritage.
Western Washington tribes are leaders in protecting and sustaining our natural
resources. The tribes possess the legal authority, technical and policy expertise, and
effectively manage programs to confront the challenges that face our region and Na-
tion. The activities and functions we perform also benefit the entire northwest re-
gion.
The tribes are strategically located in each of the major watersheds, and no other
group of people is more knowledgeable about the natural resources. No one else so
deeply depends on the resources for their cultural, spiritual, and economic survival.
Tribes seize every opportunity to coordinate with other governments and nongovern-
mental entities, to avoid duplication, maximize positive impacts, and emphasize the
application of ecosystem management. We continue to participate in resource recov-
ery and habitat restoration on an equal level with the State of Washington and the
Federal Government because we understand the great value of such cooperation.
Together, we must focus on the needs of our children, with an eye on the lessons
of the past. We ask for the Congress to continue to support our efforts to protect
323
and restore our great natural heritage and support our funding requests. Thank
you.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
NSF T
ASK
F
ORCE OF THE
ASME T
ECHNICAL
C
OMMUNITIES
—K
NOWLEDGE AND
C
OMMUNITY
S
ECTOR
INTRODUCTION TO THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
Founded in 1880 as the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME),
ASME is a not-for-profit professional organization that enables collaboration, knowl-
edge sharing, and skills development across all engineering disciplines, while pro-
moting the vital role of the engineer in society. ASME codes and standards, publica-
tions, conferences, continuing education, and professional development programs
provide a foundation for advancing technical knowledge and a safer world. ASME
conducts one of the world’s largest technical publishing operations, holds more than
30 technical conferences and 200 professional development courses each year, and
sets some 600 industrial and manufacturing standards.
NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION FISCAL YEAR 2013 BUDGET REQUEST OVERVIEW
The National Science Foundation (NSF) Task Force of ASME’s Knowledge & Com-
munity Sector is pleased to comment on NSF’s fiscal year 2013 budget request, in
support of this year’s proposed funding level of $7.37 billion for NSF.
With its commitment to sponsoring broad-based, cross-cutting programs that ex-
pand the boundaries of science and engineering, the NSF is vital in guiding the Na-
tion’s nondefense-related research and education. As acknowledged by the adminis-
tration and the Congress, for the United States to remain globally competitive, pros-
perous, and secure, the Nation must support transformative, fundamental research
that fosters invention and leads to ground-breaking societal advances. Such a para-
digm produces a high-tech workforce, stimulates economic growth, addresses critical
national challenges, and sustains our Nation’s standing as a global leader.
The total fiscal year 2013 NSF budget request is $7.37 billion, representing an
increase of 4.8 percent more than the $7.03 billion estimate for NSF in fiscal year
2012. While the present budget request still places the NSF far behind the goals
of the America Creating Opportunities to Meaningfully Promote Excellence in Tech-
nology, Education, and Science (America COMPETES) Act, the NSF Task Force
feels this is a responsible budget given the current fiscal environment.
Research and Related Activities comprises the major portion of the total NSF re-
quest at $5,983 billion, a 5.2-percent increase more than the fiscal year 2012 level.
All of NSF’s research directorates receive notable increases in fiscal year 2013.
These increases should help the Directorates to recover from the post-2004 NSF
budget cuts but would still not bring total NSF funding to its all-time high 2004
level (in fiscal year 2012 adjusted dollars). The resources for the Engineering Direc-
torate (ENG) increase by 6.1 percent more than the fiscal year 2012 level to $876.3
million, of which $165.2 million is budgeted through mandate for the Small Busi-
ness Innovation Research (SBIR) and Small Business Technology Transfer (STTR)
programs that ENG administers for all of NSF.
ENG comprises the disciplinary-area divisions of Chemical, Bioengineering, Envi-
ronmental, and Transport Systems, up 4.7 percent to $179.4 million; Civil, Mechan-
ical and Manufacturing Innovation (CMMI), up 6.6 percent to $217 million; and
Electrical, Communications and Cyber Systems, up 7.1 percent to $114.3 million. In-
dustrial Innovation and Partnerships increases 8.7 percent to $210.3 million;
Emerging Frontiers in Research and Innovation increases 3.2 percent to $32 million;
and Engineering Education and Centers increases 2.7 percent to $123.27 million.
NSF will continue to support research and education efforts related to broad,
foundation-wide investments. A share of the ENG budget (allocated from the con-
stituent divisions), will contribute to these initiatives. The following key activities
receive increases:
—Faculty early career development (up 4.9 percent to $216 million);
—Graduate Research Fellowships (GRF) (up 22.6 percent to $243 million); and
—Research at the Interface of Biological, Math, and Physical Sciences (up 50.9
percent to $30 million).
Notable reductions include:
—NSF’s Climate Change Research program (a 37.4-percent cut to $6 million), and
—the Networking and Information Technology Research and Development (R&D)
program (a 6-percent cut to $1,207.2 million).
NSF-wide funding for the National Nanotechnology Initiative increases by 6.3 per-
cent to $434.9 million for fiscal year 2013. In another agency-wide technology pro-
324
gram, the administration has proposed significant new funding for a cross-cutting
advanced manufacturing initiative entitled Cyber-enabled Materials, Manufac-
turing, and Smart Systems (CEMMSS), totaling $257 million in fiscal year 2013, an
increase of 80.9 percent from roughly $142 million in fiscal year 2012. Funding for
CEMMSS includes $20.8 million in NSF funding for the National Robotics Initia-
tive, which partners with National Aeronautics and Space Administration, National
Institutes of Health (NIH), and United States Department of Agriculture to promote
U.S. leadership and education aimed at next generation robotics.
Another initiative which the Task Force views as critical to re-establishing U.S.
leadership in clean-energy technology is the Science, Engineering, and Education
Sustainability (SEES) program. SEES, proposed for a 29.2-percent increase to $203
million in fiscal year 2013, will integrate NSF’s climate, energy, and engineering
programs to increase U.S. energy independence, enhance environmental steward-
ship and reduce energy use and carbon intensity, while generating continued eco-
nomic growth.
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
-
NATIONAL SCIENCE
FOUNDATIONTASK FORCE POSITION
AFFIRMATION AND ENDORSEMENT
The ASME NSF Task Force highly endorses NSF’s crucial function in directing
basic research and integrated education programs that keep America at the van-
guard of science, engineering, and technology. NSF possesses an exceptional record
of comprehensive and flexible support of a breadth of research, from ‘‘curiosity-driv-
en’’ science to targeted initiatives. This achievement has been made possible via
strict adherence to the independent peer-review process for merit-based awards. The
proposed increases under the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget should allow NSF
to properly sustain and expand these efforts and commitments, advancing discovery
and learning, spurring innovation, and honing the Nation’s competitive edge.
The fiscal year 2013 budget request represents a 4.8-percent increase more than
fiscal year 2012 funding. Almost all of the total increase for NSF is in R&D activity
funding, totaling $5.98 billion, an increase of 5.6 percent more than fiscal year 2012
funding. Sufficient investment in fundamental science and engineering research,
that involves both established and emerging areas, is essential in recognizing and
nurturing innovation, in preparing the next generation of scientific talent and lead-
ers, and in producing the products, processes, and services that improve health, liv-
ing conditions, environmental quality, energy conservation, and national security for
all Americans.
Overall, the Task Force also supports and commends activities within ENG.
NSF’s support of ‘‘fundamental research that can contribute to addressing national
challenges’’ is exemplified within ENG. It is important to emphasize that it is
through such fundamental science and engineering investment that the next genera-
tion technologies are spawned. Examples of successes emanating from ENG include
using a technique of catalytic fast pyrolysis in a fluidized bed to make green gaso-
line from sawdust and other plant materials. Researchers have designed snake ro-
bots with sensor-based exploration that maneuver in three dimensions and navigate
all manners of terrain, building a map to establish their location; current applica-
tions range from search and rescue to minimally invasive heart surgery to archae-
ological exploration. Researchers have developed a new material, with a low-tem-
perature nonmagnetic phase and a strongly magnetic high-temperature phase that
is capable of converting heat into electricity, with implications in revolutionizing
power plant technology.
NSF leads the U.S. nanotechnology research effort, and ENG is the focal point
within NSF for this key national research endeavor. ASME has strongly supported
the National Nanotechnology Initiative (NNI) since its inception as an NSF invest-
ment area in fiscal year 2000. The administration has requested $434.9 million for
the NNI in fiscal year 2013, a 6.3-percent increase. The Task Force strongly sup-
ports this funding, particularly for investments in activities that will increase re-
search in two key areas—nanomanufacturing and environmental health and safety.
Finally, ASME continues to support NSF’s vision of ‘‘a nation that capitalizes on
new concepts in science and engineering and provides global leadership in advanc-
ing research and education.’’ Thus, ASME commends the President’s expansion of
the Faculty Early Career Development and the Graduate Research Fellowships pro-
grams. Funding for the Faculty Early Career Development awards will support ex-
ceptionally promising college and university junior faculty who are most likely to
become the academic leaders of the 21st century. The fiscal year 2013 request pro-
vides substantial increases for some of NSF’s flagship graduate fellowship and
traineeship programs, but does not universally increase investments:
325
—$243 million is provided for the GRF program (an increase of 22.6 percent);
—$52 million (a reduction of 13.6 percent) for the Integrative Graduate Education
and Research Traineeship Program; and
—$27 million for the Graduate Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathe-
matics (STEM) Fellowships in K–12 Education program (a reduction of 0.2 per-
cent).
NSF also supports the Research Experiences for Undergraduates program at $68
million (an increase of 3.7 percent), the Research Experiences for Teachers program
at $5 million (¥21.6 percent), and the Research in Undergraduate Institutions pro-
gram at $40 million, (the same level as last year).
QUESTIONS AND CONCERNS
ASME’s key questions and concerns arising from the fiscal year 2013 budget re-
quest center on:
—the need for sustainable funding for NSF;
—low-funding success rates for new grants, and low funding levels for existing
grants;
—funding ranking for ENG with respect to other Directorates within NSF; and
—the need for increased funding for core disciplinary research within ENG.
NSF is the only Federal agency devoted ‘‘to the support of basic research and edu-
cation across all fields of science and engineering’’. While comprising only a small
percentage of the total Federal budget for R&D, NSF provides 22 percent of the Fed-
eral support given to academic institutions for basic research overall, or 61 percent
when medical research supported by the NIH is excluded. Moreover, while NSF does
not directly support medical research, its investments do provide the technologies
in diagnosis, medicine, pharmaceutical manufacturing, and drug delivery that are
essential for the medical sciences and related industries. Given recent appropria-
tions to provide NSF with budget increase despite the long-term fiscal challenges
posed by our national debt, the ASME NSF Task Force lauds the Congress and the
administration for their recognition of the unique role that NSF plays in the sci-
entific enterprise, and encourages them to provide sustainable funding for NSF in
fiscal year 2013 for the future prosperity of our Nation.
Although the funding success rate for research grants at NSF has increased over
the past few years, it is still well less than the 30-percent level of the late 1990s,
a trend projected to continue in fiscal year 2013. The 2011 funding success rate is
estimated at 22 percent, evincing that budget increase of 1.7 percent in fiscal year
2012 and the slated budget increase of 4.8 percent for fiscal year 2013 would still
prevent a large number of excellent, meritorious proposals from being funded. None-
theless, even maintaining current grant size and duration is not enough. An ex-
tended period of constant grant sizes has diminished buying power for grants due
to inflationary effects, thus limiting the ability of grant recipients to adequately sup-
port research and student development. Note that the bulk of the grants are budg-
eted for graduate student stipend and tuition. Noteworthy, ENG has a funding suc-
cess rate for research grants of 5 percent less than the average for other NSF direc-
torates (ENG achieved a 17 percent success rate verses approximately 22 percent
for NSF-wide in 2011). Moreover, ENG is also reduced its average annualized award
size to $110,000 in fiscal year 2011, down more than $6,500 from the fiscal year
2010 level.
ENG is the single largest source of Federal funding for university-based, funda-
mental engineering research—providing 45 percent of the total Federal support in
this area. However, ENG (less SBIR/STTR) is still only fourth in total funding (at
$711.1 million) of the six Directorates within NSF, despite receiving an increase of
5.7 percent in the fiscal year 2012 (excluding SBIR/STTR). Our Nation’s long-
standing global prominence in technological innovation may be jeopardized if such
investments in basic engineering research and education are hindered by dearth of
Federal funding in engineering.
The total funding for nonpriority-area core disciplinary research, from which new
priority areas and even new disciplines are often engendered, within ENG should
still be scrutinized. Funding for broad, Directorate-wide priority areas (e.g., Cyber-
enabled Materials, Manufacturing, and Smart Systems; Clean-Energy Technology;
and National Nanotechnology Initiative) and the SBIR/STTR program within ENG
constitute almost one-half of the budget request for ENG. The Task Force does not
advocate for the redistribution of monies from investment priority-areas into nonpri-
ority core areas, but rather provide significant increases for completely flexible core
funds in order to develop the creative and novel ideas that feed the comprehensive
fundamental science, engineering, and technology knowledge base, which serves to
advance this Nation’s health, prosperity, and welfare, and security.
326
CONCLUSION
The ASME NSF Task Force urges the Congress to support the administration’s
request at a minimum of $7.37 billion for fiscal year 2013, and enthusiastically sup-
ports the NSF’s strategic plan of ‘‘empower the Nation through discovery and inno-
vation.’’ We commend the Congress and the administration for their recent support
for NSF in the fiscal year 2012 appropriations process, but remain concerned that
inadequate funding will impede those pursuing research oriented careers in STEM
disciplines.
We are further concerned the goals of the America COMPETES Act have largely
fallen off of the national agenda. U.S. investments in science and technology have
consistently paid back into the economy—generating new jobs and new industries—
far more than taxpayers have invested. The lack of focus on scientific and techno-
logical competitiveness is particularly worrisome for America’s future global com-
petitiveness given the continued strong growth in R&D investments around the
world. The Congress should work to fulfill the goals of the America COMPETES Act
in order to stimulate our economy with the fruits born from science and technology.
Sustained yearly increases in the NSF’s budget are needed for both core disciplinary
research and integrated education. Increasing award duration would promote a
more stable and productive environment for learning and discovery. Longer time-
tables would also provide researchers with opportunities to deliver expanded edu-
cation and research experiences to students. We encourage the Congress to make
available these needed resources for NSF in fiscal year 2013.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
O
CEAN
C
ONSERVANCY
Thank you for this opportunity to provide Ocean Conservancy’s recommendations
for fiscal year 2013 funding for National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA). We urge the Congress to provide an overall funding level of $5.3 billion
for NOAA in order to fully fund the request for NOAA’s satellite procurements and
restore overall funding for ocean and coastal programs to fiscal year 2010 levels.
Within that total we recommend the following funding levels for the following spe-
cific programs:
[In millions of dollars]
Account, program, or activity
Fiscal year
2012 enacted
Fiscal year
2013 Presi-
dent’s budget
Fiscal year
2013 rec-
ommended level
Operations research and facilities:
National Ocean Service:
Regional ocean partnerships ......................................................... 3.5 4.0 10.0
Marine debris ................................................................................. 4.60
1
3.40 5.25
National Marine Fisheries Service:
Expand annual stock assessments ............................................... 63.5 68.6 68.6
Fisheries statistics ......................................................................... 23.1 23.5 24.4
Office of Oceanic and Atmospheric Research:
Integrated ocean acidification ....................................................... 6.2 6.4 11.6
Program Support: Office of Marine and Aviation Operations ................ 182.9 196.2 196.2
TOTAL, NOAA .............................................................................. 4,964.0 5,133.0 5,300.0
1
Proposed funding for Marine Debris in fiscal year 2013 is unclear as NOAA has moved the Marine Debris program line into the Habitat
Conservation and Restoration and merged it with several other programs.
Ocean Conservancy has worked for nearly 40 years to address ocean threats
through sound, practical policies that protect our ocean and improve our lives. We
recognize that real leadership means real cooperation—between governments, busi-
nesses, scientists, policymakers, conservation organizations, and citizens. Our focus
is on creating concrete solutions that lead to lasting change—so we can benefit from
the ocean for generations to come.
We simply cannot afford the underfunding of NOAA’s ocean and coastal programs.
NOAA’s mission in protecting, restoring, and managing our oceans and coasts is vi-
tally important not only to our oceans and coasts, but also to our coastal and na-
tional economies. In 2009, according to the National Ocean Economics Program,
coastal tourism and recreation contributed more than $61 billion to the Gross Do-
mestic Product and accounted for more than 1.8 million jobs. Covering two-thirds
of Earth’s surface, the ocean is home to 97 percent of all life. Even the air we
327
breathe is connected to a healthy ocean—more than one-half of the oxygen in the
atmosphere is generated by ocean-dwelling organisms.
While we recognize these are tough fiscal times, and the Congress is trimming
Government budgets across-the-board, NOAA’s ocean programs have been particu-
larly hard-hit with a nearly 14-percent reduction since 2010. With satellite procure-
ment costs continuing to grow, we urge the Congress to maintain a balanced port-
folio on investments across NOAA’s missions. Americans shouldn’t have to choose
between forecasting the weather and protecting our ocean. We need both.
We recommend a total funding level of $5.3 billion for NOAA. This funding sup-
ports the President’s request for the Procurement, Acquisition, and Construction ac-
count, while restoring funding for the Operations Research and Facilities account
to fiscal year 2010 funding levels. Providing the resources needed to make smart
choices for a healthy ocean will not just benefit those who live and work along the
coast, but the American economy and environment as a whole.
Within the recommended funding of the Operations, Research, and Facilities ac-
count, Ocean Conservancy would like to highlight the following as top priorities for
robust funding:
Investments in Fisheries Science and Information
Expand Annual Stock Assessments, $68.8 million.—Stock assessments provide
critically needed resources for fisheries managers to assess priority fish stocks and
implement the requirement for annual catch limits (ACLs). The survey and moni-
toring and stock assessment activities funded under this line give fishery managers
greater confidence that their ACLs will avoid overfishing while providing optimal
fishing opportunities. Because the information provided by stock assessments is so
vital to the near-term implementation of ACLs and long-term goals for sustainable
management of U.S. fisheries, increased funding for stock assessments should re-
main among the highest priorities in fiscal year 2013 and beyond. We have turned
the corner on ending overfishing and the information provided by stock assessments
is needed to sustain the progress we have made and to continue to improve fisheries
management for the long-term health of fish and fishermen.
Fisheries Statistics: Marine Recreational Fisheries Monitoring, $24.4 million.—De-
spite their often sizeable economic and biological impacts, much less data are col-
lected from recreational saltwater fisheries than commercial fisheries due to the
sheer number of participants and limited sampling of anglers’ catches. Improved
sampling and timelier reporting of catch data are needed for successful management
of marine recreational fisheries. NOAA has recently begun to implement the new
Marine Recreational Information Program (MRIP) with the goal of providing better
regional monitoring of recreational fishing participation, catches, landings, and re-
leases of finfish species in marine waters and estuaries for all 50 States and the
U.S. territories and Commonwealths. Since its inception in 2008, MRIP funding has
increased to expand the program’s capability, but significant additional funding is
still needed to provide more frequent and timely data for more effective in season
management of recreational fisheries. An increase of $1.3 million more than the fis-
cal year 2012 enacted level is needed for MRIP for a funding level of $24.4 million
for Fisheries Statistics in fiscal year 2013.
Office of Marine and Aviation Operations Operations and Maintenance $196.2 mil-
lion.—Base funding for NOAA’s Office of Marine and Aviation Operations (OMAO)
supports a fleet of 10 Fishery Research Vessels whose primary mission is to provide
baseline information on fish populations that is critical to the development and reg-
ular updating of fishery stock assessments for the catch-setting process. More than
80 percent of stock assessments for species rely on this data. In recent years, how-
ever, rising operating costs (largely attributable to rising fuel costs) and budget con-
straints have sharply reduced the base-funded days at sea (DAS) for NOAA’s fleet.
The number of base-funded DAS for NOAA’s fleet declined 40 percent between 2006
and 2011 forcing NMFS to spend its program funds to ‘‘buy back’’ days at sea not
covered by OMAO in order to maintain its regularly scheduled surveys and collect
data that is needed to set appropriate catch limits. In order to meet the number
of DAS needed to collect the data required by managers, we support the President’s
budget request of $196.2 million.
Regional Ocean Partnership Grants, $10 million.—The Regional Ocean Partner-
ship (ROP) grants program provides competitively awarded funds to projects that
support regional priorities for ocean and coastal management and science. Regional
approaches continue to be the most effective and efficient way to address ocean
management challenges. Dozens of coastal Governors have come together volun-
tarily to establish ROPs that bring together State and Federal agencies, tribes, local
governments, and stakeholders to tackle ocean and coastal management issues of
common concern, such as pollution, habitat restoration, and siting offshore energy.
328
While priorities, structures, and methods may differ, these partnerships are collec-
tively working toward an improved ocean environment and a stronger ocean-related
economy for the Nation. Competitively awarded grants for ROPs ensure that ocean
management is a State-driven process where priorities are determined by actual, on-
the-ground needs. Without these competitive grant funds, States and their partner-
ships will be less able to assert local and regional management needs, and their
ability to leverage the Federal Government’s expertise and capacity will be weak-
ened.
While we greatly appreciate the President’s budget request for $4 million for ROP
grants, the reality is that $4 million spread across the entire Nation’s coastal re-
gions falls far short of what State partnerships actually need. Without this increase,
it is possible that some regions and regional entities may receive either no funding
or only very limited funding. Increased Federal support for ROPs—which represent
every coastal and Great Lakes State in the continental United States—will ensure
that funding will reach more regions and strengthen more States’ ability to foster
sustainable use of our oceans, coasts, and Great Lakes. For these reasons, we re-
quest that the ROP Grants line-item within NOAA’s National Ocean Service (NOS)
be increased to $10 million.
Marine Debris, $5.25 million.—Marine debris has become one of the pervasive pol-
lution problems facing the world’s oceans, coasts, and waterways. Research has
demonstrated that persistent debris has serious effects on the marine environment,
wildlife and the economy. Marine debris is its various forms including derelict fish-
ing gear and plastics, causes wildlife entanglement, destruction of habitat, and
ghost fishing. It also presents navigational hazards, causes vessel damage, and pol-
lutes coastal areas. The problem of marine debris has been growing over the past
several decades and natural disasters such as the March 2011 Japanese tsunami
tragedy can exacerbate an already challenging issue. Trash travels and research in-
dicates that tsunami debris could impact the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands in the
spring of 2012 and the west coast of the United States in 2013.
While the quantity of marine debris in our ocean has greatly increased, funding
for NOAA’s Marine Debris Program has remained well less than the authorized
level of $10 million. We were pleased to see an additional $600,000 for marine de-
bris removal in 2012, but additional resources are needed to ensure NOAA has the
capacity to monitor and respond to the impacts of debris from the tsunami and
other sources. In order to sustain current programs and allow NOAA the capacity
to evaluate, track and clean up the debris from the tsunami which is likely to im-
pact U.S. shores, for fiscal year 2013 we request $5.75 million, $750,000 more than
fiscal year 2012 funding levels.
In addition, the administration has proposed moving the Marine Debris Program
out of the NOS and into the National Marine Fishery Service’s (NMFS) Habitat
Conservation and Restoration Program. We have significant concerns with this pro-
posal. When the Congress passed the Marine Debris Act of 2006, the Marine Debris
Program was deliberately placed within NOS. The program’s role includes con-
ducting scientific research, addressing navigational hazards, identifying the eco-
nomic impacts of debris, and preparing and responding to marine debris events. If
placed under the umbrella of NMFS’s Habitat Conservation and Restoration Pro-
gram, the effort and the scope Marine Debris Program could be restricted. Working
closely with NOS’s Office of Response and Restoration’s (ORR) emergency division,
the program has collaborated on tsunami debris response through modeling, assess-
ment, and preparation. At a time when the potential impacts of the tsunami are
unknown, it seems a close connect between ORR and the Marine Debris Program
should be a priority.
Integrated Ocean Acidification Program, $11.6 million.—In recent years, scientists
have raised the alarm about ocean acidification—a process whereby ocean waters’
absorption of carbon dioxide emissions alters marine acidity. Over the last 250
years, oceans have absorbed 530 billion tons of carbon dioxide, triggering a 30-per-
cent increase in ocean acidity. These changes can have far-reaching consequences
for marine life, including economically important species like shellfish and corals.
For example, the shellfish industry in the Pacific Northwest has been devastated
in recent years as more acidic waters encroached upon important oyster hatcheries,
nearly wiping out several years-worth of oyster ‘‘seed’’.
Recognizing the dire need for better understanding of this emerging economic
threat, in early 2009 the Congress passed and enacted the Federal Ocean Acidifica-
tion Research and Monitoring (FOARAM) Act. Under FOARAM, the Congress in-
structed NOAA to establish an ocean acidification program to coordinate research,
establish a monitoring program, develop adaptation strategies, and provide critical
research grants to improve the understanding of ocean acidification’s ecological and
socioeconomic impacts. Because economic impacts like those seen in the shellfish in-
329
dustry are on the leading edge of what will be a growing problem, adequate funding
for this line item is critical to fulfill the Congress’ directives and build the scientific
foundation needed to protect vulnerable industries from ocean acidification.
While the President’s budget requests $6.4 million for Integrated Ocean Acidifica-
tion for fiscal year 2013, we believe that the President’s fiscal year 2012 request of
$11.6 million is far more reflective of the actual on-the-ground needs. As stated in
the President’s fiscal year 2012 NOAA congressional budget justification, funding at
the $11.6 million level will allow NOAA to develop more cost-efficient acidification
sensors for monitoring; conduct an assessment of acidification effects on commercial
and recreational marine fish stocks; and create a Coral Reef Ocean Acidification Ob-
serving Network. By increasing the programmatic funding for Integrated Ocean
Acidification to this level, NOAA will be able to take these concrete actions to more
effectively tackle the economic, on-the-ground implications of ocean acidification and
prepare more effectively for future adaptation strategies that will protect our Na-
tion’s key ocean and coastal economic assets.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
P
ACIFIC
S
TATES
M
ARINE
F
ISHERIES
C
OMMISSION
The following testimony is being submitted in response to the administration’s
proposal to terminate funding for the Inter Jurisdictional Fisheries Act (IJFA)
Grants to States, a longstanding line item account within the National Marine Fish-
eries Service budget. In addition to the fiscal year 2013 proposed termination, the
administration has zeroed out the IJFA Grants program for fiscal year 2012 as part
of its spend plan, although the Congress appropriated $1,157,000 for this year.
Traditional funding levels for the IJFA have been roughly $2.5 million annually.
These grants serve to support the conservation and management of fish species
which occur in both Federal and State waters. For the west coast, the funding is
used to support conservation and management tasks not currently being undertaken
by National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) or the Regional Fish-
ery Management Councils. IJFA is a dollar-for-dollar matching program. The States
and the Interstate Marine Fisheries Commissions have considered this program to
be a cornerstone in the Federal-State fishery management partnership. The admin-
istration’s decision to terminate this program effectively nullifies this partnership.
Set forth below is an explanation of how the States of Alaska, Washington, Or-
egon, Idaho, California, and the Pacific States Marine Fisheries Commission
(PSMFC) use IJFA matching grants. If the program funding is terminated, these ac-
tivities will cease as well or NOAA will be required to allocate internal resources
for their continuation.
USES OF INTER JURISDICTIONAL FISHERIES ACT FUNDS BY THE WEST COAST STATES
AND PACIFIC STATES MARINE FISHERIES COMMISSION
Washington and Oregon use the majority of their IJFA funds for groundfish data
collection and analysis activities that directly support the implementation of Pacific
Coast Groundfish Fishery Management Plan.
In addition, a portion of these funds directly support the cost of yelloweye rockfish
surveys using remotely operated vehicles, yellow rockfish longline surveys, and
nearshore rockfish tagging projects providing the essential charter boat rental,
equipment/gear, data processing, and salary for technicians involved in coastal. A
portion of the funds support management of Oregon’s Pink Shrimp Fishery. Ocean
shrimp are an interjurisdictional fishery found on the west coast. Resource manage-
ment of shrimp requires monitoring and sampling of fishery catches and logbooks.
IJFA funds directly support biologists in monitoring, sampling, and management co-
ordination of the shrimp fishery.
In California IJFA funds support the coastal pelagic species program. Pacific Sar-
dines, Pacific Mackerel, and Jack Mackerel account for nearly 86,000 tons of com-
mercial catch in California.
Field personnel funded by IJFA funds monitor daily landings of Pacific Sardine
and Pacific Mackerel made to major commercial fish dealers and processors. Data
from samples are used to determine the composition of the catch from which esti-
mates of population size determine recommended harvest amounts for adoption by
the Pacific Fishery Management Council.
Field biologist and temporary help staff are also funded by IJFA funds to partici-
pate in at-sea cruises designed to collect fishing independent information on the sta-
tus of coastal pelagic species. These fishery independent data are also used as part
of sock assessment efforts to determine allowable harvest levels.
In Idaho IJFA funds support field biologists in carrying out activities to determine
the abundance and migratory patterns of steelhead returning to the Snake River.
330
This information is a critical component to setting management, harvest, and
escapement levels conforming to United States vs. Oregon and United States-Cana-
dian Treaty obligations.
In Alaska, IJFA funds support salmon research activities in southeast Alaska.
The funds have been used to complete four subprojects including Pink and Chum
Salmon stock evaluations, Coho Salmon spawning research, salmon catch sampling,
and troll fishery management methods research.
IJFA funds are used by PSMFC to coordinate the Tri-State Dungeness Crab Fish-
ery. This is the largest economic fishery in the west coast and seasons are managed
on an Interjurisdictional fishery basis. Without IJFA funding of meetings and work-
shops would not be possible and State management of Dungeness Crab could be-
come a Federal responsibility.
In addition PSMFC has used IJFA funds to establish a new initiative to support
and encourage increased scientific and conservation for coastal cutthroat trout
(CCT) throughout their geographic distribution (from California to Alaska). The ef-
fort includes nine State, Federal, tribal, and provincial partner agencies. This IJFA
funded range-wide initiative is important because it helps coordinate activities for
fish species that is typically underfunded. It is necessary because the trout has a
complex regulatory history, for example, it is currently listed as a sensitive species
by many of our partner agencies, and was listed as threatened under the Endan-
gered Species Act (ESA). Finally, these trout hold a unique place in the angling
world as it is 1 of 2 sea-going trout in Western North America. The PSMFC initia-
tive has resulted in two technical workshops and a national symposium, a framing
document that outlines the needs and broad-scale priority actions for CCT, a status
assessment in collaboration with the Western Native Trout Initiative, and an ambi-
tious and successful data gathering project.
Since 1991, IJFA funds have been used by the PSMFC to sponsor biennial west
coast workshops on steelhead management. Topics for these workshops include
stock status, ESA activities, life histories of steelhead, life histories and historical
abundance of steelhead, and technology applications for steelhead studies. This
unique forum allows steelhead managers and researchers on a coastwide basis
(United States and Canada, including Alaska and Idaho) to discuss common prob-
lems and to share insights into possible solutions.
IJFA funds also support the Technical Subcommittee (TSC) of the Canada-U.S.
Groundfish Committee, which has met at least annually since 1960. The purposes
of the TCS are to:
—Exchange information on the status of groundfish stocks of mutual concern and
coordinate, whenever possible, desirable programs of research.
—Recommend the continuance and further development of research programs
having potential value as scientific basis for future management of the ground-
fish fishery.
—Review the scientific and technical aspects of existing or proposed management
strategies and their component regulations relevant to conservation of stocks or
other scientific aspects of groundfish conservation and management of mutual
interest.
—Transmit approved recommendations and appropriate documentation to appro-
priate sectors of Canadian and U.S. governments and encourage implementa-
tion of these recommendations.
IJFA funds support PSMFC staff for habitat conservation and marine debris
abatement work through participation in three primary Interjurisdictional forums:
—the Pacific Fishery Management Council’s (Council) Habitat Committee;
—the West Coast Governor’s Agreement on Ocean Health marine debris action co-
ordination team; and
—the Pacific Marine Estuarine Fish Habitat Partnership.
Work regarding climate change strategies and planning for the Pacific Northwest
was also pursued. IJFA project funding allowed PSMFC to play active roles in pre-
paring for, participating in, and doing follow-work for the Council Habitat Com-
mittee and serving as the vice chair of that committee. This committee advised the
Council on conservation and resource topics that influence habitat productivity.
These include duties mandated by the Federal Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conserva-
tion and Management Act (Public Law 94–265) to comment on significant issues
that affect salmon productivity. Additionally, Essential Fish Habitat, climate change
and ecosystem-based fishery management and topics regarding water issues, are
frequently a part of its agenda.
Since 1999 the PSMFC’s Aquatic Invasive Species (AIS) Program (with the sup-
port of IJ funds) has worked to prevent and/or minimize impacts of AIS, particularly
those species that affect fisheries and the habitat upon which those fisheries de-
331
pend. The program elements include eradication, research, monitoring, educational
outreach, interjurisdictional planning, and coordination.
IJFA funds are critical and providing support for the AIS program particularly
in the past 5 years as west coast steelhead and salmon waterbodies are being
threatened by quagga and zebra mussels. Zebra and quagga mussels are some of
the economically damaging aquatic organisms to invade the United States. The de-
structive powers of these prolific mollusks lies in their sheer numbers and their
ability to biofoul and restrict the flow of water through intake pipes, disrupting sup-
plies of drinking, cooling, processing, and irrigating water to the Nation’s domestic
infrastructure.
A quagga/zebra mussel infestation in any of these salmonbearing watersheds
would be a disastrous step backward for the recovery of these imperiled species and
has heightened the urgency of management initiatives to halt further range expan-
sion.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
R
EBECCA
U
NDERWOOD
—P
ARENT
/G
UARDIAN
/A
DVOCATE
I wish to express my appreciation to the Senate Appropriations Committee Sub-
committee on Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related Agencies for this opportunity
to submit written testimony for the record of the hearing held on Wednesday, March
8, 2012, to consider fiscal year 2013 appropriations for the Department of Justice
(DOJ).
As noted during Attorney General Eric Holder’s testimony and subsequent ques-
tions from the subcommittee members on Wednesday, March 8, 2012, budget reali-
ties exist. Dollars are precious. The Civil Rights Division has requested additional
funds to strengthen civil rights enforcement, including enforcement of the Civil
Rights of Institutionalized Persons Act (CRIPA) as part of a Vulnerable People Pri-
ority Goal. I write to express my deep concern regarding DOJ activities under
CRIPA/Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)/Olmstead enforcement resulting in
the closure of intermediate-care facilities for individuals with severe and profound
developmental/intellectual disabilities against resident’s choice. Federal tax dollars
are currently being spent by DOJ under the guise of ‘‘civil rights enforcement’’ to
undermine and dismantle a system of care for our most vulnerable citizens, those
with severe and profound developmental/intellectual disabilities. In the process of
‘‘civil rights enforcement’’, DOJ, due to blatant disregard for the individual choice
requirements of ADA, is overriding individual civil rights.
My interest in this issue is as the mother and co-legal guardian of our son who
due to profound neurological impairment occurring at birth, has functional abilities
of a 4–12-week-old infant despite his 32 chronological years. In addition to the pro-
found neurological impairment due to subarachnoid hemorrhages, pulmonary hem-
orrhages impaired his respiratory functional status. He requires and receives 24/7
intensive skilled nursing care in a State-owned and -operated Medicaid-certified in-
termediate care facility for individuals with developmental disabilities (ICF/DD).
This placement was not our only choice when we could no longer provide the inten-
sive care our son requires, but it definitely was and continues to be the best choice
for our son. He has thrived in this setting beyond our wildest expectations. Our son
will never walk, talk, roll over, be able to hold his own head up, speak a word or
call me ‘‘momma’’ or even recognize me as his mother. He is medically fragile. His
care needs are intensive. He is appropriately served by a highly trained, specialized
team will be difficult and extremely costly to duplicate in a smaller setting that DOJ
favors.
DOJ policies and actions work to eliminate the safe homes for vulnerable people
like my son. Claiming that Medicaid-certified facilities (ICFs/DD) are ‘‘isolated’’ and
‘‘segregated’’, the Civil Rights Division commences investigations aimed at closure
and elimination of this option of care for our most vulnerable loved ones.
Civil Rights Enforcement in Wisconsin
DOJ descended upon Wisconsin to conduct ‘‘investigations’’ of 2 of our 3 State-
owned and -operated facilities for people with developmental disabilities, including
our son’s facility, under authority of CRIPA. Surprisingly, a whole year passed fol-
lowing the ‘‘investigations’’ without word from DOJ as to their findings despite the
fact that DOJ had committed substantial resources to wide-ranging investigations
of two major facilities—investigations that supposedly met the criteria for activity
commencement under CRIPA. It was later learned that one of the initial DOJ con-
sultants had written a favorable report of the conditions within our son’s facility.
The report never surfaced and this consultant has never been used by the DOJ
again.
332
DOJ then requested to return to ‘‘assess progress’’ since the previous visit—but
with new consultants. These consultants produced the obligatory derogatory report
alleging egregious and flagrant violations of residents’ civil rights. DOJ proposed—
Wisconsin rejected—that the residents be transitioned out. Clearly DOJ’s goal was
not merely to correct what DOJ defined as egregious and flagrant conditions and
violations but to actually shut these facilities down.
Then, as now, parents and guardians were left out of the ‘‘investigations’’. As one
attorney from the Civil Rights Division wrote regarding the request of Wisconsin
families to be consulted and involved in the investigations:
‘‘There are many committed and commendable private organizations and individ-
uals that have an important role in overseeing the care residents in institutions re-
ceive. However, their ‘participation’ and ‘representation’ in investigative tours is ‘in-
appropriate.’ ’’
Involving the parents and legal guardians of residents was ‘‘inappropriate’’ in the
eyes of the DOJ. Parents were denied the right by the DOJ’s Civil Rights Division
to be involved in the investigations of the alleged violations of their children’s civil
rights.
We were stymied for years in our attempts to learn the nature of the complaints
that prompted this wide-ranging investigation. It was not complaints from residents
and their families, but instead from outside sources—agencies and organizations
that continue to this day to advocate against the option of Medicaid-certified and
-licensed congregate care facilities.
History appears to be repeating itself in how DOJ conducts CRIPA/ADA/Olmstead
investigations. Bolstered by advocacy organizations that are also using Federal
funds to work to undermine and effect the elimination of the option of Medicaid-
certified congregate care settings for our most vulnerable citizens, DOJ is now seek-
ing additional funds for the Civil Rights Division to strengthen civil rights enforce-
ment as part of the Vulnerable People Priority Goal.
The DOJ’s Civil Rights Division is moving fast and furious in States across the
country declaring that the civil rights of vulnerable persons who reside in ICFs/DD
are being violated even though the legal guardians have carefully chosen an ICF/
DD setting after much careful deliberation.
Misguided DOJ ADA/Olmstead enforcement policies which ignore and disregard
individual choice regarding residential services are affecting and harming thousands
of vulnerable people with severe and profound disabilities who function as infants
and toddlers despite having the chronological age of adults.
The United States Supreme Court Justices were quite clear on the issue of indi-
vidual choice in the Olmstead decision:
‘‘We emphasize that nothing in the ADA or its implementing regulations condones
termination of institutional settings for persons unable to handle to benefit from
community settings...Nor is there any Federal requirement that community-
based treatment be imposed on patients who do not desire it.’’
Civil Rights Enforcement in Georgia
In October 2010, DOJ reached a settlement agreement with the State of Georgia
by which all individuals with developmental disabilities are required to transition
out of their Medicaid-certified facilities against their choice. Families and legal
guardians were not consulted or allowed to be involved in the development of the
agreement which is mandating the relocation of their vulnerable family members,
individuals with the most severe and profound levels of developmental and intellec-
tual disabilities. They are ‘‘vulnerable people.’’
When the settlement agreement with the State of Georgia was announced, the As-
sistant Attorney General for Civil Rights referred to the agreement as a ‘‘template
for Olmstead enforcement activities across the country’’. What this said to families
across the country is that DOJ intends to force the closure of all ICFs/DD and force
residents out against their choice into community-based settings.
I support the option of community-based residential settings and services for
those who choose and can benefit from those settings. However, forced transitions
to community-based services and settings against choice, under the guise of
‘‘Olmstead enforcement’’, are in complete opposition to the actual ruling of the
United States Supreme Court in Olmstead.
Civil Rights Enforcement in Arkansas
Following a multiyear CRIPA/ADA civil rights investigation, Arkansas defended
the Conway Human Development Center in Conway, Arkansas, at trial in Federal
court in September 2010. The cost to Arkansas families and taxpayers to prevail in
333
court was in excess of $4 million. The costs incurred by DOJ in this grand defeat
and borne by Federal taxpayers in this misguided litigation is unknown.
Federal District Court Judge Leon Holmes, in his ruling dismissing the case,
noted DOJ’s complete disregard for family and guardian input:
‘‘Most lawsuits are brought by persons who believe their rights have been vio-
lated. Not this one...All or nearly all of these residents have parents or guard-
ians who have the power to assert the legal rights of their children or wards. Those
parents and guardians, so far as the record shows, oppose the claims of the United
States. Thus the United States [Department of Justice] is in the odd position of as-
serting that certain persons’ rights have been and are being violated while those
persons—through their parents and guardians disagree.’’
Civil Rights Enforcement in Virginia
A settlement agreement has recently been reached between the DOJ Civil Rights
Division and the Commonwealth of Virginia. If this settlement agreement is accept-
ed by the Court, closure of ICFs/DD will result. Families, not permitted an oppor-
tunity for input, have been forced to file a motion to intervene to protect their loved
ones from being displaced.
In Virginia, as in Georgia and my State of Wisconsin, parents and legal guardians
who expressly opposed closure were ignored. The blatant disregard by the DOJ for
the choice requirements of Olmstead cannot be allowed to continue.
Conclusion and Request
In ruling in Olmstead, the Supreme Court Justices interpreted the ADA to require
choice. Current activities of DOJ, operating out of public view and disregarding fam-
ily and guardian involvement, to coerce States to cease operating programs (ICFs/
DD) which provide life sustaining services for persons with lifelong, severe intellec-
tual disabilities are not in the public interest. In light of budget realities we must
ask if the best use of public dollars is the deinstitutionalization activities being car-
ried out by the DOJ which run counter to the choice requirement of Olmstead which
DOJ claims to be ‘‘enforcing’’ while displacing affected vulnerable people from their
life sustaining services.
I refuse to believe that it was the intention of the Supreme Court Justices in the
Olmstead decision that DOJ would time after time, in State after State, decide that
the civil rights of each and every resident of a State-operated, Medicaid-certified
ICF/DD are being violated simply because the resident or their legal representative
has not chosen community-based services. What is choice if there is no choice?
I respectfully request the subcommittee to provide oversight and accountability of
the devastating activities of the DOJ by which States are coerced into closing ICFs/
DD, forcing vulnerable persons to be dislocated from their life-sustaining services.
Please discontinue funding deinstitutionalization programs of the DOJ Civil Rights
Division which, through a misguided and harmful agenda, denies choice, and is un-
dermining and working to effect the elimination of a life sustaining option of care
under the guise of ‘‘civil rights enforcement’’.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
R
EGIONAL
I
NFORMATION
S
HARING
S
YSTEMS
P
ROGRAM
The Regional Information Sharing Systems (RISS) is a proven, trusted, and inno-
vative program that supports local, State, Federal, and tribal criminal justice agen-
cies in their effort to successfully resolve criminal investigations and ensure officer
safety. There is no other program in existence through which officers can receive
the level of support that RISS provides. Although the demand for RISS’s services
grows each year, the fiscal year 2012 appropriation for RISS was severely decreased
from the fiscal year 2011 appropriation of $45 million to $27 million. RISS and law
enforcement agencies nationwide have already felt the effects of this $18 million re-
duction. On behalf of the hundreds of thousands of officers and public safety profes-
sionals RISS serves, we urge you to restore fiscal year 2013 RISS funding to $45
million.
RISS has spent nearly 40 years building a valuable and cost-effective program
that is used and trusted by officers and criminal justice professionals in all 50
States, the District of Columbia, U.S. territories, Australia, Canada, England, and
New Zealand. RISS consists of six regional centers that tailor their services to meet
the needs of their unique regions while working together on nationwide initiatives.
RISS supports efforts against organized and violent crime, gang activity, drug activ-
ity, terrorism, human trafficking, identity theft, and other regional priorities, while
promoting officer safety. The support provided by RISS has enabled law enforcement
and public safety agencies to increase their success exponentially.
334
RISS offers law enforcement agencies and officers full-service delivery, from the
beginning of an investigation to the ultimate prosecution and conviction of crimi-
nals. An officer can query intelligence databases, retrieve information from inves-
tigative systems, solicit assistance from research staff, utilize surveillance equip-
ment, receive training, and use analytical staff to help prosecute criminals. Law en-
forcement agencies and officers rely on RISS for its diverse and far-reaching services
and programs. Without access to these services, thousands of law enforcement agen-
cies and hundreds of investigations will suffer.
RISS has been at the forefront in providing resources to enhance officer safety.
More than 19,000 law enforcement officers have died serving our Nation. The RISS
Officer Safety Event Deconfliction System (RISSafe) is an essential component to
helping ensure that our officers are safe. RISSafe stores and maintains data on
planned law enforcement events, with the goal of identifying and alerting affected
agencies and officers of potential conflicts impacting law enforcement efforts.
RISSafe is the only comprehensive and nationwide deconfliction system that is ac-
cessible on a 24/7/365 basis and available to all law enforcement agencies.
Since RISSafe’s inception in 2008, more than 456,800 operations have been en-
tered. Of those operations, 32.5 percent, or 148,646, have resulted in an identified
conflict. Currently, 19 RISSafe Watch Centers are operational, 13 of which are oper-
ated by organizations other than RISS. These organizations have invested resources
to support this critical officer safety program. Many agencies have adopted internal
policies mandating the use of RISSafe. RISSafe continues to proliferate throughout
the country, with demand increasing each day. It is impossible to put a cost to the
number of officers RISSafe has already prevented from harm or, worse, death.
The RISS Officer Safety Web site was deployed in March 2011 and has been vis-
ited more than 13,000 times. The Web site serves as a nationwide repository for
issues related to officer safety, such as concealments, hidden weapons, armed and
dangerous threats, videos, special reports, and training. RISSafe and the RISS Offi-
cer Safety Web site are two important components of the U.S. Attorney General’s
Law Enforcement Officer Safety Initiative, along with VALOR and the Bulletproof
Vest Initiative. Efforts are underway to bidirectionally interconnect the secure
VALOR Web site with the RISS Officer Safety Web site. RISS also provides officer
safety training and develops and distributes publications about emerging threats,
such as the Sovereign Citizens Movement special research report. With more than
800,000 law enforcement officers across the country, more support to ensure their
safety is essential.
RISS provides a full complement of investigative support services, including anal-
ysis, investigative and research support, equipment, training, publications develop-
ment, field services support, and technical assistance. Since 2000, RISS has assisted
in training more than 668,000 individuals, conducted more than 326,000 on-site vis-
its, loaned almost 57,000 pieces of equipment, and produced more than 290,000 ana-
lytical products. These statistics show how RISS is impacting law enforcement ef-
forts, but the real success stories come directly from agencies and officers. For exam-
ple, RISS staff provided support in a child pornography case involving digital
forensics analysis. The collection of pornography discovered was one of the largest,
with more than 100,000 images. With RISS’s help, the case led to an 18-year sen-
tence.
On January 8, 2011, United States Representative Gabrielle Giffords hosted a
‘‘Congress on Your Corner’’ gathering in Tucson, Arizona, to talk with her constitu-
ents. As the event began, a gunman entered the crowd and shot Representative Gif-
fords. The gunman turned on the crowd, killing 6 individuals and seriously wound-
ing 12 others. The shooting was recorded on video by a store security camera. There
was an urgent need to locate an audio/video analyst to clarify the still photos taken
from the video surveillance to determine whether an accomplice was at large. RISS
was contacted to assist in this effort. The results of the RISS analyst’s work enabled
law enforcement to close a potential lead, saving valuable law enforcement time and
resources.
The same types of successes are happening in jurisdictions across the country.
Since 2000, agencies utilizing RISS’s services and resources made more than 57,360
arrests and seized more than $942.5 million in narcotics, property, and currency.
RISS is an excellent return on investment for our country. All law enforcement and
public safety entities are facing tightened budgets and limited resources. RISS helps
augment law enforcement efforts. A Pennsylvania police officer said, ‘‘RISS offers
services and support that law enforcement cannot obtain anywhere else. Analytical
products, equipment loans, and training are important tools for law enforcement.
Connectivity to RISSNET is absolutely critical to solving multijurisdictional crimes.’’
Historically, law enforcement agencies have faced obstacles related to information
sharing, communications, and technology. Many problems stemmed from the fact
335
that although these agencies individually held pieces of information, they lacked a
mechanism to securely collect and exchange information. Consequently, law enforce-
ment’s response to criminal activity was often fragmented, duplicative, and limited.
Since the inception of the RISSNET in 1997; however, many of these obstacles have
been resolved. RISSNET is a secure Sensitive But Unclassified (SBU) law enforce-
ment information sharing cloud provider. RISSNET provides access to millions of
pieces of data; offers bidirectional information sharing; and connects disparate
State, local, and Federal systems. Agencies can easily connect to RISSNET, securely
share information and intelligence, and query multiple systems simultaneously.
Our Nation’s public safety mission requires an interoperable information-sharing
environment to proactively solve crimes. RISSNET is a critical component in meet-
ing this need. RISSNET also serves as the secure communications infrastructure for
other critical resources and investigative tools. Currently, 86 systems are connected
or pending connection to RISSNET and more than 400 resources are available via
RISSNET to authorized users; the owners of these resources rely on RISSNET for
its secure infrastructure. By connecting agencies and systems to RISSNET, rather
than funding the build-out of new stand-alone systems, hundreds of millions of dol-
lars are saved and millions of data records are easily and quickly accessible by law
enforcement. Examples of RISSNET resources include the RISS Criminal Intel-
ligence Databases (RISSIntel), RISSafe, the RISS National Gang Program
(RISSGang), the RISS Automated Trusted Information Exchange (ATIX), the
RISSLeads Investigative Bulletin Board, the RISSLinks data-visualization and link-
analysis tool, the RISS Center Web sites, and secure email.
The RISSIntel user interface provides for real-time, online federated search of 15
RISS partner intelligence databases, including State systems and CalGang, and
does not require the RISSNET user to have a separate user account with the respec-
tive partner systems. In fiscal year 2011, RISSIntel contained more than 3.1 million
intelligence records and users made almost 4 million inquiries. These records in-
clude individuals, organizations, and associates suspected of involvement in criminal
activity, as well as locations, vehicles, weapons, and telephone numbers. The inter-
action between RISSafe and RISSIntel provides comprehensive officer safety event
and subject deconfliction services.
RISSGang is the only comprehensive gang resource that offers a criminal intel-
ligence database, a Web site, a secure bulletin board, and specific news and publica-
tions. The RISSGang database provides access to gang information, including sus-
pects, organizations, weapons, photographs, and graffiti. RISSGang provides for a
federated search, including CalGang. RISS is connecting other gang databases to
RISSNET. RISS ATIX is a communications and information sharing capability that
enables law enforcement, public safety, and private sector entities to share ter-
rorism and homeland security information in a secure, real-time environment. RISS
ATIX includes discipline-specific Web pages, a secure bulletin board, document li-
brary, and email.
RISSLeads provides authorized law enforcement officers with the ability to post
information regarding cases, investigative leads, or other law enforcement issues.
Authorized users are able to view and respond to posts. Connecting law enforcement
officers across jurisdictional boundaries is crucial in detecting and apprehending to-
day’s mobile and sophisticated criminals.
Each RISS Center maintains a Web site to provide users with easy access to
RISSIntel and other resources, such as the National Railroad Trespasser Database,
the Cold Case Database, the Forensic Accounting Database, and the
Pseudoephedrine Violator Tracking System. Because of demand from agencies and
officers, RISS has expanded its Pawnshop Database nationwide. The number of in-
vestigative records available through these different systems exceeds 28 million.
RISSNET is 1 of 4 SBU networks participating in the Assured SBU Interoper-
ability Initiative under the auspices of the White House and the Office of the Pro-
gram Manager, Information Sharing Environment (PM–ISE). The goal is to provide
simplified sign-on and access to a variety of system-to-system enhancements within
an interoperable and protected SBU environment for local, State, Federal, and tribal
law enforcement, regardless of agency ownership of the individual network. RISS is
the only non-Federal partner providing the critical State, local, and tribal law en-
forcement piece essential to the Nation’s information sharing environment. RISS is
at the forefront in providing federated access and simplified sign-on. The Federal
Bureau of Investigation Law Enforcement Online users, the Chicago Police Depart-
ment users, and the Pennsylvania Justice Network users access RISSNET resources
via Federated Identity.
RISS continuously seeks and is sought out by others to enable new information
sharing partnerships that leverage its secure SBU information sharing capabilities.
Most recently, several State Medicaid Fraud Control Units (MFCUs) began pursuing
336
the use of RISSNET to securely share information, strategies, best practices, lessons
learned, and other information to help in their detection and prosecution efforts. Ul-
timately, this project has the potential to support Medicare and other healthcare
fraud investigations and information sharing efforts. In addition, RISS supports the
Nationwide Suspicious Activity Reporting Initiative, the National Virtual Pointer
System, the National Center for Missing & Exploited Children, the National Gang
Intelligence Center, the United States Secret Service, and the United States Attor-
neys’ Offices. RISS continues to connect fusion centers to RISSNET, integrate RISS
services and tools into fusion center operations, and provide training. RISS is sup-
ported by the International Association of Chiefs of Police, the National Sheriffs’ As-
sociation, the National Narcotic Officers’ Associations’ Coalition, and the National
Alliance of Gang Investigators Associations.
It is respectfully requested that the Congress restore fiscal year 2013 funding for
RISS to the fiscal year 2011 amount of $45 million so that this essential information
sharing and public safety program can continue to serve our Nation. Inadequate
funding and support for RISS could cost lives, hinder investigations, and impact the
safety of our communities. It would be counterproductive to require local and State
RISS members to self-fund match requirements, as well as to reduce the amount
of Bureau of Justice Assistance discretionary funding. Agencies require more, not
less, funding to fight the Nation’s crime problem. RISS is unable to make up the
decrease in funding that a match would cause, and it has no revenue source of its
own. Cutting the RISS appropriation by requiring a match should not be imposed
on the program.
RISS provides resources and capabilities to share critical information nationwide,
serves as a secure platform for other criminal justice entities, and provides inves-
tigative support services that, in many cases, agencies would not otherwise receive.
RISS is essential in creating a safer working environment for our Nation’s law en-
forcement. Appropriate funding will enable RISS to continue effectively serving the
criminal justice community. For additional information on the RISS Program, visit
www.riss.net. RISS appreciates the support this committee has continuously pro-
vided to the RISS Program and is grateful to provide this testimony.
L
ETTER
F
ROM
R
ICHARD
M. W
HITMAN
, N
ATURAL
R
ESOURCES
P
OLICY
D
IRECTOR
,
O
REGON
G
OVERNOR
S
O
FFICE
M
ARCH
20, 2012.
The Hon. B
ARBARA
A. M
IKULSKI
, Chairwoman,
Subcommittee on Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related Agencies, Committee on
Appropriations, United States Senate, Washington, DC.
The Hon. K
AY
B
AILEY
H
UTCHISON
, Ranking Member
Subcommittee on Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related Agencies, Committee on
Appropriations, United States Senate, Washington, DC.
D
EAR
C
HAIRWOMAN
M
IKULSKI AND
S
ENATOR
H
UTCHISON
: The Governor of Oregon
is committed to working together with California and Washington to improve ocean
health off the west coast. In 2008, our then Governor Kulongoski released the action
plan for the West Coast Governors Alliance on Ocean Heath, together with the Gov-
ernors of California and Washington. As recommended by both the U.S. Commission
on Ocean Policy and the Pew Oceans Commission, the action plan uses a collabo-
rative approach to address some of our region’s most pressing ocean and coastal
management challenges, such as preparing coastal communities for the effects of sea
level rise.
The purpose of this letter is to request support for $10 million in the fiscal year
2013 budget for the nine regional ocean partnerships in the United States. These
grants will provide essential support for the development and implementation of ac-
tion plans within each region. Additionally, I request appropriation language stating
that 10 percent of the total funding be divided equally to existing partnerships for
operations support, and that the remaining funding broadly support the develop-
ment and implementation of regional priorities as determined by the partnerships
through competitive solicitations.
The alliance affirms our commitment to work together on seven priority issues:
—Ensuring clean coastal waters and beaches;
—Protecting and restoring healthy ocean and coastal habitats;
—Promoting the effective implementation of ecosystem-based management of our
ocean and coastal resources;
—Reducing adverse impacts of offshore development;
—Increasing ocean awareness and literacy among our residents;
337
—Expanding ocean and coastal scientific information, research, and monitoring;
and
—Fostering sustainable economic development throughout our diverse coastal
communities.
Regional approaches can advance Federal interests in ocean management through
coordination with other levels of government by providing direct resources to ad-
dress the unique needs of a region, as well as integrated, efficient, and effective
management of ocean resources.
The plan advances key priorities of the National Ocean Policy in areas such as
water quality, ocean and coastal research and mapping, coastal pollution, and habi-
tat protection and restoration. The West Coast Governors Alliance works closely
with representatives of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, the
Environmental Protection Agency, and the Department of the Interior to implement
the regional action plan, and will continue to collaborate with the interagency Sub-
committee on Integrated Management of Ocean Resources.
Our request to support funding for regional ocean partnerships in the fiscal year
2013 budget will help the region, and regional ocean partnerships throughout the
United States, implement effective regional ocean governance to the benefit of coast-
al communities and all who benefit from healthy coasts and oceans.
Thank you for considering this request to support $10 million in fiscal year 2013
funding for the regional ocean partnerships in the United States. This level of fund-
ing will help the West Coast Governors Alliance on Ocean Health implement its ac-
tions plan, and will improve the economic and environmental health of both the
west coast and the Nation.
Sincerely,
R
ICHARD
M. W
HITMAN
,
Natural Resources Policy Director,
O
REGON
G
OVERNOR
S
O
FFICE
.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
S
EA
G
RANT
A
SSOCIATION
Madam Chair and members of the subcommittee, my name is Jonathan Pennock
and I am the director of the University of New Hampshire Marine Program and the
New Hampshire Sea Grant College Program. I am submitting this testimony in my
capacity as president of the Sea Grant Association (SGA). SGA appreciates very
much the support the Congress has provided the National Sea Grant College Pro-
gram over the years. Because of that support, Sea Grant has been able to deliver
a number of quantifiable benefits to the residents of our ocean and coastal commu-
nities which are documented below. In that light, to continue to provide similar ex-
pected benefits to coastal residents in the future, the SGA recommends that Na-
tional Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) be funded at the level rec-
ommended by the Friends of NOAA Coalition ($5.3 billion) and that the National
Sea Grant College Program within NOAA be funded in fiscal year 2013 at $69 mil-
lion.
Recognizing the constraints in the budget process, this amount is $18.5 million
less than the authorized level for fiscal year 2013. While it represents an increase
of $6 million more than the amount appropriated in the fiscal year 2012 appropria-
tions act, it is consistent with guidance provided in the conference report that ac-
companied the fiscal year 2012 appropriation that said: ‘‘the Committee recognizes
the important role the Sea Grant program plays in connecting coastal and Great
Lakes communities with practical research and results, and encourages the growth
of this program in future budget requests.’’
For more than 40 years, the National Sea Grant College program has worked to
create and maintain a healthy coastal environment and economy. The Sea Grant
network includes more than 30 programs based at top universities in every coastal
and Great Lakes State, Puerto Rico, and Guam. The programs of the Sea Grant net-
work work together to help citizens understand, conserve, and better utilize Amer-
ica’s coastal, ocean and Great Lakes resources. A partnership between universities
and the Federal Government’s National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA), Sea Grant directs Federal resources to pressing problems in local commu-
nities. By drawing on the experience of more than 3,000 scientists, engineers, public
outreach experts, educators and students from more than 300 institutions, Sea
Grant is able to make an impact at local and State levels, and serve as a powerful
national force for change.
Sea Grant invests in high-priority research, addressing issues such as population
growth and development in coastal communities; preparation and response to hurri-
canes, coastal storms, and tsunamis; understanding our interactions with the ma-
338
rine environment; fish and shellfish farming; seafood safety; and fisheries manage-
ment. The results of this research are shared with the public through Sea Grant’s
integrated outreach program, which brings together the collective expertise of on-
the-ground extension agents, educators, and communications specialists. The goal is
to ensure that vital research results are shared with those who need it most and
in ways that are timely, relevant, and meaningful.
THE ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE OF THE NATION
S COASTAL COMMUNITIES
More than one-half of the Nation’s population lives in coastal watershed counties
and this coastal population has increased by nearly 51 million people over the past
40 years. It is expected to grow by another 10 percent in the next decade. The coast-
al economy contributed $8.3 trillion to the Nation’s Gross Domestic Product result-
ing in 66 million jobs and wages worth an estimated $3.4 trillion (NOAA 2009).
Much of this economic activity comes from commercial fishing (estimated at $4 bil-
lion per year and 1 million jobs), recreational fishing (estimated at $73 billion per
year and supporting more than 320,000 jobs), our Nation’s seaports ($1.9 trillion
worth of imports came through U.S. ports in 2010 supporting an estimated 13 mil-
lion jobs), and coastal tourism ($531 billion in 2010). Additionally, more than 50 per-
cent of the total energy produced domestically occurred in coastal States including
natural gas production, electricity generation, and oil and gas production. Coastal
areas are providing opportunities for renewable energy development with projects
that seek to extract energy from the movement of ocean water due to tides, cur-
rents, or waves; from the temperature differential between hot and cold ocean
water; and from strong winds in offshore ocean environments.
SEA GRANT
S CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ECONOMIC HEALTH OF THE NATION
S COASTAL
COMMUNITIES
According to data collected for the 2-year (2009 and 2010) period by the National
Sea Grant Office within NOAA, the Sea Grant program delivered the following ben-
efits to the Nation:
—Nearly $243 million in direct economic benefits to the Nation, which represents
nearly a 4 to 1 return on the Federal investment;
—An estimated additional $146 million in other Federal, State, and nongovern-
mental resources was leveraged for research, extension, and other services to
support the ocean and coastal enterprise;
—144 new businesses were created, 1,271 businesses were retained, and more
than 8,100 jobs were created or retained due to Sea Grant efforts;
—768 communities across the Nation have adopted more sustainable economic or
environmental development practices and policies;
—More than 340 communities adopted hazard resiliency practices with Sea Grant
assistance to make them better prepared to cope with or respond to hazardous
coastal events;
—More than 5,000 individuals or businesses received new certifications in hazard
analysis and critical control point handling of seafood products, improving the
safety of seafood consumption by Americans across the country;
—More than 40,000 acres of degraded ecosystems were restored as a result of Sea
Grant activities; and
—Sea Grant supported more than 1,700 undergraduate and more than 1,400
graduate students, and some 800,000 K–12 students were reached with infor-
mation about marine and Great Lakes science and resources.
The National Sea Grant College program is one of the very few nationally com-
petitive grant programs that can demonstrate this kind of real impact at the local,
State, and national levels.
SEA GRANT WILL CONTINUE TO ADDRESS THE ECONOMIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL
POSITION OF AMERICA
S COASTAL COMMUNITIES
Since its creation in 1966, the National Sea Grant College Program has been at
the forefront of addressing economic opportunities and environmental issues facing
coastal communities through its research and outreach efforts. For every Federal
dollar provided for this program, between one and two additional non-Federal dol-
lars are contributed by non-Federal entities, thus leveraging and extending the im-
pact of the Federal investment. With additional funding and guidance from the Con-
gress, Sea Grant could bolster its network resources and focus on preparing commu-
nities to better prepare for and recover from extreme events such as coastal storms
or oils spills, or reversing the trend of working waterfront enterprise losses (such
as fish harvesting/processing facilities and marinas), and advancing the coastal tour-
ism industry in sustainable ways.
339
Over the next 5 years, Sea Grant will concentrate effort in four areas:
—healthy coastal ecosystems;
—sustainable coastal development;
—a safe and sustainable seafood supply; and
—hazard resilience in coastal communities.
These four interrelated focus areas emerged from the NOAA and program’s stra-
tegic planning process as areas of critical importance to the health and vitality of
the Nation’s coastal resources and communities. They respond to issues of major im-
portance to NOAA, are consistent with the work of the NOAA coastal program inte-
gration effort, and are topical areas in which Sea Grant has made substantial con-
tributions in the past and is positioned to make significant contributions in the fu-
ture.
In each of the four focus areas, Sea Grant has identified goals to pursue and strat-
egies designed to take advantage of its strengths in integrated research, outreach,
and education, and its established presence in coastal communities. Understanding
relationships and synergies across focus areas is vital to achieving the focus area
goals. Sea Grant is one of many partners working to address these complex and
interrelated issues. Understanding how activities in one area can support and com-
plement other activities, and using partnerships to accomplish shared goals, are
strategies inherent to Sea Grant, and will be central to achieving the goals outlined
in the NOAA and program’s strategic plan.
America must use its coastal resources wisely to sustain the health and produc-
tivity of coastal communities. With the requested Federal funding that will leverage
significant State and local support, the National Sea Grant College Program will be
uniquely positioned to continue its contributions to our coastal communities. As
such, the Sea Grant Association requests $69 million in Federal Sea Grant funding
in fiscal year 2013.
Thank you for the opportunity to present these views. SGA would be happy to
provide answer questions or provide additional information to the subcommittee.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
SEARCH—T
HE
N
ATIONAL
C
ONSORTIUM FOR
J
USTICE
I
NFORMATION AND
S
TATISTICS
INTRODUCTION
I am Kelly Harbitter, Programs and Policy Advisor for SEARCH. I write to you
today on the Department of Justice (DOJ) funding to be provided for in the fiscal
year 2013 Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related Agencies appropriations bill.
SEARCH recommends that the National Criminal History Improvement Program
(NCHIP) receive appropriations of $25 million.
SEARCH is a State criminal justice support organization created by the States
and comprised of Governors’ appointees from each State. Each State pays dues an-
nually. SEARCH’s mission is to promote the effective use of information and identi-
fication technology by justice agencies nationwide. SEARCH has a longstanding
partnership with DOJ to promote information sharing, as well as to protect personal
privacy within the criminal justice community. It is from this perspective—and on
behalf of these State partners—that I would like to address the level of NCHIP
funding as set forth in the President’s proposed budget released on February 13,
2012.
As you know, NCHIP received an allocation of $5 million in the recent budget pro-
posal. SEARCH recognizes that these are difficult budgetary times, and as such, the
States have been judicious in their investment in criminal history improvement over
the past several years. But the demand for accurate, complete, and timely criminal
records continues to grow at a rapid pace, and there should be a priority placed on
NCHIP funding. Indeed, despite the single-digit budget allocations, State applica-
tions for NCHIP funding over the last several years have been nearly five times the
budgeted amounts. SEARCH recommends that NCHIP receive appropriations at a
level considerably higher than the President’s proposal, at $25 million rather than
$5 million. This level of funding reflects the States’ identified needs and will enable
States and territories to continue to improve the quality, timeliness, and accessi-
bility of criminal history records.
NATIONAL CRIMINAL HISTORY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM
The NCHIP program was first initiated in 1995, and has been extraordinarily suc-
cessful in helping States to improve the accuracy, reliability, and completeness of
their automated criminal history record systems.
340
1
The Interstate Identification Index is the national system designed to provide automated
criminal history record information. The III stores the criminal history records of Federal offend-
ers and records of offenders submitted by all States and territories.
2
Survey of State Criminal History Information Systems 2010, Bureau of Justice Statistics,
U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs (November 2011) (available at: https://
www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/237253.pdf).
3
See GAO reports (available at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d04364.pdf; http://www.gao.gov/
new.items/d08898r.pdf).
4
The Attorney General’s Report on Criminal History Background Checks, United States De-
partment of Justice, section III.6, p. 18 (June 2006) (available at: http://www.justice.gov/olp/
aglbgcheckslreport.pdf).
DOJ administers NCHIP through the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) in DOJ’s
Office of Justice Programs (OJP). NCHIP responds to a DOJ objective to enhance
the criminal justice capabilities of State governments by improving the accuracy,
completeness, and timeliness of criminal history records. These State systems sup-
port Federal records systems, including the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI)
Interstate Identification Index (III).
1
III consists of records, 70 percent of which are
maintained by the States and only 30 percent are maintained by the FBI.
2
BJS, with limited funding, has been widely recognized for its extraordinary effi-
ciency, effectiveness and accomplishments in the NCHIP program. The last two Gov-
ernment Accountability Office (GAO) reports on NCHIP (in 2004 and 2008) high-
lighted the program’s continued success in meeting its goals and the significant
progress States made toward automating State criminal history records and making
them accessible nationally.
3
The reports also noted BJS’ adherence and enforcement
to the important oversight issues the Congress is concerned with regarding grant
programs today. Indeed, the States—including the State repositories—have devoted
massive efforts and resources over many years toward building automated, criminal
history record databases that are accurate, complete, and reliable. Notwithstanding
the efforts of BJS and the States, there continue to be significant shortfalls in arrest
reporting; in disposition reporting; and in accuracy and data quality. Most signifi-
cantly, approximately one-half of arrest records contained in the FBI III database
are missing dispositions.
4
NATIONAL CRIMINAL HISTORY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM FUNDING
The President’s fiscal year 2013 budget would provide $5 million for NCHIP. This
is not a sufficient amount to promote the program’s success.
Despite NCHIP’s noted success, this gradual reduction in funding has adversely
affected the program. NCHIP has been so significantly underfunded that some
States no longer receive any allocation from the NCHIP grants. A pattern of under-
funding State efforts to maintain effective criminal history records reverberates
across the entire criminal justice system, not only in the individual States. Because
State criminal history records are the primary source for the FBI III database, any
constraints on the States weakens the ability of many Federal programs to identify
threats and keep our Nation safe.
In fact, the accuracy, completeness, and reliability of the Nation’s criminal history
record system has a more important and comprehensive impact today than ever be-
fore, including for law enforcement investigations; for officer safety; for sentencing
and other criminal justice purposes; for expungement and other re-entry strategies;
for homeland security and antiterrorism purposes; for public noncriminal justice
purposes, including security clearances and employment suitability; for private sec-
tor risk management purposes; and for research and statistical programs that pro-
vide critical guidance for justice assistance decisions and for shaping law and policy.
Without an adequate level of funding for the States, the quality of criminal records
available nationwide will be negatively impacted.
STATE SUCCESSES WITH NATIONAL CRIMINAL HISTORY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM
FUNDING
Virginia.—With NCHIP funds, the Virginia State Police personnel provide elec-
tronic access to criminal history records on-site at gun shows. This ensures rapid
response to the National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS) and
prevents the transfer of firearms to prohibited persons. NCHIP funds have also
furthered efforts in Virginia to improve the completeness and accuracy of computer-
ized criminal history files and the Court Automated Information System. Between
October 2010 and December 2011, the completion rate for missing dispositions
reached approximately 95 percent. Virginia plans to use NCHIP funds to achieve
additional goals to research, resolve, and enter as many missing final court disposi-
341
tions associated with Virginia criminal history records as possible, as well as assist
with the ever-increasing problem of juvenile arrests and dispositions.
Michigan.—Michigan has used NCHIP grants since the program began to en-
hance its automated criminal history record system and integrate it with the Auto-
mated Fingerprint Identification System (AFIS). NCHIP also funded a number of
data quality studies and improvement projects to improve the completeness, accu-
racy, and disposition reporting associated with Michigan criminal history records.
The State has also significantly reduced disposition backlogs. By mid-2000, Michi-
gan had surpassed the 95-percent goal of complete, accurate, and timely electronic
reporting of criminal dispositions (established by The Crime Control Act of 1990) for
adult felonies. Michigan continues its success with initiatives with the courts and
prosecutor’s offices for enhanced interfaces to the criminal history.
New York.—New York has used NCHIP funds since the beginning of the program
to support major initiatives to modernize and vastly improve the ability to provide
critical information services to New York’s State and local criminal justice agencies.
One of the most important achievements has been to solve the problem of missing
dispositions in the criminal history repository. Working with the courts, the State
repository agency identified system and database problems that contributed to unre-
solved arrest events. The attention to these problems resulted in a completion rate
for missing dispositions of greater than 92 percent. NCHIP funds also supported en-
hancements to domestic incident reporting practices in New York. Law enforcement
officers, preparing to execute a warrant at a suspect’s home, benefit from knowing
if the suspect has any criminal history in domestic violence. These funds were also
used to develop the New York State Integrated Justice portal, a single access point
for public safety practitioners to access the State’s justice systems and data.
Nevada.—The Nevada Department of Public Safety was able to clear a backlog
of more than 300,000 court dispositions with NCHIP funding. The Department says
this monumental task could not have been completed without NCHIP funding.
Florida.—In Florida, citizens and visitors to the State are safer today thanks to
the productive use of NCHIP funding. Since 1995, Florida’s criminal justice commu-
nity has used NCHIP funding to make many major improvements in the collection
and sharing of information in support of public safety. Among the most significant
accomplishments supported by NCHIP are:
—creation of a secure statewide Criminal Justice Network for information sharing
among criminal justice agencies;
—automation of court disposition reporting (the rate of adult felony dispositions
has been improved from around 60 percent in 1995 to more than 75 percent at
the end of 2011 for all felony arrests dating back to 1911);
—background screening for volunteers and employees working with children, the
elderly and disabled; and
—enhancement of information sharing about the State’s more than 58,000 sexual
offenders and predators.
Alaska.—Alaska has used NCHIP funding since 1996 for:
—independent repository audits;
—implementing automated interfaces and charge tracking systems;
—developing uniform offense citations table;
—addressing missing dispositions critical to NICS, recidivism studies, and the re-
pository;
—implementing Live Scan stations, (which raised compliance rates from 56 per-
cent to more than 90 percent for mandatory fingerprinting at the Anchorage
courthouse during the 2-year pilot project); and
—the electronic sharing of automated court criminal records and more. Under-
taking these projects would not have been possible without the help from
NCHIP.
Hawaii.—In Hawaii, NCHIP funding has been indispensible to laying the founda-
tion for the State’s fully integrated justice information sharing system. The Hawaii
Integrated Justice Information Sharing (HIJIS) was designed to build statewide in-
formation sharing capabilities across the whole of the justice and public safety en-
terprise, to facilitate information exchange with Federal, State, county agencies, and
to leverage national information sharing standards and best practices. In addition,
among the many activities that Hawaii’s NCHIP funding has allowed the State to
accomplish are the following:
—Design, develop, and implement CJIS-Hawaii, the enhanced statewide criminal
history record information system;
—Partner with the State court system to share real-time disposition and court
status data;
—Enable CJIS-Hawaii to share information with the national NCIC Protection
Order and National Sex Offender Registry systems;
342
—Implement a statewide integrated booking and mugshot system;
—Deploy livescans at all county police departments and Sheriff’s Offices, accom-
plishing a paperless and electronic process end to end; and
—Design, develop, and implement a ‘‘lights out’’ automated identification process
for the State so that response times are instantaneous and based on positive
identification.
CONCLUSION
Congressional support through the NCHIP program to the State criminal history
repositories is vital. The Federal investment can be leveraged many times over by
contributing to the ability of State and local criminal justice agencies to provide
timely, accurate, and compatible information to Federal programs such as III.
On behalf of SEARCH, its Governors’ appointees, and the thousands of criminal
justice officials who participate in the SEARCH network and who benefit from
SEARCH’s efforts, I thank you for your consideration.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
S
OCIETY FOR
I
NDUSTRIAL AND
A
PPLIED
M
ATHEMATICS
This written testimony is submitted on behalf of the Society for Industrial and
Applied Mathematics (SIAM) to ask you to continue your support of the National
Science Foundation (NSF) in fiscal year 2013 by providing NSF with $7.373 billion.
In particular, we urge you to provide the request level for key applied mathematics
and computational science programs in the Division of Mathematical Sciences and
the Office of Cyberinfrastructure.
We are submitting this written testimony for the record to the Subcommittee on
Commerce, Justice, Science, and Related Agencies of the Committee on Appropria-
tions of the U.S. Senate on behalf of the SIAM.
SIAM has approximately 13,000 members, including applied and computational
mathematicians, computer scientists, numerical analysts, engineers, statisticians,
and mathematics educators. They work in industrial and service organizations, uni-
versities, colleges, and Government agencies and laboratories all over the world. In
addition, SIAM has almost 500 institutional members, including colleges, univer-
sities, corporations, and research organizations.
First, we would like to emphasize how much SIAM appreciates your subcommit-
tee’s continued leadership on and recognition of the critical role of the NSF and its
support for mathematics, science, and engineering in enabling a strong U.S. econ-
omy, workforce, and society.
Today, we submit this testimony to ask you to continue your support of NSF in
fiscal year 2013 and beyond. In particular, we request that you provide NSF with
$7.373 billion, the level requested for this agency in the President’s fiscal year 2013
budget request.
As we are reminded every day, the Nation’s economic strength, national security,
and public health and welfare are being challenged in profound and unprecedented
ways. Addressing these challenges requires that we confront fundamental scientific
questions. Computational and applied mathematical sciences, the scientific dis-
ciplines that occupy SIAM members, are particularly critical to addressing U.S. com-
petitiveness and security challenges across a broad array of fields: medicine, engi-
neering, technology, biology, chemistry, computer science, and others.
SIAM recognizes the challenging fiscal situation, and notes that in the face of eco-
nomic peril, Federal investments in mathematics, science, and engineering remain
crucial as they power innovation and economic growth upon which our economy and
fiscal health depend.
NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION
NSF provides essential Federal support for applied mathematics and computa-
tional science, including more than 60 percent of all Federal support for basic aca-
demic research in the mathematical sciences. Of particular importance to SIAM,
NSF funding supports the development of new mathematical models and computa-
tional algorithms, which are critical to making substantial advances in such fields
as climate modeling, energy technologies, genomics, analysis and control of risk, and
nanotechnology. In addition, new techniques developed in mathematics and com-
puting research often have direct application in industry. Modern life as we know
it—from search engines like Google to the design of modern aircraft, from financial
markets to medical imaging—would not be possible without the techniques devel-
oped by mathematicians and computational scientists. NSF also supports mathe-
matics education at all levels, ensuring that the next generation of the U.S. work-
343
force is appropriately trained to participate in cutting-edge technological sectors and
that students are attracted to careers in mathematics and computing.
Below are highlights of the main budgetary and programmatic components at
NSF that support applied mathematics and computational science.
NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION DIVISION OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
The NSF Division of Mathematical Sciences (DMS) in the Directorate for Mathe-
matical and Physical Sciences (MPS) provides the core support for all mathematical
sciences. DMS supports areas such as algebra, analysis, applied mathematics,
combinatorics, computational mathematics, foundations, geometry, mathematical bi-
ology, number theory, probability, statistics, and topology. In addition, DMS sup-
ports national mathematical science research institutes; infrastructure, including
workshops, conferences, and equipment; and postdoctoral, graduate, and under-
graduate training opportunities.
The activities supported by DMS and performed by SIAM members, such as mod-
eling, analysis, algorithms, and simulation, provide new ways of obtaining insight
into the nature of complex phenomena, such as the power grid, software for military
applications, the human body, and energy-efficient building systems. SIAM strongly
urges you to provide DMS with the budget request level of $245 million to enable
sustained investment by NSF in critical mathematical research and related mathe-
matical education and workforce development programs.
In particular, investment in DMS is critical because of the foundational and cross-
cutting role that mathematics and computational science play in sustaining the Na-
tion’s economic competitiveness and national security, and in making substantial
advances on societal challenges such as energy, the environment, and public health.
NSF, with its support of a broad range of scientific areas, plays an important role
in bringing U.S. expertise together in interdisciplinary initiatives that bear on these
challenges. DMS has traditionally played a central role in such cross-NSF efforts,
with programs supporting the interface of mathematics with a variety of other
fields, such as geosciences, biology, cybersecurity, and solar energy.
SIAM supports DMS’s participation in the several new NSF-wide initiatives, in-
cluding Cyber-Enabled Materials and Manufacturing for Smart Systems (CEMMSS),
which would support partnerships between mathematical scientists, computer sci-
entists, physical scientists, and engineers to develop computational tools for trans-
forming materials discovery to power our manufacturing base and help advance
myriad technologies. In addition, SIAM continues to support DMS’s role in enabling
interdisciplinary work through participation in the Research at the Interface of Bio-
logical, Mathematical, and Physical Sciences (BioMaPS) initiative, which supports
research in mathematical and computational biology to expand our understanding
of biological processes and inspire potentially transformative new technologies for
manufacturing and energy.
NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION OFFICE OF CYBERINFRASTRUCTURE
Work in applied mathematics and computational science is critical to enabling ef-
fective use of the rapid advances in information technology and cyberinfrastructure.
Programs in the NSF Office of Cyberinfrastructure (OCI) focus on providing re-
search communities access to advanced computing capabilities to convert data to
knowledge and increase our understanding through computational simulation and
prediction.
SIAM strongly urges you to provide OCI with the budget request level of $218.3
million to invest in the computational resources and science needed to solve complex
science and engineering problems. In addition, SIAM strongly endorses OCI’s efforts
to take on the role of steward for computational science across NSF, strengthening
NSF support for relevant activities and driving universities to improve their re-
search and education programs in this multidisciplinary area.
The programs in OCI that support work on software and applications for the next
generation of supercomputers and other cyberinfrastructure systems are very impor-
tant to enable effective use of advances in hardware, to facilitate applications that
tackle key scientific questions, and to better understand increasingly complex soft-
ware systems. SIAM strongly supports the proposed increase in funding for OCI
data activities, including data infrastructure, tools, and repositories. The explosion
in data available to scientists from advances in experimental equipment, simulation
techniques, and computer power is well known, and applied mathematics has an im-
portant role to play in developing the methods and tools to translate this shower
of numbers into new knowledge.
SIAM continues to support the agency-wide initiative Cyberinfrastructure Frame-
work for 21st Century Science and Engineering (CIF21). This program works to de-
344
velop comprehensive, integrated, sustainable, and secure cyberinfrastructure to ac-
celerate research and capabilities in computational and data-intensive science and
engineering.
SUPPORTING THE PIPELINE OF MATHEMATICIANS AND SCIENTISTS
Investing in the education and development of young scientists and engineers is
a critical role of NSF and a major step the Federal Government can take to ensure
the future prosperity and welfare of the United States. Currently, the economic situ-
ation is negatively affecting the job opportunities for young mathematicians at uni-
versities, companies, and other research organizations. It is not only the young
mathematicians who are not being hired that suffer from these cutbacks. The re-
search community at large suffers from the loss of ideas and energy that these grad-
uate students, postdoctoral fellows, and early career researchers bring to the field
and the country suffers from the lost innovation.
In light of this situation, SIAM strongly supports NSF’s proposed fiscal year 2013
increases in the Graduate Research Fellowship (GRF) program and the Faculty
Early Career Development (CAREER) program. The GRF program would receive
$243 million, which would support 2,000 new graduate student awards. The CA-
REER program would receive $216 million and would support an additional 40 CA-
REER awards, totaling 440 new awards for fiscal year 2013 if funded.
Before reaching the graduate and early career stage, young mathematicians and
scientists gain critical interests and skills as undergraduates. SIAM supports efforts
by NSF to improve undergraduate science, technology, engineering, and mathe-
matics (STEM) education, and notes the key role that mathematicians play in train-
ing for these fields. As interdisciplinary research questions become increasingly cen-
tral to scientific progress, students need early exposure to research experiences and
interdisciplinary challenges. SIAM supports the newly proposed Expeditions in Edu-
cation Initiative, which will better link NSF research and education activities to en-
able hands-on learning for students on cutting-edge systems and challenges across
disciplines.
CONCLUSION
We would like to conclude by thanking you again for your ongoing support of NSF
that enables the research and education communities it supports, including thou-
sands of SIAM members, to undertake activities that contribute to the health, secu-
rity, and economic strength of the United States. NSF needs sustained annual fund-
ing to maintain our competitive edge in science and technology, and therefore, we
respectfully ask that you continue robust support of these critical programs by pro-
viding $7.373 billion for NSF in fiscal year 2013.
We appreciate the opportunity to provide testimony to the subcommittee on behalf
of SIAM. SIAM looks forward to providing any additional information or assistance
you may ask of us during the fiscal year 2013 appropriations process.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
T
HE
N
ATURE
C
ONSERVANCY
Thank you for the opportunity to offer comments on the fiscal year 2013 appro-
priations for the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). The
Nature Conservancy (Conservancy) is an international, nonprofit conservation orga-
nization working around the world to protect ecologically important lands and
waters for nature and people. Our mission is to conserve the lands and water upon
which all life depends.
As the Nation enters the fiscal year 2013 budget cycle and another year of fiscal
challenges, the Conservancy recognizes the need for fiscal austerity and stresses our
concern that the natural resource stewardship programs should not shoulder a dis-
proportionate share of cuts in this budget.
Our recommendations this year do not exceed the President’s budget request ex-
cept in cases in which the ocean and coastal programs have borne a severely dis-
proportionate cut and will result in the inability for NOAA to meet its critical stew-
ardship mandates. Moreover, as a science-based and business-oriented organization,
we believe strongly that the budget levels we support represent a prudent invest-
ment in our country’s future that not only help NOAA achieve their most critical
missions by catalyzing local and regional action, but will also reduce risks and ulti-
mately save money based on tangible economic and societal benefits natural re-
sources provide each year to the American people.
Fisheries Management.—The 2007 amendments to the Magnuson-Stevens Fish-
eries Conservation and Management Act (MSFCMA) were intended to end over-
345
1
Relocated in NOAA’s fiscal year 2013 bluebook under ‘‘Habitat Management and Restora-
tion’’.
2
Kroeger, Timm (2012). ‘‘Oyster Reef Restoration in the Northern Gulf of Mexico: Ecosystem
Services, Economic Benefits and Impacts, and Opportunities for Disadvantaged Coastal Commu-
nities.’’ The Nature Conservancy.
fishing in the United States and reduce destructive fishing practices in U.S. waters.
Further, it included new provisions that create mechanisms for communities to en-
gage in conservation efforts while securing the contribution of marine fisheries to
their local economies. NOAA Fisheries, in implementing the MSFCMA, has made
important strides in addressing these challenges and strengthening fisheries man-
agement; however, much more needs to be done. To recover fish stocks so that they
provide food and jobs to struggling fishermen now and in the future, we need to re-
cover overfished stocks, reduce destructive fishing practices, restore coastal habitats
that produce fish, and support the efforts of fishermen and local communities that
depend on fishing. The following NOAA programs are essential to achieving healthy
coastal habitats and continued robust fisheries management.
Fisheries Habitat Restoration
1
.—Marked by the President’s fiscal year 2013 re-
quest, we are increasingly concerned that NOAA views investment in habitat res-
toration subordinate to more traditional fisheries management undertakings. As the
gulf oil spill made tragically clear, healthy coastal habitats are essential to the eco-
nomic and social well-being of coastal residents as well as others throughout the Na-
tion that rely on coastal communities for commerce, food, and recreation. Coastal
wetlands and nearshore waters produce the fish and shellfish that feed America.
Furthermore, salt marshes, oyster reefs, seagrass meadows, and coral reefs help to
prevent erosion and protect our communities from storm surges. Since 2001, The
Nature Conservancy and NOAA have partnered through the community-based Res-
toration program (funded under the Fisheries Habitat Restoration line item along
with the Open Rivers Initiative) to restore the health of degraded habitats in places
and ways that benefit not just local marine life, but communities and coastal econo-
mies as well.
Through the 124 community-based projects supported in the first decade of this
partnership, NOAA and the Conservancy have helped protect vital coastal and ma-
rine habitat, restore species that keep coastal systems healthy, remove invasive spe-
cies, create shellfish spawning sanctuaries and re-establish water flows to estuaries.
Beyond the environmental benefits, these projects have shown that restoration pays
off for coastal communities, producing jobs for direct restoration work and sup-
porting coastal communities through increased fish production. A recent economic
analysis of oyster reef restoration in the Northern Gulf of Mexico provided compel-
ling evidence for such claims, finding that two reefs totaling 3.6 miles would in-
crease economic output of commercial finfish and crab landings by $35,000 per year;
cut wave height and energy significantly, reducing shoreline erosion and associated
damages to private property and public infrastructure; and remove up to 4,160
pounds of nitrogen per year from Bay waters.
2
Through our on-the-ground experience we recommend $22 million for the Fish-
eries Habitat Restoration in the fiscal year 2013. Moreover, we request that no less
than $9 million should be made available for competitive cooperative agreements
through the Community-based Restoration Program (CRP). Additional funding be-
yond cooperative agreements and program administration of CRP should be dedi-
cated to the Open Rivers Initiative.
National Catch Share Program.—Catch Shares give participating fishermen a
stake in the benefits of a well-managed fishery and align the incentives for resource
stewardship with the natural incentive for fishermen to increase their earnings with
a sustainable business model. Transition to these systems is difficult and getting the
design and implementation of these new catch share programs, including provisions
to engage fishing communities, right is critical. The Conservancy supports the Presi-
dent’s fiscal year 2013 budget request of $28 million for the National Catch Share
Program.
Annual Stock Assessments.—The Magnuson-Stevens Act mandated annual catch
limits in all fisheries to prevent overfishing by in place by 2011. While this mile-
stone has been achieved, there is room for continued improvement in fishery data
collection and stock assessments. Adequate stock assessments are essential for the
sound management of fisheries and the sustainability of fishing resources. The Con-
servancy supports the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget request of $69 million for
annual stock assessments.
Pacific Coastal Salmon Recovery Fund.—The Pacific Coast Salmon Recovery Fund
(PCSRF) is the most critical Federal program addressing major threats to Pacific
salmon so that these fish can continue to sustain culture, economies, recreation, and
346
ecosystem health. This Federal funding source is tailored for each State, competi-
tively awarded based on merit and has funded hundreds of successful, on-the-
ground salmon conservation efforts. PCSRF invests in cooperative efforts to conserve
species under the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) jurisdiction and
projects are matched at a 3:1 ratio (Federal/non-Federal) and have resulted in sig-
nificant progress in protecting and restoring salmon across their range. Notably, the
PCSRF has catalyzed thousands of partnerships among Federal, State, local, tribal
governments, conservation, business, and community organizations. The Conser-
vancy urges sustaining at least $65 million for the competitive and proven PCSRF
grants program.
Species Recovery Grants.—Through this program, NMFS provides grants to States
to support conservation actions that contribute to recovery or have direct conserva-
tion benefits for listed species, recently de-listed species, and candidate species that
reside within that State. We support the President fiscal year 2013 budget’s request
for $4.8 million.
Ocean Services.—Over the years, and across many sites, NOAA has been an in-
valuable partner to the Conservancy. NOAA programs that provide practical, com-
munity-oriented approaches to restoration, resource management, and conservation
are natural fits for the Conservancy’s mission. The Coastal Services Center and Na-
tional Estuarine Research Reserve programs educate hundreds of local community
officials and practitioners to better ways to apply tools and science. In addition,
NOAA’s data, research and monitoring of coastal and marine systems directly pro-
vide data and decision-support tools that inform the safe operations of industry,
prioritize habitats for restoration, and advance science-based management decisions.
The following funding recommendations highlight critical programs that support
productive coastal communities and healthy coastal and marine places.
Coral Reef Conservation Program.—The decline of coral reefs has significant so-
cial, cultural, economic, and ecological impacts on people and communities in the
United States and around the world. The Conservancy works with NOAA’s Coral
Reef Conservation Program under a competitively awarded, multiyear cooperative
agreement to address the top threats to coral reef ecosystems:
—climate change;
—overfishing; and
—land-based sources of pollution.
Together we develop place-based strategies; develop resilient marine-protected
area networks; measure the effectiveness of management efforts; and build capacity
among reef managers at the global scale. NOAA has undertaken a coral reef con-
servation priority setting exercise in all seven of the U.S. jurisdictions with coral
reef resources. The Conservancy supports the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget re-
quest of $27 million to provide funding to support implementation of these conserva-
tion priorities, including more comprehensive mapping and data compilation and
analysis on cold water corals in U.S. waters.
Coastal and Estuarine Land Conservation Program.—Created by the Congress in
2002 and formally authorized in 2009, the Coastal and Estuarine Land Conserva-
tion Program (CELCP) program has helped preserve approximately 45,000 acres of
America’s most important coastal areas. All Federal funding for CELCP is leveraged
by at least an equal amount of State, local, and private investments. There is sig-
nificant demand for coastal conservation that is not being met. In the last several
years, NOAA has identified and vetted more than $270 million in coastal projects
that are eligible for CELCP program funding. The fiscal year 2013 President’s budg-
et request recommends the removal of all funds for CELCP. The Conservancy rec-
ommends including the fiscal year 2012 enacted level of $3 million in the budget
to minimally support a program that utilizes both acquisition and conservation ease-
ments to protect coastal and estuarine lands considered important for their ecologi-
cal, conservation, recreational, historical, or aesthetic values.
Regional Ocean Partnerships.—The funding would provide support to implement
priority actions identified by existing and developing Regional Ocean Partnerships
including the Northeast Regional Ocean Council, the Mid-Atlantic Regional Council
on Oceans, the South Atlantic Alliance, the Gulf of Mexico Alliance, the West Coast
Governors’ Agreement on Ocean Health, and the Council of Great Lakes Governors.
These multi-state collaborations originated to address regional priorities such as
habitat conservation and restoration, energy siting, coastal resilience to severe
storms, coastal water quality, and regional data and science needs. Additional fund-
ing should be provided to support State and regional engagement in the develop-
ment of marine planning, including stakeholder processes and consensus building
tools, analysis of data and information, and facilitation of broad public participation
in the planning process. The Conservancy urges a least $4 million to advance vital
regional ocean and coastal priorities.
347
National Estuarine Research Reserve System.—The National Estuarine Research
Reserve System (NERRS) partners with States and territories to ensure long-term
education, stewardship, and research on estuarine habitats. Atlantic, gulf, Pacific,
Caribbean, and Great Lakes reserves advance knowledge and stewardship of estu-
aries and serve as a scientific foundation for coastal management decisions. This
unique site-based program around the Nation contributes to a systemic research,
education, and training on the Nation’s estuaries. The Conservancy recommends in-
cluding the fiscal year 2012 enacted level of $22 million in the budget.
National Marine Sanctuaries Program.—National marine sanctuaries support eco-
nomic growth and hundreds of coastal businesses in sanctuary communities; pre-
serve vibrant underwater and maritime treasures for Americans to enjoy; and pro-
vide critical public access for ocean recreation, research, and education. Investment
in these sites do more than simply protect small areas of the ocean, but a downpay-
ment on the many other Americans whose livelihoods are dependent on a healthy
ocean and coasts. The Conservancy supports the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget
request of $47 million.
Thank you for this opportunity to share with the subcommittee the Conservancy’s
priorities in NOAA’s fiscal year 2013 budget. We would be pleased to provide the
committee with additional information on any of the Conservancy’s activities de-
scribed here or elsewhere.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
T
HE
P
LANETARY
S
OCIETY
The Planetary Society is deeply troubled with the priorities reflected in National
Aeronautics and Space Administration’s (NASA) fiscal year 2013 budget. If imple-
mented, it will portend grave consequences for our Nation’s ability to conduct deep-
space science missions and could irreversibly erode unique aspects of the space in-
dustrial base needed for such missions.
Specifically, the disproportionate cut to the Planetary Science budget would force
NASA to walk away from planned missions to Mars, to back out of international
agreements with the European Space Agency (ESA), delay for decades any flagship
missions to the outer planets, and radically slow the pace of scientific discovery, in-
cluding the search for life on other worlds. We think this is the wrong direction for
America’s space program.
Planetary Science is the part of NASA that’s actually conducting interesting and
scientifically important missions. Spacecraft sent to Mars, Saturn, Mercury, the
Moon, comets, and asteroids have been making incredible discoveries, with more to
come from recent launches to Jupiter, the Moon, and Mars. The country needs more
of these robotic space exploration missions, not fewer.
For the first time in human history, we have the tools available to directly test
the hypothesis of whether there is, or has been, life on other worlds such as Mars
or Europa. Such a discovery would be a seminal event in human history and would
have a deep and profound impact on how we view our place in the Universe, much
as Copernicus sparked the Age of Enlightenment 500 years ago with his theory that
the Earth orbits the Sun, just like any other planet. We stand at the dawn of a simi-
lar period in which our knowledge and understanding of the Universe is poised to
take another giant leap forward.
We understand that NASA is undertaking a review to examine options for poten-
tial future Mars missions, and we support efforts to put the program back on track,
but we are also adamant that decisions for future planetary missions be guided by
the most recent Planetary Science Decadal Survey of the National Research Council.
It took almost 2 years to forge a consensus of 1,700 planetary scientists and should
not be dismissed or watered-down. NASA’s science programs have achieved great
successes based on the decadal-survey process and all should be reluctant to aban-
don it.
While it may appear attractive to develop an integrated strategy for Mars science
missions and an eventual human mission to Mars, the lack of clear goals and tan-
gible program plans on the human side suggests the discussion is premature, at
best.
We recognize the intense fiscal and budget pressure the country faces. We under-
stand that agency programs are receiving unprecedented scrutiny and that budgets
are shrinking. However, today’s budget environment is also an opportunity to take
stock of what’s working and what’s not working, and to adjust priorities.
Today, approximately 27 percent of NASA’s budget goes to Science, with 8 percent
of NASA’s total going to Planetary Science. The human spaceflight program
(SOMDESMD) consumes about 45 percent of NASA’s budget, and the remaining
28 percent goes to aeronautics, technology, and infrastructure. The Planetary Soci-
348
ety is a strong supporter of both human and robotic space exploration and a strong
advocate for investments in technology. However, given the impacts of the proposed
fiscal year 2013 budget, some adjustments are needed.
Specifically, the Planetary Society recommends reallocating approximately 3 per-
cent from within NASA’s total budget to rebaseline the share for Science to at least
30 percent and restoring the $300 million cut to Planetary Science to fund it at $1.5
billion. This modest rebalancing will allow NASA to fully implement the decadal
survey for Planetary Science, send a mission to Mars and prepare for missions to
the outer planets, while allowing NASA to continue a robust program of missions
in Earth Science, Astronomy, and Heliophysics.
We arrive at this conclusion primarily because NASA’s Science program currently
has an abundance of compelling world-class science missions with clearly defined
mission goals and carefully crafted program plans that are poised to move out. We
believe that a healthy and vibrant Science program is an excellent investment that
will energize, engage, and inspire the next generation of scientists, engineers, edu-
cators, and the public, as has been the case with the Mars rovers and many other
missions. The diversity and frequency of science mission opportunities laid out by
the decadal survey will significantly contribute to thousands of high-tech jobs in the
aerospace industry, at research laboratories, and in universities. These programs
will stimulate the best and brightest with interesting and meaningful scientific and
technical challenges that will make our Nation stronger and more competitive.
While we recognize these are difficult choices, we believe an increase in the share
of the NASA budget for Science to 30 percent is the best place for the agency to
make the most effective use of the taxpayers’ money at this time and in today’s
budget environment.
We are at the brink of the next revolution in scientific understanding. A great
Government will lead this pursuit and make these investments because it will make
a difference to our society and to our children.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
U
NITED
S
TATES
S
ECTION OF THE
P
ACIFIC
S
ALMON
C
OMMISSION
Mr. Chairman, my name is W. Ron Allen, and I serve as a Commissioner on the
United States Section of Pacific Salmon Commission (PSC). The PSC was estab-
lished in 1985 to oversee implementation of the Pacific Salmon Treaty (Treaty) be-
tween the United States and Canada. In May 2008, the PSC concluded bilateral ne-
gotiations that developed revised 10-year salmon fishing regimes to replace regimes
that were expiring at the end of 2008. The provisions of the new fisheries agree-
ments were approved by the United States and Canadian Federal governments and
are being implemented for the 2009–2018 period. The U.S. Section is requesting
that the Congress includes funding in the fiscal year 2013 National Marine Fish-
eries Service (NMFS) budget for the Pacific Salmon Treaty at $9,708,000 and the
Chinook Salmon Agreement at $1,844,000.
The implementation of the Treaty is funded through the Departments of Com-
merce, the Interior, and State. The Department of Commerce funds implementation
of the Treaty as line items under Salmon Management Activities. The funding for
Salmon Management Activities in the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget is similar
to previous years. However, the line item breakout within Salmon Management Ac-
tivities was not made available to us.
The U.S. Section recommends that the Congress:
—Fund the Pacific Salmon Treaty line item of NMFS at $9,708,000 for fiscal year
2013 an increase in funding compared to $5,600,000 in recent-year budgets.
This funding provides support for the States of Alaska, Washington, Oregon,
and Idaho and the NMFS to conduct the salmon stock assessment and fishery
management programs required to implement the Treaty’s conservation and al-
location provisions for Coho, Sockeye, Chinook, Chum, and Pink salmon fish-
eries. Included within the total amount of $9,708,000 is $400,000 to continue
a joint Trans-boundary River Salmon Enhancement Program as required by the
Treaty.
—Fund the Pacific Salmon Treaty Chinook Salmon Agreement line item of NMFS
for fiscal year 2013 at $1,844,000, level funding from what has been provided
by the Congress in recent years. This funding is necessary to acquire the tech-
nical information to fully implement the abundance-based Chinook salmon man-
agement program provided for under the Treaty.
The funding identified above is for ongoing annual programs and does not include
new funding specifically needed for full application of the revised agreement for
2009–2018 that was negotiated by the PSC and accepted by the governments of the
349
United States and Canada on December 23, 2008. Funding for implementing the re-
vised treaty arrangements was part of NMFS fiscal year 2012 budget, and the U.S.
PSC Commissioners recommend that it be continued in the fiscal year 2013 Federal
budget.
The base Treaty implementation projects included in the Pacific Salmon Treaty
line item consist of a wide range of stock assessment, fishery monitoring, and tech-
nical support activities for all five species of Pacific salmon in the fisheries and riv-
ers from southeast Alaska to Washington, Oregon, and Idaho. The States of Alaska,
Washington, Oregon, Idaho, the Federal NMFS, and the 24 treaty tribes of Wash-
ington and Oregon are charged with conducting the salmon fishery stock assessment
and harvest management actions required under the Treaty. Federal funding for
these activities is provided through NMFS on an annual basis.
The agency projects carried out under PSC funding are directed toward acquiring,
analyzing, and sharing the information required to implement the salmon conserva-
tion and sharing principles of the Treaty. A wide range of programs for salmon stock
size assessments, escapement enumeration, stock distribution, and catch and effort
information collection from fisheries are represented. The information from many of
these programs is used directly to establish fishing seasons, harvest levels, and ac-
countability to the provisions of Treaty fishing regimes.
The base Treaty implementation funding of approximately $5.6 million budget has
essentially remained at this low level since the early 1990s. Since that time, the
growing complexity of conservation-based, and Endangered Species Act compliant
fishing regimes has required vastly more stock assessment, fishery compliance mon-
itoring, and technical support activities. In order to continue to fulfill the Federal
commitments created by Pacific Salmon Treaty, the States have had to augment
Federal funding with other Federal and State support. For example, additional
sources of funding have included Federal Anadromous Fish Grants, Federal Pacific
Coast Salmon Recovery Funds (PCSRF), Federal Dingell-Johnson dollars, and State
general funds. However, alternative sources for funding have been reduced or elimi-
nated with the Anadromous Fish Grants eliminated in the Federal fiscal year 2010
budget, use of PCSRF monies constrained in fiscal year 2010 by new appropriations
language and further constrained in 2012 by the NMFS, and State dollars and Din-
gell-Johnson grants cut significantly during the current economic downturn.
The economic impact of commercial and sport fisheries has been measured by the
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service at approximately $2–$3 billion per year to the States
involved in the PST. To continue to implement the Federal PST conservation-based
fishing regimes that contribute to the sustainability of salmon stocks and the large
economic return to the States, the U.S. PSC members recommend an increase in
base treaty implementation funding from the current $5.6 million to $9,708,000.
Effective, science-based implementation of negotiated salmon fishing arrange-
ments and abundance-based management approaches for Chinook, southern Coho,
Northern Boundary and Trans-boundary River salmon fisheries includes efforts such
as increased annual tagging and tag recovery operations and application of other
emerging stock identification techniques. The U.S. PSC members recommend that
$9,708,000 be provided for the NMFS Pacific Salmon Treaty line item in fiscal year
2013 for the States for Treaty technical support activities. The $400,000 that has
been provided in the separate International Fisheries Commissions line item since
1988 for a joint Trans-boundary River enhancement program with Canada is now
included in this amount. The recommended amount for the combined projects rep-
resents an approximate increase of $4,108,000 more than the amount appropriated
for fiscal year 2012.
Beginning in fiscal year 1998, the Congress provided $1,844,000 to allow for the
collection of necessary stock assessment and fishery management information to im-
plement a new abundance-based management approach for Chinook salmon coast-
wide in the Treaty area. Through a rigorous competitive technical review process
for project approval, the States of Alaska, Washington, Oregon, and Idaho, and the
24 treaty tribes use the funding to support research and data collection needed for
abundance-based Chinook management. The U.S. Section recommends level funding
of $1,844,000 for fiscal year 2013 to support the abundance-based Chinook salmon
management program.
The United States and Canada agreed in 1988 to a joint salmon enhancement pro-
gram on the Trans-boundary Rivers, which are rivers rising in Canada and flowing
to the sea through Southeast Alaska. Since 1989, the Congress has provided
$400,000 annually for this effort through the NMFS International Fisheries Com-
mission line item under the Conservation and Management Operations activity.
Canada provides an equal amount of funding and support for this bilateral program.
The funding for the U.S. share is included in the $9,708,000 the U.S. Section is rec-
ommending for the fiscal year 2013 NMFS Pacific Salmon Treaty line item.
350
This concludes the statement of the U.S. Section of the PSC submitted for consid-
eration by your subcommittee. We wish to thank the subcommittee for the support
that it has given us in the past. I will be pleased to answer any questions of the
committee members.
SUMMARY OF PROGRAM FUNDING FOR THE U.S.-CANADA PACIFIC SALMON TREATY
Fiscal year 2010
appropriation
Fiscal year 2011
appropriation
Fiscal year 2013
U.S. Section
recommendation
Department of Commerce:
Pacific Salmon Treaty line item ....................................................... $5,610,000 $5,600,000
1
$9,708,000
Pacific Salmon Treaty—Chinook Salmon Agreement line item ....... 1,844,000 1,844,000 1,844,000
1
The recommended fiscal year 2013 amount includes $400,000 provided for the Joint Trans-boundary River Enhancement Program currently
funded under the NMFS International Fisheries Commission account.
Thank you for this opportunity to share the fiscal year 2013 budget requests of
the Pacific Salmon Commission.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
U
NIVERSITY
C
ORPORATION FOR
A
TMOSPHERIC
R
ESEARCH
On behalf of the University Corporation for Atmospheric Research (UCAR), I sub-
mit this written testimony to the Senate Appropriations Subcommittee on Com-
merce, Justice, Science and Related Agencies for the committee record. UCAR is a
consortium of more than 100 research institutions, including 77 doctoral-degree
granting universities, which manages and operates the National Center for Atmos-
pheric Research (NCAR) on behalf of the National Science Foundation (NSF). I urge
the subcommittee to support the following levels of science funding in the fiscal year
2013 Commerce, Justice, Science and Related Agencies Appropriations Act.
National Science Foundation.—At least $7.373 billion, including $106.6 million for
NCAR within the Geosciences Directorate (GEO).
National Aeronautics and Space Administration.—$5.073 billion for Science, and
within this mission directorate, $1.785 billion for Earth science, including $440.1
million for Earth science research, and $647 million for Heliophysics.
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA).—$5.008 billion, in-
cluding $413.8 million for the Office of Oceanic and Atmospheric Research (OAR),
$212.7 million for the OAR Climate Research line, and $991.9 million for the Na-
tional Weather Service (NWS).
Countless economic studies over the years have demonstrated the link between
federally funded scientific R&D and economic vitality, industry and job growth, pro-
ductivity, competitiveness, and innovation. Even in this difficult economic environ-
ment, we must maintain a balance of basic research elements including the sci-
entific workforce; data collection, analysis and storage; computing; and facilities. As
I describe below, I am concerned that the President’s budget request for fiscal year
2013 represents some imbalance within the science agencies.
National Science Foundation
I urge you to support the President’s fiscal year 2013 request of $7.373 billion for
NSF. NSF’s mission is to support basic research which is the basis for two key driv-
ers of our economy—technology development and innovation. According to the NSF
budget request, ‘‘In a given year, NSF awards reach nearly 1,900 colleges, univer-
sities, and other public and private institutions in 50 States, the District of Colum-
bia, and Puerto Rico. In fiscal year 2013, NSF support is expected to reach approxi-
mately 285,000 researchers, postdoctoral fellows, trainees, teachers, and students.’’
As illustrated by these numbers, NSF is indispensable to the health and resiliency
of our Nation’s scientific R&D enterprise.
National Center for Atmospheric Research.—NSF’s GEO supports a broad and di-
verse academic field that contributes to our understanding of long-term weather, ex-
treme weather, dynamics of water resources, effects of the Sun on the Earth, effects
of space weather on global communications, interactions of the Earth’s systems, en-
ergy resources, geologic hazards, and all aspects of the global oceans. UCAR en-
dorses the President’s fiscal year 2013 request of $906.4 million for NSF’s GEO.
However, I do have concerns within the GEO budget request that I would like
to address, namely the proposed budget for the NCAR. In recent years, NSF has
created constructive, cross-cutting initiatives meant to address issues of importance
to the Nation, such as sustainability. Investment in these meritorious activities has
351
unfortunately come at the expense of established NSF programs and centers, many
which complement the new initiatives. Given Federal budget pressures, this prom-
ises to undercut some of the basic, critical programs that NSF provides the Nation,
including NCAR, an NSF Federally Funded Research and Development Center that
expands the capacity of the Nation’s academic community to understand weather,
the composition of the atmosphere, Sun-Earth interactions, space weather, and the
interactions between oceans and atmosphere.
Further, while NSF, GEO, and the Division of Atmospheric and Geospace Sciences
in which NCAR resides, all show increases in the budget request for 2013, primarily
to fund ongoing growth in the sustainability research portfolio, NCAR’s proposed
budget is decreased by 6.4 percent compared to the fiscal year 2012 estimate. The
budget request language states, ‘‘This level of support protects the operation of the
NCAR/Wyoming Supercomputer Center (NWSC), completed on time and within
budget, and maintains support for other key community research infrastructure op-
erated by NCAR.’’ However, NCAR encompasses an integrated and well-leveraged
combination of both science and facilities. Continuing full support for this infra-
structure, including the added costs of operating the NWSC, while absorbing a cut
to the NCAR budget of more than $6 million, will place NCAR’s basic science re-
search and community support programs, some of the best in the world, in jeopardy.
Cutting the laboratory would be counterproductive to the potential productivity of
the NWSC, given the computing center’s reliance on NCAR modeling and scientific
expertise. With a balanced NCAR portfolio of science and facilities, NWSC oper-
ations will advance many fold critical weather and climate research contributions.
We estimate that real cuts, when all expenses are tallied, would amount to de-
creases to NCAR’s scientific research on the order of 11 to 13 percent. Simply to
maintain programs and infrastructure, NCAR would need an increase over the fiscal
year 2012 appropriated amount. I urge the committee to support funding of $106.6
million for NCAR within GEO’s Division of Atmospheric and Geospace Sciences, and
further, to direct the agency to maintain ongoing support for NCAR at sustainable
levels in future budgets, including the financing of the NWSC operating costs, with-
out reducing the NCAR base funding as an offset.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration—Science Mission Directorate
The research supported and data collected by National Aeronautics and Space Ad-
ministration (NASA) Science Mission Directorate are essential to atmospheric
sciences research and global Earth observations. Through the use of space observ-
atories, satellites, and other probes, NASA helps us achieve a deeper understanding
of Earth, including answers to how the Earth’s long-term weather patterns may be
changing. I urge the subcommittee to fund the Science Mission Directorate at $5.073
billion, the amount appropriated in fiscal year 2012 and a level of funding that
would help to keep on track future missions that are now threatened with delay.
Earth Science.—Given the promise of observatories such as the Orbiting Carbon
Observatory 2 (OCO–2), I am pleased that the President’s budget request proposes
to increase funding for this and other Earth System Science Pathfinder missions in
fiscal year 2013. The National Academy of Sciences decadal survey, Earth and
Science Applications from Space: National Imperatives for the Next Decade and Be-
yond, released in 2007, continues to provide a critical set of recommendations of the
most compelling needs in future Earth observations. Ice, Cloud and Land Elevation
Satellite-2 (ICESat-2) and Soil Moisture Active-Passive (SMAP) are Tier 1 decadal
survey missions funded within the Earth Systematic Missions line office. Expected
to launch in 2014 and 2016, respectively, the fiscal year 2013 request keeps these
important missions on schedule. However, other important missions recommended
by the decadal survey are threatened with delays that jeopardize their future. Given
the importance of these measurements to scientists, State and city planners, first
responders, and Governors, the Nation must not allow any further delay in the de-
ployment of these resources needed for our States and localities to wisely and appro-
priately adapt in the decades to come. I urge you to fund the President’s request
of $1.785 billion for Earth science in fiscal year 2013.
While the fiscal year 2013 budget request provides funding to keep many impor-
tant Earth science missions on track, it also proposes a $6.5 million cut to Earth
Science Research that is critical to translating missions into discoveries and new
knowledge. At least 90 percent of the funds of this program are competitively
awarded to investigators in academia, the private sector, laboratories, and other
academic centers to utilize NASA data to further our understanding of Earth proc-
esses. A $6.5 million cut portends the loss of ongoing research projects and critical
grant money for atmospheric scientists at national universities and NCAR. I urge
you to restore funding for Earth Science Research to $440.1 million, the amount ap-
propriated in fiscal year 2012.
352
Heliophysics.—With all of human civilization located in the extended atmosphere
of the Sun, heliophysics is a critical discipline for understanding Sun/Earth connec-
tions. This research allows us to analyze the connections between the Sun, solar
wind, and planetary space environments. NASA’s Heliophysics division enables
NCAR to serve the solar-terrestrial physics community through delivery of commu-
nity models for the upper atmosphere, instrumentation for space and balloon flights,
and solar and upper-atmospheric data from space and balloon missions. I urge you
to fund Heliophysics at the requested $647 million.
NOAA
All Americans benefit from the life-saving warnings produced by NWS. What
many Americans do not understand is the research behind producing accurate fore-
casts. Satellite and ground observations collect data around the clock on real-time
conditions. Computer models are run to produce projections and predictions as
weather develops. Research collaborations with the Nation’s leading universities and
the private sector produce improved data analysis, enhanced forecasting capabilities,
and technology development. Free and open access to forecasts and weather data
enable broadcast meteorologists and others to reach citizens, local governments, and
resource managers with critical information. The sum of the parts, when all are sup-
ported appropriately in a balanced manner, adds up to saved lives, protected prop-
erty, enhanced homeland security, and benefits to the economy. Yet NOAA’s budget
is one of the least balanced of the scientific agencies. NOAA is roughly a $5 billion
agency, with nearly $2 billion dedicated to satellite programs. These satellite observ-
ing systems, all located within NOAA’s National Environmental Satellite, Data, and
Information Service, will produce data that are absolutely essential to the Nation’s
weather, space weather, and climate forecasting capabilities. But they cause an im-
balance to NOAA’s budget that threatens to torque NOAA’s mission and products.
I urge you to support the requested fiscal year 2013 amount of $5.008 billion for
NOAA, but to consider increasing that amount to restore the balance to NOAA pro-
grams that will make it possible for the agency to provide the best scientific and
operational products.
Office of Oceanic and Atmospheric Research.—In fiscal year 2011, the appro-
priated amount for OAR was $416.6 million. For fiscal year 2013, the President re-
quests a total of $403.4 million, taking the office back almost to the 2009 level.
While it may appear that OAR receives a healthy 7.7-percent proposed increase for
fiscal year 2013, fiscal year 2012 cuts were much deeper than this increase. I urge
you to fund OAR at the requested $413.8 million (operations, research, and facilities
(ORF) and procurement, acquisition, and construction (PAC) combined), recognizing
that additional investment is needed to restore recent funding cuts to OAR that
have resulted in the termination and downsizing of many important NOAA research
programs.
One example of such fiscal year 2012 cuts at OAR is the Climate Competitive Re-
search, Sustained Observations, and Regional Information program, which funds ex-
tramural research that leverages NOAA programs and provides some of the needed
program balance to its portfolio. States rely upon the climate, weather, and water
outlooks developed under this program to develop seasonal and yearly management
plans for water, agriculture, energy, and fisheries. In addition to these critical re-
gional outlooks, this account funds global ocean observing programs essential for ac-
curate weather forecasting and satellite calibration and validation, which are re-
quired to reap full use of the billions invested in satellite observations. I urge you
to fund OAR’s Climate Research portfolio at the requested $212.7 million, and to
fund the President’s request of $146.3 million for Climate Competitive Research,
Sustained Observations, and Regional Information.
National Weather Service.—As noted earlier, NWS is a 24/7 operation, and is this
Nation’s sole authoritative source for issuing warnings and forecasts related to
weather, severe weather, and long-term weather trends. To continue providing these
critical services to the country, NWS must have as much information about weather
conditions as possible. The less information, the less accurate the forecast will be.
Yet, the fiscal year 2013 request seems to cut multiple data gathering programs.
Again, the loss of data gathering capabilities creates a serious imbalance to NWS
activity. However, within NWS, we are extremely pleased with the progress being
made by the Hurricane Forecast Improvement Program (HFIP) that promises great
improvement in the reliability of hurricane forecasts. HFIP computing resources
have been proposed for cuts in fiscal year 2013. Given the great promise of HFIP
to save lives and property, I ask that that computing resource be restored. I urge
you to fund NWS at the requested level of $991.9 million (ORF and PAC combined)
and to consider a higher level so that restoration of essential observing and com-
puting facilities may be achieved.
353
Thank you for your service to our Nation’s scientific enterprise and for the oppor-
tunity to express these views on behalf of the geosciences community.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF THE
U
NIVERSITY OF
C
OLORADO
B
OULDER
I write today to urge you to support the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget re-
quest of $413.8 million for the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s
(NOAA) Office of Oceanic and Atmospheric Research (OAR), which supports some
of the Nation’s most critical environmental research. Within OAR, I particularly
support the Competitive Research, Sustained Observations and Regional Informa-
tion program, which facilitates the production of regional, national, and global
weather and water outlooks. The President’s budget request of $146.3 million for
this program would restore the 20-percent cut it sustained in fiscal year 2012.
NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION
S OFFICE OF OCEANIC AND
ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH
NOAA OAR funding supports research that increases the effectiveness of observa-
tions, monitoring, and modeling to help States manage their infrastructure, agricul-
tural resources, fisheries, water resources, and natural disaster planning and re-
sponse. Past research has focused on forecasting large storm events, seasonal wild-
fire forecasts, assessing local impacts of projected sea-level rise, improving seasonal
precipitation forecasts to improve dam management for both flood control and water
storage, and forecasting energy demand scenarios.
OAR funding also supports 18 Cooperative Institutes. These are located across 21
States, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands and are affiliated with 48 universities
and research institutions. The Cooperative Institutes are partnerships that benefit
the Nation by leveraging the unique strengths of NOAA and universities and re-
search institutions in areas ranging from satellite climatology and fisheries biology
to atmospheric chemistry and coastal ecology. In addition to facilitating long-term,
substantive research collaboration, the Cooperative Institutes facilitate the training
of the Nation’s next generation of both NOAA’s and the Nation’s scientific work-
force. These cooperative entities—already strained by fiscal year 2012 budget cuts—
are the very type of innovative partnerships the Federal Government should be pro-
moting. Given the value of the Cooperative Institutes, further reductions to NOAA’s
research budget would have negative implications that extend far beyond any near-
term budget savings.
In addition, some of NOAA’s laboratories that support Cooperative Institutes and
which are, in part, supported through OAR funds—such as the Geophysical Fluid
Dynamics Laboratory in New Jersey, the Earth Systems Research Laboratory in
Colorado, the Pacific Marine Environmental Laboratory in Washington, the Atlantic
Oceanographic and Meteorological Laboratory in Florida, the Great Lakes Environ-
mental Research Laboratory in Michigan, and the National Severe Storms Labora-
tory in Oklahoma—risk staff reductions and reduced research effectiveness as a re-
sult of budget cuts in NOAA’s research portfolio.
COMPETITIVE RESEARCH
,
SUSTAINED OBSERVATIONS
,
AND REGIONAL INFORMATION
While OAR sustained a 10-percent cut in funding in fiscal year 2012 from fiscal
year 2011 levels, the Competitive Research, Sustained Observations and Regional
Information program carried a disproportionate amount of that burden with a 20-
percent cut from fiscal year 2011 levels. The President’s budget request would re-
store this program’s funding to ensure continued support of critical science aimed
at understanding the impact of atmospheric, oceanic, land-based, snow and ice proc-
esses on climate.
This competitive climate research program funds grant activities focused on cli-
mate observation and monitoring; Earth system science; modeling, analysis, pre-
dictions, and projections; and climate and societal interactions. These programs not
only fund important research in these areas, but they also support unique tools such
as observational instruments, data and information sets, and assessment teams.
These measure key climate factors such as temperature, precipitation, runoff, and
soil moisture, and contribute to regional decisionmaking across the United States
to facilitate responses to climate variability and change.
CONCLUSION
Research that stems from NOAA’s OAR budget has real and positive impacts on
the Nation’s well-being, allowing us to prepare for the impacts of shifts in weather,
354
water supplies, and storms. Just some examples of the research areas that could
be negatively impact from further reductions include:
—Forecasting of hurricanes and El Nin
˜
o-Southern Oscillation events;
—real-time sea level measurements used for tsunami warning systems;
—storm surge monitoring; and
—provision of data for early drought warning systems used by water and natural
resource managers in the Colorado River Basin, California, and the shared wa-
tershed of Georgia, Alabama, and Florida.
Even in this fiscally constrained environment, the Nation must continue to invest
in climate research, observations, monitoring, and modeling. I urge you to support
the President’s fiscal year 2013 budget request for NOAA OAR research at $413.8
million, and the competitive climate research program at $146.3 million. Funding
at this level will enable the Nation’s research institutions to continue their long and
proud history of partnering with NOAA, industry, and other Government agencies
to provide the Nation with useable atmospheric and oceanographic data to help plan
for and respond to the impacts of climate variability and change.
Thank you for your consideration of this testimony.
P
REPARED
S
TATEMENT OF
VOR
PROTECTING THE INTERESTS OF RESIDENTS OF INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES FOR
PERSONS WITH INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES IN ACTIONS CONDUCTED BY THE DEPART
-
MENT OF JUSTICE
S CIVIL RIGHTS DIVISION THAT AFFECT THEIR CHOICE OF RESI
-
DENCY
VOR, a national advocacy organization for people with intellectual disabilities/de-
velopmental disabilities (ID/DD) and their families express gratitude to the Sub-
committee on Commerce, Justice, Science and Related Agencies for this opportunity
to submit testimony for the record of the hearing on March 8, 2012, in consideration
of fiscal year 2013 appropriations for the Department of Justice (DOJ). VOR’s mem-
bers look forward to working with Senators and their staff to ensure the civil rights
of our most fragile citizens with ID/DD.
REQUEST THAT DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE MEET ITS CHOICE OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE
AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT IN DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE ACTIONS INVOLVING
INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITIES
To protect the interests of the residents of ICFs for the DD and their families to
be the primary decisionmakers regarding where they reside, in response to the bla-
tant and repeated disregard of the ADA requirement for individual choice of resi-
dency by the DOJ’s Civil Rights Division, VOR requests that the subcommittee in-
clude the following language in the DOJ Civil Rights Division appropriations:
—In any action taken by DOJ, including investigations, that involves the resi-
dents of an ICF/ID, DOJ shall consult with the residents (or, if a resident has
a legal representative, the resident’s legal representative) and families among
all other interested parties before taking action.
—If, after taking action, families wish to intervene on behalf of their family mem-
ber with ID/DD in the DOJ action, DOJ is encouraged to support such interven-
tion.
ABOUT VOR
VOR is a national advocacy organization representing individuals with ID/DD and
their families. VOR has thousands of members across the country, with representa-
tion in every State. Unlike other national advocacy organizations, VOR recognizes
that individuals with ID/DD and their families are the primary decisionmakers re-
garding services and supports. We recognize that legitimate choice and person-cen-
tered supports are only possible in a system that offers a full array of quality resi-
dential and support options, from small homes to Medicaid-funded and licensed
ICFs/ID.
RATIONALE
:
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
S CIVIL RIGHTS DIVISION HAS ROUTINELY
IGNORED OLMSTEAD
S CHOICE MANDATE
For fiscal year 2013 DOJ has requested an additional 25 attorneys and $5.1 mil-
lion to enable the DOJ’s Civil Rights Division to, among other activities, ‘‘strengthen
civil rights enforcement efforts’’ as part of the Attorney General’s Vulnerable People
Priority Goal. A portion of the requested increase will reportedly allow the Civil
Rights Division to increase its enforcement of the Civil Rights of Institutionalized
355
1
VOR contends that DOJ actions to close ICFs/DD contrary to resident choice also violates
the Federal Medicaid law which requires that ICF/DD residents be informed of alternatives
under the home and community-based services waiver and be given the choice of either ICF/
DD or home and community-based services waiver supports. 42 C.F.R. 441.302(c).
Persons Act (CRIPA). Presumably any additional funds and attorneys, in part,
would also be applied to the Civil Rights Division aggressive enforcement of
Olmstead. According to a recent statement by Tom Perez, Assistant Attorney Gen-
eral for Civil Rights:
‘‘The agreement with the Commonwealth [of Virginia] is part of a broad, nation-
wide effort to enforce the Olmstead decision. In the last 3 years, the Civil Rights
Division has joined or initiated litigation to ensure community-based services in
more than 35 matters in 20 States. We reached comprehensive agreements with the
States of Georgia and Delaware that, like the agreement with Virginia, provide
broad relief for thousands of individuals with disabilities.’’ (Tom Perez, ‘‘Department
of Justice Transformative Olmstead Settlement’’, February 6, 2012).
In DOJ actions in Virginia, Georgia, Illinois, Arkansas and other States, the legal
‘‘relief’’ for the affected individuals sought or supported by the Civil Rights Division
has been the displacement of fragile individuals from life-sustaining, federally li-
censed supports (‘‘deinstitutionalization’’) without regard to choice and with little
apparent concern for outcomes. These actions to enforce Olmstead are expressly con-
trary to the Supreme Court’s decision:
1
‘‘We emphasize that nothing in the ADA [Americans with Disabilities Act] or its
implementing regulations condones termination of institutional settings for persons
unable to handle or benefit from community settings...Nor is there any Federal
requirement that community-based treatment be imposed on patients who do not
desire it.’’ 527 U.S. 581, 601–02(1999) (see also, Justice Kennedy’s concurring opin-
ion, ‘‘It would be unreasonable, it would be a tragic event, then, were the Americans
with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) to be interpreted so that States had some incen-
tive, for fear of litigation to drive those in need of medical care and treatment out
of appropriate care and into settings with no assistance and supervision’’).
Specifically, the Supreme Court held that community placement is only required
when:
—The State’s treatment professionals have determined that community placement
is appropriate;
—The transfer from an institutional setting to a less restrictive setting is not op-
posed by the affected individual; and
—The placement can be reasonably accommodated, taking into account the re-
sources available. Id. at 587.
Increased funding for CRIPA or ADA enforcement for deinstitutionalization activi-
ties will undoubtedly result in expanded DOJ legal activities to undermine and ulti-
mately eliminate the option of Medicaid-certified ICFs/DD.
Families and legal guardians of our country’s most vulnerable people with severe
and profound ID/DD, who function at the level of infants and toddlers despite hav-
ing the chronological age of adults, have strong objections to DOJ’s Civil Rights Di-
vision’s activities to ‘‘enforce the Olmstead decision.’’ Routinely, DOJ fails to seek
or consider the input or protestations of the very individuals who have the greatest
insights into the needs and desires of the affected individuals:
‘‘. . . close relatives and guardians, both of whom likely have intimate knowledge
of a mentally retarded person’s abilities and experiences, have valuable insights
which should be considered during the involuntary commitment process.’’ Heller v.
Doe, 509 U.S. 312 (1993)
‘‘Individuals with developmental disabilities and their families are the primary
decisionmakers regarding the services and supports such individuals and their fami-
lies receive and play decisionmaking roles in policies and programs that affect the
lives of such individuals and their families.’’ DD Act, 42 U.S.C. 15001(c)(3)(1993)
(Findings, Purposes and Policies).
The following examples exemplify the Civil Rights Division’s blatant disregard for
Olmstead‘s choice requirements:
United States v. Georgia
A Settlement Agreement reached between DOJ’s Civil Rights Division with the
State of Georgia in October 2010, prohibits the admission of any individual with a
developmental disability to a State hospital (ICFs/ID) by July 1, 2011, and requires
the transition of ALL individuals with developmental disabilities already living in
356
State ICFs/ID to community settings by July 1, 2015. Affected individuals were not
afforded any choice and families and legal guardians expressly opposed the settle-
ment: ‘‘[I]f everyone is forced to accept community living, then no one has choice.’’
(Resolution of the East Central Georgia ICF/ID Family Association Opposing Settle-
ment Agreement, November 30, 2010).
Predictably, the 1-year implementation report by the court-appointed independent
reviewer has found problems associated with the health and safety of displaced resi-
dents with regard to access to healthcare, medication, nutrition, and safety. Report-
edly, there have been at least four deaths.
United States v. Virginia
A January 2012 Settlement Agreement between DOJ and the Commonwealth of
Virginia continues to display the ideological agenda of the DOJ’s Civil Rights Divi-
sion in its relentless effort to eliminate the option of Medicaid-certified ICFs/DD. If
approved by the court, it will result in the closure of four public ICFs/DD. Families
who had no meaningful opportunity to provide input to settlement terms but who
expressly opposed closures were not listened to. A Motion to Intervene on behalf of
residents of all Virginia ICFs/DD has been filed in an effort to protect individuals
from displacement and harm. The Motion to Intervene demonstrates that DOJ has
ignored choice, as required by Olmstead.
An earlier court decision from Virginia points to a pattern and practice by DOJ
to disregard choice contrary to Olmstead:
‘‘Thus, the argument made by ARC and the United States [DOJ] regarding risk
of institutionalization fails to account for a key principle in the Olmstead decision:
personal choice. And here, where more residents desire to remain in institutional
care than the new facility can provide for, there is little to no risk of institutional-
ization for those whose needs do not require it and who do not desire it.’’ (Arc of
Virginia v. Kaine (December 17, 2009) (see also, Stanley Ligas, et al. v. Barry S.
Maram, et al., 05 C 4331 (N.D. Illinois, July 7, 2009) (denying proposed settlement
and decertifying class on finding that the named plaintiffs failed to meet the criteria
set forth in Olmstead because class definition was not restricted to individuals who
were eligible for, and desired, community placement).
Arkansas
In its CRIPA and ADA ‘‘civil rights’’ case against the State of Arkansas regarding
its Conway ICF/ID, DOJ spent millions of Federal dollars and lost soundly. In his
ruling dismissing the case, Federal District Court Judge Leon Holmes, addressed
squarely the complete disregard by DOJ of family/guardian input and choice:
‘‘Most lawsuits are brought by persons who believe their rights have been vio-
lated. Not this one.... All or nearly all of those residents have parents or guard-
ians who have the power to assert the legal rights of their children or wards. Those
parents and guardians, so far as the record shows, oppose the claims of the United
States. Thus the United States [Department of Justice] is in the odd position of as-
serting that certain persons’ rights have been and are being violated while those
persons—through their parents and guardians disagree.’’
CONCLUSION
:
PLEASE CONDITION DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
S CIVIL RIGHTS DIVISION
APPROPRIATIONS ON RESPECTING CHOICE
Choice is required by the ADA, as interpreted by Olmstead. Families and guard-
ians of our country’s most vulnerable citizens seek relief from DOJ’s deinstitu-
tionalization actions which are counter to the Olmstead choice mandate, counter to
the best interests of the affected individuals who are displaced from life-sustaining
services, and are pursued in complete disregard of the input of individuals and their
families as primary decisionmakers. VOR requests the subcommittee to require DOJ
to fulfill the ADA’s choice requirement by the following:
—In any action taken by the DOJ, including investigations, that involves the resi-
dents of an ICF/ID, DOJ shall consult with the residents (or, if a resident has
a legal representative, the resident’s legal representative) and families among
all other interested parties before taking action; and
—If after taking action, families wish to intervene on behalf of their family mem-
ber with ID/DD in the DOJ action, DOJ is encouraged to support such interven-
tion.
Thank you for your consideration.
(i)
LIST OF WITNESSES, COMMUNICATIONS, AND
PREPARED STATEMENTS
Page
Alexander, Senator Lamar, U.S. Senator From Tennessee ................................. 34
Questions Submitted by ................................................................................... 56
American:
Geosciences Institute, Prepared Statement of the ......................................... 247
Indian Higher Education Consortium, Prepared Statement of the .............. 249
Institute of Biological Sciences, Prepared Statement of the ......................... 251
Public Power Association, Prepared Statement of the .................................. 253
Society:
For Microbiology, Prepared Statement of the ......................................... 254
Of:
Agronomy, Prepared Statement of the ............................................. 256
Mechanical Engineers, Prepared Statement of the ......................... 258
Plant Biologists, Prepared Statement of the ................................... 261
Animal Welfare Institute, Prepared Statement of the ......................................... 263
ASME Technical Communities’ NASA Task Force, Prepared Statement of ....... 266
Bolden, Charles F., Jr., Administrator, National Aeronautics and Space Ad-
ministration .......................................................................................................... 205
Prepared Statement of ..................................................................................... 212
Summary Statement of .................................................................................... 210
Brown, Senator Sherrod, U.S. Senator From Ohio, Statements of .......... 23, 167, 232
Bryson, Hon. John, Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Department of Com-
merce ..................................................................................................................... 143
Prepared Statement of ..................................................................................... 150
Summary Statement of .................................................................................... 149
California Coastal Commission, Prepared Statement of the ............................... 270
Coastal States Organization, Prepared Statement of the .................................... 271
Cochran, Senator Thad, U.S. Senator From Mississippi:
Question Submitted by ..................................................................................... 203
Statements of................................................................................................ 147, 225
Collins, Senator Susan M., U.S. Senator From Maine, Questions Submitted
by ........................................................................................................................... 199
David Engels and Leni Engels, RN, Prepared Statement of ............................... 274
Earth Institute, Columbia University, Prepared Statement of the ..................... 275
Families and Friends of Care Facility Residents, Prepared Statement of the ... 278
Federation of American Societies for Experimental Biology, Prepared State-
ment of .................................................................................................................. 281
Feinstein, Senator Dianne, U.S. Senator From California .................................. 32
Questions Submitted by ................................................................................... 190
Graham, Senator Lindsey, U.S. Senator From South Carolina ........................... 30
Question Submitted by ..................................................................................... 203
Holder, Hon. Eric H., Jr., Attorney General, Department of Justice .................. 1
Prepared Statement of ..................................................................................... 9
Summary Statement of .................................................................................... 7
Hutchison, Senator Kay Bailey, U.S. Senator From Texas:
Questions Submitted by................................................................................. 48, 242
Statements of.................................................................................. 5, 115, 148, 209
Page
ii
IACP/DuPont Kevlar Survivors’ Club®, Prepared Statement of the .................. 282
Independent Tribal Court Review Team, Prepared Statement of the ................. 285
Innocence Project, Prepared Statement of the ...................................................... 287
Inouye, Senator Daniel K., U.S. Senator From Hawaii ........................................ 146
Prepared Statement of ..................................................................................... 146
Questions Submitted by ................................................................................... 183
Institute of Makers of Explosives, Prepared Statement of the ............................ 289
Lautenberg, Senator Frank R., U.S. Senator From New Jersey:
Questions Submitted by........................................................................ 47, 141, 198
Prepared Statement of ..................................................................................... 131
Statements of.................................................................................................. 38, 129
Leahy, Senator Patrick J., U.S. Senator From Vermont:
Questions Submitted by........................................................................ 46, 141, 189
Statement of ...................................................................................................... 37
Lummi Indian Business Council, Prepared Statement of the ............................. 292
Marine Conservation Institute, Prepared Statement of the ................................ 294
Mary P. Paulsen, Prepared Statement of .............................................................. 297
Mikulski, Senator Barbara A., U.S. Senator From Maryland:
Opening Statements of .................................................................. 1, 111, 143, 205
Prepared Statements of ................................................................. 3, 112, 145, 208
Questions Submitted by........................................................................ 40, 138, 177
Mueller, Robert S., III, Director, Federal Bureau of Investigation, Department
of Justice ............................................................................................................... 111
Prepared Statement of ..................................................................................... 120
Summary Statement of .................................................................................... 116
Murkowski, Senator Lisa, U.S. Senator From Alaska:
Questions Submitted by ................................................................................... 60
Statements of.................................................................................................. 25, 169
National:
Association of:
Latino Elected and Appointed Officials, Prepared Statement of the .... 298
Marine Laboratories, Prepared Statement of the ................................... 301
Ecological Observatory Network, Inc., Prepared Statement of the .............. 304
Estuarine Research Reserve Association, Prepared Statement of the ......... 306
Marine Sanctuary Foundation, Prepared Statement of the .......................... 309
Network to End Domestic Violence, Prepared Statement of the .................. 312
Wildlife Federation, Prepared Statement of the ............................................ 316
Natural Science Collections Alliance, Prepared Statement of the ....................... 318
Nature Conservancy, Prepared Statement of the ................................................. 344
Northwest Indian Fisheries Commission, Prepared Statement of the ................ 319
NSF Task Force of the ASME Technical Communities—Knowledge and Com-
munity Sector, Prepared Statement of the ........................................................ 323
Ocean Conservancy, Prepared Statement of the ................................................... 326
Pacific States Marine Fisheries Commission, Prepared Statement of the ......... 329
Pryor, Senator Mark, U.S. Senator From Arkansas ............................................. 27
Prepared Statement of ..................................................................................... 113
Rebecca Underwood—Parent/Guardian/Advocate, Prepared Statement of ........ 331
Reed, Senator Jack, U.S. Senator From Rhode Island, Question Submitted
by ........................................................................................................................... 198
Regional Information Sharing Systems Program, Prepared Statement of the ... 333
Richard M. Whitman, Natural Resources Policy Director, Oregon Governor’s
Office, Letter From .............................................................................................. 336
Sea Grant Association, Prepared Statement of the .............................................. 337
SEARCH—The National Consortium for Justice Information and Statistics,
Prepared Statement of ......................................................................................... 339
Shelby, Richard C., U.S. Senator From Alabama, Statements of ..................... 16, 229
Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics, Prepared Statement of the ... 342
The Planetary Society, Prepared Statement of ..................................................... 347
United States Section of the Pacific Salmon Commission, Prepared Statement
of the ..................................................................................................................... 348
Page
iii
University:
Corporation for Atmospheric Research, Prepared Statement of the ............ 350
Of Colorado Boulder, Prepared Statement of the .......................................... 353
VOR, Prepared Statement of .................................................................................. 354
(v)
SUBJECT INDEX
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
O
FFICE OF THE
S
ECRETARY
Page
Additional Committee Questions ............................................................................ 177
Advancing the Frontiers of Innovation .................................................................. 154
Arctic Outer Continental Shelf ............................................................................... 175
Background on National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration P–3s .......... 162
Build it Here—Sell it Everywhere ......................................................................... 151
Census ...................................................................................................................... 179
Management ..................................................................................................... 175
Coastal Protections .................................................................................................. 193
Consolidation of Offices ........................................................................................... 192
Cuts to National Weather Service Workforce ....................................................... 178
Cyber Espionage ...................................................................................................... 159
Department of Commerce Restructuring: National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration ..................................................................................................... 172
Draft Environmental Impact Statement on the Arctic—Outer Continental
Shelf ...................................................................................................................... 176
Economic Development Administration ................................................................. 164
Federal Bureau of Investigation Input .................................................................. 197
Fishery Management ............................................................................................... 169
Gaps in Weather Coverage ..................................................................................... 160
Gulf of Mexico Fisheries ..................................................................................... 166, 171
Habitat Programs .................................................................................................... 186
Henry B. Bigelow Homeport ................................................................................... 198
Hurricane Hunters .................................................................................................. 161
Intellectual Property ............................................................................................... 157
International Trade Administration ................................................ 188, 196, 202, 203
Marine:
Debris Program ................................................................................................. 184
Mammal Stranding—Gulf of Mexico .............................................................. 203
National:
Oceanic and Atmospheric:
Administration .................................................................... 178, 183, 190, 199
Management ....................................................................................... 174
National Aeronautics and Space Administration Relationship ...... 161
Ship Ka’imimoana .............................................................................. 187
Administration’s: .......................................................................................
Hurricane Hunter Planes .................................................................. 180
Telecommunications and Information Administration .................................. 197
Navigation Response Teams ................................................................................... 186
Pacific:
Coastal Salmon Recovery Fund ....................................................................... 192
Salmon Protected Species Research and Management Funding .................. 191
Patent:
Application Backlog .......................................................................................... 157
Examiner Recruitment, Hiring:
And Training ............................................................................................. 158
Training, and Prioritized Examination Process ...................................... 158
Potential Listing of River Herring as Threatened Under the Endangered
Species Act ............................................................................................................ 200
Prioritized Examination Process ............................................................................ 159
Regional Fishery Management Councils ............................................................... 189
Page
vi
Satellite Program ..................................................................................................... 160
Sequestration....................................................................................................... 165, 177
State-Federal Partnerships ..................................................................................... 201
Status of the Hurricane Surveillance Aircraft (Hurricane Hunters) ................... 162
Stewardship of Taxpayer Dollars ........................................................................... 156
Supporting U.S. Businesses and Communities ..................................................... 153
Trade Enforcement .................................................................................................. 167
Tsunami:
Hazard Mitigation Program ............................................................................. 183
Preparedness ..................................................................................................... 195
United States Patent and Trademark Office .................................................... 181, 189
DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE
A
TTORNEY
G
ENERAL
Acceptance...................................................... 64, 68, 71, 75, 79, 82, 86, 90, 93, 102
Activation of Aliceville Federal Corrections Institute .......................................... 17
Additional Committee Questions ............................................................................ 40
Attorney’s Fees for Prosecutors in Stevens Case ................................................... 25
Big Bend ................................................................................................................... 54
Bill Allen Matter ...................................................................................................... 108
Bulletproof Vests ..................................................................................................... 37
Bureau of Prisons .................................................................................................... 59
Cartels Recruiting College Students and Minors .................................................. 53
Community Oriented Policing Service:
Grants ................................................................................................................ 19
Office .................................................................................................................. 20
Conditions of Private Counsel Retention by the Department of Justice
for Representation of Current and Former Federal
Employees................................................... 61, 65, 69, 72, 76, 80, 83, 87, 91, 100
Cybersecurity ........................................................................................................... 29
Danger Pay for Mexico ............................................................................................ 51
Department of:
Justice Task Forces .......................................................................................... 51
Justice’s Preventing Violence Against Law Enforcement and Ensuring
Officer Resilience and Survivability Initiative Training ........................... 48
Discrepancies Between Department of Justice and President’s Requests .......... 50
Duplication:
In Government Programs ................................................................................ 41
Of Services ........................................................................................................ 20
Fast and Furious Language Removed From the Request .................................... 52
Federal:
Criminal Discovery Reform .............................................................................. 106
Prison Funding ................................................................................................. 17
Programs Facing Cuts ...................................................................................... 45
Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act .................................................................... 33
Funds Requested by State and Local Organizations for Byrne Grants .............. 20
Grant Program Duplication .................................................................................... 37
High-Capacity Ammunition .................................................................................... 39
Illegal Trafficking of Tobacco .................................................................................. 47
Impact of Sequestration .......................................................................................... 30
Indemnification of Legal Fees Incurred by Stevens Prosecutors ......................... 60
Justice Department Enforcement and Wind Farms ............................................. 57
Memorandum for File ........................................................................................... 99, 103
Methamphetamine:
In Tennessee ..................................................................................................... 56
Labs ................................................................................................................... 36
Military Commissions .............................................................................................. 32
National:
Academy of Sciences Forensics Study ............................................................. 49
Advocacy Center ............................................................................................... 30
Forensic Academy—University of Tennessee ................................................. 58
Funding ............................................................................................................. 34
Security ............................................................................................................. 10, 33
New York City Police Department Surveillance ................................................... 40
Program ............................................................................................................. 46
Office of:
Justice Programs .............................................................................................. 20
Page
vii
Office of—Continued
Legal Counsel Memorandum—Counterterrorism Operations ...................... 46
Oil:
And Gas Price Fraud Working Group ............................................................. 24
Speculation ........................................................................................................ 33
Pan Am 103 Bombing .............................................................................................. 47
Prison Overcrowding ............................................................................................... 27
Prisons and Detention ............................................................................................. 14
Prosecutorial Misconduct ........................................................................................ 105
Prosecutors in Stevens Case .................................................................................... 23
Recess:
Appointment ..................................................................................................... 37
Appointments ................................................................................................... 31, 35
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities Working Group .................................... 23
Retention and Payment of Private Counsel .......................................................... 94
Revamping the Federal Criminal Code ................................................................. 31
Same-Sex Immigration Petitions ........................................................................... 38, 47
Sample Private Counsel Retention Letter ............................................................. 99
Savings and Efficiencies .......................................................................................... 15
Senator Stevens Case .............................................................................................. 54
Sequestration ........................................................................................................... 28
State, Local, and Tribal Law Enforcement ............................................................ 13
Stevens Case ............................................................................................................ 21, 25
SWB Communications ............................................................................................. 54
Terrorist Explosive Device Analytical Center and National Center for Explo-
sives Training Research ...................................................................................... 16
The John R. Justice Program ................................................................................. 28
Traditional Mission Programs ................................................................................ 11
Violent Crime ........................................................................................................... 39
F
EDERAL
B
UREAU OF
I
NVESTIGATION
Additional Committee Questions ............................................................................ 138
Criminal Threats ..................................................................................................... 122
Cyber Security Cuts ................................................................................................ 139
Federal:
Bureau of Investigation Rescission ................................................................. 139
Programs Facing Cuts ...................................................................................... 138
High-Capacity Ammunition Clip ............................................................................ 141
Illegal Trafficking of Tobacco .................................................................................. 142
Most At-Risk Area ................................................................................................... 142
National Security Threats ....................................................................................... 120
New York City Police Department Surveillance of Muslim American Commu-
nity ........................................................................................................................ 141
Offsets ....................................................................................................................... 124
Provide Details on any Recognition That was Given to the Federal Bureau
of Investigation Agent That Reported the Alleged Misconduct of Senator
Ted Steven’s Case ................................................................................................ 134
Regional Computer Forensics Laboratories ........................................................... 141
Report on Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Investigation of the Alleged Mis-
conduct of Senator Ted Stevens’ Case ................................................................ 136
Traditional Crime Fighting ..................................................................................... 140
Whether the Federal Bureau of Investigation Makes Public Data on Crimes
Occurring on Cruise Ships .................................................................................. 131
NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION
A Healthy National Aeronautics and Space Administration Relying on Ten
Centers .................................................................................................................. 232
Additional Committee Questions ............................................................................ 242
Aeronautics Research .............................................................................................. 216
Commercial:
Cargo and Crew ................................................................................................ 238
Providers Progress ............................................................................................ 229
Construction and Environmental Compliance and Restoration .......................... 225
Cross-Agency Support ............................................................................................. 224
Education .................................................................................................................. 223
Engine Testing and Development .......................................................................... 226
Page
viii
Government Buying Practices ................................................................................ 230
Human Exploration and Operations ...................................................................... 218
James Webb Space Telescope............................................................................. 227, 238
Main Propulsion Test Center .................................................................................. 226
Mid-Atlantic Regional Spaceport ............................................................................ 240
Orion:
And Space Launch System Audit Study ......................................................... 236
As Backup ......................................................................................................... 243
Plum Brook Test:
Center ................................................................................................................ 233
Facility ............................................................................................................... 233
Priority Goals ........................................................................................................... 234
Santa Susana Field Laboratory .............................................................................. 244
Science ...................................................................................................................... 214
Missions in the Future ..................................................................................... 240
Sequester Consequences ......................................................................................... 228
Sequestration ........................................................................................................... 242
Shuttle Retirement Payment .................................................................................. 243
Space:
Launch System/Orion Multi-Purpose Crew Vehicle.................................. 234, 237
Technology ......................................................................................................... 222
The National Aeronautics and Space Administration’s Core Mission ................. 229
Æ